SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OP THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
LEPIDOPTERA,
BY
FREDERIC MOORE, F.Z.S., ETC.,
ASSISTANT CUBATOB, INDIAN MCSEUM, LONDON.
flublisheb bij otfoev of the (Sobcrmnent of Inbhr.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING
1879.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
LEPIDOPTERA,
BY
EREDERIC MOORE, F.Z.S., ETC.,
ASSISTANT CURATOR, INDIAN MUSEFM, 1ONDON.
flublishcb btj orber of the ^obernmettt of Inbia.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1879.
CALCUTTA :
PBINTED BY EHB SUEBMNTENDBNT OP GOTEENMENT POINTING,
8, HASTINGS STEBET.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
LEPIDOPTERA.
BY FREDERIC MOORE, F.Z.S., ETC., Assistant Curator, India Museum, London.
Tribe— PAPILIONES.
Family— NYMPHALID^!.
Sub-Family— 8 A TYRING.
1. HlPPARCHIA LEHANA. Plate I, fig. 4, $ .
Hipparchia lehana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 227.
Allied to H. baldiva, Moore, from Upper Kunawur, the upperside being paler in colour,
the discal transverse ochreous band broader on both wings, and its inner border, in the male,
inwardly oblique. Both sexes above and beneath are without the small ocellus on the discal
band above the anal angle. The underside is also very much paler, and the transverse sinuous
lines wider apart.
Expanse <? 2, $ 2J inches.
Habitat.— Leh (September 6th, 1873), Kharbu, 13,000 feet, both in Ladak.
2. HIPPARCHIA CADESIA.
Hipparchia cadesia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 565, pi. 66, fig. 7.
Hab. — Leh, September 8th.
3. EPINEPHILE CHEENA.
Epinep/iile cheena, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 501, pi. 30, fig. 6.
Hab. — Gaganghir, Kashmir.
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
4. ATJLOCEEA SWAHA.
Satyrus swaha, Kollar, Hiigel's Kaschruir, iv, p. 444, tab. 14, figs. 1, 2 (1844).
Satyrus brahminus (part), Blanch., Jacq. Voy. dans 1'Inde, iv, Ins. p. 22, t. 2, figs. 5,6,
Hab. — Gaganghir, Kashmir.
5. ATJLOCEEA BEAHMINA.
Satyrus Irahminus, Blanchard, Jacq. Voy. dans 1'Iude, iv, Ins. p. 22, t. 2, fig. 4 ( 18 14),
Auloeera, weranga, Lang, Ent. Monthly Mag. iv, p. 247 (1868).
Hab. — Mataian, Dras Valley, 11,200 feet.
Sub-family— NYMPHALIN^l.
6. VANESSA LADAKENSIS. Plate I, fig. 2.
Vanessa ladakenris, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 227.
Nearest allied to V. rizana, Moore, from Cheeni, but is somewhat smaller, less angled
below the apex of fore wing and at middle of the hind wing ; the black markings on the upper-
side are much less prominent, the black oblique bands on forewing merging into the red and
thus appearing somewhat confluent ; the outer transverse discal yellow band on fore wing is
also broader ; other markings similar. On the underside the interspaces between the markings
on fore wing are very much paler.
Expanse If inch.
Sab. — Gogra, Changchenmo, 15,000 feet, October 1873 ; Karatagh lake, on snow,
midday temperature 33°, October llth, 1873.
7. PYEAMEIS CAEDTJI.
Pyrameis cardui, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 276 (1761). — Esper, Schinett. i, t. 10, fig. 3. — Eversmann, Ent.
Imp. Ross.v, p. 107, t. 12, figs. 1, 2.— Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 15.
Sab. — Karghalik, November llth, seen also south of Sdnju and at Sanju, all in Eastern
Turkestan.
8. AEGTNNIS JAINADEVA.
Argynnisjainadeva, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag. i, p. 131 (1864) ; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 495, pi. 30,
fig. 1.
Hab. — Leh, September Gth.
LEPIDOPTERA. 3
Family— PAPILIONIDM.
Sub-family— PIERINJS.
Genus BALTIA, Moore.
Baltia, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 228.
Fore wing very short ; costa considerably arched from the base, apex and posterior angle
rounded, exterior margin oblique, costal vein short, subcostal vein arched to end of the cell,
six-branched, first and second branches arising at equal distances apart before the end of the
cell and terminating on the costa before the apex, third branch bent near its base, middle, and
immediately before its termination before the apex, the fourth, fifth, and sixth branches start-
ing below from each of these angles, the fourth branch being very short ; cell broad ; dis-
cocellulars of nearly equal length, bent inwards ; median vein three-branched, branches at equal
distances apart ; submedian vein curved : hind wing long, somewhat oval, slightly broader than
fore wing, apex and exterior margin very convex, abdominal margin long ; costal vein short ;
subcostal three-branched ; cell broad ; discocellulars oblique, upper the shortest ; median vein
three-branched ; submedian nearly straight. Body small, abdomen short, thorax and front of
head clothed with long lax hairs. Palpi very long, slender, densely hairy beneath. Legs short,
femora fringed beneath with long lax hairs. Antennae short, club large and spatulate.
Type. Baltia shawii (Mesapia shawii), Bates, in Henderson and Hume's Lahore to
Tarkand, p. 305 (1873).
9. BALTIA SHAWII. Plate I, fig. 5, <? .
Mesapia shawii, Bates, Henderson and Hume's Lahore to Ydrkand, p. 305, $, 1873.
Baltia shawii, Moore, Ann. and Mag- Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 228.
Male. Upperside white ; base of both wings densely black-speckled : fore wing with
the costal edge ochreous and slightly black-speckled ; a large black triangular oblique spot
at end of the cell ; a short discal transverse subapical black band, and a marginal row of
black decreasing triangular spots : hind wing minutely and sparsely speckled with dark grey ;
a slight black streak at end of the cell, the speckles dense across the disc, and there forming
a curved sinuous indistinct band. Body black. Palpi ochreous above and fringed with black
beneath. Underside : fore wing with markings as above ; costa and exterior margin tinged
with ochreous : hind wing black-speckled, the speckles thickly disposed at the base, and also
forming a narrow curved discal band ; a slight black streak at end of the cell. Antennae
black, stem black-ringed. Abdomen beneath yellow. Legs black above, white beneath.
Female differs above in having the markings less prominently black, and the subapical
band on fore wing continued across the wing on both upper and underside.
Expanse 1T5^ inch.
Rob. — Aktagh, north of the Karakoram Pass (15,590 feet), June 14th, 1874.
The male insect only was captured by Dr. Stoliczka ; the female was taken on the Chang
Lung Pass (18,000 feet) by Mr. R. B. Shaw during the expedition of 1870.
4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
10. STNCHLOE
Pieris brassica, Linn., Faun. Suec. p. 269 (1761); Syst. Nat. i, p. 759.— Esper, Schmett. i, t. 3,
fig. 1. — Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 4.
Pieris nipalensis, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, pi. 6, fig. 1 (1846).
Hab. — Leh, September 6th.
11. STNCHLOE KAP.E.
Pieris rapes, Linn., Faun. Suec. p. 270 (1761) ; Syst. Nat. i, p. 759. — Esper, Schmett. i, pi. 3,
fig. 2. — Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 5.
Hah. — Yangihissar, April, Aktalla, May 17th, both in Eastern Turkestan.
12. STNCHLOE DAPLIDICE.
Pieris daplidice, Linn., Syst. Nat. i, p. 760 (1767) ; Esper, Schmett. i, figs. 414, 415.— Erschoff,
Lep. Turkestan, p. 5.
Hab. — Gond and Sonamarg, both in Kashmir.
13. STNCHLOE CHLOEIDICE.
Pieris chloridice, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i, figs. 712, 713 (1803-1818).— Esper, Schmett. i, pi. 90,
fig. 1.
Sab. — Sarikol, May 2nd and 8th.
14. COLIAS HTALB.
Colias hyale, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 272 (1761) ; Syst. Nat. I, p. 764..— Esper, Schmett. I, pi. 4, fig. 2.
gab. — Gaganghir, Kashmir ; Sanju, October 30th ; Sarikol, May 2nd ; Yangihissdr, April.
15. COLIAS FIELDII.
Colias fieldii, Menetries, Catal. Lep. Mus. Petrop. i, p. 79, t. 1, fig. 5 (1855). — Gray, Lep. Ins. of
Nepal, pi. 5, fig. 2.
Hab. — Sonamarg, Kashmir, August 10th.
16. COLIAS STOLICZKANA. Plate I, fig. 1.
Colias stoliczkana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 229.
Male. Upperside pale chrome-yellow, base of costal and abdominal borders greenish-
yellow ; base of wings speckled with blackish-brown ; both wings with a broad yellowish-
LEPIDOPTERA. 5
brown marginal band ; a light narrow dusky-brown lunular streak at end of the cell in the
fore wing. Underside : fore wing pale yellow ; costal border and outer margin greenish-
yellow ; a dusky black-speckled lunular spot at end of the cell, and discal row of indistinct
speckled spots : hind wing greenish-yellow, with darker green speckles ; an ochreous-brown
patch at end of cell, enclosing a white triangular mark and small spot ; a discal series of
dusky-brown dentate spots. Antennae and legs reddish.
Expanse If inch.
Sab.— North of Changla (17,000 feet), Ladak.
Differs from C. eogene, Feld. (Novara Reise, Lep. t. 27, fig. 7), in being smaller, and in
haying the wings, including the cilia, pale chrome-yellow instead of orange-yellow ; the dis-
cocellular mark is less prominent and lunular, not oval ; the broad marginal band is of a much
yellower colour. On the underside, the discocellular mark on the fore wing is also lunular and
is not pale-centred.
Sub-PamUy— PA PILIONIN&.
17. PARNASSITTS CHAELTONIUS. Plate I, fig. 3, ? .
P. charltonius, Gray, Catal. Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. i, p. 77, pi. 12, fig. 7, $ , (1852).
Rab.— Kharbu (13,000 feet), Ladak.
18. PAUNASSITTS JACQUEMONTH.
P.jacquemontii,'So\aA., Spec. Gen. Lep. i, p. 400 (1836). — Blanchard, Jacq. Voy. dans 1'Inde, iv,
Ins. p. 16, t. 1, figs. 3, 4. — Gray, Catal. Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. i, pi. 12, figs. 1, 2.
S.— North of Changla (17,000 feet), Ladak.
Sub-Family— LYC(ENIN&.
19. POLTOMMATTJS KASHGHAEENSIS. Plate 1, fig. 7.
Polyommatus kashgharensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 230.
Male. Upperside pale blue, with narrow black exterior-marginal line ; costal edge white.
Cilia white, with dark inner -border. Underside slightly pearly-grey, base of wings pale
metallic green : fore wing with a white-bordered black spot in middle of the cell, and a
curved discal series of five spots ; a very indistinct spot at end of the cell, and a less distinct
marginal series of spots : hind wing with three sub-basal and a curved discal series of six
small white-circled black spots ; an indistinct spot at end of the cell, and marginal row of
spots with slightly ochreous interspaced upper dentated line.
Expanse If inch.
Sab. — Yangihissdr, Eastern Turkestan, April 1874.
Allied to P. semiargus.
B
6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
20. POLTOMMATUS LEHANUS. Plate I, fig. 6.
Polyommatus lehanus, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878; p. 230.
Male. Upperside violet-blue, somewhat brownish-blue at the margins. Cilia white.
Underside leaden grey, palest at the apex and on hind whig : fore wing with a white-bordered
black spot at end of the cell and a transverse discal oblique series of five spots : hind wing
with a large triangular greyish- white spot at end of the cell, and a series of eight small
round spots recurving from near base of costa across the disc to anal angle.
Expanse 7\ inch.
Sab.— Leh, 8th September 1873.
Allied to P. pheretes.
21. POLTOMMATUS TARKANDENSIS. Plate I, fig. 8.
Polyommatus yarJcandemis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 229.
Allied to P. icarius. Upperside dark blue, anterior and exterior borders dusky-brown :
an indistinct streak at end of the cell on fore wing : hind wing with a marginal row of indis-
tinct ochreous-bordered black spots. Cilia cinereous-white. Underside ochreous grey ;
fore wing with a white-circled black spot in middle of the cell, another below it, one at end of
the cell, and a curved discal series of seven spots; a marginal row of indistinct spots
bordered above by a dentated line with pale ochreous interspaces : hind wing with three
white-circled black subbasal spots and a curved discal series of seven spots ; a marginal row
of prominent spots, bordered above by ochreous-interspaced dentated line.
Expanse If inch.
Hab.— Yarkand, 23rd May 1873.
22. POLTOMMATUS AEIANA.
Polyommatus ariana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 504, pi. 31, fig. 2.
Hab.— Mataian, Dras valley (11,200 feet), Leh, September 6th and 8th.
23. POLTOMMATUS GALATHEA.
Polyommatus galathea, Blanchard, Jacq. Voy. dans 1'Inde, iv, Ins. p. 21, pi. 1, figs. 5, 6, $ , (1844).
Hab. — Sonamarg, Kashmir, 10th August.
24. DIPSAS ODATA.
Dipsas odata, Hewitson,lllustr. D. Lep.p. 66, pi. 30, fig. 13-4.— Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 507.
Hab. — Gaganghir, Kashmir.
LEPIDOPTEEA. 7
Tribe— SPHINGES.
25. LETJCOPHLEBIA BICOLOB.
LeucophleMa Ucolor, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 16, pi. 2, fig. 5.
Sab. — Hatti, July 21st, TJri, July 23rd, both in Jhilam valley, on the road from Murree
to Kashmir.
Tribe— BOMBYOES.
Family— AUCTI1DM.
26. HTPEECOMPA PKINCIPALIS.
Euprepia principals, Kollar, in Hiigel's Kaschmir, iv, p. 465, tab. 20, fig. 2 (184-4).
Hal. — Gaganghir and Gond, in Kashmir.
27. AKCTIA ORIENTALIS.
Arctia orientalis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 230.
Similar to A. cay a, but differs, above, on the fore wing, in the general form of the bands,
these being entire and transversely continuous, not broken longitudinally as in A. caja.
On the hind wing the spot at the end of the cell is absent ; this wing also has a yellowish-
white narrow marginal line above, and brown cilia both above and beneath ; the dorsal black
band is on each segment and is moreover longer.
Expanse 2£ inches.
Sab. — Sonamarg, Kashmir, 8th August 1873.
This species has also been taken at Allahabad.
28. EUPROCTIS KARGHALIKA. Plate I, fig. 18.
Euproctis karghalilca, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 231.
Male and female. Fore wing creamy- white, veins greyish- white ; a large brown-
speckled ochrey discocellular spot and submarginal row of spots : hind wing white. Thorax
creamy- white ; abdomen of male golden-yellow, of female grey slightly ringed with black,
and tipped with large glossy golden-yellow tuft. Shaft of antennae white, pectinations brown.
Underside glossy white, costa of fore wing in male broadly suffused with brown.
Expanse, $ IfV, ? 1TV inch.
Sab. — Karghalik Eastern Turkestan, May 29th and 30th.
29. EUPROCTIS LACTEA.
Huproclis lactea, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 231.
Uniform creamy-white, without markings. Abdomen tipped with pale yellow. Under-
side paler creamy- white ; costal border of fore wing ochreous-brown. Palpi ochreous-brown.
Antennae pale ochreous-brown, shaft white. Pore tibiae with ochreous-brown tuft.
Expanse If inch.
Sab.— Karghalik, May 29th, 1874.
8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Family— NOTODONTID^!.
30. PTELOPHORA KASHGHARA. Plate I, fig. 19.
Ptilophom kashghara, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 231.
Male. Fore wing dark grey, irrorated with brown scales, crossed by three indistinctly
defined narrow zigzag brown bands, which are slightly dentated on the veins. Cilia alter-
nately pale grey and brown : hind wing pale grey, sparsely sprinkled with brown scales.
Thorax greyish-brown. Abdomen brown ; three anterior segments with dorsal row of blackish
tubercular scales ; tip also black. Antennae yellowish-testaceous. Underside grey, sparsely
brown-speckled ; long pubescence of abdomen brown and black. Legs pale brown.
Expanse 1TSF inch.
Hob. — Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan, March 3rd, 1874.
31. OXICESTA MARMOREA. Plate I, fig. 17.
Oxice&ta marmorea, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 231.
Male. Upperside greyish-brown : fore wing with a pale yellowish irregular streak along
middle of cell to costa near apex, and a small spot beyond the cell, an indistinct pale streak
below the cell ; apical margin of costa and outer margin pale testaceous alternated with a
short black streak, which extends through the cilia : hind wing uniform pale greyish-brown,
slightly yellowish at base. Body and legs greyish-brown. Antennae brown. Underside uni-
form greyish-brown ; cilia of fore wing with black streaks.
Expanse 17V inch.
Hab.— Sasak Taka, Eastern Turkestan, May 16th, 1874.
Differs from O. geograpMca in being longer in the wings, of a different colour, and
without the two transverse zigzag white bands on the fore wings.
Family— SATURNIIVJS.
32. NEOBIS SHAHIDULA.
Neoris shadulla, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 577.
Nab.— Shahidula, Kuenlun (B,. B. Shaw, 1870).
A distinct species from that figured by Felder (Nov. Eeise, pi. 87, fig. 3), and named
Saturnia stoliczlcai, from Ladak.
Tribe— NOCTUES.
Family— BOMBYCID^!.
33. ACRONYCTA KARGHALIKA. Plate I, fig. 9.
Acronyeta kargalika, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 232.
Female. Fore wing pale silvery brownish- grey ; reniform and orbicular marks whitish,
brown-bordered, and contiguous ; a longitudinal streak from the base, a contiguous trans-
LEPIDOPTERA. 9
verse subbasal recurved line, a discal transverse lunular line (crossed near posterior angle by a
short streak), some short costal marks, and a streak on cilia between each vein, brown : hind
wing glossy greyish- white, outer borders and veins pale greyish-brown. Thorax and abdomen
dark grey. Antennae grey. Underside greyish- white : fore wing with greyish-brown costal
streaks and hinder margin : hind wing with brown basal costal streak and discocellular spot.
Palpi brown at sides. Legs grey, femur tipped, tibia longitudinally streaked, and tarsi banded
with black.
Expanse 1TS7 inch.
Sab— Karghalik, May 29th, 1874.
Nearest allied to A. tridens, but differs in being darker; the markings are somewhat
similar, but the basal longitudinal streak is shorter, which gives a wider interspace between
the two transverse lines.
Family— APAHIDJE.
34 HYDILECIA TIBETANA. Plate I, fig 21.
HydrcRcia tibetana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 232.
Male. Fore wing pale reddish-testaceous, crossed by two pale brown narrow lines with pale
inner border, the first line subbasal and outwardly oblique, the other discal ; a submarginal
row of blackish dots and pale marginal line ; orbicular and reniform marks indistinctly defined
by a brown border : hind wing and abdomen paler. Underside palest on middle of wings,
discal line on both wings and discocellular spot on hind wing slightly perceptible. Antennae,
palpi, and fore legs reddish-testaceous.
Expanse 1^ inch.
Sab. — Leh, September 1st, 1873.
35. MAMESTRA CANESCENS. Plate I, fig. 13.
Mamestra canescens, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 233.
Male. Eore wing brownish-grey : orbicular and reniform marks greyish-white with narrow
black border ; a short double black streak below the base of the cell, and a quadrate mark
below the orbicular spot ; an indistinct pale submarginal irregular fascia and black marginal
lunular line with whitish inner border : hind wing pale greyish-brown. Antennae brown.
Underside glossy pale greyish-brown, each wing with indistinct short transverse discocellular
streak.
Expanse 1| inch.
Hob. — Karghalik, Eastern Turkestan, May 30th, 1874.
36. MAMESTRA BRASSICJE.
Phal. noct. brassica, Liuii., Syst. Nat. i, p. 516.
Hab. — Srinagar, Kashmir, August 9th.
10 SECOND YARKAKD MISSION.
Family— NOCTUID^!.
37. AGROTIS SEGETTJM.
Nochia segetnm, Schiff., W. V. p. 252 (1776).— Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural, p. 196.
Ayrotis segetum, Steph., Haust. ii, p. 115. — Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 41.
Sab. — Tankse, Ladak ; Karghalik, Eastern Turkestan, May 29th.
38. AGROTIS AQUILINA.
Noctua aquilina, Schiff., W. V. p. 80 (1776).
Sab.— Tankse, 13,000 feet, Leh, August 29th, September 8th.
39. AGROTIS TIBETANA. Plate I, fig. 16.
Agrotis iibelana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 233.
Upperside : fore wing greyish-brown, with indistinct dusky transverse subbasal double
sinuous line, discal dentate lines, and pale outer-bordered wavy narrow submarginal band,
speckled orbicular spot, and quadrate reniform mark. Cilia with narrow white marginal line :
hind wing brownish- white, veins and outer margin brown ; cilia white. Antennae and body
greyish-brown, tip of abdomen yellowish.
Underside : fore wing greyish- white, dusky -brown basally along the costa and hind margin,
speckled on outer margin : hind wing whitish, an indistinct dusky spot at end of the cell, a
spot medially on each vein, and narrow lunular marginal line. Legs greyish-brown, femora
and tibiae streaked, and tarsi banded, with black.
Expanse If inch.
Sab.— Leh (August 8th, 1873).
40. SP.ELOTIS UNDTJLANS. Plate I, fig. 10.
Spalotis undulans, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 233.
Male and female. Fore wing grey-brown, irrorated with darker scales, crossed by sub-
basal and ante and post-medial double pale-bordered undulated brown bands, each ending on
the costa in a darker spot ; a submarginal pale outer-bordered brown wavy fascia, and small
black marginal lunules : hind wing glossy greyish-white with brownish-tinged borders, brown
veins and lunular marginal line. Thorax grey-brown, abdomen greyish-white. Antennae and
palpi greyish-brown. Underside glossy greyish- white. Tibiae streaked, and tarsi banded, with
black.
Expanse 1T87 inch.
Sab. — Ak Masjid, June 2nd, south-east of Chiklik, June 5th, 1874, both south of
Yarkand.
Allied to Spcelotis pyrophila.
LEPIDOPTEBA. 11
41. TJ3NIOCAMPA CHIKLIKA. Plate I, fig. 11.
Taniocampa chiklika, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 234.
Male. Uppcrside grey : fore wing densely brown-speckled. Cilia with a brown-speckled
line ; orbicular and reniform spots pale ; an indistinct transverse subbasal sinuous pale-
bordered line : hind wing minutely brown-speckled, and with a pale brown cilial line. Under-
side paler ; both wings uniformly speckled, and with a very indistinct sinuous discal band.
Antennae blackish, shaft grey. Body, palpi, and legs brown-speckled.
Expanse 1£ inch.
Sab.— South-east of Chiklik, June 6th, 1874.
Family—
42. HADENA STOLICZKANA. Plate I, fig. 12.
Hadena stoliczkana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 234.
Male. Fore wing pale greyish-brown, crossed by three indistinct narrow brown zigzag
double bands ; orbicular spot pale, reniform mark very indistinct ; two black spots below the
apex ; a double narrow marginal blackish lunular line ; some short streaks on the costa :
hind wing with the veins and a broad marginal band fuliginous-brown. Cilia white. Body
pale greyish-brown. Antennas brown. Underside greyish-white ; both wings crossed by
a distinct curved discal brown band : fore wing with a discocellular brown lunule, and
hind wing with a spot; a marginal lunular dotted line. Legs^grey; tarsi banded with
black.
Expanse 1-*- inch.
Sab.— Kufelang (14,810 feet), June 6th, 1874.
Family— HELIOTHIDM
43. HELIOTHIS SCTJTOSA.
Heliothis scutosa, Sehiff., Wien. Verz. p. 89 (1776).— Guen., Noct. ii, p. 182.
/
Hab. — Gaganghir, Kashmir.
44. HELIOTHIS DIPSACEA.
Heliothis dipsdcea, Linn. Syst, Nat. ii, p. 856 (177G). — Guen., Noct. ii, p. 181. — Eversm., Fauna
Volgo-Ural, p. 327. — Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 48.
Hab. — Posgam, near Yarkand, in lucerne-fields, May 28th. Yangihissdr, April.
12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
/
45. HELIOTHIS HYBVEOIDES. Plate I, fig. 20.
Heliothis hyblosoides, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 234.
Upperside : fore wing grey, minutely brown-speckled ; an indistinctly apparent brown
curved streak at end of the cell, and a submarginal pale zigzag line : hind wing brownish -
white, with a broad greyish-black medial transverse band (which is confluent with a curved
discocellular black streak) and a large black oval spot on middle of outer margin ; abdominal
border tinged with brown ; cilia white. Body grey, beneath whitish ; legs greyish-white,
brown-speckled.
Underside greyish- white : fore wing with a dusky-black transverse broad apical band
and an outwardly -oblique medial band : hind wing with a dusky-black dentate streak at end
of the cell, slight medial band, and oval marginal spot.
Expanse If inch.
Sab.— Chiklik, south of Yarkand, June 3rd, 1874.
*
Family— A CONTIIDj®.
46. AGROPHILA STJLPHURALIS.
AgropJiila sulphuralis, Bergstr., Ins. Suec. i, p. 16. — Guen., Noct., ii, p. 206.— Eversm., Fauna Volgo-
Ural., p. 461.
Ph. tralealis, Scop., Ent. Cam. p. 40.
/
Agrophila tralealis, Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 52.
Hal.— Yarkand.
47. ACONTIA LUCTTJOSA.
Acontia luctuosa, Schiff, Wien. Verz. p. 90 (1776).— Guen., Noct.ii,p. 223.— Eversm., Fauna Volgo-
Ural, p. 331.— Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 50.
Sab. — Yangihissdr, April.
Family— ERASTRIDjE.
48. BANKIA ARGENTULA.
SanJcia argentula, Hiibn., Beit., i, p. 9, t. 2, fig. F. (1788).
JIab. — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand.
Family— CATOCALWJE.
49. CATOCALA PTJDICA, n. sp.
Allied to C. puerpera. Differs from Southern European specimens in the fore wing being
prolonged at the apex and having its exterior margin more oblique ; this wing is also much
paler in coloui, and has the two bands of the underside visible from above ; the ante-and
LEPIDOPTERA. 13
postmedial transverse sinuous lines and reniform mark are very indistinct, and the marginal
row of black spots nearly obsolete ; on the hind wing the inner black band is narrower and
less irregularly angled in the middle.
Expanse 2f inches.
Hab.— Pashkyum, Laddk, 10,870 feet.
This species is described from a specimen taken by the late Mr. E. B. Shaw in 1870, and
now in my own collection. A single wing only of a specimen of what appears to be this
species, is preserved in the collection made by Dr. Stoliczka, having been taken at Sanju,
30th October.
Family— TOXOCAMPIDjE.
50. APOPESTES PHANTASMA.
Noctua phanlasma, Eversm., Bull. Mosc. 1843, p. 546.
Spintherops phantasma, Guen., Noct. ii, p. 422. — Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 58.
Hab, — Yarkand, 12th November.
Tribe— PYRALES.
Family— £OTYDM
51. BOTYS FLAVALIS.
Pyralisjlavalis, Schiff., W. V. p. 121 (1776).
Hab. — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand, Sarikol, 2nd May. Yangihissar, April. Posgam,
in lucerne-fields, 28th May.
Family— ENNYCHIDJE.
52. PYRAUSTA CUPREALIS. Plate I, fig. 26.
Pyrausta cuprealis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235.
Upperside dark cupreous-brown : hind wing with a broad medial discal yellow band.
Underside paler, basal two-thirds of both wings yellow, with brown-speckled subbasal
patch. Antennse black. Body beneath cupreous-black speckled with yellow. Palpi yellow
beneath. Legs yellow, with cupreous speckles.
Expanse f inch.
Hab. — Gaganghir (near Sonamarg), Kashmir.
Family— SCOPARWM.
53. EUDOREA GRANITALIS. Plate I, fig. 25.
Eudorea granitalis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235.
Upperside : fore wing pale brown, crossed by several irregular wavy grey-bordered black
lines ; cilia grey, alternated with black : hind wing greyish- white, traversed by numerous
D
14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
short brown striae somewhat regularly disposed between the veins, the wing being suffused
with brown along exterior margin. Cilia grey, with dusky line. Body grey, brown-speckled.
Palpi brown at apex, greyish at base. Legs grey, speckled with black. Underside as
above ; markings paler.
Expanse j\ inch.
Sab. — South-east of Chiklik, hills south of Yarkand, 5th June 1874.
54. EUDOREA TRANSVERSALIS.
\
Eudorea transversalis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235.
Male. Upperside : fore wing grey, speckled with brown, crossed by an oblique subbasal
and a recurved discal black speckled band ; exterior margin black-spotted ; some black
speckles at end of the cell : hind wing pale brown, with darker marginal border. Cilia grey,
with brown border. Body grey, brown-and black-speckled. Palpi speckled with black
and white above. Antennae dark brown. Underside pale ochrey-grey. Legs speckled with
grey and black, fore and middle legs with black bands. Female paler, the bands across
the wings broader and more distinct.
Expanse -,67 inch.
Sab.— Ighizyar (5,600 feet), 18th May 1874, Yangihissar (4,320 feet), April 1874, both
in Eastern Turkestan.
Tribe-GEOMETRES.
Family— B OARMID^!.
55. HYPOCHROMA PSETJDOTERPNARIA.
Hypoehroma pseudoterjmaria, Guen., Phal. i, p. 276.
Hab. — Uri, Jhilam valley, 23rd July.
56. GNOPHOS OBTECTARIA.
Gnopkos olteclaria, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. 35, p. 1597.
Hab. — Sonamarg, Kashmir.
57. GNOPHOS STOLICZKARIA. Plate I, fig. 22.
Gnophos stoliczkaria, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235.
Upperside pale ochreous-grey, minutely brown-speckled, the speckles forming more or
less numerous short transverse strise ; both wings with an indistinct oval brown spot at end of
the cell, and marginal lunular dotted line : fore wing with a subbasal and discal, and hind
LEPIDOPTERA. 15
wing with a discal, series of dentate brown points. Cilia white. Underside paler ; speckles
sparsely apparent ; cell-spot less distinct.
Expanse If inch.
Rab. — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand, 2nd June 1874.
58. GEOMETRA DISPAKTITA.
Geometra dispartita, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xxii, p. 520.
Hab. — Beshterek, south of Yarkand, 31st May.
Family— LARENTIDJE.
59. EUPITHECIA SATURATA.
Eupithecia saturaia, Guen., Phal. ii, p. 269.
Hab. — Chiklik, hills south of Yarkand, 3rd June.
60. THERA KASHGHARA. Plate I, fig. 23.
Thera Jcashgkara, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 236.
Upperside pale brownish-cinereous : fore wing crossed by three equidistant pale-bordered
blackish lines, the basal line nearly straight, the second slightly waved, the outer irregu-
larly undulated, each darkest at costal end, the interspace between the two outer ones darker
cinereous-brown ; a slight short sinuous spot at apex ; indistinct paler transverse undulating
lines on outer margin ; a distinct darker marginal narrow line. Underside paler ; transverse
lines very indistinctly visible. Legs dusky -brown above. Antennae brownish.
Expanse 1§ in.
.2a£._Chiklik (3rd June 1874), 14,4-80 feet.
Tribe— CRAMBICES.
Family— PHYCIDJ2.
61. HOMCEOSOMA VENOSELLA. Plate I, fig. 24.
Homceosvma venosella, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 236.
Upperside: fore wing pale greyish-ochreous, minutely brown-speckled, the speckles
sparsely disposed along the veins ; having a transverse pale discal indented line and an indis-
tinct space at end of the cell : hind wing cinereous- white with pale brown marginal line. Cilia
white. Body and palpi above greyish-ochreous, paler beneath. Underside whitish-cinereous.
Expanse £ inch.
E.ab.— Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand (8,870 feet), June 2nd, 1874.
16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
62. MTELOIS TJNDTJLOSELLA. Plate I, fig. 27.
Myelois undulosella, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. .1878, p. 236.
Male and female. Upperside ochreous-grey : fore wing speckled with brown, crossed by
two medial oblique undulating pale-bordered blackish lines, both of which are sinuous at the
costal end ; a dark pale-centred streak at end of the cell ; middle of hinder margin and the
outer border grey, the latter with an indistinct pale sinuous line slightly black-speckled ;
cilia whitish, alternated with two dark marginal lines : hind wing pale brownish-cinereous
externally ; cilia white alternated with one dark marginal line, and having a dark patch
situated at the middle of the margin. Body ochreous-grey. Underside pale cinereous.
Expanse If inch.
Sab. — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand (8,870 feet), June 2nd, 1874; Aktala, west of
Yarkand (7,342 feet), May 17th, 1874.
63. MTELOIS GRISEELLA. Plate I, fig. 15.
Myeloit griseella, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 236.
Upperside cinereous-grey : fore wing densely irrorated with brown, crossed by two medial
undulating very indistinct speckled bines ; an indistinct streak at end of the cell ; both wings
with an outer marginal narrow brown lunular line : hind wing whitish, with a very pale
cinereous-brown marginal and an indistinct narrow submarginal band. Cilia whitish, with
a narrow marginal dark line. Underside paler cinereous. Head and thorax brownish.
Abdomen cinereous-brown.
Expanse If inch.
Hab— South-east of Chiklik, south of Yarkand (June 5th, 1874).
Tribe-TORTRIOES.
64. CONCHTLIS STOLICZKANA. Plate I, fig. 14.
Conchylis stoticzkana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 237.
Upperside : fore wing white, with three transverse outwardly oblique ochreous-brown
bands, twa inwardly oblique discal bands, and a spot at end of the cell ; a brown-speckled
marginal band : hind wing cinereous-white, with a narrow brown marginal band. Body
white and black-speckled, with white segmental bands. Legs white. Palpi white, brown-
speckled. Underside cinereous-white, outer bands on fore wing indistinctly visible.
Expanse -|- inch.
Eab— South-east of Chiklik, (June 5th, 1874).
Tribe— TINEINES.
Family— TINHIDM
65. ADELA SULZELLA.
Tinea tulzella, Schiff., W. V. 143 (1776).
Hab. — Gaganghir, Kashmir.
LEPIDOPTERA. 17
Family— GELECHJDM.
66. DEPRESSARIA STIGMELLA.
Depressaria stigmella, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 237.
Fore wing pale brownish-ochreous, greyish along the apical portion of the costa, inter-
spersed with a few dusky speckles ; a dusky-grey short straight streak at end of the cell,
and a few speckles on outer margin. Legs pale ochreous. Hind wing pale ochreous-white.
Underside of both wings paler.
Expanse TV inch.
Hab. — Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan, (March 3rd, 1874).
This species is nearest allied to the European D. subpropinquella.
Tabular List showing geographical Distribution.
Kashmir.
Localities where captured.
Geographical Distribution.
Gaganghir .
Gaganghir ....
Gond, Sonamarg
Gaganghir ....
Sonamarg ....
Sonamarg.
Gaganghir ....
Haiti Uri .
Gond, Gaganghir
Sonamarg ....
Srinagur ....
Gaganghir ....
Gaganghir.
Uri
W. Himalayas (Pangi (Basahir) ; Kunawur).
Ditto (Simla).
W. Asia ; Europe.
W. Himalayas (Masuri) ; W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe.
Ditto (Masuri) ; Punjab.
Ditto (Upper Kunawur).
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto N. W. Provinces of India (Allahabad).
Ditto India ; W. Asia ; Europe.
Ditto W. Asia; Europe.
Ditto Punjab.
Ditto (Simla).
W . Asia ; Europe.
Colias Jiyale
folyommatus galathea .....
Leucophlebia bicolor .....
Hypercompa principalis ....
Heliothis scutosa
Pyrausta cuprealis, n. sp. ....
Hypochroma psendoterpnaria . . .
Gnophos obtectaria
Adela sulzella
Sonamarg ....
Gaganghir . . . •
LADAK.
Hipparchia leliana, n. sp
Leh ; Kharbu.
Leh
Dras Valley . .
Kashmir (Margan Pass).
Leh
SyncMoe brassica . .
Pamassius cJiarltonius ....
Polyommatas lehanus, n. sp. ...
Potyommatus ariana
Hydracia tibetana, n. sp
Leh
Kharbu.
Leh.
Dras Valley
Leh.
Leh
Kashmir ; W. Himalayas ; W. Asia ; Europe.
Runang Pass, 13,000 feet.
Sanga (Puspa Valley) ; Kashmir ; W. Himalayas ;
Pangi (Basahir).
W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe.
Leh.
1
E
18
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Tabular List showing geographical Distribution — continued.
MOUNTAIN RANGE BETWEEN LADAK (LEH) AND PLAINS OF YABKAND.
Kashmir.
Localities where captured.
Geographical Distribution.
Vanessa ladaJcensis, n. sp.
Baltia sJiawii
'Colias stoliczkana, n. sp.
Parnassius jacquemontii
Parnassius acco . .
Neoris shahidula .
Hadena stoliczkana, n. sp.
Agrotis segetum
Agrotis aquilina .
Pyrameu cardni
Synnhloe rapes . . . .
Colias hyale ....
Polyommatus kasgharensis, n. sp.
P. yarkandensis, n. sp.
Euproctis karghalika, n. sp.
Euproctis lactea, n. sp.
Ptilophora kashghara, n. sp.
Acronycta karghalika, n. sp.
Mamestra canescens, n. sp. .
Aqrotis segetum ....
Heliothis dipsacea . . .
AgropJiila sulphuralis .
Acontia luctuosa ....
Catocala pudica, n. sp. . . •
Apopestes phantasma .
Botys flavalis . . . .
Endorea transversalis, n. sp.
Geometra dispartita . .
Depressaria stigmella, n. sp.
Gogra.-Karatagh Lake.
Aktagh ....
N. of Changla.
N. of Changla .
Lupsang or Lak Zung, 17,537
Shahidula.
Kufelang.
Tankse ....
Tankse ....
PLAINS or YAEKA'ND.
Sanju ; Karghalik
Yangihissar . ,
Sanju ; Yaugihissar .
Yangihissar.
Yarkand.
Karghalik.
Karghalik.
Yangihissar.
Karghalik.
Karghalik.
Karghalik .
Posgam ; Yangihissar
Yarkand .
Yangihissar
Sanju.
Yarkand ; Bora (Shaw)
Yangihissar; Posgam
Yangihissar ; Ighizyar.
Beshterek .
Yangihissar.
Chang Lung Pass.
Mountains of Ladak.
Ditto.
N. W. India ; W. Asia; Europe.
W. Asia ; Europe.
Asia ; Africa ; Europe ; N. America.
W. Asia ; Europe.
W. Asia ; Europe.
N. W. India ; W. Asia ; Europe.
W. Asia ; S. Europe.
W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe.
W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe.
Paskyum, Ladak, 10,870 feet (Shaw).
W. Asia.
W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe.
N. W. India.
HILLY COUNTRY WEST AND SOUTH-WEST OF THE PLAINS OF YABKAND.
Sarikol ....
W. Asia ; S. Europe.
Colias hyale
Sarikol ....
W. Asia; Europe.
Oxicesta marmorea, n. sp
Sasak Taka.
Spaelotis undulans, n. sp
Ak Masjid ; Chiklik.
Tceniocampa chiklika, n. sp
Chiklik.
Heliothis hyblaoides, n. sp
Chiklik.
W Asia; Europe.
Botysflavalis ......
-Ak Masjid; Sarikol .
W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe.
Eudorea granitalis, n. sp
Chiklik.
Gnophos stoliczkana, n. sp. ...
Ak Masjid.
Eupithecia satyrata
Chiklik ....
W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe.
Thera khasgharia, n. sp
Chiklik.
Somteosoma venosella, n. sp. ...
Ak Masjid.
Myelois undulosella, n. sp
Ak Masjid; Aktala.
Myelois griseella, n. sp.
Chiklik.
Conchylis stoliczkana, n. sp. ...
Chiklik.
EBBATUM.
In the names at foot of plate for " Myelois griseola," read " Myelois griseella."
1 Mission.
22.
15
:ii.er iei etlith
5.
-.• — 7/a\ B
^/jv..3
23.
24.
26.
25.
Colias StoHczkana. 2, Vanessa Ladakensis. 3,Pamassius Charltonios. 4,Hipparcnia Lenana. 5,Baltia Shawn
e.PolyommatusLeLanus. 7. P.KasKgliarensis. S.P.Yarkundensis. 9.Acronycta Kargalika. 10, Spselotis undulans.
H.Tasmocampa Chiklika. 12.Hadena Stoliczkana. 13,Marnestra canescens. 14, Conchylis Stoic ^kana. 15, Myelois grise
16,Agrotis Titetana. 17. Oxycesta marmorea. 18,E-uproctis Kargalika. IS.PtalophoraKaahghara. 2Q,Heliotnis Hyblaeoides
^l.Hydraecia Tibetana. 22,Gnoplios Stoliczkana. 23, Thera Kashgnara. 24,Homaeosomav6nose]]a. 25,Eudorea granitalis
26,Pyrausta cxiprealis. 27,Myelois -undulosella.
Mintern Bros
SCIENTIFIC EESULTS
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE 1
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Pn.D.
COLEOPTERA,
GEODEPHAGA AND LONGICORNIA. BY II. W. BATES, F.R.S. (Pp. 1—23, with one Plate.)
PHYTOPHAGA. BY J. S. BALY, P.L.S. (Pp. 25—36.)
HALIPLID^E, DYTISCID/E, GYRINID^E, HYDROPTILID^E, STAPIIYLINID/E, AND SCAR-
AByEID^E (EXCEPT CETONIINI). BY D. SHARP, F.R.S. (Pp. 57—55.)
CETONIID^E. BY OLIVER JANSOX. (P. 54.)
HETEROMERA. BY FREDKRICK BATES. (Pp. 55—7.9, will, one Plate.)
Publiehcb bu ovbcr of the (Sobcrnmcnt of Inbia.
CALCUTTA :
•
OFFICE OF SUPERINTKNDKXT OK (,()\ i;i;\'.\l KNT IMUNTlNfi, INDIA.
1890.
NOTB.-FOV tie group CuR.miomi)*, *ee „ V»l'«' »* J>». *« in the
™ ENTOMO.OGKSOHK ZK.TDHG, BHIH! XLVII, pp. 129-157. entitled
» mf
Y 2 1 :iH I. StiO. — 6/91. 1. b>78.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
COLEOPTEEA.
GEODEPHAGA AND
BY H. W. BATES, E.R.S., E.L.S.
•
INTRODUCTORY REMAKES.
THE Coleopterous insects of the two great tribes which form the subject of the present
memoir were collected chiefly during the winter months. It is on this account, probably,
that the collection contains so few species of Longicornia, which ought to be abundant in
summer on flowers in the elevated valleys, as they are in Northern Europe, in Siberia, and in
the Rocky Mountains. A similar remark may be made with regard to the Cicindelidce family
of Geodephaga, 4 species only of which were collected, three being Indian, taken in the Jhelam
Valley, and one north of the Himalaya, which proves to be a new species, allied to a species of
Paloearctic type found in the Altai. The Carabidce are more numerous, the species of this
family wintering generally in the imago state and being found readily in their usual haunts
in the autumnal and early spring months. They afford occasion, however, for only one general
remark, namely, that all the species without exception from the region north of the
Himalaya are of European types, eight out of the 63 species collected being identical with
European species, and the remainder either new species of European genera, or species of similar
type previously described from the neighbourhood of the Caspian, or from Western and Northern
Asia. The few that were found at Murree, in the Jhelam Valley, or in Ladak are either Indian
and subtropical (e.g., Colpodes ovaliceps, Pristomachcerus chalcocephalus, Hypolithus perlucens,
&c.), or North Indian modifications of Palsearctic types (e.g., Carabus caschmirensis et stolicz-
kanus, Hypsineplius ellipiicus), or well-marked and distinct species of; Palaearctic genera, e.g.,
Bradytus compactus, Acinopus striolatus, Harpalus japonicus, Anchomenus politissimus,
Molops piligerus.
GEODEPHAGA.
1. — ClCINDELA STOLICZKANA.
Bates, Proo. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 713.
C. Burmeisteri (Fisch.) affinis, sed minor, thorace bremori, etc. Nigra corpore subtus,
pedibw, antennarumque basi chalybeo-violaceis, elytris lunula humerali et apicali (hac antice
2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
in maculam rofundatatn dilatata) fasciaque mediana, lata, abbreviate/,, recta, Jlavo-albis ;
fronte inter oculos concava, subtiliter strigosa, albo-Jiirta ; thorace brevi, lateribus Jere rectis,
supra subtilissime granulatim-strigoso : etytris minute, hand confertim granulatis ; palpis
nigris, albo-setosis : labro albo, convexo : antice media rotundatim producto, unidentato :
corpore subtus pedibusque sparsim albo-pilosis.
Long. 6 — 74 lin.
In colour, sculpture, and form of labrum closely resembling C. burmeisteri (Fischer),
but of shorter and less convex form ; the thorax also being relatively smaller and the elytra
more obtusely rounded at the apex. The white marks of the elytra are more numerous and
much larger. They are variable in extent and sometimes all blended together along the
lateral margin ; but the characteristic feature of the non-flexuous, but broad and only slightl
oblique, median belt remains constant. The apical lunule always forms a narrow border at
the apex of the elytra, but expands into a large rounded spot at its anterior extremity.
Bab. — Without locality. Taken by Stoliczka shortly before his decease, probably on
the northern slopes of the Kuen-lun. My specimens of C. burmeisteri came from the
Tarbagatai Mountains.
2. — ClCINDELA INTERMEDIA.
Chaudoir, Bull. Mosoou, 1852, i. p. 6.
Sab.— Jhelam Valley.
3. — ClCINDELA LIMBATA.
Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. ii, i. (1823), p. 64.
Sab.— Jhelam Valley. A single example.
4. — COLLYRIS ORTYGIA.
Buquet, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1835, p. 604.
Chaud., Monogr. Collyr. p. 502, t. 7, f. 6.
Sab. — Jhelam Valley. The single specimen of this species presents scarcely any points
of difference from others with which I have compared it taken near Calcutta.
5. — NEBRIA PSAMMOPHILA.
Solsky, Fedchenko's Turkestan, Zool. torn, ii, v, Coleoptera i, p. 12.
Differs from Solsky's diagnosis only in the clearer-red head and thorax, these members
according to him being " picescentibus."
jyaj. — « Dras, Kargil, and Leh " ; many examples. Fedchenko took it in Kokand, near
the river Kizil-su.
COLEOPTERA. 3
/
6. — NEBRIA LIMBIGERA.
Solsky, Fedchenko's Turkestan, I.e. Col. i. p. 13.
Sab. — One example, same locality as the above. Differs from N. psammophila by its
larger size and black abdomen. Fedchenko found it in Kokand, " near the Kizil-su and in
the hills near the river Isphavia."
7. — CARABTTS CASCHMIRENSIS.
Carabus casckmirensis, Kollar & Redtenbacher, in Hugel's "Kasmir, etc." iv. 2 (1844), p. 499, t. 23, f. 4.
1 lithariophorus, Tatum, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, xx (1847), p. 14.
Sab. — Murree. One example, ? .
8. — CARABTJS STOLICZKANTTS.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soo. 1878, p. 713.
C. cashmirensi (Koll.) afftnis. Maxime elongatus, angustus, niger subniiidus : thorace
late sub-cordato-quadrato, angulis posticis retrorsum productis, acutis : elytris angwtis, post
medium perparum rotundato-dilatatis, dorso tuberculorum triplici serie, inter se carina unica
separates. Menti dente verticaliter exstanti, valde compresso ; labro media triangulariter
emarginato.
Long. 14 — 15 lin.
Resembles C. caschmirensis in the form of head, labrum, and tooth of mentum. The
thorax is also similar in shape, but scarcely so broadly rounded on the anterior part.
The elytra are very different both in shape and sculpture ; they are narrower and more
parallel in outline and much less convex, and the sculpture, instead of a triple row of narrow
elongate tubercles, each row separated by a triple line of granules, consists of three distinct
rows of larger, oblong tubercles, separated by a single continuous elevated line. There are,
however, only two of those lines, between the 1st and 2nd and the 2nd and 3rd rows ; the
sutural border being an irregularly-crenated elevation, and the margin, exterior to the 3rd
row, consisting of a confused coarse reticulation, with traces of a 4th row of minor tubercles.
Sab. — Murree. Two examples.
9. — CALOSOMA ORIENTALB.
Chaudoir, Ann.' Soo. Ent.'France 1869, p. 368.
Syn. P C. orientate, Hope, Trans. Zool. Soc. i. p. 92.
Sab. — Kogyar: Sind Valley: " Dras, Karghil, and Leh." The specimens vary a little
in the degree of regularity of the fine cross-striae of the interstices ; but there is no other
character to indicate that they form more than one variable species.
10.— SCARITES INCONSPICTJTJS.
Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1855, i. p. 82.
Sab.— Jhelam Valley. One example agreeing precisely with Baron Chaudoir's descrip-
tion above cited.
A 1
4 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
11. — SCARITES ARENAUIUS.
Bonelli, Obs. Entom. 2, p. 40.
Chaudoir, Bull. Mose. 1855, i, p. 86.
Sab. — Yangihissar. A widely-distributed species, throughout the basics of the Medi-
terranean and the Caspian; but not hitherto recorded from regions further east. Solsky
includes the allied species, Sc. persicus (Chaud.), among the insects taken by Fedchenko
in Turkistan. The Yangihissar examples agree better with Sc. arenarius, having two
denticulations above the digitation of the anterior tibise ; they are, however, rather more
elongated than specimens from Algiers and Imeritia with which I have compared them.
The size is 8^—9^ lin.
12. — DYSCHIBJUS ORDINATUS.
Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 240.
Sab. — Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. I see no definite character to separate this
small species from D. ordinatus, hitherto known only from Japan.
13. — BROSCTJS PUNCTATUS.
Dejean, Spec. Gen. Col. iii, p. 431.
Sab. — No locality, probably near Yarkand. A widely-distributed Oriental species, being
recorded from Egypt, Mesopotamia, Nepaul, and China.
14. — PEISTOMACH^RUS CHALCOCEPHALTJS.
Wiedm., Zool. Mag, ii, i, p. 57.
Sab. — Jhelam Valley. One example, differing from the original Hongkong specimen
only in the squarer form of both the yellow elytral spots.
Closely allied to Pristomachcerus messii of Hongkong (Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873,
p. 324). It differs a little in colour and the form of the anterior elytral spot from Wiede-
mann's description.
15. — CHL^NIUS SPOLIATTJS, var. INDERIENSIS.
Chlcenius spoliatus, Rossi./var. inderientis, Motschulsky, Bull. Mosc. 1864, ii, p. 346.
Sab. — Yangihissar. One example, agreeing perfectly with the above-cited description
of a remarkable variety of this widely-distributed species, hitherto recorded only from the
borders of lake Indiersk. The type-form occurs throughout nearly the whole Palasarctic
region, from the western shores of Europe to Japan.
COLEOPTEEA. 5
16. — CHLJENIUS TENTJELIMBATUS.
Ballion, Bull. Moso. 1870, ii, p. 326.
Solsky in Fedchenko's Turkestan, Zoology, torn, ii, v. Coleop., p. 62.
Chaudoir, Monogr. Chlsenius., p. 263 (1876).
Hab. — Ladakh. JFound also near Samarkand and Kodjend. I have compared the
numerous examples in Stoliczka's collection with a specimen received from Russia, as taken
in " Turkestan," and find no essential difference : the Turkestan specimen has a rather
broader thorax, but otherwise of the same shape, so distinct from that of the following species
which is subcordate with prominent and acute hinder angles.
17. — CHUENITJS L^TITTSCULTIS ?
Chaudoir, Bull. Moso. 1856, ii, p. 248, id., Mouogr. Chiasmus, p. 264.
Hab. — Ladakh. Also in Northern Hindostan.
18. — ACINOPTJS STRIOLATUS ?
Zoubkoff, Bull. Mosc. 1833, 317.
P. d. 1. Brulerie, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1873, p. 256.
Sab. — Sind Valley. A much damaged example, which I refer doubtfully to this species
as a small variety. It is 6| lines long and of narrow cylindrical form, and the elytra!
striae, although fine and with perfectly plane interstices, are more strongly impressed
than in striolatus. The species occurs in the basin of the Caspian, and was taken near Tash-
kend by Fedchenko.
19. — DAPTTJS VITTATTTS.
Fischer, Ent. Russ. ii, p. 38, 46, f. 7.
Dej., Sp. G<5n. iv, p. 19.
Sab.— Yangihissar. One example.
20. — DlCHIBOTEICHTJS ALTICOLA.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soo. 1878, p. 713.
D. amplipennis (Sates) proxime affinis, differt colore pallidiori et thoracis angulis posticis
rotundatis. Oblongus, supra testaceo-fulvus, capite (maculis rufis exceptis) thoracis disco
macula alteraque postico-disco'idali elytrorum, nigro-ceneis : palpis apice acuminatis : capite
et thorace grosse subsparsim punctatis, hoc postice angustato, angulis posticis oblique rotun-
datis, margine postice arcuato : elytris striatis, interstitiis medio leviter culminato-convexis,
biseriatim punctatis : corpore subtus nigro : antennis fuscescentibus. $ tarsi duo antici
articulis 1 — 3 ovatis, 4 bilobo.
Long. 2^ lin.
Agrees with D. amplipennia (China), D. tenuimanus (Japan), D. discicollis, Dej., and
others in its acuminate palpi, in which these eastern species differ from their West European
6 SECOND YAKKAND MISSION.
congeners. The three basal dilated joints of the £ anterior tarsi are not triangular, but
ovate, their angles being perfectly rounded. Underneath, the dilated male joints are clothed
with long ragged scale-hairs, loosely arranged ; but this is the case with the European species
of the genus ; and the statement of Schaum and others is therefore erroneous, that they are
" spongiosi " and bring the genus within the Anisodactylina sub-family. The genus is, in
fact, allied to Ophonus. The upper surface of D. alticolus is light tawny or reddish-brown,
redder on the thorax and a large spot on each side of the head. The rest of the head is
brassy-black. The disk of the thorax has a dusky spot, sometimes indistinct. The disk of
the elytra has, posteriorly, covering interstices 3 and 4, an elongate black spot. The
species is closely allied to the South Russian and Turkestan D. dtscicollis, Dej., differing
chiefly in the obliteration of the hinder angles of the thorax.
Hab. — Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga.
21. — HABPALUS C.ERTTLEATTJS.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 714.
Elongato-oblongus, glaber, thorace transversim quadrato, postice distincte angustato,
lateribus arcuatis, angulis posticia rotundatis, basi utrinque late subcrebre punctato, margine
basali bisinuato : elytris apice fortiter sinuatis, supra striatis, interstitiis planis impunctatis,
ertio unirpunctato.
$ . Supra capite thoraceque nigris politis, elytris caeruleis, subviolaceis, nitidis ; antennis
nigris, articulo basali rufo : corpore subtus nigro, pectore medio pedibusque rufopiceis ; abdo-
mine medio nitido. Immature toto corpore castaneo-rufo, nitido, elytris violaceis.
% . Nigro-vel rufo-castanea, raro obscuro-nigra ; elytris opacis interdum violaceo-tinctis,
apice fortius (ut in H. aeneo ? ) sinuatis.
An elongate species, similar in form to H. hospes (Sturm), but without its punctuation.
Thorax slightly narrowed behind, with hinder angles, but blunted or rather rounded at their
apices. The elytra are destitute of punctuation, except the usual marginal row, and their
apices are rather deeply sinuate in both sexes, but most so in the ? . The sexual diversity
in colour is constant in mature individuals, the male having the head and thorax glossy
black, with violet blue elytra ; the female being chestnut-red or brown, with elytra sometimes
tinged with violet. Terminal spur of the anterior tibiae lanceolate, simple.
Hab. — Yangihissar and Kogyar.
22. — HARPALUS MELANEUS.
Bates, Proc.|Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 714.
H. calceato (J)ufts.) forma coloreque similis, at thorace fere impunctato angulisque posti-
cis obtusis. Oblongus, modice elongatus, niger nitidus, elytris $ opacis ; antennis et palpis
nigris, articulis omnibus apice piceo-rujis : thorace transversim quadrato, postice leviter
angustato, angulis posticis obtusis lateribus antice modice arcuatis, basi utrinque vage via;
punctato, fovea lineari impresso : elytris apice paullulum sinuatis, supra convexis, simpliciter
striatis, interstitiis modice convexis, tertio unipunctato.
Long. 6 lin.
COLEOPPERA. 7
Similar in size, form, and colour to the European Jff. calceatus ; convex, posterior part of
elytra most so. Colour in the <? deep shining black above and beneath, in the ? the elytra
opaque. The legs are more or less piceous, especially the tarsi. The antennae and the palpi
are pitchy-black, the joints in all tipped with dull rufous. The thorax is very moderately
rounded anteriorly, and gradually and slightly narrowed behind to the base, the hind angles
being not quite rectangular and obtuse at their apices. The base on each side is very faintly
roughened and not distinctly punctured, and the fovea is rather distinct and linear.
Terminal spur of the anterior tibiae lanceolate-acute, simple.
Sab. — Sind Valley. Murree. Near Leh.
23. — HAKPALTIS TTTRCUITTS.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1878, p. 714.
Oblongus, niger, <? nitidus, ? sericinitens, antennis articulo primo rufo, palpis apice
flavis : capite modice angusto,lcevi : thorace quadrato, antice prope angulos rotundato-angustato
postice lateribus exacte parallelis, elytris multo angustiori, angulis posticis rectis, supra im.
punctato : elytris utroque sexu apice fortiter subrecte sinuatis, supra subtiliter striatis, intersti-
tiis planis, tertio unipunctato : metasterno grosse sparsim punctato.
Long. 4 lin.
Very similar in colour in both sexes to JET. liodes ; but differing in the smaller size,
narrow thorax, and strongly-sinuated apices of the elytra. The head is not notably wide,
the eyes are only slightly projecting, and the forehead is remarkably even and smooth. The
antennge reach the base of the thorax ; they are black and have the basal article constantly
red. The thorax is parallel-sided from the base to the middle ; it is then gently arcuated
and nearer the head much narrowed. The elytra have the same silky gloss, plane interstices,
and fine strise as H. liodes. Terminal spur of anterior tibiae long, curved, lanceolate.
Hob. — No locality. Probably near Yarkand.
24. — HARPALTJS JAPONICUS.
Morawitz, Bull. Ac. St. Petersb. v. 1863, 327.
Hub. — Murree. Many examples differing in no material respect from those of China,
Japan, and Formosa.
25. — HAEPALTJS— ?
A single specimen ? ; indeterminable.
26. — HARPALTTS INDICOLA.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 714.
El ngato-oblongus, angustior, nigerrimus, $ magis, ? minus, nitidus, palpis et antennis
fulms : thorace quadrato, lateribus leniter arcuatis, postice longe et modice angustato, angulis
posticis paullo obtusis ; basi toto subsparsim punctato et paulo rugoso, fovea utrinque obliqua :
elytris convexis, apice modice sinuatis, supra striatis ($fortius), interstitiis vix convexis, tertio
puncto conspicue impresso ; $ternis et ventro lateribus grosse haud profunde punctatis.
Long. 5 lin.
8 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
Smaller and narrower than H. melaneus ; head also much smaller or narrower. In form it
approaches the European H. tenebrosus (Dej.), but the thorax is different in shape, the
sides being more arcuated and contracted gradually behind to the base which they join at an
obtuse angle. The colour is the same as in H. melancus, except that the antennae and palpi
are reddish-tawny ; but this is liable to variation. The elytral striae are sharply impressed,
and become deeper at the apex. The terminal spur of the anterior tibiae is moderately long,
with the basal half dilated but not dentate.
Sab. — Murree.
27. — HARPALUS MASOREOIDES.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 715.
Parvus, niger subsericeus, Icsms, partibus oris antennisque flavo-testaceis, pedibus magis
rufescentibus : thorace transverso, elytris mx angustiori, antice gradatim paulhilum angustato,
angulis posticis rotundatis, Icevi, foveola basali utrinque ollonga, marginibus rufescentibus ;
elytris oblongis, apice late obtusis leniter sinuatis, supra striatis, striis minutissime punctulatis,
interstitiis mx convexis, marginibus rejlexis et epipleuris piceorufis : menti dente triangulari,
acuto.
Long. 2^ lin.
The obtuse-angled thorax and apex of elytra, with the general form and smoothness, give
this little species the appearance of a Masoreus. The head is small, obtuse, smooth, and
polished ; the eyes very slightly prominent ; the frontal fovea is round and well-defined. The
antennae are rather longer than the head and thorax taken together ; they are yellow, with
more or less dusky on their pubescent joints. The spur of the anterior tibise is obtusely
lanceolate, not dilated ; the external angle of the apex of the tibiae has three short and very
stout, obtuse spines.
'Rob. — Pamir Steppe, between Sirikol and Panga.
28. — HARPALUS LIODES.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 716.
Ovatus, latus, modice convexus, niger, $ serici-nitens, $ serici-opacus, antennis palpisque
piceo-rufis, illis nigromaculatis, tarsis piceo-rufis : capite lato, Icevigato, oculis minus promi-
nulis ; thorace valde transverso, antice angustato, postice multo latiori, angulis posticis rectis,
fere impunctato : elytris ovads, apice paullulum sinuatis, supra sultiliter striatis, interstitiis
plants, tertio minute unipunctato : tibiis intermediis utroque sexu arcuatis.
Long. 6 — 5J lin.
Resembles much large species of the genus Amara. Thorax shorter in relation to the
•width than in H. brevicornis (Germ.), or any other species of the genus known to me. The
head is broad and the forehead flattened and smooth. The thorax is narrower at the apex
than at the base ; but the sides from the slightly dilated anterior part are slightly rounded,
or nearly parallel to the hind angles, which latter are rectangular but blunt at their apex ;
the disc is obscurely wrinkled and there are a very few punctures in the shallow basal foveae ;
otherwise the surface is impunctate. The antennse are short and far from reaching the base
COLEOPTERA. 9
of the thorax. The elytra are ovate not wider at the base than the thorax, very slightly
sinuated near their apex ; the striae are very fine, faintly punctulate, and the interstices flat
and impunctate throughout, except the marginal one and the customary one on the third-
The colour is deep black, with a bright silky gloss in the s , but nearly opaque in the ? . The
abdomen is impunctate. The metasternum has a few large punctures. Terminal spur of
anterior tibiae long and lanceolate.
Hob. — No locality. Probably near Yarkand.
29. — HYPOLTTHTJS PERLUCENS.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 715.
Piceo-niger, leete iridescens, glaber, antennis, palpis, et pedibus fulvo-testaceis : capite
Icevissimo, post oculos angustato, mandibulis magis rectis et acutis piceo-nifis ; fovea frontali
lineari versus oculum curvata : thorace quadrato, lateribus leniter fere cequaliter arcuatis,
angulis posticis valde obtusis, margine postico late sinuato ; supra limbo toto crebre subtiliter
punctulato, disco sparsiin punctulato, polito, marginibus rufescentibus : elytris fortiter striatis,
interstitiis paullulum convexis, politissimis, tertio (prope striam secundam) multipunctato.
Long. 4| lin. 9 .
Agrees with certain species of South Africa, in the curved linear frontal fovea, and with
such species as H. glaber (Boh.) in its naked surface. The undersurf ace of the insect is irides-
cent and glabrous, as well as the upper ; the ventral segments and the deflexed margins of the
elytra being more or less rufescent. The metastera'um has a few shallow punctures. The
legs are naked, with the exception of a few stout spines on the outer side of the tibiae and a
few setae on their inner side and underneath the tarsi. The tooth in the emargination of the
mentum is very short, but distinct.
Hab. — Jhelam Valley.
HYPSINEPHUS. nov. gen.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 715.
Generi Selenophoro proxime affine. Corpus elongato-ellipticum gen. Calatho haud
dissimile, supra glabrum. Caput antice haud obtusum, labrum et mandibulcB modice elongata.
Mentum rotundato-emarginatum, edentatum. Palpi elongati ; maxillarii articulo terminali
penultimo bremori, subfusiformi sed apice distincte truncato. Thorax quadratus. Elytra
glabra, interstitiis tertio, quinto, et septimo (apice} pluripunctatis. Pedes elongati, validi :
tarsi 3 , articulis anticis 4 dilatatis, cordatis, squamigeris, primo basi gracili apice subito dila-
tato, quarto breviter bilobo. Tibice intermedia ? arcuatce.
A new genus is necessary for the reception of a species in Dr. Stoliczka's collection which
agrees with the American Selenophori in its chief characters, but differs wholly in facies
from that numerous group. The totally different form of the dilated tarsal joints in the male
affords a good distinguishing character ; the other features enumerated above having only a
minor importance. The species described below has doubtless many Asiatic congeners ; one I
have found among the Harpali collected by Dr. Maack in Eastern Siberia.
10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
30. — HTPSINEPHTJS ELLIPTICTJS.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 716.
Piceo-niger vel castaneus, $ nitidus, ? sericeo-opacus, partibus oris, antetmis pedibus-
que testaceo-fnlvis : capite mox pone oculos angustato, fovcis frontalibus rotundatis ; thorace
quadrato, elytris angustiori, lateribus postice explanatis, arcuatis angulis postlcis obtusis,
supra impunctato, fovea utrinque basali vage impressa : elytris elongato-ovatis, apice modice
sinuatis, striatis, interstitio tertio. pnnctis parvis 5, quinto prope basin 2, septimo apicem versus
plurimis impressis, punctis marginalibus parvis.
Long. 6 lin.
Elongate elliptical, varying from pitchy black to castaneous. The lateral margins of
the thorax are gradually more and more explanated from the anterior to the posterior angles,
and the base has no distinct punctuation. The punctures of the elytra are somewhat variable
in number and position : there are 5 or 6 on the third interstice, mostly close to the second stria,
and 2 or 3 on the fifth near the base ; but in some examples the fifth interstice has a row of
punctures near the apex, like the seventh. The margin has a number of minute faintly
impressed punctures.
jjab. — Pour examples, two without locality, one marked ft (from the Knen-lun ?), and the
fourth from the Pangong Valley : this last has the thorax distinctly more dilated behind and
more rectangular hind angles than the others.
31. — HABPALTJS QTJADBICOLLIS.
Selenophorus quadricottis, Kollar & Eedtenb. in Hugel's Kaschmir, iv, 2, p. 502.
J2"aj. — Between Dras and Leh. The authors above cited placed this species in the genus
Selenophorus from the simple emargination of the mentum. M. Putzeys, in his recent mono-
o-raph of the genus Selenophorus, has rightly restricted it to those Harpalince which have the
alternate interstices of the elytra pluripunctate and other characters in addition to the simple
mentum, and which belong all to America. S. quadricollis is very closely allied to the typical
Harpali, but probably a separate genus will eventually be formed for the species with edendate
mentum.
32.— STENOLOPHTJS MOBIO.
Mene'tries, Catal. Raisonne' (1832), p. 136. Id., Insectes rec. p. Lehmann i, 25.
Solsky in Fedchenko's Turkestan, Zoology, torn, ii, v, Coleop. i, p. 88.
Hab. — Yangi Hissar ; one example. The species occurs in the neighbourhood of the Cas-
pian and in Mesopotamia near Bagdad. The Yangi Hissar specimen has a smaller and rounder
thorax than is presented by Bagdad examples with which I have compared it,
33. — SPHODRUS INDUS.
Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1852, i. p. 6?,
Hab. — Murree ; one example.
COLEOPTERA. 11
Resembles specimens from Northern India in every other respect, except that the hind
trochanters are long and furcate at the apex, with one branch of the fork very short. The
specimen is a female.
34. — SPHODRTJS COKDICOLLIS.
Chaudoir, Bull. Moso. 1854, i, p. 43.
Hob. — Murree ; one example.
Differs from Syrian specimens by its slightly broader and more ovate elytra.
35. — CALATHTJS MELANOCEPHALTJS.
Lin., Fauna Sueo. No. 795 : Putzey's Mon. Calath., p. 58.
Hob, — Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga.
Many examples ; differing from the ordinary type of "Western Europe by the rather nar-
rower and more parallel-sided thorax and elytra. According to Putzeys, alpine varieties occur
which are modified in the same manner.
36. — CALATHTJS ANGUSTATUS.
Koll. & Bedtenb. in Hugel's Kasehmir, iv, ii, p. 500 (1844).
Syn. C. Eollari, Putz., Mon. Calath, p. 56.
Sab.— ?
37. — CALATHTJS — ?
Hob. — A single example, in imperfect condition, ticketed " Sind Valley ": it would pro-
bably range in the section Pristodactyla.
38. — ANCHOMENTJS LADAKENSIS.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 718.
A. parumpunctato (Lin.} proxime affinis, sed gracilior, thorace longiori, etc. Elongato
ovatus, gracilis, supra subfusco-cupreus, capite thoraceque magis aeneis, interdum toto mridi-
aeneus ; corpora subtus nigro nitido ; femorlbus nigropiceis, tibiis tarsisque rufo-piceis ; anten-
nis piceo-fuscis, articulo basali rufo : capite Icevi, post oculos magis subito quam in A. parum-
punctato angustato : thorace subquadrato, lateribus leniter arcuatis, angulis posticis rotundatis
ibique maryine explanato-reflexo, toto limbo alutaceo : elytris elongatis, margine basali utrinque
fortiter sinuato, lateribus par allelis, supra acute striatis, interstitiis planis, tertio 5-punctato.
Long 3J lin.
Closely allied to the common European A.parumpunctatus. At first sight it seems to differ
only in its more slender, narrower form, and rather duller colour ; but on closer examination
B 1
12 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
several minor structural differences are perceived. The head is more suddenly narrowed be-
hind the eyes. The thorax is longer, its outer borders alutaceous and rugose, and the basal
line, instead of forming a regular gentle curve, is nearly straight in the middle and obliquely
arcuate on each side towards the hind angle, which is more distinct than in A. parumpuncta-
tus ; this outline giving the appearance of a broad sinuation in the middle of the base. The
stria? of the elytra are not so distinctly punctulate, and the interstices rather coarsely alutace-
ous or granular.
Salt. — Taken between Tangtze and Chagra in the Pangong Valley, altitude probably
between 13,000 and 15,000 feet. Some specimens from the Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga.
A. parumpunctatus is found throughout Europe and the Caucasus, and also in Western Siberia.
39. — ANCHOMENTTS POLITISSIMTJS.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. ] 878, p. 719.
A. fuliginoso (Panzer) formdsubsimilis, nigro-aeneus,politissimus : capite breviter ovato,
oculis vix < prominulis ; palpis minus elongatis, articulis ultimis acuminatis : thorace postice
angustato, angulis posticis oblique rotundatis, margine props angulum valde reflexo : elytris
apicem versus valde sinuatis, supra obsolete striatis, disco utrinque hand conspicue bipunctato ;
pedibua aeneis, tibiis rufotestaceis.
Long 2J lin.
Belongs apparently to the genus Oxypselaphus (Chaud.), which is not admitted by modern
authors. The antennse, however, are longer than in that group, being much longer than the
head and thorax; the third joint is not pubescent and is a little longer than the first and the
fourth ; the basal joint is slightly rufous in front. The maxillary palpi are rather less sharply
pointed at the apex than the labials, and all are pale at the tip. The thorax is quadrate-cordate ;
being a little rounded immediately after the anterior angles, and then gradually narrowed to
the base ; the lateral margin near the hind angle is remarkably and sharply elevated, and
the upper edge of elevated rim has a slight notch. The striae of the elytra are most visible at
the apex, the marginal one being entire. The whole insect is highly polished, having the
appearance of being varnished.
Sab. — Murree.
40. — COLPODES OVALICEPS.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 719.
Minus elongatus, nigro-chalybeus nitidus, elytris ampliatis, ovatis : capite parvo, ovato,
oculis haud prominulis ; menti dente apice sulcato-emarginato : thorace ovato capite dimidio
latiori, margine laterali cequaliter explanato, subrejlexo, angulis posticis subrotundatis :
elytris convexis, late ovatis, apice via: sinuatis, humeris rotundatis, striatis, interstitiis planis,
tertio tripunctato : metasterni episternis brevibus ; antennis, palpis, pedibusque rufopiceis^
femoribus nigris.
Long. 5 lin.
Differs from the great majority of the genus Colpodes by a combination of peculiarities, —
notched tooth of men turn, short metathoracic episterna, and simply but deeply sinuated fourth
COLEOPTERA. 13
joint of anterior and middle tarsi. The head appears ovate and small, owing to the unsalient
eyes and the continued width and fulness far behind the eyes, the short neck close to the
thorax only being contracted ; the upper surface also at the neck is depressed. The palpi
are not notably elongated, and the apical joints are but slightly narrowed to the apex and
briefly trtmcated. The third antennal joint is naked and of the same length as the fourth.
The thorax is widest a little before the middle and the sides are there slightly angulated ;
the anterior angles are prominent, the posterior very obtuse, almost rounded. The tarsi are
clothed beneath with long soft hairs, longest on the fourth joint as characteristic of the
genus Colpodes.
Hab. — Murree.
41. — ARGTJTOR DIFPICILIS ?
Chaudoir, Enum. Carab. Caucas, p. 136.
Hab, — A single example of an Argutor, from Sanju, closely allied to the common
European A. strenuus (Panzer). From its somewhat larger size, I think it likely to be the
species, or variety, above-named.
42. — MOLOPS PILIFEBTJS.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 718.
Niger, nitidus ; tliorace late cor dato, post medium subsinuatim angustato, angulis posticis
rectis; autice juxta marginem lateralem punctis decem longe piliferis lineatim dispositis :
elytris elongato-ovatis, convexis, prope apicem fortiter sinuatis, supra exarato-striatis,
striis 7 — 8 valde approximatis, 7ma uninterrupte punctatis, punctis longe piliferis, interstitiis
dorsalibus plants, tertio et quinto apice pilifero-punctatis.
Long. 6 — 7 lin.
Distinguished from all its European congeners by the remarkable row of punctures along
the seventh elytral stria, each bearing an extremely long stiff hair : a similar row of hairs ac-
companies the lateral margin of the thorax, at the rounded anterior part, and a group of the
same is situated near the inner margin of each eye. The general shape of the insect is
similar to that of M. elatus ; but the thorax is more fully rounded anteriorly and more
narrowed posteriorly, the hind angles being rectangular and not abruptly prominent. The
striae of the elytra are more sharply impressed, not distinctly punctured, and the interstices
are plane.
Hab. — Murree.
43. — AMARA TRIVIALIS.
Gyllenhal, Fauna Suec. vi, 240.
Hab. — Two examples : Sind Valley ; agreeing tolerably well with West European speci-
mens.
14- SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
44. — AMARA BAMIDUNYJE.
Bates Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 716.
A. trivial! (Dufts.) affinis. Ovata, subtus viridi-aenea, supra aenea, antennis articulis 2
basalibus rufis, pedibusnigro-vel aeneo-piceis : thorace quani in A. triviali et A. spreto breviori,
basi impunctato, foveolis interiori oblong a, exteriori parva obliqua subobsoleta : elytris striis
subtilibus, apice hand profundius impressis, distincte punctulatis, inter stitiis planis.
Long. 3| — 4 lin.
Partakes of the characters of three species — trivialis, spreta, and famelica, having the
shorter thorax of the last, the basal coloration of antennae of the second, and the size and
colouring of the first. But it is distinguished from all by the peculiarly fine striation of the
elytra, in which the punctures are generally more conspicuous and broader than the strice
themselves. Another character is the less polished surface ; owing to the minute striation,
especially of the elytra, even in the male. In matured individuals the undersurface of the breast
and epipleuraj of the elytra is polished brassy green, the abdomen and femora brassy black.
The scutellar striole lies between the first and second strke, arising from near the base of the
latter.
Hab. — Pamir.; between Sirikol and Panga. A large number of examples.
45. — AMABA AMBIGENA.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 716.
Breviter ovata, nigro-aenea polita, veniris apice rufo ; palpis, antennis basi, pedibus,
elytrorumque epipleuris, rufis, elytris interdum castaneis : thorace brevi, antice gradatim
rotundato-angustato, apud basin elytris paulo angustiori, margine basalt Jlexuoso, angtilis
posticis subacutis ; foveolis basalibus utrinque duabus latis, sparsim grosse pnnctatis ; elytris
brevibus, punctulato-striatis, interstitiis planis : menti dente elongato triangulari sed apice
anguste fisso, $ Tibice postica? intus pauciter pilosce.
Long. 3| lin.
Approaches the genus Leiocnemis, the hind tibise of the $ having only a few soft hairs
on their inner edge and the thorax being narrower tban the elytra and parallel-sided for a
short distance from the base : the facies is also that of Leiocnemis tartarice. The frontal
fovese are narrow, deep, and flexuous. The sides of the thorax are explanated gradually after
the middle. The elytral strise are fine and equally impressed from base to tip, the scutellar
striole being united to the first stria. The sterna are smooth.
Hub. —Between Tanktze and Chagra, Pangong Valley.
46. — LEIOCNEMIS HIMALAICA.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 716.
Elongato-ovata, rufo-picea vel castanea supra aeneo-tincta ; partibus oris, antennis, pedi-
busqwe jlavotestaceis ; thorace brevi, transverso, lateribus fere cequaliter arcuatis, antice
paulo magis quam postice angustato, angulis posticis obtusis, lateribus paululum explanatis,
COLEOPTERA. 15
foveolis basalibus grosse sparsim punctatis, interiori rotundata, exteriori vage impressa cari-
naque obsoletissima vel nulla : elytris acute et simpliciter striatis, interstitiis planis : corpore
subtus Icevi, nitido.
<? . Tibice intermedia subtus media sinuatce, deinde paulo dilatatce et denticulate.
Long. 31 lin.
The rudimentary bidentate imdersurface of the middle tihise of the 3 show a tendency
towards the genus Curtonotus, hut the facies of the species is totally unlike that group ;
the general appearance of the insect heing that of a moderately robust Calathus. There
is scarcely any trace of the oblique carina at the posterior angles of the thorax, and the sides
of the latter form a tolerably regular curve from base to apex, without the slightest sinu-
ation near the hind angles.
Sab.—" Dras, Kargil, and Leh."
47. — LEIOCNEMIS TARTARI^E.
i
Bates, Proc. Zool, Soc. 1878, p. 716.
Oblongo-ovata, modice convexa, nigra polita, supra aenescens ; partibus oris, antennis,
pedibtisque piceo-rvfis : thorace valde transverse, lateribus fortiter arcuatis, antice et postice
fere ccqualiter angiistato, angulis posticis distinctis sed obtusis, basi utrinque foveis duabus
modice impressis fortiter punctatis : elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis planis : prosterni
apice late rotundato, marginato, meso-et metasternis punctatis; menti dente lato, magno,
bifido.
Long. 3 1 lin.
The whole surface of the body is polished, beneath black, sometimes piceous and red-
dish, with the elytral epipleurse also reddish ; above tinged with greenish-brassy, the elytra
sometimes bright brassy- green. The frontal fovese are sharply impressed and linear, as in
many other Leiocnemis. The thorax is transverse, distinctly narrower than the elytra, very
strongly rounded on the sides, so as to give it an almost rounded appearance ; the widest
part is the middle, whence it narrows almost equally towards the apex and the base, the
sides joining the base without any sinuation and forming an angle which is more obtuse
than rectangular ; the basal foveae are never deep and in some examples scarcely apparent
except from their coarse punctuation.
Rab. — Between Yangi Hissar and Sirikol.
48. — LEIOCNEMIS PRIVOLA.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 717.
Parva, oblonga, subtus rufo-castanea, supra nigro-aenea, vel aenea, elytris interdum
castaneis aeneo-tinctis ; partibus oris, antennis, pedibusque rufotestaceis : foveis frontalibus
linearibus extus acute exaratis, antice supra epistomaten continuatis : thorace transversim
quadrato lateribus leniter arcuatis ; postice minus quam antice angustato, mox ante basin
paullulum sinuato, angulis posticis fere reeds; foveis basalibus grosse punctatis; elytris
punctulato-striatis ; menti dente bifido, piano.
Long. 21 lin.
16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
This small species has the general appearance of a Bradycellus. The thorax at first
sight appears quadrate, but the sides are gently arcuated and just before the hind angle
very slightly incurved, so as to make the hind angles rectangular ; hut there is some little
individual variation in this respect. The frontal foveae are linear and cross the suture to the
epistome which they invade for a short distance ; their outer edge (towards the eye) is
deepest, and the line is there so sharply incised that their border is vertical, in some lights
appearing cariniform.
Hob. — No locality. Taken in the latter part of the journey ; on the Pamir or near
Yarkand.
49. — AMATHITIS BADIOLA.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 717.
A. rufescenti (Dej.) proxime affinis, at angustior, corporeque infra nigro. Oblonc/a,
depressa, subtus nigra, supra capite thoraceque rufo-castaneis (illo obscuriwi) elytris sub-
fnsco-badiis, interdum aeneo-nitidis, striis obscurioribus : capite minus elongate, oculis multo
minus quam in A. rufescenti prominulis : thorace elytris angustiori, ante medium modice
rotundato-dilatato, prope basin angustato, ibique lateribiis obliquis, angulisque posticis vioc
rectangulis (sed apice acutis} ; basi toto discrete punctato, foveis modice impresses, carinaque
vix elevata : elytris pnnctulato-striatis, interstitiis planis ; corpore subtus nigro-nitido ;
partibus oris, antennis, pedibusque fulvo-testaceis. Menti dente prominulo, triangulari. $
tibiis posticis intus parce breviter pubescentibus.
Long. 4 lin.
Nearly allied to A. rufescens, but abundantly distinct. Its smaller head, much less
prominent eyes, and relatively smaller thorax, distinguish it at once, independently of the
light brown colour of the elytra. The distinct equilateral triangular tooth of the mentum
distinguishes it from A. subplanata of Putzeys,
Hab. — One of Stoliczka's latest captures. The majority of the specimens bear no
locality ; but one example clearer in the colour of the elytra is ticketed as from the neigh-
bourhood, of Sanju.
50.— AMATHITIS KTJENLTJNBNSIS.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 717.
Valde elonqatus, modice convexus, pallide ferrugineus, antennis pedibusque gracilibus,
illarum articulo tertio cceteris multo longiori : thorace elytris multo angustiori, late cordato,
lateribus antice fortiter arcuatis, postice sinuatim angustato, angulis posticis acutis ; supra
impunctato, foveis basalibus latis, vagis, carinaque prope angulutn indistincte elevata : elytris
elongato-ovatis, apice paulo sinuatis, striis Icevibus modice impressis.
Long. 5 lin. ? .
A species remarkable for its very slender antennae and long legs, apparently allied to
A. longipennis (Chaudoir) and allies from the Altai, none of which I have seen. The mentum
is scarcely toothed in the middle of its ernargination, and the horny ligula is very broad and
truncated at the apex. The anterior tibiae are much dilated and compressed towards the
COLEOPTERA. 17
apex, which is armed with only one long spur and is fringed, as well as the outer edge,
with short, strong bristles ; the middle and hind tibiae are clothed all round with long, fine
bristles. The episterna of the metathorax are elongated.
Sab. — Neighbourhood of Sanju.
61. — BRADYTUS APRICARITJS.
Carabus apricatius, Payk., Monogr. Carat, p. 77.
Amara apricaria, Dej., Spec. Gen. iii, 506.
Sradytus apricarius, Stephens, 111. Brit. Ent. i, p. 136.
Hab. — Sind Valley, Dras, Kargil, and Leh : Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga.
The Pamir and Ladakh examples agree closely with the West European form of the
common Palsearctic species. One of the Sind Valley specimens is rather more elongate, and
is probably the var. parallelus (Chaudoir) from Lenkoran on the Caspian.
52. — BRADYTTJS COMPACTUS.
Bates, Proo, Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 717.
Breviter oblongo-ovatus, latus, subaeneo-niger, convexus ; capite brevi et crasso, oculis
parum convexis, epistomatis margine antico transversim sulcato ; thorace elytris hand angus-
tiori, postice niodice angustato, angulis posticis acutis, foveolis basalibus parvis punctatis,
carinaque obsoleta : elytris simpliciter striatis, interstitiis planis : palpis, antennis, pedibusque
rufopiceis : episternis parumpunctatis : menti denie magno apice inconspicue emarginato.
Long. 4 lin.
Of short, broad, oblong form. Distinguished from all other species by the smooth
furrow accompanying the arcuated front margin of the epistome, which itself forms a
thickened rim. A further important distinctive character is the absence of the usual carina
of the thorax near the hind angles, in the situation of which there is a scarcely perceptible
obtuse elevation. The hind angles of the thorax are acute, the arcuated lateral margin
being slightly and briefly sinuated just before the angle, and the hind margin being incurved
on each side. The elytral strise are not perceptibly punctured. Prosternum with a long
smooth longitudinal furrow. Posterior tibiae of the male on the inside with a sparse clothing
of soft hairs.
Hab. — Murree.
63. — CTJRTONOTTJS PAMIRENSIS.
Bates, Proo. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 717.
Elongato-oblongus, angustus, rufo-castaneus, supra olivaceo-aeneus, thoracis elytrorumque
marginibus reflexis, rufescentibus : capite Icevi, mox pone oculos angustato ; thorace trans-
versim quadrato ante basin subfortiter constricto, ibique lateribus parallelis et margine
laterali hand interrupto, angulis posticis rertis ; base grosse subsparsim punctato, foveis
utrinque linearibus ; elytris striatis, striis (versus apicem exceptis) punctatis : metasterno et
ventri basi sparsim punctatis.
18 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
<?. Tibiis intermediis post medium angustatis et acute breviter bidentatis.
Long. 4| — 5 lin.
In form this species is narrow, with remarkably elongate elytra. The undersurface is
constantly chestnut-red, together with the epipleurse of the elytra and prosternum, the legs,
antennae, parts of the month, epistome, and narrow lateral rims of the elytra and thorax.
The rest of the upper surface is dark, brassy-olivaceous. The thorax is of the same width
anteriorly as the elytra, but is much narrowed near the base, nearly as in C. fodince, but the
hind angles do not at all project. The elytral interstices are plane ; the punctuation of the
striae is strongest in the striae nearest the suture, and the edges of the interstices are there
crenulated ; it disappears towards the apex and becomes very faint towards the sides.
Hab, — The Pamir Steppe ; between Sirikol and Panga.
64. — BEMBIDITJM (PERYPHUS) PAMIRENSE.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 718.
Oblongum, depressum, capite thoraceque viridi-vel aurato-aeneis, polilis, elytris fulvo-
testaceis, vitta suturali (ante apicein abbreviata) fasciaque pone medium (interdum quoque
margine et apice) aeneo-juscis ; antennis, palpis, pedibusque Jlavo-testaceis : thorace breviter
cordato, antice fortiter rotundato, angulis posticis rectis, basi rugato, fovea utrinque profunda
carinulaque obliqua : elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis plants.
Long. 2 J lin.
Of the flattened form of JB. andrece, B. femoratum, and allies ; elytra scarcely so elongated
and rather more ovate than in 23. andrece. Elytral striae sometimes scarcely impressed, the
exterior ones much fainter but visible, all punctate and interstices plane or slightly convex.
The apical joints of the antennae and penultimate joint of the maxillary palpi are faint ashy-
brown. The dusky cruciform mark on the elytra is very variable and is never very dark or
clearly denned. As in the allied species, the sutural border is dilated where the transverse
fascia joins it. When the lateral margins are dusky, the colour only covers the marginal
interstice.
gab. — Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga.
55. — BEMBIDITJM (PERYPHTJS) PTJNCTTJMPEXNE.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 718.
Subdepressum, aeneo-nigrum politum, mandibulis piceo-rufis : thorace antice leniter ro-
tundato, postice usque ad angulos angustato, his forliter reflexis, obtusis, margine basali
utrinque prope angulum valde obliquo ; supra basi et margine ruguJosis, fovea oblonga : elytris
punctato-striatis, strtis 1 — 4 solum impressis, 6 — 7 obsoletis, interstitiis planis, minutissime
sparsitn punctatis.
Long, vix 2 lin.
Distinguished from all the species of the group known to me by the form of the thorax.
This member is moderately elongate and subquadrate, widest near its anterior angles, where
its sides are gently rounded, and after this narrowing moderately to its hind angles; but the
lateral margin near these latter becomes flattened-out and reflexcd, and the an"-le itself
COLEOPTERA. 19
(which is obtuse) is a little in advance of the apparent angle, the interval between the two
being oblique and curved. The basal fovea lies against the false angle, and the surface
between it and the true angle is convex. The punctuation of the elytral interstices is
extremely minute and in a single row; visible only in certain lights. The species has the
general form of the Peryphi allied to atrocoeruleum.
Hab, — No locality. Most probably the Pamir.
56. — BEMBIMUM (PERYPHUS) TIBIALE.
Dufts., Faun. Austr. ii. 209.
Hal. — A single example from Ladak, closely allied to, if not a variety of, this European
species.
57. — BEMBIDITJM sp.
Hab. — A single specimen from Kogyar, in immature condition and indeterminable. It
is a Peryplius, with strongly rounded thorax and pale apical spot to elytra.
58. — BEMBIDIUM 4-PTJSTULATUM.
Dej., Spec. Gen. Col. v. p. 186.
Hab.— Between Yangi Hissar and Sirikol. A single specimen, with much enlarged
anterior elytral spot.
59. — ANTHIA ORIENTALIS.
Hope, Coleop. Manual ii, p. 163, pi. 6, f. 14.
nab.— Jhelani Valley, one example. Agrees with Hope's description and figure and with
Chaudoir's subsequent description, so far as concerns the depressed elytra and smoother thorax
but differs in the anterior spot of the elytra being transverse-oblong. It forms probably
another of the numerous local forms of the A. sexguttata.
60. — METABLETUS TARTARUS.
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 719.
M. truncatello (Lin .) paullo major, magis elongatus, subaeneo-niger, nitidus, antenniset
pedibus fusco-piceis : thorace quam in M. truncatello postice magis angustato, angulis posticis
obtusioribus, deinde usque ad basin magis obliquis ; elytris elongatis, apice obtuse subsinuatim
truncatis, obsolete striatis, impunctatis.
Long. If lin.
Closely allied to the European Metabletus truncatellus, but larger and the elytra relative-
ly longer. The colour is a little more metallic, and the thorax differs in being more narrowed
behind, with the hind angles much more obtuse and the margin thence to the base more
c 1
20 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
oblique. The elytra are equally smooth, sometimes only the sutural stria is visible, and in
all examples this stria is the only one sharply impressed, most so towards the apex.
Hab. — Between Yangi Hissar and Sirikol. One example, much the most feebly striated,
Sind Valley.
61. — CTMIKDIS GLABRELLA.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 719.
C. andrese (Menetr.} affinis ; at gracilior, oculis minus prominulis, elytrisque fusco-casta-
neis, flavomarginatis. Gracilis, glaberrima, castaneo-rufa, abdominis margine picescenti,
capite obscuriori, partibus oris, antennis,pedibus, elytrorumqiie margine fulvo-testaceis : capite
angusto, sparsim punctulato : thorace capite hand latiori, anguste cordato lateribus postice
leviter sinuatis angulis posticis fere rotundatis, spar sissime punctulato : elytris basin versus
angustatis, Immeris rotundatis, subpunctulato-striatis, interstitiis sparsim punctulatis : palpis
labialibus apice modice dilatatis, triangularibus.
Long. 4 — 4f lin.
Allied to C. andrece. Upper surface naked and shining, labial palpi moderately dilated,
triangular. Eyes scarcely prominent, and punctuation of the whole upper surface very sparse
and minute. General colour castaneous, but the thorax redder and the head slightly darker,
the margins of the elytra (extending to the 8th strise) are pale testaceous-fulvus, the ante-
nnae, legs, and parts of the mouth being of a similar hue.
The species seems to be closely allied to C. pallidula (Chaudoir) from Lenkoran ; but in
that species the elytra are not wider at the base than the base of the thorax ; in C. glabrella
they are (taken together) nearly double the width.
Sab. — Ladak.
\
62, — CTMINDIS MANNERHEIMII.
Gebler, Bull. Acad. Petrop. 1843, 1. p. 36.
Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1850; Suppl. Faune Carab. d. 1. Russie, p. 22.
Sab. — Pamir ; between Sirikol and Panga : also the Pangong Valley and between Dras
and Leh. By the Russian entomologists recorded as from the Tarbagatai Range. The ely tral
interstices are of equal breadth and punctured each in more than one row. The Pangon°-
specimens are generally more shining in colour and with more convex and more strongly
punctured ely tral interstices ; ?=rujipes, Gebler.
63. — CYMINDIS ALTAICA.
Gebler, Bull. Mosc. 1833, p. 264 ; id., 1847, p. 276.
Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1850 ; Suppl. Faune Carab. d. 1. Russie, p. 21.
Jlab. — Between Dras and Leh ; one example agreeing with the description given of the
elytra by Baron Chaudoir, 1. c., vis., alternate interstices narrower and with one row only of
punctures.
COLEOPTERA. 21
64. — CYMINDIS sp.
Sab. — One specimen from the route between Leh and Yarkand ; without legs and ap-
parently immature.
LONGICORNIA.
1. — PEIONTJS CORPTJLENTUS.
Proo. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 720.
Magnus, elongatus, nigro-castaneus, supra omnino coriaceus mx nitidus : tJiorace parvo,
utrinque acute trispinoso : elytris basin versus parallelis, compressis, deinde modice dilatato-
rotundatis apice late obtusis, utrinque lineis elevatis tribus vix conspicuis : pectore toto dense
fulvo hirto ; abdomine politissimo : antennis 12-articulatis grosse punctatis, articulis 3 — 11
serratis, 5 — 12 apice foveo porosa,8 — 12 irregulariter strigosis. ? .
Long. 2 unc.
Eemarkable for the great length and bulk of the after-body (including the elytra)
relatively to the head and thorax. The palpi are also longer, and their apical joint less dilated
than in other species. The posterior thoracic angle is rather more produced and spinif orm than
in P. asiaticus (Palderm.), making the lateral armature 3-spinose ; the middle spine is very long
and acute. The thorax is narrow as well as short, and is coarsely sculptured, with the excep-
tion of a discoidal convex area, which is more sparsely punctured ; anteriorly the thorax is
rather abruptly declivous. The elytra are throughout vermiculate-rugose, without mixture of
punctures. The legs are long and compressed, and the tarsi, especially the claw-joint, remark-
ably long.
Sab.— Murree. Two examples, ? .
2. — HESPEBOPHANES CBIBBICOLLIS.
Bates, Proo. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 720.
Cylindricus,fulvus,pilis incumbentibus cinereo-fulms, apud elytros maculatim, vestitus .•
thorace rotundato, elytris multo angustiori, mcequali, lateribus media subtuberoso, supra
crebre alveolato-punclatis : scutello cinereo ; elytris omnino discrete punctatis hand conspicue
bicarinatis, apice gradatim angustatis, subacuminatis.
Long. 8 — 9 lin.
Closely allied to the European H. griseus, but distinguished by its smaller and more
coarsely reticulate-punctate ihorax, and by the elytra tapering towards the apex causing the
sutural angle to be very acute. The fourth antennal joint is only a little shorter than the
third and the fifth. The tawny-gray, laid pubescence is very even on the antennae, the whole
undersurface, and the legs.
Sab. — Murree.
TRINOPHYLUM, nov. gen.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 720.
Gen. Hesperophanes affine, sed femoribus abrupte clavatis, oculisque minus forte granu-
latis. Corpus elongatum, subdepressum, breviter suberecte pubescens, crebre punctatwm.
22 SECOND TARE AND MISSION.
Caput brevissimum palpis parvissimis. Thorax rotntidatus, inermis. Elytra apice obtusn.
Acetabula atitica extus hand elongata. Proslermim anyustum : mesosternum latum, subcon-
vexum. Antenna filiformes, corpore paullo breciores, articulo 4 to paullo abbreviate.
The facettes of the eyes are intermediate in size between those of the Jlesperophunince
and the Callidiince. The structure of the sterna and acetabula is very similar to that of the
genus Zamium ; but the clavate femora resemble those of CaUidium and allied °-enera.
The scarcely elevated antenniferous tubercles are again those of Zamium rather than Hes-
perophanes.
3. — TKINOPHTLUM CRIBKATDM.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 720.
C<tstaneo-fuscum,subnitidmn, omnino suberecte fusco-pubescens, crebre sed discrete punc-
tatum : thorace supra antice et postice paullo depresso, linea dorsali Icevi : elytris lineis dua~
bus indistinctis Itevibus.
Long. 6J lin.
The general colour is brownish -chestnut, and shining, notwithstanding the rather close
slantingly -erect pubescence with which the whole body is clothed : the underside, antennae,
and legs are of a lighter and more reddish hue. The thorax has regularly rounded sides and
is but slightly unequal on its upper surface.
Sab. — Murree. Two specimens.
4. — LEPTTJBA BUBRIOLA.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc.,1878, p. 720.
L. sanguinolentse (Lin.) affinis. Nigra, subtus sparsim fulvo-pilosa, thoracis plaga
magnet, discoidea elytrisque rufo-opacis : capite et thorace crebre reticulato-ptmctatis, illo ut
in L. sanguinolenta paullo post oculos subito et fortiter constricto : thorace media hand con-
spicue dilatato modice convexo, angulis posticls modice productis .- elytris sub-crcbre punctu-
latis, apice recte truncatis, angulisque breviter dentatis ? .
Long 7 lin. ? .
Closely allied to the European L. sanguinolenta, differing (?) in the upper surface of
the thorax being dark red like the elytra ; a narrow anterior border and a spot in the middle
of the hind border, like the whole undersurface, black : the surface of the thorax and elytra
is clothed with a short erect pubescence. The elytra are wholly red, without a trace of
black.
<J . Taken in the same locality are two <? examples, which probably belong to this
species : they are 5£ lines long. One is wholly black, and the other has the basal half (and a
little more) rufo-testaceous, the rest black.
Hub . — Murree.
5.— CLYTANTHTJS IGNOBILIS.
Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 721.
Cl. 4-punctato (F.) proxime affinis. Nigro-fuscust tomento cinereo-Jlavo vestitiis, elytris
tttrinque maculis 5 nigris, quam in Cl. 4-punctato majoribus, scilicet 1 curvatu pout scutellum,
COLEOPTERA. 23
1 parva huwrali, 1 antico-discoidali, 1 mediana majori transversa, et I huic proxima longi-
tvdinali oblonya.
Long. 6 liu.
Very closely allied to the Mediterranean Cl. 4-punctatus (F.), the only apparent differ-
ence being the larger size of the dark elytral spots. The thorax, however, appears to be a
little more cylindrical and less convex both above aud on the sides, and is furnished with
a number of large scattered punctures (besides the close general punctuation), most conspi-
cuous on the sides. The spot behind the transverse median spot of the elytra is further
removed from the apex than in Cl. 4-punctatus.
Rob. — Mnrree. Two examples.
EXPLANATION or THE PLATE.
GEODEPHAGA.
FIG. 1. Harpalus caruleatus.
2. „ liodes.
3. „ iiidicola.
4. „ melanens.
5. „ masoreoulei.
fi. Dicluroirichns alticola.
7. Colpodes ovaliceps.
8. Cieindela sioliczkana.
9. HypsinepJms eUiplicus.
10. Amathitis kiienlunensis.
11. „ badiola.
12. Motops plliferus.
13. Caralus stotiezkanus.
14. Leiocnemis lartari<e.
15. Curtonotus pamirensis.
16. Anchomenus poltiissiiiws.
1 7. Cymindis glabrella.
LONGICOENIA.
18. Prionus corpulentus.
19. Trinophylum cribratwn.
20. Clytanthus ignobilis.
21. Leptura rubriola,$ ?
22. ?.
COLEOPTERA. 25
PHYTOPHAGA.
BY JOSEPH S. BALY, E.L.S.
The Phytophagous Coleoptera collected by Dr. Stoliczka, although few in number, and
containing no striking novelties, are extremely interesting in relation to geographical distribu-
tion. The 25 species contained in the collection belong to no less than 21 genera, out of
which Nodostoma, Enneamera, Charoea, Macrima, Mimastra, Meristat and Leptorthra (one-
third of the whole) are exclusively Asiatic ; Paria has its metropolis in America, but is spar-
ingly represented in Japan, China, and Eastern Siberia ; Luperodes is largely spread through-
out the Asiatic continent, and is also found (according to v. Harold, whose accuracy cannot
be doubted) in South America and Abyssinia ; of the twelve others, five are cosmopolitan,
and the rest occur abundantly in Europe. Out of the 25 species, one only, Plagiodera versico-
lora, Laich. (armoracice, Auct.), is found in Europe ; seven, Lema coromandeliana, Clytra
palliata, Enneamera variabilis, Galleruca indica, Gallerucella placida, Merista interrupta,
and Leptarthra collaris, occur in various parts of British India ; two, Haltica ccerulescens and
H. viridicyanea, have been described by myself from Japan ; and one Chrysomela angelica,
Reiche, is not uncommon in Syria ; the fourteen others have not as yet been found in any
other locality, and seventeen species are described for the first time in the present paper.
1. — LEMA. COROMANDELIANA, Eabr., var. PROTISTA.
Crioceris prausta, Fabr., Ent. Syst. i, 2, p. 8 ; Lema prceusta, Lac., Mon. Phyt. i, p. 340.
Sab. — Jhelam Valley. A single specimen.
2. — CLYTRA PALLIATA.
Clythra palliata, Fabr., Syst. El. ii, p. 30.
Rob. — Jhelam Valley ; also various parts of India.
3. — COPTOCEPHALA DUBIA.
Baly, Cyst. Ent. ii. 1875—82, p. 370.
Subelongata, subcylindrica, nitida, subtus nigra, argenteo sericea, prothorace pedibusque
fulvis; supra fulva, capitis vertice nigro ; thorace Icevi ; scutello piceo ; elytris tenuiter punc-
tatis, fascia communi baseos, extrorsum abbreviatd, alterdque vix pone medium nigris.
Long. 2| lin.
Vertex black, impunctate, lower face fulvous, a ray of the same colour extending upwards
on the vertex ; front deeply excavated between the eyes, irregularly punctured ; anterior
26 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
margin of clypeus concave-emarginate. Thorax rather more than twice as broad as long ;
sides rounded, converging from behind the middle to the apex ; the anterior angles obtuse, the
hinder ones rounded ; disc transversely convex, shining, impunctate, excavated on either side
near the lateral margin. Scutellum trigonate, piceous. Elytra scarcely broader than the
thorax, parallel, very finely punctured ; the black markings on their surface extend from the
base nearly to the middle of the disc, and again from the middle itself nearly to the apex,
leaving only an irregular flavous transverse band across the middle, which sends a narrow
ramus along the suture nearly to the base.
Sab. — Murree.
4. — COPTOCEPHALA DIMIDIATIPENNIS.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 371.
Subelongata, subcylindrica, flava, nitida, corpore inferiori, capite, elytrorumque limbo
inflexo,fulvo hirsutis, thorace Icevi ; elytris tenuiter punctatis, nigris, a basi ad paulo ante
medium Jlavis.
Long. 3—31 lin.
Head clothed with long, erect hairs, minutely punctured ; clypeus not separated from the
face, its anterior margin angulate-emarginate ; apex of jaws black ; antennae equal in length
to the head and thorax, the basal joint thickened, pyriform, the second also thickened, short,
nodose, the third small, not longer than the second, the fourth trigonate, scarcely longer than
the third, the rest to the apex dilated, the fifth to the ninth transversely trigonate, the tenth
and eleventh ovate ; eyes large, oval, notched on the inner margin. Thorax nearly three times
as broad as long ; sides obtusely rounded, slightly converging in front, the hinder angles
rounded, the anterior ones very obtuse ; basal margin sinuate on either side the median lobe,
the latter slightly reflexed, very obtusely rounded ; upper surface transversely convex, remotely
and very minutely punctured, a concave transverse space on and immediately in front of the
basal lobe, coarsely and closely punctured. Scutellum longer than broad, subtrigonate, its
apex obtuse. Elytra scarcely broader than the thorax at the base, slightly dilated posteriorly,
convex, rather distantly and finely punctured. Body beneath and legs clothed with long,
erect fulvous hairs.
I possess two specimens of this species, both labelled India, but without precise locality ;
in one of them the head is more coarsely punctured and subrugose, in all other respects it
agrees with the type.
Rob.— Jhelam Valley ; also India, my collection.
6. — CKYPTOCEPHAXUS INTERJECTTJS.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 372.
Elongato-oblongus $ , oblongus $ , convexus, nitidus, subtus niger, pedibus nigro-piceis ;
supra flavus, capite hie illic parce for titer punctato, fronts sulco longitudinali impresso ; ver-
tice, maculis duabus inter ooulos, labro, antennisque nigris, his basi, sulco longitudinali, mandi'
bulisque piceis ; thorace Icevi, limbo angusto et utrinque macula subrotundatd nigris ; scutello
subcordato, nigro ; elylris jortiter punctato-striatis, punctis piceis, apicem versus minus
COLEOPTERA. 27
fortiter impressis ; interspatiis convexis, transversim rvgulosis ; utrisque limbo angusto, exter-
no ante medium excepto, maculisque quinque 2, 2, 1 dispositis nigris.
Long. 2J lin.
Tar. A. Pygidio corporeque subtus Jlavis, illo macula cuneiformi, pectore, abdominisque
disco nigris.
Var. B. Corpore nigro, antennarum basi, clypeo, faciei signaturis, thoracisque lined
longitudinali sordide Jlavis.
Head rather coarsely but not closely punctured, the puncturing varying in degree in
different individuals ; front impressed with a distinct longitudinal groove ; clypeus broader
than long, trigonate ; antennae three-fourths the length of the body in the ? , rather longer
in the <J , the three lower joints pale piceous, the rest black. Thorax rather more than twice
as broad as long at the base ; sides moderately rounded and obliquely converging from base
to apex ; basal margin concave-emarginate on either side, the outer angles produced back-
wards, acute ; above convex, minutely but not closely punctured. Elytra slightly broader than
the thorax, oblong- quadrate, convex, rather strongly punctate-striate, the punctures piceous,
finer, and less strongly impressed towards the apex ; interspaces faintly but distinctly convex,
transversely wrinkled ; each elytron with the extreme outer limb (interrupted on the lateral
margin before its middle) and five large patches black ; these spots are arranged as follows :
two transversely below the base, the outer one oblong, covering the humeral callus and
attached to the basal margin, the inner one subrotundate, placed on the inner disc ; two just
below the middle also placed transversely, both subrotundate, the outer one usually attached
to the lateral margin ; and, lastly, one apical, transversely oblong, either free or attached to
the apical border ; these patches are often more or less confluent, and occasionally, as in
var. B, cover the entire surface of the elytron. Pygidium and body beneath clothed with
griseous hairs. Apical margin of prosternum obliquely produced, deflexed, slightly emar-
ginate, the hinder margin concave, armed on either side with a deflexed, obtuse tooth ;
mesosternum transverse, its apical border angulate-emarginate. Apical segment of abdo-
men in the $ impressed with a shallow f ovea ; the same segment in the $ deeply excavated,
the fovea large, rotundate. Basal joint of the four anterior tarsi in the $ dilated, elongate-
ovate, longer than the following two united.
The form of the prosternum will separate this species from any nearly allied species.
Hab. — Murree.
6. — NODOSTOMA CONCINNICOLLE.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii., 1871—85, p. 373.
Oblongo-ovatum, convexum, pallide piceum, nitidum, pedibus antennisaue fulvis ; thorace
transverso, lateribus ante basin acute angulatis, disco crebre foveolato-punctato ; elytris
nigris, fortiter punctato-striatis, interspatiis plants.
Long. 2 lin.
Var. A. Elytris piceo-fulvis, punctis piceis.
Head coarsely and deeply punctured, the punctures on the extreme vertex crowded ;
clypeus not distinctly separated from the face; antennae slender, filiform, the second joint
D 1
28 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
ovate, three-fourths the length of the third, the latter two-thirds the length of the fourth.
Thorax more than twice as broad as long ; sides abruptly diverging and acutely angled just
in front of the base, thence obliquely converging to the apex, just before reaching the latter
abruptly incurved, the apical angle obtuse, the hinder one armed with a lateral tooth ; disc
closely covered with large, round, deeply-impressed punctures ; on either side are a few short,
suberect griseous hairs. Scutellum longer than broad, cuneiform, its apex obtusely angu-
late. Elytra convex, transversely depressed below the basilar space, strongly punctate-
striate ; on the transverse depression, and also below the shoulder, the puncturing is confused ;
interspaces plane, irregularly wrinkled on the sub-basilar depression. All the thighs armed
beneath with an acute tooth.
Hub. — Jhelam Valley.
7. — NODOSTOMA PLAGIOSUM.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii., 1875—82, p. 373.
Oblongo-ovatum, piceum, niiidum, pedibtis antennisque piceofulvis, his extrorsum piceis ;
thorace profunde et crebre punctato, lateribus pone medium obtuse angulatis ; elytrisfortiter
punctato striatis, striis apicem versus fere deletis ; sordide fulvis, limbo angnsto, striarum
punctis et utrinque plagd irregulari mngnd, a basi adpaulo pone medium extensd, ad mar-
ginem lateralem affixd, piceis.
Long. If lin.
Vertex and front sub-remotely punctured ; clypeus coarsely and irregularly punctured,
not distinctly separated from the upper face, its anterior border deeply excavate-emarginate,
the emargination produced and forming two sub-acute teeth ; labrum fulvous ; antennae
slender, filiform, the second and third joints nearly equal in length, the fourth very slightly
longer than the third, four or five lower joints obscure fulvous, the rest piceous. Thorax
nearly twice as broad as long ; sides diverging at the base, obtusely angled behind the middle,
thence obliquely converging and very slightly rounded to the apex ; disc transversely convex,
very coarsely and deeply punctured. Elytra oblong, sub-acutely rounded at the apex, convexs
strongly punctate-striate, the punctures near the apex much finer and nearly obsolete, inter-
spaces plane, impunctate ; the irregularly piceous patch on each elytron covers the outer disc
(the humeral callus excepted) and extends from the base to just below the middle of the
disc. All the thighs armed beneath with a small tooth.
Sab. — Murree. A single specimen, also India, without precise locality, my collection.
8. — PARIA CUPRESCENS.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii., 1875—82, p. 374.
Anyuste ovata, subtus cum capite picea, pedibus antennarumque basi pallidis ; supra
cuprea, thorace sub-conico, vage punctato; elytris regulariter punctato-striatist interspatiis
planis, impunctatis.
Long. 1J lin.
Vertex swollen, shining, impunctate ; clypeus transverse, its anterior border emarginate ;
antennae, rather more than half the length of the body, piceous, the two lower joints paler.
COLEOPTERA. 29
Thorax broader than long at the base ; sides straight and obliquely converging from base
to apex, the hinder angles very acute ; basal margin oblique on either side, the median lobe
obtusely rounded ; disc subcylindrical, impressed, but not closely, with very shallow punc.
tures. Elytra ovate, attenuated at the apex, regularly punctate-striate, the interspaces plane,
each impressed with an irregular row of minute punctures ; humeral callus thickened.
Sab. — Jhelam Valley.
9. — PLAGIODERA VERSICOLOKA.
Chrysomela versicolora, Laicharting, Verz. Tyrol. Ins. i, p. 148 (1781).
Chrysomtla armorariee. — Fabr.
ILab. — Jhelam Valley.
10. — CHRYSOMELA ANGELICA.
Chrysomela angelica, Reiche, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1858, p. 33, tab. i., fig. 8 ; Fairm., 1. c. 1865, p. 80.
nab. — Sind Valley ; also Syria. I do not detect the slightest difference between
specimens brought from Syria and those contained in the present collection.
11. — PHRA.TORA ABDOMINALIS.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii., 1875—82, p. 375.
Elongata, parallela, nigro-aenea aut nigro-cyanea, nitida, pedibus abdomineque nigro-
piceis, hujus segmentis ultimis duobus piceo-fulvis ; thorace transverse, sat fortiter irre-
gulariter punctato, utrinque leviter rugoso ; elytris thorace latioribus, parallelis, sat fortiter
punctatis, punctis subseriatim dispositis, interspatiis planis, subremote, tenuiter punctatis,
infra callum humeralem transtersim rugulosis.
Long. 2|— 3 lin.
Head short, transverse ; vertex impressed, but not very closely, with large deep punctures,
lower face more closely, but less coarsely, punctured than the vertex, sub-rugulose; in the
middle, between the encarpse, is a short longitudinal sulcation, which extends upwards from the
apex of the clypeus; the latter depressed, broader than long, its upper margin obtusely angulate,
its surface closely punctured, subrugose ; antennse scarcely more than half the length of the
body, filiform, slightly thickened towards the apex, the basal joint thickened, the second
slender, equal in length to the first and also to the fourth joints, but slightly shorter than the
third ; two lower joints fulvous, stained above with piceous, the third to the sixth obscure
piceous, the five others slightly thickened, black. Thorax nearly one half broader than long ;
sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to the middle, thence obliquely converging
to the apex, the hinder angles produced laterally into a large acute tooth, the anterior ones
subacute; apical margin concave; upper surface irregularly punctured, the interspaces
smooth and shining on the middle disc, finely rugulose on the sides. Elytra broader than
30 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
the thorax, parallel, rather strongly punctured, the punctures arranged irregularly in ill-
denned longitudinal rows, which, on the inner disc below the middle, approximate in pairs ;
interspaces plane, sparingly and very minutely punctured on the anterior disc, rugulose on
the outer one below the humeral callus. Basal joint of anterior tarsus dilated, subcordate.
Sab. — Murree.
12. — HALTICA CCERULESCENS.
Haltica ccerulescens, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 190.
Sab. — Murree ; also China and Japan.
13. — HALTICA VIRIDICYANEA.
Haltica viridicyanea, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 191.
Sab. — Sind Valley, apparently common. I possess this species from Japan ; it is prob-
ably found in the intermediate localities.
14. — ENNEAMERA VARIABILIS.
Nonarthra varialilis, Baly, Journ. of Entom, i, p. 456, tab. 21, fig. 1.
Sab. — Murree. This species is also found in Northern India.
CHARCEA, n. gen.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 376.
Corpus elongato-ovatum. Caput exsertum, facie perpendiculari ; oculis rotundatis
integris, prominentibus ; encarpis tranversis, contiguis ; carina oblonyo-elongatd, apice,
acutd ; antennis filiformibus. Thorax transversus, dorso modice convexus. Elytra thorace
latiora, confuse punctata, limbo inflexo fere ad apicem extenso. Pedes, femoribus posticis
non incrassatis ; tibiis simplicibus, apice spind acutd armatis ; tarsis posticis articulo basali
sequentibus tribus long itudine fere cequanti, unguiculis appendiculatis. Prosternum angustum,
wzisfere cequialtum ; acetabulis anticis apertis.
This genus at first sight bears in its facies a strong resemblance to Aphthora, but the
slender hinder thighs at once separate it and place it amongst the Gallerucinse.
15. — CHARO3A FLAVIVENTRIS.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 376.
Elongato-ovata, convexa, subtus picea, aeneotincta, abdomine flavo ; supra viridi-cyanca^
antennis nigris ; thorace lateribus rotundatis, disco lavi, modice convexo ; elytris tenuiter
confuse punctatis.
Long. 1^ lin.
Vertex and front shining, impunctate ; encarpge transverse, contiguous ; antennse half the
length of the body, second and third joints equal, the fourth nearly twice the length of
COLEOPTERA. 31
the third ; three lower joints nigro-piceous, stained with aeneous, the rest black. Thorax
broader than long; sides converging from the middle towards the base ; the anterior angles
slightly produced, obtuse, the hinder ones rounded, armed with a very small acute tooth ;
disc moderately convex, very minutely punctured, the punctures only visible under a very
strong lens. Scutellum trigonate. Elytra broader than the thorax, parallel, finely but not
closely punctured, the interspaces obsoletely wrinkled.
Hab. — Murree.
MACRIMA, n. gen.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 377.
Corpus anguste oblongum, convexum. Caput exsertum ; antennis filiformibus, articulo
primo duobus sequentibus conjunctis cequali, his brevibus, longitudine fere cequalibus ; oculis
sub-rotundatis, prominentibus ; encarpis media contiguis ; carina obsoletd ; palpis maxillaribus
articulis duobus ultimis conjunctim anguste ovatis, ultimo apice acuto. Thorax transversus,
disco leviter excavatus. Scutellum trigonatum. Elytra thorace latiora, oblonga, confuse
punctata, limbo inflexo fere integro, concavo. Pecles mediocres, coxis anticis elevatis, obtri-
gonatis, contiguis; tibiis apice mucronatis ; tarsis posticis articulo primo tribus sequentibus
fere cequilongo ; unguiculis appendiculatis. Prosternum media angustissimum ; acetabulis
anticis integris ; episternis posticis a basi ad apicem angustatis. Type, Macrima armata.
Macrima may be separated from Aulacophora, which genus it strongly resembles in
outward form, by the closed anterior acetabula and by the appendiculated claws.
16. — MACRIMA ARMATA.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 377.
Anguste oblonga, convexa, pallide Jlava, subnitida, pectore, abdominis segmentis anticis
tribus basi, scutelloque nigris ; thorace tenuiter punctato, utrinque leviter excavato ; elytris
distincte subcrebre punctatis, punctis pallide fuscis, utrisque super marginem basalem nigro
maculatis.
Long. 3^ lin.
S . Facie tridentatd, dente intermedia compresso, nigro, apice deflexo ; clypeo utrinque ad
apicem foveolato.
? . Facie tridenlatd, dente intermedia nan compresso, apice aeuto.
Head exserted ; vertex smooth, impunctate ; face excavated between the eyes, clothed
with hairs, tridentate, the middle tooth compressed and deflexed in the $ , conical in the s ;
clypeus transverse, impressed at the apex on either side in the S with a deep fovea ; apex
of jaws nigro-piceous ; antennae slender, clothed with coarse suberect hairs, second and third
joints nearly equal in the S , the third one-half longer than the second in the 9 . Thorax
about three times as broad as long ; sides parallel and slightly sinuate behind the middle,
obliquely converging from the middle to the apex, the anterior angles slightly produced
32 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
obtuse, the hinder ones obtusely angulate ; upper surface moderately convex, the lateral
margin rather broadly reflexed, disc irregularly excavated ; finely but not very closely
punctured, interspaces minutely granulose-strigose. Scutellum trigonate, shining black.
Elytra broader than the thorax, oblong, moderately convex, faintly excavated below the
basilar space, more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctures pale fuscous.
Sab. — Jhelam Valley.
17. — MlMASTRA GRACLLIS.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 378.
Elongata, attenuata, pallide flava, nitida, antennis (basi exceptis) fuscis, oculis nigris,
yenubus tarsisque picfiis ; thorace transverso, basi emarginato, disco irregulariter excavato,
lateribus late marginatis, ante medium angulatis, elytris parallelis, tenuiter punctatis.
Long. 3 lin.
Head strongly exserted ; encarpse and clypeus thickened, the former bounded above by a
transverse groove, trigonate, contiguous for their whole length ; antennae very slender, fili-
form, nearly equal to the body in length, second joint about half the length of the basal one,
nearly a third shorter than the third ; three basal joints pale flavous, the rest pale fuscous.
Thorax transverse ; sides broadly margined, nearly parallel, distinctly angled just beyond the
middle, thence obliquely converging to the apex ; disc broadly and irregularly excavated,
impunctate. Scutellum trigonate. Elytra broader than the thorax, parallel, elongate ; disc
very minutely punctured, very faintly wrinkled. Outer edge of knees, together with the
tarsi, pale piceous.
Sab. — Murree.
18. — AGELASTICA ORIENTALIS.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 379.
Elongato-ovato, convexa, metallico-ccerulea, nitida, antennis nigris; thorace elytrisque
crebre punctatis, illo lateribus rotundatis.
Long. 3^ — 4 lin.
Encarpge and clypeus thickened, the former pyriform, contiguous, separated from the
front by a deep transverse groove ; antennae filiform, half the length of the body, the second
joint short, the third one-half longer than the second, more than half the length of the
fourth. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long ; sides rounded, slightly converging in
front ; the hinder angles rounded, the anterior ones obtuse ; disc closely punctured. Scutel-
lum trigonate, shining, impunctate. Elytra rather broader than the thorax, oblong, closely
punctured.
Sab. — Neighbourhood of Sanju, apparently common.
Closely allied to A. ccerulea, it may be known from that insect by the relative lengths
of the second and third joints of the antennae.
COLEOPTERA. 33
19. — MALACOSOMA FLA VIVE NTRE.
Baly, Cist. Eat. ii, 1875—82, p. 379.
Elongatum, convexum, obscure viridi-aeneum, nitidum, abdomine flavo, antennis ( bast
exceptis ) nigris ; thorace transverso, minute, subremote punctato ; elytris oblongis, infra
basin transversim excavatis, tenuiter punctatis.
Long. 4 lin.
Head trigonate ; vertex and front smooth, impunctate, the latter separated from the
encarpse by a deep groove; encarpse transverse, contiguous above, separated below by the
narrow wedge-shaped carina, the surface of which is coarsely punctured ; antennae more than
half the length of the body, moderately robust, filiform, the second joint short, the third
twice the length of the second, the fourth about one-third longer than the preceding one.
Thorax about one-half as broad again as long ; sides moderately rounded, the anterior angles
armed with an obtuse tubercle, the hinder ones acute ; disc moderately convex, finely but
rather distantly punctured ; lateral margin reflexed. Scutellum smooth, impunctate. Elytra
much broader than the thorax, oblong, convex, transversely excavated below the basilar
space, the latter slightly elevated ; surface finely but not very closely punctured, very spar-
ingly clothed with short hairs : on the apical half of each elytron is a number of broad,
ill-defined, longitudinal sulcations. Abdomen flavous, the apex of the terminal segment
emarginate.
Hab. — Murree.
20. — LTJPERODES ERYTHROCEPHALA.
Baiy, Cist. Ent. 1875—82, p. 380.
Anguste oblongo-ovata, convexa, nigra, nitida, capite rufo-testaceo, ore, antennis, pedi-
busque piceis ; thorace crebre punctato, disco utrinque leviter transversim excavato ; elytris
sat crebre punctatis.
Long. 2 lin.
Head exserted, vertex and front shining, impunctate ; encarpse transverse, contiguous ;
labrum piceous ; jaws and palpi rufo-piceous ; antennae filiform, three-fourths the length of
the body, second and third joints short, conjointly about equal in length to the first. Thorax
twice as broad as long ; sides rounded, slightly converging at the base; all the angles distinct,
the anterior thickened, sub-tuberculate ; disc closely punctured, distinctly excavated on
either side. Elytra oblong, less closely punctured than the thorax.
Hab. — Murree.
21. — GALLERTTCA VITTATIPENNIS.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 380.
Elongato-oblonga, convexa, nigro-picea aut nigra, nitida, vertice rufo-piceo, abdominis
segmentorum margine apicali pallide rufo-piceo ; thorace excavato, rude foveolato ; elytris
abdomine multo brevioribus, fortiter substriatim punctatis, sordide J'ulvis, utrisque lined
34 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
suturali elevatd, vittisque elevatis quatuor, ufrinque abbreviatis, Imd et 4<ta, 2dd et Stifi
apice per paria conjunctis, nigro-piceis instructis.
Long. 4J lin.
Head sub-rotundate, vertex and front deeply and coarsely foveolate-punctate, impressed
in the middle with a deep longitudinal groove, which extends downwards between the en-
carpge as far as the apex of the clypeus, where it terminates in a triangular fovea ; encarp^e
thickened, trigonate, smooth, impunctate; clypeus very short, thickened and forming a
transverse ridge, its anterior border narrowly edged with rufous ; antennae robust, the second
joint ovate, rather more than half the length of the third, the third and fourth joints equal.
Thorax rather more than twice as broad as long ; sides sinuate and parallel from the base to
beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging to the apex, the anterior angles slightly pro-
duced, somewhat recurved, obtuse ; disc excavated on either side, the middle disc impressed
with a broad longitudinal sulcation which extends from base to apex ; the whole surface
covered with large, deep, round fovese. Scutellum semirotundate, piceous, impunctate.
Hab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panga.
22. — GALLERTJCA INDICA.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 381.
Ovata, postice paulo ampliata, modice conve&a, nigra, subttts nitida, griseo-sericea,
supra opaca ; capite thoraceque rude rugoso-punctatis, hoc transverse, utrinque foveolato,
medio longitudinaliter sulcato, lateribus reflexis, ante medium obsolete angulatis ; elytris
vage rufo-piceo limbatis, rugoso-punctatis, utrisque vittis elevatis quatuor, duabus intermediis
interruptis, interdum fere omnino obsoletis, instructis.
Long. 5 lin.
Head very coarsely rugose-punctate. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides parallel,
slightly sinuate, obtusely angled just before the middle, thence obliquely converging
to the apex, the anterior angle moderately produced, its apex rounded ; disc very coarsely
rugose-punctate, the middle portion with a longitudinal sulcation which extends from base to
apex, either side impressed with a large fovea. Scutellum coarsely rugose-punctate. Elytra
broader than the thorax, ovate, slightly dilated towards the apex, moderately convex, rugose-
punctate, but less coarsely so than the head and thorax ; black, sometimes tinged with
piceous, the outer margin obscure rufo-piceous ; each elytron with four raised vittse, the two
intermediate ones interrupted, and sometimes almost entirely obsolete ; the suture also
thickened.
Hab. — Murree ; also Northern India, my collection.
23.— GALERUCELLA* PLACIDA.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 381.
Anguste oblonga, griseo-hirsuta, subtus picea, nitida, prothorace fulvo ; supra sordide
fttlva, subnitida, antennis, verticis plaga, thoracis maculis tribus transversim positis, scutel-
* Oalerucella, Crotch, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1873, p. 55.
COLEOPTERA. 35
loque basi piceis; thorace transverso, iateribus ante basin dente subacuto armatis, ante dentem
concavis, ante medium ampliatis, disco rude rugoao, bifoveolato ; elytris profunde confuse punc-
tatis, interspatiis granulosis.
Long. 2 lin.
Vertex and front finely rugose-punctate, clothed with appressed griseous hairs, the mid-
dle with a large ill-defined piceous patch ; encarpse thickened, contiguous, pyriform ; antennse
moderately rohust, filiform, the second joint nearly equal in length to the first, about two-
thirds the length of the third. Thorax more than half as hroad again as long ; sides diverging
at the base, and armed at the apex of the diverging portion with a subacute, setiferous tooth,
immediately in front of which, before the middle, they are deeply sinuate, in front they are
broadly dilated, the anterior angle armed with a subacute tooth ; disc coarsely rugose-punctate,
broadly excavated on either side, and again more deeply, but to a less extent, on the anterior
half of the middle disc ; the piceous patches, placed transversely on the disc, are large but ill-
defined, and cover nearly the whole of the surface. Scutellum narrowed from its base towards
the apex, the latter obtusely truncate. Elytra oblong, nearly parallel, deeply and coarsely
punctured, densely clothed with short suberect griseous hairs.
Hab. — Jhelam Valley, one specimen; I also possess this insect from India.
24 — MERISTA INTERRUPTS.
Galleruca intemipta, L. Redtb. in Hugel's Kaschmir, iv, p. 553, tab. xxvii, fig. 4 (1844).
Sab. — Murree, a single specimen.
The transverse black patch differs greatly in extent in different individuals, in some
being entirely obsolete ; in the specimen before me it is reduced to two small fuscous points
placed transversely on the middle disc.
In this species, of which I possess many specimens from various parts of India, the
second and third joints of the antenna vary in relative length in the sexes : in the 3 these
joints are very short and nearly equal; in the 9 the third joint, though short, is distinctly
longer than the second.
25. — LEPTARTHA COLLARIS.
Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 382.
Ovata, postice atnpliata, nigra, nitida ; thorace transverso, fulvo ; elytra fortiter sat
<jrebre punctatis, castaneis, punctis piceis, utrisque macula basali juxta suturam nigro-aened
notafis.
Long. 44 — 5 lin.
Vertex shining, impunctate ; encarpse thickened, contiguous, semilunate ; antennse
nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, tapering towards the apex, second and third
joints very short, equal. Thorax transverse, sides constricted behind the middle, dilated in
front, the anterior angles produced, their apices obtuse; apical border concave-emarginate ;
disc smooth, impunctate, thickened on either side near the anterior angle, impressed on each
E 1
36 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
side the middle with a faint transverse groove. Scutellum trigonate. Elytra broader than
the thorax, dilated behind the middle, moderately convex, deeply punctured, the punctures
piceous, arranged without order over the general surface, placed in ill-defined longitudinal
striae near the base of the suture ; on the anterior disc are several short ill-defined obsoletely
raised vittae ; at the base of each elytron, close to the suture, is a small nigro-aeneous patch.
Last two segments of abdomen bordered with fulvous.
In the specimen from Murree, the sides of the thorax are less dilated anteriorly, the
anterior angles being less produced and at the same time more acute ; the transverse depres-
sions on the middle disc are also obsolete ; in this specimen the antennae are unfortunately
broken, but the fourth and fifth joints (which remain) are slightly compressed, and are rather
more robust than in the insect from Northern India ; it is probably the other sex.
Hab. — Murree ; in my own collection from Northern India.
COLEOPTERA. 37
HALIPLID^E, DYTISCID^E, GYRINIDJE, HYDROPTILID^E, STAPHY-
LINID^E, AND SCARAB^EID^E (EXCEPT CETONILNT).
BY D. SHARP.
HALIPLHLE.
HALIPLTJS (Munich Cat.).
1. — HALIPLUS MACTJLIPENNIS, Schaum.
A single individual found in the Jhelam Valley, July 1873. Differs a little from the
Egyptian specimens of the species by being rather smaller, and by the punctuation of
the elytra being rather less coarse and deep.
DYTISCID^E.
HYDEOPORTJS (Munich Cat.).
1. — DYTISCUS GBJSEO-STEIATTJS, Degeer.
A series of this species, which is in Europe alpine and boreal, was found in the Pan.
kong Valley in September 1873. The specimens show more variation in markings than
I have observed in European individuals.
AGABTJS (Munich Cat.).
1. — AGABTJS ABNORMICOLLIS, Ballion.
This interesting species is allied to the Corsican A. cephalotes ; it is represented in
the collection by a very mutilated female specimen, without indication of locality or date.
2. — DYTISCTJS NITLDTJS, Fab.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh, 15th August to 9th September 1873. Three individuals.
3. — AGABTJS AMOSNTJS, Solsky.
A single female of an Agabus found in the neighbourhood of Sanju I refer to this species,
although it differs from Solsky's diagnosis (Eedchenko's, Turkestan, Coleoptera, p. 142)
in having the ventral segments entirely black. The species has an elongate and acuminate
prosternal process, which projects far back, between the middle legs.
38
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
4. — AGABUS DICHROTJS, n. sp.
Oblong o-ovalis, nitidus, subtw niger, supra testaceus, vertice nigro, rufo bimaculato
antennis pedibusque testaceis, femoribus in media late nigris ; scutello fusco; elytris
apicem versus vix fusco-nebulosis.
Long. 8 mm., lat. 4 mm.
This species is closely allied to the European Dytiscus conspersm, Marsh., but is compara-
tively narrower and more parallel, and the colour of the upper surface is more purely yellow
and much less inf uscate : the dark mark on the head is much less extended towards the front*
and is deeply divided in the middle by a backward prolongation of the yellow colour.
The male has the front tarsi moderately thickened, and their anterior claw is little
thickened or toothed in the middle. The female I have not seen.
A single male individual was found on the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panga,
22nd April to 7th May 1874.
ILYOBITTS (Munich Cat).
1. — ILTBIUS CINCTUS, n. sp.
Ovalis, angustulm, parum convexus, subtus ferrugineus ; supra fusco- aeneus, prothoracis
elytrorumque lateribus late testaceis, subnitidus subtilissime reticulatus.
Long. 8|- mm., lat. vix 4| mm.
This is one of the smallest species of Ilybius, and is allied to the Japanese I. apicalis ; it
is, however, smaller and narrower than that species, and the yellow lateral stripe is continued
at the extremity to the suture, and close to the suture it has one or two angular prolonga-
tions. The male has the front and middle tarsi a good deal incrassate, and their claws
are nearly simple.
Two individuals (in bad preservation) from Yangihissar, April 1878.
RHANTTJS (Munich Cat.).
1. — COLTMBETES PTJLVEROSTJS, Sturm.
A female individual found at Sanju seems to be referable to this species ; it has
not, however, the small central mark on the thorax that exists in the European specimens of
the species, and it is possible that a knowledge of the male would show it to be a
distinct species.
TKOGUS (Munich Cat.).
1. — DYTISCUS ECESELII, Fab.
A female specimen of this common European species was found at Yarkand, 21st to 27th
May 1874.
COLEOPTERA. 39
GYEINIDM.
DINETJTES (Munich Cat.).
1. — DINEUTES INDICTJS, Aube.
This species is represented by two very large male individuals found in the Jhelam
Valley, July 1873.
HYDEOPHILID^E.
HYDROPHILUS (Munich Cat.).
1. — HYDROPHLLUS PICEUS, Fab.
/
Sanju, and Yarkand.
HYDROBIUS (Munich Cat.).
1.— HYDROPHILTJS BICOLOR, Payk.
Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. Three individuals.
PHILHYDRUS (Munich Cat.).
1. — PHILHYDRTJS MARITIMTJS, Thorns.
Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. Two individuals. In Europe the species is found
only in brackish waters.
STAPHYLINIDJE.
TACHYPORUS (Munich Cat.).
1.— STAPHYLINTJS CHRYSOMELINUS, Lin.
On the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panga. Three individuals.
TACHINUS (Munich Cat.).
1. — TACHINUS STOLICZK.E, n. sp.
Famulus, subdepressus, niger, elytria castaneis vel piceo-castaneis, antennis pedibusque
sordide testaceis ; prothorace fere impunctato, etytris parce punctatis, obsolete strigosulis-
abdomine sat crebre subobsolete punctato.
Long. 6 mm., lat. If mm.
This species is closely allied to the European T. fimetarim, but is rather larger. The
F 2
40 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
antennae are formed as in that species, but are rather longer and paler in colour. The punctua-
tion of the elytra is fine and very scanty, and the fine scratches are less distinct than in T. fime-
tarius : the abdominal punctuation is rather denser than it is in the European species. In the
male, the dorsal plate of the last segment ends in four short stout teeth as in T. fimetarius ;
the ventral plate of the same segment is also almost similar in the two species ; the ventral
plate of the preceding segment has a broad notch in the middle ; this is fringed, except in the
middle, with very distinct pectinations, and in the middle, where the pectinations are absent,
the margin has a rough or spongy appearance ; the termination of the notch on each side is
not acuminate : the chief differences from T. fimetarius are the less produced and less acumi-
nate terminations of the notch, and the greater development of the pectinations of its margin.
The dorsal and ventral plates in the female are formed as in T. fimetarius, except that the
teeth of both plates are very much longer.
Four individuals found on the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panga, between the
22nd April and 7th May 1874.
CREOPHILUS (Munich Cat.).
1. — STAPHTLINTJS MAXILLOSUS, Lin.
Kogyar, 1st June 1874.
PHILONTHUS (Munich Cat.).
1. — PHILONTHUS CYANELYTRIUS, Kr.
Murree. One individual.
2. — PHILONTHUS EOTUNDICOLLIS, Men.
Sanju, Pamir, Yarkand. A large series of this species exhibits considerable variation in
colour.
3. — STAPHYLINUS SORDIDUS, Gray.
A single individual, without locality or date, has the elytra darker coloured than
usual.
4. — PHILONTHUS STOLICZK.E, n. sp.
P. rubido Er. similis et affinis : angustulus, subparallelus, niger, elytris rufis, antennis
fuscis, basi cum pedibus testaceo, abdominis segmentis ferrugineo-marginatis ; thorace angus~
tvlo, subparallelo, serie discoidali punctorum 5, et punctis lateralibus sat numerosis ; elytris
rufis basi swnmo paulo obscuriore, crebre, fere fort iter pwctatis; abdomine dense, cequaliter
subtiliterque punctato, opaco.
Long. 5 mm.
Antennae moderately long, second and third joints rather long, sub-equal, tenth about as
long as broad. Palpi yellow. Head sub-oblong, with rather numerous coarse punctures, which
COLEOPTERA. 41
are wanting along the middle in front. Thorax narrower than the elytra, not narrowed in
front; the punctures coarse, the lateral series at the base mixed with the dorsal series.
Hindbody throughout densely and very finely punctured. Front tarsi of male a little dilated,
and last ventral segment with a moderately large excision.
This seems to be a very distinct little species, and resembles in some respects the species
of the genus Actobim, Fauvel. It is rather similar to P. rubidus, Er., but has the hindbody
much more finely and densely punctured, and the thoracic lateral punctures, as well as those
of the head, more numerous.
Yarkand, November 1873. A single specimen.
5. — PHILONTHTJS PAMIRENSIS, n. sp.
Ex affinitate Staphylini tenuis, Fab. Angustulus, haud parallelus, niger, elytris rufis,
antennis pedibusque posterioribus fuscis, illarum basi pedibusque anterioribus testaceis ; abdo-
mine subtiliter punctato.
Long. 6 mm.
Antennae stout, distinctly thickened towards the apex ; the basal joint yellow. Palpi
blackish. Head oval, narrow, finely punctured at the sides behind the eyes. Thorax nar-
rower than the elytra, a little narrowed in front, black, very shining, the dorsal series consist-
ing of five fine punctures ; the lateral punctures few and fine. Elytra about as long as the
thorax, red, rather finely punctured. Hindbody narrowed towards the apex, the segments
finely punctured.
The male has the front tarsi rather strongly dilated.
Though closely allied to Staphylinus tenuis, Fab., this species is readily distinguished
from it by its black thorax.
A single individual was found on the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panga,
between the 22nd April and 7th May 1874.
P.EDEUUS (Munich Cat.).
1. — P.EDERUS PUSCIPBS, Curtis.
Jhelam Valley.
OXYTELUS (Munich Cat.).
1. — OXYTBLTJS NITIDTJLTJS, Grav.
A single individual, without date or locality.
SCARAB JSID^E (Munich Cat.).
SISYPHUS (Munich Cat.).
1. — SISYPHUS HIETUS, Wied.
Jhelam Valley, July 1873. Three individuals.
42 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
GYMNOPLEURUS (Munich Cat.).
2. — GYMNOPLEURUS MUNDUS, Wied.
Jhelam Valley, July 1873. A single individual.
3. — COPEIS CYANEUS, Fab.
Jhelam Valley, July 1873.
Harold (Col. Hefte V, p. 56) thinks G. indicus, Cast., a distinct species from the Fahrician
Copris cyaneus ; but it appears to me more probable that Gymnopleurus indicus, Cast., and
Gymnopleurus impressus, Cast., are merely varieties of the variable Copris cyaneus, Fab.
CATHARSIUS (Munich Cat.).
4.— COPRIS SAB.EUS, Fab.
Jhelam Valley, July 1873.
One female specimen.
COPRIS (Munich Cat.).
5. — COPRIS SINICUS, Hope.
Murree. — The two individuals which represent this species are a very small undeveloped
male, and a female ; they are undoubtedly conspecific with an individual from Chosan in my
own collection.
ONTHOPHAGUS (Munich Cat.).
6. — COPRIS GAZELLA, Fab.
This abundant and widely-distributed species was found in the Jhelam Valley, July 1873.
7. — ONTHOPHAGUS REFLEXICORNIS, Reiche.
A single individual of an Onthophagus found at Kogyar, 31st May — 2nd June 1874, seems
to be a variety of a species from Northern India, named as above in my collection.
8. — ONTHOPHAGUS ARMICEPS, Reiche.
A single individual of an Onthophagus found in the Jhelam Valley, July 1873, seems to be
probably a very undeveloped male, of a species bearing the above name in my collection.
COLEOPTERA. 43
9. — ONTHOPHAGTJS CONCOLOR, n. sp.
Niger, fere nudus, supra opacus, subtus sat nitidus ; prothorace peropaco, parcius subti-
liter punctato, lateribus ad angulos anteriores evidenter sinuatis ; elytris subtiliter striatis,
interstitiis parcius et subtiliter punctatis, punctis haud persplcue setigeris.
Long. 7-9 mm.
Mas. — Capite vertice media breviter tuberculato, prothorace fere mutico.
Fern. — Capite medio linea curvata sat elevala, vertice media lamina elevata (ad apicem
plus minusve emarginata) brevissima.
Antennae black, with the intermediate joints marked with red. Clypeus broadly, but very
lightly, emarginate in the middle in front, its anterior part coarsely and rugosely punctured.
Thorax quite sparingly punctured, the punctures most numerous near the front in the middle,
quite wanting at the anterior angles. The punctures of the elytra are inconspicuous, but are
rather less indistinct on the external interstice, and are there seen to be fine granulations.
The pygidium is very opaque and sparingly punctured. The ventral segments are almost
impunctate, the breast is sparingly punctured, and bears a few black hairs. The tarsi are pitchy.
This species has the appearance of the South African O. giraffa, but is readily* distin-
»uished therefrom by the diminished punctuation, and by the sinuation of the sides of the
thorax near the front angles. The thorax is very slightly prominent in the middle quite near
the front, and the prominent part is slightly emarginate : this thoracic development is, how-
ever, quite slight in all the specimens before me ; and although it is variable, it seems to be
unconnected with the sex of the individual.
Sind valley, Aug. 5 — 13, 1873, and Murree.
APHODITJS (Munich Cat.).
10. — SCARAB.ETJS STJBTERRANEUS, Lin.
A single individual of this common European species was found on the road across the
Pamir, 22nd April to 7th May 1874.
11. — SCARAB^US GRANARIUS, L.
Of this species (which is now found in most parts of the world) a single individual was
found on the road across the Pamir, 22nd April to 7th May 1874.
12. — APHODITJS ^EGER, n. sp.
Scarabseo granario, Lin., similis ; oblongus, leviter convexus, nitidus, niger, elytris piceis
velfere nigris, pedibus rufis; clypeo medio emarginato, fronte fere mutica, prothorace subtili-
ter punctato, latera versus punctis majoribus crebribus, margine basali integro, angulis
posterioribus sinuatis ; elytris vix subtiliter striatis, striis indistincte crenatis, 7° et 6° ante
apicem conjunctis, humeris longius ciliatis.
Long. 5-5J mm., lat. 2| mm.
Though rather similar to Scarabceus granarius, this species is readily distinguished from
it by the sinuate hind angles of the thorax, and the conspicuous pale cilia of the sides of the
44 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
thorax and the basal portion of the elytra. The half dozen individuals before me show no
sexual differences, and are perhaps all females. If this be the case, and the male should prove
to have the head trituberculate, the species may then be satisfactorily placed in Erichson's
Section E., for it has all the characters assigned to that section except the sexual ones.
The clypeus is much emarginate and depressed in the middle in front, the sides of the emar-
gination are rounded, the head is coarsely and closely punctured in front, more finely on the
vertex, there is an excessively indistinct transverse line on the vertex, and on the middle
of it a slight gibbosity or prominence of the surface, not worth calling a tubercle. The
scutellum is rather narrow and parallel-sided, and is punctured except at the apex. The
striae of the elytra are quite as distinct at the apex as they are at the base : the sides of
the wing cases bear numerous white setae, which are long and conspicuous at the shoulders,
behind which they become gradually shorter and disappear altogether from the apical
half.
The specimens are marked " a," indicating that the exact locality is unknown ; two
small specimens were, however, found at Yangihissar in April 18 7 L
13. — APHODIUS PARVTJLTJS, Har.
A single individual found in the Jhelam Valley, July 1873, agrees exactly with speci-
mens from Abyssinia of this species recently described by Baron von Harold. I have in
my own collection some specimens of this species from Ajmere.
14. — APHODIUS KASHMIRENSIS, n. sp.
Niger, nitidus, sat convexus, pedibus rufo-piceis, antennis rufis clava fusca; clypeo
anterius latins emarginato, et utrinque subacute prominulo ; prothorace punctis magnis pro.
fundis sat numerosis, aliisque minutis, margine basali distincto ; mlculo ante eum crenulato ;
elytris for liter crenato-striatis, interstitiis subtilissime, sparsim punctatis.
Long. 6-6J mm., lat. 3J mm.
I have seen only two specimens of this species ; they seem both to be females. I believe it
is an Aphodius belonging to the Section E of Erichson, although the form of the front of the
clypeus suggests rather that it may prove to be an Ammaecius when the mouth can be exam-
ined. It is almost as large as Scarabceus scybalarius, Fab., and somewhat similar in form to
that species. The head bears no distinct tubercles, but has an obsolete curved elevation some
distance behind the front, and on the middle of the vertex traces of an obsolete tubercle ;
its punctuation is moderately coarse and close, but irregular and rather indistinct. The
sculpture of the thorax consists of very large and very small punctures, the basal margin
is coarse and distinct, and the groove which precedes it is coarsely punctate so as to appear
crenulate. The scutellum is small and coarsely punctured ; the striae of the elytra are deep
quite to the apex, the middle ones being joined together, or not extending quite to the apex.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh, 15th August to 9th September 1873.
COLEOPTERA. 45
15. — APHODIUS TENUIMANUS, n. sp.
Aphodio melanosticto Er. persimilis ; oblongm, subconvexus, nitidus, infuscato-testaceus,
capite thoraceque nigris, hoc lateribus testaceis, elytris luteis, maculis dorsalibus 4 vel 5
strigaque sublaterali nigris, pedibus metasternoque media testaceis; fronte media vix
tuberculato ; tibiis anterioribus tenuibus, intus conspicue ciliatis.
Long. 5-6 mm.
This species is so similar to A. melanosticticus that it will be easily recognized by compa-
rison with that species and by noticing the points in which it differs; these are that the
base of the thorax is less sinuate on each side, makes in fact scarcely any deviation from
a gentle rounding of the base ; the front tibiae are long and much more slender, and have
the cilia on their inner edge more numerous. I have seen only three individuals ; they
show no sexual difference, so that I am not quite sure whether they are males or females ;
but I believe the former, and in that case an important point of difference will be found
in the tubercles of the head, for these specimens show only a very obsolete central tubercle
and no lateral ones.
The specimens are labelled " a," which indicates that the exact locality where Stoliczka
procured them is unknown.
RHYSSEMUS (Munich Cat.).
16. — SCARAB^US ASPER, Fab.
i
Jhelam Valley, July 1873.
This common European species is apparently plentiful in Northern India. The Indian
specimens are usually a little smaller and more shining, and have the imbricate granula-
tions on the elytra rather finer than European specimens, but I can find no characters of
specific value to distinguish them. There are several allied, but as yet undescribed, species
found in India.
GEOTRUPES (Munich Cat.).
17. — GEOTRUPES ORIENTALIS, Hope.
Murree, two specimens.
18.— GEOTRUPES FOVEATUS, Har., var.
I refer two females of a Geotrupes from Sanju to the above European species, from
which however they differ by being as large as G. stercorarius, Har., and by having the
under-surface of a beautiful golden green colour, and clothed with a long rufous pubescence.
These points would not justify me in considering the specimens as specifically distinct; more,
over, I have great doubts whether Q.foveatus is more than a small form, with diminished
male distinctions, of G. stercorarius ; and if this be so, it is probable that these Sanju indivi-
duals may really prove to be only a variety of the widely distributed and abundant Geotrupes
46
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
stercorarim, Har. ; it will not, however, be possible to consider this conclusively established
until the male has been found and examined.
19. GEOTRTJPES KASHMIRENSIS, n. sp.
G. stercorario (Haroldi) persimilis, sed elytris longioribus; oblong o-ovalis, supra virides-
centi-niger, nitidus,subtuspurpureus,fulvo-pubescens; antennis piceo-rufis ; mandibulis extus
rotundatis, ad apicem leviter unisinuatis ; elytris striis 14, minus distincte punctatis ; abdomine
etiam in medio punctato, sed illo minus pubescente ; tibiarum posticarum carina tertia
(ab apice) omnino carente.
Long. 24 mm., lat. 13 mm.
This species is closely allied to G. stercorarius, Harold, but is rather more elongate, so as to
look at first sight like G. mutator, Er. It is readily distinguished, however, by the characters
mentioned in the above diagnosis. The front tibiae of the male have a carina-like swelling
on their lower face, which bears a broad tooth below the knee, and after that is continued in
a straight line, till it terminates in a sharply-elevated tooth opposite the third marginal tooth.
Dras, Kargil, or Leh, 15th August, 9th Septemer 1873. Two individuals.
06s. — Jekel, in his classification of Geotrupes (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1865), gives as one of the
most important characters of his sub-genus Anoplotrupes that there are only two entire carinae
on the posterior tibiae, while in the subgenus Geotrupes (pr. d.) he states that there are three
entire carinae. In this, however, he was mistaken, for I find that in G. spiniger, Har., there
are truly three entire carinae ; in G. spiniger, Har., the upper carina is less entire, for it suffers
a slight double interruption, which is still more conspicuous in G. foveatus, Har., while in
G. mutator, Er., only the lower half (or less) of this carina exists, and in G. kashmirensis
it is entirely wanting. The species comprised by Jekel in his subgenus A noplotrupes are
but little concordant : thus his Anoplotrupes G. vernalis differs much more widely from Ano-
plotrupes G. sylvaticus than this does from Geotrupes (pr. d.); the sub-genus Anoplotrupes
should therefore be entirely suppressed, for it is much less natural than the other subgenera
established by M. Jekel in the able and satisfactory memoir to which I have alluded.
20. — SCARAB./EUS SYLVATICUS, Panz., var.
The two individuals of this species differ considerably from any European specimens
I have seen ; they are proportionally narrower, on the upper side are of a black colour a little
tinted with brassy, on the under side are entirely black, and the club of the antenna is black.
These characters do not, however, seem to me to be of such a nature as to warrant their
specific value.
Sind Valley.
TROX (Munich Cat.).
21.— TROX PROCERUS, Har.
Jhelam Valley, July 1873. A single individual.
COLEOPTERA. 47
HOPLIA (Munich Cat.).
22. — HOPLIA CONCOLOR, n. sp.
Oblonga, sat elongata, ferruginea squamulis pallide griseis, magnis, fere cequaliter
cestita ; tarsorum posticorum unguiculo mutico.
Long. 8 mm., lat. 4y mm.
The head, except in front, is rather darker than the rest of the surface ; the scales it bears
are pale, sub-depressed, and narrower than on the rest of the surface, and on the front part
where they are scanty are setae rather than scales. The thorax is of the same form as in
Melolontha fframinicola,~Eab., but it is evenly clothed with closely set, coarse, pale ochre-coloured
scales, and bears also a very few erect fine setse. The elytra are long, and are clothed in a
similar manner to the thorax, the scales being very nearly circular in form. The pygidium,
propygidium, and ventral segments are also closely covered with scales but little different from
those of the elytra. The legs are of a uniform reddish colour scarcely different from the
elytra.
The only individual I have seen is a female ; it has the antennae 9-jointed, and the front
tibiae with two moderately prominent teeth, and an emargination above the upper one ; the
front claw seems quite single and without tooth ; the claw of the middle foot has a very
minute division some distance before the apex, while the posterior claw seems to be quite
simple.
The species seems to me more allied to Melolontha graminicola, Fab., than to any other
I know ; but it is of a more elongate and parallel form, of a paler and more uniform colour5
and is clothed with larger scales.
Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874.
SERICA (Munich Cat.).
23. — SEKICA L.ETICTJLA, n. sp.
Obovata, convexa, nitidula, tantum abdomine opaco, lata, brunneo-ferrnginea ; prothorace
fortiter punctato, elytris seriatim punctatis, seriebus leviter depressis, interstitiis planis,
tanlum juxta series punctatis ; antennis 10-articulatis, flabelli articulo primo apice
emarginato.
Long. 8| mm., lat. 4 mm.
Similar in form to Serica mutata, except that it is much broader and only a little longer ;
the whole of the upper surface quite shining ; clypeus emarginate in front, the whole of its
anterior part coarsely and rugosely punctured, the hinder part sparingly but distinctly
punctured. Thorax strongly transverse, evenly and coarsely punctured. Sscutellum coarsely
and closely punctured, with a smooth longitudinal space along the middle. Elytra with rows of
punctures, which are so little depressed as scarcely to amount to striae ; the interstices hardly
at all convex, and their punctures confined to the neighbourhood of the rows of punctures.
Pygidium rather obsoletely punctured, shining ; outer edge of hind coxa scarcely twice as lon»
as the outer edge of metasternum, its hind margin slightly sinuate near the outer angle,
which is hardly at all rounded ; the punctures of the hind coxae coarse and ocellate.
48 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
LACHNOSTERNA (Munich Cat.).
24. — LACHNOSTERNA STRIDTJLANS, n. sp.
Testacea, capite, thorace, scutelloque fere ferrugineis, supra opaca, opalescens, subtus
abdomine inflato nitido, pectore minus dense villoso ; capite brevi,fortiter punctato ; prothorace
spar sissime punctato, fortiter transverse, margine laterali integro, sinuato, angulis posteriori-
bus obtusis ; elytris sat crebre parum profunde punctatis.
Long, 15^ mm., lat., 8 mm.
Head very short ; margin of clypeus strongly reflexed, not emarginate ; the transverse
suture nearly twice as distant from the vertex as from the clypeal margin ; the part of the
head hehind the suture rather sparingly punctured with punctures of different sizes, and
bearing some long erect setae ; in front of the suture the punctures are deep, and are closer
together, and all of one size, and there are no setae. The thorax is very short, the sides not
greatly dilated in the middle, the hind angles ohtuse, but not departing greatly from right
angles ; the punctuation is distant and not coarse. The scutellum is rather sparingly punc-
tured. The elytra are finely and irregularly, and not closely, punctured, and have only
indistinct traces of longitudinal impunctate spaces. The propygidium is densely and finely
punctured across the middle, but coarsely punctured behind ; the pygidium is shining, and
coarsely punctured. The membranous border of the elytra is very small and indistinct ; the
epipleural line is sharply elevated in its anterior portion, and when examined with a powerful
lens it is seen to be densely and finely crenulate, from the middle of the sternum to the
hind margin of the first ventral segment ; by strongly flexing the hind femur, and rubbing it
against this line, a considerable stridulation is produced.
Murree. A single individual.
Obs. — I am acquainted with only one other species closely allied to this ; it is as yet
undescribed, and is labelled in my collection " Ancylonycha pulvinosa, Eeiche, India bor."
It has the same appearance as L.stridulans, and has, like it, the epipleural line finely crenulated,
but it differs considerably in the structure of the antennae and of the claws ; in Lachnosterna
stridulans the flabellum of the antennae is rather long, and composed of five joints ; the first
leaf is, however, very short, not half the length of the second, which itself is a good deal shorter
than the three following ones ; the claws are divided into two rather divergent portions of
equal length. In the undescribed Reicheian species, the flabellum is short and composed only
of three joints, and the claws of the feet are strongly dentate in the middle.
I add a short diagnosis of this insect : —
LACHNOSTERNA PULVINOSA, n. sp.
Ferruginea, elytris dilutioribus, supra opaca, opalescens, subtus abdomine inflato, media
nitido, pectore parcius villoso ; capite brevi, dense rufoso-punctato ; prothorace sparsim
punctato, punctis in margine anteriori magnis, fortiter transverso, lateribus valde sinuatis, in
medio perdilatatis, angulis posterioribus valde obtusis, margine laterali subcrenulato ; elytris
sat crebre subtiliter punctatis.
Long. 16 mm.
COLEOPTEIIA. 49
25. — LACHNOSTEBNA STOLICZK^E, n. sp.
(
Oblonga, picea, nitida, pectore prosternoque griseo-villosis ; capite hand parvo, clypeo
fortiter reflexo-marginato, anterius vix emarginato; prothorace lateribus rotundatis, anterius
quam postering magis angustato, crebrius punctato, angulis posterioribus obtusis, margine
laterali serrato ; elytris crebrius fortiter punctatis, areis Longitudinalibus parcius punctatis,
haud argute elevatis.
Long. 15 — 16 mm., lat. 8 mm.
Head coarsely, but not rugosely, punctured, the clypeal margin greatly reflexed, t he
clypeus of the same hreadth as the vertex, so that its elevated side margin is continued
directly backwards in a straight line along the inner margin of the eye as an elevated space
which extends as far as the portion of the head which forms the summit of the vertex ; this
upper part of the vertex is placed on a different plane from the middle part of the head and
is impunctate except at the sides ; there is no trace of any transverse carina. The membra-
nous border of the elytra is very fine, but is distinct throughout.
The male has the flahellum of the antennae a little longer than the female ; in this latter
sex the front tibiae are evidently tridentate, while in the male they are only bidentate, and
even the upper of the two teeth is not very distinct : the tooth of the claws is placed quite
near the base in the male, but in the female it is rather nearer the middle of the claw, and
is also a little larger. The species will be readily identified by the structure of the head and
the claws. I have only one allied species in my collection ; it is also from Northern India
and is still undescribed.
Murree. Three individuals.
BKAHMINA (Munich Cat.).
26. — BEAHMINA CALVA, Blanchard.
Murree. A single individual.
EHIZOTROGUS (Munich Cat.).
27. — RHIZOTKOGTJS BILOBUS, n. sp.
Antennis 10-articulatis ; oblongus, colore variabilis, ferruginous vel piceus, sub-opacus,
prothorace in medio scepius nitido, ad latera albido-pruinoso ; clypeo in media prqfunde emargi-
nato ; prothoracis lateribus anterius crenulatis ; elytris indistincte et inequaliter punctatis,
lateribus dense ciliatis ; pygidio ventreque pruinosis ; pectore prosternoque dense villosis.
Long. 17^—20 mm., lat. 9-10 mm.
The head is small and very densely punctured ; the clypeal suture consists of an extremely
fine elevated line, the part in front of which is reddish, while behind the line the colour
approaches black ; the clypeus is divided into two lobes by a very deep medial incision.
The thorax is without hairs on its upper surface ; it is moderately closely, and hardly coarsely,
punctured; it is much narrowed towards the front, and the anterior angles are not in the
least prominent ; the hinder angles are rounded and a little obtuse. The elytra are dull, and
their surface is uneven, from some longitudinal elevations ; their punctuation is irregular and
60 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
indistinct ; they bear no hairs, hut under a good lens are seen to possess some extremely short
setae ; and their sides are densely ciliate. The pygidium is of a whitish colour, that is to say*
the surface is very pruinose ; it is finely punctured.
The male has the nabellum of the antennas twice as long as the female, it being quite as
long as joints 2 to 7 together ; the front tibiae do not show much difference in the sexes ; they
are rather stout and distinctly tridentate. The ventral segments in the male are not impres-
sed along the middle, but are a little flattened, and almost free from punctuation.
The species is remarkable on account of the divided front of the head ; a trans-Caucasian
species which I received some time ago from M. Deyrolle as R. porosus agrees with it in
this respect, but has the ventral segments densely pubescent, while in R. bilobus these same
parts are bare. The species is variable in colour and size.
Yangihissar, April 1874. About twenty individuals, mostly much injured, and probably
picked up dead. Also Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June.
RHINYPTIA (Munich Cat.).
28. — RHINYPTIA DORSALIS, Burm.
Jhelam Valley, July 1873. Two specimens.
ANOMALA (Munich Cat.).
29. — ANOMALA STBIOLATA, Blanchard.
A single individual of an Anomala found at Murree differs from the description of
Blanchard's A. striolata only by some details of colour, the most important of which is that the
under-surface and legs are purple. Specimens in my own collection, labelled India, are prob-
ably conspecific with the Murree individual, though they do not quite agree in all details-
In a genus like Anomala, where many species are so extremely variable in colour, it is not
advisable to make new specific names on the evidence of such slight differences.
30. — ANOMALA* STOLICZKJ:, n. sp.
Ovaia, minus convexa, Icetissime viridis, nitidissima, elytris subopacis, antennis nigris ;
capite thoraceque Icevigatis ; elytris seriebus duplicatis punctorum tribus, et inter eas sat
crebre punctatis.
Long. 12J mm., lat. 6J mm..
Of a very beautiful, brilliant, golden-green colour, with the elytra pure green and but
little shining. The thorax is narrowed towards the front, with the anterior angles acute and
prominent, the posterior ones well marked and slightly obtuse ; the raised margin is very
distinct, and is wanting only from the middle both in front and behind. The scutellum is
impunctate and shining, like the thorax. The punctuation of the elytra is rather fine and
scanty ; they have some irregular and unsymmetrical black spots, which are probably only
accidental. The propygidium is rugose; the pygidium is rugose at the base, and is elsewhere
* Genus Callistethws, Blanchd.
COLEOPTERA. 61
sparingly punctured, but close to the sides there is also a narrow rugose band. The meta.
sternum, except in the middle, and the hind coxae are coarsely punctured, and sparingly
pubescent ; the ventral segments are smooth in the middle and very shining ; at the sides
each has some coarse punctuation bearing a row of coarse setae ; the side of each segment
at the base is purple. The legs are brilliant green, with the tarsi approaching to purple.
Of this beautiful species a single individual was found at Murree.
POPILIA (Munich Cat.).
31. — POPILIA CYANEA, Hope.
Sind Valley, August 1873. A dozen individuals.
ADORETUS (Munich Cat.).
32. — ADORETUS PLAGIATUS, Bunn.
The species of Adoretus at the present moment are excessively difficult to name with
certainty : the specimens I here call A. plagiatus agree with Burmeister's description, but are
four-and-a-half or five lines long, instead of three-and-a-half.- The species may readily be
distinguished from A. nudiusculus by the deeply serrate margins of the lahrum ; the two species
are also a little different in colour, punctuation, and pubescence.
Jhelam Valley, July 1873.
33.— ADORETUS NUDIUSCULUS, n. sp.
Testaceus, clypeo ferrugineo, fronte fusca, nitidnla, parcius brevissimeque setostts ;
prothor ace fortiter punctato, lateribus subcrenulatis, angulis posterioribus omnino rotundatis ;
elytris obsolete costatis, fortiter punctatis.
Long. 9^ mm., lat. 5|- mm.
A short and moderately broad species. Head moderately large, rather coarsely and closely,
but not deeply, punctured. Labrum with narrow, but elongate, appendage, which is very
finely carinate along the middle; the margins of the labrum are only indistinctly crenu-
late, the basal portion is punctate, and bears short hairs. The thorax has the hinder angles
much rounded, the basal margins fine, but quite even throughout, being neither more nor less
strongly elevated at the sides than in the middle ; the side margin is indistinctly crenulate ;
the surface is rather coarsely, but not closely, punctured, the punctures are evenly distributed,
being about as numerous and distinct on the middle as at the sides. The elytra have three
indistinct longitudinal spaces free from punctures, and between these are moderately coarsely
punctured.
This species is remarkable from the very slight development of the pubescence : it is
perhaps more nearly allied to A. nigrifrons than to any other species, but it is much smaller,
and the pubescence is much slighter. The only individual I have seen is no doubt a female ;
it has the legs quite short, the anterior tibire stout and tridentate.
Jhelam Valley, July 1873. A single individual.
52 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
34. — ADORETTJS SIMPLEX, n. sp.
Angustulus, parallelus, sat elongatus, testaceus, densius albidosetosus, subopacus, subtus
parcius setosus, nitidus ; clypeo rotundato, in medio alte reflexo ; prothorace basi cequaliter
et tenuiter marginato, angulis posterioribus rotundatia; elytris obsoletissime costatis, crebrius
punctatis.
Long. 10 mm., lat. 4^ mm.
The labrum is shining, the basal part is rather large, and has a series of small tubercles
arranged at a distance from the rather deeply serrate edge ; the appendicular portion is broad,
but is not distinctly carinate along the middle. The punctuation of the head seems close,
but is quite obscured by the conspicuous depressed white setae or hairs. The thorax is not
very short (for the genus Adoretus) ; the raised margin is fine, and is not more strongly elevated
at the base near the side than elsewhere ; the hinder angles are rounded, but not broadly so ;
its punctuation is only moderately close and coarse. The elytra are rather closely punctured,
and have only indistinct longitudinal costse.
The specimen described is no doubt a male ; it has the legs moderately long, and the
anterior tibiae tridentate.
I am unable to point out any near described ally for this species, although I have several
closely allied undescribed Indian species in my collection.
Jhelam Valley, July 1873.
PENTODON (Munich Cat.).
35. — PENTODON TRTJNCATUS, n. sp.
Nigro-piceus, nitidus, capite anterius truncato, angulis inter se distantibus tuberculo
longitudinali acuto, fronte in medio tuberculis duobus minutis ; prothorace fortiter punctato,
basi ad angulos posteriores tenuiter marginato; elytris sat crebre haud prof und punctatis,
seriebus duplicatis haud distinctis.
Long. 19 — 20 mm., lat. 12 mm.
Head. finely and densely rugose, in the middle with two minute tubercles, in front trun-
cate and not margined; the unmargined part terminated on each side by a distinct longitudi-
nal tubercular elevation ; lateral portions of head with a thick elevated margin. Thorax with
the hinder angles completely rounded, and the fine lateral margin continued along the base till
the commencement of the slight sinuation on each side ; the surface is shining ; the punctua-
tion is moderately fine and not close about the base and the middle ; it is closer about the
front and sides, and quite dense and coarse towards the anterior angles. The sutural stria of the
elytra is very distinct, but only indistinctly punctured ; of the three double longitudinal series
of the elytra only the inner one is distinct ; the punctuation of the elytra is moderately close,
the surface completely shining. The pygidium is sparingly punctured, but is rugose at each
side angle, and there are some obscure, fine, transverse rugae quite at the base.
The species is similar in form and appearance to the European Scarabceus punctatus, but
it is smaller ; the punctures of the elytra are more numerous and finer, and it is rendered very
distinct by the distant tubercles of the front margin of the head.
Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. Two individuals, which are no doubt both males.
COLEOPTERA. 53
36. — PENTODON PTTMILTJS, n. sp.
Nigro-picem, nitidus, capite anterius truncato, angulis inter se distantibus tuberculo
longitudinali acuto, fronte in medio tuberculis duobus minutis ; prothorace fortiter punctato,
basi ad angulos posteriores tenuiter marginato ; elytris fere dense, subrugulose punctatis,
sariebus duplicatis haud distinctis.
Long. 14^ — 15^, lat. 9 — 10 mm.
This species is so extremely similar to P. truncatus that a repetition of the description of
that species is unnecessary. P. pumilus is, however, scarcely half so large as P. truncatus, and
has the thorax rather shorter and the punctuation of the upper surface closer. The female
has the teeth of the front tibiae much longer than the male, and the sculpture of the pygidium
more diminished.
Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. Two individuals.
ORCYTES (Munich Cat.).
37. — SCARAB^US NASICORNIS, Linn.
Yangihissar, April ; Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874.
38. — ORYCTES GKYPUS, 111.
Jhelam Valley, July 1873. A single male.
54 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
CETONIIDJ1.
BY OLIVER JANSON.
1. — CLINTERIA CONFINIS, Hope.
A single specimen of this common Indian species was taken in the Jhelam Valley in
July 1873.
2. — CETONIA OBIENTALIS, G. & P.
Dr. Schaum has regarded this species as identical with C. aerata, Er., and as only a
variety of C. speculifera, Swartz ; they are, however, three quite distinct species, and have heen
indicated as such by Blanchard. In the Munich Catalogue aerata is given as a synonym
tinder speculifera.
Two specimens in the collection were taken at Kogyar between 31st May and 2nd June
1874.
3. — CETONIA DALMANNI, G. & P.
Three specimens of this variable species were taken at Murree ; it appears to be generally
distributed over the central and northern parts of India.
COLEOPTERA. 55
HETEROMERA-
BY FREDERICK BATES.
Family— TENEBRIONlDjE.
Sub-Family— TENTYRIIN^;.
Group— GNATHOSIIDES.
SYACHIS, n. g.
Intermediate between Ascelosodis and Capnisa. At once to be separated from the former
by its having the outer apical angle of the anterior tibiae not dentiform, and from the latter
by its having the antennary orbits more convex and more rounded in front ; prothorax wider
and more deeply emarginate in front, the sides rounded and decidedly contracted behind ;
elytra shining black and more or less strongly punctured, the epipleurae being sometimes
muricately punctured ; prosternal process horizontal and pointed behind ^mesosternum decli-
vous and concave in front.
The lateral teeth of the submentum are long and pointed : the mentum is strongly trans-
verse, almost flat, hexagonal, the apex triangulately notched in the middle, coarsely punctured :
the last joint of the labial palpi is robust, more or less semi-oval (broadly truncated at the
apex) : the outer lobe of the maxillce is furnished with a long, curved claw ; the last joint of
the palpi is elongate-oval and broadly obliquely truncated at apex (picicornis), or triangulate
with the apex a little oblique (himalaicus} : the mandibles are stout, notched at apex, and
are furnished on their upper edge, before the apex, with a stout horizontal tooth, which clasps
the sides of the labrum, and is sub-acute (himalaicus), or obtuse (picicornis) , and is always,
more strongly developed on the right mandible than the left : the head is short, robust, more
or less wrinkled above the eyes, almost obsoletely so in picicornis ; throat transversely im-
pressed : epistoma more or less prominent, more or less distinct from the antennary orbits,
rounded or truncated in front, and is, in himalaicus, hollowed out at the sides, leaving the
mandibles almost completely exposed : the antennae are short, slender, a little thickened apically,
joint 3 much longer than 2 or 4 : the prothorax is strongly transverse, convex, decidedly wider
in front than the head, sides more or less rounded, apex more or less deeply emarginate, base
more or less feebly sinuately rounded : elytra convex, more or less abruptly declivous behind,
wider at base than base of prothorax : epipleurse moderately broad, the fold expanding at the
base and reaching the humeral angle, narrowly, but very distinctly, attaining the apex : tibia
hispid, or spinulose, elongate-triangulate, the anterior most strongly so and finely denticulate
on the outer edge, the apex simple ; tarsi sparsely ciliate, with short spiniform hairs, the first
joint of the posterior as long as the last : intercoxal process moderate, a little contracted
anteriorly and broadly rounded at apex : prosternal process horizontal, a little produced and
pointed behind : mesosternum declivous and a little concave in front : episterna ofmetathorax
slightly curvedly contracted posteriorly.
I have failed to discover any really distinctive sexual characters in this and cognate
genera of the old world ; there are differences of degree in the punctuation, &c., of the abdomen,
H 2
56 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
which may be sexual, the more strongly punctured, &c., being the male. In the North American
representatives of these genera the male is distinguished by having on the first ventral segment
a round patch of short, silky-golden hairs; at least it is so in the genera Triorophus and
Stibia. To this latter genus Dr. Horn denies the presence of a tooth on the upper surface of
the mandible. This is evidently a lapsus, as so keen and accurate an observer could not have
failed to detect it. With some remarkable exceptions (hereafter noticed), I have found this
tooth existent in all the numerous genera I have dissected, and, I believe, it will be found all
but universally present in this sub-family.
STACHIS HIMALAICTJS.
Black, moderately shining ; underside and legs reddish-brown, antennae and palpi paler :
labrum entire in front : head rather strongly but not closely punctured ; strongly wrinkled
above the eyes, the wrinkles extending nearly to the crown ; epistoma prominent, strongly
separated from the antennary orbits, slightly hollowed out at the sides, broad and truncated
at apex ; superior tooth of right mandible sub-acute : prothorax transverse, a little narrower
in front than behind, subangulately rounded at the sides, front angles prominent and acute ;
strongly and rather closely punctured at the sides, more feebly so on the middle : elytra briefly
oval, convex, abruptly declivous behind, produced at apex, shoulders rounded ; the surface a
little uneven, covered, but not densely, with rather large but more or less shallow punctures,
the epipleurse rather strongly muricately punctured : underside rather densely covered with
large rounded punctures : flanks of prothorax very coarsely longitudinally rugose and con-
fluently punctured : epipleural fold more or less, but never strongly, muricately punctured.
Length 3 \ to 4 lines.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh.
SYACHIS PICICORNIS.
Black, moderately shining ; underside of body black, legs and antennae piceous : labrum
feebly emarginate in front: head moderately, not closely, and uniformly punctured, not
wrinkled at the base, the punctuation a little coarser and confluent above the eyes ; epistoma
feebly separated from the antennary orbits, being almost continuous with them, broadly rounded
in front ; superior tooth of right mandible obtuse : prothorax narrower in front and more
feebly emarginate than in the preceding, front angle not so prominent ; sides rounded behind
the middle ; very finely and sparsely punctured on the disc, more strongly and closely so at
the sides : elytra oblong, shoulders not rounded, gently declivous behind, the punctuation
feebler than in the preceding, the epipleurae not muricately punctured : epipleural fold
smooth ; punctuation of underside much feebler and less dense than in the preceding.
Length 3^ to 4 lines.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh.
ASCELOSODIS, Redtenb., Reis. Novar., p. 117.
Prothorax and elytra more or less ciliate at the sides.
Base of prothorax not lobed in the middle.
Elytra densely rugose punctate.
COLEOPTEEA. 57
Head and prothorax with mixed punctures, i.e., there are minute punctures
scattered between the regular punctuation.
Antennary orbits feebly separated from sides of epistoma : punctuation on
back of elytra not muricate — assimilis, n.s.
Antennary orbits strongly separated from sides of epistoma : punctuation
on back of elytra finely muricate — ciliatus, n.s.
Head and prothorax simply punctured — serripes, E/edtenb.
Elytra thinly and feebly rugose punctate.
Sides of epistoma well separated from antennary orbits — concinnm, n.s.
Sides of epistoma nearly continuous with antennary orbits — Saagi, n.s.*
Base of prothorax distinctly broadly lobed in the middle — grandis, n.s.
Prothorax and elytra not at all ciliate at the sides — intermedius, n.s.
ASCELOSODIS SERRIPES, Eedtenb.
The series of examples of this species in the collection were taken by Dr. Stoliczka at
Yanktze, Chagra, and Pankong Valley. Specimens have been very kindly compared with the
type by Dr. Eogenhofer of the Imperial Museum of Vienna.
ASCELOSODIS ASSIMILIS.
Very close to A. serripes, Eedtenb., from which it differs in having the head distinctly
wrinkled above the eyes ; the punctuation on the head and prothorax mixed, that is, there
are scattered minute punctures on the spaces between the larger punctures ; the hind angles
of the prothorax and the humeral angles of the elytra are distinct.
Length 2f to 3| lines.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh.
These differences are rather slight, but they are constant in a large series of examples.
f
ASCELOSODIS CILIATUS.
Very near to the preceding, and perhaps only an extreme variety of it : it differs by its
larger size, more prominent epistoma, the antennary orbits being separated from it and from
the front by a deeply impressed line ; the elytra entirely, though much more coarsely on the
sides and epipleurse muricate punctate, and the hairs that fringe the sides of the prothorax
and elytra much larger and fuller.
Length 4 lines.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh. A single example.
ASCELOSODIS CONCINNUS.
Dark brown, shining ; underside reddish-brown ; legs, antennae, palpi, labrum, and front
half of the epistoma, red : head finely but not closely punctured, feebly wrinkled above the
* This species was not found by Dr. Stoliczka. A single example exists in Dr. Haag's collection.
58 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
eyes : prothorax strongly transverse, front angles prominent, sides gradually expanding from
apex to behind the middle, thence strongly rounded to the base ; hind angles very open and,
being depressed, appearing to be broadly rounded (or obsolete) when viewed from above ;
sparsely punctured on the disc, more closely so at the sides ; side margins reflexed : scutel-
lum distinct : elytra somewhat oval, squarely truncated at base, humeral angle very open ; not
densely, and but little rugosely, punctured, the epipleurse muricately punctured, sides fringed
with hairs, longest at the shoulders.
Length 3 to 3J lines.
Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga.
ASCELOSODIS GBANDIS.
Broadly ovate, convex, black somewhat nitid, underside of body black, legs piceous, tarsi
and antennse paler : head strongly wrinkled above the eyes : prothorax densely punctured,
confluently so at the sides, base considerably wider than apex, front angles not prominent ;
sides gradually curvedly expanded to near the base, whence they curve inwards to the hind
angles, which are very obtuse ; base rather strongly sinuate at each side, broadly lobed in
the middle : elytra convex, humeral angles distinct ; rather closely and regularly and slightly
rugosely punctured, the epipleurse strongly muricately punctured : margins ciliated.
Length 5| lines.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh.
ASCELOSODIS INTBRMEDIUS.
Ovate, black, a little shining, legs pitchy brown, antennae and palpi rufescent : labrum
distinctly notched in the middle of fore margin and shortly ciliate : head rugosely punctured,
most strongly so above the eyes : prothorax rounded at the sides, more contracted in front
than behind ; apex not deeply emarginate, front angles not produced ; base feebly sinuate, hind
angles distinct but obtuse ; finely not densely and somewhat uniformly punctured, the punc-
tures largest and slightly rugose at the sides : elytra broadest behind the middle, uniformly
but not closely or deeply punctured, and faintly rugulose : epipleurse muricately punc-
tured ; sides not ciliate ; base feebly emarginate at the middle, thence sloping to the humeral
angle at each side ; humeral angle distinct but open.
Length nearly 4 lines.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh.
By its habit, style of punctuation, and non-ciliated sides of prothorax and elytra, this
species approaches the genus Syachis.
ANATOLIC A MONTIVAGA.
Habit of genus Colposcelis. Head and prothorax finely, not closely, but uniformly, punc-
tured : epistoma rather prominent, a little hollowed out at the sides, broadly truncated in
front ; mandibles without superior tooth : prothorax as long as broad, contracted behind,
widest anteriorly, apex feebly emarginate, front angles depressed and rounded ; hind angles
very open, not prominent ; basal margin gradually sloping downwards at each side from the
angle to the centre, the point opposite the scutellum is consequently on a lower level than the
COLEOPTERA. 59
angles : elytra more or less elongated and acuminate behind, sutural region more or less
depressed ; minutely, sparsely, and irregularly punctulate ; smooth, or slightly irregularly
wrinkled, or feebly costate ; base rather strongly arcuately emarginate, but with the fold
entire and continuous from the humeral angle to the scutellum : humeral angle rather
strongly produced : flanks of prothorax and prosternum finely and not closely punctured,
the latter very strongly thickened at each side between the coxae ; base of mesosternum very
strongly and densely punctured ; base of metasternum and of first abdominal segment rather
coarsely, but not closely, punctured, the rest of their surface, as well as the other abdominal
segments, very finely and remotely punctured.
Length 4-| to 5f lines.
Yangihissar, Kogyar.
This species has completely the aspect, and many of the characters, of the genus Col-
poscelis. The third joint of the antennae, however, is but little longer than the second ; the
antennary orbits are not separated from the epistoma by a broad, deep impression, this
latter being less prominent, and exhibiting no tendency to become umbonate, as it does in
Colposcelis. The form, &c., of the eye is completely that of Colposcelis. The prothorax
is as long as it is broad in its widest part, and is slightly angulately rounded at the base.
The elytra are as deeply emarginate at the base, and the humeral angle is as strongly pro-
duced, as in Colposcelis. The middle and hind tibise are distinctly hispid, the latter being
also elongated and feebly flexuous in the <? .
It is in the genus Anatolica that we find species with mandibles edentate on their upper
margin : in some species the mandibles are thick, and provided with a distinct tooth above,
which is always the most developed in the right mandible : in others (in both sexes) they
are more slender, and the tooth is either but faintly indicated, or is entirely wanting : the
present species is in this latter case.
MlCRODERA LATICOLLIS.
Approaching M. gracilis, Esch., in habit, but more robust. Black, shining : head moder-
ately, prothorax closely, elytra sparsely and minutely, punctured. Prothorax moderately
convex, transverse, widest before the middle, well rounded at the sides, strongly contracted
behind to the base ; base broadly margined, rounded, a little sinuate at each side ; apex feebly
sub-sinuately emarginate; all the angles depressed, the anterior rounded, the posterior obtuse :
elytra elongate, oval, and rather sharply produced at apex ; epipleural fold uninterruptedly
continued round the shoulders : the parapleurse entirely, the sides of all the sterna and of
the abdomen coarsely, closely, and confluently punctured, finely and remotely so on their
middle.
Length 5| lines.
Kashgar, Yangihissar, Kogyar.
MlCRODERA PARVICOLLIS.
In habit approaching M. convexa, Tausch, but prothorax more rounded anteriorly,
broadest before the middle, thence gradually contracted to the base, which is much mere
strongly margined, and the elytra more broadly oval.
60 SECOND Y ARK AND MISSION.
Head, prothorax, and elytra, minutely and sparsely punctulate : prothorax nearly as
long as broad, sides well rounded anteriorly, thence rather strongly contracted to the base ;
base slightly rounded, its margin broad and very convex; apex very feebly emarginate;
all the angles depressed and obtuse : elytra oval, the apex rather strongly produced : epipleural
fold uninterruptedly continued round the shoulders : inner side of the flanks of the prothorax,
and the prosternum, rugosely punctured ; sides of metasternum, and of the two first abdominal
segments, with a few coarse punctures; rest of the abdomen smooth.
Length 4| lines.
Kogyar.
Sub-Family— AKISIN&.
CYPHOGENIA PLANA.
Narrow, elongate, flattened above ; black, more or less obscure. Mentum notched (but
not deeply) in middle of fore margin, disc more or less plane. Head-rhomboidal, more
or less sparsely punctured; epistoma transversely convex, widely and sub-triangulately
emarginate in front, completely exposing the labrum and its attachment, front angles
more or less acute; front transversely, sometimes triangulately, depressed; supraorbital
ridge more or less distinct ; cheeks (immediately behind the eyes) prominent and coarsely
rugosely punctured. Prothorax quadrate, apex wider than base, front angles produced,
sub-acute; sides more or less feebly sinuous (sometimes a little angulate at the middle),
and with a narrowish flattened margin ; base squarely truncated, or feebly — sometimes
sinuately — emarginate ; hind angles more or less produced (scarcely outwardly directed) and
obtuse ; disc irregularly foveate, more or less finely and sparsely punctured, the punctuation
stronger at the sides. Elytra elongate-oval, moderately produced and rounded at apex,
faintly (sometimes obsoletely) irregularly and minutely muricate punctate, the unpunctured
intervals more or less faintly reticulately rugulose ; keeled from behind the shoulders to the
apex ; this keel is not completely marginal, being placed a little within the outer edge, which
is rounded, the epipleura being strongly inflexed. Last three or four joints of antennte
usually bright ferruginous, the last acutely pointed at apex.
Length 7 to 9J lines.
Dras, Kargil, Leh, and Pankong Valley.
CYPHOGENIA HTTMERALIS.
In habit approaching C. aurita, Pall. Black, obscure ; mentum very deeply notched in
front, the disc very convex. Head and prothorax very finely and dispersedly punctured, the
former with a longitudinal elevated line down the middle, and depressed at each side ; supra-
orbital carina very distinct : epistoma widely emarginate in front in the s , more deeply (and
sub-angulately) in the ? ; front angles broadly rounded. Prothorax transverse, disc convex,
median line lightly impressed, and with a short transverse depression across the middle near
the base, apex broadly emarginate, front angles not produced, but somewhat acute ; base
feebly emarginate, hind angles acute and outwardly directed ; sides well rounded anteriorly,
rather broadly margined, a little reflexed, and finely transversely rugulose. Elytra depressed,
gently declivous behind, the apex rather strongly produced and narrowly rounded ; widest
behind the middle ; obsoletely punctured, and showing some faint smooth reticulations ; shoul-
COLEOPTERA. 61
ders keeled, this keel slightly obliquely extending down the elytron, but never for more than
one-fourth its length. The <J is smaller than the ? , and has the abdomen much more dis-
tinctly punctured. Antennae with joints 9-10 shorter, triangulate, 11 rather small, acutely
pointed at apex.
Length 10 to 12 lines.
Yangihissar.
Bub-Family— SLAPTINJE.
BLAPS STOLICZKANA.
Approaching B. mortisaga, Linn., in habit. Elongate, depressed, acuminate behind,
black, underside shining black, antennse and palpi pitchy brown ; labrum rufescent, coarsely
punctured : head more or less coarsely (never densely) punctured, the base densely and finely
muricate, becoming granulous : epistoma trapeziform, widely and feebly emarginate in front :
prothorax slightly transverse, sides rounded anteriorly, gradually (sometimes feebly sinuately)
contracted posteriorly ; base closely applied to the elytra, feebly sinuate and wider than the
apex, which is broadly emarginate ; front angles rather broadly rounded ; hind angles obtuse,
slightly overlapping the shoulders, more or less coarsely punctured; the punctures more
crowded and more or less reticulately confluent at the sides, and with scattered very minute
punctures on the interspaces ; sides feebly guttered : elytra at base a little wider than base
of prothorax ; sides feebly rounded, attenuate behind, the apex gradually produced forming a
mucro, which, in the £ , extends beyond the abdomen by a length equal to the fourth ventral
segment; depressed, more or less gently declivous behind; more or less densely confusedly
covered with smallish, somewhat shining tubercles, which, except at the base, are flattened,
generally acute behind, and here and there run together, forming irregular, more or less
transverse, elevated rugosities : flanks of prothorax more or less strongly undulately strigulose,
and, as well as the prosternum, parapleurse, &c., sparsely minutely tuberculate : three first
abdominal segments longitudinally rugose at the sides, and transversely rugose on the middle.
Length 8| to 10 lines.
Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga.
BLAPS INDICOLA.
Habit of ? , B. mortisaga, Linn. Dull black ; underside and legs shining black ; antennae,
labrum, and palpi brownish black : head and prothorax very finely and not densely punc-
tured ; the latter sub-quadrate, feebly but regularly convex, widest before the middle,
strongly contracted in front, more gradually behind ; sides slightly sinuous before the hind
angles, very narrowly channelled ; front angles narrowly rounded, the hinder nearly forming
right angles, and reposing on the shoulders ; base feebly sinuously emarginate : elytra not
wider at base than base of prothorax, elongate, acuminate behind ; sides feebly expanded to
behind the middle, very gently declivous behind, the apex gradually produced, forming a
distinct but simple mucro, which is rather densely punctured ; uniformly minutely, but not
densely, granulose-punctate, a little stronger on the epipleurse and at the base, which is also
rugulose.
Length 12 lines.
Sind Valley.
62 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
BLAPS PERLONGA.
Elongate, slender, acuminate behind, black, obscure : head and prothorax finely and not
closely punctured ; the latter gently convex, but little (not half a millim.) wider than long ;
sides gently evenly rounded and very finely margined ; base but little wider than apex ; base
and apex truncated ; front angles rounded, the hinder forming right angles : elytra elongate,
widest behind the middle, attenuate behind, the apex produced, forming a distinct but not
elongate mucro, very gradually declivous behind, and with distinct trace of a short costa
within the apex ; finely, uniformly, and not closely muricate-punctate, and faintly transverse-
ly rugolose.
Legs very long, slender.
Length 10 lines.
Yanktze to Chagra, Pankong Valley.
BLAPS LADAKENSIS.
Black, elytra a little shining ; oblong-ovate : head rather closely punctured : prothorax
decidedly broader at base than at apex, transverse ; sides well rounded anteriorly, slightly
sinuously contracted posteriorly; apex feebly emarginate, with the angles rounded ; base feeb-
ly sinuously truncate, with the angles somewhat obtuse ; but little convex ; rather finely and
not densely punctured : elytra somewhat depressed on the back, not wider at base than base
of prothorax ; sides gradually moderately rounded, somewhat rapidly declivous behind ; apex
a little produced, but not mucronate ; disc irregularly, finely, and faintly muricately punc-
tured, and intricately rugulose ; apex and epipleurae somewhat intricately covered with irre-
gular flattened tubercles, which are pointed behind: legs and antenna rather short and
robust.
Length 7^ to 8y lines.
Yanktze to Chagra, Pankong Valley.
BLAPS KASHGABENSIS.
Elongate, black, elytra more or less nitid : head and prothorax finely remotely punctured,
sometimes becoming obsoletely so on the latter : prothorax regularly convex ; sides well round-
ed anteriorly, very gradually (and but little) contracted posteriorly, finely margined ; base de-
cidedly wider than apex, very feebly sinuately truncated ; hind angles somewhat obtuse ; apex
feebly emarginate, the angles well rounded ; median line faintly impressed on the disc :
elytra more or less elongate-ovate, somewhat rapidly declivous behind ; apex produced and ter-
minating in a very distinct, pointed mucro, which, in the <J , extends beyond the abdomen by a
length nearly equal to the third ventral segment ; convex, a little depressed down the suture ;
very finely (sometimes almost obsoletely) seriate-punctate, the punctures simple, the intervals
also finely punctured, and more or less feebly irregularly convex. Legs rather elongate.
Hind margin of first ventral segment in the <? a little emarginate at each side, leaving in the
centre a more or less triangulate plate, and with a villose tuft of rufous hairs ; it is also more
or less (sometimes very strongly) coarsely transversely rugose (with traces of a callosity) in
COLEOPTERA. 63
the middle, and longitudinally rugose at the sides ; the second and third segments being
likewise rugose, but never so strongly.
The ? is relatively broader than the <? , the legs not quite so long, the punctuation a
little more distinct, the elytral mucro shorter, the abdomen finely rugose-punctate, hind
margin of the first segment entire.
Length 9 to 13 lines.
Kashgar, Yangihissar.
PROSODES TRISTJXCATA.
$ . Elongate, parallel, pitchy brown ; approaching castaneous on the prothorax, legs, and
antennae. Head and prothorax finely, irregularly, and sparsely punctured, the punctuation a
little stronger on the sides of the latter : prothorax gently convex, uneven at the sides, a well
marked rounded fovea near the hind angle, and several faint irregular foveate depressions on
the disc ; lateral margins faintly rugulose ; sides slightly rounded anteriorly, gradually and but
little contracted posteriorly, widest before the middle ; base truncate, hind angles forming right
angles ; apex very feebly emarginate, the angles depressed and narrowly rounded : elytra not
wider at base than base of prothorax, elongate, sub-parallel, depressed on the back, gradually
attenuated, and gently declivous, behind, margins reflexed at the apex ; on each elytron two
dorsal, broad, nearly smooth, costse ; the suture is also thickened ; the lateral margin is likewise
somewhat costiform ; the intervals, which are broader than the costse, form three shallow fur-
rows, which are somewhat densely irregularly granulous; both furrows and costae become effaced
at the base : the epipleura3 are very broad, vertical, smooth and shining ; the fold is also smooth,
broad at base (where it attains the humeral angle), it gradually, obliquely, and sinuously
narrows to the apex, and has a slightly flexuous elevated line running down its centre : under-
side pitchy nitid : abdomen feebly longitudinally rugose at the sides : prosternal process termin-
ating behind in a small reflexed mucro: legs rather slender; femora finely muricately
punctured ; tibiae more strongly and closely so, and shortly hispid ; hind tibiae feebly flexuous ;
first joint of hind tarsi as long as the last.
9 . Larger, more robust, less parallel, the punctuation, &c., stronger ; the sides of prothorax
slightly sinuate before the hind angle : elytra more abruptly declivous behind : hind tarsi
shorter.
Length $ 8^, ? 10 lines ; width of elytra across the middle <? 2f , ? 4 lines.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh.
PROSODES VICINA.
Very close to the preceding, from which it differs by its broader form ; the prothorax
underside, legs, &c., shining black; the apex of the prothorax distinctly emarginate; the
sides more narrowed anteriorly, the angles more broadly rounded : the elytra a little more
gradually declivous behind ; the dorsal costae more elevated, narrower, and, especially in the
$ , punctured and rugose ; the epipleurae are also distinctly rugulose : the antennae and legs
are stouter ; the middle joints of the former sub-moniliform ; and the prosternal process is more
feebly mucronate behind.
i 2
64 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Length <J 10 lines, ? 11 lines ; width of elytra across the middle 3 3^ lines,
lines.
Sind Valley.
CffiLOCNEMODES, n. g.
Habit of C&locnemis, Mann. Submentum rather strongly [pedunculate ; the sinus very
open, exposing the base of the maxilla, its outer angle feebly dentiform : mentum broader than
long, nearly plane, contracted posteriorly, sides and front angles broadly rounded from near
the base, coarsely rugosely punctured, nearly covering the ligula, which is strongly transverse,
and, apparently, broadly emarginate in front : last joint of labial palpi ovoid and truncate at
apex ; that of the maxillary feebly securiform : mandibles very thick, notched at apex :
antennas having the first seven joints coarsely punctured and hispid ; joint 3 elongate, equal to
4-5 united ; 4-7 equal, obconic ; 8-11 perfoliate, setose, clothed, except at the base, with a fine
silky yellowish pubescence ; 8-10 monilif orm, scarcely wider than long ; 11 longer and tapering
to an acute point : head transverse, sub-quadrate, but little contracted behind the cheeks ; not
prolonged behind the eyes : antennary orbits sub-angulate, prominent : epistoma rather short,
gradually narrowed to the front, which is broadly emarginate with the angles distinct : labrunn
strongly transverse, pilose, nearly entirely visible, very feebly emarginate in front, the
angles rounded : eyes very narrow, flat, obsoletely faceted, anterior margin entire : prothorax
moderately convex, a little wider than long ; sides well rounded, somewhat abruptly contracted
near the base, narrowly but distinctly channelled and transversely rugulose, finely margined ;
base and apex not margined, the latter arcuately emarginate, the angles broadly rounded, the
former truncated, the angles distinct but not prominent, and reposing on the shoulders of the
elytra : scutellum broadly triangular, penetrating between the elytra : elytra regularly convex,
scarcely wider at base than base of prothorax ; oblong-ovate, rapidly declivous behind, the apex
produced but scarcely mucronate ; shoulders depressed ; sides a little sinuous near the base,
gradually expanding to behind the middle : epipleurce broad; the fold attaining the humeral
angle, moderately broad, very gradually narrowed to the apex, which it attains : prosternal
process closely curved round the coxse, and broadly truncated behind : mesosternum declivous,
faintly concave : metasternum very short between the coxse ; the episterna narrow and but
little contracted posteriorly ; epimera distinct : intercoxal process broad, truncated in front,
angles rounded : legs moderate ; femora thickened outwardly, the 4 posterior a little com-
pressed, the anterior with a strong tooth on the upper edge near the apex; all the tibiae
rounded, the anterior not denticulate at outer edge, and having a curved excision near the
base on its inner side; the intermediate the same but more feebly: tibial spurs short, but
stout : tarsi channelled and briefly spinose beneath, the first joint of the posterior much
shorter than the last, upper surface granulous.
Notwithstanding its peculiar habit, this genus unquestionably belongs to the Blaptides.
As in this genus, so in many species of true Slaps, the ligula is almost entirely concealed by
the mentum. The structure of the antennae is entirely that of the genus Blaps, and most
closely approaches the form as seen in B. mortisaga, Linn. The short epistoma, leaving the
labium almost entirely uncovered, the unmargined base and apex of the prothorax, the hind
angles reposing on the shoulders of the elytra, also manifestly approach this genus to Blap.s,
COLEOPTEEA. 65
The form, &c., of the elytral epipleurse and its fold is nearly identical with what obtains in
most of the species of Prosodes. The dentate anterior femora have their counterpart in the
genus Dila, which, however, is of so widely different a habit that one cannot institute even a
comparison between the two genera. The peculiar and exceptionally narrow, flattened, and
obsoletely faceted eyes are also found in the genus Dila. The emargination at the base of the
anterior tibise, and the abbreviated first joint of the hind tarsi, are the most exceptional
characters, and show certain affinities in the direction of the Scaurides.
CCELOCNEMODES STOLICZKANTJS.
Obscure brownish black : head uneven, coarsely, but not deeply, punctured, with smaller
punctures on the interspaces ; the punctuation finer and somewhat granulous behind and
confluent on the front : epistoma separated from the front by an impressed arched line :
labrum lightly punctate and, together with the palpi, rufescent : prothorax having a broad
transverse sinuate impression near the hind margin, and with two or three f oveated depressions
on the disc ; covered with small granules, the sides being confluently granulose punctate :
scutellum densely and minutely punctulate : elytra rather closely sub-seriately punctured,
fainly transversely rugulose, and granulose ; the suture a little thickened and smoother :
epipleural fold sparsely muricately punctured : flancs of prothorax coarsely undulately rugose :
abdomen punctured : prosternal process finely sulcate down the centre : legs moderately
muricately punctured.
Length 10^ lines.
Murree.
Sub-Family— PIMELIINM.
TRIGONOSCELIS SETOSA.
Black, sometimes a little nitid ; more or less broadly oblong-ovate : head strongly trans-
verse, remotely punctured, briefly setose: epistoma and labrum more strongly and closely
punctured ; the former short, gradually obliquely contracted to the front, which is broadly
emarginate and with the angles distinct ; the latter feebly sinuately rounded in front, and
densely ciliate with longish bright rufous hairs : prothorax transverse, quadrate, more or less
gently convex, sometimes depressed on the disc (immature individuals ?) ; median line dis-
tinct, or not ; apex truncated ; front angles small, but prominent, acute, directed forwards ;
base, which is scarcely wider than the apex, sinuate, strongly so at the middle ; hind angles
a little outwardly directed ; sides more or less feebly rounded before the middle, very feebly
sinuate before the front angles, more strongly so towards the base ; near the base is a more
or less distinct, broad, transverse, somewhat sinuate, impression ; granulous, the granules not
densely placed, especially on the disc, where they are also smaller; each granule furnished
with a short black seta; everywhere finely margined: scutellum small, almost petiolate,
generally pubescent, or covered by the hairs which fringe the lower edge of the prothorax :
elytra more or less depressed above, more or less broadly oval, widest before the middle, or
not, more or less gradually declivous behind ; the apex rather strongly produced, and (con-
jointly) somewhat narrowly rounded ; base wider than base of prothorax, appearing more or
66 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
less strongly emarginate at each side as the shoulder is more or less advanced, which, in some
examples, is as strongly so as in Diesia Jcarelini, Fisch. ; usually with an angulate depression
behind the scutellum; variously granulose, each granule bearing a setiform hair, which is
longer or shorter, black or fuscous brown ; these granules are minute on the disc, larger
(almost tuberculiform) at the sides, more or less distinctly seriately arranged down the elytra,
moderately intervalled both longitudinally and transversely ; at two-thirds the width of the
elytron, from the suture, is placed a more or less distinct row of rather larger and more closely-
placed granules, with sometimes indications of two others, one between it and the suture, the
other between it and the margin ; the margin is closely, sub-serrately granulose, or tuberculose :
starting from the humeral angle a more or less flexuous elevated line obliquely traverses the
epipleura ; this line is always granulose at the base, and sometimes more or less minutely inter-
ruptedly so along its entire length ; above this line the epipleura is sparsely granulose, the
granules somewhat large at the base and apex, minute and more remote between ; the part of
the epipleura below the line is more or less smooth, except at the apex, where are a few small
granules. Underside and legs moderately, closely, and uniformly (a little largest on the femora)
granulose, and clothed with a fine cinereous pubescence : the four hind tibiae are hispid, and
outwardly fringed with long fuscous hairs ; the front tibiae are strongly triangular, the outer
apical angle dentiform, the outer edge finely numerously spinose or dentate1; tibial spurs long
and powerful, the inner one considerably longer than the outer : the four hind tarsi are fringed
with long fuscous (sometimes becoming a little rufescent) hairs at the sides, and with a tuft of
bright fulvous hairs at their tips beneath: antenna black, clothed with short hairs, the
last joints ferruginous and naked, except for a few long setse arising from near their base ;
last joint short, free, acuminate at apex : prosternal process horizontal, feebly convex, granu-
lose, more or less prominent and rounded behind.
Length 7 to 9^ lines ; width of elytra across the middle, 3^ to 4^ lines.
Kashgar to Kogyar.
A variable species, and showing affinities with the genus Diesia.
TEIGONOSCBLIS LACERTA.
Ovoid, black : head large, strongly transverse, a little tomentose,2 feebly remotely punc-
tured, granulose behind : epistoma broadly emarginate in front, angles distinct : labrum black,
middle of front emarginate, angles rounded, distinctly punctured : prothorax rather strongly
transverse, quadrate, depressed on the disc, and rather broadly so down the median line, apex
very faintly sinuate, angles somewhat prominent and acute ; sides moderately rounded ante-
riorly, sinuately contracted behind, base not wider than apex, sinuate, moderately so at the
middle ; hind angles slightly outwardly directed ; irregularly covered (sparsely on the disc)
with rather large, round or oval, flattened tubercles, these largest on the disc, smaller and closer
at the sides, the interspaces having a few scattered minute pointed tubercles : scutellum triangu-
lar, sub-petiolate, placed on the mesonotum : elytra oval, regularly convex, gently declivous
behind, apex a little produced and (conjointly) rounded: on each elytron five irregular
1 It is really tubercled with spines arising from their summit ; and when these spines get rubbed or broken off the edge appear*
to he dentate.
J Most probably, in fresh examples che entire surface is covered with a dull yellowish tomentum.
COLEOPTERA. 67
rows of from seven to nine generally rather large rounded and flattened tubercles, with
scattered minute granules on the interspaces, the apex being more closely tubercled; the
margins rather closely set with smallish, oblique, pointed setiferous, tubercles ; the carina
which traverses the epipleura is tubercled at base and apex and minutely denticulate between ;
the upper portion of the epipleura is studded (especially on its upper edge) with setiferous
tubercles, which are largest at the apex ; the lower portion is sparsely minutely granulose :
underside and legs densely tomentose ; four hind tibiae hispid, not fringed outwardly with
long hairs ; front tibiae strongly triangulate, the outer edge irregularly shortly spinose ; hind
tarsi not compressed, and with a few longish hairs outwardly ; the first joint as long as the
last : inner spur of the four hind tibiae nearly twice the length of the outer.
Length 1\ lines.
Yangihissar.
The following four species of Pterocoma form a distinct group in the genus, and are
distinguished by the third joint of the antennae much elongated ; the prosternum protuberant
in the front, leaving a more or less triangulate open space between it and the head ') ; its pro-
cess enormously produced, sometimes nearly entirely overlapping the mesosternum ; the elytra
have each three (with the exception of Pt. semicarinata) crenated, or tubercled, costae, besides
the marginal, the third uniting with the marginal just behind the shoulder.2 They all have
the true Pterocoma habit ; and the four hind tibiae are rounded.
PTEROCOMA TIBIALIS.
Black, somewhat nitid; the four hind tibiae distinctly rufescent : antennae slender, pilose, and
setose : legs also slender, spinose, and pilose : labrum notched in the midtdle of fore margin : head
feebly punctured and pilose: antennary orbits reflexed, rounded anteriorly: prothorax convex
slightly sinuately emarginatein front; the angles acute and prominent; base strongly sinuate,
the angles small and somewhat outwardly directed, sides feebly rounded; finely, especially on
the disc, and sparsely tuberculate, the tubercles erect, pointed, and setiferous: scutellum
minute : elytra with a more or less strong depression behind the scutellum ; the first costa
distinctly continued along the base to the scutellum ; the intervals between the costaa nearly
smooth, minutely remotely granulous, feebly concave, with a few long decumbent hairs :
epipleurse a little rougher, finely rugose granulate, the hairs shorter and denser : marginal
costa closely set with long pointed teeth: prosternal process coarsely corrugated.
Length 4f to 6J lines ; width of elytra across the middle 2f to 3f lines.
Neighbourhood of Sanju.
PTEROCOMA SERRIMARGO.
Smaller than the preceding, dull brownish black: four hind tibiae not distinctly rufescent.
Antennae shorter and stouter : labrum not notched in middle of fore margin : apex of protho-
rax not at all sinuate, the angles scarcely so prominent ; the base not so strongly sinuate as in
1 Lacerdaire has given the name of " mentonniere " to this form of prosternum.
1 The same is found in Lasiostola pubescens, Pall.
68 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
the preceding : scutellum larger : elytra not depressed behind the scutellum ; the first costa
not distinctly continued along the base to the scutelluoi; the intervals from near the base
clothed with a cinereous pubescence: prosternal process relatively broader, sparsely granulose.
Length 5£ lines ; width of elytra across the middle 3^ lines.
Kogyar.
PlEROCOMA CONVEXA.
More narrowly ovate, and more convex, than the preceding ; black, a little nitid ; thinly
clothed with fine cinereous pubescence and setose ; legs tomentose, finely setose, and pilose :
labrum entire in front : head and prothorax at bottom very finely, densely, and rugulosely
punctulate, and with scattered small setiferous tubercles, which are largest on the sides of the
latter ; apex of prothorax truncated; the base sinuate : elytra not depressed behind the scutel-
lum ; base a little emarginate at each side, rapidly declivous behind ; the intervals with scat-
tered minute punctures mixed with very small setiferous tubercles ; the first costa strongly
continued along the base to the scutellum : underside more densely tomentose and studded with
small setiferous tubercles : prosternal process not quite so strongly produced, and more pointed
behind than in the preceding, and rugosely tuberculate.
Length 5 lines ; width of elytra across the middle, 3 lines.
No locality given.
PTBBOCOMA SEMICARINATA.
Very broadly ovate, the elytra being almost rotundate ; black, slightly shining : labrum
emarginate in front, the angles very broadly rounded : head with a few rather large, shallow,
scattered punctures, most perceptible on the epistoma, and with some small setiferous tubercles
clustered above the eyes ; and others, still smaller, flattened, and not setiferous, on the crown :
prothorax slightly sinuate in front, the angles acute and prominent ; the sides studded with
setiferous tubercles, the disc having a few flattened tubercles which are distinctly umbilicate :
each elytron with a single costa placed half-way between the suture and the shoulder,
and extending but little beyond the half the length of the elytron ; this costa is furnished with
tubercles which are a little flattened at top, clustered two or three together at the base
they gradually thin out into single ones, and become smaller, behind ; it is also strongly con.
tinued along the base to the scutellum, the tubercles here being largest of all ; between this
costa and the side are indications of two other costse, the outer one being decidedly the most
distinct, these are composed of distant, very small, setiferous tubercles, there are also a few
exceedingly minute tubercles scattered on the intervals near the base, each carrying a short
seta; the marginal carina is composed of a double row of closely -set bluntish tubercles,
which gives to the margin a finely-crenulated appearance : there is no trace of pubescence on
the upper surface ; the underside is thinly pubescent, the abdomen neither granulose nor
tuberculate : prosternum very coarsely, deeply, and confluently punctured ; its process very
strongly produced, smooth and polished.
Length 6 lines ; width of elytra across the middle 4|- lines.
Yangihissar.
COLEOPTERA. 69
OCNEEA SUBL^VIGATA.
Habit of 0- imbricata, Fiscb. Black, more or less obscure, legs, etc., fuscous, antennae and
tarsi sometimes rufescent and clothed with ferruginous hairs, palpi and labium usually
reddish. Head large, minutely and sparsely muricately punctured, and with minute simple
punctures on the interspaces ; epistoma with a few coarse punctures at the sides and front :
labrum coarsely punctured anteriorly : prothorax quadrate, a little transverse, front angles
slightly prominent, sides very feebly rounded anteriorly, slightly, and sinuously, contracted
posteriorly ; sparsely furnished with small, round, somewhat flattened umbilicate granules, and
with some minute punctures scattered on the interspaces : elytra not wider at the base (which
is sinuous) than the base of the prothorax, regularly oval and convex, gradually declivous
behind, the apex a little produced ; on each elytra are seven more or less conspicuous rows of
varying, but never large, granules, these being generally somewhat oblique, and pointed behind ;
the 2nd, 4th, and 6th rows are the most apparent (the 6th being the most distinct of all), the
others being more or less (especially at the base) confused with the granules scattered in the
intervals ; the 6th row is also the most continuous (and the tubercles are placed more closely
together), extending from the shoulder to near the apex; the others are abbreviated behind,
where they are represented by minute distant granules ; the 4th and 6th converge towards
the base and are united at the shoulder ; the extreme outer margin is finely serrate ; the inter-
vals are plain, sparsely and very minutely granulose : the epipleurse are loosely granulose :
the flanks of the prothorax are sparsely granulose ; the pro- and meso-sterna are rather strongly
granulose ; the metasternum with its flanks, and the flanks of the mesosternum are very minute-
ly dispersedly granulose, and clothed with a fine cinereous tomentum : the abdomen, except in
the middle, is more or less coarsely punctured, and with scattered granules : the prosternal
process is broad, horizontal, and triangulate behind : the femora are rugose and granulous and
hispid ; the tibiae closely hispid, the posterior feebly sinuous ; the joints of the tarsi beneath
are furnished at the apex with a tuft of bright fulvous hairs.
Length 9 to 10 lines.
Kasbgar, Yangihissar.
Sub-family— PEVININJS.
Group— PLATT8CELIDES.
BIORAMIX, n. g.
$ . Head strongly transverse, front declivous to the epistomial suture ; epistoma very short,
broadly rounded, or truncated, in front ; the angles distinct, or not ; marked off from the front
by a well-impressed arched line : third joint of antennae as long as 4-5 united, or a little shorter :
prothorax variable, always transverse, not closely applied to base of elytra ; sometimes very
feebly convex and slightly narrowly depressed at the margins, or regularly convex direct from
the margins ; apex strongly emarginate with the angles prominent and loosely embracing the
head (asidioides) ; or very feebly emarginate, the angles depressed and more closely embrac-
ing the head ; front angle sometimes acute, or more or less rounded ; base either truncate,
or feebly emarginate, or sinuate, the angles prominent, or not, and either rectangular, obtuse,
or rounded ; sides sometimes more or less regularly rounded, or rounded in front and sub-
70 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
parallel, or sinuate (asidioides), behind: scutellum rather large; transverse; angulate, or
rounded, behind ; more or less exposed : elytra variable ; more, or less (asidioides), elongate- oval,
regularly convex, or depressed on the back (asidioides), more or less strongly declivous behind ;
shoulders prominent, or not, the angles distinct, or rounded; diffusely, or seriately, punctured ;
in the latter case (asidioides) the punctures are rather large and somewhat oblong, the inter-
vals being more finely punctured and alternately feebly costiform ; these punctures are more
(asidioides), or less (sometimes only to be detected at the apex), visibly setiferous, the setae
being very short, and erect only at the apex : epipleurse continuous with the sides, or (asidi-
oides) vertical and marked off from the sides by a well-defined costa, which extends from
the humeral angle to just within the apex ; epipleural fold more or less broad, always attaining
the humeral angle, which it sometimes reflects, and gradually somewhat curvedly narrowed
from the base to near the apex, which it does not quite attain : prosternal process more or less
horizontal, generally contracted and more or less vertical behind : intercoxal process truncate,
or rounded, in. front. The legs are less robust, and much less scabrous, and more finely
pilose, than in Platyscelis : the outer apical angle of the anterior tibiae is not dentiform ; the
hind tibiae are straight, or slightly curved (asidioides). The oral organs, and the tarsi (except
that the middle joints of the intermediate pair have the basal angles well rounded) do not
materially differ from the same parts in the genus Platyscelis.
$ . All the tarsi simple. Form generally a little more robust and convex, the elytra more
rounded at the sides, less nitid, the punctuation, &c., fainter, and the antennae a little shorter
and stouter.
BlORAMIX PAMIRKNSIS.
$ . Elliptic oval, black, a little nitid, underside and legs brunneous, antennae and palpi
rufescent : head finely irregularly punctured in front, coarsely punctured behind the eyes, finely
closely muricate punctate and pubescent behind ; broadly rounded in front ; epistoma very
short, the suture arched and well impressed ; labrum strongly transverse, very feebly emar-
ginate in middle of front margin, the angles broadly rounded, finely and densely punctured :
third joint of antennae nearly as long as 4-5 united : prothorax finely, sharply, and somewhat
uniformly punctured, gently convex direct from the lateral margins, not closely applied to
base of elytra, truncated at base and apex ; sides contracted anteriorly, sub-parallel from before
the middle to the base and finely bordered, base and apex still more finely bordered, but only at
each side ; hind angles rectangular ; front angles depressed, slightly obtuse : scutellum strongly
transversely triangular, densely punctured : elytra scarcely wider at base than base of pro-
thorax, shoulders broadly rounded, leaving a distinct open angle between them and the
prothorax ; sides very feebly rounded, attenuate and gently declivous behind ; moderately
but very distinctly punctured, and showing here and there slight indications of a longitu-
dinal seriate arrangement, faintly irregularly rugulose and alutaceous ; thinly hispid at the
apex and sides ; epipleurse very narrow, rounded ; the fold broad, gradually curvedly contract-
ed from humeral angle to near the apex ; the punctuation, &c., as on the elytra above, but
more closely and less cleanly : underside somewhat closely and very finely corrugated, and
appearing granulous on the flanks : abdomen finely imbricately rugulose, pilose, first segment
with a depression at the middle of its hind margin : intercoxal process rounded in front : front
and middle tibiae stout, moderately expanded outwardly, the front being also trigonal, the
outer edge sharp and a little sinuous ; hind tibiae larger than the others, and more feebly
COLEOPTERA. 71
expanded outwardly: three middle joints of intermediate tarsi broader than long; hind
angles rounded.
Length 5 lines.
Pamir from Sirikol to Panja.
BlORAMIX OVALIS.
Oval, less elongate, and relatively broader than the preceding : head more closely, and slight-
ly rugosely, punctured, not densely sub-muricately punctured, nor pubescent behind : prothorax
more transverse, a little less convex ; sides more rounded, distinctly, and slightly sinuately,
contracted behind, a little depressed at the margins, foveolate at each side the middle, the
punctuation not so clean, the angles distinctly more obtuse : elytra more rounded at the sides,
more convex, more abruptly narrowed, and more strongly declivous behind; punctuation
much finer and little less regular, with sometimes faint indications of costse : epipleural fold
less distinctly (sometimes obsoletely) punctured ; front tibiae a little more compressed, not
distinctly sinuate at outer edge : last ventral segment with a faint depression in the middle
of its upper margin.
Length 4| to 4| lines.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh.
BlORAMIX PUNCTICEPS.
Very near the preceding : differs in having the epistoma distinctly squarely truncated in
front, more densely punctate and rugose : prothorax still more strongly transverse, front angles
more obtuse, sides strongly rounded behind, effacing the hind angles : the elytra very faintly
punctured, the shoulders still more strongly rounded, consequently the middle of the base
of prothorax only impinges on the elytra : epipleural fold very finely rugulose, but not
visibly punctate : anterior tibiae distinctly more compressed, more triangulate, the outer
apical angle a little produced: front and middle tarsi (especially the latter) distinctly
narrower and more pilose.
Length 4 to 4^ lines.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh.
BlORAMIX ASIDIOIDES.
Very distinct from the three preceding species by its larger size, broader and more de-
pressed form, distinctly sertately punctate elytra, etc.
Oblong, oval, black, slightly nitid ; head sub-angulate in front, somewhat coarsely, but
not closely, punctured and a little rugose, more finely and closely so, and pubescent, behind :
epistoma very short, but the sides are well distinguished from the antennary orbits, the
angles being very distinct and nearly rectangular, the apex squarely truncated : third joint of
antennae as long as 4-5 united : prothorax transverse, somewhat depressed, its base rather
closely applied to the base of elytra, moderately punctured, the punctures each bearing a
short decumbent hair ; apex arcuately emarginate, the angles sub-acute ; base considerably
wider than apex, sinuate, the angle sub-acute and somewhat outwardly directed, although
i 2
72 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
reposing on the shoulders of elytra; sides gradually expanded from apex to the middle,
thence slightly and sinuately narrowed to the base ; margins irregularly depressed, and
transversely rugose ; a faint depression at each side the disc, and another within each hind
angle : scutellum small, triangular : elytra a little depressed above, more convex posteriorly
and somewhat rapidly declivous behind ; base a little wider than base of prothorax, slightly
sinuate, shoulders slightly rounded, sides gradually, but feebly, rounded to the middle, gra-
dually narrowed behind, on each elytron eight rows of punctures, more or less effaced at base,
sides, and apex ; intervals finely punctured, faintly transversely rugulose, the alternate ones
a little convex, especially towards the apex ; very finely and shortly hispid, most distinctly so
at sides and apex ; lateral margins costiform : epipleurae distinct ; the fold broad, gradually
curvedly narrowed from humeral angle to near the apex, faintly rugulose punctate : last
ventral segment with a broad depression in middle of front margin : front tibiae trigonal,
gradually, but not strongly, expanded outwardly ; outer edge a little sinuate : hind tibise
slightly curved : middle tarsi moderately expanded : intercoxal process truncated in front.
Length 6 lines.
Sind Valley.
CHIANALTJS, n. g.
Closely related to Bioramix ; differs in havingthe head longer and narrower, the epistoma
distinctly larger, and more produced anteriorly ; the elytra costate and clothed with short
erect hairs ; the epipleural fold continued to the apex ; the anterior tibiae finely denticulate
down the outer edge, the outer apical angle very strongly dentiform ; the intermediate tarsi
very feebly dilated, the joints being distinctly longer than wide. In both sexes the last ab-
dominal segment has a semi-circular depression in the middle of the basal margin.
CHIA.NALUS COSTIPENNIS.
$ . More or less oblong-ovate, dark brown, head and prothorax still darker, and nitid : head
but little wider than long, rather strongly and somewhat closely (except on the crown) punc-
tured, finely densely granulose punctate behind ; the front is declivous to the epistomal suture,
which is well marked and sub-angulate ; epistoma distinctly produced beyond the base of
antennae, broadly rounded anteriorly ; labrum strongly transverse, closely punctured, nearly
entire in front, the angles rounded : prothorax transverse, but little convex, sides well rounded,
a little uneven ; the margins narrowly irregularly depressed ; finely and not closely punctured,
lightly (almost obsoletely) impressed down the median line, usually with a slight foveate
depression at each side, and a distinct depression at each side at the base, half-way between
the middle and the angles ; apex narrower than base, lightly emarginate, front angles strong-
ly depressed, lightly rounded ; base faintly sinuately truncate, hind angles obtuse : scutellum
small, transversely triangular : elytra more or less oval, sides more or less rounded, generally
widest at the middle, suture costiform, and on each elytron four stout prominent, rounded costae,
the second and third united before the apex and continued thence as but one ; running down
each interval is also another costa, narrower and much less prominent ; both costae and inter-
vals are finely granulose-punctate, and transversely rugulose, and the entire surface is moder-
ately densely covered with short erect hairs : epipleural fold broad, very gradually narrowing
COLEOPTERA. 73
in a curve from the shoulders to the apex, which it narrowly attains, regularly but not closely
covered with very minute granules, but without trace of hairs : flanks of prothorax rather
closely undulately rugose and sparsely granulose : abdomen punctured and finely imbricately
corrugated : third joint of antennae as long as 4-6 united : tibiae densely hispid, compressed,
triangulate (the four anterior most strongly) ; the posterior straight.
? . More convex and robust ; the elytral costae all sub-equal.
Length $ 5^ lines — ? 5£ to 6 lines.
Width of elytra across the middle £ 2£ to 2J lines — ? 3 to 3J lines.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh.
MYATIS, n. g.
In this genus the head is again very short and transverse ; the epistoma is excessively
short, very broadly and squarely truncated in front, almost on a level with the insertion of the
antennae ; the impressed line, or suture, arcuate : prothorax gently convex, somewhat variable
as to its form, &c. ; generally it is curvedly contracted in front, sub-parallel, or faintly sinuate,
behind ; the apex very feebly emarginate ; the front angles obtuse ; base slightly sinuately
truncate, the angles acute : elytra oblong, gently convex, sides very feebly rounded, narrowed,
and moderately declivous, behind ; shoulders more or less oblique, the angle more or less
acutely prominent, sometimes dentiform : epipleural fold moderately broad, gradually narrow-
ed behind, not reaching the apex of elytra : the legs are slender ; the outer apical angle of
the anterior tibiae acutely dentiform ; the first joint of the anterior tarsi is relatively longer
than in the preceding genera, and the three first joints of the intermediate tarsi are (although
provided with a small brush beneath) scarcely at all dilated : the intermediate tibiee in the $
are thickened outwardly, and, as well as the posterior tibiae, are densely fringed within
•with silky golden-yellow hairs : the pro- and meso-sterna are not nearly so convex, or
protuberant, as in the other genera of the group : the prosternum between the coxse is
thickened at each side, and terminates behind in a short reflexed mucro : the elytra are
finely minutely hispid, most distinctly so at sides and at apex.
MYATIS HTIMERALIS.
Oblong, pitchy brown, head and prothorax nitid : the former rather finely punctured,
the punctuation a little closer, somewhat confluent, and pubescent at the sides and base ;
slightly irregularly foveolated between the eyes : epistoma broadly and squarely truncated,
and densely ciliate, in front ; the suture well marked : labrum rather closely punctured,
strongly pilose : third joint of antennae nearly as long as 4-5 united : prothorax gently convex,
very nearly as long as broad, finely evenly punctured, sides delicately margined, curvedly
expanded in front to before the middle, thence very slightly incurved to the hind angles,
which are prominent, sub-acute, and somewhat outwardly directed; apex truncated, front
angles a little depressed and rounded ; base a little sinuate at each side, broadly and very
gently rounded in the middle : scutellum strongly transverse, generally concealed by the short
dense hairs which fringe the base of the prothorax : elytra broader at base than base of pro-
thorax, oblong, sides feebly expanded to behind the middle, somewhat rapidly declivous be-
74 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
hind, minutely and not closely granulose-punctate, with distinct indications of strise, intervals
very faintly rugulose, and run over with very delicate sub -reticulate lines ; very faintly hispid ;
humeral angle very prominent, dentiform : epipleural fold finely sparsely granulous ; under-
side and legs of a lighter hrown : ahdomen closely, finely, sub-muricately corrugated, and
thinly clothed with a long yellowish pubescence ; the last joint in the $ with a depression
at the middle of its upper margin.
Length 4^ to 4-| lines.
No locality given.
MYATIS QUADRATICOLLIS.
Brown, of a much lighter shade than the preceding : head somewhat strongly punctured,
more distinctly foveolated between the eyes : prothorax distinctly transverse, dull-reddish
castaneous, clouded with dark brown, less evenly convex, irregularly foveolately depressed at
each side near the border, sides more contracted posteriorly, the hind angles not produced nor
outwardly directed ; base not distinctly sinuate at each side ; the punctuation distinctly
coarser at the sides : punctuation of elytra a little less clean and less distinct ; distinctly his-
pid at sides and apex, this very fine, short, and of a golden-yellow colour; humeral angle
prominent, but not dentiform : underside and legs of a paler reddish brown.
Length 4£ lines.
Between Leh and Yarkand.
MYATIS VARIABILIS.
Varying from light reddish to very deep dark brown : head less distinctly foveolated be-
tween the eyes than in the preceding : prothorax distinctly less transverse, and more uni-
formly brown, the punctuation stronger, the median line nearly always distinct and quite
smooth, more regularly and evenly convex, more rounded at the sides ; the hind angles are
rectangular, or are a little outwardly produced : the elytra are more parallel ; the humeral
angle is more or less distinct, but never prominent, the punctuation, &c., is a little closer and
stronger ; they are also more distinctly and uniformly hispid : the underside and legs vary
from very dark to pale-reddish brown.
Length 3^ to 4^ lines.
Between Yangihissar and Sirikol, and Sirikol and Sanju.
These three species are very close to each other, and I strongly suspect they really con-
stitute but one intensely variable species.
Sub-Family— OP A TRINJE.
Group— OPATRIDES.
OPATRUM KASHGARBNSB.
This species has been submitted to M. Miedel, who returns it as a new species belonging
to the rusticum (Oliv.) group.
Oblong, brown, little nitid : head broadly and sinuately rounded in front : epistoma
short, a little convex on the middle, notched, but not sharply angularly, in the middle of the
COLEOPTERA. 75
front margin, the angles being well rounded ; antennary orbits outwardly angulately produced
beyond the eyes ; finely granulose (the granules black), and thinly clothed with short scale-
like hairs of a golden-yellow color : prothorax gently convex, rather deeply curvedly emar-
ginate in front, front angles not produced, sub-acute ; sides a little reflexed, gently regularly
rounded ; base a little wider than apex, sinuate ; hind angles produced, acute, directed back-
wards ; the surface more distinctly and regularly granulose, &c., than the head : scutellum
semi- circular, finely granulose and pubescent : elytra a little wider at base than base of pro-
thorax ; oblong, slightly widest behind the middle ; shoulders distinct, very finely transversely
rugulose ; punctate-striate, the punctures being rather large ; intervals a little convex, very
finely and not at all densely granulose, each granule furnished with a short scale-like hair, as
in the prothorax, &c. : underside thinly clothed with a fine greyish-yellow pubescence : flanks
of prothorax rather strongly granulose, meso- and meta-sterna and their flanks more finely so :
abdomen finely granulose-punctate, and transversely rugulose : metasternum as long as the
first ventral segment : prostemum closely curved round the coxa? : anterior tibiae expanding
outwardly, finely muricately punctured and shortly setose : last joint of all the tarsi elongate :
antennae reddish, thickening outwardly, joint 3 nearly as long as 4-6 united, 8-10 trans-
verse and gradually broader, 11 large, ovoid.
Length 4J lines.
Kashgar.
OPATETJM OCHTHEBIOIDES, Eauvel.
Dras, Kargil, and Leh.
PENTHICUS (LOBODERTJS) GRACILIS.
I have submitted this species to M. J. Miedel, of Liege, who for the past five years has
been engaged on a critical examination of the Opatrides : he returns it to me as a species
distinct from the rufescens of Mulsant, and has furnished me with the following differential
characters : —
Than rufescens — larger : prothorax more contracted posteriorly, the sides consequently
are sub-angulated in the middle, front angles more pointed ; the punctuation, &c., different ;
in gracilis the prothorax is somewhat closely, uniformly, and finely punctured on a very
minutely granulose ground, and at each side the disc are some irregular foveate depressions :
in rufescens the middle of the prothorax is somewhat sparsely covered with fine, but well-
marked, punctures on a smooth ground, the punctuation on the sides being stronger and
closer : the elytra in gracilis are more gradually (longuement) attenuated behind, but not
more pointed at the apex ; very faintly sulcated, the intervals somewhat sparingly covered
with very minute granules and showing a line of small shallow punctures ; there is also
a line of very minute punctures down by the suture : in rufescens the elytra are visibly
although very finely, punctate-striate, the intervals being finely, transversely, unequally ru-
gulose : the abdominal segments in gracilis are somewhat thinly covered with very small
granules, arranged in almost transverse lines ; whilst in rufescens they are well punctured :
the legs and antennae are similar in both species, except that joints 3 to 7 of the latter are
more elongate in gracilis.
Length of gracilis, 4^ lines.
Length of rufescens 2f to 3f lines.
Kogyar,
76 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Sub-Family— HETEROTARSIN&.
Qronp—PHOBELIIDES.
LYPROPS INDICUS, Wiedm.
Jhelam Valley.
Sub-Family— HEL OPIN&.
QTOV.V—ADELIIDES.
L^NA LACORDAIKEI, Marseul.
Sind Valley.
Family— CISTELIDM.
Sub-Family— CISTELIN&.
QTOUV—CISTELIDES.
ALLECULA (DIETOPSIS) COSTIPENNIS.
Elongate, narrow, chocolate-brown, head and prothorax of a little deeper tint ; underside
with a reddish tinge, and shining : head closely and finely punctured, pubescent ; a foveate
depression between the eyes : epistoma long, convex, expanding anteriorly, apex squarely
truncated ; labrum strongly transverse, entire and ciliate in front, with the angles rounded.;
last joint of maxillary palpi very broadly cultriform : antenna? sub-filiform, joints 3-11 of
nearly equal length, obconic, apex of 11 narrowly rounded : prothorax convex, transverse,
narrowed in front, sides parallel, front angles broadly rounded, base lightly sinuate, the
angles obtuse ; finely and uniformly punctured, lightly impressed down the median line, a
foveate impression at each side the median line, broadly impressed at each side at the base :
scutellum large, rounded behind, closely punctured, and lightly keeled down the centre :
elytra at base broader than the base of prothorax ; shoulders well rounded ; strongly crenate-
striate, the intervals convex, sparsely and very minutely punctulate, each puncture bearing a
very fine, minute, pale decumbent hair : the sterna are all very finely and densely punctured
and transversely rugulose, their flanks rather closely punctured, the punctures rounded and
well marked : abdomen and legs very finely uniformly punctured and pubescent : tarsi with
the third and fourth joints of the two front pairs lamellated, the penultimate joint only in
the hind pair.
Length 5 lines ; width of elytra across the middle 1| lines.
Murree.
Group— CTENIOPIDES.
HTPOCISTELA, n. g.
Near Cteniopm, from which it differs in having the third joint of the antennae but little
more than half the length of the fourth, and, as well as joints 3-6, obliquely truncated at
apex : the palpi slender, the last joint, both of labial and maxillary, elongate, oval, and not
COLEOPTERA. 77
truncated at tip : the eyes larger, more approximate beneath, and very coarsely faceted : the
prothorax not curvedly narrowed to the front, and decidedly narrower at hase than the base
of the elytra.
HYPOCISTELA TENUIPES.
Pale testaceous, legs yellow, antennae palish brown, eyes and tips of mandibles black,
head fuscous behind. The entire upper surface is uniformly and very minutely punctulate
and rugulose, and finely pubescent : elytra delicately striated : flanks of prothorax, breast,
and abdomen, clouded with fuscous.
Length 3^ lines.
Kogyar.
Family— LAGRIID^.
Sub-Family— LA GEIIN&.
LAGEIA INDICOLA.
Form, size, and colour of L. glabrata, Oliv. The eyes are silvery grey with an oblique
fuscous spot above : antennae moderately stout, filiform, last joint elongate, straight, cylin-
drical, and pointed at apex : prothorax broader at base than at apex, very feebly rounded at
the sides, somewhat shining piceous, the front and hind margins reddish ; a broad transverse
impression before the base ; feebly punctate, and, together with the head, clothed with a
longish fuscous pilosity : elytra delicately striated, distinctly uniformly punctured, and irregu-
larly transversely wrinkled : underside, femora, and antennas, pitchy brown : tibiae and tarsi
paler.
Length 4£ lines.
Murree.
Family— MEL QIDM.
Sub-Family— MELGINM.
MELOE SERVULTJS.
Small, black, with a faint bluish tinge on the elytra: antennae shining black, compact,
a little thickened towards the apex, joints obconic, 5-6-7 shorter than 3-4 or than 8-10,
10 somewhat cylindric, 11 elongate and tapering to the apex : head large, convex, distinctly
and rather uniformly, but not closely, punctured : prothorax rather small, transverse,
quadrate, all the angles rounded, base arcuately emarginate, punctured like the head, and
with a distinct f oveate depression at each side the disc : elytra faintly reticulately rugulose,
somewhat scrobitulate on the epipleurse; dehiscent from one-third their length, and some-
what gradually curvedly contracted to the apex, which is narrowly rounded ; base emarginate
at each side, shoulders obliquely rounded : abdomen above faintly transversely rugulose, and
very sparingly minutely punctulate.
Length 3f lines.
No locality given.
78 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Sub-Family— CA NTH A RIN&.
Qronv—MYLABRIDES.
MYLABRIS SID^E, Fab., Marseul.
Sind Valley. Murree.
MYLABBIS MACILENTA, Marseul.
Murree.
Group— CANTHAB1DES.
CANTHARIS ANTENNALIS.
Sind Valley.
i
EriCATJTA HAAGI.
s . Head dull red, with a large, smooth, blood-red callosity at the base of each antenna ;
strongly and closely punctured, a short, fine, elevated line running down the middle of the
crown ; scantily clothed with fine black hairs at the sides and behind ; epistoma more or less
clouded with black, broadly and feebly sinuately truncated in front, less densely punctured
than the head ; labrum entirely black, sinuous in front, punctured like the epistoma : antennge,
excepting the two basal joints which are red above, black, strongly depressed, the joints
longitudinally excavated on their inner side ; joint 3 elongate, triangulate, 4-6 much shorter,
and becoming gradually narrower, 3-7 more or less strongly obliquely emarginated at apex,
with the inner angle produced, 8-10 of nearly equal length, but becoming gradually narrower,
truncated at apex, 11 longer and narrower than 10, cylindric and rounded at apex, the outer
joints densely clothed with cinereous pubescence : prothorax black, a little nitid, slightly longer
than wide, convex, a strong depression at the middle of the base ; sides a little rounded before
the middle, strongly narrowed anteriorly from before the middle, very gradually, and but little,
contracted posteriorly ; closely and deeply punctured, and pilose ; sides, apex, and median line
usually clothed with dull yellowish-white decumbent hairs : elytra dull black ; base consider-
ably wider than base of prothorax, divaricate nearly from the base, the apex obliquely rounded ;
very finely and densely granulose and transversely rugulose, clothed with short decumbent
black hairs ; the margins entirely bordered with a line of dull yellowish-white interwoven hairs,
and there is also, in fresh examples, a dorsal stripe of the same : underside and legs shining
black, and, except the last ventral segment, more or less thickly clothed with hairs of the same
character as those that border the elytra ; last ventral segment triangulately excised at apex :
anterior femora with the usual sericeous hairy spot at the emargination near the apex ; the front
tibiae are also emarginated at the middle within and excavated down the inner side, this
is filled in with the like silky-golden pubescence : tarsi simple, the first joint of the anterior
swollen on the inner side.
$ . Smaller ; the callosities on the head feebler : antennae shorter, slightly attenuated out-
wardly i joint 3 elongate, 4-6 much shorter, 3-7 more or less slightly obliquely truncated at
apex, 8-10 equal, cylindric, 11 longer, rounded at tip : front legs as in the s but weaker : last
ventral segment more feebly excised at apex.
Length s 9 to 10 lines, ? 7^ lines.
Murree.*
* Dr. Haag, who is at the present time engaged on a monograph of this group, has examined and pronounced this species to be unde-
scribed. Mr. C. O. Waterhouse of the British Museum also states that it is quite distinct from any species described by himself (in Trans.
Ent. Soc. London 1871, pp. 405-8), or by Hope.
COLEOPTERA.
79
Gronp— SITARIDES.
SITARIS (CRIOLIS) PECTORALIS.
Shining testaceous, tips of mandibles, eyes, scutellum, meso- and meta-sterna, and their
flanks, black ; middle and hind coxae shining black : antennae filiform, last 7 joints fuscous
black, last joint elongate and tapering to a point : head broadly triangulate, convex, smooth,
faintly punctate : the epistoma is separated from the front by a deeply-impressed arched line,
and is in a lower plane than the front : labrum impressed on the disc, notched in front : eyes
strongly transverse, rather narrow, not prominent : prothorax convex, transverse, sides rounded,
and broadest, in the middle ; somewhat abruptly and strongly contracted anteriorly, less so
posteriorly ; faintly punctured : scutellum closely punctured, narrowly rounded behind ; the
part placed on the mesonotum is broad, faintly costate down the middle, and with a thickened
border at each side of a cinnamon-brown colour : elytra somewhat of a pale-cinnamon colour;
tapering gradually behind, and dehiscent from about a third of their length ; thinly clothed
with a fine, silky, greyish pubescence, and with two or three slightly flexuous costae, the outer
one less distinct : upper division of the tarsal claws closely finely pectinated.
Length 4f lines.
Kogyar.
COLEOPTERA HETEROMERA.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.
Fig. 1. Syaefiis himalaicus.
2. Ascelosodis ciliatus,
3. „ grandis.
4. „ intermeiiius.
5. Anatolica montivaga.
6. Microdera parvicollis.
7. Cyphogenia plana.
8. „ humeratis.
9. Blaps perlonga.
1 0. „ indicola.
11. Prosodes trisulcata.
12. Ccelocnemodes sloliczkanus.
Fig. 13. Trigonoscelis lacerta.
„ 14. Plerocoma serrimargo.
„ 15. „ semicarinata.
„ 16. Bioramiif asidioides $.
„ 16. Idem, anterior tarsus.
„ 17. C/iianalus costipennis.
„ 18. Myatis humeralis.
„ 19. Penlhicus (Loboderus) gracilis.
„ 20. JJypocistela tenuipes.
„ 21. Meloe servulus.
,, 22. Epicauta haagi $ .
Government of India Central Printing Office. —No. 16 D. G. S.— 13-1 1-90.— 276.
'DEPffAGA
Purktss.dcl elhlh
1
Hxnhart i
HETEROMERA.
Plate II.
Edwin Wilson dd.etlith
Bros, i
mp .
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OP THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
HYMENOPTERA.
BY
FEEDEEICK SMITH,
ZOOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, BBITI8H M1TBEI7M.
iJublishcb by ovber of the dobcrmnent of Inbta.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1878.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OP
THE SECOND TARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
HYMENOPTERA.
BY
FREDEBICK SMITH,
ZOOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, BRITISH MUSEUM.
•Publishcb tm orkr of the (Soucrmncnt of Inbia.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVEBNMENT FEINTING.
1878.
CALCUTTA i
PRINTED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING,
8, HASTINGS STREET.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OP
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION,
HYMENOPTERA.
BY FREDERICK SMITH, Zoological Department, British Museum.
THE collection made by Dr. Stoliczka while attached to the Second Yarkand Expedition
contains sixty-three species, only nine of which appear to have been previously describ-
ed ; among them are species belonging to the families, Andrenidce, Apidce, Formicidce,
Myrmicida, Scoliadcs, Pompilida}, Sphegidce, JJarridce, Eumenidce, Vespidce, Tenthredinidce,
and Ichneumonid(B.
Tribe— ANTHOPHILA (Latr.)
Division 1— SOLITARIES.
fsaa^—ANDRENIDJE.
1. PROSOPIS FERVIDTTS.
Femina. — P. atra,frontemaculata, tibiis omnibus Jlavo-annulatis ; abdommis segmentorum
marginibus rufo-testaceis.
Black ; the head closely and finely punctured ; a yellow line on each side of the face
along the margin of the eyes ; the flagellum of the antennae fulvous, slightly fuscous above.
Thorax punctured above and shining ; the metathorax rugose in the middle of its base ; the
collar, tubercles, tegulse, the anterior tibiae and tarsi, the intermediate and posterior tibise at
their base, and their tarsi, yellow ; the wings hyaline and iridescent ; their nervures towards
the base pale testaceous, beyond, fuscous.
Abdomen shining, very finely and closely punctured ; the apical margins of the segments
rufo-testaceous. Female, length 2f lines.
Hab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August.
The genus Prosopis has a wide geographical distribution. Species occur both in the
Old and New World ; in Europe not less than forty species are found. The genus also occurs
in Egypt, at Natal, and in the Cape of Good Hope; in Australia it is plentiful, and
2 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
it has been found in New Zealand. In the New World it appears to be most plentiful in the
United States, Mexico and California ; but in tropical localities only two or three species
have, to my knowledge, been discovered.
The habits of these bees, as far as those of the European species have been observed, are
to form their burrows in dead sticks, in the pith of which they excavate their tunnels.
2. LAMPROCOLLETES PEREGRINTJS, Tig. 5.
Femina. — L. capite tlioraceque nigris, abdomine chalybeo, alls fusco-liyalinis.
Head and thorax black ; the face with silvery white pubescence, as well as the thorax
anteriorly and posteriorly above ; the head beneath, a band between the wings, and the legs
covered with black pubescence; wings fusco-hyaline, the anterior wings darkest, and
having a violet iridescence ; at their base they are subhyaline. Abdomen ovate and of a dark
shining steel-blue ; the apical segments with black pubescence. Female, length 5 to 5^ lines.
Sab. — Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. Taken in April.
All the species of this genus, previous to that here described, have been from Australia ;
about twenty have been described.
3. ANDRENA FAMILIARIS, Fig. 3.
Mas. — A. atra, pallide villosa, abdominis segmentis tribus basalibus pallide ritfo-
marginatis.
Black; the face and cheeks with a pale fulvous pubescence; the flagellum of the
antennae f usco-ferruginous beneath ; the thorax has a similar pubescence ; the coxae and
femora rufo-piceous ; the tibiae and tarsi pale testaceous yellow ; the wings hyaline and
iridescent ; the nervures and the stigma pale rufo-testaceous. Abdomen oblong-ovate, with a
thin short pale pubescence ; the apical margins of all the segments testaceous, those of the
three basal segments pale ferruginous ; beneath entirely pale rufo-testaceous. Male, length
4| lines.
Hab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May.
4. ANDRENA FLORIDTJLA, * Fig. 4.
Mas. — A. nigra, cinerascenti-pilosa, tibiis tarsisque posticis fulvis ; abdomine nitido,
segmentorum marginibus testaceis.
Black ; the head, thorax and legs with long thin cinereous pubescence ; the flagellum of
the antennse fulvous beneath ; the mandibles ferruginous at their apex. Thorax ; the wings
hyaline and iridescent ; the nervures and stigma rufo-testaceous ; the legs dark rufo-piceous
the posterior tibiae and tarsi fulvous, and clothed with silvery pubescence. Abdomen oblong ;
ovate ; the apical margins of the segments testaceous, and with a thin fringe of whitish pubes-
cence ; the apex fulvo-testaceous. Male, length 4 lines.
Sab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, all in Ladak ; August to September.
This is a genus the geographical distribution of which is very extensive ; the species are
found in all parts of Europe, ranging north into Lapland. Numerous species have been found in
1 This name is misprinted Jloricula on the plate.
HYMENOPTERA. 3
the Azores, in Madeira, Cape de Verd Islands, and in Egypt ; a few have occurred in Northern
India, China, and Japan. In Australia and New Zealand they appear to be very rare ;
no species has, to my knowledge, been found in South America, but they are found in Mexico,
jmd are plentiful in North America.
All the species appear to construct their nests in tunnels excavated in the ground.
Family—
5. OSMIA LABORIOSA, Fig. 6.
Femina. — 0. nigra, pube fulva vestita ; abdominis segmentis rufo-marginatis ; pedibus
ferrugineis.
Black ; head shining and finely punctured ; the scape of the antennae, the anterior
margin of the clypeus, and the mandibles, ferruginous; the latter tridentate, the teeth black;
the face and the vertex with fulvous pubescence. The thorax has a fulvous pubescence, which
is usually more or less abraded above ; the mesothorax closely punctured, more strongly so
than the head ; the legs bright ferruginous, with the coxae black ; wings fulvo-hyaline at
their base, and fuscous beyond the base of the first submarginal cell ; the tegulae and nervures
at the base of the wings ferruginous, becoming nigro-fuscous beyond. Abdomen closely
punctured ; the basal segment above, and the apical margins of the second and third segments
broadly ferruginous ; all the segments fringed with fulvous pubescence ; beneath, densely
clothed with fulvous pubescence. Female, length 4J lines.
Hob. — Taken in May, in the neighbourhood of Yarkand.
This genus is numerous in species, but it appears only to be found, in any abundance,
in temperate climates ; nearly one hundred species are known, about half of these are European ;
several are found in North Africa, and they occur plentifully in North America.
6. MEGACHILE EESCINDUS.
Femina. — M. pallide pubescens, abdomine subcordato, segmentorum marginibus pallide
fulvis, subtus fulvo-villosis.
Black ; the face covered with fulvous pubescence, that on the cheeks paler ; the man-
dibles with three ferruginous blunt teeth. Thorax ; the pubescence on the disk short and
thin, at the sides it is more dense, long and pale fulvous, that on the legs is very pale and
glittering above ; on the basal joint of the tarsi beneath it is bright fulvous ; the claws of
the tarsi ferruginous; wings sub-hyaline, the nervures fusco-ferruginous. Abdomen; a
little pale fulvous pubescence on the apical margin of the basal segment ; on the following
segments it is fulvous, and very dense and bright on the segments beneath. Female, length
6 lines.
Male. — Black, with the anterior legs ferruginous ; their coxse armed with an acute black
tooth ; a dark stain on the femora and tibiae behind, the tarsi dilated and fringed behind with
very pale curled pubescence. The face covered with dense yellowish white pubescence ;
on the thorax above it is thinner, shorter and brighter ; wings hyaline, with a faint cloud at
their apical margin ; the metathorax has a cinereous pubescence. Abdomen ; the segments
4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
fringed with pale fulvous pubescence ; the margin of the apical segment emarginate ; the
emargination denticulate. Length 6J lines- In this species the head is a little wider than
the thorax, and narrowed behind the eyes.
Hab. — Taken in May, in the neighbourhood of Yarkand.
7. MEGACHILE FTJLVA.
Femina. — M. atra, thorace abdomineque hirsutisfulvo-aureis, pedibusferrugineis.
Black ; the mandibles, scape of antennae, and the legs ferruginous ; the coxae, trochanters,
and tips of the mandibles, black ; densely covered with fulvous pubescence, sparingly so
on the vertex and basal margins of the intermediate abdominal segments ; the pubescence
on the legs is short and thin ; the anterior wings flavo-hyaline towards their base, beyond
which they are fuscous ; the nervures ferruginous at the base of the wings, beyond the stigma
they are rufo-fuscous ; the tegulae ferruginous. Eemale, length 7^ lines.
Taken on the Yarkand Expedition ; the precise locality not known.1
8. MEGACHILE DENTIVENTEIS.
Mas. — M. pallide pubescens ; abdominis apice denticulate ; tarsis rufis.
Black ; the face densely covered with white pubescence, that on the cheeks is also white,
but shorter and less dense ;• on the vertex it is pale fulvous ; the mandibles stout and bidentate
the teeth rufo-piceous, the apical one black at the tip. The thorax and legs with white
pubescence ; the anterior femora and tibiae in front, and all the tarsi bright ferruginous ;
the anterior coxae armed with a stout spine ; wings hyaline, the anterior pair faintly clouded
at their apical margin ; the nervures ferruginous ; the tegulae black. Abdomen ; the apical
margins of the segments fringed with very pale fulvous-white pubescence; that at the
sides, and beneath, is white ; the apical segment with four teeth on its margin. Male, length
5 lines.
Sab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May.
9. MEGACHILE SEBEATA.
Mas. — M. pallide pubescens, abdomine oblongo, ano inflexo, spinuloso.
Black; the face with pale fulvous pubescence, that on the cheeks cinereous; the
antennae fulvous beneath. Thorax clothed above with pale fulvous pubescence ; at the sides,
beneath, and on the legs, it is cinereous ; the tarsi ferruginous, with the basal joint of the
intermediate and posterior pairs, black above ; the anterior coxae dentate ; wings hyaline,
the anterior pair slightly clouded at the apex, the nervures ferruginous, the tegulae black.
Abdomen oblong, obtuse at the apex ; the two basal segments with pale fulvous pubescence ;
the apical margins of the segments fringed with pale pubescence ; the apical segment clothed
with short pale pubescence, its margin serrated ; beneath, the apical segment is produced
into a large triangular process, acute at its apex. Male. Length 5 lines.
Hab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May.
1 Probably, like some other specimens without labels, this may have been from the hills south of Yarkand.
HYMENOPTEEA. 5
10. MEGACHILE VIGILANS.
Pemina. — M. pallide pubescens ; abdomine subtus argentco-villosulo, segmentorum mar-
ginibus dorsalibus pallido-fasciatis.
Black ; the face clothed with dense white pubescence ; the mandibles with four blunt
teeth. The pubescence on the thorax and legs whitish, that on the tarsi beneath fulvous ;
wings hyaline, the nervures black. Abdomen subcordate, the basal segment deeply concave,
the metathorax rounded and fitting into the cavity, the abdomen curving upwards, the
apical margins of the segments with fasciae of white pubescence ; beneath, densely clothed
with silvery-white pubescence. Eemale, length 4| lines.
Hab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, all in Ladak. (August and September.)
This genus is perhaps the most numerous in species of all the genera of bees ; it is
also the most cosmopolitan ; about three hundred species are known ; they occur both in
temperate and tropical climates ; about fifty are known to inhabit India, China, and the islands
of the Eastern Archipelago ; they are abundant in Australia, also in both North and South
America.
A large number are, from their habit of lining their nests with pieces of leaf, popularly
called leaf -cutting bees, but their habits vary ; nests of Indian species prove that some
species belong to the section of mason-bees, their nests being constructed of agglutinated
particles of sand or mud ; of the habits of the Australian species, we are at present ignorant.
11. ANTHIDIUM VIGILANS, Fig. 7.
Eemina. — A . atrum, capite thoraceque flavo-variegatis ; abdominis maculis lateralibus
flavis. Mas. — A. abdominis inflexi lateribus fasciculato-pilosis, ano septemdentato.
Black; the head and thorax very closely punctured and subopaque, the abdomen
shining and more finely punctured. The clypeus, base of the mandibles, and a line on the
posterior margin of the vertex, interrupted in the middle, yellow. A stripe on each side of
the thorax in front, and an interrupted line on the posterior margin of the scutellum
yellow ; the femora at their apex beneath, and the tibiae and tarsi outside, yellow ; wings
sub-hyaline, the marginal cell with a fuscous stripe at its anterior margin. Abdomen ; each
segment with a transverse yellow lateral macula ; beneath, clothed with bright pale fulvous
pubescence. Eemale, length 5J lines.
The male is considerably larger than the female and is much more pubescent, but is
marked with yellow in the same manner, the yellow stripes on the abdomen being broader
and forming interrupted bands; the segments have at their lateral margins a floccus of
whitish glittering pubescence ; the apical segment is tridentate, the lateral teeth yellow, the
central one smaller and black ; there is also a tooth at the lateral margins of the fifth and
sixth segments. Male, length 7 lines.
Sab. — The locality of the male is the neighbourhood of Yarkand, and although the precise
locality of the female is not ascertained, there is a sufficient general resemblance between
the sexes to justify uniting them as one species.
The genus Anthidium has a wide geographical distribution ; species are found in Europe,
Arabia, Syria, Algeria, Cape of Good Hope, Sierra Leone. About six species are known from
6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
India, but I have not seen any from China, the islands of the Eastern Archipelago, nor from
Australia ; the known number of species is about one hundred.
12. CBOCISA HISTRIO, Fabr.
Nomada kistrio, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, 345.
Melecta histrio, Latr., Hist. Nat. Crust, et Ins., iii.
Fabr., Syst. Piez., 385.
Spin., Ins. Ligur., i, 153.
Crocisa histrio, Latr., Gen. Crust, et las. iv, 172.
St. Fargv Hym., ii, 454.
Eversm., Bull. Mosc., xxv, 104.
Sab. — Taken in the neighbourhood of Yarkand, also at Yangihissar. Found also in
Southern France, Russia and Algeria.
13. CBOCISA INTEUDENS, Fig. 8.
Femina. — C. nigra, capite, thoraceque, pedibusque albo variegatis, scutello emarginato.
Black ; the face and cheeks covered with dense snow-white pubescence, on the vertex
it is shorter and thinner; the clypeus porrect, the mandibles ferruginous. The anterior
margin and sides of the thorax covered with white pubescence ; the mesothorax with three
spots anteriorly, the central one oblong, the other two ovate ; also two quadrate spots
posteriorly, of white pubescence ; the scutellum deeply emarginate and having a little white
pubescence in the emargination ; the tibia3 white outside ; wings hyaline, their apical
margins slightly clouded. Abdomen, a broad band of white pubescence at the base and
a narrower one on the apical margin of the segments, all slightly interrupted in the
middle. Female, length 3J lines.
Hob. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May.
This genus of bees is not numerous in species ; only about twelve are at present known,
but their distribution is extensive ; they have occurred in Europe, North Africa, Natal, South
Africa, Ceylon, India, in various islands of the Eastern Archipelago, China, and Australia.
14. ANTHOPHOEA VIGILANS.
Mas. — A. nigra, pallide villosa, thorace flavescente, abdominis segmentis pallido-mar-
ginatis.
Black; the mandibles, labrum, anterior margin of the clypeus, and a central line
uniting with it, white ; the tips of the mandibles rufo-piceous, and two minute black spots
at the base of the labrum ; the pubescence on the face yellowish white, the thorax with
similar pubescence above ; the posterior tibiae and tarsi with white pubescence. Abdomen ;
the apical margins of the segments pale testaceous and having fascia? of white pubescence.
The wings clear hyaline. Male, length 5 lines.
Hub. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, all in Ladak.
HYMENOPTERA. 7
15. ANTHOPHORA SENBX.
Mas. — A. atra,pallide villosa, facie antice labroque flams ; pedlbus intermediis elongatis.
Black ; the face as high as the insertion of the antennae, the labrum, and scape of the
antennas in front, yellow ; the pubescence on the head pale fulvous, whitish on the clypeus.
Thorax pubescent ; the pubescence faintly yellowish, that on the legs long and ragged ;
the tarsi testaceous, except the basal joint ; the intermediate legs elongate, the fifth joint
densely fringed with black pubescence, forming a thick brush ; the apical joint of the tarsi
rufo-piceous. Abdomen thinly covered with pale pubescence ; the margins of the segments
pale testaceous. Male, length 5J lines.
Hab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand and Yangihissar. Taken in April.
This genus is cosmopolitan, not less than one hundred and fifty species are known ; of
these twelve are from India.
16. XYLOCOPA NITIDIVENTRIS, x Fig. 10.
Femina. — X. nigra, tliorace supra pube Jlava decorata, tibiarum posticarum apicibus tarsis-
que omnibus pube ferruginea vestitis, alls nigro-fuscis iridescentibus.
Black ; the pubescence on the head black ; very closely punctured and opaque. Thorax,
clothed above with bright pale yellowish pubescence ; on the sides, beneath, and on the
femora and tibiae, it is black ; that at the apex of the posterior tibiae and on all the tarsi,
bright fulvo-ferruginous ; that on the anterior tarsi mixed with a little black on the first
joint ; wings fuscous, palest towards their base, and having a violet iridescence in certain
lights. Abdomen very smooth and shining, and also very convex, being subglobose;
beneath, the apical margins of the segments are narrowly ferruginous, the two sub-apical
ones being fringed with bright ferruginous hairs. Female, length 7-J lines.
Hab. — Taken in May, in the neighbourhood of Yarkand.
17. XYLOCOPA DTJBIOSA, Fig. 9.
Mas. — X. nigra, fulvo-pubescente ; facie antice labioque flavis ; abdomine ovato, con-
vexiusculo, segmentorum marginibus fulvo fasciatis.
Black; the head, thorax, and the base of the abdomen densely clothed with fulvous
pubescence ; the face below the insertion of the antennae and the labrum, yellow ; the
anterior margin of the latter black; the tarsi ferruginous; wings fulvo- hyaline, slightly
fuscous towards their apical margins ; the nervures ferruginous, the costal nervure blackish.
Abdomen ovate, truncate at the base, convex, shining and finely punctured; the apical
margins of the segments with a narrow fringe of fulvous pubescence, more or less interrupted
in the middle ; the sixth and seventh segments covered with fulvous pubescence. Male,
length 7^ lines. Probably the male of X. nitidiventris.
Taken in April, at Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan.
1 Represented on the plate as -2T. dubiosa- ?
8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
18. XYLOCOPA CONVEXA.
Femina. — X. nitida, nigra ; alls nigro-fuscis violaceo splendide micantibus ; abdomine
convexo.
Black and shining ; the head not closely but rather finely punctured ; the front with
short dense black pubescence ; the margins of the clypeus raised and shining, and with a
central shining carina ; the flagellum, except the basal joint, obscurely fulvous beneath. The
disk of the mesothorax and the base of the scutellum smooth, shining, and impunctate ; the
sides, beneath, and the legs, with black pubescence ; wings with a beautiful blue, violet
and green iridescence. Abdomen very convex, with fine distant punctures ; the sides
and apex with black pubescence. Female, length 9 to 10 lines.
SLab. — Kugiar, 90 miles south of Yarkand. Taken in May and June.
Xylocopa, has an universal distribution ; in my monograph of the genus, published in
1874, one hundred and twenty-three species are registered ; the number has been slightly
increased since that time. In India twenty species have been found.
Division 2— SOCIALES.
19. BOMBUS VALLESTRIS.
Operaria. — J2. hirsutus, ater, thorace supra abdominisque fascia basalt flavis, segmento
secundo et apice ferrugineo-fulvis.
Black ; the head sub-rotundate, with black pubescence ; the thorax above, the sides, and
beneath the wings, densely clothed with pale yellowish-white pubescence ; beneath and on
the legs it is black ; the four apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous ; wings fuscous, the
nervures black. Abdomen ; at the extreme base a fringe of pale yellowish white pubescence,
on the second segment and also on the three apical ones it is ferruginous. Worker, length
6| lines.
Hab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August.
The male exactly resembles the worker, having also black pubescence on the face.
20. BOMBTJS LONGICEPS.
Operaria. — B. hirsutus, ater, thorace dorso pallide fulvo ; abdominis segmentis analibus
tribus rtifo-fulvis,
Black ; the head elongate, the clypeus smooth and shining ; the tips of the mandibles
rufo-piceous ; the flagellum of the antennae obscurely fulvous beneath. Thorax above, and
at the sides beneath the wings, densely clothed with bright fulvous pubescence ; beneath,
and on the legs, it is black ; the four apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous ; the wings hyaline.
Abdomen ; the three basal segments with black pubescence, usually more or less abraded
towards the base, which is smooth and shining ; the apical segments fulvo-ferruginous.
Worker, length 9 lines.
jjaj. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, Ladak. (August and September.)
The male of this species is clothed exactly the same as the female, the face having
also black pubescence.
HYMENOPTERA. 9
21. BOMBTJS AI/TAICTJS.
Bomlus eeltaicus, Eversm. Bull, Mose., xix, 436, tab. 4, fig. 1.
Sab. — Tankse, Pangkong valley, Ladak ; also in Asiatic Russia.
22. BOMBTJS BIZONATTJS.
Femina. — J5. hirsutus, ater ; thorace atitice, scutello, abdomineque basi flavin, media
nigro-fasciato, apice pallido,
The head clothed with black pubescence, the lahrum fringed with fulvous ; the
clypeus naked, smooth and shining. Thorax clothed with pale fulvous pubescence and
having a black pubescent band" between the wings; the pubescence on the legs and
on the body beneath, black ; the apical joints of the tarsi with short pale pubescence,
that on the basal joint beneath rich fulvous; wings sub-hyaline, the nervures black.
The first and second segments of the abdomen with pale fulvous pubescence, the third
with black, and the three apical ones with very pale fulvous. Female, length 7J lines.
. — No locality indicated.
23. BOMBTJS OPPOSITUS, Fig. 11.
Femina. — B. hirsutus, ater; thorace abdomineque supra fulvis.
Black ; the head clothed with black pubescence ; the clypeus naked, smooth and shin-
ing. Thorax, clothed above with rather short, rich fulvous pubescence, that on the sides,
beneath, and on the legs is black ; the pubescence on the apical joints of the tarsi is pale
fulvous, on their basal joint within it is bright fulvous, outside it is black ; wings subhyaline,
their nervures black. Abdomen, clothed above with rich fulvous, beneath with black
pubescence. Female, length 9 lines.
Hub. — No precise locality indicated.
The genus Bombus is widely distributed ; its number of species amounting to little
short of one hundred. Bombi are found both in the Old and New World, a few species
occurring in the Tropics ; the genus has not been observed to penetrate Africa beyond Algeria,
and it has not been found either in Madagascar, Australia or New Zealand. In the Old World
it has been found in Lapland, Siberia, Kamtschatka, China, Japan, India and Java. In great
Britain twenty species occur. In the New World, it has been found in Greenland, Boothia
Felix, and at the Great Bear Lake, within the Arctic Circle. Mexico has produced some
of the most beautiful species of the genus ; North America is rich in species ; in South
America several fine ones occur.
Tribe— HETEROGYNA.
Family— FORMICID^H.
24. CAMPONOTTJS BASALIS, Fig. 1.
Femina. — C. niger, thorace subtus, pedibus abdominisque basi castaneo-rufis.
Shining black ; the anterior margin of the clypeus and the mandibles rufo-piceous ; the
flagellum of the antennae ferruginous. Thorax ovate ; the mesothorax and scutellum dark
10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
rufo-fuscous ; beneath, the pro-ancl metathorax and also the legs castaneo-rufous. Abdomen,
subglobose ; the scale and petiole, and the two basal segments castaneo-rufous, their apical
margins black, the second most broadly so ; beneath, these segments are entirely castaneous.
Female, length 5 lines.
Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August.
25. CAMPONOTTJS BACCHUS.
Femina. — C. capite abdomineque nigris, metathorace pedibusque pallide ferrugineis.
Formica Bacchus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins., Pt. VI, Jb'ormicidse, p. 21. ?
Componotus Baccfms, Mayr, Novarse Voy., Form., p. 27.
-fervens, Mayr, lib. cit., nee Smith, Cat. Hjm. Ins., p. 241.
In the same bottle in spirit a male ant accompanied the female ; its size and general
appearance justify me in considering it to be the male of C. Bacchus ; it is 4J lines long,
black, with the antennae and legs pale furruginous, the scape being darker than the flagel-
lum ; the mandibles, palpi and post-scutellum are also pale ferruginous ; the wings flavo-
hy aline ; the nervures pale rufo-testaceous ; the stigma fuscous.
Sab. — Jhilam Valley, Punjab Hills. Ceylon, Calcutta, and Islands of the Eastern
Archipelago.
This genus is cosmopolitan ; its species are numerous, new kinds occurring in almost
eveiy collection made in little frequented places ; any attempt to calculate the number of
species would be an impossibility ; until each species has been collected from its nest, and all
the different kinds of sexes carefully ascertained, the number of specific forms cannot be ascer-
tained ; workers of several sizes and forms occur in nests of many species, and if captured
at large, are doubtless described as distinct ; the number of species doubtless amounts to
hundreds.
26. FORMICA SIMULATA.
Operaria. — F. rufo-femtginea, Icevissime cinereo-micans ; fronte vertice et abdomine
nigrofmcis ; squama subtriangulariter rotundata, tnargine supero rotundato ; area
frontali opaca.
The head red, with the vertex and the front, as far as the insertion of the antennae,
more or less rufo-fuscous ; the clypeus with a longitudinal sharp carina in the middle ; its
anterior margin rounded and entire ; mandibles ferruginous, with their teeth black ; the
antennae ferruginous, with the flagellum, beyond the third joint, fuscous. Thorax and
legs bright blood- red. Abdomen covered with fine cinereous pile; in some examples
fusco-ferruginous at the base ; with a few scattered pale setse ; the scale of the peduncle red,
its superior margin rounded. Worker, length 3 lines.
Hab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panja ; also at Yarkand ; April
and May.
This species closely resembles the Formica sanguinea of Europe, particularly small
workers of that species ; the specimens were collected in spirit ; therefore it is probable the
entire insect would, when living, be covered with a fine pile.
HYMENOPTERA. 11
27. FORMICA FRATERNA.
Operaria. — F. rufo-fusca, sparse pilosula ; mandibulis, antennarum scapis, jlagellorum
basi, pcdibusque pallide rufescentibus ; areafrontali opaca.
The insect covered with a fine grey pile; the anterior part of the head rufo-testaceous,
the mandibles ferruginous ; the scape of the antennas and a few of the basal joints of the
flagellum pale ferruginous ; the legs and scale of the peduncle entirely of that colour ;
the scale rounded above. The base of the abdomen in some examples more or less tinged
with ferruginous ; the abdomen with a few scattered pale setae. Worker, length 2f to 3 lines.
Hab. — No precise locality indicated.
This species very closely resembles the Formica cunicularia of Europe, but its pale legs
give it a different aspect.
28. FORMICA DEFENSOR.
Operaria. — F. rufo-ferruginea, Icevissime cinereo-micans ; fronte abdominequefusco-nigris;
squama subtriangulariter, margine supero rotundato.
Head, thorax, legs, antennae, and squama rufo-ferruginous ; the apical half of the
flagellum and the front above the insertion of the antennae, fuscous ; an impressed line
from the anterior ocellus to the clypeus, the latter with a sharp central carina ; the
frontal area opaque ; the teeth of the mandibles black ; the head and the flagellum with
fine cinereous pile.
The abdomen fusco-f erruginous at the base, and the extreme apex pale ferruginous ; the
abdomen covered with a fine cinereous pile; beneath fusco-f erruginous. "Worker, length
2f lines.
Had. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sarikol to Panja. (April and May.)
29. FORMICA CANDIDA.
Femina. — F. nigra nitidissima ; mandibulis, antennis, pedibusque rufescentibus ; squama
lata, subtriangulariter, margine supra rotundato.
Shining black; the mandibles, antennae, and legs ferruginous; the latter slightly
fuscous above, as are also a few of the apical joints of the flagellum above. The head, the
width of the thorax ; the clypeus with a sharp central carina ; the frontal area semiopaque ;
the mandibles stout, and with longitudinal punctures. The metathorax semiopaque, and
with a fine cinereous pile, which also covers the squama, legs, and thorax on the sides and
beneath. Abdomen oblong-ovate, very smooth and shining, and with a sprinkling of pale
hairs at the apex ; the extreme apex pale testaceous. Female, length 3J lines.
Hab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sarikol to Panja. (April and May.)
Family— MYRMICID^!, (Sm.)
30. MTRMICA CURSOR.
Femina. — M. sordide rubra; capite thoraceque longitudinaliter striatis ; abdomme fusco-
nigro, nitido ; mandibulis, antennis, pedibusque pallide ferrugineis.
Obscure ferruginous, with the head sometimes nearly black, or with the sides more or
less ferruginous ; the antennae with the scape and a few of the basal joints of the flagellum
12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
pale ferruginous, the rest fusco-ferruginous ; the head longitudinally but irregularly striated,
the striae at its sides formed of confluent punctures. Thorax longitudinally striated, oblong-
ovate, and having a longitudinal ferruginous space above, enclosed by a black margin ; the
sides and beneath ferruginous; the metathorax with two short, stout, acute, compressed
spines ; the legs pale ferruginous. Abdomen globose, smooth and shining ; the first node
of the petiole wedge-shaped when viewed sideways, and coarsely rugose, the second node
globose and sub-rugose. The scape of the antennae in this species is bent and slender at the
base as in the M. ruginodis of Europe, which it closely resembles ; it is, however, a rather
smaller insect. Eemale, length 2f lines.
Hab. — No precise locality indicated.
31. MYRMICA LTJCTTJOSA.
Mas. — M. niger, nitidiusculus ; mandibulis, antennis, pedibusque, necnon capite thorace-
qne, sordide pallescentibus ; alis hyalinis, nereis rufo-pallidis.
Black ; head and thorax longitudinally striated ; the metathorax with transverse curved
striae, and with two stout compressed spines, its apex obscurely rufo-piceous ; the club of the
antennae paler than the rest of the antennae. The wings pale fulvo-hyaline and iridescent ;
the stigma and nervures pale ferruginous ; the legs long and slender, with the apical joints of
the tarsi pale testaceous. Abdomen smooth and shining, and with a few scattered pale hairs ;
the nodes of the abdomen rugose, the first oblong, the second globose. Male, length 2f lines.
Mab. — Murree (Mari), Punjab hills.
32. MYRMICA BREVICEPS.
Pemina. — M. sordide rubida; mandibulis, antennis, pedibusque pallide ferrugineis ;
capite thoraceque longitudinaliter profunde striatis ; abdomine rufo-nigro, nitido.
Ruf o-f erruginous ; the head strongly longitudinally striated; a small smooth shining
space at the base of the clypeus, which is deeply longitudinally grooved ; the mandibles
striated. Thorax above with a black patch on each side of the mesothorax, and another at
the anterior portion ; the metathoracic spines short, stout and acute. The first node of the
abdomen longitudinally rugose, the second transversely so ; the abdomen smooth and shining,
ferruginous at the base ; the rest dark rufo-fuscous, nearly black, and with scattered erect
pubescence. Eemale, length 2J lines.
Hab. — No locality or date.
This insect very closely resembles two or three of the British species, particularly
Myrmica sulcinodis ; its head is, however, shorter than that of the British insect.
33. CREMATOGASTER APICALIS.
. Femina. — C. pallide castaneo-ruf us, Icevis, nitidus ; abdomine apiceni versus nigrescente ;
alls hyalinis.
Rufo-castaneous, smooth, shining and impunctate ; the eyes, margins of the mandibles,
and the anterior margin of the clypeus narrowly black ; the clypeus finely longitudinally
HYMENOPTERA. 13
striated. The mesothorax with a few longitudinal dark lines ; the scutellum convex, and
rounded behind; the metathorax truncate, not spined, and paler than the mesothorax;
wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma pale rufo-testaceous. Abdomen oblong-ovate,
the base castaneo-rufous, from thence becoming gradually darker to the apex. Female,
length 3| lines.
Hob. — Jhilam valley, Punjab hills. Taken in July.
34. DOUYLUS (TYPHLOPONE) LJEVICEPS, Fig. 2.
Operaria. — T. rufo-tcsiaceus, capite castaneo, mandibulis nigris.
Head 'oblong, subquadrate, rather wider anteriorly, the flagellum slightly fuscous;
very smooth and shining, and with a very faintly impressed central longitudinal line,
and also a few delicate scattered punctures. Thorax oblong, divided in the middle by a
transverse suture, flattened above and having a few fine punctures. Abdomen, the node of
the peduncle incrassate, subquadrate above ; oblong-ovate. Worker, length 3| lines.
Hob. — Jhilam valley. Taken in July.
The insects described under the generic name Typhlopone of Westwood are now dis-
covered to be the workers of Dorylus ; the late Dr. Jerdon observed them issuing from the
nests, in company with males of Dorylus ; Dr. Gerstaecker has described the female of
Dorylus in the Stett. Ent. Zeits. for 1863, under the generic name Dichthadia, pointing out
its affinities of structure with those of the male, upon which the genus was founded ; and
proving demonstratively the affinities of the genera.
35. MUTILLA STJSPICIOSA.
Mntilla suspiciosa, Smith, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc., II, 84 $ (1867).
Hab. — Jhilam valley. Taken in July.
This species resembles the male of M. sexmaculata, but it differs from it by having the
wings entirely dark brownish-black ; the abdomen is red, with the base and apex black ; it
has been found in Borneo, Batchian, Celebes, Amboyna, and Bouru.
36. MuTiiiLA SEXMACULATA, Swederus.
Femina. — M. nigra, thorace supra rufo, abdomine utrinque serie trium macularum
albidarum.
Mas. — M. nigra, thorace antice cinereo, abdomine rufo, basi nigro, alls fuscis basi
hyalinis.
The male of this species was discovered by Sir John Hearsay, who captured the sexes in
coitu ; it, as well as the female, varies greatly in size. I suspect it is the Mutilla rufogastra
of St. Fargeau.
M. Radoszkovsky, in his Monograph of the Mutillida of the Old World, says that
the insect I have named M. sexmaculata of Swederus is not that species ; I have care-
fully compared the insect with the descriptions given both by Swederus and by M.
Radoszkovsky, and am quite satisfied that my quotation is correct, although it is said by
14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
•*•
the above author to be synonymous with a species described by him under the name
M. tretraops, with the description of which it in no way agrees.
Tribe— FOSSORES, (Latr.)
Family— SCO LI AD JE, (Leach).
37. SCOLIA HAEMORRHOIDALIS.
Scolia haemorrhoidalis, Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii, 230, Syst. Piez., 240.
„ „ Klug, Weber & Mohr, Beitr. i, 24.
„ „ Spin., Ins. Ligur., i, 74.
„ „ Latr., Gen. Crust, et Ins., iv, 105.
„ „ Vand., Lind. Hym., Eur., 18.
„ „ Brulle, Exped. Sc. de Moree, iii, 370.
St. Farg., Hym., iii, 522.
„ „ Burm., Mon. Scolia, 18.
„ „ Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins., Pt. iii, 110.
„ „ Sauss. et Sich., Cat. des Espec. Scol., 50.
Sab. — France, Spain, Albania, Hungary, Russia, Siberia, Asia Minor, India. The
locality of Dr. Stoliczka's specimens has not been recorded.
This insect belongs to the division of the genus in which the anterior wings have three
submarginal cells and one recurrent nervure, and is a " Triscolia" of Saussure.
Family— POMPILIDj®.
38. POMPILUS ARROGANS.
Femina. — P. ater, abdominis basi rufo-ferruginea, alls anticisfuscis.
Black ; the head subopaque and finely longitudinally rugulose ; the anterior margin of the
clypeus slightly rounded, the mandibles rufo-piceous at their apex. Thorax slightly shining
above, and having a thin grey sericeous pile ; the metathorax concave in the middle posteriorly ;
the anterior wings fuscous, palest at their base ; the posterior pair hyaline, with their apex
slightly clouded ; the second submarginal cell subquadrate, the third longer than the second
and slightly narrowed towards the marginal cell ; the tarsi thickly spinose, the tibiae with a
few scattered spines ; the tips of the claws of the tarsi ferruginous. Abdomen ; the three basal
segments ferruginous, the apical margin of the third and the following segments black.
Female, length 6 lines.
Hab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, in Ladak. Taken in August and September.
39. POMPILUS ATBIPES.
Femina. — P. niger ; abdomine ferrugineo, apice nigro ; alisfuscis ; antennis crassis.
Black ; the head smooth and shining, very finely punctured ; the antenna much thicker in
the middle than is usual in the genus. Thorax finely pilose, shining and finely punctured
% HYMENOPTERA. 15
above ; the posterior margin of the prothorax angulated ; the metathorax smooth and shining,
with a central impressed line not quite extending to the apex ; wings fuscous, clearer towards
their base ; legs entirely black, as are also the spines and calcaria that arm the tibiae at their
apex ; tibiae only very slightly spinose. Abdomen smooth and shining ; the three basal segments
ferruginous. Female, length 3J lines.
Hab. — Murree, Punjab hills.
40. POMPILUS DIVISTJS.
Mas. — P. niger, abdominis segmento secundo tertioque ferrugineis ; alls subhyalinis.
Black ; the head and thorax slightly pubescent, shining and punctured ; the antennae
obscurely fulvous beneath beyond the third or fourth joints. The posterior margin of the
prothorax rounded ; the metathorax, with four longitudinal carinae, two lateral and two approxi-
mating in the middle, strongly punctured ; wings fulvo-hy aline, the nervures ferruginous ;
the tibiae and tarsi ferruginous, the former slightly fuscous above, as are also the apical joints
of the posterior tarsi. Abdomen shining, the second and third segments ferruginous, and more
distinctly punctured than the following ones, which are very smooth and shining ; the apex
rufo-fuscous. Male, length 4 lines.
Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August.
41. PBIOCNEMIS RTJFO-FEMOKATUS.
Femina. — P. niger, abdominis basi rufo ; femoribus posticis rubris ; alls apicibus fuscis,
puncto albo ornatis.
Black ; the head slightly shining, and, as well as the mesothorax, very finely and very
closely punctured ; the metathorax with a central longitudinal impressed line not quite
extending to the apex, and having a fine transverse striation ; the wings fusco-hyaline, darkest
in the middle of the anterior wings, which have beyond the third submarginal cell a large
hyaline spot ; the posterior margin of the prothorax angular ; the posterior femora bright
ferruginous, the tibiae serrated exteriorly. Abdomen bright ferruginous to the apex of the
third segment ; the rest black. Female, length 4 lines.
Sab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, in Ladak.
This species in general aspect exactly resembles Priocnemis agilis of Europe, but its
transversely striated metathorax distinguishes it from that species.
42. MYGNIMIA ALECTO.
Femina. — M. nigra, alls nigro-fuscis violaceoque splendide micantibm.
Black ; the abdomen shining, covered with a changeable violet and purple pile observable
in certain lights ; the clypeus emarginate ; the mandibles shining, their apex rufo-piceous.
Thorax ; the posterior margin of the prothorax arched ; the sides of the metathorax rounded,
16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
its apex obliquely truncate ; the coxae greatly enlarged ; wings dark blackish-brown, with a
purple gloss. Abdomen smooth and shining. Female, length 10 lines.
Hab. — Yangihissdr, Eastern Turkestan. Taken in April.
The Pompilidce are found in all parts of the globe ; little short of five hundred species
belonging to the various genera of which the family is composed have been enumerated.
Family— SPHEGID^L.
43. AMMOPHILA SPINIPES.
Femina. — A. nigra, alls fulvo-hyalinis, metathorace rugoso, abdomine antice rufo.
Black ; the head wider than the thorax, shining and strongly punctured ; the mandibles
with a ferruginous spot in the middle, the palpi rufo-piceous. Thorax ; the pro and meso-
thorax shining and strongly punctured, as well as the scutellum ; the mesothorax with a deeply
impressed line in the middle anteriorly, extending to the middle of the disk ; the metathorax
opaque and rugulose ; wings fulvo-hyaline, the apical margins with a slight fuscous cloud ;
the nervures and stigma ferruginous ; the tegulse rufo-piceous ; the tibia3 and tarsi thickly
spinose, the claws of the tarsi ferruginous. Abdomen ; the first, second, third and base of the
fourth segment of the abdomen ferruginous ; the petiole not quite as long as the first
segment. Female, length 8 lines.
Hab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, in Ladak. Taken in August and September.
This genus is one of universal distribution ; about eighty species are described ; some
twenty species are found in Europe, and about the same number are at present known from
Africa ; twelve are described from India ; North and South America both possess numerous
species, but only three or four have been brought from Australia.
Family—
44. LARRADA AURTJLENTA.
Sphex aurulenla, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, 213, $ .
Pompilns aiirafus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Supp., 250.
I/iris aurata, Fabr., Syst. Piez., 228.
„ „ Dahlb., Hym. Europ., i, 135.
Tachytes opulenia, St. Farg., Hym., iii, 246.
Lyrops auratus, Guer., Icon. Keg. Anim., iii, 440.
Larrada aurulenia, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins., pt. iv ; Sphegidse, Larridse and Crabronidte, p. 276.
Hab. — Yangihissar, in Eastern Turkestan; also Madras, Bombay (India); China;
Philippines ; Sumatra ; Borneo ; Java ; Celebes ; Bachian ; Bouru.
This genus is widely distributed ; Europe has five species at present known ; others
are found in India, China, Borneo, in most of the islands of the Eastern Archipelago, New
Guinea and Australia ; species also occur in Africa ; others are found both in North and
South America.
HYMENOPTERA. 17
Tribe— DIPLOPTERA.
45. PTEROCHILTJS ALBO-FASCIATTJS, Fig. 12.
Femina. — P. niger, capite thoraceque albo-variegatis; abdominis segmentis albo-marginatis.
Black; head as wide as the thorax, strongly and closely punctured; the clypeus
porrect and rugosely punctate, its anterior margin truncate ; the mandibles tridentate, the
teeth obscurely rufo-piceous ; a small subovate white spot above the eyes on the vertex.
The prothorax white above ; the mesothorax and scutellum coarsely punctured ; a white
line crosses the post-scutellum and curves up towards the insertion of the posterior wings,
which are fusco-hyaline and darkest along the foreborder of the anterior pair ; legs black.
Abdomen subovate ; the basal segment campanulate and having a broad white fascia on its
apical margin, which is slightly notched in the middle ; the second segment has also a broad
fascia, which is curved up laterally towards the base of the segment ; the three following
segments have each a similar broad white fascia. Female, length 5^ lines.
Sab. — Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. Taken in April.
This is a genus of small extent ; about twenty species are described ; it occurs in Europe,
a single species being found in Eussia, another in Germany, and one in Switzerland ; species
have been found in Algeria, the Cape of Good Hope, Chili, and the United States.
Family— VESPIDM.
46. POLISTES CHINENSIS, Fabr.
Polistes chinensis, Fabr., Syst. Piez., 270.
,, „ Sauss., Mon. Guepes Soc., 56, tab. 7, fig. 2.
Hab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. Hong- Kong ; Shanghai.
Specimens from Yarkand are frequently more marked with yellow spots than any
I have seen from China, whilst others exactly resemble Chinese ones, which do not appear
ever to have any yellow spots on the mesothorax, which the Indian examples usually have.
The genus Polistes is cosmopolitan, but no species has been found in the United Kingdom ;
species occur in South Europe, in India, China, Borneo, in the Islands of the Eastern
Archipelago, in Africa, Australia and Tasmania, Brazil, Central America, Mexico, and North
America ; from seventy to eighty species are known
47. VESPA GERMANICA.
Vespa germanica, Fabr., Syst, Piez., 256.
„ „ Pauz., Faun. Germ., 49, 20, $ .
St. Farg., Hym., i, 515.
„ „ Ratz., Forst. Ins., Bd. iii, 51.
„ ,, Smith, Zool., ix., Append, clxxvii.
„ „ Sauss., Mon. Guepes Soc., 116, pt. xiv, fig. 4.
Found at Sanju, and in its neighbourhood ; also at Yangihissar, Eastern
Turkestan.
18 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
No specific difference can be found that will separate this insect from the European species ;
the sexual organs of the male are precisely the same as those of V. germanica. Ahout fifty
species of this genus are known ; they are widely distributed, and are insects that are
almost universally known. Twelve species inhabit Europe ; twenty are Asiatic, and ten are
found in Mexico and North America.
Family— TENTHREDINIDrfl.
48. HYLOTOMA PUMIPENNIS.
Femina. — A. corpore flavo ; capite, antennis, tarsisque nigris ; alisfuscis.
Head shining black, antennae pubescent ; abdomen paler than the thorax ; wings fuscous
and iridescent, nervures and stigma blackish-brown ; the legs pubescent, the coxse and femora
reddish-yellow, the tibiae fuscous, the tarsi black. Female, length 3j lines.
Hal. — Jhilam valley, Punjab hills. Taken in August.
49. ALLANTTJS PBOVIDUS.
Femina. — A. niger, capite thoraceque opacis, abdomine nitido; tibiis, femoribus posticis
ferrugineis.
Head and thorax opaque, and covered with strong confluent punctures ; wings sub-
hyaline, and having a fuscous cloud on the anterior pair that occupies the two marginal and
four submarginal cells ; the stigma and nervures black ; the posterior femora and tibiae
pale ferruginous ; the anterior femora towards their apex, and the tibiae in front, pale ;
abdomen glossy black. Female, length 6 lines.
Hab. — Murree, Punjab hills.
50. ALLANTTJS MULTICOLOR.
Femina. — A. capite thoraceque cupreo-nigris, abdomine purpureo, corpore flavo-maculato.
Head and thorax obscure brassy-black ; abdomen dark purple above ; the entire body
yellow beneath, the legs black with yellow markings. Head semiopaque, the cheeks, clypeus,
and mandibles testaceous-yellow; the teeth of the latter acute and black. Thorax
semiopaque; the scutellum, tegulae, and costal nervure, and the cell, yellow ; the wings hyaline
and iridescent ; the stigma and nervures blackish-brown ; the anterior and intermediate coxae
and femora yellow beneath ; the tibiae and tarsi yellow, the former with a dark stain at
or near their apex ; the posterior coxae beneath and the basal half of the tibiae yellow.
Abdomen ; the lateral margins of the second segment, the apical, as well as the lateral
margins of the third segment, yellow ; the sixth, seventh and eighth segments narrowly
yellow. Female, length 6 lines.
Hab. — Murree, Punjab hills.
This species resembles Allantus flavomaculatus of Cameron, described in the " Transac-
tions of the Entomological Society of London" for 1876, but it is rather smaller ; the femora
are black, and the abdomen has a purple tinge.
HYMENOPTERA. 19
51. ALLANTUS SIMILLIMUS.
Femina. — A. niger, abdominis cingulo basaliflavo, tibiis tarsisque pallide ferrugineis,
alis flavo-hyalinis, antice fuscis.
The scape of the antennae, the following joint, the labrum, mandibles, and palpi pale
yellow. Thorax ; the posterior margin of the prothorax slightly interrupted in the middle,
pale yellow ; the wings pale fulvo-hyaline, a slight fuscous cloud occupying the marginal
cell and extending a little beyond into the submarginal cells ; the costa and stigma fulvous,
the nervures ferruginous ; the coxae black, the legs pale ferruginous, with the femora black
above. Abdomen with a whitish fascia at the base ; the fourth and fifth segments with
their apical margins narrowly whitish ; the two apical segments with their margins more
broadly yellowish white. Female, length 4f lines.
Sab. — Murree, Punjab hills.
The species resembles Allantns trochanterinus of Cameron, described in the " Transac-
tions of the Entomological Society" for 1876, but it differs from it in having the scape pale,
independently of other differences.
52. ALLANTUS TERMINALIS.
Mas. — A. capite thoraceque nigris, abdomine ptirpureo nitido.
Head emarginate behind, covered with confluent punctures and subopaque ; the man-
dibles, labrum, and clypeus, also a triangular space above it, and a narrow line round the
lower margins of the eyes, white; the antennae fulvous beneath. Thorax black above and at
the sides ; beneath, the anterior and intermediate legs beneath and also the posterior coxse
beneath, white ; wings hyaline, their nervures black. Abdomen purple above ; the margins
of the segments beneath white laterally. Male, length 4 lines.
Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August.
53. MACROPHYA OPPOSITA.
Femina. — M. nigra, capite thoraceque opacis, abdomine nitido, pedibus anticis pallidis.
Black ; the head wider than the thorax, covered with confluent punctures and opaque ;
the clypeus, mandibles, and labrum white; the palpi testaceous ; the antennae fulvous beneath.
Thorax opaque and punctured, the same as the head ; wings fuscous, with a violet iridescence,
the nervures and stigma black ; the anterior and intermediate tibiae rufo-testaceous beneath.
Abdomen shining black. Female, length 5 lines.
Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August.
54. TENTHREDO SIMTJLATA.
Femina. — T. nigra, abdominis media, et tibiis tarsisque pallide ferrugineis ; alishyalinis,
nervuris stigmatibusque nigris.
Black ; the clypeus, labrum, and mandibles pale reddish-yellow ; the teeth of the
latter black; the antennas obscurely fulvous beneath. Thorax; the wings hyaline and
20
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
iridescent, the nervures and stigma black ; the tibiae and tarsi reddish-yellow, the coxae
spotted with yellow. Abdomen ; the three basal segments black above ; the four following
segments reddish-yellow, the rest black. Female, length 5 lines.
Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir.
Taken in August.
55. TENTHREDO FALLAX.
Femina. — T. luteo-testacea ; vertice, antennarumque basi maculis nigris ; alls hyalinis.
Pale ochraceous-yellow ; the abdomen with a slight silky gloss ; a minute black spot
on the scape, another on the basal joint of the flagellum, and an oblong black macula
on each side of the ocelli on the vertex ; the wings hyaline and iridescent ; the nervures
fuscous, the stigma and costal nervure testaceous. Female, length 5 lines.
Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir, and Murree, Punjab hills. Taken in August.
56. TENTHREDO NIGRO-MACULATTJS.
Femina. — T. lutea ; capitis vertice thoracisque maculis dorsalibus, necnon abdominis linca
interrupta nigris ; alls hyalinis.
The insect pale luteous ; the antennae black above, with the apex of the joints, the
scape beneath, and the flagellum beneath beyond the third joint, luteous; the inner
margin of the eyes near their summit, and a large spot on the vertex, enclosing the eyes,
black. Thorax ; a triangular black spot anteriorly, an oblong one on each side opposite the
tegulae, and an oblique one on each side behind them ; the wings hyaline with the nervures
fuscous ; the costal nervures and the stigma pale testaceous ; the legs with a narrow black
line above. The longitudinal black line on the abdomen above is slightly interrupted by a
very narrow pale margin on each segment ; the entire insect pale luteous and immaculate
beneath. Female, length 4 lines.
Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August.
This insect closely resembles the Tenthredo scalaris of Europe, and probably, when
living, is green marked with black ; the European insect changes, more or less, from green
to pale yellow, particularly when collected in spirit.
Family .—ICHNK U MONIES.
57. ICHNEUMON BIMACULATTJS.
Femina. — I. niger ; pedibus, abdominis segmentis tribus basalibus ferrugineis ; metathorace
bimaculato ferrugineo.
Black ; the basal half of the antennas pale ferruginous ; a line on the face close to
the inner margin of the eyes, which is narrow above the insertion of the antennae, and
which expands into a large macula below it, a transverse line on the clypeus, and the
mandibles, ferruginous. Thorax ; two oblong spots on the mesothorax, a minute one on
the scutellum, the tibiae and tarsi, ferruginous ; the posterior tibiae fuscous at their apex ;
HYMENOPTEEA. 21
wings subhyaline and iridescent ; the nervures and stigma black. The three basal seg-
ments of the abdomen ferruginous, the rest shining black. Female, length 5 lines.
Hab. — Murree, Punjab hills.
58. CRYPTUS INSIDIATOR.
Femina. — C. niger, abdominis basi femor ibusque rufis, alls fusco-hyalinis.
Head, antennae, thorax, coxae, trochanters, tibiae and tarsi black ; the femora and
three basal segments of the abdomen ferruginous ; the apical segments black, with a purple
gloss ; the wings fusco-hyaline, the anterior pair darkest ; the metathorax truncate
posteriorly, the margin of the truncation somewhat arched inwardly ; the lateral angles acute,
or subdentate. Female, length 7^ lines ; of the ovipositor, 4 lines.
Hab, — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August.
59. CAMPOPLEX LONGIPES.
Femina. — C. niger, abdomine pedibmque ferrugineis, scutello albo.
Black ; a line at the inner orbits of the eyes below the insertion of the antennae ; the
clypeus and mandibles yellowish- white, the latter ferruginous at their apex ; the antennae
ferruginous. The thorax opaque, with the scutellum white ; wings hyaline and iridescent ;
the nervures and tegulse ferruginous ; the costal nervure fuscous ; the legs ferruginous with
the coxae, and trochanters black; the apex of the posterior tibiae fuscous. Abdomen
ferruginous, curved downwards, and petiolated ; a black spot on the petiolated segment near
its apex ; the ovipositor ferruginous. Female, length 5 lines.
Hab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August.
60. PANISCTJS TTNICOLOR.
Femina. — P. fcrrugineus, antennarum apicibus fuscis.
Ferruginous ; the eyes, ocelli, and apical portion of the antennae fuscous ; the claws of
the tarsi black ; wings hyaline and iridescent ; the costal nervure and stigma pale ferruginous,
the other nervures ferruginous. Abdomen falcate, smooth, and shining. The areolet of
anterior wings oblique and triangular. Female, length 5 lines.
Sab. — Murree, Punjab hills.
61. PANISCTJS QUADRILINEATUS.
Femina. — P. rufus, capite thorace dorso quadrilineato.
Antennae, thorax, and legs ruf o-f ulvous ; the abdomen rufo-ferruginous. The head
yellow, fulvous behind ; eyes and ocelli black. Thorax smooth and shining, two longitudinal
lines on the disk of the mesothorax and a line at the lateral margins, yellowish ; the
scutellum triangular, with its margins raised ; wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures
22 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
ferruginous, the stigma yellow. Abdomen darker than the thorax, becoming fusco-ferru-
ginous towards the apex. Female, length 7 lines.
Hab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May.
The yellow markings are much brighter in some examples than in others, and the
abdomen also varies in brightness.
•
62. OPHION DENTATUS.
Femina. — O. rufus, nietathorace lineis elevatis transversis, later ibusque tmidentatis.
Pale ferruginous ; eyes, ocelli, and tips of the mandibles black ; wings hyaline and
iridescent ; the mesothorax smooth and shining, the metathorax with two arcuate transverse
carinae, the second being at the margin of the posterior truncation and terminating laterally in
an acute angle or tooth. Abdomen falcate, smooth, shining, and with a fine short
sericeous pubescence, or pile. Female, length 8 lines.
. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August.
63. OPHION ALBOPICTTJS.
Femina. — O. rufus, capite, scutello, lineis 4 dorsalibus maculisque lateralibm albis.
Head white ; eyes and ocelli black, the antennse and mandibles, rufous. Thorax rufous ;
two central longitudinal lines, the lateral margins, the scutellum and numerous spots
on the sides beneath the wings, white ; the wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures
ferruginous, the stigma pale rufous. Abdomen rufous, with some pale whitish spots at the
sides towards the apex ; the two basal segments beneath white. Female, length 6 lines.
Sab.—' Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May.
H YM E N O P T E R A.
Y..A Smith. del et, 3culp3L.
Mintern Br :
1. Camponotus basalis. (Srrdlh)
2. Dorylus leeviceps.
3. Andrena familians.
4. floncula.
5. J.amprocolletes peregrinus. "
6. Osrnia laboriosa .
7. 'Anthidium vigilajis. f Smith..)
8. Crocisa inlnjuiens.
9. Xylocopa dubiosa.i
10. ' «
11. Bombus opposj.Lus.
12. Pterochilus albo-fasciatas.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OP THE I,ATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
NEUROPTERA.
BY
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
ftoblisheb by orber of the Sotocrnmcnt of Inbia.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1878.
CALCUTTA:
BY THI STTMnrrKSBKirr or ooTrainrnrr ranrnxe,
8, HASTINGS BTEEET.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
NEUROPTERA.
BY EGBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
PSEUDO-NEUEOPTEEA.
Family— ODONATA.
Sub-Fam. — LIBELLULINA.
LlBELLTJLA QTJADRIMACULATA, L.
Two males of rather small size (expanse of wings 65 — 69 mm.}, from Yarkand, 22nd
May; indicated as " very common on the jheel (marsh)." Both pertain to thevar. prcenubila,
Newman, in which the apex of the wings has a fuscous spot or band ; also 1 male and 1 female
of the typical form from Yangihissar, in April.
The insect is spread over all the temperate and cold regions of the Northern Hemisphere,
and is occasionally of migratory habits.
Sub-Fam. — .&SCHNINA.
ANAX PARTHENOPE, De Selys.
One ? from Srinagar, 28th July.
A widely-distributed, but probably not very abundant, species. In Europe it extends
northward to Paris, and is found also in Central Germany, Austria, Hungary, Italy, Turkey,
&c. ; also in Asia Minor and Western Turkestan, and in Algeria.
This female has the wings tinged with smoky in the middle, as in the form from Algeria.
2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Sub-Fam. — AGRIONINA.
SYMPYCNA FUSCA, Van der Linden.
One $ from Yangihissar, 18th April.
Occurs also over the greater part of Europe (but not in the British Isles), and in Siberia,
Asia Minor, Western Turkestan, Algeria and Morocco.
AGRION PULCHELLUM, Van der Linden.
5 $ and 4 $ from Yarkand, 22rid May.
Distributed over the greater part of Europe ; occurs also in Asia Minor, Mingrelia, and
Western Turkestan.
There is also (in spirits) a larva of some species of LibelhtUdce, together with larvse and
' nymphs ' of a species of Agrionidce, all from Yarkand, taken in November.
Family— EPHEMERID^!.
EPHEMERA, sp.
There is a fragment of a male imago of a species of this genus in spirits, from the
Jhelum valley, not determinable.
Family— PERZIDJE.
Of this family there are 3 males and 1 female of a large species of Perla, and four or
five of a small species (with two ocelli) in spirits, from the Jhelum valley — from Kohala to
Baramula ; a small pinned Perla (nearly destroyed) from Tankse, Pankong valley, to Chagra,
and a Nemoura, in spirits, from Murree, in the Punjab.
It is useless to attempt to describe these with any chance of success. The $ of the large
Perla (in very bad condition) has a deep triangular notch on the margin of the egg-valve ;
the head and thorax without markings.
PLANIPENNIA.
Family— MYRMELEONID^!.
MYRMEC^LTTRTJS PUNCTTJLATUS, Steven.
One $ from Leh, 6th September.
Occurs also in Hungary and South Russia. The example from Leh does not materially
differ from others in my collection from Sarepta. Possibly the black markings on the head
and thorax (always variable) are rather less pronounced.
Family— CHRTSOPID^!.
CHRYSOPA VULGARIS, Schneider.
One ? from Ighiz Yar, Eastern Turkestan, 18th May, appears to belong here.
It differs from ordinary examples in the dividing veinlet of the third cubital cellule in
the anterior wings being interstitial ; but this is a not infrequent aberration in European
examples.
NEUROPTERA. 3
The species is of very wide distribution in Europe, and is also known from Asia Minor
and Western Turkestan. I have seen individuals from the islands of Madeira and St. Helena
that did not appear to differ.
CHRYSOPA BIPUNCTATA, Burmeister.
One example, either from Yarkand or Kugiar, appears to pertain to this Japanese species,
which is probably nothing more than a local form of the common European C. septempunc-
tata, Wesmael.
CHRYSOPA, sp.
One £ from Karghalik near Yarkand, 29th May.
Allied to C. milgaris, but distinct. It would be injudicious to describe it as new from
this single example, especially as it belongs to a section of the genus in which the characters
are so little obvious.
TRICHOPTERA.
Family— L IMNOPHILIDjE.
STENOPHYLAX MICRATJLAX, n. sp.
3 5,4 9 , Leh, in August.
Brownish-testaceous above, yellowish-testaceous beneath. Head small ; eyes very pro-
minent; ocelli very large, those of the disk encircled with fuscous, with which colour the anterior
margins of the disk are bordered ; hairs blackish ; the posterior warts not prominent : on the
face the raised lateral margins have two large, oval, prominent warts, furnished with blackish
hairs, and there are four smaller warts forming the corners of a quadrangle on the median
portion ; labrum very long (for the genus) ; maxillary palpi ordinary, the basal joint very
short, the two others ( £ ) gradually clavate ; a large and prominent triangular horny lobe
at the base of the maxillae ; labial palpi small, the second joint broadly triangular. Antennae
rather shorter than the wings, moderately slender, testaceous, with rather broad, brownish
annulations on the upper side. Pronotum well developed, its anterior edge semi-circular
with a median excision ; the disk is concave, but the edges are thickened and raised and
clothed with long fuscous hairs. Meso- and metanota broadly fuscous or blackish at the
sides. Legs testaceous, moderately stout ; spines deep black ; anterior and intermediate tibiae
with a conspicuous fuscous semi-annulation in the middle and at the apex externally ; tarsal
joints slightly fuscescent at the tips externally. Abdomen fuscescent above, testaceous
beneath. Anterior wings broad, the apex elongately parabolic or elliptical : pale brownish-
grey with numerous very indistinct paler spots, the membrane very finely granulose, with
minute fuscous hairs ; the hairs on the neuration short and fine, fuscous ; in the narrow area
below the inferior branch of the upper cubitus, and in the post-costal basal cellules and area,
are longer black hairs arranged somewhat in tufts, and at the extreme base are a few longer
brown erect hairs ; the costal margin (in the J only) near the base is turned under for a
space of about 4 mm., forming a deep narrow groove on the under side, filled with black
hairs and conspicuously dark : neuration rather strong, testaceous ; radius sharply bent
4
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Stenopkylax micraulax, McLachlan, male.
Fig. 1. Neuration of wings.
2. Groove in costa of anterior wings, more enlarged.
3. Apex of abdomen, from side.
before its termination ; discoidal cell extending to near the base of tbe wing, its upper edge
nearly straight, the lower slightly curved ; all the apical cellules broad at the base, the
2nd very broad, truncate, 4th also truncate, 3rd bi-angulate. Posterior wings pale greyish
sub-hyaline, with sparse, minute blackish hairs on the membrane ; neuration pale ; discoidal
cell rather shorter than in the anterior ; 1st apical cellule much narrower than the 2nd to
4th, which are very broad ; upper branch of cubitus furcating about on a level with the
middle of the discoidal cell.
In the male the anal parts are arranged as follows : — The 8th dorsal segment is very large,
testaceous, rather thickly clothed with long and
strong testaceous hairs springing from small
tubercles ; viewed from above its margin appears
to be straight, with several strong testaceous
spines in the middle placed closely together ; but
viewed in front (or from beneath) the median
portion is seen to be strongly turned under,
forming a triangle, closely set with black tuber-
cles. What appear to be superior appendages are
band-shaped, flattened, slightly curved, truncate
processes, little prominent, and inserted so far
inf eriorly as to cause a doubt as to their true
value. (It may be that they represent the inter-
mediate appendages, and that the superior are
only indicated by a tubercle projecting slightly beyond the margin above them). The 8th
ventral segment is rounded on the margin, and from it proceed two short, broad, excessively
liairy lobes, divided by a suture, and each excised on its margin, apparently belonging to the
9th ventral segment ; internally each of these lobes is very concave, and lying in them 'are
Avhat appear to be the very short obtuse inferior appendages. What appear to be the penis-
sheaths are sub-cylindrical processes, curved strongly inward in a forcipate manner and nearly
touching at the tips, which are somewhat thickened, blackish, and furnished with short spines.
The penis lies between them, and is strong and rather short.
In the female the apex of the abdomen is very obtuse. The 8th dorsal segment broad (con-
cealing the 9th in the dry insect), its margin slightly rolled inwards, and fringed with yellow
hairs ; the 7th ventral segment forms a kind of pouch, the 8th with a concave space, 9th in
the form of a short open tube.
Length of body £ 11 — 12 mm., ? 12 — IB mm. Expanses 36 mm., ? 44 mm. ; greatest
breadth of anterior wings j 6| mm., $ 7 mm.
Pending the discovery of some method for satisfactorily dividing Stenophylax, this insect
must be placed therein. It differs from any species known to me in the curious groove near
the base of the costal margin in the anterior wings of the male, and also in the anal parts,
which almost defy intelligible description.
The external aspect is somewhat intermediate between the groups of which the European
S. stellatus and S. concentricus are representatives.
PLATYPHYLAX, n. sp.
Two females from the same locality as the last ; it is useless to describe them without
more examples in better condition, and of the other sex.
NETJROPTERA.
5
Family— SERICOSTOMA TIDJE.
DlNARTHRUM INERME, n. Sp.
10 $ , 4 ?, the latter in spirits, Leh, 7th September.
Male brownish, clothed with greyish-brown pubescence. Basal joint of antennae rather
longer than the head and entire thorax united, its basal portion black, but the apical portion
brown ; somewhat compressed laterally, nearly straight, but with a slight bend in the basal
portion to about the middle, unarmed, but the basal half beneath has a very dense fringe of
thickened black hairs ; this portion above, and all the apical half, are furnished with long out-
standing grey hairs : thread of the antennse longer than the wings, pale- yellow, very distinctly
annulated with brown up to the tips. Maxillary palpi long and slender, with a small ter-
minal joint ; the basal portion clothed with long and dense thickened ' and ordinary grey
hairs, intermingled (but with no short ' scales '), the terminal joint with ordinary hairs only.
Labial palpi small and slender, pale-yellowish. Legs pale yellow. Anterior wings greyish ;
the costal margin for more than half its length from the base has a very dense inturned
fringe of thickened blackish-grey hairs; the membrane lightly clothed with short greyish
pubescence, and with numerous small, deep, black ' scales '; but there is a broad median
longitudinal space free from ' scales,' limited inferiorly by a narrow groove extending from
base to apex ; apical fringes greyish, very long on the apical portion of the inner margin :
neuration pale ; discoidal cell short ; nerves very irregular below the groove, forming large
cellules. Posterior wings slightly paler than the anterior, with a few scattered black
' scales ' on the costal portion, but otherwise with only slight and very short greyish pubes-
cence ; fringes very long and greyish ; discoidal cell very short.
Dinartkrum inerme, McLachlan, male.
Fig. 1. Head, &c., from side.
2. Neuration of wings.
3. Apex of abdomen, above.
4. Apex of abdomen, from side.
The 9th dorsal segment of the abdomen rather broad, brown, its margin produced in
a triangular form, fringed with yellowish hairs ; from each side of it proceeds a large yellow
triangular plate with the apex considerably produced and sub-acute, apparently connected
with two yellowish median parts, little prominent, and separated one from the other. In-
1 Under the microscope, with K high power, each of these thickened h;iirs has a peculiar rugose appearance.
6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
ferior appendages long and stout, slightly curved, directed upward, yellow with concolorous
hairs ; at the apex is a dense brush of spiniform yellow hairs, perhaps concealing a smaller
apical joint ; from without this brush projects a flattened obtuse process, perhaps connected
with the appendage, or perhaps distinct from it, and for its greater length lying in its
concave inner side. Penis placed far internally, slender, slightly geniculate, yellow.
In the ? the neuration and palpi are regular, and in details almost precisely as in
D. pugnax (vide my Revision and Synopsis of the Trichoptera of the European Fauna).
Length of body 5J — 6 mm. Length of basal joint of antennae 3 mm. Expanse
18 — 21 mm.
The genus Dinarthrum was established by me in the Journal of the Linnaan Society,
Zoology, vol. xi, p. 116 (1871), for an insect from North India described as D.ferox, in
which the extraordinary basal joint of the antennae of the $ has a very strong basal tooth.
Later on, in 1875, I described another species in the Neuroptera of Eedtschenko's Travels in
Turkestan, page 30 (and more recently in Part V of my Monographic Revision and Synopsis of
the Trichoptera of the European Fauna, page 279, pi. xxx, 1877), as D. pugnax, in which the
said joint has two such teeth. In D. inerme there is no tooth. All the species bear consider-
able external resemblance one to the other, and are only separable by structural characters.
The form is very curious, and as is usual in this section of Sericostomatidce, the sexes differ
greatlyin appearance and structure : the nearest ally amongst true European insects is the
genus Lasiocephala.
SUMMARY.
Only about 15 species of Neuroptera (in the broad sense) have been seen by me, viz.,
four species of Odonata (dragon-flies), one of Ephemerida, three of Perlida, one of
MyrmeleonidcB, three of Chrysopidte, and three of Trichoptera.
The general aspect is European. All the Odonata are European, and two of them
occur in Britain. The ant-lion (Myrmeccelurus) is a species of Eastern Europe. The
Chrysopidce have nothing peculiar about them. The genus Dinarthrum in the Trichoptera
was orginally founded on an Indian species, but I have since seen another species from
Turkestan, so that the genus should probably be regarded as more Central Asian than Indian.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKANI) MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE LATK
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
RHYNCHOTA,
BY
W. L. DISTANT.
$ubU0heb bt> orbcr of the Sobcrnmcnt of Inbia.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1879.
SCIENTIFIC KESULTS
OP
I
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
RHYNCHOTA,
BY
W. L. DISTANT.
fublisheb btj orbev of the €»obcrmncnt of Jnbia.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1879.
CALCTIIA :
J'KJNIIII) liv IBB srPEBIN'lBSUEM' OF COVEB>'M£K1
8,
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
RHYNCHOTA :
BY W. L. DISTANT.
THE Hemiptera collected by Dr. Stoliczka, though not numerous, are interesting in the
details of their geographical distribution, and conform, I believe, in that respect, to the
other portions of the fauna of the districts traversed by the expedition. Two faunas are
represented in the collection, one the Indian or Oriental, rather strongly by the insects
collected at Murree, the remaining Hemiptera from the other localities being almost wholly
Palsearctic.
The following is the analysis of the portion of the collection obtained at Murree : —
I)alpada confusa, n. sp.
tecta, Walk.
Palomena, viridissima, Poda .
reuteri, n. sp. . .
Bagrada picta, Fab.
Menida distincia, n. sp.1 .
Prionaea exempta, Walk.
Acanthosoma proximo*, Dall.
A. forfex, Ball.
A. aspera, Walk.
Urostylis fumigata, Walk. var.
Cletus punctiger, Dall. var.
Jjygceus (Spilostethus) militant,
Fab
Arocatus pilosulus, n. sp.
Phytocoris stoliczkanus, n. sp.2 .
Calocoris stoliczkanus, n. sp.
forsylhi, n. sp. .
Euacantkus extrema, Walk.
A genus belonging principally to the Indian region, extending to Java and the
Philippines, but represented also in Madagascar.
Eastern Bengal Province (Blanford).
Palasarctic.
The genus extends to the Japanese sub-region of the Palsearctic region.
Indian Province (Blanford). Palsearctic, Persian sub-region.
Genus represented chiefly in Indian and Ethiopian regions, and by one species
in the Japanese sub-region of the Palsearctic.
Eastern Bengal Province (Blanford).
? type collected by General Hardwicke (no
locality).
? Northern India ? (Brit. Mus.).
Indian region.
Palaearctic and Indian regions.
Genus represented in Palsearctic, Indian, and Australian regions.
Genus Palaoarctic.
Eastern Bengal Province (Blanford), ? N. India (Brit. Mus).
1 This species was also collected in the Sind Valley.
2 This species was also collected in the Jhelam and Sind Valleys.
2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The strong Indian affinities of these 18 species collected at Murree may be se£n as
under: —
Common to Indian Region 9
„ Indian and Palsearctic Regions . . .2
„ Indian, Ethiopian, and Paleearctic . . .1
,-, Indian, Australian, and Paleearctic . . .1
„ Palsearctic ..;.... 5
18 species.
In discussing the Indian relationship of the Hemipterous fauna, I have followed the sub-
regions or provinces of Mr. Blanford (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th Ser., Vol. 18, pp. 280 — 2,
1876). As regards the sub-regions of the Palsearctic area, I shall prefer to follow Mr. Sclater
(Address Biol. Sec. Brit. Assn., Bristol, 1875).
The following are the 13 species which are also found in the Cis-Atlantean or Mediter-
ranean sub-region : —
Zicrona carulea, Lin Kugiar, Eastern Turkestan.
Carpocoris nigricornis, Fab. . . . — — —
Dolycoris baccarum, Lin Sind Valley, Kashmir.
Eurydema /estiva, Lin Yangihissar, E. Turkestan.
Comptopus lateralis, Germ. . . . Sind Valley, Kashmir.
Therapha hyoscyami, Lin Kugiar.
Lyg. (Spilostethus) militaris, Fab. . . Murree, Punjab hills.
— ^— — — — — — saxatilis, Scop. . . Sind Valley, Kashmir.
(Graptolomus) equestris, Lin. . . Kugiar and neighbourhood of Sanju, E. Turkestan.
Gonianotus marginepunctatus, Wolff. . Pamir road, Sarikol to Panja.
Coriscus ferus, Lin Yarkand.
Notonecta glauca, Lin
Corisa geoffroyi, Leach ....
The following 4 species have been recorded from the sub-region of the Atlantic Islands,
principally from Madeira and Teneriffe : —
Dolycoris baccarum, Lin Sind Valley, Kashmir.
Comptopus lateralis, Germ. . . . — — — — — — —
Lyg- (Spilostethus) militaris, Fab. . . Murree, Punjab hills.
Gonianotus marginepunctatus, Wolff. . . Pamir road, Sarikol to Panja.
This list is, however, very poor and inadequate, owing to the little knowledge we yet pos-
sess as to the Hemiptera of the Atlantic Islands. It would be futile to carry the analysis of
this region further, owing to the paucity of record.
HHYNCHOTA.
HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA.
Family— PENTATOMIV^l, Stal.
Sub-family— CYDNIN^! (CYDNINA), Stal.
1. ^ETHTJS MATJRUS, Dall.
A. maurua, Dall., List, pt. 1, p. 118, 18 (1851) .—Walk., Cat. Het. 1, p. 158 (1857).— Stal, Enu-
merat. Hemip., pt. 5, p. 26, 1876.
Sab.— Jhelam Valley, July 1873.
Distributed generally throughout Hindustan.
2. ./ETHUS, sp.
Allied to u?E. pygmaeus, Dall., of which it is probably only a slight variety. The col-
lection contains only one specimen.
Hab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sarikol to Panja, April to May 1874.
Su.b-fa,m.-ASOPIN^l (ASOPIDA), Stal.
3. ZlCBONA CffiRTJLEA, Lin.
Cimex ceruleus, Lin., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, i, p. 445, 38 (1758). — Stal, Enumerat. Hemip., pt. 1, p. 36,
(1870).
Sab. — Kugiar, South Yarkand, May to June 1874.
This wide-ranging species extends throughout the whole of the Palaearctic and Oriental
regions.
Europa tota, India orientalis, Java, Borneo, Malacca (Stal.) ; Astracan (Jacovlev) ; N.
W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Bagdad (Coll. Brit. Mus.) ; Morocco, Japan (Coll. Distant).
Sub-fam.— PENTATOMIN& (PENTATOMINA), Stal.
4. DALPADA CONFUSA, Dist. Fig. 1.
Dalpada confusa, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 121.
Luteous, thickly covered with green punctures. Head emarginate in front with the sides
reflexed, and some small indistinct ochreous markings at base. Antennae pitchy, each joint
luteous at base, basal and apical joints smallest, 2nd shorter than 3rd, 3rd and 4th subequal.
Rostrum just passing posterior coxae, with the tip pitchy. Pronotum somewhat transversely
gibbous at base in a line with lateral angles, after which it is abruptly deflexed towards head,
lateral angles prominent, subacute, lateral margins denticulated for about half their length
4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
from apex ; the punctuation is very dense along the lateral margins and at pronotal angles.
Scutellum somewhat gibbous at base, deflexed towards apex, where it is more sparingly
punctured. Corium with a faint impunctate longitudinal line on disc, extending from base
to about two-thirds its length, rather widened at apex. Membrane extending beyond apex
of abdomen, pale fuscous with the nervures dark brown for half the length from base, fol-
lowed by a row of four brown spots and a marginal row of six spots of the same colour, the
two outer ones being long and linear. Under side of body luteous, with the pectoral and
abdominal margins broadly punctured with green, sparingly on abdomen, and more densely
on prosternum ; legs luteous, thickly spotted with brown ; tarsi luteous, apical joint pitchy.
tf . Long. 14 mill. ; lat. pronot. ang. 6| mill.
? . Long. 15 to 16 mill. ; lat. pronot. ang. 7 5 mill.
JLab. — Murree.
I have compared the above with all the congeneric types of Dallas in the British Museum
and of Hope in the collection at Oxford, from which it is quite distinct in general struc-
ture. Dr. Stoliczka collected a fine series of both sexes.
5. DALPADA TECTA, Walk.
Dalpada tecta, Walk., Cat. Het. 1, p. 224, 1867.
Sab. — Murree. The type was from Sylhet.
6. PALOMENA VIRIDISSIMA, Poda.
Cimex poda, Mus. Gr. 56, 10. Pal. viridissima, Stal, Hem. Fab. 1, p. 28. Muls. et Roy., Pun. Fr.
277, 1, 1866. Pent, dissimilis, Ball., List. 1, p. 241, 20, 1851.
Hab. — Murree.
This Palsearctic form is generally distributed throughout Europe. N. W. Siberia
(Sahlberg).
7. PALOMENA REUTEBI, Dist. Fig. 2.
Palamena reuteri, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1879, p. 122.
<? . Green ; head, anterior border of pronotum, basal half of scutellum, and membrane
bronzy. Head obscurely rugulose, very thickly and strongly punctured with black, median
lobe slightly shorter than the lateral ones. Rostrum luteous, with the tip black. Antennae
luteous, apical joint somewhat fuscous, 3rd joint distinctly longer than the 2nd, rather
shorter than the 4th, 5th longest. Pronotum obscurely rugulose, very thickly and strongly
punctured with black, with two slightly waved lateral linear impunctate foveae situated a
little behind the anterior margin, lateral angles somewhat prominent and rounded. Scutel-
lum thickly covered with deep black punctures, slightly rugulose at base Corium thickly
and deeply punctured with black. Abdomen above black, thickly and finely punctured with
the connexivum luteous, punctured with black. Body beneath pale luteous, slightly clouded
with greenish. Legs greenish, tarsi luteous.
PJIYNCHOTA. 5
? Second joint of antennae distinctly longer than the 3rd, 2nd and 4th subequal.
Abdomen, beneath, with some irregular obscure black markings.
Long. 11 to 12 mill. ; cxp. pronot. ang. 6 to 7 mill.
Hab. — Murree.
Allied to P. viridissima, Poda, but differs in its smaller size and shorter antennae ; it is
also more straightened and narrowed than in that species, and the structure of the pronotum
is different.
8. CARPOCOKIS NIGRICORNIS, Fab.
Cimex nigricornis, Fab., Ent. Syst., IV, 94, 59.
nab. — Kugiar, May to June 1874.
This is a common Palsearctic form. N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Astracan (Jacovlev) ;
Algeria (Lucas) ; Morocco (Coll. Distant).
9. DOLYCORIS BACCARUM, Lin.
Cimex baccarum, Lin., Faun. Sv., 249, 928. — Mormidea baccarum, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 335, 1. — Pentatoma
baccarum, Hahn, Wanz. Ins., fig. 152. — Cimex verliasci, De Geer, Mem. iii, 257, 4 (1773).
Hab.— Sind Valley, August 1873.
Common to Palsearctic region. Madeira (Wollaston) ; Tunis (Coll. Brit, Mus.) ; Morocco
(Coll. Distant). Algeria (Lucas) ; N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Astracan (Jacovlev).
10. ETJRTDEMA WILKINSI, Osch. in litt,, Fig. 4.
Eurydema wi.lHn.si, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Loud., 1879, p. 123.
Pale luteous, somewhat thickly and coarsely punctured. Head with the anterior portion
of the submarginal lateral borders and a large triangular marking at base ; pronotum with
two large discal subqx;adrate linear markings elongated exteriorly ; scutellum with the base
and two central forked lines extending therefrom to about middle, and two spots on lateral
margins a little before apex ; corium with two claval streaks ; a linear spot on middle of
outer margin ; a transverse-waved fascia, extending from base of membrane for two-thirds
across corium, and a rounded sub-apical spot, shining green. Abdomen above luteous,
apical segment black, connexivum with a row of large green spots. Underside of body pale
luteous. Abdomen with a marginal row of spots situated on the outer edge of each seg-
mental suture, and a submarginal row of transverse slightly-waved linear markings, situated
on middle of each segment, greenish-black. Sternum with some irregular markings of the
same colour. Legs pale luteous, streaked with greenish-black, and femora obscurely
annulated with the same colour near apex. Antennae black, 2nd joint about as long as 1st
and 3rd together, 4th somewhat dilated, about equal in length to 5th. Bostrum luteous
pitchy at base and apex.
Long. 7 mill.
Hab. — Yangihissar, April 1874.
I have retained the unpublished name under which, Dr. Reuter informs me, this species
lias been sent from Turkestan. In most specimens the markings on the pronotum are
6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
not perfectly subquadrate, but disjointed. I have, however, thought it best to describe the
specimen submitted to Dr. Eeuter and returned as above.
11. EUBYDEMA FESTIVA, Lin.
Cimex festiva, Lin., Syst. Nat., 723, 57. — Sir ac km f estiva, Hahn, Wanz. Ins., fig. 93. — Eurydema
ornata, Sahib., Mon. Geoc. Fenn., 24, 1.
nab.— Yangihissar, April 1874. Kugiar, May to June 1874. Sind Valley, August 1873.
A common Palaearctic form. Madeira (Wollaston) ; N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Astracan
(Jacovlev); Algeria (Lucas).
lla. E. FESTIVA, var. HEBBACEA, H. Sch.
Eurydema herlaceum, H. Sch., Cent. Panz. F. G., 115, 12, and Norn. Ent., 1, 55, and 91 (1835).
Hahn, Wanz. 3, F. 239 (1835).
Sab.— Sind Valley, August 1873.
12. BAGBADA PICTA, Fab.
Cimexpictm, Fab., S. Ent., p. 715, 93 (1775), Spec. 2, p. 359, 127 (1781). Wolff, Ic., 1, p. 17, F. 17
(\%W}.—Strachiapicta, Dall., List. 1, p. 259, 5 (.1851). Stal, Enumerat. Hemip., pt. 5, p. 88.
Sab. — Murree.
This species, with few exceptions, has hitherto been only received from Bengal.
Bombay (Coll. Dist.); Bagdad (Coll. Brit. Mus).
13. MENIDA DISTINCTA. Fig. 3.
Menida distincta, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 122.
Luteous, covered with strong greenish-black punctures. Head luteous, with the lateral
margins and four longitudinal furrowed punctured lines greenish-black. These lines are
much more distinct on the ante-ocular portion of the head. Eyes dull ochreous. Antennae
pilose with the 2nd joint shorter than the 3rd, 4th and 5th subequal, rather longer than 3rd ;
first 3 joints luteous, apex of the 1st and apical half of the 3rd, black, 3rd and 4th joints
black, narrowly luteous at base. Rostrum luteous, apical joints pitchy. Pronotum with an
anterior submarginal line of greenish-black punctures and two irregular transverse ocellated
punctured marks of the same colour on anterior portion of the disc. Scutellum with a large
central subbasal greenish-black spot, and two small and somewhat indistinct ones of the
same colour situated on the lateral margins a little before apex. Membrane transparent,
whitish. Abdomen above black, connexivum luteous, spotted with black. Underside of
body and legs luteous, sparingly and distinctly punctured with black. Tarsi pitchy.
Long. 6 mill.
Hub. — Murree and Sind Valley, Kashmir.
Menida histrio, Fab., is the nearest allied species.
RHYNCHOTA. 7
•
14. PRIONACA EXBMPTA, Walk.
Prionaca exempta, Walk., Cat. Het., 3, p. 569.
Hab. — Murree.
N. Hindostan (Coll. Brit. Mus.) ; Assam (Coll. Distant).
Sub-Family— ACANTHOSOMIN& (ACANTHSOMINA), Stal.
16. ACANTHOSOMA PHOXIMA, Ball.
Acanthosoma proximum, Dall., List., 1, p. 303, 2 (1851).
Hab. — Murree.
The type in the British Museum without a locality was presented by General Hard-
wieke, and is probably from N. India.
16. ACANTHOSOMA FORFEX, Dall.
Acanthosoma forfex, Ball., List., 1, p. 308, 16 (1851).
Hab. — Murree.
N. India (Coll. Brit. Mus.).
17. ACANTHOSOMA RECTJRVA, Dall.
Acanthosoma recurvum, Ball., List., 1, p. 310, 19 (1851). — Clinocorts recwrvus, Stal, Enumerat. Hemip,
p. 5, p. 114 (1876).
Hab.—Sind Valley, August 1873.
N. India (Coll. Brit. Mus.).
18. ACANTHOSOMA ASPERA, Walk.
«
Acanthosoma aspera, Walk., Cat. Het., p. 2, p. 395, 17 (1867).
Hab. — Murree.
N. India (Coll. Brit. Mus.).
Sub-Family— USOSTYLIN^E (UBOSTYLINA), Stal.
19. UROSTYLIS FTJMIGATA, Walk. var.
Urostylis fumigata, Walk., Cat. Het., 3, p. 413 (1867).
Hab. — Murree. The type was from Sylhet.
8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Family— COUEIDJE, Stal.
Sub-Family— COREINM (CO REIN A), Stal.
Division Gonoceraria, Stal.
20. CLETUS PUNCTIGER, Dall. var.
Gonocerm punctiger, Dall., List. 2, p. 494, 3 (1852).
Sab . — Murree .
The type was from China. Malacca (Walker).
Sub-Family— ALYDINM (ALYDINA), Stal.
21. CAMPTOPTJS LATERALIS, Germ.
Coreus lateral™, Germ., Reise. Dalm., 491 and F. Ins. Eur., 8, 21. H. Soli., Wanz., v, fig. 549, 1839.
Sab.— Sind Valley, August 1873.
This species has a wide Palaearctic range and is a somewhat common European form.
Teneriffe (Coll. Brit. Mus.) ; Madeira (Wollaston) ; Morocco (Coll. Distant) ; Astracan
(Jacovlev).
Sub-Family— CO SIZING (COBIZINA), Stal.
22. THERAPHA HYOSCYAMI, Lin.
Fieb., Eur. Hem., 232 (1861). Corizus Jiyosciami, Hahn, Wanz., 1, fig. 10. — Cimex kyoteyanri, Lin.,
Faun. Sv. 252, 945.
Hob. — Kugidr, south of Yarkand, May to June 1874.
A well-known European species. N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Astracan (Jacovlev) ;
Morocco (Coll. Distant).
Family— LYGjEIDjE, Stal.
Sub-Family— LYGMINM (LYGM1NA], Stal.
23. LYG^TJS (SPILOSTETHUS) MILITARIS, Fab.
Lygaus militaris, Stal, Hem. Afr., 2, 133, 13 (1865).— Cimex militaris, Fab., S. Ent., p. 717, 103
(1775).
Hob. — Murree.
Europa meridionalis, Africa borealis et media, India orientalis, Insulse Philippine
(Stal.) ; Madeira (Wollaston) ; Teneriffe, Canaries, Mauritius, Bagdad, N. India (Coll. Brit.
Mus.); Morocco (Coll. Distant) ; Algeria (Lucas).
EHYNCHOTA. 9
24. LTGJETJS (SPILOSTBTHTJS) SAXATILIS, Scop.
Cimex saxatilis, Scop., Ent. Cam., 128,371 (1763). — Lygaw saxatilis,'D&\\., List., 2, p. 544 (1852). —
L. (Spilostethus) saxatilis, Stal, Hem. Fab., 1, 75, 1868.
Hab.— Sind Valley, August 1873.
Generally distributed throughout Europe. Algeria (Lucas).
25. LYG.EUS (GRAPTOLOMTJS) EQTJESTRIS, Lin.
Cimex equestris, Lin., F. Sv., 253, 946 (1761). — Lygaw equestois, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 166, 5.
Hab. — Kugiar, south of Yarkand, May to June 1874. Neighbourhood of Sanju, south-
east of Yarkand.
Europa tota, Africa borealis, Sibiria orientalis (Mus. Holm., Sahlberg) ; Bagdad, Japan
(Coll. Brit. Mus) ; Algeria (Lucas).
26. AROCATUS PILOSULUS. Fig. 5.
Arocatus pilomlm, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., p. 123, 1879.
Testaceous, pilose. Head with the central portion black. Antennae black, pilose, 2nd
joint rather the longest, 3rd and 4th subequal. Bostrum pitchy. Pronotum obscurely punc-
tured, distinctly rugulose on posterior portion; anterior portion crossed by a transverse
black submarginal band, and an obscure pitchy band on posterior border. Scutellum pitchy,
with the tip red, and with two large round fovese at base. Corium suffused with dull-pitchy
shadings. Membrane pitchy opaque, outer border pale transparent. Under side of body
testaceous, strongly suffused with pitchy shadings. Sternum with a submarginal row of three
black spots, placed one on prosternum, one on mesosternum, and one on metasternum. Legs
pitchy, pilose. The corium is more densely pilose than other parts of the upper surface.
Long. 6 mill.
Sab. — Murree.
Sab-Family- afmDOCSTA-.® (MYODOCHINA), Stal.
27. LAMPRODEMA BREVICOLLIS, Fieb.
Lamprodema brevicollis, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 185 (1861).
Hab. — Tanktse to Chagra, Pankong Valley, Ladak, September 1873.
The type was from Dalmatia, and Mr. Edward Saunders kindly compared these specimens
for me with insects in his own collection received from the Continent.
28. GONIANOTUS MARGINEPUNCTATUS.
Lygaus marginepunctatus, Wolff, Ic. Cim., 150, t. 15, fig. 144 (1804).
Hab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sarikol to Panjaj April to May 1874.
A not uncommon European species. Madeira (Wollaston) ; Algeria (Lucas).
10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Family— CAPSIDJE.
29. PHYTOCOBIS STOLICZKANTJS. Fig. 6.
PAytocoris stoliczkanus, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., p. 124, 1879.
Uniform pale ochraceous. Head with a V-shaped mark, consisting of small transverse
striae, commencing from near base of antennae. First joint of antennae almost as long as
head and pronotum together. Pronotum with two slightly raised transverse callosities ex-
tending across and occupying the anterior border. Scutellum with the base somewhat raised
and gibbous, a waved transverse cordate line near base, and a faint pale longitudinal median
line near apex. Hemielytra sparingly clothed with a few minute blackish hairs. Membrane
with bright prismatic reflexions.
Long. 6 mill.
Sab. — Murree, Jhelum Valley, and Sind Valley.
30. CALOCOKIS STOLICZKANUS. Fig. 7.
Calocorit stoliczkanus, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 6, p. 124, 1879.
Ochreous clouded with brown, and sparingly clothed with pale yellowish pile. Antennae
brownish, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th joints with the apices pitchy. First joint robust, 2nd somewhat
suddenly thickened towards apex, 3rd and 4th very slender, 4th not much more than half the
length of the 3rd. Cuneus somewhat paler in colour than corium, brownish and pilose at
base, and with a small pitchy spot at apex. Membrane pale fuscous clouded with brown.
Underside pale obscure ochreous, clothed with fine pale yellow pile, and a somewhat obscure
stigmatal row of small brown spots. Legs mutilated. The pronotum is faintly angulose,
and the scutellum somewhat more plainly strigose.
Long. 8 mill.
Hab. — Murree.
I have placed this species in the genus Calocoris, though Dr. Keuter writes to me,
" Calocoris, vel n. gen."
31. CALOCORIS CHENOPODII, Fall.
Phytocoris chenopodii, Fall., H., p. 77, 1. — Calocori* chenopodii, Pieb., Eur. Hem., 255 (1861).
Hab.— Sind Valley, August 1873.
Europa tota, Dauria (Sahlberg).
32. CALOCORIS FOB.SYTHI. Fig. 8.
Calocoris forsythi, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 125, 1879.
Brownish testaceous. Antennae with the 1st joint not quite so long as head and pronotum,
2nd slightly and gradually thickened towards apex, 3rd pale luteous at base, 4th wanting.
EHYNCHOTA. 11
Head with a deep central longitudinal incision between the eyes. Pronotum rugulose, faintly
anteriorly and more distinctly towards posterior border. Hemielytra slightly pilose, some-
what paler towards costal margin, and with extreme outer margin somewhat obscure pitchy.
Membrane pale fuscous, somewhat clouded. Scutellum obscurely and transversely strigose.
Underside of body castaneous. Fore-legs ochraceous, tibiae with a longitudinal row of small
brownish spots. The rest of the legs wanting.
Long. 7 mill.
Hab. — Murree.
Family— NABIDJE, Fieb.
33. CORISCUS FERUS, Linn.
Cimex ferns, Lin., Faun. Suec., 256, 962 (1761).— Nabia ferus, Fieb., Eur. Hem., p. 161, 9 (1861).
Reut., O. V. A. F. 29, 6, p. 72, 5 (1872).
Hab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood.
Palaearctic species. America borealis, New Jersey, Wisconsin, California (Mus. Holm.,
Stal) ; Europa tota, North- Western Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Algeria (Lucas).
family— R fid UFIIDjfl, Stal.
Sub-Family— REDUVIIN& (REDUVIINAj, 8U\.
34. REDUVITJS (HARPISCUS) REUTERI, DIST. Fig. 9.
Reduviut (Harpiscus) reuteri, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 125, 1879.
Black, shining, trochanters and bases of femora sanguineous.
Allied to R. morio, Kol. Dr. Reuter, who has kindly compared the two species for me,
writes :• — " R. (Harpisco) morioni, colore similis, sed major et in omnibus latior, magis nitidus,
pedibus pills exsertis longis destitutes, capite pronoti lobo postico tantum paullo longiore, tro-
chanteribus basique ipsa femorum rufis divergens. Obs. — Oula nigra, <ut in R. morione."
Long. 20 mill.
Hab.— Sind Valley.
35. REDUVITJS (RHINOCORIS) IRACTJNDUS, Scop.
Cimex iracundm, Scop., Ent. Cam., p. 130, 878 (1768). — Harpadw iracundiu, Fieb.; Eur. Hem. 153
(1861).
Rab. — Sind Valley, August 1873. European form.
12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Sub-family— PIBATINJE (PIBATINA) Stal.
36. PIEATES (LESTOMERUS) AFFINIS, Serv.
Peiratf* affinit, Serv., Ann. Sc. nat., 23, p. 216, 2 (1831). Lestomerus affinis, A. and S.. Hist., p. 323,
2 (1843).
Sab.— Jhelam Valley, July 1873.
India orientalis (Mus. Holm ); Borneo (Mus. Leiden); Cochin-China (Coll. Signoret,
Stal) ; Assam (CoU. Distant).
Family— HYDROBATIDrf!, Stal.
37. GERRIS (LIMNOTRECHUS) SAHLBERGI. Fig. 10.
Gerris (Limnotrechus) sahlbergi, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend., p. 125, 1879.
Head thickly covered with olivaceous pubescence, with a small black spot on vertex.
Antennae ochraceous, 1st joint longest, 2nd and 3rd shortest and subequal, 4th rather longer
than 3rd, thickly covered with greyish pile. Pronotum ochraceous, pubescent, anterior 3rd,
lateral borders, and a central longitudinal line, olivaceous ; the last is testaceous on anterior
portion of pronotum. Hemielytra brownish testaceous, with the nervures olivaceous. Un-
der side of body covered with greyish pile, except lateral borders, apex, and central portion of
abdomen, which parts are ochraceous. Legs ochraceous, fore femora with an outer longi-
tudinal black fascia.
Long. 10 mill.
Hab. — Neighbourhood of Leh.
Dr. B/euter, who has done me the favour of examining the species, reports — " L. thoracico
affinis et segmentorum genitalium maris structura similis, differt autem pronoio breviore,
postice brevius et obtusius producto, angulis dentiformibus segm. abdominnlis sexti brevissimis,
vix productis, tibiis, prcesertim posticis, brevibus, tarsis posticis his tantum \ brevioribus."
38. GEN. (?) ORIENTALIS. Figs. 11 and 12.
Halobates (?) orientalis, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 126, 1879.
Brownish ochraceous, finely pilose. Antennae with the 1st joint curved, robust, and
about the length of head and pronotum together; remaining joints more slender, 2nd and
3rd subequal, 4th a little shorter than 3rd. Pronotum with a median pale longitudinal line
and a large rounded fovea on posterior portion of disc. The rostrum is 5-jointed; the first
two joints are very robust and somewhat fused together, the 2nd minute and much shorter
than the 1st, the 3rd much the longest and rather less robust than 1st and 2nd, 4th small,
slender, and black, 5th ochreous, very slender and hair-like, and rather shorter than 4th.
Sternum clothed with greyish pile.
The eyes are large, semi-globular, and castaneous, situated at base of lateral margins of
head. The pronotum is about the length of the head, but broader, truncate in front and
rounded behind ; mesonotum and metanotum hardly distinguishable, much longer than pro-
RHYNCOTA. 13
notum, and gradually and regularly widened posteriorly. Legs ochreous, fore femora much
thickened.
Long. 7 to 8 mill.
Hah. — Jhelam Valley.
I have refrained for the present from making a new genus for the reception of this
species. It is in many respects allied to Halobates and cannot be included in the genus
Oerris. The figures will show its anatomical peculiarities.
Family— NEPIDjE, Burm.
39. RANATRA, sp. ?
Too mutilated for determination.
nab.— Yarkand.
!, Stal.
40. NOTONECTA GLATTCA, Lin.
Notoneda glcmca, Lin., Faun. Sv. 244, 903, Sahl., Not. Faun. et. Fl. Fenn., Forh., XIV, 273, 1. N.
fabricii, Fieb., Eur. Hem. 101, 2. N. marmorea, Fab., Syst. Rhyn., p. 103, 3 (1803).
Hob. — Yarkand.
Europa tota, Asia et America borealis, N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Algeria (Lucas).
41. ENITHAEES, sp. ?
Allied to E. indica, Fab., if not a variety of that species.
Hab. — Jbelam Valley.
Family— CORISIDJB, Fieb.
42. CORISA HIEROGLYPHICA, L. Duf .
Corixa hieroglyphica, L. Duf., Hem., 86, 2, fig. 85, 87. Corisa hieroglyphica, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 93, 15
(1861).
Hcib. — Yarkand.
Palsearctic form. Astracan (Jacovlev).
43. CORISA GEOFFROYI, Leach.
Coritca geoffroyi, Leach, Class. Lin. Tr., 12, 7. Corisa geoffroyi, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 91, 6 (1861) =
denfipes, Thorn. (Sahlberg).
Sab. — Yarkand.
Astracan (Jacovlev) ; Algeria (Lucas).
D
14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA.
Family— CERCOPIDsE.
Sub-family— CERCOPIN^ (CERCOPINA) Stal.
44. COSMOSCABTA DORSIMACTJLA, Walk.
Cercopis dorsimacula, Walk., List. Homop. Ins. Ill, p. 658, 31 (1851).
Hob. — Jhelam Valley.
N. Bengal, N. India, Cachar (Types, Brit. Mus.)
Sub-family— APHROPHORIN^ (APHROPSORINA) Stal.
45. PTYELTJS COSTALIS, Walk.
Ptyelus costalis, Walk., List. Homop. Ins. Ill, p. 707, 13 (1851). Ptyelus concolor , Walk.,^., p. 715,
26. Stal, Ofv. vet. Ak. Forh., 1862, p. 493.
Hob. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, August to September 1873.
N. India (Types, Brit. Mus).
46. CLOVIA NEBTJLOSA, Fab.
Cercopis nelulosa, Fab., Ent. Syst., IV, 50, 14,; Syst. Rhyn., 94, 3. Ptyelus quadridens, Walk.,
List. Homop. Ins. Ill, p. 711, 19 (1851). Ptyelus guitifer, Walk., Hid., p. 712, 21. G'lovia
nelulosa, Stal, Hem. Fab., 2, p. 16, 1869; Sign., Rev. and Mag. Zoo!., 1853, torn. 5, p. 183.
Stal, Ofv. vet. Ak. Forh., 1862, p. 493.
Sab.— Sind Valley, August 1873.
Family— JASSIDJS.
Sub-family— CENTROTIN&.
In his Hem. Af. 4, pp. 82-83 (1866), the late Dr. Stal. gave a " Conspectus subfamili-
arum" of his family " Jassida." In that work he placed the genus Oxyrhachis, Germ., in
his sub-fam. " Membracida," owing no doubt to the dilated fore tibiae of the insects com-
prised in that genus. Subsequently, however, Ofv. vet. Ak. Forh., 1869, p. 280, he placed it
in his sub-fam. " Centrotida," adding " Conspectus generum, centrotidum mundi antiqui —
vide Hem. Af., IV, pp. 86-89." Although there is an error in this statement, the genus
Oxyrhachis clearly belongs to the Centrotidce, in which I have placed it.
47. OXYRHACHIS, sp.
Hab. — Jhelam Valley. One spirit-specimen too much damaged to be described.
RHYNCHOTA. 15
Sub-family— PROCONIIN& (PROCONIINA) Stal.
48. EUACANTHUS EXTREMTJS, Walk.
Tettigonia extrema, Walk., List. Homop. Ins., Ill, p. 761 (1851). Sign., Ann. Ent. Fr. Ser. 3, 1, p.
663, pi. 21, fig. 4, (1853). Stal, Ofv. vet. Ak. Fork, 1862, p. 495.
Sab. — Murree.
The type was from N. India.
Sub-family— JA SSIN& (JASS1NA) Stal.
50. BYTHOSCOPTJS STRAMINETJS, Walk.
AeocepTialm stramineus, Walk., List. Homop. Ins., Ill, p. 847 (1851).
Bythoscopns indicatm, Walk., List. Homop. Ins. Suppl, p. 266, 1858. Stal, Ofv. vet. Ak. Forh., 1862,
p. 494.
Hal.— Sind Valley, August 1873.
The types were from Java, N. China, and Celebes ; it is, however, a commonly received
Indian species.
The remaining specimens of Homoptera contained in the collection, mostly somewhat
minute species, are so damaged by immersion in spirit as to be undeterminable and of
little value as museum-specimens. I should certainly pause before describing insects in this
condition, as colour is obliterated and good figures could not be made. There are two small
species of Ricania and one of Nephesa ; the rest call for little comment.
Explanation of the Plate.
Fig. 1. Dalpada confusa, Dist., p. 3.
„ 2. Palomena reuteri, Dist., p. 4.
„ 3. Menida distincta, Dist., p. 6.
,, 4. Eurydema wilkinsi, Dist., p. 5.
„ 5. Arocatus pilosulus, Dist., p. 9.
„ 6. Phytocoris stoliczakanus, Dist., p. 9.
„ 7. Calocoris stoliczakanus, Dist., p. 10.
„ 8. forsythi, Dist., p. 10.
„ 9. Reduvius (Harpiscus) reuteri, Dist., p. 11.
„ 10. Gerris (Limnotrechus) sahlbergi, Dist., p. 12.
„ 11. Halobates? orientalis, $ , viewed from above, enlarged, p.. 12.
„ Ha. The same, from below, more highly magnified.
„ 114. The anal appendages of the same, from above.
„ He. The same, from below.
„ lid. The same seen vertically.
„ lie. The rostrum.
„ 12a. & 125. The anal appendages of the female.
Govt. Central Preu.— No, 27 S, G, S.-13-3-80.— 276.
HEMIPTERAo
RobV H. F. Rippon del et lith.
Mintern Bros imp.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OP
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Ph.D.
ARANEIDEA,
BY THE
HEVD. O. P. CAMBRIDGE, M.A.,C.M.Z.S.S
HONORARY MEMBKI: OF THE Nfi\r ZHALAND INSTITUTE, &c.
fhiblisheb by tirbcr ot the dtobermncut of
CALCUTTA :
PIUNTED BY TTIK SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING, INDIA.
1885.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Ph.D.
ARANEIDEA,
BY THE
REVD. O. P. CAMBRIDGE, M.A.,C.M.Z.S.,
HONORARY MEMBER OF THE NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE, &c.
ipublisheb bg orocr of the Sobenttnent of lubia.
CALCUTTA :
PRINTED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING, INDIA.
1885.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
ARANEIDEA.
BY THE REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE, 1LA., C.M.Z.S.,
Honorary Alember of the t\ev> Zealand Institute, Sfc.
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.
spiders collected by the late Dr. Stoliczka in the Yarkand expedition can by no
means be considered a full, nor perhaps even a fair, representation of the Araneidea
of the extensive area over which the expedition passed.
Mr. A. O. Hume informs me that this area may be subdivided into five well-marked
regions, and suggests that the spiders found in each should be distinctly (i.e., I conclude,
separately) treated. Now, judging from the contents of the collection, I should have
thought that the regions might have been considered as two only, — that is, (1) f rom Murree to
Cashmere, including the latter as well as the former; and (2) the whole of the rest of the
area travelled over by the expedition, and comprising the neighbourhood of Leh, the route
from Tantze to Chagra and Pankong valley, and from Yarkand to Bursi, as well as Yarkand
and neighbourhood, Kashghar, the hills west of Yarkand, and the Pamir.
In the first of these regions — Murree and Cashmere — more than half of the whole
number of spiders were collected ; the total number of species is 131 ; the number from this
region is 69. The leading character of the spiders of this region is European, with a few
more distinctly tropical and subtropical species, such as Idiops designates, Episinus
algiricus, Phycus sayittatus, Meta mixta, Chorizoopes stoliczka and C. congener, Cyrtar-
achne pallida, Dicea subargentata, Monastes dejectus, Sarotes regius and S. promptus,
Sparassus fugax, Ocyale rectifasciata, Philodromus medius, and Oxyopes jubilans and
O. prcedicta. The leading character of the second region is also European, but with a
decided subalpine feature, and no trace scarcely of anything tropical or even subtropical,
excepting perhaps Prosthesima cingara, Sparassus flavidus, and ttcebe benevolo,. Of the 69
species found in the Cashmere regions, three only were found in the other regions mentioned '•>
and one species only, Drassus dispulsus, occurred generally throughout the whole area
travelled over, — i.e., in all the five regions specified by Mr. Hume.
A
2 SECOND YiRKAND MISSION.
In the systematic list of species folloAving tlie present descriptions, figures are added
notifying in which of Mr. Hume's regions each species occurred. Supplementary lists are
also appended of the spiders found in each separate region, with figures showing in what
other regions, if any, each occurred. Prom these lists, it will be seen that one species only
( that mentioned above) was common to all the five regions ; three others were common to
four of the regions ; four others common to three regions ; and fourteen others common to
two of them ; — sixty-six of the species being, as above observed, found only in region 1 of
Mr. Hume, corresponding exactly to the first region indicated, as it seems to me, by the
character of the spiders themselves.
The regions named by Mr. Hume are : —
(Jf) " Cashmere including Murree and the road /hence to Cashmere." — This comprises
the spiders noted in my descriptions as Murree, Mtirree to Sind vnlley, and Sind valley.
(2) " Ladakh, from the Zojeela Pass to the head of the Pankong Lake." — This
comprises the spiders noted in my descriptions as Neighbourhood of Leh, and Tantze to
Chagra, and Pankong valley.
(3) " The mountain masses between the head of the Pankong Lake and the plains
of Ydrkand" comprising only the spiders noted as Ydrkand to Bursi, there being no
spiders in the collection labelled as having been obtained during the forward journey from
the Pankong Lake to the plains of Yarkand.
(4) " The plains of Ydrkand," comprising the spiders noted as Ydrkand and neigh-
bourhood, and Ydrkand." Excepting the three species mentioned as subtropical in my second
region, there were no spiders, in this region 4 of Mr. Hume, differing in character from the
general run of those in his regions 2, 3, and 5.
(5) " The high country west of Ydrkand, the hil/s leading up to the Pamir, the Pamir
and TFokhan." — This comprises the spiders noted as Kdshyhar, between Yangihissdr and
Kirikol, Yangihissdr, road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panjah and back, and hills
betioeen Sirikol and Aktalla.
It will be seen from the above that my first region corresponds exactly with region 1 of
Mr. Hume, and that my second region includes Mr. Hume's regions 2, 3, 4, and 5.
The localities noted for each species in my descriptions are those written (I suppose by
Dr. Stoliczka himself) upon the several bottles in which the spiders were contained. No
attempt had been made to separate the species in each bottle, nor, with one exception, is there
anything in Dr. Stoliczka's diary referring intelligibly to the separate contents of the bottles.
Dr. Stoliczka's notes on the spiders are very few, and of the most general description. In the
one exceptional instance (Diary, p. 3, dated 19th July 1873, Tinali}, the note refers to the
capture of a " great number of spiders, chiefly Thoursus " (probably a misprint for Thomisns,
though there were very few Thomisids in this bottle) " and Sphassus [Sphas^ls^ ; among the
latter I recognised Sphasus viridanus." Now, there was not a single example of Sphasus in
any one of the bottles, excepting in one, which contained no label nor any other clue either
to the locality or its contents ; the mention therefore of Sphasus is thus important, and fixes
the locality in which the contents of this unlabelled bottle were collected. The Sphasus
viridanus alluded to is a Calcutta species, described by Dr. Stoliczka himself ( Journ. Asiat.
Soc., Bengal, vol. xsxviii, p. 220, pi. xx, fig. I), but is quite distinct from either of the
three species found in this bottle (vide remarks on these species, infra).
Out of the 132 species in the collection, I can only determine 23 as certainly identical
with European species already described, leaving 109, which I believe to be new to science.
ARANEIDEA. 3
This appears to be a large proportion of undescribed species, but no more than might be
expected from a district hitherto wholly (so far as I am aware) unknown to arachnologists.
The researches of Alexis Fedtschenko, Reise in Turkestan, lately (in respect at least to the
Araneidea) published by Kronenberg, give 146 species, of which 101 are identified with
known European species. Excepting the Latin descriptions of new species, this work is
written in the Russian language, with which I have, unfortunately, no acquaintance whatever-
Eight only of the spiders described or recorded by Kronenberg appear to me identical with
those contained in Dr. Stoliczka's collection. These are Epeira tartarica, Kron. ; Epeira
cornuta, Clk. ; Epeira cucurbitina, Clk. ; Tetragnatha extensa, Linn. ; Pachygnatha clerckiii
Sund. : Erigone dentipalpis, Wid. ; Theridion tuberctilatitm, Kron. ; and Xysticus crisiatus,
Clk. At first sight it might seem remarkable that so large a proportion of the collection
made by Fedtschenko in Western Turkestan should be identical with European species, while
so small a proportion out of those collected by Dr. Stoliczka are similarly identical ; but when
it is borne in mind that more than half of Dr. Stoliczka's collection was made in Murree and
Cashmere, we need not be surprised at these results, for, indeed, a comparatively small collec-
tion only can be said to have been made in Eastern Turkestan, and that chiefly on the high
mountain ranges and during the winter and early spring months ; these months being
probably there, as in other analogous districts, the least favourable for the fullest develop-
ment of the Araneidea.
I have observed that the number of species contained in Dr. Stoliczka's collection cannot
be by any means considered a full representation of the spiders inhabiting the country travelled
over. The season of the year had probably much to do with this paucity of species, but more
than anything else it may be accounted for when we remember the number of irons Dr-
Stoliczka had in the fire, embracing the whole field of the zoology, as well as of the geology,
of the districts visited ; instead, therefore, of being surprised at the smallness of the arachno-
logical results of the expedition, we must, under the circumstances, wonder at their extent.
We may look forward now with great interest to future collections made in the north of
India, on the southern slopes of the mountain ranges of Cashmere, and in the plains adjoining,
where we should expect the tropical character of the spiders to become far more marked,
though probably still with a great diversity in the species from those found in the more
central regions of India. No materials, however, exist, so far as I am aware, for any com-
parison upon these points ; indeed, the materials for comparison with any Indian spiders are,
as yet, comparatively small, and but little has been hitherto published upon them.
Order— ARANEIDEA.
Family— THERAPHOSIDES.
Gonna— IDIOPS, Forty.
1. — IDIOPS DESIGNATUS, sp. n., PI. I, Pig. 1, <? .
Adult male : length 5| lines ; to the end of falces G| lines ; length of cephalothorax
3 lines (nearly) ; breadth rather over 2|.
Cephalothorax round-oval, truncated at each end and rather flattened ; it is of a bright
red-brown colour, and the normal indentations are strongly marked. The caput is a little
elevated above the general level, being rather the highest near the occiput, across which is a
A!
4 SECOND IARKAND MISSION.
well-defined, transverse curved depression (or indentation); the convexity of the curve is
directed forwards, and its ends merge in those of the thoracic indentation, which is also
curved (the convexity of the curve directed backwards) and deeply impressed ; these two
curved indentations enclose a well-defined, somewhat roundish, smooth, and shining area ;
a portion of the surface of the caput on each side, in front of this, is transversely rugulose,
and, together with the rest of the thoracic surface, more or less, though not very thickly,
covered with minute tubercular granulosities.
The eyes are of moderate size and disposed in three transverse rows, 2, 2, 4, forming
two widely separated groups, each group placed on a tubercular elevation. Those of the
first, or foremost, row constitute one group close to the fore margin of the caput ; these
appear to be rather the largest of the eight, and are separated from each other by about an
eye's diameter ; those of the hinder group (consisting of the second and third rows) form a
narrow transverse elongate oval ; the eyes of the second row are also separated by an eye's
diameter, and the length of the row is little, if anything, different from that of the first ;
the hinder row is curved (the convexity of the curve being directed backwards); the eyes of
this row appear to be smaller than the rest, the middle pair being of an irregular form and
yellowish- white colour (the colour of the rest is dark), and considerably further from each
other than each is from the lateral eye of the same row on its side, and the length of the
line formed by those two, hind-central, eyes is a little greater than that of the second
(or middle row).
The legs are tolerahly strong and of moderate length ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3 ;
they are of a bright yellow-brown colour, deepening into red- brown on the tibias (and on
some other parts) of those of the first and second pairs ; their armature consists of hairs
bristles, and spines, but neither of these in any great abundance. The spines are chiefly on
the tibise and metatarsi ; those underneath the first and second pairs (particularly the first)
are the most conspicuous : the tibiae of the first pair are considerably but gradually enlarged
at their fore-extremity on the inner side, the enlargement terminating with a long, strong-
curved, blunt-pointed spur or spine. A little on the inner side behind the base of this spur,
is a short and strongish denticulation ; the metatarsi of the first pair are rather abruptly
bent towards their fore-extremity, and slightly enlarged in a bluntish angular form on the
inner side. The tarsi are devoid of any scopula, each ending with three claws ; those of the
upper pair are strong and pectinated ; the inferior one is small and inconspicuous.
The palpi are long, rather strong, similar to the legs in colour, and furnished with hairs
and bristles, those beneath the radial joint being the longest and most numerous. This joint is
long, more than double the length of the cubital joint, and nearly equals that of the
tibise of the first pair of legs ; it is of a rather tumid form, and is bent downwards near its
anterior extremity, on the outer side of which there is a strong oblique indentation extending
underneath, and margined above with a somewhat tuberculous ridge armed with short, strong,
tooth-like spines ; the digital joint is short, expanded laterally at its fore-extremity, which is
also somewhat indented, and armed with a few spines ; and the palpal organs are, as usual,
simple, though characteristic in detail, consisting of a roundish corneous bulb prolonged into
a long, tapering, slightly sinuously-curved, bifid spine, whose extremity, when in its
position of rest, is directed outwards and backwards.
Thefalces are moderately strong and bristly, and have near their extremity, on the inner
side, a prominence, armed with strong tooth-like spines : their colour is similar to that of the
cephalothorax.
ARANEIDEA. 5
The maxilla; are moderately long, cylindrical in form, and their fore-extremity, on the
inside, terminates in a moderate-sized angular point.
The labium is of a somewhat quadrate form, though well rounded at its apex and convex
on its outer surface. The colour of the maxillce and labium is like that of the legs.
The abdomen is short, rather broader behind than before, considerably convex above,
particulaly towards the fore part ; it is furnished with hairs and a few scattered prominent
spines on the upper side, which is of a dark-brownish colour, the under side being of a paler
yellowish-brown. The spinners are four in number in the usual position, and pale yellow in
colour; those of the superior pair are three-jointed, and tolerably strong but short ; those of the
inferior pair, short, small, and one-jointed.
Hab. — Murree, between June the llth and July the 14th. 1873.
This spider appears to belong to the genus Idiops as restricted by Professor A. Ausserer
in his work upon this family.
Though allied to 1. svriacuv, Cambr., it is certainly distinct from that species, of which,
however, the male has not yet been discovered.
Family— FILISTA TIDES.
Gemia—FILISTATA, Latr.
2. — FILISTATA SECLUSA, sp. n., PI. I, Fig. 2, ? .
Immature female : length 2j lines.
In its general form, structure, and appearance this spider is similar to F. testacea, Latr.,
and some other nearly allied species of the genus.
The eephalothorax, legs, palpi, and other fore parts are yellow ; the eephalothorax has
a narrow, blackish marginal line, and occasionally there is a blackish longitudinal marking
on the caput behind the eyes ; these are in the ordinary position and differ little, if at all, in
their relative size from those of the species before mentioned.
The legs are furnished with hairs, bristles, and some spines, the latter not being very
sharp pointed.
The markings of the abdomen furnish a very distinctive character in the present species :
it is of a dull yellowish colour, with a strong, well-defined, dark, rusty-reddish, longitudinal,
median band ; this band tapers towards its hinder part, where it is broken into somewhat
angular patches ; these are continued laterally by some more or less conspicuous oblique
lines of the same colour, forming, in fact, the series of chevrons (or angular markings) more
or less observable on the hinder half of the abdomen in the greater part of the Araneidea ;
the under side is slightly suffused along the middle, with dull rusty red.
Ilab.- -Leh, August or September 1873 ; Pankong- valley, 15th to 21st September 1873.
Family— D YSDERIDES.
Genws—DYSDERA, Latr.
3. — DTSDERA CTLINDRICA, sp. n., PI. I, Fig. 3, 3 .
Adult female : length 6| lines ; length of eephalothorax 2 lines.
The eephalothorax andfalces are of a bright, reddish liver-coloured brown ; the legs and
6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
palpi are reddish-orange coloured; the maxilloe, labium, and sternum bright orange-brown, and
the abdomen dull clay- coloured. In these respects there is, therefore, little or no difference
between the present and many other species of Dysdera, nor is there any remarkable differ-
ence either in the form of the cephalothorax or in the position of the eyes ; the surface of the
former, although not marked with any distinct punctures, is not glossy ; the normal grooves
and indentations, though visible, are very slightly defined and it is uniformly but not greatly
convex ; the fore part is broadly truncated, and the caput is a little constricted at the lateral
margins. The c.ep halo thorax is remarkably small, and short, compared to the length of the
abdomen.
The eyes (six in number) are placed round a slight tubercular elevation close to the
fore part of the caput, the height of the clypeus being not more than equal to the diameter of
one of the foremost eyes ; those of the posterior row (four) are equal in size, contiguous to
each other, and form, as nearly as possible, a straight transverse line ; immediately in front of
each lateral eye of this row, is another larger one contiguous to it, and forming an oblique
line in relation to the hinder row, so that the row consisting of the two anterior eyes is rather
shorter than the hinder row.
The legs are moderate in length and strength, and their relative length is 1, 4, 2, 3. They
are furnished very sparingly with hairs, and these are chiefly on the under side ; those of the
third and fourth pairs have also a few short, fine spines ; the tarsi are very short and
terminate with two curved, pectinated clawss beneath which is a small compact claw-tuft,
behind this the tarsi and the anterior portion of the metatarsi are thickly fringed underneath
with hairs.
The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, and are furnished with hairs and bristT.es, the
fore part of the digital joint being rather thickly clothed with them, and its extremity is
furnished either with two small claws, or else with a short curved denticulation springing
from the base of the ordinary claw; the hairs and bristles surrounding this part make it
difficult to ascertain this exactly.
Thefalces are moderately long, porrected, and rather hollowed on the inner side of their
fore half ; their length does not exceed half that of the cephalothorax, and the front surface
near their base is furnished with a few minute tubercular granulations.
The maxillae are rather long, strong, excavated on the side towards the labium, obliquely
truncated at the extremity, and convexly rounded on the outer side above the point where the
palpi are articulated; at this point, which is nearly about the middle, the maxillae are very strong.
The labium is rather more than two-thirds of the length of the maxillae, and is very
broad at its base, a little way above which there is a transverse suture or indentation ; its
sides above this are hollowed ; the apex is also hollowed, or strongly, and roundly, indented.
The sternum is oval, obtusely pointed behind, truncated before, and strongly impressed
at the points between the insertions of the legs.
The abdomen is large and of an oblongo-cylindrical form ; this character alone distin-
guishes it at once from all other described species known to me. It is thinly clothed with
very short hairs, and the spinners are short and inconspicuous.
The male differs in no essential respect from the female, except in being rather smaller,
and, of course, in the smaller size of the abdomen, which, however, preserves the same cylin-
drical oblong form; the palpi are very like those of Dysdera, cambridgii, Thor. (D. ery-
thrina, Bl.), but the palpal organs are of a much more elongated form.
Hab. — Murree, between June Hth and July 14th, 1873.
ARANEIDEA. 7
Fa.m\]y—D2tASSIDES.
Genus— DRASSUS, Walck.
4. — DRASSUS TROGLODYTES, C. L. KOCH.
Drassus troylodi/tes, C. L. Koch, Die Arachn. VI, p. 35, Taf. 189, figs. 455, 456.
If ab. — Examples of this widely-dispersed species were contained in the collection from
the following localities : Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874; between Sirikol
and Aktallah, 8th to 13th May 1874; Tantze to Chagna and Pankong valley, ]5th to 21st
September 1873 ; Tarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873.
5. — DRASSUS INFLETTJS, sp. n., PL I, Fig. 4, ? .
Adult female: length 3J lines.
The ceplialothorax is of a rather elongate-oval form, narrowing gradually to the fore-ex-
tremity, which is truncate ; the lateral impressions of the caput are very slight ; looked at in
profile, the fore-part of the caput slopes very little forwards, and the hinder (or thoracic
slope) is short, abrupt, and rather rounded. The normal indentations are ill-defined, and the
central thoracic groove is indicated by a short red-brown line ; the colour of the cephalo-
thorax is yellow-brown, and it is covered with a grey pubescence, among which are some
dark hairs.
The eyes are in two transverse, slightly curved, and very nearly concentric, curved rows,
close to the fore margin of the caput ; they are of moderate size, not greatly different in this
respect, and pretty compactly grouped together ; those of the front row are very near to-
gether, but the interval between the two central eyes of this row is rather greater than that
between each and the lateral eye nearest to it ; the interval between the laterals of the two
rows is nearly, if not quite, equal to the diameter of the largest of them, which appears to
be that of the front row; those of the hind-central pair are contiguous to each other, oblique,
of an oval form and pearly lustre, and each is separated from the hind-lateral eye nearest to
it by an interval equal to its own diameter ; the fore-central eyes are the largest of the
eight, and the spot on which they are seated appears to be a little prominent ; the height of
the clypeus is no more than equal to the diameter of one of the last-mentioned eyes.
The legs are tolerably strong but rather short ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they
are of a brownish-yellow colour, deepening to reddish-brown on the metatarsi and tarsi, and
clothed with greyish pubescence mixed with darker hairs, bristles, and spines ; the last
chiefly on those of the third and fourth pairs ; beneath the two claws with which the tarsi
terminate is a small claw-tuft.
The palpi are short, pretty stout, and similar to the legs in colour and clothing; the
radial and digital joints deepening to red-brown.
The fa Ices are tolerably long and strong, directed a little forwards; their colour is like
that of the ceplialothorax, and they are furnished in front with hairs, bristles, and greyish
pubescence.
The maxillae are strong, slightly curved, and inclined towards the labium, as well as
broadly impressed across the middle ; the basal portion is broad and rather convex, and its
colour is darker than that of the cephalothorax.
The labium is oblong, rounded at the apex, and similar to the maxillae in colour.
8 SECOND YlEKANJ) MISSION.
The sternum is like the cephalothorax in colour, and of a regular oval form, pointed
behind ; it, like the maxillae and labium, is clothed with fine brownish hairs.
The abdomen is of a short oval form, blunted at each end, and tolerably convex above
it is of a pale clay-colour, covered thinly with yellowish-brown hairs ; the four exterior
spinners are moderately long, and of nearly equal length ; the genital aperture is rather large
and of characteristic form.
Hab. — Between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874.
6. — DKASSUS INTEREMPTOR, sp. n., PI. I, Fig. 5, <J .
Adult male : length 3f lines.
The cephalothorax is very similar in form to that of D. infletus, though rather narrower
in front ; its colour is yellow-brown, and it is clothed pretty thickly with grey pubescence.
The eyes are rather small, but placed in the usual two transverse curved rows ; the
foremost row, which is the shortest, is nearly straight, the hinder one considerably curved
and the curves of both have their convexities directed backwards. The eyes of the hinder
row are equidistant from each other, those of the central pair of this row being rather the
smallest of the eight; those of the fore-central pair are the largest, and form a line longer
than the hind-centrals, the interval separating them being about equal to an eye's diameter,
and each is very nearly contiguous to the lateral of the same row next to it. The eyes
of each lateral pair are placed a little obliquely, and are rather nearer together than
those of the hinder row are to each other ; the longitudinal diameter of the trapezoid formed
by the four central eyes is considerably greater than the transverse one ; the height of the
clypeus is about equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes.
The legs are strong and of tolerable length, and rather lighter in colour than the
cephalothorax ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, and they are pretty thickly clothed with
sandy-grey hairs (among which are some of a browner hue), bristles, and spines ; some of the
latter are beneath the metatarsi and tibiae of those of the 1st and 2nd pairs, but the greater
number are on the tliird aud fourth pairs. Each tarsus terminates with two claws, beneath
which is a small claw-tuft ; and beneath the tarsi is a scopula extending a little way
underneath the anterior portion of the metatarsi.
The palpi are short, tolerably strong, and similar in their colour and armature to the
legs. The humeral joint has several black spines on its upper side ; the cubital joint is
stronger and a little longer than the radial; the latter is furnished with longish bristly
hairs, and expands at its fore-extremity, which is prolonged on the outer side into a tolerably
strong, rather tapering, reddish-brown, apophysis, terminating in an obtuse, flattened, corneous
point ; the digital joint is large, oval, and of a browner hue than the rest ; the palpal organs
are prominent and well developed ; they are of a yellowish colour, traversed near the middle
by a distinct yellow-brown spine-like fillet or band, close in front of which is a strong,
curved, tapering, reddish-yellow-brown corneous process, with another very similar, but
smaller, in front of it ; a third, smaller still and apparently obtuse, being in front again, just
below the fore-extremity of the joint.
The f aloes are neither very long nor strong; their direction is nearly vertical, and they
are similar in colour to the cephalothorax; their front surface is clothed with greyish
pubescence and some brown hairs and bristles.
ARANEIDEA. 9
The maxilla are strong, considerably bent towards the labium, over which their extremities
almost meet, and broadly impressed across the middle ; their colour is rather darker than
that of the cephalothorax.
The labium. owing to some foreign matters adhering to it, could not be very distinctly
seen, but its form appeared to be oblong, rounded at the apex, and its colour like that of the
maxillse.
The sternum is oval, pointed behind, like the maxillae in colour, and clothed with grey
pubescent hairs.
The abdomen is about equal in length to the cephalothorax, of an oblong-oval form,
not very convex above ; it is of a somewhat mottled clay-colour, with an oblong, brownish,
dorsal marking on the anterior half of the upper side, produced behind into a narrow brown-
pointed stripe : the fore-extremity of this dorsal marking is strongly suffused with rusty red
brown. The middle of the upper side of the abdomen has four small red-brown impressed
spots in the form of a square, whose fore-side is rather the shortest ; it is clothed, but not
very densely, with coarsish dark brown hair. The spinners are strong, those of the inferior
pair being double the length of those of the superior.
Hab. — Neighbourhood of Leh, August or September 1873.
7. — DRASSUS INVISUS, sp. n., PI. I, Fig. 6, ? .
Adult female : length rather more than 5 lines.
This spider is nearly allied to D. interlisus, which it resembles in form, general colouring,
structure, and appearance : it is however smaller, and the colour of the caput is much less
rich, being but little darker than the thorax, which is a dull yellow-brown ; the whole of
the cephalothorax is covered with a sandy-grey pubescence; and there is a dark line
running down the middle of the caput from the hind-central pair of eyes to the thoracic
indentation.
The eyes are also different in their position from those of 7). interlisus, those of the
hind-central pair being placed obliquely to each other, and those of the fore-central pair
nearer together and further from the laterals.
The falces are less strong, and the apex of the labium does not reach so nearly to the
extremity of the maxillse.
The abdomen is of a rather short, oblong-oval form, tolerably convex above : it is of a
dull-yellowish hue, thinly clothed with fine hairs : along the middle of the fore-half on the
upper side, is a slightly darker, but clearly defined, oblong marking, which has its hinder
part tapered off to a sharp point, and an angular point on each side where the tapering portion
begins. There are also four small dark blackish-brown oblique spots on the fore- half,
forming a rectangle whose length is about double its breadth : two fine parallel brownish lines
run on the under side from the genital aperture to a little distance from the spinners, and
from each of the inferior pair of spinners a similar line runs a little obliquely to a point
in a line (in a transverse direction) with the termination of the two other lines just men-
tioned : the spinners are short and strong, those of the inferior pair being the strongest
and a little the longest : the genital aperture is small and of a very simple form.
. — Between Sirikol and Aktalla, between the 8th and 31st of May 1874.
10 SECOND YAliKAND MISSION.
8. — DRASSUS INTERPOLATOR, sp. n., PL I, Fig. 7, <? .
Adult male : length 4^ lines.
The cephalothorax is oval, truncated and narrowest before, and tolerably constricted
on the lateral margins of the caput; the profile line slopes gradually forwards from the
beginning of the hinder slope of the thorax ; its colour is yellowish-brown radiated with
darker stripes, which follow the directions and lines of the thoracic and other normal indenta-
tions ; the whole surface is pretty thickly clothed with yellowish-grey pubescence.
The eyes are in the usual two transverse curved rows, the hinder one of which is the
longest and the most curved; those of the hind-central pair are separated by more than a
diameter's distance from each other, and are thus rather nearer to each other than each is to
the lateral of the same row on its side ; those of the fore-central pair are slightly the largest
of the eight, and rather further from each other than each is from the fore-lateral eye on its
side ; those of each lateral pair form an oblique line, and are divided by an interval of nearly
about an eye's diameter. The height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of one of the
fore- central eyes.
The legs are rather long and not very strong ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 8 ; they
are of a dull yellow-brown colour, clothed with sandy-greyish pubescence, and other hairs
and spines, the latter are for the most part long and rather strong, and, besides a small claw-
tuft under the two terminal tarsal claws, each tarsus has a scopula (though not a very dense
one) underneath it.
The palpi are rather short and not very strong ; the lengths of the cubital and radial joints
are about equal ; the latter increases in strength gradually to the fore-extremity, at the outer
side of which there is a small tapering apophysis, whose point ends with a small, slightly
curved, corneous-looking claw or nail ; the direction of this apophysis is rather away from
the digital joint. The radial joint is furnished with strong bristles, and a long spine on the
outer side towards the hinder extremity ; the digital joint is of an elongate-oval form, and
equals in length the radial and cubital joints taken together ; the palpal organs are not
complex ; the surface of the main lobe is traversed and surrounded by two red-brown,
corneous-looking fillets, resembling closely applied spines, and there is dark red-brown,
corneous prominence near the fore-extremity of these organs ; the digital joint is dark
yellowish-brown, and hairy, and has a strongish spine on its outer margin ; the colour of the
other joints of the palpi is similar to that of the legs.
The f alces are moderately long and strong, and their direction is rather forwards ; they
are of a dark red-brown colour and furnished with hairs and bristles.
The maxilla are tolerably long and strong, slightly curved and inclined towards the
labium, and strongly impressed in an oblique direction across the middle ; their extremities
are rather rounded, and their colour is yellowish red-brown, pale whitish at the extremi-
ties.
The labium is of an oblong form, truncated at the apex, and similar to the maxillae
in colour, its length being nearly about two-thirds that of the maxillse.
The sternum is of a dull brownish-yellow colour, and of an oval form, pointed at its
hinder extremities, and depressed between the insertions of the legs.
The abdomen is of a rather narrow-oval form, and moderately convex above ; it is of
a dull brownish clay-colour, thinly clothed with hairs, and has an oblong, dull- brown,
median longitudinal marking, whose hinder extremity is gradually produced into a sharp point
ARANEIDEA. 11
on the fore-half of the upper side, where also four small brown spots form a square, whose
fore-side is rather the shortest ; the two hinder ones of these spots are in a line with the
point of the oblong marking ; the spinners- are rather long and strong, those of the inferior
pair being much the strongest and nearly double the length of the superior pair ; their colour
is brownish-yellow.
This species is nearly allied to D. lapidicolens, Walck.
nab. — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, between the 8th and 13th of May 1874, and
on the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back between April the 22nd and
May the 7th, 1874.
9. — DRASSUS DISPTJLSUS, sp. n., PL I, Fig. 8, g .
Adult male : length 4| lines ; adult female, 5 lines.
This spider, which is allied to D. lapidicolens, Walck., is very similar in its general form
structure, and appearance to D. interpolator ; it is, however, of a generally brighter hue.
The cephalothorax is of a brownish-yellow colour, the normal indentations of a darker
hue ; the thoracic indentation being deep red-brown. The falces, maxilla, and labium are
reddish yellow-brown, the legs and sternum yellow, and the abdomen pale straw-yellow. The
cephalothorax is covered with greyish-yellow pubescence.
The eyes are of moderate size, and not very unequal; they are in the usual position,
but the hinder row is not so much curved as in D. interpolator ; those of its central pair are
much nearer together than each is to the lateral of the same row on its side ; they are of an
oval form, placed very slightly obliquely and less than their longest diameter's distance from
each other ; those of the fore-central pair are further from each other than each is from the
lateral eye on its side, with which it is nearly, but not quite, in contact. The interval
between the fore-centrals is nearly about a diameter, and these eyes form a line rather longer
than that formed by those of the hind-central pair : those of each lateral pair are obliquely
placed, and are separated by an interval equal to the diameter of the foremost of them.
The legs are rather long and slender, armed with longish spines, especially on the tibiae
and metatarsi of those of the two hinder pairs ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. Beneath the
two terminal claws of each tarsus is a small claw-tuft, with a scopula of blackish hairs along
the under sides of the tarsi, and of the first and second pairs of the metatarsi also.
The palpi ( <? ) are rather short, the humeral and cubital joints are yellow, the radial
and digital joints suffused with yellow-brown, the latter being the darkest : the cubital and
radial joints are of equal length ; the latter expands a little at its anterior extremity, which
is produced (on the outer side) into a rather long, not very strong, slightly tapering apophy-
sis : this apophysis is nearly straight, but a little divergent from the digital joint, and its
extreme point is bifid ; there is also another shorter, angular prominence, or projection, at
the extremity of this joint, on the inner side. The digital joint is elongate-oval, equal in
length to the cubital and radial joints together. The palpal organs are simple but rather
prominent, their fore-extremity has a somewhat truncated appearance, and is broken up into
several corneous spines and processes.
The falces are neither very long nor strong ; they are straight, and their direction is but
a little forwards.
The maxilla and labium are similar in form to those of D. interpolator.
The abdomen is of an elongate-oval form, rather truncated before ; it is very thinly
B 1
12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
furnished with hairs, and in some examples an oblong dull marking, pointed at its hinder
extremity, is faintly traceable on the fore-half of the upper side, where there are usually also
six small dull spots, in three successive, transverse pairs, forming an oblong parallelogram ;
those of the middle pair are the nearest together.
The spinners are long, but not very stout nor very unequal in length ; those of the
inferior pair are the largest and strongest : their colour is like that of the legs.
The female resembles the male in colours' and general structure, but is rather larger ;
there is, however, some little variation in size in different individuals of both sexes ; the
form of the genital aperture, which is rather small, is simple, but, as usual, quite
characteristic.
Hab. — Kashghar, December 1873 ; Tanktze to Chagna and Pankong valley, between
the 15th and 21st of September 1873. Between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March ] 874 ; near
Leh, August and September 1873. Yangihissar, April 1874. Yarkand and neighbourhood,
November 1873. Road from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874 ; and road
across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd to May 7th, 1874. Hills
between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 13th, 1874 ; and the Sind Valley, August 5th to
13th, 1873.
It is thus the most widely spread and numerously represented species of this family
contained in the collection, occurring in all the five districts traversed.
10. — DBASSUS INTERLISUS, sp. n., PI. I, Fig. 9, s .
Adult female : length 6| lines.
The cephalothorax of this fine species is of an oblong-oval shape, tolerably convex above,
broadly truncated at the fore-extremity, and but very slightly constricted on the lateral
margin of the caput ; the profile line is very nearly level from the hinder slope to the occiput,
whence it slopes forwards in a more rounding form ; its colour is a bright reddish yellow-
brown, deepening gradually to the caput, the fore part and sides of which are black red-
brown : the whole of the cephalothorax is pretty densely clothed with short yellowish- grey
pubescent hairs ; the normal indentations are not very strongly defined, and the height of the
clypeus is about equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes.
The eyes are rather small, not very different in size, and placed in the two usual transverse
curved rows, the hinder row being the longest and most curved : they are not very closely
grouped together, and those of the fore-central pair are seated on a slight but perceptible pro-
minence. These two eyes are nearly two diameters distant from each other, and are much
more widely separated from each other than each is from the lateral eye of the same row on
its side, with which it is nearly, but not quite, contiguous ; those of the hind-central pair are
oval, not obliquely placed, but with their longer diameter in a directly transverse direction;
they are very near together, but not quite contiguous to each other, and each is separated by
a distance nearly equal to twice its longer diameter from the lateral eye of the same row on
its side ; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed in an oblique line, and are rather widely
separated. All the eyes, excepting those of the fore-central pair, are rather depressed or
sunken into the surface of the caput.
The legs are strong and moderate in length, their relative length being 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they
are yellow, deepening to red-brown on the tarsi, and are furnished with hairs, bristles, and
ARANEIDEA. 13
spines, the latter almost entirely on the tibiae and metatarsi of the third and fourth pairs ;
the hairs are mostly of a grey pubescent kind. Each tarsus terminates with two curved,
pectinated claws, beneath which is a claw-tuft, and the undersides of the tarsi, as well as a
portion of the metatarsi, are furnished with a scopula.
The palpi are short; their colour is yellow, deepening to dark red-brown on the digital
joint, which is double the length of the radial ; it is furnished thickly with dark hairs and
some black spines, and terminates with a short slightly curved black claw. The cubital is
similar tt> the radial joint in length.
The falces are strong and rather long; their direction is forward, and their profile
arched ; they are of a deep, black red-brown colour, and are clothed pretty thickly with a
oreyish pubescence, besides other hairs and bristles.
The maxilla; are long and strong (especially at the insertion of the palpi), curved and
inclined considerably towards the labium, obliquely impressed across the middle, rounded at
their outer extremity, and obliquely truncated on their inner extremity : their colour is
slightly less dark than that of the cephalothorax, and they are tipped with whitish yellow.
The labium is long, reaching almost to the inner extremity of the maxillcs ; it is of an
oblong form, rounded at the apex, depressed along the sides, and its colour is like that of the
The sternum is heart-shaped, similar in colour to the hinder part of the cephalothorax,
and clothed with hairs.
The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form, of a yellowish-clay colour, and thinly clothed
with brownish hairs ; the spinners are short but strong, and of a yellow-brown colour, those
of the superior pair being a little shorter than those of the inferior; the genital aperture and
the process connected with it are of peculiar and characteristic form, and of a deep blackish
red- brown hue.
The male differs in no respect of colour, general form, and character from the female.
The palpi of the male are rather short, but strong ; the humeral joint is much bent and
flattened on its inner side, where it curves round the falces, enlarging also to the anterior
extremity ; the cubital joint is short, strong, tumid on the upper side, and has, at its outer
extremity, a long, curved, pointed, red-brown apophysis, the point being recurved or sinuous ;
this apophysis reaches as far as the fore-extremity of the radial joint, which is shorter, darker
coloured, and less strong than the cubital, and is furnished with two nearly black apophyses;
one on the outer side is strong, curved, and has its obtuse point directed upwards ; the other
is shorter, straighter, more pointed, and placed near the middle of the fore-extremity, to which
it is nearly perpendicular ; the digital joint is large, of an oval form, dark red-brown in
colour, hairy, and in length exceeds the radial and cubital joints taken together; the
palpal organs are simple but well developed, consisting of a strong, somewhat cylindric,
corneous lobe, the fore-extremity of which is broken into several not very prominent pro-
cesses.
Hab. — Kashghar, December 1873 ; Yarkand, 21st to 27th May 1874; between Yangihis-
sar and Sirikol, March 1874 ; neighbourhood of Leh, August or September 1873 ; Yarkand
to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874.
I have had some hesitation in describing this spider as a Drassus. It appears to be
nearly allied to Hypsinotus, L. Koch, but the length of the labium distinguishes it readily
from that genus; for the present, therefore, I include it in the genus Drassus, with which,
at any rate, it is very nearly allied.
14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
11. — DE.ASSUS INVOLTJTUS, sp. n., PI. I, Fig. 10, ? .
Adult female : length 4f lines.
This spider has an exceedingly Clubiona-like appearance, but the inclination of the
maxillae to the lahium and the transverse impression of the former, as well as some other
characters, distinguish it at once from the spiders of that genus.
The cephalothorax is oval, truncated at each end, but narrowest before ; its "colour is
rather a bright yellow -brown, deepening towards the fore part of the caput ; the normal
indentations, especially those which divide the caput and thorax, are suffused with brown ;
and the thoracic indentation is shown by a short, deep red-brown line. The marginal con-
strictions on each side of the caput are very slight, and the profile line, including the hinder
or thoracic slope, forms a pretty even, arched line ; the upper side is thus tolerably convex,
and its surface is thinly clothed with greyish sandy pubescence.
The eyes are rather small, and in the ordinary two, transverse, curved rows, of which
the hinder one is the longest, and the most curved. The four central eyes form a rectangle,
whose longitudinal is rather greater than its transverse diameter ; those of the hind-central
pair are oval, very little, if at all, oblique, and separated from each other by an interval
equal to their longest diameter, and no more than half the length of that which separates
each from the lateral eye of the same row on its side. Those of each lateral pair form an
oblique line, and are wide apart, though rather nearer together than the hinder one is to the
hind-central eye next to it ; those of the fore-central pair (which are the largest of the
eight) are separated by an eye's interval, and are farther apart than each is from the fore-
lateral eye on its side ; the height of the clypeus is slightly greater than the diameter of one
of the fore-central eyes.
The legs are moderately strong, but not long ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, and they
are of a yellow colour, furnished with hairs and spines ; these latter are, nearly all, on those
of the third and fourth pairs ; the two terminal tarsal claws have a small claw-tuft beneath
them, and there is a scopula underneath the metatarsi and tarsi of the first and second, and
under the tarsi of the third and fourth pairs.
The palpi are moderate in length and strength, similar to the legs in colour, and
furnished with hairs and a few spines.
Thefalces are moderately long and strong, straight, and a little projecting in their
direction ; they are of a red-brown colour, furnished with bristles in front, and armed with
two small teeth, close together at the inner corner of the fore-extremity.
The maxillce are strong, inclined towards the labium, broader than usual near their
extremities, and strongly impressed across the middle. They are of a red-brown colour, pale
yellowish- white at the extremities.
The labium is oblong, its length being nearly about half that of the maxillae, which
it resembles in colour, with a pale margin at the apex.
The sternum is oval, pointed behind, and with depressions between the insertions of
the legs ; it is of a light brownish-yellow colour, suffused with a rather darker hue towards
the margins.
The abdomen is oval, pointed at its hinder extremity ; it is of a dull clay-yellow colour,
thinly clothed with hairs ; along the middle of the fore-half of the upper side is an oblong,
dull-brownish marking, which tapers to a point at its hinder extremity, near which, on
ARANEEDEA. 15
either side, is a short, ohlique, faint line directed backwards. Six small, dull-brown spots
in three transverse pairs, also form a long rectangle on the fore-half, the foremost side of
the rectangle being rather shorter than the hinder one. The intermediate pair of these spots
is (as is usually the case) nearer together than the foremost pair. The spinners are toler-
ably long, but not very strong; those of the inferior pair are rather the longest and strongest.
The genital aperture is small, and of a transverse, oblong-oval form, margined with deep
red-brown.
Hab.— Sind Valley, August 5th to 13th, 1873.
12. — DRASSTJS LAPSUS, sp. n., PL II, Fig. 11, ? .
Female (not quite adult) : length rather over 3^ lines.
Although not adult, this spider has sufficiently characteristic specific marks to entitle it
to description.
It resembles Drassus involutus very nearly in colours, but the relative position of the eyes
is quite different.
The cephalothorax is oval, shorter than that of D. involutus, and constricted laterally
at the caput ; it is of a pale yellow-brown colour, pretty thickly clothed with short greyish
pubescence.
The eyes are in two transverse rows ; the hinder' row slightly curved, the front row
shortest and less curved than the hinder one ; the convexity of the curves is directed back-
wards ; the height of the clypeus does not exceed, even if it quite equals, the diameter of
one of the fore-central eyes ; those of the hind-central pair are oval, oblique, and very near
together, though separated by a distinct interval, and each is separated from, the hind-lateral
on its side by an interval equal to the diameter of the latter ; those of the fore-central pair
are nearly a diameter's distance from each other, each being very nearly, if not quite,
contiguous to the fore-lateral on its side ; those of each lateral pair are placed obliquely,
and are separated by rather less than the diameter of the hind-lateral eye ; the four central
eyes form a regular quadrangular figure, whose longitudinal diameter is considerably greater
than its transverse one.
The legs are strong, and moderately long ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. They are
slightly lighter-coloured than the cephalothorax, and are furnished with hairs (some of
these are of a greyish hue), slender bristles, and spines; these last are tolerably strong,
not very long, and almost entirely confined to the tibiae and metatarsi of the third and
fourth pairs, whereon they issue from small red-brown tubercles, on the upper, as well as the
under, side of the joints ; the only spines on the legs of the first and second pairs are one or
two longish ones of a bristle-like nature on the upper side of the femora, and a single short
strong one on the under side, close to the hinder extremity of the tibiae of the second pair ;
there is a small black claw-tuft beneath the two terminal tarsal claws, and a thin scopula
beneath the tarsi and metatarsi of the first and second pairs.
The palpi are similar in colour to the legs ; the digital joint is longer than the radial,
and has, besides hairs and bristles, a few stoutish spines.
The falces are short, and not particularly strong; they are directed a little for-
wards, and are of a reddish yellow-brown colour, with some prominent black bristles in
front.
16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The maxillce are of moderate length and strength, curved over the labium ; impressed
along the middle, and, with the labium, which is of an oblong-oval form, similar to the
falces in colour.
The sternum is oval, pointed behind, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax.
The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form, rounded behind and truncated before ; it is
of a straw-yellow colour, thinly clothed with hairs, some of which are blackish-brown, and
most numerous at, and below, the fore-extremity of the upper side ; on the fore-half of the
upper side, four impressed spots form a quadrangular figure whose interior side is rather
less than its posterior one, and whose longitudinal is greater than its transverse diameter.
The spinners are tolerably strong, but not very long ; those of the inferior pair are the longest
and strongest. Such traces of it as were visible indicated that the genital aperture would be
of small size.
Hab. — Yangihissar, April 1874.
Genut— GNAPHOSA, Latr.
13.— GNAPIIOSA STOLICZK^;, sp. n., PI. II, Fig. 12, t .
Adult male : length 4J to 4f lines.
Cephalothorax oval, rather broad and truncated before, but only slightly constricted
on the margins at the fore part of the caput ; the hinder slope is rather abrupt, and the
profile line has a slight slope all the way to the eyes. The colour is a dull orange yellow ; the
normal grooves and indentations (which are not very strongly marked) are of a more dusky
hue, the thoracic indentation forming a red-brown line. The surface is clothed with sandy-
grey pubescence.
The eyes are of tolerable size, and placed, as usual, in two transverse, slightly curved
rows. The convexity of the curve of the hinder row, which is the longest, is directed for-
wards, so that the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair is as great as that between
the eyes of the fore and hind-central pairs. Those of the hind-central pair are narrow-oval,
placed obliquely, and separated by a rather less interval than their longest diameter, and
each is, as nearly as possible, the same distance from the lateral eye of the same row, on its
side, as the latter is from the fore-lateral eye opposite to it. Those of the fore-central
pair are placed on a slight prominence, and are the largest of the eight. They are separated
from each other by an interval of rather less than an eye's diameter, forming a line per-
ceptibly longer than that formed by those of the hind-central pair. Each fore-lateral eye is
very near to the fore-central on its side, but not contiguous to it. The clypeus, in height,
exceeds the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, and is furnished with a few strong
prominent black bristles.
The legs are strong and moderately long, their relative length being 4, ], 2, 3. They
are a little paler than the cephalothorax, and are clothed thinly with a greyish sandy-coloured
pubescence, besides other hairs, bristles, and spines. Excepting a very few on the upper
sides of the femora of all the legs, the spines are confined to the tibise and metatarsi of
those of the third and fourth pairs. The two terminal tarsal claws appear to vary in the
number of their pectinations, which do not exceed three or four at the most, and which in
the third and fourth pairs seem to be fewer than in the first and second. Beneath these
claws is a small claw-tuft ; and the tarsi of the first and second pairs have a scopula under-
neath them.
ARANEIDEA. 17
The palpi are short and moderately strong, similar to the legs in colour, and furnished
with hairs and some long bristles. The radial and cubital joints are short, but, as nearly as
possible, of equal length and strength. The former terminates at its fore-extremity, on the
outer side, with a small, tapering, sharp-pointed, curved, reddish-brown, corneous-looking
apophysis. The digital joint is elongate-oval, rather stouter than the radial, but not quite
so long as this and the cubital together. The palpal organs are simple, and not very promi-
nent, with a curved, red-brown, tapering, sharp-pointed spine directed forwards at their
fore-extremity near the inner side ; and about the middle of their fore- extremity is another
spine, much smaller, and of a somewhat crooked form.
Tliefalces are strong and of moderate length; their direction is a little forwards ; and
they are of a deep rich red-brown colour, clothed in front with long, strong, spinous bristles.
The maxillcB are curved, and inclined towards the labium, and their width, across the
middle, is much increased by a development of that part, resembling a large semi-circular lobe
which gives them a somewhat sub-triangular form. They are also strongly bent, or impressed
transversely, across the middle, and their colour (excepting at the extremities, which are pale
yellowish) is like that of the falces.
The labium is oblong-oval, rounded at the apex, which is of a pale-yellowish hue ; the
colour of the rest being like that of the maxillae.
The sternum is of a slightly heart-shaped, oval form, of a reddish yellow-brown colour,
impressed between the insertions of the legs, and clothed with hairs.
The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form, rounded behind, rather truncated before, and
moderately convex above. It is of a straw-yellow colour ; the normal oblong, longitudinal
marking on the fore-half of the upper side is generally obsolete ; now and then it is slightly
traceable, and a small patch at its fore-extremity is of a yellow-brown hue. The whole abdo-
men, above and below, is clothed with greyish sandy pubescence, mixed thinly on the upper
side, chiefly, with long, nearly erect, tapering, strongish, black-brown bristles. The spinners
are very unequal in size, those of the inferior pair being much the longest and strongest.
The female resembles the male in colour and in all other general characters, but differs
in size (being 5 to 6 lines in length), and in having rather longer legs. The genital aperture
is small, of characteristic form, and edged with red-brown.
This fine and very distinct species, which I have dedicated to its discoverer, the late Dr.
Stoliczka, was found in the following localities.
Eab. — Between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874; from Yarkand to Bursi, May
28th to June 17th, 1874; also at Yangihissar, April 1874; and Kashghar, December 1873.
14.— GNAPHOSA PLUMALIS.
Gnapkosa plumalis, Cambr., P. Z. S. 1872, p. 225, pi. xv, fig. 3.
Hab. — An immature female, which I have no doubt is of this species, was found on the
route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874.
15. — GNAPHOSA MCERENS, sp. n., PI. II, Fig. 13, <? .
Adult female : length 3 to 3 J lines.
The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a dull yellow -brown colour ; the falces,
c
18 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
maxillae, and labium being, however, darker than the rest ; the falces, indeed, are dark
red-brown.
The cephalothorax is oval, truncated both befoi-e and behind, and slightly constricted
on the margins at the fore part of the caput. The normal grooves and indentations are
distinct, but not very strongly marked ; the hinder slope is rather abrupt, but convexly
rounded, and the profile line of the upper part is as nearly as possible level, the fore part
of the caput (including the ocular area) rounding, and sloping a little forwards. The surface
is clothed with greyish pubescence, mixed with more erect and darkish hairs and bristles.
The lateral margins are bounded by a black-brown line.
The eyes are in the ordinary position, forming two transverse curved lines ; the convexity
of the curve of the hinder row is directed forwards. This row is the longest and much the
most strongly curved, the foremost row being, in fact, almost straight, its convexity being
rather directed backwards ; thus the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair is consider-
ably greater than that between the fore and hind-central pairs. They are seated on blackish
tubercles ; those of the hind-central pair are oval, oblique, divided by an interval equal to the
length of their longest diameter, and, with the fore-central pair, from a square whose fore
side is very slightly the shortest ; each of the hind-central eyes is separated from the hind-
lateral next to it by more than twice its longest diameter ; the fore-laterals are the largest of
the eight, and each is separated from the fore-central next to it by less than the diameter of
the latter ; the interval between the fore-centrals being rather greater than this diameter ;
the height of the clypeus is about equal to the space, taken in a longitudinal line, between the
fore and hind-central pairs.
The legs are strong and moderately long ; their relative length being 4, 1, 2, 3. They
are pretty thickly furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; the last are the longest, and
are most numerous on those of the third and fourth pairs ; there are, however, several spines
on the under sides of the tibiae and metatarsi of the first and second pairs also ; beneath the
two terminal claws is a small claw-tuft, and there is a thin scopula beneath the tarsi and a
portion of the metatarsi of the first and second pairs.
Palpi rather short and slender ; the radial joint is rather longer than the cubital, and
the digital joint is longer than the radial, and slightly suffused with reddish brown. They
are furnished with hairs, bristles, and a few slender spines, and terminate with a single
curved claw.
The falces are strong, moderate in length, rather prominent near the base in front, and
furnished with long prominent bristles and hairs.
The maxilla are curved, and considerably inclined to the labium ; and are enlarged in a
rather semi-circular form at the outer side, so as to be very broad across the middle, where
they are also strongly impressed.
The labium is of an oval form, truncated at its base, and rounded at the apex.
The sternum is oval, pointed behind, and depressed between the insertions of the legs.
The abdomen is oblong-oval, truncated before, rounded behind, and not very convex
above, but projecting a little over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a deep mouse-brown
colour with three or four transverse bars of different lengths, and tending to run one into
the other, formed by silky-grey pubescence on the fore-half of the upper side ; these are
succeeded by several transverse, blackish, but inconspicuous, angular lines or chevrons towards
the spinners. A silky-grey pubescence appears to be also more or less dispersed on the hinder
part ; and the whole upper side is more or less speckled with black points, some of which,
ARANEIDEA. 19
on the fore-half, may be traced in two longitudinal central lines converging backwards, as is
indicating the position of the normal, but here obsolete, dorsal marking ; the fore margin if
furnished beneath with a tuft of long, strong, upturned bristles ; the under side is of a uni-
form yellowish mouse-brown colour : the spinners of the inferior pair are yellow-brown, and
much the largest and strongest.
The male resembles the female in all general characters, colours, and markings, and
differs but very little in size. The palpi are short but moderately strong. The radial joint
is a little shorter than the cubital, and has its fore extremity, near the outer side, produced
into a tolerably strong, rather long, tapering-pointed apophysis, the point spinous-looking, red-
brown, and slightly bent or curved ; this apophysis is about equal to the joint itself in
length. The digital joint is large, of an elongate-oval form, hairy, and rather longer than the
radial and cubital joints together ; the palpal organs are well developed, but simple, with a
tolerably strong, sharp pointed, slightly curved process of a brightish red-brown colour
situated on their inner side, and directed to their fore extremity.
Hah. — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 13th, 1874; between Yangihissar
and Sirikol, March 1874 ; and from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874.
Genus-PROSTHESIMA, L. Koch.
16. — PIIOSTHESIIIA CINGARA, Camb.
Prosthesima cingara, Cambr., P. Z. S., 1874, p. 382, pi. li, fig. 10, ? .
The female only of this spider has been described. The following is a description of the
male.
Adult male : length 2 lines.
Cephalotliorax oval, broadest towards the hinder part, whence it narrows gradually
to the fore extremity ; its upper side is flattened-convex above, and a little highest at its
posterior extremity ; it is smooth, of a deep, rich brown colour, and thinly clothed with hairs.
The eyes are in two very slightly curved rows, the curves directed backwards, and the
front row the shortest ; those of the hind-central pair are small, oval, but not placed
obliquely, near to each other, but separated by a distinct interval, less than that which divides
each from the hind-lateral on its side ; the fore-lateral eyes are the largest of the eight, and
the hind-centrals the smallest ; the fore-centrals are divided by an interval rather greater than
a diameter, and each is almost contiguous to the fore-lateral on its side ; the interval between
each hind-lateral eye and the hind-central next to it is nearly about the same as that which
divides the eyes of each lateral pair. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of
the facial space.
The legs are moderate in length and strength, the femora strongly incrassated on their
upper sides ; they are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines, the last chiefly on the tibiae
and metatarsi of the third and fourth pairs. Their colour is deep blackish-brown, that
of the metatarsi and tarsi being of a dull yellowish-brown hue.
The palpi are moderately long and strong and of a brownish-yellow colour ; the radial is
rather less than the cubital joint in length, and has its fore extremity on the outer side pro-
longed into a strong, tapering, pointed, dark red-brown, straight, and rather prominent
apophysis, as long as, if not longer than, the joint itself ; the digital joint is large, oval, hairy,
and of a yellowish-brown colour ; its length exceeds that of the radial and digital joints
cl
20 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
together ; the palpal organs are well developed, and consist of several characteristic corneous
processes and spines.
The f alces are moderate in length and strength, and are rather paler coloured than the
eephalothorax; they are straight, and project a little forwards, being also rather roundly
prominent near their base in front, and furnished with bristles and hairs.
The maxillae and labium are similar to the falces in colour, and their form is normal.
The sternum is oval, blunt-pointed behind, and like the maxillae in colour.
The abdomen is of an oblong oval form, rounded behind, truncated before, and flattened
convex above ; it is hairy and of deep sooty-brown colour, approaching to black, with a large
shining, deep-brown coriaceous patch on the fore part of the upper side, of which it covers
the whole width, but is narrower and rounded at its hinder part. The spinners are rather short,
but tolerably strong; those of the superior pair are the longest and strongest.
The female resembles the male in colours and general structure ; the genital aperture
is characteristic, consisting of an oblong opening slightly constricted across the middle,
and edged strongly on the lower side with red-brown, below which are two round, shining, boss-
like corneous-looking markings.
Hab. — Yarkand, May 21st to 27th, 1874; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to
13th, 1874 ; and route across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd to May
7th, 1874.
Germs-MICARIA, C. L. Koch.
17. — MICAB.IA CONKEXA, sp. n.
Adult male : length not quite 2 lines.
This spider is very closely allied to Micaria pulicaria, Sund., which it resembles in size
and general characters. It may, however, be distinguished by the absence of the converg.
ing lines of white hairs on the cephalothorax, which is also deeper-coloured, and by the shorter
and rather narrower form of the digital joint of the palpus ; the radial joint is shorter than
the cubital, and has a very sharp-pointed, tapering, rather prominent apophysis at its extremity
on the outer side ; the corresponding apophysis in M. pulicaria being much shorter and
less sharp pointed.
The abdomen is black, covered with iridescent scales, reflecting green, purple, and reddish
golden hues, but there were no white transverse lines or spots visible. The cephalothorax is
of a deep rich red-brown hue, thinly clothed with grey hairs and iridescent scales.
A female example had a largish semi-circular white spot of white hairs about the
middle of the upper side of the abdomen, and another on each side, the three forming a
straight line traversing the upper side of the abdomen. In other respects it resembled the
male. Probably, different examples of this species would present the same varieties in re-
spect to the white spots and markings on the abdomen as are characteristic of M. pulicaria.
Rob.— Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 13th, 1874.
18. — MICARIA PALLIDA, sp. n.
Immature male : length 2| lines.
This spider is allied to the preceding, but its colours and markings will at once distin-
giiish it.
ARANEIDEA. 21
The cephalothorax is of ordinary form and of a brightish yellow-brown colour, clothed
with greyish and iridescent hairs and scales.
The eyes are in two nearly concentric curved rows, like those of M. connexa and others,
the front row being the shortest.
The legs are moderately long and tolerably strong ; their relative length is apparently
4, 1, 2, 3. They are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, the sides of the tibiae being
suffused a little with brown, and the tarsi have the appearance of being annulated with the
same colour. They are clothed with grey and iridescent hairs; the former disposed some-
what in longitudinal lines.
The palpi are not very long; their colour is pale yellow; the cubital joint is shorter than
the radial, and the digital is of a long, narrow-pointed, oval form. Being immature, these
remarks on the palpi would, perhaps, not be strictly applicable to those of the adult spider,
though the proportions of the several joints would probably be the same as in the immature
state.
Tliefalcen are tolerably long, strong, perpendicular, similar in colour to the cephalotho-
rax, and furnished with greyish hairs and dark bristles.
The abdomen is of a dull yellow-brown hue, clothed thinly with iridescent, scaly hairs.
It has two parallel, transverse, slight constrictions near the middle of the upper side ; an in-
distinct longitudinal median brown marking, pointed at its posterior extremity, occupies the
fore-half of the upper side, followed towards the spinners by a longitudinal series of several
less distinct, transverse, curved, brown lines, the convexity of the curves directed forwards.
These markings would be probably invisible, except when in spirits of wine.
Hab. — Found on the route across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd
to May 7th, 1874.
Genus— CLUBIONA, Latr.
19. — CLUBIONA DELETRIX, sp. n., PI. II, Fig. 14, <? .
Adult male 2| lines : adult female, 3| lines.
In colours and pattern this spider is very like Clubiona compta, C. L. Koch, and is still
more nearly allied to C. robusta, L. Koch (an Australian species). It is, however, smaller
than the latter, and in the palpi differs from both.
The cephalothorax is of ordinary form, and its colour is brownish-yellow, tinged slightly
with reddish-brown towards the fore part of the caput. The normal indentations are dusky ;
the junction of the caput and the thoracic segments is marked with a short, fine, longitudinal
red-brown line, and the surface is thinly clothed with greyish-sandy pubescence.
The eyes are of tolerable size, though not very unequal. They occupy the whole of the
width of the upper fore part of the caput, and, when seen from above and behind, are placed
in the usual two curved lines, the convexities of which are in opposite directions, and enclose
a somewhat oval area. The hinder row is much the longest, and the fore-central pair are
rather the largest of the eight. Those of the hind-central pair are considerably further from
each other than each is from the hind-lateral on its side, the interval somewhat exceeding two
diameters. Those of the fore-central pair are separated by about half a diameter, and are
rather farther from each other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side ; each fore-lateral
eye is separated from the hind-lateral next to it by an interval similar to that which separates
22 SECOND YAttKAND MISSION.
the two fore-central eyes ; and each of the hind-central eyes is separated by a similar interval
from the hind-lateral and fore-central eyes on its side ; the front row, taken with the hind-
lateral eyes, form a long, regularly curved line, the eyes of which are near together, and the
intervals as above explained, not very different. The clypeus is very low, scarcely equalling
half the diameter of one of the fore- central eyes.
The legs are tolerably long, but not very strong ; their relative length is apparently
4, 2, 1, 3. Their colour is yellow ; the tibiae, tarsi, and metatarsi of the first and second pairs
being slightly tinged with reddish-brown. They are furnished with hairs, bristles, and
longish dark spines. Each tarsus ends with two curved, pectinated claws, beneath which is a
small compact claw- tuft.
The palpi are short and similar in colour to the legs. The cubital and radial joints are
of the same length, and the radial and digital joints are together greater in length than the
humeral joint. The radial has, at its fore extremity on the outer side, a small, tapering,
pointed, red-brown apophysis, whose direction is rather upwards. The digital joint is of
tolerable size, of an elongate oval form, rounded at its base, and pointed at its fore extremity,
which is densely clothed with a large patch of short, pale mouse-coloured, pubescent hairs.
The palpal organs consist of a large, very prominent, oval lobe, at the fore extremity of which
is a slender, coiled, filiform black spine springing from a strongish red-brown corneous process.
Besides a minute filiform, slightly curved spine behind this coiled one, the large lobe has a
broadish, yellow-brown, glossy, rather bent fillet running along its outer side, probably indi-
cating the course of an internal duct.
The falces are moderately long, strong, somewhat subangularly prominent near their base
in front, furnished with some strongish prominent bristles in front, and of a dark red-brown
colour.
The maxillcB and labium are of the normal form, and of a reddish yellow-brown colour.
The sternum is oval, pointed behind, and its colour is yellow.
The abdomen is of somewhat narrow-oval form, and moderately convex above. Its
colour is a dull luteous yellow, marked, more or less distinctly, with dark red-brown markings
on the upper side. An elongated longitudinal marking pointed at its hinder extremity,
occupies the middle of the fore half ; and on the hinder half are several more or less imperfect
angular bars or chevrons of the same colour ; the vertices of these chevrons are usually
obsolete, and their extremities are dilated and run together, so as to form two more or less
diffused, lateral longitudinal, broken bands, or rows of spots and patches, which converge to
the spinners : the sides have, at times, also some irregular, oblique lines of red-brown mark-
ings. The spinners are of moderate length, those of the superior pair being much more
slender than those of the inferior.
The female is rather larger than the male, but does not differ in colours and markings.
The form of the genital aperture is well defined and characteristic, but its peculiarities can
only be shown satisfactorily by a figure.
Sab. — Murree to Sind valley, July llth to August 5th, 1873.
I
20.— CLUBIONA LATICEPS, sp. n., PI. II, Fig. 15, 9 .
Adult female : length 4J lines ; length of cephalothorax 2 lines, breadth l£.
This spider is allied to Clubiona deletrix, but may be at once distinguished by the
ARAXEIDEA. 23
absence of any markings on the abdomen, as well as by its larger size and broader cephalo-
thorax. It is also nearly allied to Clubiona cambridgii, L. Koch, found in New Zealand, but
may be distinguished from that species too by the same characters. From C. holosericea
Degeer=(7. deinognalha, Camb., it differs by its generally robuster form, less prominent
falces, and less broad cephalothorax.
The foregoing remarks will give a general idea of this spider ; the following is a more
detailed description.
The cephalothorax is of a bluff-oval form, round behind, and truncated in front. The
caput is constricted on its lateral margins, but is evenly and well rounded above. The ocular
area is broad, and is a little prominent over the clypeus, which is almost obsolete. It is of a
reddish yellow-brown behind, deepening into dark red-broAvn on the fore part of the caput,
and is clothed with a short sandy pubescence : the normal indentations are of a deeper hue
than the rest.
The eyes are rather small, but in the usual position. Those of the hinder row are equal
in size. Those of the hind-central pair are farther from each other than each is from the
hind-lateral on its side, and each is separated by nearly about the same interval, from the fore-
central eye nearest to it. Those of the fore-central pair are the largest of the eight, and are
divided by a diameter's distance ; and from each of them the fore-lateral on its side is sepa-
rated by rather less than a diameter. Those of each lateral pair are placed very obliquely,
and are separated by an interval only a little less than that which divides the fore and hind-
central pairs.
The legs are strong, moderately long, and of a dull orange-yellow colour ; those of the
first and second pairs being tinged with red. Their relative length appears to be 4, 2, 1, 3 ;
and they are furnished with hairs, slender bristles, and strongish spines. Each tarsus ends
with two curved pectinated claws, beneath which is a compact claw-tuft, followed, over the
under surface of the joint as well as over some portion of that of the metatarsus, by a scopula
of short compact hairs.
The palpi are short and slender, furnished with hairs and strong bristles. The radial
joint is shorter than the digital, but longer than the cubital : the colour of the palpi is like
that of the legs. The digital joint is suffused with reddish, rather enlarged at its anterior
extremity, which is pretty thickly furnished with hairs, particularly on the upper side.
The falces are long and powerful, perpendicular, rather prominent near their base in
front, where they are furnished with strong, prominent bristles : their colour is deep red-brown.
The maxillae and labium are of the usual form, and a little lighter in colour than the
falces ; the inner extremities of the former and the apex of the latter being whitish yellow.
The sternum is oval, clothed with hairs, and of a yellow-brown colour.
The abdomen is oval, of a brownish clay-colour, thickly clothed with sandy and greyish
pubescence, together with a few longer, erect, scattered, black and yellowish hairs. The
spinners are moderate in length and rather strong ; those of the inferior pair are the largest
and strongest. The form of the genital aperture is characteristic.
Hub. — Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1874.
21.— CLITBIONA LAUDATA, sp. n., PI. II, Fig. 16, j .
Adult male : length rather under 2 lines. .
The cephalothorax of this small species is broad-oval, truncate before, and the lateral
24 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
constriction of the caput is very slight ; it is glossy, and of a brownish-yellow colour, rather
deepening towards the fore margin. The clypeus is almost obsolete.
The eyes are small, not greatly differing in size ; they are in the usual position, and occupy
the whole width of the forepart of the caput ; the two rows are rather nearer together than
in the two former species, but the relative position of the various eyes is very similar. The
interval between those of the hind-central pair is double that between each and the hind-
lateral eye on its side.
The legs are moderate in length and strength ; their colour is yellow, and they are fur-
nished with hairs and a few spines, but the latter had been mostly broken off.
The palpi are short, and their colour is yellow, excepting the digital joint, which is
brown ; the radial is rather shorter than the cubital joint and has a moderate-sized, red-
brown, pointed, tapering, slightly curved apophysis at its extremity on the outer side. The
digital joint is oval, of moderate size, and slightly exceeds in length the radial and cubital
joints together ; the palpal organs consist (so far as I could ascertain) of a simple, large, oval>
convex lobe, apparently surrounded on its outer margins by a long, slender, filiform spine.
The f alces are strong and massive, a little projecting, roundly prominent near their base
in front, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax.
The maxillce and labium are of normal form and similar in colour to the cephalothorax.
The sternum is oval, pointed at its hinder extremity, and its colour is yellow.
The abdomen is rather small, and its form oval ; its colour is a dull yellowish, thickly
mottled and streaked above, and on the sides, with rusty red. The fore half of the upper
side has an elongate longitudinal marking of a deeper rusty red-brown than the rest, bisected
along its length by a fine, but not very clear, yellowish line. The spinners are pale yellow-
ish, of moderate size and length, those of the inferior pair being a little the stoutest.
The female is rather larger, but resembles the male in colours and markings, except
that the abdomen is less marked and streaked with rusty red ; the form of the genital aper-
ture, which is quite small, is characteristic.
Hob. — Road from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874.
Genus— CHIRACANTHIUM, C. L. Koch.
22.— CHIRAC AN THITJM ADJACENS, sp. n., PI. II, Fig. 17, <? .
Adult male : length rather over 3 lines.
The form of the cephalothorax is of the ordinary type ; in fact, this spider in its general
form, structure, and appearance, bears a close resemblance to Chiracanthium nutrix, C. car-
nifex, and other allied species. It must, however, be premised that, the spider now described
having been preserved in spirit of wine for a long time, its present colours are in all proba-
bility very unlike those of the living spider, in which perhaps the abdomen may have been
of a more or less green hue.
The cephalothorax is of a dull brownish-yellow colour clothed with sandy-grey pubes-
cence ; the normal indentations are distinct, and a largish depression surrounds the thoracic
junction.
The eyes are rather small, in two transverse rows occupying the whole width of the fore
part of the caput ; the hinder row is curved, the convexity of the curve directed backwards ;
the front row is shortest and nearly straight, those of the hind-central pair are rather nearer
together than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side, the distance between these being
ARANEIDEA. 25
equal to perhaps a little over two diameters. Those of the fore-central pair are also nearer
to each other than each is to the fore-lateral on its side, being less than two diameters' dis-
tance from each other; those of each lateral pair are seated rather obliquely on a tubercle
and are contiguous to each other ; the interval between each fore-central eye and the hind-
central opposite to it is rather greater than the diameter of the former, the height of the
clypeus being less.
The legs are long, slender, and tapering ; they are of a rather dull straw-yellow colour,
all furnished with hairs and spines, and their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. Each tarsus ends
with two claws hidden by a dense black claw-tuft, from which a thin scopula extends back-
wards beneath the joint, and some little way also along the under side of the metatarsi, where
it merges among the ordinary hairs with which those parts are furnished.
The palpi are short and moderately strong, their colour is similar to that of the legs,
except that the digital joint is dark brown ; the humeral joint is rather longer than the
cubital and radial joints together, the latter being double the length of the cubital, furnished
with long bristly hiars, and terminating at its fore extremity with two apophyses ; one of
these on the outer side is tolerably long, of a deep red-brown colour, and corneous nature,
sinuously bent, tapering, single-pointed, the point sharp, but not attenuated ; the other
apophysis is on the inner side, short, obtuse, rounded at its extremity, and margined with
red-brown ; the digital joint is large and hairy, the basal half roundish, the fore half some-
what cylindrically attenuate, the division between the two portions being (as usual) well
marked by a sudden notch-like, or angular, depression on the outer side ; the normal spur,
directed backwards from the hinder part of the digital joint, is of a deep black red-brown
colour ; it tapers to a sharp point and is directed outwards, crosses the outer radial apophysis,
its length being nearly about equal to that portion of the outer margin of the digital joint
where the abrupt indentation divides it from the semi-cylindrical extremity. The palpal
organs consist of a large roundish bulb, from the outer side of the fore part of which a
tapering spine coils round to the base, where it ends in a filiform point ; and along the
middle is a rather long, pale, corneous process, broad, roundish, blunt, and reddish-brown at
its fore extremity, which extends well beyond the bulb and has a semi-diaphanous membran.
ous point in connection with it.
Thefalces are straight, moderately long, strong, and not very much porrected; they are
roundly prominent near their base in front, when looked at in profile, and roundly cut away
for a very little space on the inner side of the fore extremity ; their colour is a deep, rich,
shining red-brown.
The maxillce are of the ordinary form, inclined a little towards the labium, which is
oblong and truncated at the apex, the corners being a little rounded off ; the colour of the
labium is dark red-brown, the apex narrowly margined with pale whitish-yellow ; the fore
half of the rnaxillse is of a less deep red-brown colour, the basal portion being yellow.
The sternum is heart-shaped, yellow, and depressed between the points of the insertion
of the legs.
The abdomen is oval, broadest in the middle, and projects fairly over the base of the
cephalothorax ; it is clothed thinly with hairs, and is of a dull, luteous-yellow colour, thickly
spotted with small, yellowish-white, cretaceous-looking spots, leaving the normal elongate
macula distinct on the forehalf of the upper side ; this macula is rather pointed at its
hinder extremity. The spinners are rather small, of moderate length, and of a brownish-
yellow colour.
26 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The female is rather smaller, but resembles the male in general colours and form ; the
spiracular plates are of a deep red-brown colour and the genital aperture is small, of a trans-
verse-oval shape margined with red-brown, and on each side of it is a longitudinal row of
several short transverse red-brown lines, the rows converging forwards.
Hab.— Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
23. — CHIRACANTHIUM APPROXIMATUM, sp. n., PL II, Fig. 18, ? .
Adult females : length a little over 4 lines.
In colours, form, and general structure, this spider is exceedingly like ChiracantUum
adjacens, Cambr. The falces, however, project rather more forward, and the second or terminal
joints of the spinners of the superior pair are longer. The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, and
sternum are of a uniform straw-yellow colour; the falces, maxillae, and labium are dark
brown, the base of the maxillae yellowish ; and the abdomen is of a dull clay-colour, obscurely
marked with whitish cretaceous-looking spots. The spiracular plates being of the same
colour as the rest of the abdomen, furnish also a good specific character, those of C. adja-
cens being dark reddish-brown ; the form and size of the genital aperture are also quite
different, being very small, of a transverse, somewhat, oblong form, edged narrowly with red-
dish-brown, and divided across the middle by a broadish pale septum.
Sab— .Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873.
Genus— AGR&ECA, Sund.
24. — AGROECA DEBILIS, sp. n., PL II, Fig. 19, ? .
Adult female : length nearly 2 J lines.
This spider scarcely differs in form and structure from Agroeca brunnea, Bl.
The cephaloihorax is yellow, thinly clothed with brownish hairs. The normal converging
indentations are dusky, and the junction of the caput with the thoracic segments is marked
by a short, fine, longitudinal, red-brown line.
The eyes are of moderate size, and placed in two tranverse, curved rows, the convexity of
both being directed backwards, but the hinder row is the longest and the most strongly
curved of the two ; they differ but little in size, and are all seated on black spots ; those of
the hind-central pair are rather further from each other than each is from the hind-lateral on
its side, the latter interval being nearly about equal to an eye's diameter ; the eyes of the
fore-central pair are contiguous to each other, and each is separated from the hind-central
eye opposite to it, by an eye's diameter, and from the fore-lateral on its side by a distinct, but
very small, space. The height of the clypeus, in the middle, is equal to the diameter of
one of the fore-central eyes.
The legs are tolerably long and strong, of an immaculate yellow colour, and are furnished
with hairs and spines ; the spines on those of the first and second pairs are long, strong, and
consist of two (parallel) rows beneath the metatarsal and tibial joints ; each tarsus ends with
two rather weak and apparently non- denticulate claws, bereath which is a small, blunt,
yellow-brown, corneous-looking projection, furnished with several bristly hairs turned
upwards in opposition to the tarsal claws. The relative length of the legs appears to be
4, 1, 2, 3.
ARANEIDEA. 27
The palpi are moderate in length, and similar in colour and armature to the legs ; the
digital is double the length of the radial joint, and terminates with a weak, curved, hlack
claw.
Thefalces are of moderate length and strength, straight, perpendicular, and obliquely
cut away on the inner sides towards the extremity ; their colour is yellow, and they are fur-
nished with hairs and longish bristles.
The maxilla are rather strong, moderately long, straight, somewhat rounded at their
extremities, and similar to the falces in colour.
The labimn is short, rounded at the apex, and of a yellowish-brown colour.
The abdomen is oval, truncated before, rounded and broadest behind ; it is thinly clothed
with hairs of a clay-yellow colour, marked above and on the sides with blackish brown ; these
markings were very much broken and fragmentary in the example described, but they appear
to define faintly the ordinary oblong, median, longitudinal marking on the fore half, and some
angular bars on the hinder half of the upper side, with some oblique lines on the sides. The
spinners are very short ; the second joints of those of the superior pair are barely perceptible.
The genital aperture appears as a densely black, glossy patch in the centre of a largish yellow-
brown, convex area, and is rather densely clothed with bristly hairs, whose points converge
over the black aperture.
Hab. — Kashghar, December 1873.
25. — AGIIOECA FLAVENS, sp. n., PL II, Fig. 20, ? .
Adult female : length 3| lines.
The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a dull, slightly brownish-yellow colour,
the labium, however, being dark yellow-brown with a yellowish apex, and the abdomen of a
straw-yellow thinly clothed with yellowish- grey hairs. In form and structure this species
resembles Agroeca debilis ; the normal indentations on the ceplialothorax are well marked, and
of a deeper hue than the rest, and it is clothed with hairs similar to those on the abdomen.
The eyes are small, placed in two, nearly straight, transverse rows, and seated on black spots ;
the front row is considerably the shortest ; those of the hind-central pair are very slightly
farther from each other than each is from the hind-lateral eye on its side, and each is separated
from the fore-central opposite to it by no more than, if quite so much as, the diameter of
the former ; those of the foremost row are very near to each other, the interval between
those of the fore-central pair being slightly greater than that which divides each from the
fore-lateral on its side ; those of each lateral pair are placed very obliquely, and have an
interval between them of nearly the diameter of the hinder one ; the fore-laterals are the
largest of the eight ; the height of the clypaus is equal to the diameter of one of the fore-
central eyes.
The legs are tolerably long and strong, furnished with hairs and rather long, strongish
spines ; each tarsus ends with two curved claws, apparently without any denticulations, below
them being a rather less conspicuous, corneous, yellow-brown prominence than in Agrdeca
debilis, but furnished with similar upturned bristly hairs ; the relative length of the legs
appears to be 4, 1, 2, 3 ; the spines on the two first pairs are in two parallel longitudinal rows
beneath the metatarsal and tibial joints.
The palpi are moderately long and strong ; the radial and digital joints are yellow-
D 1
28 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
brown ; the latter are the darkest, and are distinctly less than double the length of the former ;
they are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines, and terminate with a small black claw.
The maxilla are slightly inclined to the labium, and the latter is slightly hollowed or
notched at the apex.
The abdomen is of a pale straw- yellow colour; on the fore half is a very faintly visible,
narrow, elongated marking prolonged posteriorly into a line-like point, and of a slightly
darker hue than the rest of the abdomen ; a little in front of the middle are six reddish-
brown impressed spots, three in each of two curved lines, whose convexities are opposed to each
other so as to form a figure like a dice-box ; the intermediate spot of each line is much nearer
the anterior than the posterior one, and the interval between the two anterior spots is equal to
that between the two posterior ones. The form of the abdomen is somewhat oblong-oval,
truncated before and rounded behind. The genital aperture consists of two somewhat roundish,
large, black, contiguous spots in a transverse line, but much obscured by numerous bristly
hairs of a sandy-grey hue ; the spinners of the inferior pair are double the length of the
superior one, and all are of a yellow-brown colour.
Bab.— Yarkand, May 21st to 27th, 1874.
Genus— TRACHELA8, L. Zoch.
26. — TRACHELAS COSTATA, sp. n., PI. II, Fig. 21, 3 .
Adult female : length 2J to 2f lines.
The cephalothorax is short-oval, rather longer than broad, truncated before, moderately, and
pretty uniformly, convex above, and constricted on the lateral margins of the caput ; the normal
indentations are distinct and rather darker coloured than the rest, which is of a yellow-brown
colour ; the clypeus is less in height than the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The
eyes are of moderate size, and do not differ greatly in that respect ; those of the fore-lateral
pair are perhaps slightly the largest of the eight ; they are placed as in Clubiona, but the area
is shorter and broader, the eyes being more closely grouped together. The hinder row is straight,
the front row much shorter and curved, the convexity of the curve directed forwards. Those
of the hind-central pair are rather less than double as far from each other as each is from the
hind-lateral eyes on its side ; the interval between each and the hind-lateral being scarcely
the diameter of the former ; the interval between those of the fore-central pair is less than
half a diameter, and each is almost, but not quite, contiguous to the fore-lateral eye on its
side. The eyes of each lateral pair are placed obliquely and are separated by about one-
third of the diameter of the hind-lateral eyes. The interval between each of the hind-
central eyes and the fore- central opposite to it, is equal to the diameter of the latter.
The legs are rather short, strong, furnished with hairs and slender bristles only ; their
relative length appears to be 4, 1, 2, 3, though the difference in length is not great. They
are of a brownish-yellow colour, lighter than the cephalothorax, and faintly annulated with
dusky brown. Each tarsus ends with two curved pectinated claws, beneath which is a small,
not very dense, claw-tuft ; and beneath the tarsi and metatarsi are some short, stout hairs
of uniform length, but scarcely amounting to a scopula.
The palpi are short, similar to the legs' in colour and armature ; the digital joint is about
half as long again as the radial, and terminates with a very fine, curved, and almost imper-
ceptible claw.
AKANEIDEA. 29
The/dices are short but strong, straight, and nearly perpendicular; they are roundly
prominent at their base in front; their fore surface is granulose and bristly, and their colour
like that of the cephalothorax.
The maxilla are short, convex, and broad ; their extremities, where they are obliquely
and rather roundly truncated, being the broadest.
The labium is short, broad, and of a somewhat oblong-oval form, the apex being very
slightly indented or hollowed ; the colour of the labium, as well as of the maxillae^ is like
that of the falces.
The sternum is heart-shaped, uniformly convex, slightly punctuose, furnished with short
bristly hairs, and similar to the legs in colour.
The abdomen is oval, more convex above than in spiders of the genus Clubiona in '
general, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull clayey-brown colour;
the fore half of the upper side has a deep brown, longitudinal, central marking, enlarged in
the middle, sharp pointed at its posterior extremity, and followed to the spinners by
about six angular deep-brown bars, or chevrons, which decrease in length, from the first to
the last, just above the anus ; the angles of these chevrons are directed forwards ; that of the
first touching the pointed extremity of the central longitudinal markings on the fore half.
The sides of the abdomen are more or less covered with brown striated markings ; the spinners
are rather short, moderately strong,' and those of the superior and inferior pairs are of about
equal length. The genital aperture is of peculiar and characteristic form.
Nab. — Murree, June ] 1th to July 14th ; and near Leh, August and September, 1873.
Fami\y—DICTYNID ES.
Genus— DICTYNA, Strad.
27. — DICTYNA ALBIDA, sp. n.
Adult female : length less than 1| lines.
This spidrr belongs to the Dictyna variabilis (Koch) group.
The cephalothorax is depressed on the sides and hinder part, and the caput is, rounded
on the upper side, but not raised above the usual level ; it is of a dull yellowish colour, with a
rather irregular, but distinct, marginal stripe, immediately above which, on each side, is a
broad yellowish-brown, longitudinal band ; the whole is covered, but not densely, with coarse
white hairs ; the height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space, being not
much more than equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes.
The eyes are small and placed in two transverse curved rows near together ; the hinder
row is considerably the longer ; those of the hinder row are equidistant from each other, the
centrals being slightly the largest of the eight ; those of each lateral pair are placed oblique-
ly, and are very near to each other, but not quite contiguous ; the interval between the fore-
centrals is considerably greater than that between each and the lateral eye next to it ;
the latter interval being scarcely equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, whi-h
are the smallest of the eight ; the interval between the fore- and hind-central pairs is equal to
the diameter of one of the hind central eyes. The fore-central eyes form very nearly a
square, the posterior side being rather the longest.
The legs are short and slender, their relative length appears to be 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they are of
30
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
a pale, dull yellow colour, furnished with hairs ; and the metatarsi of the fourth pair have
calamistra on their upper sides.
The palpi are rather short, slender, and similar to the legs in colour.
The falces are moderate in length and strength ; they project a little forwards, and
(looked at from in front) are curved, the curves directed outwards, leaving a slightly oval
space between them ; their colour is dull brownish-yellow.
The maxillae, labium, and sternum are of normal form, and rather paler in colour than
the falces.
The abdomen is oval, not very convex above, but projects considerably over the hinder
part of the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull brownish-yellow colour, covered with cretaceous
white spots and small patches ; four small red-brown spots form nearly a square on the
middle of the upper side. In front of the ordinary spinners is a short, transverse, supernu-
merary mammillary organ, divided across the middle by a perceptible suture.
The genital aperture is small and inconspicuous.
Hab. — Between Yangihissar and Sirikol.
Family— .4 GELENIDES.
Genoa— ARGYRONETA, Latr.
28. — ARGYBONETA AQTJATICA.
Argyroneta aquatica, Clerck, Sv. Spindl., p. 143, pi. 6, tab. 8.
I can find no difference between examples contained in Dr. Stoliczka's collection and
those found in Europe.
Hab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873.
Genus— TEGENARIA, Latr.
29. — TEGENARIA, sp.
An immature female, too much damaged to be recognisable beyond its generic affinity.
Sab.— Yarkand to Bursi, May 26th to June 17th, 1874.
Genus— COSLOTES, Bl.
30. — CCELOTES TEGENARIOIDES, sp. n.
Immature male (almost adult) : length 6| lines.
This spider is exceedingly like a Tegenaria in its general form and appearance.
The cephalothorax is round behind, but constricted laterally at the caput, and its
margins are depressed ; it is of a yellow-brown colour, and hairy, and has the normal indend-
ations well marked.
The eyes are of moderate size, and not greatly different in that respect : they are placed
in two transverse curved rows ; the front row is the shorter and less curved, the con-
vexity of the curves being directed backwards. The eyes of the hind-central pair are a little
nearer to each other than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side, being separated by rather
less than two diameters ; those of the fore-central pair are distinctly larger than those of the
hind-central ; they form a line slightly less, though of very nearly equal length, to that
ARANEIDEA. 31
formed by the hind-centrals, but the interval between them is smaller, being scarcely equal
to a diameter ; and each is separated from the fore-central eye on its side by an equal inter-
val ; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a tubercle, and are separated by a
distinct though small interval. The four central eyes form as near as possible a square, and
the height of the clypeus equals half that of the facial space.
The legs are moderate in length, tolerably strong, and of a yellow-brown colour ; the
femoral joints faintly annulated with a lighter hue.
The palpi are short, hairy, and like the legs in colour; the radial is rather longer and
stronger than the cubital joint ; the digital is of great size and tumidity, its fore extremity
rather pinched in to a point. The palpal organs are not developed.
The / alces are straight, strong, and massive, very prominent at their base in front, and
project a little forwards; they are of a deep reddish- brown colour, and furnished with strong
bristles.
The maxillae are strong, distinctly curved over the labium, rounded at their extremity on
the outer side, and obliquely truncated on the inner side ; they are of a yellowish colour,
strongly tinged with yellow-brown along the inner side.
The labium is of an oblong-oval form, slightly truncated at the apex, and of a yellow-
brown colour ; the apex is tipped with yellowish, and, with the maxillae, is covered with bristly
hairs.
The sternum is oval, pinched in to a short, sharpish point behind, and broadly truncated
before ; it is hairy, like the maxillae and labium, and of a yellow-brown colour, paler along
the middle.
The abdomen is large, hairy, considerably convex above, mostly so at the fore extremity,
where it projects well over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is thickly spotted, mottled, and
marked with dull yellowish- white and black-brown markings and spots, presenting a faint
indication of an irregular, elongate, posteriorly pointed, median dark marking, tinged with
yellow-brown along the middle of the fore half, followed towards the spinners by some
indistinct, broken, angular bars or chevrons. The spinners are not very long : those of the
superior pair are three- join ted, the terminal joint being no longer than the one next to it ;
those of the inferior pair are shorter but stronger.
Bab. — Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1874.
31. — CffiLOTES SIMPLEX, Sp. n.
Adult female : length slightly over 4 lines.
This species is very nearly allied to Ccelotes tegenarioides, but may be distinguished not
only by its much smaller size, but by the absence of any trace of annulation on the femora of
the legs and by the small size of the fore-central eyes, which are the smallest of the eight, and
form a line distinctly shorter than that formed by those of the hind-central pair : the inter-
val also between the eyes of each lateral pair is rather greater than in C. tegenarioides, and
the height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space. On the abdomen, also, the
pattern is more distinct, shewing the transverse angular bars on the hinder-half of the upper
side more clearly; the spinners are rather longer, and the genital aperture is a small
oval opening at the hinder part of a largish, convex, yellow- brown, somewhat roundish,
corneous-looking patch.
Hab.— Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1874.
32 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Family— THERID ID ES.
Genua-EPISINUS, Walck.
32. — EPISINUS ALGIRICUS.
Episinus algiricus, Luc., Explor. en Alge'rie, Araclin. p. 269, pi. 17, fig. 11.
This spider is exceedingly closely allied to Episinus truncatus, "\Talck., and I have but
little doubt that the examples contained in Dr. Stoliezka's collection are of the same species
as that described by Lucas in his great work on the spiders of Algeria. Be this as it may,
however, these examples are decidedly distinct from, though very closely allied to, European
examples of Episinus truncatus found in England. Among other distinctions, may be
specially noted, the generally more yellow-brown hue of the present spider, and the far less
distinct, though generally similar, pattern on the ccphalothorax and abdomen ; also the
absence of a short, but distinct, yellow, longitudinal line running backwards from between
the hind-central pair of eyes to the occiput ; this line is distinctly visible in all the numerous
British examples before me, but no trace of it exists in the present spider. The legs are
pale yellowish, only faintly annulated with brown ; and some distinct white spots forming a
horse-shoe (the open side in front) round the lower extremity of the abdomen close to the
base of the spinners, are larger and more conspicuous, especially the foremost of them ;
the corners also of the upper side of the hinder extremity of the abdomen are more conically
gibbous, and an unfailing specific difference is presented in the different form of the genital
aperture ; this is a small, simple, nearly round, dark-coloured opening in the present spider ;
while in E. truncatus it is by no means so simple, and covers a much larger oblong area. In
the latter species, the under side of the abdomen is dark, with, almost always, three longi-
tudinal paralled white lines ; while in the present spider it is pale and almost uniformly
covered with white cretaceous spots.
M. Eugene Simon, indeed (Aran. nouv. ou pen connus du midi de I' Europe, Mem. Liege,
1875), concludes Episinus algiricus, Luc., to be identical with E. truncatus, Walck. ; but he
gives no proof of this, beyond the fact that he has taken numbers of E. truncatus in Morocco,
Spain, and Corsica. M. Lucas, however, appears to have had no doubt of tbe distinctness of
the spider he describes as E. algiricus.
Hob- Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1877.
Genus— THERIDION, Walck.
33. — THERLUION RIPARIUM.
Theridion riparium, Blackw., Spiel. Great Brit, and Irel., p. 182, pi. xii, fig. 115.
An adult female of this spider, which, although in very bad condition, appeared to be
indistinguishable from European examples, was found in Dr. Stoliezka's collection.
.Hoi.— Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
34.— THERIDION LEPIDUM, sp. n.
Adult female : length very nearly 2 lines.
The whole of the fore part of this pretty spider is brownish -yellow. The cephalu thorax
ARANEIDEA. 33
is of ordinary form ; it has a brownish-black marginal line, or border, and a longitudinal,
median, blackish-yellow-brown band extending from the eyes to the hinder margin (where
it is narrower than at its commencement), and divided longitudinally by a fine paler
line.
The eyes are small, and in the usual four pairs, occupying the whole width of the
upper side of the fore part of the caput. Those of the hind- central pair are a little nearer
to each other than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side ; those of the front row are
equidistant from each other ; and those of each lateral pair are contiguous to each other, and
placed obliquely on a slight tubercle. The four central eyes form a square. The clypeus is
impressed immediately below the fore-central eyes, but prominent towards its lower margin,
and its height exceeds half that of the facial space.
The legs are tolerably long, and rather slender ; they are furnished with, hairs and
numerous bristles ; many of the latter, especially of those benath the metatarsi and tarsi
being of a spine-like character. Their relative length is 1, 4, 2, 3, those of the first pair con-
siderably the longest.
The palpi are short and slender ; the cubital joint is half the length of the radial, and
the digital is nearly double the length of the radial. Their armature is like that of the
legs.
Thefalces are rather weak, moderate in length, and straight, but a little projecting.
The maxillae are long, o£ normal form, and their extremities are even with the extremities
of the falces.
The labium is short, but of ordinary form.
The sternum is heart-shaped.
The abdomen is almost globular above, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ;
it is of a dull luteous colour with a broad median dentated white band along the middle of the
upper side, prolonged to the spinners in a narrow white stripe; the upper part of the sides
have also an irregular longitudinal white band connected with the median band by three
oblique narrow white stripes or lines ; and close to the base of each of these oblique lines, i.e.,
where they join the lateral white bands, is a distinct black spot. There is also another black
spot at the hinder termination of the lateral band, with another on each side immediately
and close above the base of the spinners, and one underneath immediately in front of tho
spinners. All these black spots, which are very distinct and characteristic, form two longi-
tudinal lines converging to the spot under the spinners, which are also surrounded by some
white spots ; the lower part of the sides, and a broad longitudinal band on the under side
are more or less mottled with small white spots.
The male resembles the female in colours and markings, but its abdomen is far less
convex above, and the first pair of legs are much longer ; the fore-extremities also of the
femora and tibiae of those of the first and second pairs are of a reddish-yellow-brown.
The palpi are short ; the humeral joint is enlarged and tumid towards its hinder extre-
mity, and the radial is much, and broadly, produced at its outer extremity, where it is fringed
with a single row of strong bristles ; the digital joints are of moderate size, oval, and bristly
with their convex sides turned towards each other. The palpal organs (which are thus
directed outwards) are rather complex, but possess no very markedly prominent processes.
JIa&.— Sind Valley, August 5th to 13th, 1874.
This spider is nearly allied to T. nervosum ("Walck.), which it resembles in the general
character of its markings, though its colours are quite different.
34 SECOND YRKAND MISSION.
35 — THERIDION SUBITUM, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2 lines.
The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a dull orange-yellow colour.
The cephalothorax is of ordinary form, though rather shorter in proportion to its length
than in some other species of the genus ; its lateral margins are slightly suffused with whitish.
The eyes are of moderate size, in the usual four pairs, and tolerably closely grouped
together; those of the hinder row are equidistant from each other, and those of the fore-
central pair are a little further from each other than each is from the fore-lateral eye on its
side ; the four central eyes form nearly a square whose fore side is rather shorter than the
hinder one ; the height of the clypeus exceeds half that of the facial space.
The lefts are slender and not very long ; they are a good deal denuded of armature, hut
are apparently furnished with hairs and bristles, many of the latter being of a slender, spine-
like character. A small portion at the extremity of the tibiae of the first and fourth pairs is
red-brown.
The palpi are short and slender.
Tlaef aloes are weak, slender, straight, and slightly projecting.
The labium and maxillae are of normal form, and their colour is yellow-brown.
The sternum is nearly triangular.
The abdomen is of large size, very convex above, and projects considerably over the base
of the cephalothorax ; the hinder part also projects over the spinners, and the upper surface
is broad, the fore part presenting, on either side, the appearance of a kind of prominent
shoulder ; it is of a yellow-brown colour, completely covered above and on the sides with
irregular, but closely- fitted, yellowish- white spots, the interstices of which have the appearance
of fine yellowish-brown reticulations. Along the middle of the forepart is a dull brown
narrow band with a blunt prominent point continued into a fine irregular line : there are also
several dull-brown lines running backwards from its hinder extremity, which is rather
enlarged ; the spinners are short, compact, of a yellow-brown colour, and surrounded by a
dark-brown band. The colour of the genital aperture, and of the orifice of the breathing
organs, is red-brown.
Hal. — Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1874.
36.— THERIDION CONFUSTTM, sp. n.
Adult female : length If lines.
This spider is very nearly allied to Theridion denticulatum (Walck.), which it resembles in
size and form, but is, I think, quite distinct. It is altogether of a browner hue, and, although
the markings on the abdomen are very similar, there is an important difference in the median,
longitudinal, dentated band, the hinder part of which is, in the present spider, merely a
narrow, undenticulate, pale stripe.
Hab. — Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1874.
37. — THERIDION EXPALLIDATUM, sp. n.
Adult female : length If lines.
The cephalothorax of this spider is of ordinary form; its colour is a pale brownish.
ARANEIDEA. 35
yellow margined with brown, and with a longitudinal median hand of a rusty reddish-hrown
hue, as hroad as the hinder row of eyes, where it begins, but thence tapers gradually to
the hinder extremity of the cephalothorax.
The eyes are in the ordinary position ; those of the hind- central pair are nearer together
than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side, while those of the fore-central pair are further
from each other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side. The four central eyes form a
square, and those of each lateral pair are seated contiguously and obliquely on a small
tubercle ; the clypeus is strongly and sharply impressed immediately below the eyes, but
prominent at its lower margin, and its height exceeds half that of the facial space.
The legs are rather short, slender, of a pale, dull yellowish colour, with a slight black-
brown marking beneath the extremities of each joint, and are furnished with hairs and some-
what spine-like bristles.
The palpi are slender, short, and similar to the legs in colour and armature.
Thefalces are not very long nor strong, but a little projecting ; they are of a dull yellow-
ish colour suffused with brown.
The maxillcB and Idbium are of normal form, and similar in colour to the legs ; the
labium, however, is suffused with brown.
The sternum is triangular, and its colour is like that of the legs, with a marginal blackish
line.
The abdomen is large and globular, and projects considerably over the base of the
cephalothorax ; it is of an almost uniform chalky-white colour, with the faintest possible
traces of a longitudinal, median, denticulate band on the upper side, having some oblique
lateral lines issuing from it; this pattern is rendered just visible by being of a rather clearer
white colour than the rest ; the median longitudinal line of the upper side has also a dull
brownish, broken line, from which finer, oblique, lateral lines issue here and there ; the spin-
ners are surrounded by a dull brownish circular band on which are several rather conspicuous
white spots. The genital aperture is of a transverse oval form edged with dark brown, and
placed at the hinder part of a roundish prominence.
This spider is evidently nearly allied to Theridion simile, C. L. Koch.
Hub.-— Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873.
38. — THERIDION TUBERCULATUM.
Theridion tuberculatum, Kronenberg, Reise in Turkestan von Alexis Fedtschenko, Moscow, 1875, p. 9, pi. r., fig. 40.
This little white Theridion may readily be distinguished from T. expallidatum by a small
sub-conical, somewhat tubercular eminence on the hinder part of the upper side of the abdo-
men. The cephalothorax has a narrow longitudinal median brown stripe of which the ante-
rior portion is bifid ; and the abdomen, which is of a dull yellowish- brown colour thickly
covered with cretaceous- white confluent spots, has an irregular, somewhat sub-dentate, longi-
tudinal, median, dull brownish band, emitting backwards a few fine oblique lines of the same
colour. The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a dull pale yellow hue ; the legs are
long, slender, and furnished with hairs, bristles, and slender bristle-like spines.
Sab.— Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
39. — THERIDION INCERTUM, sp. n.
Adult male : length 1J lines.
The cephalothorax is short-oval, slightly constricted laterally at the caput, which is broad
B 1
36 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
and of a somewhat truncated appearance ; in the middle longitudinal line, the caput has a
broadish ridge-like character, which runs far back to a deep transverse indentation at the thora-
cic junction. Its colour is a rather rich yellow -brown, except the hinder part of the caput,
which is paler, and its surface is granulose and covered with bristly hairs.
The eyes are of tolerable size in two nearly equal transverse rows occupying the whole
width of the fore part of the upper side of the caput. The hinder row is, as nearly as possi-
ble, straight, the front row curved. The eyes of the hind-central pair are considerably nearer
together than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side ; the interval between the former
being equal to a diameter, and that between the latter, to nearly two diameters. The eyes of
the fore-central pair are seated on tubercles, and rather prominent, forming a line rather less
than that formed by the hind-centrals : the intervals between the eyes of the front row appear
to be as nearly as possible equal. The eyes of each lateral pair are seated, slightly obliquely,
on a strongish tubercle, and are contiguous to each other. The fore-central eyes form, as nearly
as can be, a square, and the height of the clypeus (which is impressed below the eyes and
prominent at its lower side) is more than half that of the facial space.
The legs are moderately long, excepting those of the first pair, which are much the long
est : their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3. The first pair are strong, especially the femora, and,
with those of the second pair, are of an orange-yellow colour, the fore part of the femora and
tibiae being of a deeper and richer orange than the rest ; all are furnished with hairs and
bristles, these of the first pair having numerous spine- like bristles, and a single longitudinal
row of short, strongish, somewhat denticular spines along the under side ; those of the third
and fourth pairs are of a paler hue than the others.
The palpi are short, similar to the legs in colour, and (except the digital joint, which is
large, reddish yellow-brown, and with its fore extremity considerably produced) slender ; the
cubital joint is very short ; the radial also is short, but spreads out at its outer extremity into
a very large and apparently bifid production: the palpal organs are well developed and pro-
minent but tolerably simple in structure ; with a slender curved filiform spine, and a small,
straight, corneous process at their fore extremity; they are directed outwards, the convex
sides of the digital joints being directed inwards.
The f alces are strong, of moderate length, and similar to the cephalothorax in
colour.
The maxillcR are tolerably long and strong, much curved, and almost meeting over the
labium, which is short and with a somewhat pointed apex. The colour of these parts is like
that of the falces.
The sternum is heart-shaped, broad, and truncate at its fore extremity ; it is of a rather
orange-yellow colour, and its surface is granulose.
The abdomen is short, considerably convex above, and projects well over the base of the
cephalothorax ; looked at from above, it is of a somewhat heart-shape. It is of a yellow-
brown colour, a good deal marked and spotted with white on the upper side ; these markings
do not appear to follow any very distinct pattern, but a more or less broken marginal band,
most complete on each side of the fore part, and least traceable behind, may be seen. Four
round red-brown impressed spots form almost a square a little in front of the middle, and
across this part most of the white spots occur.
This is in some respects rather an aberrant form of Theridion, but it is most nearly allied
to T. pulchellnm, "Walck.
#«&.— Murree, llth to July 14th, 1873.
ARANEIDEA. 37
Genua-STEATODA, Thor.
40. — STEATODA NIGROCINCTA, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2f lines.
The cephalothorax is of a short-oval form : the caput is slightly constricted on the sides
and the normal indentations are well marked, that at the junction of the caput and thoracic
segments being very strong, giving rather a crushed appearance to this part, and with a
transverse direction. The colour is yellow-brown, darker in the direction of the indentations,
and in a wedge-shaped form behind the eyes, but rather lighter towards the lateral margins.
The surface is glossy and (apparently) devoid of hairs, but covered with minute red-brown
granulosities.
The eyes are of moderate size, and do not differ much in this respect : they are in the
ordinary position ; those of the hind-central pair are rather nearer together than each is to
the hind-lateral eye on its side ; those of the front row, which is the shortest, appear to be
divided by as nearly as possible equal intervals ; those of each lateral pair are seated a little
obliquely, and contiguously, on a slight tubercle. The four central eyes form a square.
The legs are moderate in length and strength ; their relative length is 1, 4, 2, 3, but the
difference between those of the first and fourth pairs is not much. They are of a rather
orange yellow-brown colour, deepening in hue towards the extremities, and are furnished with
hairs and bristles which spring from minute tubercular red-brown granulosities.
The palpi are slender, and similar to the legs in colour.
The J aloes are neither very long nor strong; they are straight, perpendicular, similar to
the cephalothorax in colour, and granulose.
The maxillce and labium are of normal form, and rather lighter in colour than the falces.
The sternum is somewhat heart-shaped, broadly truncated, in a rather hollowed line, at
its fore-extremity, and of a pale orange-yellow colour.
The abdomen is large, of a short-oval form, very convex above, and projects considerably
over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull luteous-brown colour, sprinkled with white
cretaceous spots, which are principally gathered into a longitudinal median-line and a some-
what dentated line on each side of the upper part ; the median white line has some black spots
and markings on each side of it, those on the hinder half forming a series of broken transverse
angular bars. There are also black markings on each side of the lateral white borders; that
below each is broad, and continued quite round in front, where it meets the other from the
opposite side ; the upper side of the abdomen has also some other black spots and points scat-
tered over it ; the middle of the under side has a largish square area of white cretaceous
spots, bearing two strong parallel patches of deep red-brown on its fore part. The spinners
are short, compact, and of a pale-yellowish colour.
The male resembles the female in general characters and colours ; it is, however, smaller
and paler, and the legs of the first pair are longer ; the palpi are like the legs in colour ; they
are long and slender, the radial joint is double the length of the cubital, which is of a bent form,
and the former is somewhat clavate, and has its extremity on the outer side broadly produced,
but in close contact with the digital joint ; the digital joint is of moderate size, of oval form,
with its fore extremity pinched in to a point ; the palpal organs are well developed and rather
complex, with some whitish prominent membrane just above their fore extremity.
Hftb. — Murrce, June llth to July 14th, 1873 ; and route from Ydrkand to Bursi, May
28th to June 17th, 1874.
88 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
•
41. — STEATODA SORDIDATA, sp. n.
Adult female: length 2| lines.
In form and structure this spider resembles Steatoda nigrocincta. The eyes, however,
are smaller and more closely grouped, and the line formed by two fore-centrals is longer than
that formed by the hind-central pair. The whole of the fore part is of a dull dark-brown
colour, tinged with yellow. The abdomen is similar, but without the yellowish tinge ; a broad
longitudinal median band, as well as a narrower, lateral, dentated one on each side, meeting
round the fore extremity, are formed by white cretaceous spots ; and a similar line longitudi-
nally bisects the under side ; four small impressed black spots form a square (whose fore side
is shortest) on the fore half of the upper side.
Sab.— Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 13th, 1874.
Genus— DREPANODU8, Menge.
42. — DREPANODUS MANDIBULARIS.
Theridion mandibulare, Lucas, Eiplor. en Algerie, p. 260, pi. 17, fig. 1.
Pachygnatha mandibularis, Cambr., Spid. Pal. and Syr., P. Z. S., 1872, p. 294.
Steatoda mandibularis, Sim., Bull. Soo. Ent. Pr., 1873, p. 222.
Epeira diversa, Bl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., October 1859.
Hob. — Examples of the female of this puzzling spider were found in Dr. Stoliczka's col-
lection, taken en route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th,' 1874.
The difficulty of assigning to it its correct systematic place is very evident from the syno-
nyms above quoted. Mons. Eugene Simon has, however, lately suggested to me that it is
nearly allied to Drepanodus obscurus, Menge, and, entirely agreeing with this, I have placed
it here in that genus.
Genus— PHYCUS, Cambr.
The short broad form and very laterigrade appearance of the typical example of this
genus led to the conjecture that it belonged to the family Thomisides ( vide O. P. Cambridge,
' On some new Genera and Species of Araniedea,' in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1870, p. 742, pi. xliv,
fig. 9. Subsequent examination leads me to conclude that its proper place is in the family
Theridiides (not far from the genus, Euryopis (Thor.), but certainly not among the Orbite-
larias, as conjectured by Dr. T. Thorell (Syn. Eur. Spid., p. 600).
43.— PHTCTJS SAGITTATUS, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2 lines.
The cephalothorax is short, broad behind, and narrowing gradually forwards, but without
much lateral constriction at the caput : this portion is large, bluff in front, considerably
elevated, rising gradually but quickly from the thorax. The clypeus rather exceeds in height
half that of the facial space : it is round on the lower margin, and full and rather prominent,
•projecting gradually from just beneath the front row of eyes. The colour of the cephalo-
thorax is a doep yellowish-brown, and behind each hind-lateral eye is a strongish, curved,
ARANEIDEA. 39
spine-like bristle directed forwards; other bristles evidently belong to this part, but they had
been rubbed otT.
The eyes are of tolerable but nearly uniform size, and form a large, transverse, crescent-
shaped area on the front and sides of the upper part of the caput ; the two rows have the
convexity of their curve directed forwards, the front row being much the more strongly
curved, and its eyes rather larger than those of the hinder row. The eyes of the hinder row
(which is the longer) are very nearly, if not quite, equally separated, the interval rather
exceeding two diameters of one of the central pair ; the interval between the eyes of the fore-
central pair, which is of a black colour, is double that between each and the fore-lateral eye
on its side, and the line formed by them is very little longer than that formed by those of the
hind-central pair. The four central eyes form a rectangle, whose transverse is greater than its
longitudinal diameter ; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated obliquely, but not quite con-
tiguously, on a large, black, and slightly tubercular spot.
The legs are short, tolerably strong and tapering ; those of the fourth pair are the long-
est ; the rest differ very little in length, perhaps that of the first pair a little exceeds that
of the second, the third pair being slightly the shortest. They are furnished with hairs, and
a double, divergent row of longish fine spines beneath the tibiae, tarsi, and metatarsi ; each
tarsus ends with three curved claws, which spring from a small prolongation (apparently a
distinct articulation) of the tarsus. The colour of the legs is a deep brown, but paler along
the upper sides, the hinder extremities of the femora being of a pale-yellowish hue.
The palpi are short but tolerably strong ; they are of a dull-yellowish hue, suffused with
brown beneath and on the sides ; the digital joint ends with a curved, and apparently
pectinated, claw.
The fa Ices are short, straight, perpendicular, moderately strong, and the fang is slender ;
their length does not exceed the height of the clypeus, and their colour is yellowish-brown.
The maxillae are small, short, and greatly inclined to the labium, over which their extre-
mities almost meet.
The labium is very short, and somewhat pointed at its apex ; its colour, with that of the
maxillse, is a dull pale-yellowish, suffused, over all except their extremities, with brown.
The sternum is heart-shaped, and similar to the cephalothorax in colour.
The abdomen is of great size, heart-shaped, very convex above, and projects greatly over
the cephalothorax, which it (when looked at from behind) almost entirely conceals. Its
colour is a dull dark-brown, the upper side being densely covered with small, silvery, slightly
yellowish-white metallic spots ; leaving a large, transverse, somewhat oblong, brown area at
the fore extremity, and a large arrow-headed brown marking in the middle : the point of this
marking is directed backwards, going off into a fine yellow-brown line nearly to the spinners ;
and from the middle of its fore extremity a short brown stripe runs forward into the oblong
patch of the same colour, and is crossed, close to it at right angles, by another brown line,
which connects the foremost pair of four small, deep-brown, impressed spots ; the hinder
pair of these spots are placed just on the fore margin of the arrow-headed marking, which
has, on its lateral margin, some other deep-brown spots and blotches, with a few small, silvery
spots on its forepart. The under side has two very distinct transverse lines of silvery spots ;
and on either side of them are some pale, parallel, and slightly oblique streaks and lines of
similarly coloured spots ; the spinners are short, those of the inferior pair being considerably
the stouter and rather the longer.
Bab. — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873.
40 SECOND tlREA.ND MISSION.
Genus— ERIGONE, Sav.
44. — ERIGONE ATRA.
Neriene atra, Blackw., Lend, and Edinbr. Phil. Mag. 3 set. iii, p. 195.
longepalpis, Hlackw., Spid. Great Brit, and Irel. p. 274, pi. six, fig. 188.
Sab. — An example of the male, identical with British and other European specimens,
was contained among the spiders found on the route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to
June 17th, 1874.
45. — ERIGONE DENTIPALPIS.
Erigone dentipalpis, Wid-Westr., Aran. Suec. p. 199.
Although only a portion of this spider was found in the collection, I feel no doubt of its
specific identity with the JE. dentipalpis (Westr.) of Europe.
Sab.— Sind Valley, August 5th to 13th, 1873.
Genus— PACHYGNATHA, Snnd.
46. — PACHYGNATHA CLERCKII.
Pachygnatha clerckii, Snnd.-Westr., Aran. Suec. p. 144.
An adult male of this species, differing in no respect from European examples, was found
in the collection.
Sab. — Kashghar, December 1873.
i
Gmna-LINYPHIA.
47. — LlNYPHIA CONSA.NGTJINEA, sp. n.
Adult male : length 2£ lines. Adult female : 2f lines.
This spider is, in size, colour, and markings, almost exactly like the well-known European
form Linyphia peltata (Sund.) ; one description would, in fact, suit both these species. The
present, however, may be distinguished by several good specific characters.
In the male, the falces are shorter and less divergent, but stronger and much more
prominent in front when looked at in profile ; in which position also the extremities are
directed distinctly backwards ; they are likewise granulose, furnished with short spine-like
bristles, and armed with a short, strong, pointed, deep red-brown tooth on the inner side
towards the fore extremity.
The palpi have the cubital joint very short, with a strong, tapering, spine-like bristle
directed forwards from its fore extremity on the upper side ; the radial joint is double the
length of the cubital, and enlarges gradually to the fore extremity, where, on the upper side,
is a spine-like bristle like that on the cubital joint ; the digital joint is not very large, and
the palpal organs are complex, with corneous processes and spines, somewhat like those of
L. peltata, but bolder ; and from their base, on the outer side, issues a slender, longish, pale-
coloured, rather prominent spiny process, whose extremity is sharp-pointed and rather shortly
AEANEIDEA. 41
curved; this process by its size and shape distinguishes the males of the two species at a
glance.
The female may be distinguished by the abdomen in the present species (when looked
at in profile) having a higher elevation about the middle, the general curve of that of
L. pcltata being here of a somewhat humped nature ; the form of the genital aperture also
differs a little : in L. peltata it is of a simple, transverse, oval form ; in the present its form is
somewhat bluntly sub-triangular.
Hub. — Murree, June llth to July 14th, and Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August
5th, 1873.
48. — LINYPHIA ALBIPUNCTATA, sp. n.
Adult female : length rather over 2 lines.
This spider is nearly allied to Linyphia leprosa, Ohl., and L. minuta, Bl., to which it bears
considerable resemblance both in size, form, and colours. The whole of the forepart is yellow-
brown, the sternum and falces being the darkest : the upper part of the caput also, with
the normal indentations, is rather darker than the rest of the cephalothorax ; the legs are
distinctly annulated with dark brown, and furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; the
palpi have a similar armature, but are not so distinctly annulated.
The eyes are in the ordinary position and seated on tubercular black spots, but the ocular
area is more prominent than usual, and has the appearance of a longisl-, oblong, tubercular
platform ; those of the posterior row appear to be equally divided from each other, the inter-
val being less than a diameter ; the fore-centrals are the smallest of the eight, and are sepa-
rated by about half a diameter, each being divided from the fore-lateral eye on its side by rather
less than the diameter of the latter ; those of each lateral pair are placed rather obliquely,
but not quite contiguously. The height of the clypeus, which is very projecting, equals half
that of the facial space ; the four central eyes form a rectangle whose longitudinal is greater
than its widest transverse diameter, and its posterior side longer than its anterior one.
The falces are moderately long and strong, very slightly divergent, nearly perpendicular ;
their profile is curved, and each has three tolerably strong, sharp teeth at the extremity on
the inner side.
The sternum has its surface slightly tuberculose.
The abdomen is very convex above, and projects well over the base of the cephalothorax ;
it is of a rather dark yellow-brown colour, marked with deeper brown, and thickly and minutely
specked with white on the upper part and sides ; the only traceable pattern is a longitu-
dinal dark-brown line along the middle of the fore part of the upper side, followed to the
spinners by a series of transverse angular lines, formed by the more regular disposition
of some of the white spots ; probably a series of specimens would show transverse angular
brown lines, with perhaps an enlargement like a spot or blotch at each of their extremities ;
on the sides also there is a trace of a similar white horizontal curved line meeting the one
on the opposite side a little above the spinners ; and above it is a horizontal brown patch. These
markings are all very similar to those of Linyphia leprosa, though less distinct. The gen-
ital aperture in the two species, and the process connected with it, are, however, totally dis-
similar ; in the present spider, instead of being exceedingly prominent, and rather complex,
it is only slightly prominent and very simple in its structure.
Hab— Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
42 SECOND YABKAND MISSION.
49. — LlNYPHIA STKAMINEA, sp. n.
Adult female : length a little over 1 line.
The whole of the fore part of this small spider is of a pale straw-yellow colour, and in
its form and general structure it is very like Linyphia ericcea, Bl.
The eyes are on strong, black, tubercular spots, and rather closely grouped together in
two slightly curved rows, of which the hinder one is a very little longer than the front ; the
two hind-central eyes are slightly further from each other than each is from the hind-lateral
eye on its side ; and the fore-central eyes are the smallest of the eight, near together but not
contiguous to each other ; those of each lateral pair are placed slightly obliquely, and touch-
ing each other ; the four centrals form a square whose fore side is considerably shorter than
the hinder one.
The legs are very slender and rather long, furnished with hairs and a few fine spines.
The palpi are short, slender, and similar in colour and armature to the legs.
Thefalces are tolerably long, not very strong, straight and perpendicular.
The maxilla, labium, and sternum are normal.
The abdomen is very convex above, and projects considerably over the base of the cephalo-
thorax . it is of a dull straw-colour, speckled thinly with small, white, cretaceous-looking
spots. The form of the genital aperture is very simple indeed, and has a very slight, and
scarcely at all prominent, process connected with it.
Hal.— Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
50. — LINYPHIA PERAMPLA, sp. n.
Female, scarcely adult : length rather over 3 lines.
This fine species is very nearly allied to Linyphia collina, L. Koch, found in the French
Jura mountains ; but it may be, I think, distinguished by a total absence of the small white
spots dispersed over the abdomen of that species, as well as by a stronger and bolder pattern.
The cephalothorax is of ordinary form ; and the normal indentations are strongly marked ;
it is of a light brownish-yellow colour, the caput dark yellow-brown, and the thoracic portion
has a broadish brown marginal border.
The eyes are rather small, but in the usual position ; those of the hind-central pair are
rather nearer to each other than each is to the hind-lateral on its side ; the four central eyes
form very nearly a square whose anterior is shorter than its posterior side ; the eyes of each
lateral pair are placed obliquely, and contiguously, on a slight tubercle. The height of the
clypeus is equal to half that of the facial space.
The legs are rather long, slender, and their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3 ; they are of
a yellow-brown colour, the tibise and femora annulated with dark brown, the former indis-
tinctly, the latter distinctly ; they are furnished with hairs, bristles, and a few not very long,
slender spines.
The palpi are short, slender, of a pale brownish-yellow colour, furnished with an arma-
ture similar to that of the legs.
The falces are moderately long and strong, straight, perpendicular : the basal portion in
front, dark brown ; the rest, yellow-brown, with a reddish tinge near the fang ; and there are
three teeth on the inner side near the fore extremity.
AEANEIDEA. 43
The maxillce and labium are of normal form, and of a brownish -yellow colour, the latter
being the darker.
The sternum is heart-shaped, broadly truncated at its fore extremity; its colour is yellow-
brown, suffused with deeper brown, furnished with long bristly hairs, and with a kind of
oval gibbosity at its hinder extremity.
The abdomen is large and very convex above, projecting considerably over the cephalo-
thorax, and clothed with short grey hairs ; it is of a pale, dull brownish-yellow hue, marked
along the middle of the upper side with a series of strong, well-defined, blackish-brown angu-
lar bars of a W form, the extremities of these lines uniting with oblique lateral lines of black -
brown spots and markings.
Hal).— Sind Valley, August 5th to 13th, 1873.
51.— LlNYPHIA PTJSILLA.
Linyphia pusilla, Sund., Sv. Spindl. Beskr. Vet.-Akad. Handl. f. 1829, p. 214.
Sab. — Two females of this spider contained in the portion of the collection made at
Yarkand, May 21st to 27th. 1874, and on the route thence to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th,
1874, differ in no respect from European examples of the same species.
Family— EPEIRIDES.
Genus— META, C. L. Koch.
52. — META MIXTA, sp. n.
Adult female : length 3| lines.
This pretty spider is nearly allied to Meta (Tetragnatha) decorata, Bl., but it is smaller
and the abdomen, although its hinder extremity projects a little over the spinners, is not
drawn out behind into anything of a caudal form ; the fore extremity also is smooth and
rounded at the shoulders, instead of being somewhat humped or gibbous on those parts ; the
genital aperture also differs in its form.
The cephalothorax, legs, and palpi are pale yellow ; the falces, maxillae, and labium,
rather suffused with brown, or reddish-brown ; and the stermtm dark reddish-brown ; the
extremities of the tibiae of the legs are dull reddish-brown. The abdomen is of a cylindric
oval form, rather narrower behind than before ; the upper part, and a portion of the sides,
are metallic and silvery in colour, and marked, longitudinally, with five dull brownish lines
or stripes. A median stripe, and another on each side of it, not reaching so far forwards as
the median one, meet at the hinder extremity ; these three longitudinal stripes are connected
on either side by three oblique lines of the same colour, issuing from the central stripe and
running obliquely backwards into the lateral one ; two of them are rather near together, not
far behind the middle of the abdomen ; the third is much nearer the fore part ; and, quite at
the fore extremity, is a transverse, dull-brown, slightly curved line ; the remainder of the
sides and the under side are dull yellowish-brown ; and on each side of the under part is a
longitudinal, slightly bent, silvery stripe from the spiracular openings to the spinners,
followed by a spot of the same kind close to the outer side of the inferior pair of spinners ;
p 1
44 SECOND Y ARK AND MISSION.
*
these two sub-abdominal stripes are, in Meta decorata, BL, replaced by the whole of that part
being silvery, whereas the intermediate space between the silvery stripes, in the present
spider, has only a few silvery specks on its fore half. The space between the spinners and the
upper side has also some silvery spots upon it.
This spider is also nearly allied to Meta quinquelineata, Keys (from Bogota, S. Amer.),
but is, I think, certainly of a distinct species. It is also distinct from another nearly allied
(and undescribed) species received from Bombay from Major Julian Ilobson.
Sab. — Murree, June Ilthto July 14th, 1877.
Genus— TETRAGNATHA, Walok.
53. — TETRAGNATHA EXTENSA.
Tetragnatha extenia, Linn., Syst. Nat. Ed. 10, i, p. 621.
Several specimens, which I believe to be of this species, were contained in the collection.
Sab.— Kashghar, December 1873 ; Sind Valley, August 5th to 13th, 1873 ; Yarkand,
May 21st to 27th, 1874; and route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874.
Genns— EPSlRA, Walck.
61. — EPEIRA TARTARICA.
Epeira tartarica, Kronenberg, Reise in Turkestan v. Alexis Fedtschenko, Moscow, 1875, p. 2, pi. 1, fig. 1.
Adult and immature females were contained in the collection.
Kab. — Neighbourhood of Leh, August and September 1873.
55. — EPEIRA BIGIBBOSA, sp. n.
Immature female : rather over 1 line in length.
Although it is very young, I think this spider is of a different species from several with a
protuberance or gibbosity on each side of the fore extremity of the abdomen already de-
scribed by different authors.
The whole of the fore part is of a dull yellowish hue, except the sternum, which is
yellow-brown ; the cephalothorax is suffused with yellow-brown in the indentations by which
the union of the caput and thorax is indicated, and has a somewhat triangular patch of a
cream-white colour at the occiput.
The legs are rather short and moderately strong ; their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3, and
they are furnished with hairs and bristles only.
The eyes are on slight dark tubercles ; those of the hind-central pair are the largest of the
eight, and considerably larger than the rest, and are divided from each other by a diameter's
interval ; the space which divides each from the hind-lateral on its side being double, if not
more, of that diameter : those of the fore-central pair are less than half the size of the
hind-centrals ; they are separated from each other by two diameters' interval, but yet form a
line shorter than that formed by the hind-centrals. The four central eyes form a square whose
foremost side is rather shorter than the rest ; those of each lateral pair are placed very
ARANEIDEA. 45
obliquely and contiguously. When looked at from in front, the eye area is in the form of a
triangle whose apex (at the hind-central pair) is truncated, and whose base is formed by the
lateral and fore-central pairs, which, from this point of view, are in a perfectly straight line.
The height of the clypeus is about one-third that of the facial space.
The abdomen is white; its fore part, which is broad and has a strongish, pointed, conical
gibbosity on the upper side at each fore corner, projects considerably over the base of the
cephalothorax ; these gibbosities are tipped with dark brown. The greater part of the hinder
half is occupied by a very broad dentated brown band which narrows to the spinners, and is
itself mottled with white ; the under side is dull brownish, with a curved white stripe on each
side of the hinder part.
No doubt some variation in colours, and perhaps in markings, will be found in the adult
form ; but the above details will, I think, be found sufficient for the determination of the
species, whether in the adult or immature state.
Sab. — Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
56. — EPEIRA PELLAX , sp. n.
Adult female : length 3| lines
This spider is allied to Epeira bigibbosa, but may easily be distinguised by a difference in
the relative size and position of the eyes, as well as by its spinous and annulated legs.
The cephalothorax is dull yellow-brownish on the sides, and the caput has also one or
two, indistinctly defined, yellow-brown markings, and its surface is clothed with a coarse
greyish-sandy pubescence.
The eyes are rather small, of a dull, amber yellowish-brown colour, and do not differ
greatly in size ; those of the hind-central pair are the largest, and, with the fore- centrals,
which appear to be next in size (though not very much smaller), form very nearly a square ;
the fore-side of the square being, if anything, slightly longer than the hinder one : the
interval between the hind-centrals is equal to a diameter, but that between each of them and
the hind-lateral eye on its side is equal to at least four diameters of the hind-central eye.
The legs are rather short and tolerably strong ; their relative length appears to be 1, 4, 2,
3, though the difference between those of the first, second, and fourth pairs is slight ; their
colour is yellow, clouded, and irregularly annulated, with dark yellow-brown ; they are also
furnished with hairs, bristles, and short spines.
The falces are short and moderately strong, a little prominent near their base in front ;
they are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, suffused a little with brownish on their outer
sides.
The maxillae and labium are normal in form, and of a pale-yellowish colour, suffused
with brownish towards their bases.
The sternum is heart-shaped ; the anterior side truncated in a hollow line.
The abdomen is short, and broad in front, with a short, roundish, conical protuberance on
each side of the forepart ; from a little way behind each of these protuberances, a sinuous, or
sub-dentate, dark-brown line, edged with whitish on its outer side, runs backwards towards
the spinners ; these lines do not reach the spinners, nor do they meet each other, since they
run nearly parallel during the latter part of their length ; the space included by these lines is
mottled with white, and contains some dull-brownish ^survi- angular, transverse lines, bisected
through their angles (which are directed forwards) by a longitudinal median line of the same
46 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
hue; the sides are alternately slashed, or broadly and obliquely striped, with white and
yellowish-hrown. The under side is white, with a large, central, somewhat triangular, dull-
brownish area in the middle. The base of this triangle is towards the forepart, where it is
joined by a pedicular patch of the same colour, to the hinder margin of the genital opening.
This aperture has connected with it a long, strong, very prominent epigyne, divided into two
parts, a basal part whitish, tumid, and membranous in appearance, and a terminal portion
blackish-brown, corneous, curved, tapering, directed strongly forwards, and clothed with
hairs on its fore, or convex, side ; its hinder, or concave, side has a narrow, longitudinal slit or
duct.
The spinners are normal, and surrounded, on the sides and behind, with a horseshoe-
shaped line of six white spots with dull-brownish intervals.
Sab.— Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873.
57. — EPEIRA GTJEDA, sp. n.
A number of immature specimens, both male and female, of an Epeira which I believe
to be of an undescribed species, were contained in the collection, though, from their im-
maturity and the apparently faded state of their colouring, I do not venture to describe them
in detail. They are very nearly allied to Epeira cornuta, Clerck, the pattern on the abdomen
being very similar to that spider. The colours, however, are much duller, and the markings
far less distinct, and the legs are of a uniform dull-yellowish hue. One character alone will
serve to distinguish it at once from E. cornuta ; the eyes of the hind-central pair form a
line which is very nearly — indeed, as long — as that formed by those of the fore-central pair ;
but which in E. cornuta is distinctly (and indeed considerably) shorter.
Hob.— Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
58. — EPEIBA HARTJSPEX, sp. n.
Adult female : length If lines.
In its general form this spider is much like Epeira pellax ; it is, however, much smaller,
and differs in many material particulars ; it is also allied nearly to E. agalena, "Walck.
The whole of the fore part, excepting the sternum, which is darker, and the normal
indentations of the cephalothorax, which are dusky brown, is of a dull yellowish-brown
colour.
The eyes are small ; the four centrals form a square, but those of the hind-central pair
are considerably larger than the front- centrals and are separated from each other by a dia-
meter's distance, each being also divided from the hind-lateral on its side by more than
double that which separates them from each other.
The legs are neither very long nor strong ; their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3, and the
tibiae are faintly annulated with reddish yellow-brown ; their armature had been all rubbed
off, but apparently it had consisted only of hairs and bristles.
The/aloes are moderately long, tolerably strong, and roundly prominent near their base
in front.
The maxillce and labium are of normal form, pale yellowish towards their extremities,
but dark brown on the basal part.
ARANEIDEA. 47
The abdomen is broad in front, where it is slightly prominent (though scarcely gibbose)
at the fore-corners, and the middle of the fore-margin is also blunt-angularly prominent ;
the upper side has almost its whole area enclosed by two longitudinal brown lines (edged out-
wardly with white), which run from the fore-corners obliquely backwards, and converge to-
wards each other to the spinners ; the first half of these lines is sub-angular. Along the
length of the area thus enclosed, a large, but not very clearly defined, somewhat cruciform
or dagger-shaped, whitish marking runs with its sharp point backwards, and is bisected longi-
tudinally by a dull, pale-brownish line, from which several oblique lines branch off on each
side. The rest of the area is dull brown, deepening to reddish brown at the hinder extremity ;
the sides are dull brown, mottled thickly with small white spots ; the under side is also brown
margined with a distinct line of white spots, which does not, however, enclose the fore
extremity, as each end of the line terminates close behind the spiracular opening ; a little way
from the spinners, on each side, there are two white spots in a longitudinal line. The pro-
cess connected with the genital aperture is prominent, and of characteristic form : it consists
of two portions — the basal, which is short, broad, dark blackish-brown, and corneous ; and a
rather long, twisted pale epigyne, directed backwards : only a figure, however, can give any
correct idea of the form and structure of this process.
Hab.— Yarkand, May 21st to 27th, 1874.
59. — EPEIRA P^NUIATA, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2| lines.
This spider is allied to Epeira cormtta, Clerck, but is much smaller, and (in the only
example examined at least) wants the characteristic pattern on the abdomen.
The whole nearly of the fore part is of a dull-yellow colour ; the normal indentations of
the cephalothorax are suffused with dusky-brown, and from each of the hind-lateral eyes a
brownish-black line runs backwards towards the occiput ; and there are two strong, spine-
like, curved bristles directed forwards from behind each lateral pair of eyes.
The eyes are small ; those of the hind-central pair are the largest, and are separated
from each other by no more than half a diameter's interval, if so much; and the line formed
by them is distinctly shorter than that formed by the fore-central pair, and constitutes the
hinder and shortest side of the square formed by the fore- and hind-central eyes ; the eyes of
each lateral pair are widely removed, by an interval of at least double the length of the line
formed by the hind-central eyes. The clypeus is less in height than half that of the facial
space.
The legs are rather short, but tolerably strong; their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3, and
they are furnished with hairs, bristles, and short, not very strong spines, each of which
springs from a small blackish tubercle.
The palpi are moderately long and strong, and are furnished, chiefly towards their inner
sides, with numerous bristles, and long, slender, curved spines.
The / alces are moderately long, strong, perpendicular, and rounded in profile.
The maxillte and labium are of normal form, and, except their extremities, which are
pale, are of a yellow-brown colour.
The abdomen is of a broad-oval form, not excessively convex above, its upper surface
being parallel to its under side, and its hinder part, as well as each side of its fore extremity,
48 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
rounded, but the latter are not prominent, as in several of the species described above ; the
middle, however, of the fore extremity projects forwards in a strong, blunt-conical form.
The whole of the upper part, including the upper half of the sides, is of a cream-yellow colour
marked with two converging rows of linear black spots ; these rows are almost the whole
width of the abdomen apart where they begin, which is just about half way from the hinder
extremity to the middle of the fore extremity, and they represent the angular or dentated
lines so common on the abdomen of the genus Epeira. Four parallel, longitudinal, dull-
brownish, venose lines (the outer ones of which curve round and almost meet at their fore
extremity, and the middle pair are shorter than the outer ones) are included within the two
converging rows of spots above mentioned, and are also connected by another curved line
which crosses at the ends of the two middle lines. The remainder of the sides, together with
the whole of the under part, is of a dull-brownish hue, indistinctly mottled with dull
whitish- yellow spots ; and four large blotches of white spots form a square between the
spiracular plates and the spinners. The sides are also marked with some oblique, venose,
yellow-brown lines. The process, or epigyne, connected with the genital opening is prominent,
tapering, not very long, obtuse at its extremity, which is curved, directed backwards, and
transversely rugulose throughout.
Sab.— Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
60. — EPEIRA PR^EDATA, sp. n.
Adult male : length 2J lines.
The cephalothorax is broad and round-oval behind, rather produced and narrow before;
the forepart of the ocular area projecting over the clypeus. The hinder part of the cephalo-
thorax is considerably higher than the forepart, and is well rounded and convex ; it is of a
brownish-yellow colour, with converging paler stripes, following the direction of the normal
indentations. On the sides of the caput, near the eyes, are several strong, curved, spine-
like bristles, directed forwards.
The eyes are of tolerable size, on the fore part and sides of the extremity of the caput ;
those of the fore-central pair are the largest of the eight, and are seated on a somewhat
tubercular prominence ; the interval between them is equal to, if not a little more than,
a diameter, and the line formed by them considerably longer than that formed by those
of the hind-central pair. These latter are on black spots, and near together, the inter-
val being no more than half a diameter ; the figure thus formed by the four central eyes
is a rectangle, with its posterior side shortest, and its longest transverse diameter less than
its longitudinal one ; the interval between each hind-central eye and the hind-lateral next to
it is equal to rather over two diameters of the former,
The legs are moderately long and tolerably strong ; their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3.
They are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; three of the longest, strongest, and
darkest of the last forming a transverse row near the slightly incrassated middle part of
the inner side of the tibiae of the first pair.
The palpi are short, and similar in colour to the legs. The cubital joint is short, and
(in profile) of a sub-angular form, with two long, strong, yellow-brown, tapering, curved,
spine-line bristles, directed forwards from its fore extremity on the upper side ; the radial
ioint is very short, but is produced considerably in an obtuse form on the outer side, the end
of the produced portion being furnished thickly with strong bristles ; the digital joint is of
ARANEIDEA. 49
a brown colour, large and of a long oval form, hairy, and bristly ; the palpal organs are very
large and cemplex, consisting of various yellowish-brown and dark red-brown corneous pro-
cesses.
The fa Ices are neither very long nor strong; they are perpendicular, but removed far
back under the projecting fore part of the caput ; their colour (as well as that of the maxillas,
labium, and sternum, whose forms are normal) is like that of the legs.
The abdomen is of a short, oblong-oval form, equal in size at each end, and tolerably
convex above. It is of a pale dull brownish-yellow colour ; the upper side is more or less
thickly mottled with white, leaving a broad median dull stripe on the fore half ; the hinder
extremity of this stripe has four (two on each side) obliquely diverging lines issuing from it,
and is itself continued by a fine line (all of the same dull hue) to the spinners. Four small
brown spots form a rectangle near the middle, and close behind the foremost pair of these
spots is a large, roundish patch, free of all white mottling ; a little behind the middle of the
sides are four or five distinct, parallel, transverse, black-brown, fine lines ; the hindermost
line is the strongest, and has a large spot of the same colour near its inner extremity, thus
altogether forming a transverse, interrupted line, appearing to cut off the extremity of the
abdomen. On the under side is a large, somewhat quadrate area of white ; and immediately
behind it, is a semi-circle of five distinct white spots not far in front of the spinners.
This spider apparently belongs to the Epeira cucurbitina group.
Hab. — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873.
61. — EPEIRA CUCURBITINA.
Ef'eira cucurbitina, Clerck, Sv. Spindl. p. 44, pi. 2, tab. 4.
An immature example of this very pretty, but common and widely-dispersed spider
was found in Dr. Stoliczka's collection.
Hab.— Sind Valley, 5th to 13th August 1873.
62. — EPEIRA CORNUTA.
Epeira cornuta, Clerck, Sv. epindl.
Hab. — Immature examples, which are, I believe, Epeira cornuta, Clk., and are certainly
not distinguishable from immature European specimens of that species, were found in those
portions of the collection made at Yarkand and neighbourhood in November 1873, and
en route from Yarkand to Bursi between May 28th and June 17th, 1874.
63. — EPEIRA PANNIFERENS, sp. n.
Adult female : length 3 lines.
The cephalothorax is rather strongly constricted laterally at the caput, which is tolerably
produced ; the normal indentations are strong, especially that at the thoracic junction, and
the oblique ones which mark the union of the caput and thorax. Its colour is pale yellow,
with the whole of the upper part of the caput and a broad lateral band, which runs very
near the margin the whole way round the cephalothorax, of an orange yellow-brown ; the
G
50 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
band on the caput is of a rather elongated diamond shape, and is produced behind to the
thoracic junction.
The eyes are in the usual four pairs, occupying the whole width of the fore part of the
caput ; the four central ones are as nearly as possible of equal size, and form a square whose
posterior side is shorter than the rest ; those of the hind-central pair are on largish, dark,
reddish-brown spots, and are separated from each other by an eye's diameter ; those of the
fore-central pair ai'e seated on a slight prominence, and are directed away from each other ;
the interval between them being nearly two diameters. Those of each lateral pair are seated
obliquely and contiguously on a dark tubercle.
The legs of the third and fourth pairs (one only of each being all that remained in the
example examined) are short, strong, of a pale-yellow colour, annulated with dark yellow-
brown, and furnished with hairs, bristles, and a few spines.
The palpi are short, and similar to the legs in colour and armature.
The/ 'alces are moderate in length and strength, roundly prominent at their base in
front, perpendicular, and of a pale-yellow colour.
The maxilla are of normal form ; their colour is brown, with a pale-yellowish border all
round their extremity.
The labium is of a darker brown than the maxillae, with a pale-yellowish apex.
The sternum is yellowish, suffused with dark brown ; its form is heart-shaped, with the
fore extremity broadly truncated and hollow.
The abdomen is large, oval, broadest in front, the middle of the fore margin of which is
a little sub-angularly prominent ; it projects considerably over the base of the cephalothorax,
and is of a yellowish-brown colour mottled obscurely with whitish ; the fore extremity of
the upper side has a sub-angular, marginal, white stripe. Beginning at some little distance
behind this is a large deep brown patch-like area, broad in front, and narrowing gradually, to
about half its front width, near the spinners. This patch is bordered by a fine, deeper-brown
sinuous line, outside of which is a distinct white border. On the sides, the white mottlings
are gathered into broadish, though rather indistinct, oblique stripes ; the under side is deep
brown, bordered on each side with three large white spots, the middle one of which is the
largest. The epigyne is rather short, of a pale-yellowish hue, tapering, blunt-pointed, and
directed backwards.
Hab. — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873.
64. — EPEIRA CARNIFEX, sp. n.
Adult female : length 3J lines.
The cephalothorax is tolerably strongly constricted on the lateral margins at the caput,
which is also rather produced forwards ; its colour is dull yellow, rather thickly clothed with
a coarse greyish pubescence ; and the whole of the upper side of the caput is of a deep brown,
the same colour being prolonged backwards to the thoracic junction. The height of the
clypeus is rather less than the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes.
The eyes are in the usual four pairs, occupying the whole width of the fore-part of the
caput ; the four central eyes form apparently, as nearly as can be, a square ; the hind-central
pair are seated on strong black spots, on a small tubercular prominence, and they are the
largest of the eight, considerably larger than those of the fore- central pair, and separated
by rather more than a diameter's interval.
ARANEIDEA. 51
The legs are moderately long, but not very strong, and their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3.
Their colour is dull brownish-yellow, annulated with darker reddish yellow-brown, and they
are furnished with hairs, bristles, and strongish, but short, spines.
The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, moderately long and slender.
The f alces are moderately strong, tolerably long, arched in profile, perpendicular, of a
deep-brown colour, but pale- yellowish at the base, and furnished with bristles in front.
The maxillce are of normal form, and of a deep-brown colour, pale-yellowish on the
margin, at their extremity. The labiwn also is similar in colour, with a pale margin at the
apex.
The sternum is heart-shaped and of a deep-brown colour.
The abdomen is very large, and in its general form and appearance reminds one of that of
Cyrtopliora opuntice, Duf. Its shoulders have each a short, somewhat conical prominence
also. It projects considerably over the base of the cephalo thorax ; and when looked at in
profile, the hinder extremity, which projects a little over the spinners, is nearly as high as
the fore-extremity. The sides are steep and sloping inwards, and the upper side rather flat.
The upper side is of a dull cream- white colour marked, clouded, and mottled with brown ; the
lateral margins of the white area are very strongly dentated, and along the middle of it are two
very distinctly defined black dentated lines, which beginning near its fore extremity, converge
towards each other (but do not meet) at the hinder extremity, where they are sometimes
joined by a transverse blackish line. Along the middle of the fore part of the space included
by these black dentated lines, which space is frequently darker or more suffused with brown
than the atea outside it, is a somewhat oblong deep brown, marking with two angular points
on each side of it and a row of white spots along its middle. The fore extremity of the
upper side has two prominent portions of the white area near the middle ; these are generally
curved, and enclose a more or less well-defined brown patch bearing a white spot in the
centre, and in front of this, outside the brown patch, is another larger white spot ; the under
side is of deep sooty-brown colour, of a quadrangular form, margined by a distinct, broad,
yellowish-white border, before and on its sides, each of the posterior ends of the border being
continued on either side of the spinners by two well-defined white blotches, the anterior one
of which is much larger than the other ; from the middle of the hinder extremity, on the
upper side, to the spinners there is generally a longitudinal central yellowish- white stripe ; the
sides are brown, thickly mottled with dull whitish-yellow. The genital aperture is simple in
form, and somewhat of a transverse, kidney shape, placed rather behind a slightly prominent
process from in front of which issues a moderately long, slender, epigyne, which curves back-
wards and has its extremity slightly sinuous. There is considerable variety in the markings
of the upper side of the abdomen in this spider according as the brown mottlings are more or
less diffused, or else well defined.
Hob.— Murree, June llth to July 24th, 1873.
65. — EPEIRA ? GIBBERA, sp. n.
Adult female: length 2| lines.
Probably this spider will be found some day, on comparison with some other closely
allied exotic species, to be of a different genus from " Epeira" (sensustricto), in which event,
I think, a new genus must be formed for its reception. At present I describe it as an
aberrant and doubtful form of Epeira.
el
52 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The cephalothorax is very short and broad, and rises gradually from the hinder extremity
to the fore part of the caput ; though the real convexity of the whole does not vary much in
one part or another, since the basal line rises forwards with the general rise of the caput; and
the middle of the fore part of the caput has a rather prominently pointed appearance, without
the lateral prominences (on which the lateral pairs of eyes are placed) usual in Epeira ; in
fact, there is an approach in the form of this part to some species of Pollys. The colour of
the cephalothorax is yellow-brown, and it is clothed with a greyish pubescence.
The eyes are placed as in Epeira generally. Those of the hind-central pair are consider-
ably larger than the fore-centrals ; the interval between them is nearly about one and half
diameters ; they form a longer line than the fore-central pair, and together with them they
form a rectangle whose greatest transverse diameter is longer than its longitudinal one.
Between the eyes of the fore-central pair are two longish, divergent, pale-grey, bent bristles
directed forwards and downwards. The eyes of each lateral pair are on slight tubercles, placed
obliquely, and contiguous to each other ; they are very widely removed from the four central
ones, and, owing to the oblique, sloping character of the sides of the caput, are placed some
way back, not far (when looked at sideways) above the middle of the base of the falces.
The legs are short, moderately strong, their relative length being 1, 2, 4, 3 ; they are of
a yellow-brown colour, with faint traces of darker annulation ; and are furnished with hairs
and slender bristles, but no spines.
The palpi are short, slender, and nearly similar in colour to the legs, the digital joints
terminating with a curved, toothed claw.
The falces are moderately long, strong, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax.
The maxillce and labium are like those of Epeira : they are of a dark yellow-brown
colour ; the extremities of the former and the apex of the latter, pale dull whitish.
The sternum is short, heart-shaped, the fore extremity very broad and truncated ; its
colour is deep yellowish-brown, and it is clothed with a prominent grey pubescence.
The abdomen is very large, and almost conceals the cephalothorax ; it is of a sub-conical
form, the upper side towards the hinder extremity being produced gradually backwards and
upwards into a considerable hump, whose termination is a large round deep-brown boss. The
distance from this boss to the spinners is rather less than to the fore extremity on the upper
side. Its colour is a dull-brown, mottled thickly above and on the sides with dull yellowish-
white, leaving a largish, irregularly-defined brown patch near the middle of either side of the
upper part. The middle of the upper part has four distinct, impressed, deep black-brown
spots in a quadrangular figure, whose posterior side is much longer than its anterior, and its
shortest transverse diameter longer than its longitudinal one. A little way from, and on each
side of, the inferior spinners is a white spot, in front of which is another, or rather a some-
what roundish, white patch. The genital aperture is of a simple transverse oval form, covered
by the epigyne, which is very prominent, directed backwards, curved, flattish, and rather
tapering to a broad, rounded point.
Hab.— Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873.
Genua— CHORIZOOPES, Cambr.
66. — CHORIZOOPES STOLICZK^:, sp. n.
Adult female : length rather over 2^ lines.
The cephalothorax is short, broadish, and massive in front ; the caput elevated, especially
AEANEIDEA. 53
the occipital portion of it. The colour is a dark reddish yellow-brown, and there are some
coarse greyish hairs on the surface, which is also finely punctuose.
The eyes are small, and placed in three widely separated groups ; the central group of
four eyes (forming a quadrangular figure whose anterior side is the shorter, and its posterior
side the longer) is placed near the lower part of the foreside of the caput, the height of the
clypeus rather exceeding the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, which are a little the
largest of the eight. These of each lateral pair are placed obliquely, close above the insertion
of the f alces, and separated from each other by an interval of at least the diameter of the fore-
lateral eyes, which are larger than the hind-lateral.
The legs are short and slender ; there is very little difference in the length of those of
the first, second, and fourth pairs, the third pair being the shortest. They are of a dull yellow
colour tinged with orange, annulated with reddish yellow-brown, and furnished with hairs
and slender bristles only.
The palpi are short, slender, and similar to the legs in colour and armature.
The fa Ices are rather long, strong, prominent at their base in front, and slightly diver-
gent, obliquely truncated at their fore extremity on the inner side, the oblique portion being
armed with a single row of short strong teeth and long bristly hairs. Their colour is rather
paler than that of the cephalothorax, with a darker suffusion across the middle.
The maxillae are strong and considerably inclined towards the lahium, which is small
and of a curvilinear triangular form. The colour of the maxillae is yellow-brown ; that of the
labium paler.
The sternum is of a similar form to that of the labium, only of course much larger, and
with its apex pointed in the opposite direction ; it is of a dull orange yellow-brown colour,
with some red-brown marginal indentations between the points of insertion of the legs.
The abdomen is large, of an oval form, more pointed before than behind, where it is
very bluff and rounded. The general convexity is great, though the upper surface is rather
flat, and it projects greatly over the base of the cephalothorax. On each side of the upper
part is a longitudinal row of small pointed (or conical) protuberances, and another longitudinal
row of three similar protuberances bisects the hinder part of the abdomen ; the foremost of
these last is nearly in a straight, transverse line with the hinder one of each of the other row.
The upper part of the abdomen is of a dull golden-yellowish colour, marked on each side of
the central line with blackish-brown, including the inside half of each of the conical pro-
tuberances, and leaving a clear, broadish, longitudinal, median yellow band, from which two
curved lateral stripes, edged with black, issue on each side from its hinder half, and a
prominent point on each side of its fore part; the sides are obliquely rugulose, and, with the
under side, are yellowish, marked with dark brown ; some of the lower lateral markings are
oblique, and from the genital aperture two parallel, blackish streaks, close together, run to the
spinners. The epigyne connected with the genital aperture is prominent, tapering, pointed,
and a little directed backwards.
This spider is remarkable from the genus having only been previously recorded as
indigenous to Ceylon.
Sab. — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873.
67.— CHORIZOOPES CONGENER, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2 lines.
The caput is greatly elevated, broad, well rounded on all sides above, and highest at the
54 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
occiput, appearing to overwhelm the thoracic portion hy its disproportionate development ;
its sides are perpendicular, and it is divided longitudinally by a duplex, longitudinal, indented
line. The colour of the cephalothorax is deep red-brown, except two largish oblique,
somewhat oval patches on either side of the occiput, which are of a clear yellowish-red, and
a patch on each side of the four central eyes, as well as the clypeus, which are dull reddish-
yellow. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space, being equal to
rather more than two diameters of one of the fore-central eyes. The surface of the cepha-
lothorax is covered thinly with short fine hairs, and appears to be finely punctuose.
The eyes are small but not greatly different in size. They are placed in the usual three
widely separated groups : the central one, of four eyes, is in the form of a quadrangle whose
hinder side is the longer and its fore-side the shorter. The fore-centrals are slightly larger
than the hind-centrals, seated on the sides of a slight prominence, and separated by rather
more than a diameter's interval. Those of each lateral pair are near together, but not quite
contiguous to each other, and are placed just above the hinder part of the insertion of the
falces (looked at sideways).
The legs are short and not very strong ; those of the fourth pair are distinctly the long-
est, and those of the third pair the shortest, the others differ but little from each other in
length ; those of the first pair slightly the longest. Their colour is yellow, annulated with
light yellow-brown, and they are furnished with hairs and slender bristles only.
The palpi are short, slender, yellow, and without annuli ; they are furnished with hairs,
and several spine-like bristles on the inner-sides of the digital joints.
The falces are moderately long, very strong, roundly prominent near their base in front
but retreating and directed backwards towards their extremity, where on the fore side there
are two adjacent prominences, the larger and more prominent being the inner one of the
two, and each is furnished thickly with strong bristles, in front of which are some strongish
teeth.
The maxillae, labium, and sternum are similar in form and structure to those of the
preceding species ; their colour is yellowish-brown, that of the sternum being the darkest ;
the apex of the labium and the extremities of the maxillae being much the palest.
The abdomen is short, but broad and deep, the hinder extremity is broader and deeper
than the fore part, and has four rounded prominences; three of these form a nearly straight
transverse line along the upper margin, the middle one of the three being the largest and a
little in advance of the other two, while the fourth is half way in a straight line between
it and the spinners. It is clothed with short fine hairs of a greyish hue, and the upper side
is yellowish and brown, with dark black -brown mixed; the most distinct of the yellow mark-
ings are in the median longitudinal line, towards the hinder extremity of which are two or
three tolerably well-defined transverse angular bars or chevrons, with the angles directed
forwards ; and in front of them is a broad longitudinal band of yellow reaching to the fore
extremity, and having a dusky brownish, ill-defined stripe along the middle ; there is also a
considerable patch of yellow on the lateral margins, mostly towards the hinder part of the
upper side. The sides and under-side are deep brown ; the former are rugulose, and the
latter has some indistinct, dull orange-yellowish markings ; the process (or epigyne] con-
nected with the genital aperture is not very prominent, but obtuse, and directed backwards.
This spider is remarkably nearly allied to Chorizoopes frontalis, Cambr., from Ceylon,
but is, I think, distinct, although closely resembling it in size, form, and colour.
Had.— Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1877.
ARANEIDEA. 55
Family— G ASTER A CANTHTDES.
Genus— CYRTARACHNE, Thor.
68. — CYRTARACHNE PALLIDA, sp. n.
Immature female : length 1^ inch.
The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a pale straw-yellow colour : the normal
> grooves and indentations on the cephalothorax, as well as the occipital region, are suffused
with whitish. The cephalothorax is short, broad behind, and but very slightly constricted
laterally at the caput, the fore part of which is rather broad also. The occiput has some
strong, erect bristles, and the height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of one of the
fore-central eyes. The eyes are in the ordinary position : they occupy the whole width of
the fore part of the caput, and are of a pale dull amber colour ; those of the hind-central pair
are the largest of the eight, and are divided by an interval equal to an eye's diameter ; those
of the fore-central pair are divided by more than a diameter, and form a line very slightly
shorter than that which is formed by the hind-central pair, the four central eyes thus form-
ing very nearly a square.
The legs are rather short and slender, and are furnished with hairs and fine bristles only;
their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3.
The palpi are short and slender.
Thefalces are not very long, strong, straight, perpendicular. The maxilla, labiitm, and
sternum are of normal form, and similar to the legs in colour.
The abdomen is large, much the broadest across the middle, of a rather flattened form,
and projects considerably over the base of the cephalothorax; it is of dull cretaceous-whitish
hue with a longitudinal, median, dusky-brown line, which has some fine, oblique, venose lines
of a similar colour issuing from its hinder part ; and on either side of the fore part is a
large, oblique, oblong, dull-brownish patch ; the under side is sooty blackish.
Sab.— Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873.
Family— UL OB 0 RIDES.
Genus— ULOBOR US, Walck.
69. — ULOBORUS ALBESCENS, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2J lines.
The cephalothorax is short, broad, nearly round behind, and gibbose on the thorax, on
either side of the thoracic indentation : the caput, which is rather broad in front, is also
constricted laterally. The colour is yellow-brown, paler on the margins along the medial
line and on the outer side of the gibbous portion of the thorax.
The eyes are small, seated on black spots, and do not differ greatly in size ; they are
placed in two transverse curved rows, occupying the whole width of the fore part of the
caput ; the convexity of the curve of the hinder row is directed forwards, while that of the
front row is directed backwards ; the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair is thus
greater than that between the fore and hind-central pairs. The interval between the eyes
56
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
of the hind-central pair is greater than that between each of them and the hind-lateral on
its side ; and the interval between those of the fore-central pair, which are seated on a
slight prominence, is less than that between each of them and the fore-lateral on its side,
the latter interval being also less than that between the eyes of each lateral pair. The
interval between the fore-centrals is also very nearly as great as that between each hind-
central eye and the hind-lateral on its side. The four central eyes form a quadrangular
figure whose fore-side is the shortest and its hinder side slightly the longest. The clypeus
is almost obsolete.
The legs are short, and those of the first and fourth, and second and third pairs
respectively, do not differ greatly in length ; those of the first pair are much the strongest,
their relative length being 1, 4, 2, 3. They are of a pale yellow-brown colour, clouded in
parts with a darker hue ; excepting the calamistra on the metatarsi of the fourth pair, there
were scarcely any hairs on the legs, but probably some of them had been rubbed off.
The palpi are short, and slender, of a dull yellow colour, furnished with bristles and grey
hairs, and terminate with a rather strong curved, black, toothed claw.
The y 'alces are small, slightly projecting forwards, and of a pale yellow-brown colour.
The maxillce and labium are of normal form, and similar in colour to the palpi.
The sternum is heart-shaped, and of a pale brownish-yellow colour.
The abdomen is large, very much elevated and obtuse at its anterior extremity, which pro-
jects considerably over the cephalothorax, and somewhat pointed behind on either side of the
upper part; near the anterior extremity is a roundish, somewhat sub-conical protuberance.
The colour of the abdomen is yellowish white ; an irregular brownish venose line extends
along the middle of the fore part of the upper side, and emits some other fine venose lines
on each side as it runs backwards ; about the middle of each side, near, and partly on, the
under side, is a rather oblique brown patch ; and another of the same colour extends along a
portion of the middle of the under side. On each side, near the base of the spinners, are
two white spots, and immediately in front of the usual spinners is the supernumerary spin-
ning organ. An obtuse prominent pale-yellowish process, slightly indented at its extremity
and pointed backwards, is connected with the genital aperture.
Rob. — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 4th and August 5th, 1873.
Family— THOMIS1D ES.
Genus— THONISVS, Walck. (adpartem).
70. — THOMISUS ALBIDTJS, sp. n.
Immature female : length If lines.
It is with some hesitation that I describe this spider as a new species, since it is possible
that in the adult state it may present some other specific characters which may either prove
it to have been already described, or else render the present description quite inadequate for
the determination of the species. As, however, there is no described species known to me
to which I can refer it, I venture to include it here as new.
The cephalothorax is broadest quite at the hinder extremity, and narrows gradually to
the fore extremity, which is also tolerably broad and truncated : the fore corners of the upper
side of the caput are prominent and sub-angular. The margins of the cephalothorax are
ARANEIDEA. 67
whitish, the sides yellow-brown with a greenish tinge; the broad median longitudinal band,
to a little distance behind the eyes, is pale yellow-brown, and the remainder is suffused with
white ; the ocular area and the middle part of the clypeus are also suffused with white.
The ayes are very small, seated on strong tubercles in a crescent form. The hind-laterals
are the most prominent of the tubercles, forming the fore-angles of the caput ; those of the
fore-central pair are slightly the largest of the eight; the intervals between those of the
lander row are equal, as are, apparently, also those between the eyes of the anterior row ;
the interval between those of each lateral pair is less than that between the fore and hind-
central pairs. The four central eyes form a square whose posterior side is longer than the
rest. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space.
The legs of the first pair are moderately long, slender, of a dull whitish-yellow colour,
and armed witli two parallel rows of short spines beneath the metatarsi. The legs of the
second pair were absent ; those of the third and fourth pairs are much shorter than the
lirst — the third slightly the shortest ; they are rather paler in colour than the first, and have
no spines.
The palpi were both absent.
The maxillae and labi-um are of normal form, and similar to the legs in colour.
The sternum is nearly round, slightly hollow at the fore extremity, and its colour is
whitish yellow.
The abdomen is large, considerably convex above, and. projects greatly over the base of the
cephalothorax ; its hinder extremity is the broadest and most massive, and it is of a uniform
yellow-white colour above, whiter on the sides and underneath.
Hub. — On the road from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874.
71.—- THOMISUS ALBENS, sp. n.
Immature female : length rather over 2 \ lines.
The cephalolhorax has the slope of its sides and hinder part gradual and not very
steep. The angular prominences at the fore-corners of the caput are strong ; the clypeus
projects forwards, and its height exceeds half that of the facial space. The colour of the
cephalothorax is dull pale-yellowish, very slightly tinged with brown ; the ocular area, all
the middle portion of the clypeus, and a large arrow-head-shaped patch on the occiput (the
point of the arrow running backwards to the hinder margin), are white, the sides, and part
immediately behind the eyes, being also slightly veined with white.
The eyes are very small, seated on tubercles in two curved rows in the usual form of a
crescent : those of the hind-central pair are further from each other than each is from the
hind-lateral eye on its side, while the fore-centrals are considerably nearer together than each
is to the fore-lateral on its side ; those of each lateral pair are also much nearer together than
the fore and hind-central pairs are to each other, the front row being much the more
strongly curved. The four central eyes form nearly a square, the anterior side being consi-
derably shortest, and the posterior one slightly the longest.
The legs of the first and second pairs are moderately long and tolerably strong ; the second
are, if anything, slightly the longest. They are of a pale dull yellowish colour suffused
below with white, and the metatarsi are armed beneath with two longitudinal parallel rows
of short spines ; beneath the fore extremity of the tibiae are one or two more spines, but
58
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
besides these there appear to be no more on any of the legs. Those of the third and fourth
pairs are much the shortest, the latter being a little longer than the third.
The palpi are short, destitute of bristles and spines, and similar to the legs in colour.
Thefalces are short, strong, sub-conical, rather projecting, and, excepting a small patch
bisected with a white line at their base near the outer side, of a white colour like the
clypeus.
The maxilla and labium are of normal form, and similar to the legs in colour.
The sternum is oval, hollow-truncate in front, and of a whitish hue.
The abdomen is of good size, flattened above, projecting well over the base of the cephalo-
thorax, much broadest behind, where it is of a blunt-angular form on each side ; the form
of the upper side is therefore somewhat quadrangular, the fore part being a little roundly
truncated ; the sides, the fore part, and also the hinder extremity (which is abrupt) are
rugulose and marked with rows of small impressed points ; these are most apparent as a
margin to the fore part and sides. The five normal impressed points are visible on the fore
half of the upper side, and the whole of the abdomen is of a uniform white colour ; the spin-
ners are tolerably strong, very short, compact, and similar in colour to the legs.
This spider is allied to, but quite distinct from, T. pugilis, Stoliczka, found in the
neighbourhood of Calcutta.
Sab. — On the route from Ydrkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874.
Genns— tflSUMENA, Thor.
72. — MlSUMENA EXPALL1DATA, Sp. n.
Adult female : length 3| lines.
The whole of the fore part of this spider is a dull pale yellow. The cephalothorax
slightly tinged with brown, with a pale, somewhat triangular, patch at the occiput ; the
falces also being similarly tinged. The abdomen is white, a little suffused on the sides with
brownish-yellow, and with a narrow, median, brownish stripe on the fore half of the upper
side, emitting some lateral and posterior venose lines ; the usual five impressed spots are also
visible on the fore half of the upper side.
The eyes are small, and differ but little in size, the fore-laterals being rather the largest ;
they are seated on white tubercles, in the form of a crescent, in two curved rows, the anterior
being the shorter and more curved ; the interval between those of the hind-central pair
is less than that between each and the hind-lateral eye on its side, while that between the
fore-centrals is slightly greater than that between each and the fore-lateral next to it. The
four central eyes form a square whose posterior side is a very little longer than its anterior,
and the interval between those of each lateral pair is less than that between the fore and
hind-central pairs. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space.
The legs of the first and second pairs are long, moderately strong, and scarcely differing in
length ; those of the third and fourth pairs are much shorter, less strong, but also of nearly
equal length. Those of the second pair appear to be slightly the longest, and the third pair
slightly the shortest ; all are furnished with spines, of which there are two longitudinal
parallel rows beneath the metatarsi and tibiae of the two first pairs. The metatarsi and tarsi
are tinged with reddish yellow-brown.
AHANEIDEA. 59
The palpi are short, slender, and furnished with hairs and bristles. The genital aperture
is small and simple, being of a somewhat oblong form, a little narrower at its hinder than at
its fore extremity.
Hctb. — Murree, between June llth and July 14th, 1873.
73. — MlSUMENA OBLONGA, sp. n.
Adult female : length nearly 4J lines.
The cephalothorax is as broad as it is long ; the marginal constrictions on the sides of the
caput are strong ; the thorax broader than long. The colour of the cephalothorax is dull
yellow-brown, with a longitudinal median white line, and a lateral, somewhat zigzag, line of
the same colour along the middle of each side. The central white line has two or three
lateral points on each side, and it runs from immediately behind the ocular area, to the thoracic
indentation : the clypeus projects a little forwards, and its height distinctly exceeds half
that of the facial space.
The eyes are small, seated on white tubercles in two transverse rows, in a narrow crescent
form; the front row is the shorter and more strongly curved; the ocular area is compara-
tively rather small, and the fore-lateral eyes are but slightly larger than the fore-centrals ;
these last are a little further from each other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side ;
while those of the hind-central pair are nearer together than each is to the hind-lateral next
to it. The four central eyes form very nearly a square whose longitudinal is very slightly
greater than its transverse diameter. The interval between those of each lateral pair is
equal to that between the fore and hind-central pairs.
The legs of the first and second pairs are tolerably long and rather slender : those of the
first appear to be a little the longest, those of the third and fourth pairs are much
shorter, the third rather the shortest ; all are of a pale, dull, straw-yellow colour, and are
furnished with hairs, slender bristles, and spines ; of the last there are two longitudinal
parallel rows of long conspicuous ones beneath the metatarsi and tibiae of the first and second
pairs ; the rest of the spines on these legs, and especially those on the third and fourth pairs,
are small and inconspicuous.
The palpi are short, slender, and similar to the legs in colour and armature ; the radial
joint has a long, slightly curved, pointed spine near the base on the inner side, its point
directed inwards.
Thefalces are moderately long, not very strong, sub-conical, projecting a little forwards,
and similar in colour to the cephalothorax.
The maxilla and laUnm are of normal form and similar to the legs in colour, the
sternum being heart-shaped and of a pale straw-colour.
The abdomen is elongated, oblong-oval in form, and more than three times the length of
the cephalothorax ; its fore extremity is rather roundly truncated and broader than the
hinder extremity, the widest part being a little in front of the middle ; its colour is a dull
straw-yellow, with the sides and a broad, median, longitudinal band pretty thickly spotted with
white; the median band has a largish, elongate, diamond-shaped, dull-brownish, straw-coloured
marking on the fore part emitting some short venose lateral lines. The genital aperture is
small and simple, consisting of two round yeDow-brown openings placed side by side, and edged
with dark reddish-brown.
Hi
60
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
This is in several respects a remarkable spider and aberrant from the generic type, both
in the form of the abdomen, the height of the clypeus, and the small comparative size of the
ocular area. I hesitate, however, at present, to form a new genus for it, though it will pro-
bably be necessary at some future time to do so.
Hob. — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 5th, 1873.
Genus— STNEMA, Simon.
74. — SYNEMA EXCTJLTA, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2 lines.
The cephalothorax is short and broad ; the lateral constrictions on the margin of the
caput are slight, and the caput is broadly truncated before. The height of the clypeus is
rather less than half that of the facial space. It is of a dull yellow-brown colour; the clypeus,
as well as the ocular area and a broad longitudinal band on each side of the upper part, being
of a deep reddish-brown colour ; that of the two bands being the darkest ; the occiput is
marked with a somewhat curvilinear, angular, pale-yellowish marking, the angle of which is
directed backwards. The sides and hinder slope of the cephalothorax are steep, and its
surface is thinly covered with long, curved, prominent, rather tapering bristles.
The eyes are on tubercles, in two transverse curved rows occupying the whole width of
the broad caput ; the hinder row being the longer, and, if anything, slightly the more strongly
curved ; thus, the eyes of each lateral pair are rather further from each other than the fore-
central pair is from the hind-central one. The eyes of each row respectively are equi-
distant from each other; though, if anything, the fore-centrals may be very slightly further from
each other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side. The fore-laterals are the largest of the
eight and considerably larger than the fore- centrals. The fore-central eyes form a square
whose posterior side is longer than the other three.
The legs of the first and second pairs are moderately long and slender, the second pair
being perhaps slightly the longest ; they are of a yellow-brown colour, the femora much the
darkest ; the third and fourth pairs are much shorter, of a pale-yellowish colour, and the
third pair is slightly the shortest. All are furnished with hairs, slender bristles, and spines.
The palpi are short, slender, and similar in colour to the third and fourth pairs of legs.
Ihefalces are short, strong, sub-conical, slightly projecting forwards, and of a dull reddish
yellow-brown colour.
The maxillae and labium are of normal form, and of a dull brownish-yellow colour.
The sternum, is heart-shaped and yellow.
The abdomen is short, considerably convex above, and projects entirely over the hinder
slope of the cephalothorax ; it is much broadest, and well rounded , towards the hinder extremity,
and is of a dull yellow-brownish colour ; the fore part of the upper side has a few deep red-
brown points, and a diffused marginal border of white cretaceous spots; the hinder part is
much covered with similar white spots arranged in three not very well defined transverse
diffused, curved bars, the two intervals between the first three being of a deep red-brown colour;
there are also some markings of the same dark, red-brown hue just above the spinners ; the
sides are rugulose, marked with indistinct reddish-brown streaks following the somewhat
oblique course of the rugulosities. The genital opening is simple, and consists of two small,
round, reddish-brown apertures in a transverse line.
ARANEIDEA. 61
This spider is allied to Synema (Dicea, Thor.) globosa.
Its fore-lateral eyes, however, are larger in proportion to the fore-centrals than in that
species, and S. exculta thus diverges still more widely from the spiders of the genus Dicea.
Hab. — Murree, between June llth and July 14th, 1873.
Genus— DIJEA, Thor.
75. — Dl^2A SPINOSTJLA, sp. n.
Adult male : length rather less than 1J lines.
The cephalothorax is as broad as, if not a little broader than, it is long, the caput short,
broadly truncate in front, and constricted laterally at the lower margins ; it is of a bright
reddish orange-yellow colour, with a largish patch of a paler hue on the occiput ; the surface
is covered thinly with strong, prominent, dark-coloured spine-like bristles, and the margins
are armed with minute but distinct teeth.
The eyes are small and seated on whitish tubercles, the fore-laterals being rather the
largest ; they are in two transverse, concentric, curved rows, the curve directed forward ; and
they occupy the whole width of the fore extremity of the caput, the front row being the
shorter : the eyes of the hinder row are equidistant from each other, but those of the fore-
central pair are nearer to each other than each is to the fore-lateral eye on its side. The
tubercles on which the eyes of each lateral pair are placed are large and round, the interval
between the eyes themselves being equal to that between the fore and hind-central pairs.
The four central eyes form a quadrangular figure whose posterior side is the longest and
anterior the shortest. The height of the clypeus is considerably less than half that of the
facial space.
The legs are exceedingly slender ; those of the first and second pairs are very long, and
appear scarcely to differ in length ; these two pairs are of rather a paler duller colour than
the cephalothorax, the metatarsi, and the two-thirds of the tibiae next to them, being of a
deep reddish chocolate-brown ; those of the third and fourth pairs are yellow, the third pairs
being rather the shorter ; excepting two or three small spines on the femora of the first and
second pairs, the armature of the legs consists of hairs and slender bristles only.
The palpi are short and not strong; the radial joint is rather shorter than the cubital,
and has a small, short, tapering, pointed apophysis at its outer extremity, with several longish
bristles on its upper side : the digital joint is small and of a rather narrow, oval form (its
length being about equal to that of the radial and cubital joints together), and it is a little
suffused with brown. The palpal organs are very simple and not prominent.
The falces are short, but moderately strong, perpendicular, subconical, and similar in
colour to the cephalothorax.
The maxilla, labium, and sternum, are yellow.
The abdomen is rather narrow, oval, and of a somewhat flattened form ; its colour on the
upper side, which is of a somewhat coriaceous nature, is a slightly brownish yellow, and is
covered, like the cephalothorax, with erect, strong, tapering, spine-like, dark bristles ; and
there are five impressed yellow-brown spots on the fore half of the upper side, enclosing an
acute angle directed forwards. The sides, and the hinder extremity of the upper side, are
rugulose, and, with the under part, are of a pale straw-yellow colour.
Hab. — Murree, between June llth and July 14th, 1873.
62 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
76. — DI^EA SUBDOLA, sp. n.
Adult male : length rather more than 1^ lines.
The cephalothorax is round-oval behind, broad and truncated in front, longer than it is
broad, and the lateral constrictions of the caput are slight; its colour is dull brownish
orange-yellow, the hinder part of the caput, and some short lateral converging stripes, being
pale yellow ; its surface is smooth and glossy, but covered very thinly with long, nearly erect,
curved black bristles ; the height of the clypeus is a little less than half that of the facial
space.
The eyes are seated on rather strong, greenish-white tubercles in the form of a crescent ;
they do not differ greatly in size ; the fore-laterals are, however, distinctly the largest of the
eight, and the tubercles on which they are seated are also the largest ; the other eyes differ
very slightly in size ; the fore-centrals, however, appear to be rather larger than those of the
hinder row : the front row being the shorter and more curved, a more strongly crescent
form than usual is given to the ocular area, and the interval between the eyes of each lateral
pair is consequently less than that between the fore and hind-central pairs : the intervals
between the eyes of the hinder row are as nearly as possible equal, while that between the
fore-centrals is distinctly greater than that between each and the fore-central on its side. The
four central eyes from a quadrangular figure whose longitudinal is slightly greater than its
transverse diameter at the hinder part, and its fore-side the shortest.
The legs are not very slender; those of the first and second pairs are long, the latter
slightly the longer ; the third pair is the shortest, but that and the fourth pair, in propor-
tion to the first and second, are not so short as usual ; they are very nearly of the same colour
as the cephalothorax, and are furnished with bristles and longish slender spines.
The palpi are short and similar to the legs in colour ; the radial and cubital joints are
short and of nearly equal length ; the former is, if anything, rather the shorter, hut a little
stronger ; it has a few strong spine-like bristles, and its extremity on the outer side is pro-
longed into a longish projection, bent a little downwards and backwards, rather broadest near
its extremity, which is rather bifid or slightly furcate ; and there is another strong, curved
obtusely-pointed process beneath the joint. The digital joint is large, broad, and rounded
behind, pointed in front, and is somewhat angularly prominent on the outer margin ; the pal-
pal organs are simple but encircled by a long, strongish, black spine which issues from their
base on the inner side.
The y 'aloes are neither long nor very strong ; they are nearly perpendicular, and similar
in colour to the cephalothorax ; the maxilia and labium are of the ordinary form and rather
duller and paler thanthe falces.
The sternum is heart-shaped and of a brightish yellow colo ur.
The abdomen is round and broadest behind, narrower and mo re pointed hefore ; it is
of a dull brownish-yellow colour, marked with cretaceous white spots on either side of the
upper part, defining indistinctly the normal dentated central band so conspicuous generally
in xysticus ; there are also several deep red-brown spots on each side, and a large patch suf-
fused with red-brown at the hinder extremity surrounding the spinners, but chiefly placed on
each side of them ; the under side is paler than the upper ; the upper side is furnished with
a few scattered, long, strong bristle ; and an oblong-oval patch between the spiracular plates
is similar in colour to the sternum. It is probable that there may be, in a series of examples,
ARANEIDEA. 63
such considerable variety in the extent and nature of the abdominal markings, as is
found be to in some others of this group.
Hob. — Murree, between June llth and July 14th, 1873.
11. — DlJEA. STTFFLAVA, Sp. n.
Adult male : length rather more than 2| lines.
The cephalothorax is round behind, and constricted laterally at the caput ; its colour
is yellow, and the upper surface of the caput has a few strong, blackish, prominent bristles.
The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space.
The eyes are seated on round tubercles, in two curved transverse rows, in the form of a
crescent ; the curves of the rows are directed forwards, and the front row is the shorter and
more strongly curved. The fore-lateral eyes are slightly the largest, and are nearer to the
hind-laterals than the fore-central pair are to the hind-central ; each is also nearer to the fore-
central eye on its side than the fore-centrals are to each other ; the hind-centrals are slightly
nearer to each other than each is to the hind-lateral on its side ; the four central eyes describe
very nearly a square, its fore side being slightly shorter than its hinder one, and its longi-
tudinal very slightly longer than its transverse diameter.
The legs of the first and second pairs are long and tolerably strong ; they are similar in
colour to the cephalothorax, and, with those of the third and fourth pairs, are furnished
pretty freely with spines, besides hairs and bristles. The difference in length between the
first and second pairs is very slight ; if anything, those of the first pair are a little the longer :
the third and fourth pairs are short, the fourth slightly the longer ; they are rather paler
than those of the first and second pairs.
The palpi are short and of a pale yellow colour. The cubital and radial joints are short,
but about equal in length ; the former has a long, strong, tapering, curved bristle at the
middle of its fore extremity on the upper side, and the latter has two or three upon it, but less
strong than that on the cubital joint. The radial joint also has its fore extremity on the
outer side, produced into a not very large, slightly tapering, sharp-pointed apophysis, the
point being of a corneous claw-like nature, and directed slightly outwards and downwards.
There is also another apophysis, at the extremity, underneath this joint, stronger, curved, and
obtuse at the extremity ; the digital joint is tolerably long, equal in length to the radial and
cubital joints together, oval, and pointed at its anterior extremity; the palpal organs are small,
simple, and apparently without any marked spines or processes.
The f aloes are short, strong, straight, perpendicular, not greatly broader at their base in
front than at their extremity, and their colour is similar to that of the legs. The maxillae
and labium are of normal form ; the former are rather paler in colour than the legs, the latter
is yellow-brown.
The abdomen is rather large, of an elongate-oval form, decreasing gradually in breadth
from its fore to its hinder extremity ; its convexity on the upper side is not great, but toler-
ably uniform. It is of a pale dull yellow-brown above, and pale dull straw-yellow on the
sides and underneath ; the upper side is margined by a belt of whitish cretaceous spots, on
the inner side of which is an irregular row of dark red-brown spots which increase in size
towards the hinder extremity, and evidently represent the ends of a series of broken trans-
64
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
verse angular bars ; the surface is also thinly covered with a few prominent dark-coloured
bristles, and the spinners are short and of a yellow-brown colour.
Hab. — Murree, between June llth and July 14th, 1873.
78. — DlJEA SUSPICIOSA, sp. n.
Adult male : length nearly 2| lines.
This spider is very nearly allied to Dicea dorsata, Fabr. (Thomisus floricolens, Blackw.),
but may be distinguished by its generally lighter hue and less distinct markings, as well as
by a quite different structure of the palpi and palpal organs.
The cephalothorax is yellow ; the sides, the fore part of the upper side of the caput, and
the normal indentations are strongly suffused with yellow -brown ; and there are a few strong-
ish bristles on upper margins of the caput. The ocular region has none of the deep rusty
red-brown suffusion characteristic of Dicea dorsata. The height of the clypeus is less than
half of that of the facial space.
The eyes are seated on round, whitish tubercles, in two nearly concentric curved rows ;
the f-ront row being a little the more strongly curved, and thus the eyes of each lateral pair
are brought rather nearer together than the fore- and hind-central pairs are to each other.
The fore-laterals are largest of the eight, and seated on the strongest tubercles ; the interval
between those of the hind-central pair is rather less than that between each and the hind-
lateral on the same side ; and the interval between the fore-centrals is very slightly, if any-
thing, greater than that between each and the fore-lateral on its side. The four central eyes
form a square whose anterior side is the shortest.
The legs of the first and second pairs are very long ; those of the first the longer,
slender, and of a yellow colour, suffused with reddish yellow-brown at the fore extremity of
the femora and genua, and at both extremities of thetibise, but the colouring scarcely amounts
to annulation ; and the under sides of the femora are speckled with red-brown ; those of the
third and fourth pairs are much shorter than the others ; the third pair rather the shorter, and
paler in colour tban the rest ; all are furnished with hairs and spines.
The palpi are short, and pale yellow ; the digital joints suffused with brown. The radial
joint is shorter than the cubital, and has its outer side, at the fore extremity, produced into
a tolerably strong and long, tapering, sharp-pointed apophysis, with a distinct angular point
about the middle underneath. In Dicea dorsata this point is replaced by a larger and rounded
protuberance close at the end of the apophysis, which gives it a more bifid form. The
digital joint is of tolerable size, broad-oval behind, and with a slightly constricted, narrow
extremity, and the outer margin near the base is somewhat sub-angularly prominent ; the
palpal organs are simple and encircled by a black filiform spine. The radial and cubital
joints are furnished with two or three strong tapering bristles, and the digital joint is also
hairy and bristly. This joint is smaller in Diana dorsata, and the palpal organs in that
species have no encircling black spine.
The falces are short, strong, straight, sub-conical, perpendicular, and similar in colour
to the cephalothorax.
The maxilla , labium, and sternum are of normal form, and of a pale-yellow colour.
The abdomen is oval, of a rather flattened form ; its upper side is of a dull pale-yellow-
ish hue, thinly pencilled with whitish, and deep brownish, rusty-red spots : the sides of the
ARANEIDEA. 65
upper part are a little suffused with brownish rusty-red, and its margins have a tolerably dis-
tinct white border ; the sides have a longitudinal brownish rusty-red band, which runs round
the fore extremity, including the spinners, and joining in with the rusty-red colouring at
the hinder extremity of the upper side. The under side is of a uniform pale dull yellow.
Hab. — Route from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874.
79. — DlJEA SUBARGENTATA, sp. n.
Adult male : length rather under 2 lines.
This spider is nearly allied to Z>ieea (Xysticus) Pavesii, Cambr., Journ. Linn. Soc., vol.
xi, p. 540, pi. 15, fig. 8, but it may be distinguished without difficulty, if the descriptions of
the markings on the abdomen, and the structure of the palpi in the two species are carefully
compared.
The cephalothorax is round behind, slightly constricted on the lateral margins at the
caput, the fore extremity of which is broad and slightly roundly truncated. It is of a
brownish-yellow colour, with a not very strongly denned, longitudinal, darker reddish yellow-
brown band on each side of the upper part ; the caput is also rather suffused with lighter
reddish yellow-brown, and there is a somewhat arrow-head-shaped yellow marking on the
occiput, with the point directed backwards. The height of the clypeus is just half that of
the facial space.
The eyes are on round, whitish tubercles in the usual two-curved rows, which are very
nearly concentric, making the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair nearly equal to
that between the fore and hind-central pairs. The interval between the eyes of the hind-
central pair is distinctly greater than that between each and the hind-lateral eye on its side ;
while that between the fore-centrals is less than that between each and the fore-lateral eye
on its side. The four central eyes form a rectangle whose posterior side is the longest and
anterior the shortest. The fore-laterals are but slightly the largest of the eight.
The legs of the first and second pairs are long and moderately strong ; those of the
second pair are, if anything, slightly the longer ; they are of a brownish yellow colour, the
genua, as well as the two extremities of the tibiae, and the fore extremity of the metatarsi,
being of a darker reddish yellow-brown,, giving them an annulated appearance. Those of the
third and fourth pairs are much the shortest, the third pair being the shorter of the two ;
these are of a plain pale yellowish hue ; and all the legs are furnished with hairs, slender
bristles, and spines.
The palpi are short, slender, and of a brownish-yellow colour. The cubital and radial
joints are short, and are furnished with several longish, tapering, dark bristles ; the radial is
the shortest and has a not very long nor strong tapering apophysis at its extremity near the
outer side, terminating with a sharp, somewhat corneous-looking point. There is also
another apophysis on the under side, appai'ently rather stronger, and obtusely pointed. The
digital joint is as long as the radial and cubital joints together, and is of a narrow-oval form,
sharpish pointed at its anterior extremity. The palpal organs are small and simple in form,
apparently encircled, or nearly so, with a very slender filiform spine.
The falces are moderate in length and strength, sub-conical, and directed a little back-
wards. Their colour is like that of the cephalothorax.
The maxilla and labium are of normal form, and of a light yellowish-brown colour.
66
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The sternum is heart-shaped and yellow.
The abdomen is oval, moderately convex above, though of a somewhat flattened form on
the upper side ; it is broadest towards the hinder extremity, which is obtuse-pointed, and
its fore extremity is roundly truncated. The upper part and sides are of a dull yellowish
hue, thickly covered with somewhat scale-like spots of a silvery whitish colour. Five im-
pressed spots form a triangle on the fore half, whose apex is directed forwards. The apical spot
is surrounded with dull reddish yellow-brown ; and immediately following the last impressed
spot on each side is a row of three or four reddish yellow-brown blotches, decreasing in
size as they run backwards, the two rows of blotches converging to the spinners ; these
last are short and yellow-brown in colour ; the superior and inferior pairs are of equal length,
but the latter are the strongest ; and at the extremity of the abdomen on each side of the
spinners is an oblong patch of red- brown.
The female is altogether lighter coloured than the male ; the abdomen has no markings,
excepting the normal five impressed spots on the upper side, and the oblong patch (which,
however, is very indistinct) on each side of the spinners ; the legs also are of a uniform lape
yellow, and those of the third and fourth pairs are destitute of spines, or at any rate they are
no stronger than an ordinary bristle.
Hnb. — Murree, between June llth and July 14th, 1873.
Genus— XYSTICU8, C. L. Koch.
80. — XTSTICTJS CRISTATTJS.
Xysticus cristatus, Clerck (sub Araneus), ST. Spindl., p. 136, pi. 6, tab. 6.
Sab. — Examples of a spider, which I believe to be of this species, were contained in a
portion of the collection labelled ' Eoad across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back,
April 22nd to May 7th, 1874 ; ' and ' Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 '.
81. — XYSTICUS PINI, Hahn.
Sab. — Young examples of this spider were contained in a part of the collection from the
Sind Valley, 5th to 13th August 1873, and Hills between Sirkol and Aktalla, 8th to 13th
May 1874.
82. — XYSTICTJS MACTJLOSUS, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2 lines.
In form and structure this spider closely resembles Xysticus audax, Bl. ; its colours are
a speckled mixture (both above and below) of white, yellow-white, yellow-brown, dark-
brown, and red-brown.
The sides of the cephalothorax are dark -brown, marbled and marked with pale yellow-
brown ; the upper part, consisting of a broad longitudinal band, is yellow- white, suffused
with pale yellow-brown forwards, and spotted all over with small spots of a darker hue, two
rather distinct parallel lines of the darker yellow-brown running close together from between
the hind-central pair of eyes to the occiput. The lower margin of the clypeus has a row of
strong prominent bristles directed forwards.
ARANEIDEA. 67
The legs of the first and second pairs are rather strong and moderately long, those of
the first pair a little the longer; they are distinctly spotted and blotched with yellow-brown,
dark-brown, and white on a pale-yellowish ground, the outer sides of the femoral and tibial
joints being marked, rather distinctly, with a longitudinal white stripe, on each side of
which is a dark-brown one; the inner sides of the tibial and me tatarsal joints are armed
with two longitudinal rows of strong spines springing from tubercular eminences. The legs
of the third and fourth pairs are much shorter than the rest, and marked with similar colours,
but presenting a more annulated appearance.
The palpi are short, pale-yellow, roughly annulated with deep-brown, and armed with
bristles and short spines.
The falces are short, tolerably strong, sub-conical, perpendicular, marbled with pale
yellow-brown, white, and deep brown, and furnished with some strong prominent black
bristles.
The maxillae and Idbium are dark dull brown ; and the sternum is yellowish- white, dis-
tinctly speckled with small, deep black-brown points.
The abdomen is oval, broadest behind, where it is rounded, the fore extremity being
rather truncate, and projecting over the whole hinder slope of the cephalothorax. The upper
side is flattish, of a dull pale yellow- brown colour, thickly and minutely speckled with darker
yellow-brown and whitish, with a few deep reddish-brown spots round the margins, and some
smaller ones of the same colour thinly dispersed over the whole ; the sides are rugulose and
whitish, speckled thinly with yellow-brown and deep red-brown, the under side being dull
yellow-brown, thickly and minutely speckled with small white and red-brown points.
This spider is nearly allied to Xysticus grcecus, C. L. Koch, from which, as also from
another nearly allied Egyptian species, X, promiscuus, Cambr., it is certainly distinct ; from
the latter it may at once be distinguished by the almost total absence of the characteristic
dentated pattern on the upper side of the abdomen. This is quite distinct in X. promiscuus,
while in the present spider it can scarcely be traced excepting by a very slightly paler tone
in the general hue.
Ilab. — Murree, between llth June and 14th July 1873.
83. — XYSTICUS SETIGEB, sp. n.
Adult female : length nearly 3 lines.
The whole of the fore part of this spicier is of a reddish, orange-yellow-brown colour. The
cephalothorax is of ordinary form, and has two longitudinal, darker yellow red-brown bands
running backwards, one from each hind-lateral eye, the fore part of the median band being
rather darker than the rest ; and it is covered thinly with long, strong, dark, prominent
bristles, directed a little forwards.
The eyes are on small yellowish tubercles, and differ a little from the typical position of
Xysticus. The fore-laterals being placed farther back, give a stronger curve to the front
row, and bring the eyes of each lateral pair nearer together ; the interval between them in
the present spider being distinctly less than that between the fore and hind-central pairs,
while in the typical Xyticus it is equal, if not greater. The position of the eyes is thus
more like that of Philodromus. The four central eyes form very nearly a square, whose
fore side is rather longer than the hinder one, and its sides slightly longer than its fore side.
The height of the clypeus is nearly equal to half that of the facial space.
i 1
68
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The legs are tolerably long and strong; those of the first pair are slightly longer than
those of the second ; these latter are thinly speckled with red-brown, and a little clouded, on
the femora of the first pair, with a darker hue than that of the ground-colour. They are
furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; the last form two longitudinal parallel rows
beneath the tibiae (6— 6) and metatarsi (5 — 5), and issue from tubercular eminences; the
legs of the fourth pair are distinctly longer than those of the third. Each tarsus has a small
claw-tuft beneath the two terminal claws.
The palpi are short, not very strong, and are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines.
The j alces are short, strong, sub-conical, perpendicular, and furnished with strong pro-
minent bristles in front.
The sternum is oval-pointed behind, truncated in a hollow line in front, and of a pale
orange-yellow colour, destitute of bristles and (apparently) of hairs also.
The abdomen is broadest towards its hinder extremity, which is obtusely pointed, the
fore extremity being truncated ; it is of a deep yellow-brown on the upper side, mottled with
reddish yellow-brown along the middle, indistinctly indicating the normal dentatcd band, and
some transverse, slightly curved line towards the hinder part ; the upper side is also covered
with long, strong, slightly curved, nearly erect blackish bristles : the sides are rugulose, paler
than the upper part, slightly suffused with white, and thinly speckled with few dark black-
brown points ; the under side is yellow-brown, and has a large quadrate, central area thickly
mottled with small, whitish-yellow spots.
JHab. — Murree, between llth June and 14th July 1873.
84. — XYSTICTJS BREVICEPS, sp. n.
Adult female : length 3£ lines.
The cephalothorax is short, its breadth at least equalling its length ; the caput, con-
stricted laterally, is broad and particularly short ; when looked at in profile, the hinder slope
is very abrupt, and the depth of the cephalothorax is greatest there, sloping, in a slight curve,
very gradually thence to the eyes. The colour is pale-yellow, irregularly streaked and
marked with whitish-yellow ; it is margined laterally with a distinct whitish, narrow border,
and a broad, reddish yellow-brown, longitudinal band occupies the upper part of each side ;
the normal spade-shaped marking on the upper side is indicated by a reddish-yellow suffusion,
and a posterior limit, formed by a curvi-angular, whitish-yellow distinct stripe. The
space enclosed by this stripe is also marked with whitish-yellow stria?, bearing short
erect bristles ; some stronger bristles occur in the ocular region, and on the lower margin of
the clypeus, which is less in height than half that of the facial space.
The eyes of each lateral pair are perceptibly nearer together than the fore- and hind-
central pairs are to each other, owing to the fore-lateral eyes (which are the largest of the
eight) being placed farther back than usual, giving the front row a stronger curve than that
of the hinder one. The four central eyes form very nearly a square, the longitudinal being
rather less than the transverse diameter.
The legs are rather short, and strong : those of the first and second pairs scarcely differ
in length, those of the third pair being distinctly shorter than those of the fourth. They are
of the same colour as the cephalothorax, striped with whitish-yellow, and furnished with
hairs, bristles, and spines ; the last are, principally, in two parallel rows beneath the tibiee
ARANEIDEA. 69
and metatarsi of the first and second pairs ; those on the metatarsi are much the strongest
and most numerous. The femora of the first pair have three smaller erect spines in a
longitudinal line on the upper side.
The palvi are short, and similar to the legs in colour and armature.
The f alces are strong, moderately long, subconical, and a little projecting forwards ;
they are of a reddish yellow-brown colovir, marked and suffused with whitish-yellow, and
furnished with bristles in front.
The maxillae and labium are normal in form, and similar in colour to the legs.
The sternum is oval, blunt-pointed behind, and broadly truncated in front ; it is of a pale
whitish-yellow colour, thinly clothed with slender, erect, bristly hairs.
The abdomen is oval, rounded in front and obtusely pointed behind, tolerably convex
above, and thinly clothed with hairs. The upper side is of a whitish-yellow or dull cream-
colour, thickly speckled with minute red-brown specks ; the sides are rugulose, and pale
yellow-brown ; the rugulosities yellow-white, minutely spotted with red-brown ; the under side
is pale whitish-yellow, like the sternum. The ordinary longitudinal, dentated band on the
abdomen is imperoeptible ; probably, however, some variety exists in this respect in different
examples.
Hab. — Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874.
85. — XTSTICTJS MUNDULTJS, sp. n.
Immature male : length just over 2 lines.
The cephalothorax is of ordinary form, and has a whitish, narrow marginal border. The
sides are of a dull reddish yellow-brown colour, irregularly but distinctly marked with short
whitish streaks and markings, leaving a broad, median, longitudinal, nearly white band
slightly narrowest at its hinder extremity ; the fore part of this band contains the normal spade-
shaped marking, which is of a dull pale-brownish hue, rather peculiar in form, and marked
with some red-brown lines and markings ; its posterior extremity being also continued, by a
red-brown line, to the thoracic indentation.
The eyes are in the normal position ; the four central eyes form very nearly a square, the
longitudinal being slightly greater than the transverse diameter, and the fore side slightly
shorter than the hinder one ; the interval between those of the hind-central pair is distinctly
less than that between each and the hind-lateral eye on its side, and the interval between
those of each lateral pair is equal to that between the fore- and hind-central pairs. The
height of the clypeus is scarcely more than one- third of that of the facial space,
The legs are tolerably long and strong ; those of the second pair are slightly longer than
those of the first, and the third pair are a little the shortest. They are of a yellowish colour,
more or less suffused and striped longitudinally with white, especially on the femora of the
first and second pairs, which are also prettily spotted with reddish yellow-brown. The other
legs are also spotted, though more faintly ; the tarsi and metatarsi of all being of an almost
unmarked pale-yellow colour. The tibise and metatarsi of the first and second pairs are
armed with a few longish, not very strong, spines, in two parallel longitudinal rows on the
under sides.
The palpi are similar in colour to the legs,
70
SECOND TlEKAND MISSION.
The falces are short, strong, subconical, perpendicular, furnished with a few strong
bristles ; they are of a whitish colour, excepting at the base on the upper side, where they are
yellow-brown.
The maxilla, labium, and sternum are of normal form, and their colour is nearly white ;
the sternum spotted thinly with small, deep reddish-brown points.
The abdomen is oval, of a rather flatfish form, and not much broader at any part than
it is before and behind, at both which points it is rounded. The sides of the upper part are
of the same colour as the sides of the cephalothorax ; the normal longitudinal, median,
dentated band is of a paler hue, bordered with white, and marked with a few red-brown points ;
the sides are whitish, rugu lose, and thinly spotted with red-brown; the outer side is also
similarly coloured.
Hab.— Sind Valley, between August the 5th and 13th, 1873.
Genus-MONASTES, Luc.
86. — MOHASTES DEJECTUS, Sp. n.
Adult female : length nearly 2| lines.
The cephalothorax of this spider is nearly round, excepting the clypeus, which is broad,
square at the fore extremity, and projecting; the hinder extremity also is rai her flattened ;
the sides are sloping, and the upper surface flattish. It is of a reddish yellow-brown colour,
mottled and marked with yellowish-white, showing a broad, pale, longitudinal, median band
of the latter hue (including the eyes and clypeus), with two short, yellow- white streaks and
red-brown spots, on either side, near its hinder extremity, indicating some of the usual con-
verging furrows. On each side of the median band (also near the eyes) is another short,
yellow- white longitudinal streak, terminating posteriorly in a red-brown spot ; the lower part
of the sides is more mottled with white than the rest. A few strongish bristles are dispersed
over the cephalothorax, but most of them had apparently been broken off.
The eyes are in two concentric, curved, rather widely-separated rows ; the convexity of
the curve is directed forwards, and the front row is much the shorter. The fore-central pair
are the smallest of the eight, and the fore-laterals slightly the largest, being rather larger than
the hind-laterals. The eyes of the front row are separated by nearly equal intervals, that
between the central pair being perhaps rather greater than that between each and the lateral
on its side. The four central eyes form a quadrangular figure whose fore side is considerably
the shortest, and whose longitudinal diameter is much greater than its widest transverse dia-
meter ; the interval between the hind-centrals is less than that between each and the hind-
lateral on its side. The four lateral eyes are seated on large, roundish, tubercular eminences ;
and the height of the clypeus equals half that of the facial space.
The legs are slender : those of the first and second pairs are long, and very nearly equal
in length ; the second, if anything, slightly surpass the first ; those of the third and fourth
pairs are short, and scarcely differ in length ; the third, if anything, being slightly the longer ;
they are of a pale brownish-yellow colour, mottled, chiefly beneath, with white, and spotted
thinly with small red-brown tubercles, each of which is surmounted by a short slender
spine.
The palpi of the male are short, of a dull-yellow colour, slightly mottled with white ; the
radial joint is shorter than the cubital, and both have some bristles springing from dark red-
ARANEIDEA. 71
brown spots ; also, besides some lesser projections on. the under side, the radial joint has, at
the extremity of the outer side, a rather long tapering one, with a curved, obtusely-pointed
dark-brown termination; the digital joint is of moderate size and almost wholly white, of an
oval form, with its fore extremity pointed and rather elongated : the palpal organs are not
prominent, but of simple form, with a curved, sharp-pointed, dark red-brown spiny process
at their fore extremity.
Thefalces are moderately long, but not very strong; they are of a subconical form, and
project in a continuous line with the clypeus ; their colour is a pale yellow-brown, mottled
(chiefly at their fore extremity) with white.
The maxillae and labiuni are of normal form, and of a pale dull-yellowish colour.
The sternum is oval, pointed behind, of a pale whitish-yellow colour, sprinkled with dull
yellow-brown points.
The abdomen is of a somewhat pentagonal form, broadest and subangular at the hinder
part ; the hinder extremity is blunt-pointed below, but has a slightly angular prominence at
the middle of its upper part ; it is of a dull brownish-yellow colour, mottled, suffused, and
marked with white, chiefly along the middle line of the upper side, and the lower part of
the sides ; the upper side is also thinly and symmetrically sprinkled with small, red-brown,
tubercular spots, each of which bears a strongish, slightly curved bristle, directed backwards.
Hab.— Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 5th, 1873.
Genus— SAROTES, Sund.
87. — SAROTES REGIUS.
Aranea regia, Fabr., Entom. system, t. iii, p. 408, No. 4.
Olios leucosius, Walck., Ins. Apt. i. p. 566.
Hab. — Two or three immature females, found at Murree between June llth and July
14th, 1873, are, I believe, of this species ; but in the immature state it is impossible to be quite
certain of their specific identity.
88. — SAROTES PROHPTUS, sp. n.
Adult female : length 6J lines.
The cephalothorax is rather longer than broad, a little constricted on the lateral margins
near the fore extremity of the caput, and broadly truncated at the lower margin in front.
The colour is a dark reddish yellow-brown, marked with still deeper stripes following the
course of the normal indentations, and converging to the thoracic junctional one ; it is thinly
clothed with greyish-sandy pubescence, and the clypeus (which is of a paler yellowish colour
and considerably less in height than half that of the facial space, or about equal to, or a
little more than, the diameter of a fore-lateral eye) is furnished with a few prominent, black
bristles.
The eyes are in two transverse, nearly parallel rows ; the fore-laterals are the largest of
the eight, and considerably larger than the fore-centrals ; these last are further from each
other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side, the interval between each fore-central
and the fore-lateral eye next to it being equal to the diameter of the latter. The eyes of
72 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
the hind-central pair are nearer to each other than each is to the hind-lateral eye nearest
to it ; the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair is rather less than that between the
fore- and hind-central pairs, owing to the small size of the fore-central eyes.
The legs are moderate in length and strength ; in respect to the former, they do not differ
greatly ; relatively this appears to he 2, 4, 1, 3. Their colour is reddish yellow-brown, growing
darker gradually to the tarsi ; the femora are much the palest, and are obscurely spotted with
small, red-brown spots ; all are armed with long spines, and the tarsi and metatarsi are fur-
nished with claw-tuft and scopula.
The palpi are moderately long, the digital is equal in length to the radial and cubital
joints together, while in colour and armature they resemble the legs.
Tkefalces are tolerably long, powerful, straight, perpendicular, and rounded in the
profile line ; their colour is reddish yellow-brown, somewhat longitudinally striped with a
darker hue.
The maxilla are rather long, straight, slightly inclined towards the labium, and
rounded at their extremities, which are of a yellowish colour, the rest being dark red-
brown.
The labium is small, of a somewhat semi-circular form, and its height is not half the
length of the maxillae. Its colour is dark red-brown, with a pale apical margin.
The sternum is heart-shaped, and of a yellow colour, like that of the basal joints of the
legs.
The abdomen is oblong-oval, rather truncate before, and rounded behind, and moderately
convex above ; it is clothed with somewhat silky, sandy-grey pubescence, and is of a dark red-
brown and reddish yellow-brown colour, mixed in variously mingled spottings and linear
markings. An indistinct, longitudinal, narrow, dark red-brown, tapering marking occupies
the middle of the fore part of the upper side ; and towards the hinder extremity is a slightly
sinuous, transverse, dark blackish line, edged posteriorly with pale-yellowish, and rendered
conspicuous by short white hairs. Along the middle of the under side, from the genital aperture
to the spinners, is a broad, black-brown band, laterally margined with a pale stripe. The
genital aperture, which is large, conspicuous, and of a somewhat triangular form, has two
large, nearly round, prominent lobes or processes connected with its posterior margins. The
spinners are small, short, and compact ; those of the superior pair are deep blackish red-brown,
the inferior pair yellow-brown.
. — Murree, between June llth and July 14th, 1873.
Genus— SPARASSUS, Walok.
89. — SPARASSUS TIMIDTTS, sp. n.
Immature female : length nearly 3^ lines.
This spider is nearly allied to Sparassus suavis, Cambr. (Spid. of Egypt, P. Z. S., 1876,
p. 588), resembling it very closely in its colours and markings; the femora of the fore-
legs, however, have no trace of the reddish-brown spots found on those of that species, and
the eyes are closer together.
The whole of the fore part is yellow, the cephalot.horax having a slightly radiate appear-
ance owing to the rather darker hue of the normal con verging indentations ; and the maxilla
have a central, dark, reddish-brown patch.
ARANEIDEA. 73
The eyes are of almost uniform size, seated on distinct black spots. The interval
between the fore-centrals is considerably less than a diameter, and each is very close, but not
quite contiguous, to the fore-lateral eye on its side. The interval between those of each
lateral pair is rather less than a diameter of the hind-lateral eye ; the eyes of the hinder row
are equidistant from each other, and the four central eyes form a square whose anterior side
is shorter than the other three.
The legs are long, slender, furnished with hairs and a few longish fine spines ; their
relative length is apparently 2, 4, 1, 3. The tarsi and metatarsi have some divergent hairs
of uniform length underneath, but scarcely amounting to a scopula ; and there is a strong
claw-tuft beneath the two terminal claws of the tarsi.
The abdomen is of a dull straw-yellow colour. The upper part and sides are marked
with red-brown spots and markings ; two broken longitudinal lines of these spots on the
fore half of the upper side enclose a long wedge-shaped marking, which is followed by a series
of somewhat angular spots of the same hue reaching to the spinners. A few whitish creta-
ceous spots are scattered along the middle longitudinal line of the upper side as well as on the
under side.
Hab. — Neighbourhood of Leh, August or September, 1873.
90.— SPARASSTJS FUGAX, sp. n.
Immature female : length 2| lines.
This spider is closely allied to the foregoing, but is of a much duller hue, the yellow
portions being suffused with dull brownish. The abdomen is shorter and more convex above ;
the red-brown spots and markings are more thinly scattered, while the white cretaceous
spots are larger and more numerous, and spread over the whole abdomen. The femora,
genua, and tibiae are speckled with small red-brown spots, and the spines are longer. The
maxillae also have no central brown patch. With these differences the general character of
the markings is similar to that of $2)arassus timidus.
Bab. — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 5th, 1873.
91.— SPARASSTJS FLAVIDUS, sp. n.
Adult female : length 10 lines.
The cephalothorax is nearly as broad as long, truncated before and constricted laterally at
the caput ; the height of the clypeus is nearly equal to twice the diameter of one of the
fore-central eyes. Its colour is yellow, tinged with brownish orange, deepening to red-brown
on the fore part of the caput ; and it is thickly clothed with sandy-grey pubescence.
The eyes are in a somewhat crescent form, in two transverse rows, the hinder one
the longer and straight, or very nearly so ; the front row curved, the convexity of the curve
directed forwards. They are of moderate size, and relatively differ but little, those of the
fore-central pair being a little the largest ; the intervals between those of the hinder row
are equal; that between the fore-centrals is more than double that between each and the
74 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
fore-lateral on its side, being near about one diameter. The four central eyes form very
nearly a square whose longitudinal is a little greater than its transverse diameter.
The legs are long, moderately strong ; their relative length appears to be 4, 2, 1, 3.
Their colour is yellow, with the tarsi and metatarsi reddish-brown ; they are clothed with
light sandy hairs and red-brown spines, and there is a rather dense, dark, mouse-coloured
scopula beneath the metatarsal and tarsal joints, with a strong claw-tuft beneath the terminal
tarsal claws.
The palpi are moderately long, yellow, with the under side of the radial and digital joints
dark, blackish red-brown ; and they are armed with spines, bristles, and hairs.
The falces are moderately long, powerful, straight, perpendicular, of a deep, blackish
red-brown colour reflecting somewhat of a violet tint, and clothed with sandy hairs and
strong dark bristles.
The maxillce are of normal form, their colour is dark red-brown, the inner side at the
extremity pale yellow.
The labiu-m is similar to the maxillse in colour, with a pale-yellow apex.
The sternum is yellow.
The abdomen is of a dull straw-yellow hue, clothed with sandy-grey and darker hairs.
The genital aperture is red-brown and of characteristic form, and has two round corneous
lobes or eminences at its hinder extremity.
Hab— Yarkand, between the 21st and 27th of May, 1874.
Gema-PHILODROMUS, Walck.
92. — PHILODBOMUS CINERASCENS, sp. n.
Adult male : length rather over 2£ lines.
This spider is nearly allied to Philodromus fallax, "Westr. ; its general hue, however, is
of a far more ashy-grey, especially that of the abdomen, whereas P. fallax is of a sandy
colour, and the characteristic median marking on the fore half of the upper side is truncated
at its hinder extremity instead of pointed, as in the present spider ; besides which the
details of the other abdominal markings are different.
The cephalothorax is roundish oval, narrower before than behind, decreasing in width
gradually, the lateral marginal constrictions of the caput being slight. The upper convexity
is moderate, the sides roundly sloping, and the median part flattish. This part, forming a
broad, longitudinal, median band, is of a greyish sandy colour, the sides being suffused with
brown, most deeply and distinctly on each side towards the hinder part of the median band.
The lateral margins of the cephalothorax are greyish white, and the height of the clypeus
is very nearly equal to half that of the facial space.
The eyes are small and do not differ greatly in size. The fore-laterals, however, are dis-
tinctly the largest. The hinder row is straight, the fore one much the shorter and curved,
the curve directed forwards. The interval between the eyes of the hind-central pair is rather
greater than that between each and the hind-lateral eye on its side ; and that between the
fore-centrals is also greater than that between each and the fore-lateral next to it, this latter
APtANEIDEA. 75
interval being equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes ; the interval between
the eyes of each lateral pair is considerably less than that between the fore- and hind-central
pairs, and as nearly as possible equal to that between the eyes of the hind-central pair.
The legs are long and moderately strong, but do not differ greatly in length ; .their
relative length is 2, 4, 1, 3. They are of a greyish-sandy colour tinged with brown, minutely
speckled with darker brown, and furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; the tarsi and a
small portion of the metatarsi have a thin scopula on their under sides.
The palpi are moderately long, similar to the legs in colour, except the radial and digital
joints, which are strongly tinged with brown. The radial and cubital joints are short (the
former being the shorter), and are armed with a few strong spine-like, tapering bristles.
The digital joint is large, of an elongate oval form, rather pointed before and equal in
length to the humeral joint, exceeding that of the radial and digital joints together. The
palpal organs are simple, rather the most prominent at their base, with a long, contorted,
dark-brown, narrow stripe (probably indicative of an internal duct) on their surface and a
strongish, curved, prominent tooth-like spine at their anterior extremity ; the radial joint
has a very small angular prominence at its extremity on the outer side, and a short, broadish,
truncated apophysis underneath.
Ihefalces are rather long and slender, straight, and a little directed backwards ; their
colour is like that of the cephalothorax.
The maxillce and labium are of normal form and similar to the falces in colour, the
extremities of the maxillse, however, being of a pale-whitish hue.
The sternum is heart-shaped, granulose, and of a brownish-yellow colour.
The abdomen is oval, of a stone-white colour, speckled thickly with small punctures and
minute black specks. The normal longitudinal marking on the fore half of the upper side is
of a dark-grey hue, and has a prominent, obtuse point at the middle of each side, and its
posterior extremity is pointed ; its outer margins and extreme hinder point are also indicated
by a few black, and mostly linear, spots. The sides of the upper part are clouded with dark-
grey, leaving a pale, median tapering band on the hinder half, and several oblique, white in-
distinct stripes on the outer margins, where there is also a line of three or four black spots
on each side ; these lines converge in the direction of the spinners. The sides are rugulose
and the spinners short, compact, and tinged with a sandy colour.
The female is rather larger than the male, but in colours and markings resembles it.
The oblique white stripes on the lateral margins of the upper part are better denned, and
consist of more or less confluent spots and elongate blotches. The form of the genital
aperture is characteristic.
Hab. — On the road from Tanktze to Chagra and Pankong Valley, between the 15th and
21st of September, 1873 ; and from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th,
1874.
93. — PHILODROMTJS MEDITJS.
Philodromus medius, Cambr., Spid. Palest, and Syria, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 311.
Sab. — One or two immature examples of this spider found at Murree (June llth to July
14th, 1873) exactly resemble the types found in Palestine.
K 1
76
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Genus— TIBELLUS, Sim.
Thanatus, C. L. Koch, ad partem.
94. — TlBELLTJS PROPINQUUS, sp. n.
Immature female : length rather more than 2J- lines.
This spider is very nearly allied to Tibellus oblongus (Walck.), which it resembles closely
in form and colour. In the present species, however, the tibiae and metatarsi of the legs,
together with the upper sides of the femora of the first and second pairs, are speckled with
minute, dark red-brown spots, while, among a large number of examples of the European
species (T. oblongus), I can find no trace of this speckling. It is possible that the discovery
of the adult males may show that this spotting of the legs, as well as a less definite abdo-
minal marking, is merely a local variation not amounting to a specific distinction.
Hab. — Kashghar, December 1873.
Genns— THANATUS, C. L. Koch.
95. — THANATUS THOEELLII.
Thanatus thorellii, Cambr., Spid. Pal. and Syria, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 309.
Hub. — Immature examples were found in the collections made at Yarkand in November
1873, and on the road thence to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874.
96. — THANATUS ALBESCENS, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2| lines.
The cephalothorax is of a very flattened form ; it is as broad as, or broader than, long,
truncated behind, and somewhat obtusely pointed at its anterior extremity in the ocular region;
the lateral marginal constrictions of the caput are exceedingly slight ; it is of a pale dull yellow-
brown hue, and has a narrow lateral white margin with a little white venose suffusion above
it ; the occipital region is also paler than the surrounding surface.
The f aloes are small, straight, nearly perpendicular, like the cephalothorax in colour, at
their bases, and paler at their extremities.
The legs, palpi, maxillae, and labium are of a pale dull straw-colour. The legs are rather
long and slender. Those of the second pair are distinctly the longest, and the third
rather the shortest.
The eyes are very small, scarcely differing in size, and seated on round white tubercles
in two curved rows, of which the anterior is much the shorter and more strongly curved.
The interval between those of each lateral pair is distinctly greater than that between the
fore- and hind-central pairs ; those of the hind-central pair are a little further from each other
than each is from the hind-lateral on its side, while the interval between the four centrals is
more than double that between each and the fore-lateral next to it, and just equal to that
between each and the hind-central opposite to it. The fore-centrals appear to be very slightly
larger than the fore-laterals, and the interval between the fore-central and its nearest fore-
lateral eye is but a little more than the diameter of the former.
ARANEIDEA. 77
The abdomen is oval, moderately convex above, but a little flattened on its upper side ;
its colour is stone- white, speckled with very minute blackish points, and with a dull brownish
somewhat emarginate lanceolate marking along the middle of the fore half of the upper side,
followed by a series of obscure, and almost confluent, diminishing, angular bars of the same
hue.
Hab. — On the road from Murree to the Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873.
Family— LYCOSIDES.
STOLICZKA, genuB novnm.
Eyes unequal in size ; in two transverse, rather widely separated, slightly curved, and
nearly parallel rows, the front row much the shorter, and the convexity of the curves directed
forwards, the fore-lateral eyes considerably larger than the fore-centrals.
Cephalothorax longer than broad, strongly constricted at the caput on the lateral
margins, the fore extremity being truncated and a little broader than the constricted part.
MaxillcB moderately long, strong, broader at their extremity than just above the in-
sertion of the palpi ; their outer extremity rounded, the inner one obliquely truncated.
Labium short, convex in front, of a somewhat oval form, truncated at its apex.
Legs moderately long, strong, relative length 4, 1, 2, 3, spinous ; and the tarsi are fur-
nished with three claws.
The abdomen is rather small, but broader behind than before.
This genus is allied closely to Nilus (Cambr., Spiders of Egypt in P. Z. S., 1876, p. 596,
pi. ix, fig. 13), but, among other differences, the great disproportion in size between the
fore-central and fore-lateral eyes is an essential one.
97. — STOLICZKA INSIGNIS, sp. n.
Adult female : length rather over 5 lines.
The cephalothorax is clothed with a short sandy-grey pubescence ; its colour is deep
brown, with a broad longitudinal band and a narrow irregular lateral one, on each side, a little
way from the margin, of a much paler, yellow-brown hue. The median band has, on each
side, a little way behind the ocular area, a slight enlargement in the form of a small, angular
point ; this is most conspicuous in young examples, but is traceable in adults as well, and is a
strong specific character. The height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of a fore-lateral
eye.
The eyes of the hind-central pair are very much nearer to each other than each is to the
hind-lateral eye on its side, being separated by no more, or even by less, than a diameter's
interval ; those of the fore-central pair are rather further from each other than each is from
the fore-lateral eye next to it ; the length of the front row is as nearly as possible equal to the
length of the line formed by either three of the eyes, adjacent to each other, of the hinder
row : the hind-lateral eye on each side is equally distant from the hind-central and fore-central
eye next to it, forming the apex of an isosceles triangle ; and the four central eyes form a
quadrangular figure whose longitudinal is much greater than its transverse diameter, and
whose anterior side is slightly shorter than its posterior one.
78 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
The legs do not differ greatly in length ; they are of a yellow-brown colour, deepening
gradually to deep red-brown on the tarsi. They are indistinctly annulated with a deeper hue ;
but this annulation is generally lost more or less in adults, being pretty distinct in young
examples. The tarsi and metatarsi are furnished beneath with a thin scopula ; all the legs are
tolerably thickly furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines, and the inferior tarsal claw is very
small and sharply bent downwards, being not easy to distinguish in the tuft of hairs which
surrounds it ; the two upper claws are strong, curved, and armed with about five denticula-
tions.
The palpi are short, of a deep red- brown colour, similar to the legs in their armature,
and terminate with a curved claw.
The falces are tolerably long, strong, perpendicular ; their basal half in front is roundly
protuberant, smooth, strong, and of a very dark rich red-brown colour, yellowish red-brown
at the extremity.
The maxillcs and labium are rather less deep and rich in colours than the falces.
The sternum is roundish-oval, pointed behind and truncate before, and of a reddish
yellow-brown colour.
The abdomen fits pretty close up to the steepish hinder slope of the cephalothorax ; it is
broader behind than before, this form becoming intensified in adults that have deposited their
eggs. In adults, the abdomen is of a deep-brown colour, palest underneath, and clothed with
a short, somewhat sandy-grey pubescence, besides longer prominent hairs ; and on the fore-
half of the upper side is a yellow, longitudinal, median, somewhat tapering stripe. In im-
mature specimens, the abdomen is yellow-brown, marked with dark-brown, shewing the yellow
stripe on the fore-half of the upper side, as well as some angular bars of the same colour
between it and the spinners. These are short, compact, the inferior stronger than, but of equal
length with, the superior pair. The genital aperture consists of two somewhat roundish
openings, one on each side, at the hinder part of an oval prominence.
This spider is an extremely interesting form, and appears to be an abundant species.
Some of the examples had large, round, dark-brown lycosiform bags of eggs attached by
silken fastenings to their spinners.
Hub.— Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
Genus— OCYALE, Sav.
98. — OCYALE RECTIFASCIATA, sp. n.
Immature male : length nearly 6 lines.
The cephalothorax, legs, falces, and other fore parts of this spider are of a dull yellow-
brown colour. A broad, dark yellow-brown, median band, edged with a marginal border of
white hairs, runs throughout, and includes the ocular area. This band is very distinct and
its margins are parallel to each other.
The eyes are in the ordinary position ; the anterior row is equal in length to the interval
between the two eyes of the posterior row ; it is curved, the curve directed backwards, and its
four eyes are small and do not differ greatly in size ; the two lateral ones are smallest, and,
being each seated in front of a dark tubercle (the tubercle itself being in a straight line with
the two central eyes), give to the row the appearance at first sight of being straight, but, as
above stated, the row is in reality curved, its eyes being equidistant from each other, and
ARANEIDEA. 79
separated by an interval of less than the diameter of one of the centrals. Those of the middle
row are rather larger than the fore-centrals, and form a line nearly equal in length to the inter-
vals between the lateral eyes of the anterior row, and are separated by more than a diameter's
interval. Each of them is also equally distant from the fore-lateral and hind-lateral eyes on
its side, the interval between these two last being equal to that between the two fore-lateral
eyes. The height of the clypeus is just equal to half that of the facial space.
The legs are long and slender, but do not differ very greatly in length. Their relative
length is 4, 2, 1, 3, and they are furnished with hairs and spines.
The palpi are short ; the digital joint large, and, not being yet fully developed, tumid ;
its length is equal to that of the humerus, its fore extremity being considerably drawn out.
The radial joint is rather longer than the cubital, and has a not very large, sharp-pointed,
tapering apophysis at its fore extremity on the outer side. This apophysis, as well as some
strong bristles on the upper side of the joint, were plainly visible beneath the cuticle, the
moulting of which would have brought the example to the adult state, in which the palpal
organs would be fully developed.
The maxillce, labium, and sternum are of normal form ; the two first of a more yellow-
brown than the sternum.
The falces are moderately long but not particularly strong, straight but slightly diver-
gent, perpendicular, and a little roundly prominent in profile at their base.
The abdomen is of an elongate-oval form, tapering pretty gradually from the fore to the
hinder extremity. It is of a dull yellowish whitey-brown colour ; the sides are marked with
a few scattered, indistinct, brown spots, and a broad, darkish yellow-brown, tapering band
runs along the middle of the upper side from end to end, and is edged with a marginal border
of white hairs ; the edges of this band towards the narrowest (or hinder) extremity are slightly
sinuous ; the band itself has the appearance of a continuation of that on the cephalothorax.
The under side of the abdomen has a broad, median, longitudinal, slightly tapering, whitish
band reaching from the spiracular plates to the spinners. These are short, but those of the
superior pair are rather longer, though less strong, than those of the inferior pair.
The example above described being immature, the abdomen is very much larger than it
would be in the adult state, in which it is probable that the total length of the spider would not
exceed 4| lines.
This spider is very nearly allied to one ^not yet described) of a larger size, but almost
exactly similar in colours and markings, though of quite a distinct species, received from
Ceylon and also from Bombay.
Hob. — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 6th, 1873.
99. — OCYALE DENTIFASCIATA, Sp. n.
Adult female : length rather more than 4^ lines.
The spider is nearly allied to the foregoing species ; it is, however, not only smaller
(which may not be a constant character), but the abdominal band is very deeply dentated
on its margins, and has a series of brownish-yellow, somewhat angular markings along its
middle. The sides of the abdomen are irregularly, but extensively, covered with almost
confluent brown markings, leaving, however, next to the upper side, a tolerably distinct
80 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
dentated, pale dull yellowish-brown band slightly spotted with brown. The cephalothorax
has a median longitudinal band edged with white hairs like that of O. rectifasciata.
The eyes are in a similar position to those of that species, but at the same time are rather
more separated from each other.
The legs are rather long, of a dull, darkish yellow-brown colour, armed with spines;
and their relative length appears to be 4, 2, 1, 3.
The/«ta?sare similar to the last species in form and size, and are of a dark shining
yellow- brown, deeper in hue than the legs.
The maxilla are yellow-brown, palest at the extremities, and the labium is of the same
colour, with a pale apical margin.
The sternum is yellowish, with a distinct, broadish, yellow-brown marginal border, and
is clothed with coarse grey, and a few dark-brown, hairs.
JLab.— Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 5th, 1873.
Genus— TROCHOSA, C. L. Koch.
100. — TROCHOSA RUBIGINEA, sp. n.
Adult female : length 4J lines.
It is not without considerable hesitation that I have included this very interesting spider
in the genus Trochosa. It is probable that future collectors will discover other species
presenting similar special peculiarities in the position of the eyes, joined to the rather short,
but strong, unattenuated legs of the present spider ; in which case it might become necessary
to form a separate genus, or ub-genus, for their reception.
The cephalothorax is oval, broad, and truncate at its fore extremity ; the marginal
lateral constrictions of the caput are slight, and the height of the clypeus is at least equal to,
or even exceeds, double the diameter of one of the central eyes of the front row. Its colour
is yellowish, with a narrow marginal band, and two broad longitudinal lateral bands, of a
rusty red-brown hue, leaving a rather indistinct, median, tapering, yellowish band strongly
constricted near the occiput, and having a large part of its surface along the middle line
suffused with rusty red-brown, and containing towards its hinder extremity the thoracic
indentation, which is marked by a fine, deep red-brown line : the middle of each side is
occupied by a longitudinal, well-defined, but not very broad, yellow band. The fore part of
the area enclosed by the middle and posterior rows of eyes is of a dark reddish-brown colour ;
the hinder part of this patch contains two oval, parallel, yellowish markings. Sometimes
the slender red-brown lines defining the outer sides of these oval markings are obsolete,
leaving a short, dark red-brown stripe, ending a little way behind the posterior row of eyes,
its termination, more or less, laterally dilated. The broad lateral rusty-brown bands are
traversed by numerous deep red-brown lines, all radiating or converging to the thoracic
indentation. The surface of the cephalothorax is covered with yellow-grey pubescence, and
there are numerous blackish bristles on the upper part and sides of the caput.
The eyes are in the usual three rows— 4, 2, 2 ; the central pair of the first row are larger
than the laterals, and are divided by an interval exceeding a diameter, and each is very near,
but not quite contiguous, to the lateral on its side ; the front row is very slightly, if any-
thing, shorter than the second ; the eyes of the second row are, if anything, slightly smaller
than those of the third row, those of both the second and third rows .being very considerably
ARANEIDEA. 81
larger than the eyes of the fore-central pair. The distance hetween each eye of the second
row and the lateral of the first row opposite to it is equal to the diameter of the former.
The length of the third row is double that of the second, and the interval between these two
rows is double that between the first and second.
The legs are rather short, strong, tapering, but not attenuated at the extremities ; they
are of a yellowish colour, pretty densely clothed with hairs, armed with a few not very
strong spines, and annulated with rusty red-brown, most distinctly on the upper side of the
femora ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, but the difference is not great.
The palpi are tolerably long, and similar in colour and armature to the legs.
Thefalces are moderate in length and strength, straight and perpendicular ; they are
of a yellow colour, with two longitudinal red-brown lines at their base, and are furnished
with numerous bristles in front.
The maxillce and labium are of ordinary form, hairy, and similar in colour to the
falces.
The sternum is oval, truncated before, of a deep rusty red-brown colour, bordered with
a broad yellow margin, and with a median, longitudinal, sharp-pointed, yellow stripe at its
fore extremity.
The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form, broadly, but rather roundly, truncated at its
fore extremity, and pretty densely clothed with greyish-yellow and other hairs. The upper
part and sides are of a dark rusty-reddish colour, freckled with small, pale- yellowish spots.
The fore part of the upper side has the normal longitudinal marking of an orange-yellowish
colour, slightly margined with deep red-brown and rather bluntly pointed at its hinder
extremity : this marking is rather broadest just behind the middle, and on each side of the
broadest (or subangularly prominent) part is a short, orange-yellow, oblique stripe : and
following the hinder extremity of the marking is a series of oblique, rather elongate, opposed,
oval markings of a similar colour in pairs, each oval marking containing a small but distinct
central red-brown spot : the two lines of these oval markings converge towards the spinners,
but become obsolete before they reach these parts. They evidently represent the normal
angular bars or chevrons. The under side is dull orange-yellow, with a longitudinal median
rusty band.
Immature males resembled the females in colour and size.
Hub. — This spider appears to be pretty common. Its localities are Yarkand and neigh-
bourhood, November 1873 ; Kashghar, December 1873 ; and route from Yarkand to Bursi,
between May 28th and June 17th, 1874.
101. — TKOCHOSA HEBES, sp. n.
Adult male : length 2| lines.
This spider, which is of the Trochosa picta group, is very closely allied to Arctosa
amylacea, C. L. Koch, which it resembles in size and in the general character of its markings,
but it is not nearly of so bright a hue ; and the form of the genital aperture of the female
is quite distinct. I have only been able to compare the females of the two species, not
possessing a male of A. amylacea.
The cephalolhorax is broad-oval behind, and somewhat drawn out forwards, though
with but slight lateral constrictions on the margins of the caput ; its colour is brownish-
82 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
yellow, with a dentated marginal band, and a broader lateral strongly dentated one, of a dark-
brown colour on each side, leaving a large central star-shaped, or radiated, brownish-yellow
marking. The ocular area is dark-brown, and the whole surface of the cephalothorax is
pretty thickly clothed with hairs, many among which are prominent, dark brown, and of
a bristly nature.
The eyes are grouped as in T. picta. Those of the hinder row are smaller than those of
the middle row, but considerably larger than the central pair of the front row ; the eyes of
the middle and hinder rows form a quadrangular figure whose posterior side is not greatly
longer than the anterior one, the length of the sides being apparently equal to that of the
posterior side. The anterior row of eyes is, if anything, slightly shorter than the middle
row, and the interval between the eyes of its central pair is larger than that between each
and the lateral eye next to it, to which last it is very close, though not quite contiguous.
The height of the clypeus is at least equal to twice the diameter of one of the central eyes
of the front row.
The legs are moderately long and tolerably strong, particularly the femoral joints ; they
are of a dark-yellowish colour with dark-brown annuli, and are thickly clothed with hairs and
long prominent slender bristles, those of the third and fourth pairs being armed with spines.
The palpi are rather short, hairy, and similar in colour and markings to the legs. The
radial joint is a little shorter, but of equal strength with the cubital ; the digital joint is dark
brown at its base, paler at the extremity ; it is long and narrow, being only a little broader
at its basal part than the radial joint ; its length is equal to that of the radial and cubital
joints together; the palpal organs are small and simple, being very like those of T. picta.
The falces are long, moderately strong, straight, perpendicular, and of a deep brown
colour.
The maxillce and labium are of normal form ; their colour is yellowish-brown ; the
extremities of the former 'and the apex of the latter being of a paler hue.
The sternum is oval, hairy, and of a dark yellow-brown colour.
The abdomen is rather broader behind than in front ; it is hairy and of a brownish-yellow
colour ; the markings, which are of the general Lycosa type, and almost exactly similar to
those of T. picta, are delineated by dark blackish-brown lines and spots. The under side is
also more or less marked with the same.
Hal. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; Yarkand,
between 21st and 27th May 1874 ; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, between 8th and 18th
May 1874 ; route from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874.
102. — TROCHOSA PBOPINQUA, sp. n.
Adult female : length just over 5 lines.
This spider is very closely allied to T. ruricola, De Geer, but is, I think, certainly of a
distinct species.
The cephalothorax is broader behind and narrower before than in T. ruricola. The
broad, lateral, brown bands, instead of stopping behind the hinder row of eyes, run through
and include the laterals of both the middle and hinder rows. The median longitudinal yellow
band is similarly constricted at the occiput ; but is broader behind that point, and more radi-
ated than in T. ruricola ; and the two longitudinal brown stripes on the fore part of this
band are confluent with the sides of the brown lateral bands.
ARANEIDEA. 83
The eyes occupy a larger area, and are of a pale, dull, yellowish-brown hue, being much
paler than in the other species mentioned.
The legs are rather shorter in proportion, and are pretty distinctly annulated with brown ;
whereas they have rarely any trace of annulation in T ruricola.
The abdomen is of a much darker hue, being of a blackish yellow-brown colour, the
normal median longitudinal marking on the fore half of the upper side is of a brighter orange-
yellow, and is margined by a much more distinct black border. The form of the genital
aperture differs but very slightly. The under side of the abdomen is suffused with dark brown,
and on each side is a marginal border of a darker black-brown.
Had.— Sind Valley, between 5th and 13th August, 1883.
103. — TROCHOSA ADJACENS, sp. n.
Adult female : length just over 5 lines.
This spider is very closely allied to T. terricola, Thor., differing from it in about the same
degree as T. propinqua does from T. ruricola, De Geer. It is rather a smaller spider, and
the cephalothorax appears also to be of a rather broader form, and the whole spider is of a
much duller hue and less distinctly marked ; the bands on the cephalothorax are scarcely
discernible.; the whole being of a dull yellowish-brown colour, pretty densely clothed with
short, greyish-sandy pubescence5 and with some indistinct, darker brown, radiating stripes
indicating the normal indentations.
The eyes of the front row are much larger than in T. terricola, and are very nearly
equal in size to those of the hinder row ; these last, however, being much smaller than the
corresponding ones in that species.
The legs in the present spider have no trace whatever of annulation, while those of
T. terricola are frequently annulated with brown, though never very distinctly, and, in
general, chiefly on the femora.
The markings on the abdomen are very similar, as also is the form of the genital aperture,
though a slight difference in this respect is observable.
Hal. — Yangihissar, April 1874.
104. — TKOCHOSA SABULOSA, sp. n.
Adult female : length 10 lines.
The cephalothorax of this fine spider is strongly compressed laterally on the margins
of the caput, and the lateral slopes are much depressed ; the caput, however, is broad at its
lower margin and tolerably massive above. Its colour is reddish yellow-brown, totally
obscured by a dense clothing of short, pale sandy-grey pubescence, leaving but very slight
and broken traces of the ordinary radiating indentations of a darkish brown colour. The
height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes.
The eyes are in the ordinary position, and occupy an area whose length and breadth
are, as near as possible, equal ; the front row is distinctly longer than the middle one ; its
central pair of eyes are much larger than the laterals, though distinctly smaller than those
of the hinder row, and are separated by an interval less than a diameter, but double as great
as that which divides each from the lateral next to it ; those of the middle row are divided
L 1
84 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
by, as nearly as possible, a diameter's interval ; and each is separated from the eye of the
posterior row on its side by an interval of about one and a half diameters.
The legs are moderately long, strong, and tapering, but not attenuated ; their relative
length is 4, 1, 2, 3, and their colour is of a pale-yellowish hue, deepening to brownish-red ;
the metatarsi and tarsi are pretty densely clothed with sandy- grey pubescence, mixed with
other darker hairs and bristles, and armed (chiefly on the third and fourth pairs) with spines ;
the under sides of the genua and the fore extremities of the tibiae are black- brown ; the
under sides of the metatarsi and tarsi of the first and second pairs, and of the metatarsi of the
third and fourth pairs, as well as of the digital joint of the palpi, are furnished with a dense
scopula of black-brown hairs.
The palpi are similar in colour to the legs.
The falces are long and powerful, straight, perpendicular, the profile-line convexly
curved, of a deep black-brown colour, thickly clothed with sandy-grey and brown hairs and
bristles.
The maxillce and labium are of normal form, and bristly ; their colour is red-brown,
the extremities of the former and the apex of the latter having a pale-yellowish tinge.
The sternum is oval, truncate at its fore extremity, of a dark brownish-black colour,
clothed with sandy- grey pubescence.
The abdomen is oval ; it projects well over the base of the cephalothorax, and is consi-
derably convex above ; it is densely clothed with sandy-grey, black, whitish, and brown hairs.
On the upper side, the ordinary Lycosa pattern is indistinctly visible, being indicated by the
scattered markings formed by the darker and whitish hairs. The normal elongate marking
on the fore half is truncate at its posterior extremity, and a prominent subangular point on
each side, about the middle, is indicated by a strong blackish spot ; on the hinder half, the
only markings traceable (besides a generally thin sprinkling of small blackish spots over the
whole of the upper part and sides) are two rows of obscure spots of whitish hairs, converg-
ing towards the spinners ; the whole of the under side, including the spiracular plates and
the genital aperture, is black.
The male is smaller, but resembles the female in colours and markings. The radial
joint of the palpus is considerably longer than the cubital ; the digital joint is red -brown, and
a little longer than the radial ; the palpal organs present no very marked peculiarity of
structure.
Hab. — Yangihissar, April 1874 ; between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874 ; road
across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, between April 22nd and May 7th, 1874 ;
and Ydrkand, between 21st and 27th May 1874.
105. — TROCHOSA APPROXIMATA, sp. n.
Adult female : length 6| lines (nearly).
This spider is almost exactly like T. sabulosa in colour and markings, the grey hue,
however, being less marked; but it may readily be distinguished by its comparatively
small size, and by the under side of the abdomen being of a dull sandy hue, instead of black,
as in T. sabulosa. The sides of the cephalothorax also appear to be more depressed, and the
fore-central eyes of the front row are more nearly equal in size to those of the hinder row,
ARANEIDEA. 85
The genital aperture is very minute, being of a transverse narrow-oval form divided longitu-
dinally by a septum.
Hab.— Yarkand, November 1873.
106. — TEOCHOSA RTJBROMANDIBTJLATA, sp. n.
Immature male : length 5^ lines.
This spider is nearly allied to both the foregoing species, but may easily be distinguished
by the following characters. The general hue is less grey than in T. sabulosa, and the
darker markings on the abdomen are more distinct ; the normal longitudinal marking on the
fore half of the upper side is of a dark brown hue, with some black spots and markings on
its outer margins : there are also some black spots alternating with the pale spots on the
hinder half (these latter spots not being so white as in T. sabulosa). The under side of the
abdomen is jet-black, distinctly and abruptly enlarged laterally from near the middle to the
spinners, and there is a distinct short black bar on each side near the base of the spinners.
The legs are unicolorous, having no trace of the black suffusion underneath the fore
extremity of the tibiae, except very slightly beneath those of the fourth pair.
The eyes of the fore- central pair are smaller than in either T. sabulosa or T. propinqua;
and a striking character, whicli distinguishes it at a glance from both, is the dense clothing of
scarlet (somewhat squamose) hairs on the front of the falces.
It is probably also a smaller spider than T. sabulosa, though this is not certain, as the
only example examined was not adult.
Jlab, — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 16th, 1873.
107. — TROCHOSA ^TJGTJBRIS, sp. n.
Adult male : length nearly 5 lines.
The cephalothorax is of a dark, rich red-brown colour, thickly clothed with silky, light
grey hairs disposed in a broad longitudinal and narrower marginal bands, — the sides being
clothed with black hairs, forming thus alternate bands of white and black hairs ; the caput
is considerably produced, and constricted on the lateral margins. The height of the clypeus
is no more than, if quite so much as, the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes.
The eyes are in the ordinary position ; the length of the front row is perceptibly longer
than that of the middle row, whose central eyes are larger than the laterals, though much
smaller than those of the hinder row ; these last are rather smaller than those of the middle
row, and form a line very nearly indeed equal to that formed by each of them, and that one of
the middle row on its side ; the interval between those of the middle row a little exceeds a
diameter ; the eyes of the hinder and middle rows thus form very nearly a square whose
anterior side is the shortest.
The legs are tolerably long and strong, though rather attenuated at their extremities.
They are of a yellowish, dark red-brown colour ; the femora being much the darkest, and
clothed with grey hairs, not only of a pubescent nature, but also with numerous long, slender,
prominent ones like those on the legs of Tegenaria and Argyroneta. They are also armed
with strong spines ; the tarsi are furnished underneath with a thin scopula. Their relative
86 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
length is 4, 1, 2, 3, but the difference between those of the first and fourth, and of the second
and third pairs, respectively, is not great.
The palpi are tolerably long and strong, similar to the legs in colour and hairy clothing ;
the humeral joint has three spines of equal length close together in a transverse line on the
upper side at the fore extremity. The radial joint is longer than the cubital, and the digital
joint, which is darker than the rest, slightly exceeds in length the radial joint, whose width
it considerably exceeds at the base, its fore extremity being rather attenuated. The palpal
organs are rather simple, with a prominent subconical hook-pointed process, about the
middle of their outer side.
The falcea are long, powerful, straight, perpendicular, of a deep black-brown colour ;
clothed with grey pubescence and long dark bristly hairs.
The maxillae and labium are of normal form, and of a deep blackish red-brown colour ;
the sternum is of the same colour, oval and truncated before ; these parts are furnished with
strong dark bristles.
The abdomen is of moderate size and convexity above ; the upper part and sides are
dark brown, thickly clothed with grey hairs, shewing some curved transverse lines, formed by
these hairs on the hinder half. The whole of the under part, extending also a little way up
the sides, is jet-black.
Sab. — On the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, between April
22nd and May 7th, 1874.
Genua— TARENTULA, Sund.
108. — TABENTULA IRASCIBILIS, sp. n.
Immature female : length 3| lines.
The cephalothorax is oval, the caput a little produced and rather strongly constricted
on the lateral margins ; the fore margin is broad and truncated, and the lower part of
the sides rather gibbous ; it is of a yellow colour tinged with orange-brown ; on the upper
part of each side is a broad longitudinal darkish yellow-brown band traversed by still
darker converging lines showing the normal indentations ; the lateral margins are also marked
with some broken irregular brown spots and markings. The ocular area is blackish-brown,
and the height of the clypeus is nearly about equal to the diameter of one of the fore-
central eyes; the surface of the cephalothorax is thinly clothed with a greyish silky
pubescence.
The eyes are in the ordinary position, forming an area as long as it is broad, though
narrower in front than behind ; the eyes of the middle and posterior rows are very large, and
appear to be very nearly, if not quite, equal in size ; the interval between the middle ones
is equal to, or a little more than, a diameter, being less than that between each and that of
the hinder row opposite to it ; the length of the hinder row is greater, though not very
much, than that of the middle row, which is also, if anything, a very little longer than the
front row ; the eyes of this last are small and equally separated ; those of the central pair
being but little larger than the laterals.
The legs are tolerably long and strong ; their relative length being 4, 1 , 2, 3 ; they
are yellow, annulated, though not very distinctly, with broken and angular brown annu-
ARANEIDEA. 87
lations ; they are furnished with hairs and spines, but hare no scopula beneath the tarsi and
metatarsi.
The palpi are similar in colour and markings to the legs.
The maxilla, labium, and sternum are of ordinary form, and of a yellow-brown colour.
The f alces are also of a similar colour, rather long, powerful, and perpendicular, and fur-
nished with a few bristles in front.
The abdomen is a little wider behind than in front, its colour is yellowish, clothed, but
not very densely, with a few greyish, and a few longer, coarser brown hairs ; there is, along
each lateral margin of the upper side, a broad dentated brown band, from the lower side
of which two or three oblique, but very regular, rows of brown spots traverse the sides ; along
the middle of the fore half is the normal marking of a deep brown colour edged with
black, with a prominent angular point on each side, and truncate at its posterior extremity,
which merges in the first of a series of broadish, angular, brown chevrons ; these decrease
in size as they approach the spinners; the point of each chevron, which is (as usual) directed
forwards, touching the inside of the angle of the chevron in front of it. The under side is
immaculate.
Sab. — Neighbourhood of Leh, August or September, 1873.
109. — TARENTULA INIMICA, sp. n.
Adult female : length rather more than 6 lines.
The cephalothorax is yellow-brown, with a broad longitudinal band, on each side, of a
darker hue ; the whole covered with a short sandy-grey pubescence. The clypeus is low,
not much exceeding in height the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The eyes of this
row are placed on somewhat of a ridge, making this part look prominent when seen in profile.
The facies is low.
The eyes occupy an area about equal in length and breadth. The front row is distinctly
shorter than the middle one ; its eyes are very small ; the centrals are but slightly, if at all,
larger than the laterals, and the interval between them is greater than that between each
and the lateral eye on its side. The eyes of the middle row are much larger than those of
the posterior one, and are separated by slightly over a diameter's interval ; the hinder row is
considerably longer than the middle one.
The legs are tolerably strong, but not very long ; those of the fourth pair are the longest,
the rest not varying veiy much ; they are of a yellow-brown colour, and are furnished with
hairs and spines ; the tarsi of the first and second pairs have a very thin scopula on their
under sides.
The palpi are short, but similar in colour to the legs.
The maxillce and labium are of a rich deep red- brown colour ; the former have their
extremity, and the latter has its apex, pale yellow.
The sternum is oval, somewhat truncated at is anterior extremity, and similar in colour
to the maxillae.
The abdomen is of a short-oval form considerably convex above ; it is of a reddish-brown
colour mottled with much clearer reddish spots ; the normal longitudinal macula on the
fore half of the upper side is large, considerably prominent past the middle on each side,
and truncated at its posterior extremity ; it is of an obscure brovr n hue, indistinctly margined
88 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
with darker brown ; on the hinder half is a median longitudinal series of strongish, but not
very conspicuous, yellowish-red, angular bars or chevrons. The under side is dark, of a
rather sooty-brown hue ; the form of the genital aperture is distinct and characteristic ; the
hairy clothing of the abdomen had been entirely denuded.
Hab. — On the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, between April 22nd
and May 7th, 1874.
Genus— LYCOSA, Latr. ad partem— LYCOSA, Thor.
110. — LYCOSA CONDOLENS, sp. n.
Adult male : length 2f lines.
The general form and appearance of this spider are like those of Lycosa agricola, Thor.
and some other closely-allied European species. The cephalotlwrax is deep brown, in some
cases approaching to black, with a narrow median, and, on each side, a submarginal brownish-
yellow stripe ; the median stripe is often very indistinct, and seldom runs (towards the eyes)
beyond the occipital region, certainly not reaching nearly to the ocular area, and the marginal
stripes are irregular, or somewhat dentated, on their edges. These stripes are clothed with
pale hairs. The ocular area is black, and the clypeus, which rather exceeds in height the
diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, is yellow.
The eyes are in the ordinary position ; the foremost row is distinctly shorter than the
middle one, and its eyes are very small ; those of the central pair being scarcely larger than
the laterals, and the interval between them is double that between each and the lateral eye
on its side. The eyes of the middle row are considerably farther apart than a diameter's
interval, — in fact, nearly equalling two diameters ; being equal to the interval between each
and the lower margin of the clypeus at its nearest point. The hinder row is longer than the
middle one, and its eyes are smaller than those of that row.
The legs are long, rather attenuated, furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; they are
of a brownish-yellow colour, the femora and tibiae annulated and marked with black-brown
and yellow-brown ; the femora are often more or less completely suffused with black-brown.
This is only, however, the case with some adult males, and is probably owing to their having
been longer in the adult state; the legs of the fourth pair are the longest, and those of the
third pair slightly the shortest.
The palpi are moderately long ; the humeral joint is nearly black, the cubital and radial
joints yellow ; the latter is the longest, and black on the whole (more or less) of the under
side ; the upper side is furnished with white hairs, mostly close to the fore extremity ; the
digital joint is of tolerable size, round, oval, and black behind, pointed and of a paler brown-
ish hue in front. The palpal organs are characteristic in their structure, though they do
not present anything very remarkable in form ; there is, about their middle, a not very
prominent, somewhat crescent-shaped, process, one of whose limbs is truncated, and the
other, the shorter, is blunt-pointed.
The maxillae, are dark reddish brown, yellowish at their fore extremities.
The labium is also of a similar colour,— yellowish at the apex.
The falces are moderately long, not particularly strong, straight, perpendicular, of a
brownish-yellow colour, more or less clouded with deep brown.
The sternum is oval and nearly black.
ARANEIDEA. 89
The abdomen is black-brown on the upper side ; the normal longitudinal marking on
the fore part is of a reddish yellow-brown hue, blunt-pointed at its posterior extremity,
and followed towards the spinners by a series of short, angular bars of the same colour ;
these bars (often broken at the angle) thus consist of two oblique, opposed, oblong-oval
markings, each of which has a black spot in the middle ; there is also on each side of this
series, towards the margin of the upper side, a longitudinal series of pale spots formed by
small tufts of whitish hair ; the sides are mottled with yellow-brown, and the under side is
yellow-brown marked with a median, and two (lateral) longitudinal dark blackish stripes,
rendered more or less indistinct by the pale (among other) hairs with which the surface of
the abdomen is generally covered.
The female is paler- coloured, and the markings are more distinct than in the male?
preserving, however, the same essential characters. It seems to be an abundant species.
Hab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; Kashghar, December 1873 ;
between Yangihissar acd Sirikol, March 1874 ; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; on the road across
the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panja and back, between April 22nd and May 7th, 1874 ; hills
between Sirikol and Aktalla, between 8th and 18th May 1874 ; road from Yarkand to Bursi,
between May 28th and June 17th, 1874,
111. — LYCOSA FORTTJNA.TA, sp. n.
Adult male : length 3 lines.
This spider is very nearly allied to Lycosa condolens ; but it is rather smaller, and
generally lighter- coloured. The following points of distinction will serve to distinguish it
readily.
The central yellow band on the cephalothorax is much broader, more distinct, reaches
more nearly to the eyes, behind which it is strongly constricted, being broader and somewhat
radiated at the thoracic junction, immediately behind which it is again constricted ; the lateral
yellow stripes are broken, and scarcely extend more than half way to the fore extremity. The
height of the clypeus is a little greater, and the two central eyes of the front row are larger
in proportion to the laterals.
The legs have the femora and tibia3 in general obscurely annulated, but the former are
not black as in L. condolens. The radial joints of the palpi are longer in proportion to the
length of the cubital than in that species, and are a little clouded with brown towards their
fore extremities, which are furnished thickly with long, black, bristly hairs, particularly
underneath and on the inner sides. The fore part of the digital joint is less attenuated, and
it is clothed thickly with black hairs, and terminates with a strongish curved claw ; the palpal
organs differ also in structure ; they are more prominent at their hinder extremity, and the
process corresponding to that described in reference to L. condolens as somewhat "crescent-
shaped" is much larger and more prominent ; its larger limb being strongly curved. The
abdominal markings are very similar, but the usual one on the upper side, at the middle of
the fore part, is distinctly margined with black.
The female resembles the male in colours and markings, but the annulations of the legs
are darker and more distinct.
This spider appears to be equally abundant with L. condolens.
nab. — Neighbourhood of Leh, August and September 1873; Tanktze to Chagra and
Pankong Valley, 15th to 21st September 1873 ; Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ;
90 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Kashghar, December 1873; between Yangihissar and Sirikol, Marcb 1874; Yangihissar,
April 1874 ; on the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd to
May 7th, 1874; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8th to 18th May 1874 ; Yarkand, 21st to
27th of May 1874; road from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874.
112. LTCOSA STELLATA, sp. n.
Adult female : length from 4 to 5^ lines.
The cephalothorax of this distinct spider is of a brown colour, and clothed with a
short sandy-grey pubescence ; there is a large, very distinct, star-shaped or radiate yellow-
ish marking at the occiput, divided longitudinally by a dusky red-brown line, strongish at
each end, and produced before into an obtuse, somewhat transverse, oblong marking a
little way behind the ocular area, notched at its fore-margin, and often marked with the bifid
continuation of the bisecting line on the stellate portion ; there is also a pale yellowish sub-
marginal, and generally broken, band on each side ; these markings, seen very distinctly on
immature examples, are more or less obscured by the pubescence in adult specimens.
The eyes of the foremost row form a line distinctly shorter than the middle row, and
its central pair are distinctly larger than the laterals, and are divided by an interval larger
than that which separates each from the lateral eye on its side ; the height of the clypeus
very little, if at all, exceeds the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The ocular area
appears to be broader behind than it is long, and the eyes of the middle row are considerably
larger than those of the hinder one, forming a line nearly about equal to that formed by the
laterals of these rows.
The legs are rather long, tolerably strong, of a yellowish hue, and pretty distinctly
annulated with dark brown ; they are furnished with hairs and spines, and the colour and
markings are liable (in adults) to be obscured more or less by a rather dense, short, sandy-
grey pubescence; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3.
The palpi are similar in colour and armature to the legs.
The f aloes are long, strong, straight, and perpendicular : they are of a reddish-yellow-
brown colour — red-brown at the base and extremities in front, and furnished with numerous
long, prominent bristles.
The maxill(B are yellow-brown, and the labium deep brown with a pale-yellowish apex.
The sternum is deep brown, clothed with grey pubescence.
The abdomen is of a blackish-brown colour on the upper side. The normal longi-
tudinal marking on the fore half is indicated by broken, surrounding, submarginal, reddish-
yellow markings, and its posterior extremity is truncated : following it is a series of opposed,
oblique, yellowish markings, these being the broken portions of the normal angular bars, which
are, however, sometimes perfect ; and each bar contains a black spot : outside these angular
bars is, on each side, a longitudinal row of yellowish spots. The sides are brownish-yellow,
spotted and marked with black-brown ; and the under side is also brownish-yellow, without
any markings. The genital aperture is of a characteristic form, and its colour is red-brown.
The male resembles the female in colours and markings, but is rather smaller.
Sab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; Kashghar, December 1873 ; Yangi-
hissar, April 1874 ; on road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd to
May 7th, 1874 ; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8th to 13th of May 1871; Yarkand, 21st
to 27th May 1874 ; Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874.
ARANEIDEA. 91
From the localities recorded, this spider, though perhaps less numerous, appears to be
distributed nearly equally with the two foregoing species, and all three are probably found
together. The present species is very nearly allied to L. injucunda, Cambr., found in Egypt,
but quite distinct.
113. LYCOSA CREDULA, sp. n.
Adult female : length nearly 2f lines.
This spider is very nearly allied to Lycosa nigriceps, Tlior., which it resembles closely in
form and general appearance, but may be distinguished by the absence of any constriction of
the median, longitudinal yellow band on the cephalothorax, and by the normal longitudinal
marking on the fore half of the abdomen being sharp-pointed instead of truncated at the
posterior extremity.
The cephalothorax is of a bright yellow colour, somewhat obscured by a greyish
pubescence, which probably soon becomes more or less denuded ; the sides are narrowly edged
with black, a very little way above which edging is a narrow, dark, yellow-brown, sub-
marginal stripe, with a broad lateral band of the same colour along the upper part of each
side, leaving a median, longitudinal yellow band of equal width throughout, and scarcely
wider than the lateral bands of the same hue. The ocular area is black.
The eyes are in the usual position ; the front row is distinctly shorter than the middle
one, and its two central eyes are placed on a small prominence ; these two are larger than the
laterals of the same row, and the interval between them is greater than that between each
and the lateral on its side ; the eyes of the middle row are much the largest, and form a line
shorter than those of the third row, though this latter is not so long, proportionately, as in
some other groups of Lycosa. The four eyes of the middle and hinder rows form a square
whose posterior side is longer than the rest. The height of the clypeus is more than double
the diameter of one of the fore central eyes.
The legs are moderately long, and rather slender ; they are of a yellow colour, indistinctly
marked and annulated on the femora with yellowish-brown, and are clothed with hairs, spines,
and grey pubescence. Their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3.
The palpi are yellow, marked with brown.
The f aloes are rather long, slender, straight, and directed backwards; their colour is
yellow, slightly marked longitudinally with brown.
The maxillce and labiwm are yellowish, tinged with brown.
The sternum is oval, rounded before, and pointed behind ; its colour is black-brown,
irregularly margined with yellow, and a median longitudinal stripe of the same colour extends
from the fore extremity rather more than half-way to the hinder one.
The abdomen is dark-brown above, spotted minutely and striated with yellow ; a tapering
dentated yellowish median band runs throughout the upper side to the spinners ; the fore part
of this band contains the normal marking, distinctly defined by a dark-brown line, and sharp-
pointed at its hinder extremity ; in the hinder half of the dentated band may be indistinctly
traced the usual series of angular bars or chevrons, each of which is charged with two small
brown spots in a transverse line. The sides of the abdomen are irregularly striated with dark-
brown on a yellow ground, and the under side is paler, with still fewer brown markings.
The genital aperture is not large, but is, as usual, of characteristic form.
x I
92 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Hab. — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8th to 13th of May 1874 ; road from Yarkand
to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874.
114. LTCOSA VINDEX, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2J lines.
This spider is very closely allied to Lycosa credula, but it is of a shorter, stouter form,
and the colours are of a generally duller hue. The median longitudinal yellow band on the
cephalothorax is broader, distinctly constricted at the occiput, and enlarged at the thoracic
indentation. The ocular area is black, with a geminated reddish-yellow spot between the
eyes of the hinder row ; the lateral brown bands are more distinctly traversed by darker lines
radiating towards the thoracic indentation. The clypeus is lower, not exceeding in height
two fore central eyes' diameter ; the legs are entirely annulated (though not very distinctly
excepting the tarsi), and they are also longer than those of L. credula.
The sternum is very similar in its markings ; but the normal marking on the fore half of
the upper side of the abdomen is less distinctly marked, and is blunt-pointed at its hinder
extremity ; the usual angular bars which succeed it are longer, and, with the marking on the
fore part, are of a reddish yellow-brown hue ; this is also the prevailing tint of the upper side,
of which the rest is marked and striated with dark-brown ; the under side is of a dull-
yellowish hue, without any markings ; and the genital aperture is of a distinct and charac-
teristic form.
Hab. — Yarkand, November 1873.
115. LTCOSA VINDICATA, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2 lines.
This spider is exceedingly closely allied to L. vindex, but I am induced to record it as a
distinct species, not only on account of its smaller size, but because the median longitudinal
yellowish band on the cephalothorax is narrower, and has no constriction at the occiput, nor
any lateral enlargement at the thoracic indentation ; the submarginal lateral brown stripe is
also more distinct and continuous, and the genital aperture differs a little in its form. In
most other respects it resembles L. vindex, though the legs are more distinctly annulated.
Its smaller size, shorter, stouter form, and reddish-brown hue of the paler markings on the
abdomen, as well as the far more distinctly and completely annulated legs, and lower clypeus
distinguish it readily from L. credula.
Hab. — Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873, and between Yangihissar and Sirikol,
March 1874.
116. LTCOSA PASSIBILIS, sp. n.
Adult male : slightly over 3 lines.
The cephalothorax is of a deep brown colour, with a broadish longitudinal median band,
and two lateral, narrower, sub-marginal ones slightly paler, and clothed with greyish hairs,
with which, indeed, the rest of the cephalothorax is, though more thinly, covered.
ARA^EIDEA. 93
The eyes occupy an area longer than broad ; the front row is shorter than the middle
one, and its two central eyes are placed on a slight prominence, and are larger than the lateral
ones ; the four being very nearly, if not quite, equally separated from each other, and the
height of the clypeus is greater than the diameter of one of the fore central eyes, but not as
much as two diameters. The eyes of the middle row are much larger than those of the hinder
one, and, with them, form a square whose posterior side is the shortest.
The legs are long, attenuated at the extremities, of a deep reddish-brown colour, fur-
nished with hairs and spines, and clothed with greyish pubescence.
The palpi are rather long and strong, and similar in colour to the legs ; the radial and
cubital joints are of equal length ; the digital joint is of tolerable size, and nearly equal in
length to the radial and cubital joints together ; it is oval behind and rather attenuate before.
The palpal organs are not very complex, but from the middle there projects a short but pro-
minent process with three prominent divergent points, the middle one being the longest and
strongest. Like the legs, the palpi are covered more or less with greyish hairs.
Thefalces are moderately long, but not very strong, slightly divergent and directed
backwards : their colour is deep rich reddish black-brown, with a reddish-yellow broad longi-
tudinal stripe on the inner side at the fore extremity.
The maxilla are reddish-brown, pale-yellowish at the extremities and on the inner side.
The labium is similar to the maxillae in colour, with a pale-yellowish apex.
The sternum is oval and of a deep shining reddish-brown colour.
The abdomen is of a blackish-brown hue, with the normal longitudinal marking on the
fore half of the upper side, and a series of succeeding angular bars of an obscure brownish
red; the whole is thickly clothed (especially along the median portion of the upper side) with
greyish hairs, forming there a broad, longitudinal grey band, emitting some short lateral pro-
minent lines on each side of the hinder part.
Hab. — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, between the 8th and 18th of May 1874.
117. LTCOSA FLAVIDA, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2| lines.
The cephalothorax is of a pale-yellow colour, with two broad, longitudinal, lateral yel-
low-brown bands reaching from the fore to the hinder margin, and thinly clothed with greyish
hairs ; the height of the clypeus is no more than equal to the diameter of one of the fore
central eyes.
The eyes are in the ordinary position, on large black spots ; the whole of the fore part
however, of the ocular area is more or less black. The front row is shorter than the middle
one ; its two central eyes are larger than the laterals, and the interval between them is greater
than that between each and the lateral eyes next to it. The eyes of the middle row are very
large, and separated from each other by no more than one diameter ; this interval being but
little less than that which separates each from the posterior eye opposite to it ; the four
hinder eyes form a square whose posterior side is longest and anterior one slightly the shortest.
The legs are moderately long and not very strong ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, and
they are of a pale yellow colour, rather paler than the cephalothorax, armed with spines and
furnished thinly with hairs.
94 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The palpi are moderately long, and similar to the legs in colour, deepening to a brownish
hue on the last two joints.
The/aloes are moderate in length and strength, slightly divergent, perpendicular, of a
yellow-brown colour, and clothed with bristly hairs.
The maxilla and labium are of a paler hue than the falces, and the sternum is heart-
shaped and similar in colour to the legs.
The abdomen is of a rather shortish oval form. On the upper side is a troad, longitudi-
nal, pale-yellow band sharply dentated on its hinder half ; the fore part of this band contains
the normal longitudinal marking, of a slightly clearer colour, and faintly defined by a broken;
brownish, indistinct line, and its hinder extremity is truncated. Some other indistinct, fine,
brown, broken, angular lines on the hinder part, indicate the ordinary chevrons. On each
side of the median dentated band, and, in fact, defining it, is a broad brown band diffused in
scattered spots a little over the sides ; the under side is immaculate. The genital aperture is
small, but of a characteristic form.
An immature male exactly resembled the female.
Hah. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873; Kashghar, December 1873;
between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874 ; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; road from Yarkaud
to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874.
BOKBE, Genus Nov.
I am induced to form this new genus for the reception of four remarkable JLycosids, one
received from Sinai, and described (P. Z. S., 1870, p. 822, pi. 1., fig. 3) as a Lycosa
(L. pralongipes, Cambr.), another from the present collection, a third, L. ungulata, Cambr.
Spiders of Egypt, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 603, and a fourth, L. arenaria, Sav., Egypt. These
(or at least three of them, for L. arenaria, Sav. is unknown to me, except from Audouin's
figure and description, which do not detail the special points under consideration, though I
have but little doubt of its possessing them), though exactly agreeing in several peculiar
points of structure, are quite distinct species. The points in which they differ from Lycosa,
Trochosa, and Tarentula may be seen from the following diagnosis of generic characters.
Cephalothorax oval, truncate before, and strongly constricted on the lateral margins of the
caput ; the normal indentations, especially the one dividing the caput from the thorax, are
strong, and the upper side of the thorax on each side of the normal longitudinal indentation
is gibbous, so that there is, when the spider is looked at in profile, a strong angular depression
between the caput and thorax, the lateral thoracic margins being much depressed.
The eyes, as regards their general position, are like those of Lycosa, &c., but those of the
second row have their vertical axes directed very nearly straight forwards, that is to say,
scarcely at all upwards, though a little outwards ; in this respect there is a marked approach
to Dinopis, the facies being very vertical.
The legs are long and attenuated, especially those of the fourth pair. Two parallel rows
of spines run throughout the under side of the tibiae, metatarsi, and tarsi ; at the fore end of
each tarsus there is the appearance of a kind of short obsolete, or fixed, joint. It has
apparently no movable articulation, but there is both a visible constriction and a kind of
suture as though of a joint either consolidated by disuse, or in process of development towards
a perfect supernumerary joint such as we find in Hersilia. The superior terminal claws are
AEANEIDEA. 95
unusually long, slightly curved, and have four or five denticulations at their posterior
extremity.
The maxillae are not very long, but rather enlarged at their extremities, where they are
rounded ; and, instead of forming a straight line with the lahium, they are turned distinctly
sideways, thus in another point resembling Dinopis.
The labium is short, broad, and truncated in a slightly curved convex line at the apex.
The palpi of the female are truncated at the extremity, and the terminal claw, which is
nearly straight and finely pectinated, issues from the middle of the truncation.
118. BOEBE BENEVOLA, sp. n.
Adult female : length 4g lines.
The cephalothorax is clothed with short, sandy-grey pubescence, and is of a yellow-
brown colour, with a broad yellow longitudinal median band, strongly constricted at the
occiput, and enlarged at the thoracic indentation, the portion in front of the constriction
forming a very distinct, transverse, oblong-oval area. There is also a broken, narrow, sub-
marginal yellowish band on each side. The height of the clypeus is equal to twice the
diameter of one of the fore central eyes, and the colour of the ocular area is black.
The eyes of the front row form a straight line shorter than that of the middle row ; the
central pair of the front row are larger than the laterals, and are separated by an interval
wider than that which divides each from the lateral eye on its side ; those of the middle row
are very large, and are separated by nearly about one and a half diameter's interval, forming
a line not far from equal to that formed by each and the posterior eye opposite to it ; the
eyes of the hinder row are large, but smaller than those of the middle one, and form a much
longer line.
The legs of the fourth pair are considerably the longest ; and those of the second pair
apparently the shortest ; while there is not so much difference between those of' the first and
third pairs, the first being the longer of the two. They are yellow in colour ; the femora
marked distinctly with brown spots, patches, and some other linear markings of the same
hue ; the spines beneath the tarsi are numerous, of equal length, much shorter than those
on the other joints, and give the joint a comb-like appearance.
The palpi are like the legs in colours, and in the markings on the humeral joints, and
are furnished with hairs and a few spine-like bristles.
The falces are powerful, of moderate length, rounded in profile, clothed with sandy-grey
hairs and long bristles, and of a dark reddish yellow-brown colour.
The maxillce are yellow, strongly tinged with yellow-brown, particularly on their inner
sides, and pale yellowish at their inner extremities.
The labium is dark yellowish-brown with a pale apex.
The sternum is of a short heart-shape and dark yellow-brown colour, thinly clothed with
sandy- grey pubescence.
The abdomen is oval and moderately convex above ; its colour is a dull brownish-yellow,
marked with dark brown, occasionally approaching to black ; the intersecting portions of the
yellow ground-colour are spotted more or less with cretaceous- white spots. The normal
longitudinal median marking (of a deep brown colour) on the fore half of the upper side is
large, somewhat wedge-shaped, and roughly dentated on its margins, and its posterior extre-
96 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
mity is prolonged into a more or less distinct median line to the spinners, and gives off on
each side various ohlique lines and markings, forming some tolerably distinct, angular, yellow-
bars of different sizes, and some of which have a dark-brown spot at their extremities. There
is a tolerably clear, marginal yellow space round the normal marking on the fore half. The
under side is almost all occupied by a broad longitudinal light-brown band.
The genital aperture is small, but of characteristic form. The spinners are very short,
but those of the superior pair are stronger and rather longer than those of the inferior. An
immature male resembled the female in colours and markings.
O
Sab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; Kashghar, December 1873 ;
between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874 ; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; Yarkand, 21st to
27th May 1874, and Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874.
Family - SPH ASIDES.
Germn—OXYOPES, La.tr.
119. OXYOPES JUBILANS, Sp. n.
Adult male : length rather more than 3^ lines.
This spider is nearly allied to Oxyopes (Sphasus) lepidus, Blackw., of which the female
only has yet been described ; the latter differs, however, from the female of the present spe-
cies in being of a more robust form and in having shorter legs, as well as in the abdominal
markings.
The general form and appearance are similar to those of most others of the genus ; the
cephalothorax is of a brownish-yellow colour, and the normal indentations are distinctly
marked. The ocular area, and the middle of the clypeus are clothed with grey hairs ; a fine
brown line runs obliquely along tue' margins of the upper side, and so downward to the
lower corners of the clypeus ; two others run, one from each of the two foremost eyes, nearly
perpendicularly to the falces (to the extremity of which they are continued), bisecting them
in front. There are also two parallel brown lines along the middle of the cephalothorax, not
reaching further forward than the occiput, and less distinct in the male than in the female ;
the eyes are on black spots and in the usual position, six posterior ones forming a transverse
hexagonal figure whose sides scarcely differ in length ; they may be also taken as in four
transverse rows of two each. Those of the foremost row are very minute and separated from
those of the next row by an eye's diameter. Those of the second row are the largest of the
eight or nearly so, and are separated by an interval of one diameter, both from each other,
and from the eyes of the third row ; this row is considerably the longest, and the fourth row
is slightly longer than the second, its eyes being rather further from each other than each is
from the lateral of the third row on its side.
The legs are long and slender, their relative length seems to be 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they are of a
yellow colour, and are armed with numerous long spines. The femora of the first and second
pairs have longitudinal brown lines on the under side, a faint trace of two only of these
existing on the femora of the third and fourth pairs.
The palpi are short, similar in colour to the legs ; the cubital joint is very short with
but a very slight angular prominence at its fore extremity on the upper side; the radial joint
is much stronger than the cubital ; it is strongly tinged with yellow-brown, much enlarged
ATIANEIDEA. 97
In a blunt angular form on the outer side, with a short red-brown irregular projection rather
underneath ; the digital joint is round-oval, brownish-coloured behind, and of a narrow,
slightly tapering, pointed, beak-like form in front ; the beak portion is yellowish, and less in
length than the oval part ; this part has a small angular prominence at its base on the outer
side. The palpal organs are prominent and rather complex, but do not present any remark-
able processes. The radial and cubital joints are furnished with several long, curved, spine-
like bristles.
The falees are not very long nor strong ; they are of a subconical form, straight, per
pendicular, similar in colour to the cephalothorax, and bisected in front by a longitudinal
brown line.
The maxilla; and labium are of normal form, the colour of the former is yellow, and of
the latter yellow-brown.
The abdomen is long and narrow, being of an elongate, tapering, or pyramidal form ;
the fore part is the largest, and it gradually narrows to the spinners : it is of a yellowish hue,
somewhat freckled with white cretaceous spots of small size ; the upper side is margined on
each side with a double longitudinal brown line, and a faint, narrow, tapering, dusky band
along the middle ; on the under side is a broadish, tapering, dusky, longitudinal band, mar-
gined with reddish-brown.
The female is more distinctly marked than the male, and the process connected with
the genital aperture is blackish and prominent. The colours of this spider, as above described
from examples for several years immersed in spirits, cannot be considered altogether reliable,
inasmuch as the yellow tints may have possibly been more or less green when the spider was
living.
gab. — Tinali; route from Murree to Sind Valley, July 19th, 1873.
I come to the conclusion that this is the locality, because Dr. Stoliczka, in his diary of
July 19th, 1873, mentions having found that evening a good number of spiders, " chiefly
Thomisus and Sphasus" (=0xyopes), and in the one unlabelled bottle I find the only ex-
amples of Sphasus contained in the whole collection. These are of three species, the present
and the next one very nearly allied to each other, the third quite distinct both in form and
markings ; all three are, I believe, of undescribed species, though Dr. Stoliczka says of those
he found " among the latter (Sphasus) " he recognized Sphasus viridanus. This is a Calcutta
species described by Dr. Stoliczka in Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxviii, p. 220, pi. xx,
fig. 1, and is undoubtedly a species of Pasithea, Bl. (Peucetia, Thor.), which, thougli
generically nearly allied to Sphasus, is yet easily recognized by the difference in the position
of the eyes.
120. OXYOPES PU.EDICTA, Sp. n.
Adult male : length 4 lines.
This spider is very closely allied to Oxyopes jubilans ; it is, however, rather larger, and
this, I think, may probably prove to be a constant character. In general colouring, form, and
appearance, the two species are strikingly similar, but the following distinctions will serve
to separate them without difficulty.
The cephalothorax has no lateral brown lines running to the fore corners of the clypeus,
and the two parallel median ones are here replaced by a not very distinct, median, longi-
tudinal rusty-reddish band, which runs quite to the hinder row of eyes.
z
98 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The palpi present an easily observed difference from those of Oxyopesjulilans both in
the radial and digital joints. The former is not enlarged on the outer side, but is, on the con-
trary, rather excavated there, with a somewhat corneous, red-brown ridge just behind the
excavated part : the radial joint is also somewhat angularly prominent underneath towards
the inner side. The digital joint has its short-oval, posterior portion of a darker hue, arid
more angularly prominent at its base on the outer side. The anterior, or beak-like, portion is
also distinctly longer than the oval part, and terminates in a sharpish and somewhat corneous
point.
The legs have the femoral joints of the third and fourth pairs as distinctly marked with
one (if not two) longitudinal blackish-brown lines as the whole of the first and second pairs.
The abdomen has on the upper side a longitudinal, median, tapering, rusty-reddish band,
at the fore part of which the normal elongate marking, of a somewhat spear-headed form
and yellow colour, is visible.
Hab. — Found at the same time and in the same locality as 0. jubilans. Tinali ; route
from Murree to Sind Valley, July 19th, 1873.
121. OXYOPES KEJECTA, Sp. n.
Adult femnle : length rather less than 3| lines.
This spider is nearly allied to Oocyopes (Sphasus) gentilis, C. L. Koch. It may easily
be distinguished from the two foregoing species by its shorter legs, as well as by its shorter,
stouter form, and by the short cephalothorax, which has the sides and hinder slope very steep,
and the normal indentations very slightly marked, so that the divisional line between the
thorax and caput is scarcely visible. The colour of the cephalothorax is brownish-yellow,
paler in the ocular area and at the occiput ; it is indistinctly marked in the median longitu-
dinal line, as well as on the sides, with blackish-brown ; there are also two slightly curved
lines, of the same colour, running down from the two foremost eyes over to the middle of
each of the falces, and continued over them in a slightly sinuous form, but stopping some-
what considerably short of their extremity.
The eyes are on conspicuous black blotches, those of the third row are considerably nearer
to those of the second than to those of the fourth (or posterior) row. The length of the two
last (2nd and 4th) rows are exactly equal, though, owing to the difference in the size of the
eyes, the interval between those of each row is different. The height of the clypeus is rather
less than half that of the facial space.
The legs are rather short, and their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. They are armed with
long spines, and their colour is yellow, the femora being marked underneath with two longi-
tudinal parallel, blackish-brown lines.
The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, rather long, slender, and armed with a few
strong spine-like bristles.
The jalves are not very long nor strong ; they are of a subconical form, straight, and
perpendicular ; their length is less than the height of the facial space, and their colour is like
that of the cephalothorax, with a longitudinal blackish-brown line from the base to two-thirds
of the distance towards their extremity.
The maxillae and labium are of normal form, and of a light brownish-yellow hue.
ARANEIDEA. 99
The abdomen is oval, pointed behind; on the upper side is a broad, longitudinal central
slightly tapering yellowish band, spotted with small cretaceous-white spots, and showing the
normal marking on the fore part of a clearer, though slightly brown, colour, and of an
elongate diamond-shape; the marginal portions of the upper part are marked with blackish-
brown oblique linear markings, which extend more or less over the sides. These parts, as well
as the under side, are similar in colour to the middle of the upper side ; the under side
having a broad, well-defined, longitudinal, median, black-brown band, marked along the middle
with pale yellowish. The genital aperture is small but of characteristic form.
Hab. — Found at the same time and place as the two foregoing species. Tinali ; route
from Murree to Sind Valley, July 19th, 1873.
Family— S A L TIC IDES.
Genns-HELIOPHANUS, C. L. Koch.
122. HELIOPHANTJS DUBIUS.
Heliophanus dubiits, E. Simon, Arachnides de France, torn, iii, p. 146, pi. x., fig. 4.
I have not been able yet to compare this spider ( $ adult) with a type of H. dubius,
Sim., but I believe it to be identical with that species, as it agrees well with the figures and
description given I. a.
Hab.— Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8th to 18th May 1874.
Genns— PLEXIPPUS, C. L. Koch.
123. PLEXIPPTJS ADANSONII.
Attu$ addansonii, Sav., Egyptc, p. 169, pi. 7, fig. 8.
Hab. — Both sexes of this spider, differing in no respect from examples found in Egypt,
and received from Bombay, were contained in the portion of the collection without date or
locality but probably (as before observed) made between Murree and Sind Valley about the
end of July 1873.
Genus —MENEMERUS, E. Simon.
12 4. MENEMERUS CINCTUS, sp. n.
Adult male : length rather over 2| lines.
The cephalothorax is of a flattened form with a strong transverse depression indicating
the junction of the caput and thorax. The upper area of the caput is black, the rest of the
cephalothorax is dark yellowish-brown, paler towards the margins.
It is clothed with hairs mostly of a golden hue, a longitudinal median stripe and a
marginal one on each side being furnished with white hairs ; the marginal stripe is formed of
two narrow parallel ones. There are also some prominent bristly hairs on the cephalotho-
rax, strongest on the sides of the ocular area, below which three of them form a longitu-
dinal line.
z 1
100 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The eyes form an area broader than long ; those of the anterior row are separated from
each other by a small and equal interval, and those of the middle row appear to be as nearly
as possible half-way between the first. and third rows, and slightly within the straight line
formed on each side by the laterals of those rows, of which the first is shorter than the
third.
The legs are moderately strong and not very long, those of the first pair are the longest,
considerably the strongest, and of a dark yellow-brown colour, the femora being the lightest
in hue ; the rest are yellow, tinged with brown, and all are furnished with hairs and long pro-
minent bristles, but no spines except some short ones beneath the tibiae and metatarsi of the
first pair : there is a compact claw-tuft beneath the terminal tarsal claws. The third pair
appear to be slightly the shortest.
The palpi are short, of a yellow-brown colour, and furnished with hairs and bristles ; the
cubital joint is short and strong, the radial is shorter and less strong, but is considerably
produced on its outer side, the produced portion ending in a tapering, pointed, slightly blunt
apophysis. The digital joint is long, of a slightly bent oblong-oval form. The palpal
organs have a large, nearly globular lobe at their base, extending beneath and rather on the
inner side of the radial and cubital joints.
The y 'aloes are short, strong, straight, projecting strongly forward, and but very slightly
divergent ; their anterior extremity is as broad almost as the posterior, truncated, and with a
strongish tooth at the inner corner ; their colour is dark yellow-brown tinged with red.
The maxilla are short, strong, broadest, and rounded at their extremities, and inclined
towards the labium, which is of a somewhat oblong-oval form; these parts are of a
deep yellow-brown hue, the extremities of the former, and the apex of the latter being of a
paler colour.
The sternum is oval and of a palish yellow-brown colour.
The abdomen is oval and of a somewhat flattish form; it is banded transversely on the
upper part and sides with alternate broad whitish and dark-brown bands, the first band
encircling the fore margin, is white, and the second and third are divided in the middle by a
narrow brown patch ; the brown bands are considerably the broadest, and all become more or less
tapering when they reach the sides : the surface is clothed with hairs ; a broad longitudinal
median band, and a lateral one on each side, are formed by hairs of a rusty scarlet hue, those
on the intermediate spaces being whitish grey ; on the hinder half of the upper side is a
longitudinal, median series of whitish, angular bars, of course visible only when they occur
upon the brown transverse bands, the under side is dull whitish, with a broad median
longitudinal tapering yellowish-brown band.
Hab.— Yarkand, May 1874.
125. MENEMEEUS INCERTUS, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2f lines.
The cephalothorax of this spider is short, of a rather flattened form, and the profile of
the ocular area slopes, but very slightly, downwards ; this part is of a brownish black hue, the
rest of the cephalothorax being brownish-yellow, and the whole clothed with appressed grey
hairs ; some erect bristly ones being dispersed thinly over the surface. The margins are
black.
ARANEIDEA. 101
The eyes of the anterior row are separated from each other by distinct intervals, that
between the centrals being less than that between each and the fore lateral next to it; the
posterior row is a little longer than the anterior one. A single row of strong bristles runs
longitudinally just below the lateral eyes of the three rows, and the eyes of the middle row
are nearer to the anterior than to the posterior row.
The legs are short, those of the fourth pair are the longest but less strong than those of
the first pair, and those of the second pair appear to be a little the shortest : they are furnish-
ed with hairs, bristles, and a few spines, with a small claw-tuft beneath the terminal tarsal
claws. The colour of the legs is jellow.
The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, short, slender, and furnished with white hairs.
Thefalces are short, not very strong, straight, projecting, and of a yellow-brown colour.
The maxillae and labium are lighter-coloured than the falces.
The sternum is small, oblong-oval, and similar to the legs in colour.
The abdomen is of a rather elongate oval form, and of a dull yellow colour, somewhat
clouded with reddish yellow-brown on the upper side, and clothed with fine yellowish and
grey hairs, with a few dark, slender bristly ones intermixed ; on the fore part is a brown
marking consisting of two short parallel lines looped in front, and near the hinder extremity
tire three confluent bright red-brown patches. The genital aperture is of a distinctive form.
It is possible that this may be the female of Menemerus cinctus, but, as the colours and
pattern of that species are different, it is best to describe it at present as distinct, until we
have other evidence of their identity ; dissimilarity of colours and pattern, as well as of struc-
ture, are often found in the sexes of spiders, though prima facie such dissimilarity is proof of
specific difference.
Sab. — Yarkand, end of May 1874.
126. MENEMERUS DELETES, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2| lines.
The form of the cephalothorax is flattish ; it is of a deep yellow-brown colour, darkest on
the caput, with an indistinct, ill-defined, brownish-yellow, marginal border, and a still less
distinct, longitudinal, median stripe on the thorax. The caput and sides of the cephalothorax
are clothed with light-grey hairs ; those on the other parts had probably been rubbed off.
The ocular area is broader than long ; the length of the anterior row of eyes is slightly
shorter than that of the posterior one, and the eyes of the middle row are almost exactly in-
termediate between them. The fore central eyes are of a dull mother-of-pearl colour.
The legs are moderately long and strong ; those of the first pair are the strongest, but
not quite so long as the fourth pair, and the second pair are slightly the shortest. They are
of a yellow colour, those of the first pair light yellow-brown, and with some short, strong
spines in pairs beneath the tibiae and metatarsi ; beneath the terminal tarsal claws is a black
claw -tuft.
The palpi are slender, not very long, and clothed with white hairs.
The falces are yellow-brown, the maxilla and labium a little paler, and the sternum
darker ; the last clothed with coarse, whitish hairs.
The abdomen is oval, truncate before, pointed behind, and of a pale-yellow colour
mottled thickly with whitish cretaceous spots ; on the fore part of the upper side is a small,
102 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
median, longitudinal, dull yellowish-brown, somewhat arrow-headed marking, continued in an
attenuated line of the same colour to the spinners ; a little way from this, on each side, is an
indistinct, longitudinal broad band clothed with coppery-red-hairs ; the spinners are moder-
ately long and strong, and of a pale yellow-brown colour. The form of the genital aperture
is characteristic.
j2«&. — Route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874.
127. MENEMERTJS FRIGIDTJS, sp. n.
Adult female : length 2| miles.
The ccphalothorax is short, though distinctly longer than broad, and of the usual flattish
form ; the upper side is dark- brown, tinged with yellowish, the caput being the darkest, and
there is a larger longitudinal patch of brownish-yellow on the middle; the sides are yellow,
with a narrow white marginal border; the whole is thinly clothed with sandy-grey and
whitish hairs.
The eyes of the posterior row form a line scarcely, if at all, longer than the anterior row,
and the middle row is nearer to the anterior than to the posterior one. Those of the anterior
row are of a dull mother-of-pearl colour, and are divided by distinct intervals ; that which
separates the central pair is less than that which divides each from the lateral eye next to it.
The legs are rather short, and not very strong ; those of the first pair are a little stronger
but distinctly shorter than the fourth pair, if, indeed, they be not also slightly shorter than
the third, the second pair being the shortest ; they are of a brownish-yellow colour, and are
armed with a few spines, as well as with bristles and hairs.
The jfl«/pi are short, slender, yellow, and clothed with whitish hairs.
The/o/W* are short, straight, projecting, and of a yellow-brown colour.
The maxillae and labium are rather paler than the falces, and the sternum is similar to
the legs in colour.
The abdomen is oval, and of a dull yellowish hue, marked irregularly with brown along the
sides of the upper part, and with a longitudinal brown stripe along the middle of the fore
part; this stripe is bifid at its hinder extremity, and followed by a series of brown, sharply-
angular bars, some of which run into the brown markings on the sides. The form of the
genital aperture is characteristic-
Hub. — Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
Genus— ATTUS, E. Simon.
128. ATTUS DEVOTUS, sp. n.
Adult female : length If lines.
The cephalothorax is of a slightly flattened form ; the hinder slope is short, and at about
an angle of 45°; the forward slope of the caput being slight, and but very little convex ;
its colour is yellow-brown, darkest on the upper part of the caput, and it is clothed with
yellowish and grey hairs intermixed; the lateral margins are black, immediately above
which is a not very broad band of white hairs, and a similar band or stripe runs along the
middle of the hinder slope to the occiput. The clypeus is very low and retreating.
ARANEIDEA. 103
The eyas form an area broader than long ; those of the anterior row (which is of equal
length with the posterior one) are very near to each other, if not quite contiguous. The
fore centrals are of very large size and of a yellowish-brown mother-of-pearl hue ; those of
the middle row are equi-distant between the anterior and posterior lateral eyes.
The legs are neither very long nor strong ; their relative length appears to be 4, 1, 3, 2 ;
those of the first pair are the strongest, and those of the fourth pair are the most attenuated ;
their colour is yellow, and they are furnished with hairs and spines, the latter on the tibiae
and metatarsi, but only underneath these in the first and second pairs ; beneath the terminal
tarsal claws is a compact, blackish claw-tuft.
The palpi are moderately long, hairy, and yellow, the digital joint tinged with yellow-
brown.
The / aloes are short, strongish, straight, directed forwards, though placed rather far
back, and of a dark yellow-brown colour.
The maxillae and labiitm are yellow-brown; the sternum being of a dark brownish-
yellow, and of a rather elongate-oval form.
The abdomen is oval, truncated before and rounded behind, and projects over the hinder
slope of the cephalothorax ; it is clothed with grey, brassy-yellowish, and white hairs. The
upper side is of a dull yellowish-brown colour, with an elongate, whitish marking along the
middle of the fore part, followed by some not very distinctly defined, small, angular bars, on
each side of which (as well as of the elongate marking) is a series of short transverse whitish
markings, giving an appearance, when taken in connection with the markings along the
middle, of irregular transverse stripes across the upper side ; the sides and under side are
dull yellowish, the upper part of the former slightly marked with faint brownish spots and
markings, and the latter clothed with short, greyish hairs.
Sab.— Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
129. ATTTJS BENEFICUS, sp. n.
Adult female: length nearly 2| lines.
Cephalothcrax short and broad, the hinder slope steep, at an angle of 45°; the ocular
area slopes a little forwards in a convex line and there is a distinct, though not unusually
strong, transverse depression at the occiput. The clypeus is very low, being almost obsolete.
The upper part, with a portion of the sides, is black-brown, the ocular area quite black,
with an oblong yellow stripe on the upper part of the hinder slope; the remainder of the sides
is yellow, clothed with fine, white hairs.
The eyes form an area much broader than long ; the posterior and anterior rows are equal
in length ; the fore centrals are very large and ef a mother-of-pearl hue ; they are separated
by a small interval, less than that which divides each from the fore lateral on its side ; the
lateral eye, on each side, of the middle row is equi-distant from the laterals of the posterior
and anterior rows.
The legs are short and strong ; their relative length is apparently 4, 1, 2, 3, but the
difference between 4 and 1, and 2 and 3 respectively, is very slight. Their colour is yellow,
those of the first pair being clouded in parts with brown ; the tibiae and metatarsi of the
third and fourth pairs, and the under sides of those of the first and second pairs, are armed
with spines, and there is a compact claw-tuft beneath the terminal claws of each tarsus.
104
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The palpi are short, yellow, and furnished with coarse hairs, principally on the digital
joints.
Thefalces are short, strong, straight, nearly perpendicular, but removed rather far hack-
wards, and of a dark yellow-hrown colour.
The maxillae and labium are yellow-brown ; the sternum is yellow, with dusky margins,
and of a rather elongate-oval form.
The abdomen is of a short-oval form, rather broader behind, where it is rounded, the fore
extremity being rather truncated, and projecting over the base of the cephalothorax ; the
upper side is black-brown, thinly speckled with yellowish points ; on the middle of the fore
part is a small, somewhat triangular, pale-yellow patch, produced backwards in a short stalk-
like form with a prominent blunt point or patch on each side, and followed towards the
spinners by a series of large, angular lines, or chevrons, of the same colour ; the first of
these chevrons is of a rather sinuous form, and they all vary in strength and distinctness of
definition, and have, here and there, a black-brown spot upon them ; the sides are pale-yellow,
spotted, chiefly on the hinder half, with black-brown, and the under side is also pale-yellowish,
with a broad, longitudinal, median, dusky-brownish band. The genital aperture is small, and
of characteristic form, its colour being yellow-brown, edged with red-brown ; the spinners
are short ; the superior pair are of a dark-blackish hue ; the inferior pair yellow-brown, slightly
shorter, but a little stronger, than the superior pair.
Sab.— Sind Valley, August 1873.
130. ATTUS DIDUCTUS, sp. n.
Adult female : length rather over 2| lines.
This spider is nearly allied to Attus beneficus, which it resembles in general colours
and markings, but may be distinguished at once by the less convex cephalothorax and the
flatter ocular area. The sides of the cephalothorax also, instead of constituting a broad, well-
defined yellow band along almost its whole width, have only an irregular and not very well-
defined brownish-yellow, narrow, marginal border, the margin itself being black ; the fore
central pair of eyes are also much darker-coloured, and the legs are rather less strong, those
of the fourth pair being distinctly, though not greatly, longer than the first, which last are
rather the stoutest and are marked along each side with deep brown.
The colour of the sternum is dark yellow-brown, and the abdomen has a very similar
pattern to that of A. beneficus, though less distinct, and the form of the genital aperture is
quite distinct.
Hab.— Murree, June llth to July 14th, 1873.
131. ATTUS ATJSPEX, sp. n.
Adult male : length 2| lines.
The cephalothorax is broader behind than in front ; looked at in profile the hinder slope
is long, gradual, and but very slightly convex, running to the third posterior row of eyes,
from which the caput slopes rapidly downwards to the anterior row ; its colour is yellow-
brown, deepening gradually to the caput, which is black-brown ; there is a narrow blackish
ARANEIDEA. 105
marginal line, and the whole is clothed pretty thickly with mixed yellowish, coppery-golden,
and grey squamose appressed hairs, those immediately round the eyes of the front row bein g
very bright and forming, probably in most cases, scarlet ' irides.'
The eyes form an area broader than long, and the posterior row is larger than the
anterior one ; the central pair of the anterior row are very large and close together, but not
contiguous, being separated by an interval a very little less than that which divides each
from the lateral of the same row on its side. These laterals are rather larger than the eyes
of the posterior row, and the small eye (on each side) of the middle row is in a straight
line with the inner edges of the fore lateral and hind lateral eyes, being also nearer to the
hind lateral than to the fore lateral eye. The height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter
of one of the fore central eyes.
The legs are strong and moderately long. Their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they are of
a pale- yellowish colour, furnished thickly with hairs, bristles, and spines. Some of the hairs
are squamose and appressed, others long and prominent, especially on the first pair ; those
beneath the tarsi and metatarsi are the most numerous, and black, the rest being mostly grey
or sandy-coloured. The terminal tarsal claws have a claw-tuft beneath them, and are long
and slender, especially those of the fourth pair ; these have only 1 — 3 minute teeth about the
middle of the under side ; on some, if not all, of the other legs, even these denticulations
appear to be wanting. The legs of the first pair are considerably the strongest, while those
of the fourth pair are much the longest.
The palpi are short and strong, similar in colour to the legs, and furnished with long (as
well as some shorter squamose) grey hairs ; the radial joint is shorter and less strong than the
cubital, and its fore extremity on the outer side is produced into a not very long, tapering,
sharp-pointed, curved projection whose extremity is of a deep reddish-brown colour ; the
digital joint is of great length, the base is of a somewhat angular shape, and the fore part is
produced into a long cylindrical curved form ; the palpal organs are bulbous, tumid, placed
chiefly beneath the hinder part of the digital joint, and encircled at their base and round the
inner side by a long, strongish, tapering spine, which runs more or less closely alongside the
inner margin of the digital joint, and forms a very conspicuous and characteristic feature of
the species.
The falces are short and straight, placed considerably backwards, and of a dark yellow-
brown colour.
The sternum is small, oval, yellow-brown, and clothed with coarse grey hairs.
The maxilla are short and almost touch, at their extremities, over the labium • these
parts are yellow-brown, paler at the extremities of the former and the apex of the latter.
The abdomen is oval, of a yellowish-brown colour with an indistinct dark brown stripe
along the middle of the fore part of the upper side, and clothed pretty densely with short
squamose, mixed yellowish, grey, sandy, and shining coppery hairs ; the under side is of a
pale dull brownish-yellow hue, clothed with grey, squamose hairs.
The female is larger than the male, but resembles that sex in colours and other general
sharacters. It is probable that a series of examples would show, in some instances, a more .
or less distinct pattern on the upper side of the abdomen, depending on the distribution of
the colours of the hairs, which are subject to much variation in different individuals of the
same species in this group. Traces of this pattern in brown blotches and markings are
visible in the female. The 'palpi, however, are so characteristic in the adult male that the
species can hardly be mistaken for any other.
B 1
106
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Hab. — Yarkand and nciglibourhood, November 1873; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla,
8th to 13th May 1871.
132. ATTUS AVOCATOR, sp. n.
Adult male : length slightly over 11 lines.
The cephalothorax of this small species is less high at the hinder row of eyes than in
Attics auspex, the hinder slope is (when looked at in profile) a little convex, as also is that of
the upper part of the caput, or ocular area. Its colour is yellow -brown, the ocular area being
the darkest ; it is thickly clothed with grey and yellowish mixed, appressecl hairs, showing,
however, three longitudinal stripes of white hairs, one on each side, just below the margin of
the upper part, and the third along the middle of the hinder slope.
The eyes form an area considerably broader than long; the anterior row is equal in length
to the posterior; in other respects the eyes are like those of Attus auspex.
The legs are rather short and moderately strong ; their relative length being 4, 1, 3, 2.
They are of a brownish-yellow colour, indistinctly annulated with darker brown, and the
extremities of the tarsi of the first pair are blackish. They are clothed with hairs, bristles,
and spines ; the terminal tarsal claws are long and slender, and are apparently devoid of
denticulations beneath ; underneath them, on each tarsus, is a compact, claw-tuft.
The palpi are short, similar in colour to the legs, and clothed with coarse (and princi-
pally grey) hairs ; the radial is shorter than the cubital joint, and has a small pointed
apophysis at the outer extremity ; the digital joint is long but not very broad, being of a
somewhat oblong form ; and the palpal organs are simple and of a blackish-brown colour.
The f alces are moderately long, not very strong, straight, perpendicular, but placed
considerably backwards, and of a dark yellow-brown colour.
The muxillcR and labium are also yellow-brown, the former are pale at their extremities
which do not nearly meet over the latter ; the labium also has the apex of a pale hue.
The sternum is small, oval, of a dark yellow-brown colour clothed with coarse grey
hairs.
The abdomen is oval, rather truncated in front. The upper side is dark brown, mottled
obscurely with yellowish, the margin being a little notched and bordered with white hairs,
a short streak along the middle of the fore part, of a dull yellowish hue, is followed to the
spinners by a series of short, but pretty distinct, angular bars of the same colour ; these mark-
ino-s are clothed with white hairs : the sides are longitudinally striated with brown, and the
under side is of a dull brownish yellow.
Hab. — Yangihissar, April 1874.
SYSTEMATIC LIST OF SPIDERS ABOVE DESCRIBED AND RECORDED.
. B.— The figures denote thoso districts in which the Spiders were found, (ride Introductory Remarks and the Separate Lists f»itea),
Fam. THEIIAPHOSIDES.
Gen. Idiops, (Perty).
Idiops designatus, sp. n., 1.
ARANEIDEA. 107
Fam. FILISTATIDES.
Gen. Filistata, (Latr.).
Filistata reclusa, sp. n., 2.
Fam. DYSDERIDES.
Gen. Dytdera, (Latr.).
Dysdera cylindrica, sp. n., 1.
Fam. DIIASSIDES.
Gen. Drassiis, (Walck. ad partem).
Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch), 2, 4, 5, 3.
„ infletus, sp. n., 5.
„ interrupter, sp. n., 2.
„ invisus, sp. n., 5.
„ interpolator, sp. n., 5.
„ dispnlsus, sp. n., 5, 2, 4, 3, 1.
„ interlisus, sp. n., 5, 4, 2, 3.
„ involutus, sp. n., 1.
„ lapsus, sp. n., 5.
Gen. Gnaphosa, (Latr.).
Gnaphosa stoliczkje, sp. n., 5, 3.
„ plumalis, (Cambr.), 3.
„ mserens, sp. n., 5, 3.
Gen. Prosthesima, (L. Kocli).
Prostliesima cingara, (Cambr.), 4, 5.
Gen. Micaria, (Westr.).
Micaria convexa, sp. n., 5.
„ pallida, sp. n. 6.
Gen. CluUona, (Latr.).
Clubiona deletrix, sp. n., 1.
„ laticeps, sp. n., 1.
„ laudata, sp. n., 3.
Gen. CJieiracantJiium, (C. L. Koch).
Cheiracanthium adjacens, sp., n., 1.
„ approximatum, sp. n., 1.
Gen. Agroeca, (Westr.).
Agroeca debilis, sp. n., 5.
„ flavens, sp. n., 4.
„ molesta, sp. n.
108 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Gen. TracJielas, (L. Koch).
Trachelas costata, sp. n., 1, 2.
Fam. DICTYNIDES.
Gen. Diciyna, (Sund.).
Dictyna albida, sp. n., 5.
Fam. AGELENIDES.
Gen. Argyroneta, (Latr.).
Argyroneta aquatica, (Walck.), 4.
Gen. Coelotes, (Blackw.).
Ccelotes tegenarioidesj sp. n., 1.
„ simplex, sp. n., 1.
Gen. Tegenaria, (Latr.).
Tegenaria ? 3.
Fam. THERIDIIDES.
Gen. Episinus, (Walck.).
Episinus algiricus, (Luc.) 1.
Gen. Theridion, (Walck.).
Theridion saxatile, (C. L. Koch), 1.
„ lepidum, sp. n., 1.
„ subitum, sp. n., 1.
„ confusum, sp. n., 1.
„ expallidatum, sp. n., 1.
„ tuberculatum, (Kronenberg), 1.
., incertum, sp. n., 1.
Gen. Steatoda, (Sund.).
Steatoda nigrocincta, sp. n., 1, 3.
„ mandibularis, (Lucas), 3.
"„ sordidata, sp. n., 5.
Gen. Pkycus, (Cambr.).
Phycus sagittatus, sp. n., 1.
Gen. Erigone, (Sav.).
Erigone atra, (Blackw.), 3.
„ dentipalpis, (Westr.), 1.
Gen. Pachygnatha, (Sund.)
Pachygnatha clerckii, (Sund.), 5.
AEANEIDEA. 109
Gen. Linypliia, (Latr.).
Linyphia consanguinea, sp. n., 1.
„ albopunctata, sp. n., 1.
„ straminea, sp. n., 1.
„ perampla, sp. n., 1.
„ pusilla, (Sund.), 4,3.
Fam. EPEIBIDES.
Gen. Meta, (C. L. Koch).
Meta mixta, sp. n.
Gen. Tetragnatha, (Latr.).
Tetragnatha extensa, (Linn.), 3.
Gen. Epeira, (Walck.).
Epeira tartarica, (Kronenberg), 2.
„ bigibbosa, sp. n., 1.
„ pellax, sp. n., 1.
„ gurda, sp. n., 1.
„ haruspex, sp. n., 4.
,, psenulata, sp. n., 1.
„ praedata, sp. n., 1.
„ cucurbitina, (Clerck) 1.
„ cornuta, (Clerck) 1, 3, 4.
„ panniferens, sp. n., 1.
„ carnifex, sp. n., 1.
„ gibbera, sp. n., 1. «'
Gen. Chorizoopes, (Cambr.).
Chorizoopes stoliczkse, sp. n., 1.
„ congener, sp. n., 1.
Fam. GASTRACANTHIDES.
Gen. Cyrtarachne, (Thor.).
Cyrtarachne pallida, sp. n., 1.
Fam. ULOBORIDES.
Gen. Uloborus, (Latr.).
Uloborus albescens, sp. n., 1.
Fam. THOMISIDES.
Gen. Thomisus, (Walck. ad parteni).
Thomisus albidus, sp. n., 3.
„ albens, sp. n., 3.
cl
110 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Gen. Hfis'iimena, (Thor.).
Misutnena expallidata, sp. n., 1.
„ ? oblonga, sp. n., 1.
Gen. Synema, (Sim.).
Synema exculta, sp. n., 1.
Gen. Dicea, (Thor.).
Diffia (?) spinosula, sp. n., 1.
„ subdola, sp. n., 1.
„ sufflava, sp. n., 1
,, suspiciosa, sp. n., 3.
„ subargentata, sp. n., 1.
Gen. Xysticus, (C. L. Koch).
Xysticus cristatus, (Clerck), 5.
audax (?), (C. L. Koch), 5.
„ maculosus, sp. n., 1.
„ setiger, sp. n., 3.
„ breviceps, sp. n., 3
„ mundulus, sp. n., 1;
Gen. Monastes, (Luc.),
Monastes dejectus, sp. n., 1.
Gen. Sarotes, (Sund.) ,
Sarotes regius (Fabr.), 1.
„ promptus, sp. n., 1.
Gen. Sparassus, (Walck.).
Sparassus timidus, sp. n., 2.
„ fujax, sp. n., 1.
„ flavidus, sp. n., 4,
Gen. PJiilodromtis, (Walck.),
Philodromus cinerascens, sp. n., 2, 3.
„ medius, (Cambr.), 1.
Gen. Tibellus, (Sim.),
Tibellus propinquus, sp. n., 5.
Gen. TJianatus, (C. L. Koch).
Thanatus thorellii, (Cambr.), 3.
„ albescens, sp. n., 1.
Fam. LYCOSIDES.
StoliczJca, gen. nov,
Stoliczka insignis, sp. r 1.
AEANEIDEA. Ill
Gen. Ocyale, (Sav.)
Ocyale rectifasciata, sp. n., 1.
„ dentifasciata, sp. n., 1.
Gen. Trocliosa, (C. L. Koch).
Trochosa rubiginea, sp. n., 4, 3.
„ hebes, sp. n., 4, 5, 3.
,, propinqua, sp. n., 1.
,, adjacens, sp. n., 5.
„ sabulosa, sp. n., 5, 4.
„ approximata, sp. n., 1.
„ rubromandibulata, sp. n., 4.
„ lugubris, sp. n., 5.
Gen. Tarenlula, (Sund.).
Tarentula irascibilis, sp. n., 5.
„ inirnica, sp. n., 2.
Gen. Lycosa, (Latr. ad partem).
Lycosacondolens, sp. n., 4, 3.
„ fortunata, sp. n., 2, 4, 5, 3.
„ stellata, sp. n., 5, 4, 3.
„ credula, sp. n., 5, 3.
„ vindex, sp. n., 4.
„ vindicata, sp. n., \} 5.
passibilis, sp. n., 5.
flavida, sp. n., 4, 5, 3.
u
Bosbe, gen. nov.
Bcebe benevola, sp. n., 4, 5. 3.
Fam. SPHASIDES.
Gen. Oxyopes, (Latr.).
Oxyopes jubilans, sp. n., 1.
„ pvsodicta, sp. n., 1.
„ rejecta, sp. n., 1.
Fam. SALTICIDES.
Gen. Heliopkanus, (C. L. Koch).
Heliophanus dubius, Sim., 5.
Gen. Plexippits, (C. L. Koch.)
Plexippus adansonii, Sav., 1.
Gen. Menemerus, (Lin.).
Menemerus cinctus, sp. n., 4.
„ incertus, sp. n., 4.
„ deletus, sp. n., 3.
„ frigidus, sp. n., 1.
112
SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
Gen. Attus, (Sim.).
Attus devotus, sp. n., 1.
„ beneficus, sp. n., 1. •
diductus, sp. n., 1.
auspex, sp. n., 4, 5.
avocator, sp. n., 5.
»
»
»
SEPARATE LISTS OF SPECIES FOUND IN THE SEVERAL DISTRICTS.
N. B. — Whore no figure is added, the spider was found only in the district under consideration.
DISTRICT 1.
Hurree, Murree to Sind Valley, and Sind Valley.
Idiops designatus.
Dysdera cylindrica.
Drassus.dispulsusj 2, 3, 4, 5.
„ involutus.
Clubiona deletrix.
„ laticeps.
Cheiracanthium adjacens.
„ approximatum.
Trachelas costata, 2.
Ccelotes tegenarioides.
„ simplex.
Episinus algiricus, (Luc.).
Theridion riparium, (Blackw.).
„ lepidum.
„ subitum.
„ confusum.
„ expallidatum.
„ tuberculatum, (Kron.).
„ incertum.
Steatoda nigrocincta, 3.
Pbycus sagittatus.
Erigone dentipalpis.
Linypbia consanguinea.
„ albopunctata.
„ straminea.
Meta mixta.
Epeira bigibbosa.
„ pellax.
„ gurda.
„ punctata.
„ prsedata.
„ cucurbitina.
„ panniferens.
„ carnifex.
„ gibbera.
Chorizoopes stoliczkse.
„ congener.
Cyrtaracbne pallida.
Uloborus albescens.
Misumena expallidata.
„ (?) oblonga.
Synema exculta.
Dicea spinosula.
„ subdola.
„ sufflava.
„ subargentata.
Xysticus maculosus.
„ setiger.
„ mundulus.
Monastes dejectus.
Sarotes regius, (Fabr.).
„ promptus.
Sparassus fugax.
Philodromus medius, (Cambr.) .
Thanatus albescens.
Stoliczka insignis.
Ocyale rectifasciata.
„ dentifasciata.
Trocliosa propinqua.
„ rubromandibulata.
Lycosa vindicata, 5.
Oxyopes jubilans.
„ prsedicta.
„ rejecta.
Plexippus adansonii.
Menemerus frigidu?.
Attus (?) devotus.
„ beneficus.
„ diductus.
ARANEIDEA.
113
DlSTEICT 2.
Neighbourhood of Leh, and TanMze to Chagra and Pankong Valley.
Filistata reclusa. Epeira tartarica.
Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch.), 3, 4, 5.
„ interemptor.
„ dispulsus, 1, 3, 4, 5.
„ interlisus, 3, 4, 5.
Trachelas costata.
Sparassus timidus.
Philodromus cinerascens, 3.
Tarentula irascibilis.
Lycosa fortunata, 3, 4, 5.
DISTRICT 8.
Ydrkand to Burst.
Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch.), 2, 4, 5.
„ dispulsus, 1, 2, 4, 5.
„ interlisus, 2, 4, 5.
Gnaphosa stoliczkse, 5.
„ plumalis, (Cambr.).
moerens, 5.
Clubiona laudata.
Tegenaria (?) .
Steatoda nigrocincta, 1.
Drepanodus mandibularis, (Luc.).
Erigone atra, (Blackw.).
Linyphia pusilla, (Sund.), 4.
Tetragnatha extensa, (Linn.).
Epeira cornuta, (Clerck), 4.
Thomisus albidus.
DISTRICT 4.
Ydrkand and neighbourhood,
Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch), 2, 3, 5.
„ dispulsus, 1, 2, 3, 5.
„ interlisus, 2, 3, 5.
Prosthesima cingara, Cambr., 4.
Agroeca Havens.
Argyroneta aquatica, (Walck.).
Linyphia pusilla, (Sund.), 3.
Epeira haruspex.
„ cornuta, (Clerck), 3.
Sparassus flavidus.
Trochosa rubiginea, 3.
„ hebes, 3, 5.
DISTRICT 5.
Thomisus albens.
Dio3a suspiciosa.
Xysticus breviceps.
Philodromus cinerascens, 2.
Thanatus thorellii, (Qambr.).
Trochosa rubiginea, 4.
„ hebes, 4, 5.
Lycosa condolens, 4.
„ fortunata, 2, 4, 5.
,, stellata.
„ credula, 5.
„ flavida, 4, 5.
Bcebe benevola, 4, 5.
Menemerus deletus.
and Ydrkand.
Trochosa sabulosa, 5.
„ approximata.
Lycosa condolens, 3.
„ fortunata, 2, 3, 5.
„ stellata, 3, 5.
„ vindex.
„ flavida, 3, 5.
Bosbe benevola, 3, 5.
Menemerus cinctus.
„ incertus.
Attus auspex, 6.
Kasfighar; between Ydngihissdr and Sirikol ; Ydngihissdr ; road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Punjah and
back ; and hills between Sirikol and Aktalla.
Drassus dispulsus, 1, 2, 3, 4.
Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch.), 2, 3, 4.
infletus.
invisus.
interpolator,
interlisus, 2, 3, 4.
„ lapsus.
Gnaphosa stoliczkse, 3.
1 D
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Gnaphosa plumalis, (Cambr.), 3.
Prosthesima cingara, (Cambr.), 4.
Micaria connexa.
„ pallida.
Agroeca debilis.
Dictyna albida.
Steatoda sordidata.
Pachygnatha clerckii, (Sund.).
Xysticus cristatus, (C. L. Koch.).
„ audax, (C. L. Koch.).
Tibellus propinquus.
Trochosa hebes, 3, 4.
„ adjacens.
Trochosa sabulosa, 4.
„ lugubris.
Tarentula inimica.
Lycosa f ortunata, 2, 3, 4.
„ stellata, 3, 4.
„ credula, 3.
„ vindicata, 1.
„ passibilis.
„ flavida, 3, 4.
Bosbe benevola, 3, 4.
Heliophanus dubius.
Attus auspex, 4.
„ avocator.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PI. I.
Fig. 1. Idiops designatus, sp. n., $ .
a. spider in profile with legs and palpi truncated ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus ;
d., e. portion of leg of first pair in different positions ; /. natural length of spider.
„ 2. Filistata reclusa, sp. n., ? .
a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b. eyes and falces from in front ; c. natural length of
spider.
„ 3. Dysdera cylindrica, sp. n., £ .
a, spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b., c. palpus in two different positions ; d. natural length
of spider.
„ 4. Drassus infletus, sp. n., $ .
a. spider in profile without legs or palpi; b. eyes from behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural
length of spider.
,, 5. Drassus interemptor, sp. n., £ .
a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus ; d. natural
length of spider.
„ 6. Drassus invisus, sp. n., ? .
a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ;
d. natural length of spider.
„ 7. Drassus interpolator, sp. n., $ .
a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus ; d. natural
length of spider.
„ 8. Drassus dispulsus, sp. n., $ .
a. spider in profile without legs or palpi, b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of $ ; d.
genital aperture of ? ; e, natural length of spider.
„ 9. Drassus interlisus, sp. n., $ .
a, spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus; d. natural length of spider.
„ 10. Drassus involutus, sp. n., $ .
a. spider in profile ; b* eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural length of
spider.
* In this figure (10 5.), the eyes of the hind-central pair are placed too obliquely.
PI. II.
Fig. 11. Drassus lapsus, sp. n., $ .
a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural length <
spider.
AKANEIDEA. 115
Fig. 12. Gnaphosa stoliczka, sp. n., c? •
a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c, palpus of $ ; d. genital aperture of § ;
e. natural length of spider.
„ 13. Gnaphosa moerens, sp. n., <J.
a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of $ ; d. portion of palpus show-
ing form of radial apophysis ; e. genital aperture of $ ; /. natural length of spider.
„ 14. Cluliona deletrix, sp. n., <$ .
a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of c? ; d. genital aperture of ? :
e. natural length of spider.
„ 15. Cluliona laticeps, sp. n., 9 .
a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; it. natural length of
spider.
,, 16. Clubiona laudato,, sp. n., <J.
a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c, palpus ; d. natural length of spider.
„ 17. Chiracanthium adjacens, sp. n., c?.
a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; e. palpus of $ ; d. genital aperture of c? ;
e. natural length of spider.
„ 18. Chiracanthinm approximatum, sp. n., $ .
a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural length of
spider.
„ 19. Agroeca debilis, sp. n., $ .
a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. maxillae and labium ; d. genital aperture ;
e. natural length of spider.
„ 20. Agroeca flavens, sp. n., $ .
a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; e. maxillae and labium ; d. genital aper-
ture ; e, natural length of spider.
„ 21. Trachelas costata, sp. n., $ .
a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. maxillre and labium ; d. genital aperture ;
e. natural length of spider.
Govt, of India Central Printing Office— No. 37 I. M.— 1-6-85.— 286.
Second
Mission.
ARANEJ
Plate L
Xvntem Brus.imp.
ARANEIDEA.
i Mission
Plite. II.
Tuffen Wst dd
E.Carter lift.
Hintern Bros imp.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
*
OF THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA PH.D.
MOLLUSCA.
BY
GEOFFREY NEVILL, C.M.Z.S.
$3ublishcb bg orbcr of the dobcvnmcnt of Inbia.
CALCUTTA :
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1878.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA PH.D.
MOLLUSCA.
BY
GEOFFREY NEVILL, C.M.Z.S.
Jitoblishtb bg orber of tht ^lobcrmnent of Inbia.
CALCUTTA :
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1878.
CALCUTTA :
HUNTED BT THE SUPEKINTENDEKT OP GOVEBNMHHT FEINTING,
8, HASTINGS STHLE1.
^
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
MOLLUSCA.
BY GEOFFREY NEVILL, C.M.Z.S.
I.— MOLLUSCA FROM EASTERN TURKESTAN AND LADA'K.
following is a list of the mollusca obtained by the late Dr. Stoliczka in Central Asia and
JL Ladak, while attached as naturalist to the second embassy to Yarkand ; Dr. Stoliczka
also collected a considerable number of shells in Kashmir and its neighbourhood ; as, however,
nearly, if not all, the land mollusca from those parts belong to our Indian fauna proper,
I have thought it best to give a separate list of them. As was to be expected, the mollus-
cous fauna of Yarkand proves to be exceedingly poor and entirely European in its affinities ;
the freshwater shells, indeed, are either identical with, or most closely allied to, well-known
European forms ; very nearly all the species are recorded from Turkestan in the account of the
Mollusca of Fedschenko's ' Reise.' I take this opportunity of acknowledging the great obliga-
tion I am under to Dr. E. von Martens, not only for a copy of the above work, of which he is
the author, but also for a critical opinion on the species here recorded, of which I have availed
myself in several instances. The only striking novelty is the new Succinea martensiana : its
thickness and opaqueness of texture and its vivid orange-coloured aperture mu ie it one of the
most interesting and peculiar forms of the genus. It is interesting to find such characteristic
shells as Helix phceozona and H. plectotropis extending southwards from Kokand and the
Tian Shan Range as far as Sasak Taka ; even more remarkable are the new localities for Pupa,
cristata, originally found in the SSarafshan Valley ; the absence of the genus Hydrobia from
Dr. Stoliczka's collection strikes me as noteworthy, especially as no species of Valvata, on the
other hand, is recorded by von Martens from Turkestan. The most interesting fact, however,
seems to me to be the entire disappearance, on leaving Sonamarg on the confines of Kashmir,
of the characteristic Indo-Malayan genus Nanina, which re-appears again (with two species of
the sub-genus Macrochlamys) in the Sarafshan Valley ; the same is also the case with species
of Buliminus (Napceus), Parmacella, and Limax (?) ; the two last, however, belong to the
European fauna and species of them are mere stragglers on the extreme north-west confines
of India. Stoliczka remarks that the shells recorded as found in the Pankong Lake were
taken from a " stratified shaly and sandy deposit on the west side of the Pankong plain, about
50 feet above the level of the present edge of the water and about two miles distant from it ;
2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
some of the specimens of Valvata still have the epidermis, and it is possible that where the
water of the lake is fresh, the shells may live."
The re-appearance of two of M. Issel's new species of Limncea (originally described
from Persia) is important, as proving the constancy of these respective forms. The same
remark holds good with regard to one of my new Yunnan species.
1. VlTRINA PELLUCID A, Miill.
Shell perfectly undistinguishable from European specimens from Mennighlifcn and other
localities. Dr. Stoliczka had previously collected some twenty specimens of a similar form
at Lahoul. Von Martens does not record the species from Turkestan, hut describes a new
species as V. rugulosa, Koch, the Latin description and measurements of which seem to agree
fairly with the Mataian form ; unfortunately I am unable to understand the Russian descrip-
tion, in which he compares his new species with V. pellucida. Dr. Stoliczka describes the
animal of this Mataian shell as " blackish, with the tentacles very short."
Sixteen specimens from Mataian, near Dras, Upper Indus Valley : diam. 6, alt. 3y mm.;
apert. diam. 3J, alt. 3J.
2. HTALINA (CONTJLUS) FTJLVA, Drap.
Perfectly undistinguishable, as far at least as regards the shell, from the typical European
form. Stoliczka had previously found the species in abundance at Spiti and Lahoul. Mr.
Blanford also found the species at Mazendaran in Persia. Species from Pekin are well re-
presented by Deshayes (Nouv. Archiv. Museum, vol. x, pi. 1).
Three specimens from Wakhan and three from Mataian.
3. HELIX (EnuTicicoLA) PHJEOZONA, v. Mart., Eigs. 1 — 3.
E. v. Martens, Fedsch. Moll., pi. i, fig. 8 (Kokand).
Shell of solid texture, about the size of H. similaris, which indeed it somewhat resembles ;
umbilicate, conoidly globose, irregularly and roughly striate, decussated with almost microsco-
pical spiral lines ; straw-white, with a single, very broad brown band, just above the periphery ;
in a single specimen only is this band altogether absent ; spire conoidal, varying in being more
or less raised; whorls six, the last more or less subangulate, convex at base; aperture
lunately rounded, with the peristome much thickened, and the columella exceedingly
broadly reflected.
Diam. 16J, alt. 12^ ; apert. diam. 9, alt. 8 mm.
Depressed variety from Pasrobat ; diam. 16, alt. 10|.
I ought to note that I include the margins in recording measurements of the aperture.
Twenty specimens from Sasak Taka (6,500 ft.) and five from Pasrobat, west of Yarkand.
MOLLUSCA. 3
4. HELIX (FRTJTICICOLA) PLECTOTROPIS, v. Mart., Figs. 4—6.
E. v. Martens, Malakozoologiche Blatter, XI, 18G4, and Fedscli. Moll., pi. i, fig. 11 (Tiauschang).
Shell about the same size as the preceding ; openly umbilicate, depressedly conoidal, with
a raised keel which is distinctly visible to nearly the apex, sutures not excavated ; beautifully
and somewhat regularly sculptured, with sharp and raised oblique ribs, about half the breadth
of their interstices, above of a light brown, with the keel and ribs of a straw colour, about
one-fourth of the base nearest the periphery pale brown, the rest straw colour ; spire depressed,
convex, with brown apex, whorls six, the last one sharply and prominently keeled and more
or less convex at base, aperture diagonal (produced laterally), peristome reflected, angled
at the periphery, the columella, as in the preceding, exceedingly broadly expanded ; the aper-
tures of several specimens were closed with a calcareous epiphragm.
Diam. 18, alt. 10 ; apert. diam. 11, alt. 8J mm.
Twenty-five specimens from Sasak Taka found living with the preceding.
5. HELIX (FRUTICICOLA) MATAIANENSIS, n. sp., Figs. 7 — 9.
Shell a little smaller than H. plectotropis, in many respects a good deal resembling it,
but of much thinner and more delicate texture ; openly umbilicate, depressedly conoidal,
whorls five and a half, with excavated suture and without a raised keel, in both of which
respects it materially differs from the preceding, last whorls with a medium-sized keel, base
convex, above sculptured irregularly, with more or less strongly developed ribs, beneath sculp-
ture obsolete, almost smooth ; white, irregularly mottled with pale horn colour, apex horn
brown ; aperture ovate, subangulate at periphery, almost as high as broad ; peristome lightly
reflected, columella expanded.
Diam. 13|, alt. 7 mm. ; apert. diam. 6|, alt. 6| mm.
Nine specimens from Mataian, in the Dras Valley, at 11,200 feet. Unfortunately most
are quite young shells, only one or two being sufficiently full grown to show the reflected
outer lip. Stoliczka describes the animal in his journal as " uniform greenish dusky, no
trace of a tail gland, the body very short, the posterior part of the foot shorter than the
anterior."
6. HELIX (XEROPHILA) STOLICZKANA, n. sp., Figs. 10 — 12.
Shell rather thin, about the size of H. ericetorum and closely resembling it, but more
depressed, umbilicus slightly less open, colouration different and aperture differently shaped ;
openly umbilicate, flatly depressed ; above irregularly striate, below sculpture obsolete ; white ;
invariably ornamented with two striking brown bands, one of which in most, but not all the
specimens, can be traced as far as the apex, the two bands are, of course, near the periphery ;
the space between them is about the width of the two bands together ; apex bright brown ;
whorls five and a half with distinct suture, not keeled, convex at base ; aperture as high as
broad, dilated above, considerably higher than the periphery in fine full-grown specimens ;
peristome slightly thickened, columella moderately reflected ; the aperture in many of the
specimens was closed with a thin epiphragm.
4, SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Diam. 16^, alt. 7-| ; apert. diam. 8, alt. 7^ mm.
About a hundred specimens from Sasak Taka and Pasrobat, west of Yarkand.
Twelve specimens, in poor and weathered condition, from north of Tangitar on carboni-
ferous limestone ; they are a remarkably small variety, about half the typical size, the two
bands are scarcely discernible, and they are not quite so flat.
7. HELIX (VALLONIA) COSTATA, Mull., var. ASIATICA, nov.
This is probably the variety recorded by von Martens from Turkestan, measuring 3 mm.
in diam. and 1J in height ; it only differs from the typical European form by its larger size
and slightly stronger subangulation at base near the umbilicus. More than a hundred and
fifty specimens were collected by Dr. Stoliczka, all of approximately the same size, at Pasrobat,
Sasak Taka and Wakhan ; one of the specimens from the last locality I have taken as my
type of var. asiatica,.
I take this opportunity of noting that Mr. "W. T. Blanford brought back from
Mazendaran in Persia numerous specimens of a variety, the same size as the European form
and with similar sculpture, but having the umbilicus a shade more open.
8. HELIX (VALLONIA) LADACENSIS, n. sp. (an H. COSTATA, var.?)
I have long separated this form, which can be distinguished from all the varieties of H.
costata at a glance by its much more open umbilicus, at least half as open again ; it is a
much larger shell than typical H. costata, about the same size (a trifle larger) as the
above described var. asiatica ; the sculpture is finer, closer together and more beautifully
regular ; the spire is flatter, the suture more excavated ; the base is scarcely, if at all, subangulate
near the umbilicus, as it is in so marked a way in the preceding ; one of the best character-
istics of H. ladacensis is the considerably higher and more expanded aperture with a corre-
sponding less oblique columella ; the umbilicus is so much more open that the whorls within
can be clearly traced up to the apex itself.
Diam. 3J, alt. 1J mm.
Type from Mataian in the Dras Valley (Ladak) , where Dr. Stoliczka found about sixty
specimens. One of the specimens I sent Dr. von Martens from this locality possesses, he
informs me, a " little plait on the wall of the mouth." Unfortunately I have not been able
myself to detect this plait in any other specimens. Ten specimens were brought from Leh
(chief town of Ladak) ; twenty from " Narka " (?) in West Tibet, slightly smaller and with
more raised spire than Mataian specimens.
9. PUPA (PUPILLA) MTJSCOBTIM, L.
Fourteen specimens from Pasrobat, 3 J mm. in length ; fifty from Kaskasu, 3J mm. in
length ; fifty from shores of Lake Pankong, a form remarkable for its produced whorls, 3f to
4| mm. in length ; twenty from Spiti,1 agreeing with the preceding form, in the great
difference in the length of the spire in different individuals, the whorls being sometimes much
produced, at other times curiously shortened and compressed ; four specimens from Mataian,
one only perfect unfortunately. I have considerable doubts in referring this Mataian form to
1 Procured by Dr. Stoliczka on a previous visit to the Himalayas.
MOLLUSCA. 5
P. mmcorum at all, the spire is less produced, striation less developed, form of aperture simpler
and less angular ; length 2f mm. ; no tooth.
Not a single one of the Ladak specimens possesses even a rudiment of a tooth on the
wall of the aperture, nor have I been able to detect any in the Kaskasu form ; in one or two of
the Pasrobat shells only is a very slight tooth just discernible ; as far as I have seen, this
absence of the tooth appears to be characteristic of our Asiatic forms.
10. PTIPA (PUPILLA) CHISTATA, v. Mart.
E. v. Martens, Fedsch. Reise, Moll. pi. ii, fig. 19 (Sarafshan Valley).
The specimens of this very distinct and interesting form agree exactly with typical
figures 19C. and E. Figure B, on the contrary, has the spire a little more produced, with
the whorls a trifle more convex, and the aperture slightly more contracted, the margins
of which, in our Museum specimens, are somewhat considerably more delicately dilated ; I can
only detect, after a most careful search under the lens, a single tooth on the outer margin,
as in the above figure C, not two, as in the description and figure B.
Shell ovate, rimate, of horny brown colour, obliquely slightly striated, apex obtuse ;
seven whorls, the 4th, 5th and 6th of equal width, the last one somewhat compressed at the
base, with an obtuse keel round the umbilicus continued more prominently in a raised ridge,
parallel with the outer margin of the aperture ; aperture small and rounded, with the peristome
broadly reflected; a prominent tooth on the wall of the mouth, a single fold on the columella
(lying rather far back) and a single obtuse tooth within the outer margin. Long. 3^,
diam. 2 mm.
Eleven specimens from Sasak Taka, where it is by no means common; sixteen from
Pasrobat, where it occurs more abundantly in company with P. mmcorum.
11. STJCCINEA MARTENSIANA, n. sp., Figs. 30-31.
Shell unusually thick, about the size of S. girnarica, Theob., (Conchologia Indica,
pi. Ixvii, fig. 6,) which it at first sight much resembles ; it is, however, quite half as thick
again, of much intenser colouring and of more convexly shaped whorls ; whorls four, convex,
produced and separated : in S. girnarica there are only three, which increase less rapidly and
are less obliquely inclined ; the last whorl of the Yarkand species is shorter and not nearly
so ovately oblong ; the texture is more rugose, the irregular longitudinal furrows being
unusually strongly developed ; the colouration is peculiar, being of an opaque milky white,
more or less purple near the apex ; the aperture is internally of a brilliant orange colour and
more laterally expanded than in S. girnarica : the columella varies, but is always straighter
than is the casein its ally; the callosity joining the columella and outer lip is strongly marked.
S. martensiana (type), long. 17, diam. 11; apert. long. 12, diam. 8^ mm.
S. girnarica, long. 18^, diam. llf ; apert. long. 14, diam. 9|- mm.
This species is very variable in shape ; the Museum possesses a very fine series of it, all
from Kathiawad (Kattywar).
I have named this handsome species after Dr. E. von Martens of Berlin, to whose great
kindness, in sending me a critical opinion of these Yarkand shells, I am so much indebted.
2
6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Of the Yarkand species, Dr. Stoliczka found about fifty specimens, in all stages of growth,
at Sasak Taka, many of them alive ; also about twenty at Pasrobat.
12. SUCCINEA PFEIFFERI, Rossm., var.
This Yarkand variety is only distinguishable from typical European specimens by its
smaller proportions, slightly stouter texture, and deeper amber colour.
Long. 11, diam 6; apert.long. 7J, diam. 4 mm.
Ten specimens from Yarkand and nine from Sasak Taka.
SUCCINEA PFEIFFERI, var. SUBINTERMEDIA, nov., Figs. 32-33.
From near Yarkand, Dr. Stoliczka also brought back about twenty specimens of a small
form, easily distinguishable from the preceding by its less everted last whorl, thinner texture
and lighter colour ; it is in some respects intermediate between S. putris and S. pfeifferi,
but its more produced spire seems to me to compel its classification with the latter ; the
nearest European form we possess in the Museum is a Transylvanian shell sent from Germany
as S. amphibia (putris) var. intermedia. The Museum also possesses three specimens from
Candahar, presented by the late Captain Hutton, in no way to be distinguished from the
Yarkand form, except in being about half as large again ; the columella is less rounded and
decidedly more subangulate at the base, than in German and French specimens. I found a
variety, however, from England agreeing in this respect with our Asiatic forms, though the
spire is less produced in the latter ; it seems to me that the transition as regards the shell itself
from S. putris to S. pfeifferi is almost, if not quite, imperceptible ?
Long. 11, diam. 5| ; apert. long. 7f , diam. 4J mm.
13. SUCCINEA PUTRIS, L. var.
About forty specimens were found living on grass in a marsh near Yarkand city ; it is
a small, thin and glassy variety, resembling in miniature a form from Wales sent me by the
late Mr. F. Layard as S. putris, L., var. vitrea ; its more swollen shape, less produced spire
and more everted last whorl distinguish it from the form I have described above as
S. pfeijfferi, var. sub-intermedia ; its more globose shape, less produced spire, thinner and more
vitreous texture from my var. yarkandensis.
Long. 10 ; diam. 6 ; apert. long. 7, diam. 4| mm.
14. LlMNJEA AURICULARTA, L.,
This form agrees fairly with Kobelt's figure (Mai. BL, 1870, pi. lii, fig. 8, L. auricu-
lar~ia, var. ventricosa ; London) ; the principal difference is the apparently constantly more
broadly reflected columella, which is also more rounded at the base ; the great tendency to
deformity in the Sirikul specimens is very striking ; it appears to me that this form would
be almost as well classified as an extreme variety of L. lagotis, allied to var. obliquata .
MOLLUSCA. 7
Long. 23, diam. 19f ; apert. long., 18^ diam. 14 mm. columclla, at junction with body
whorl, 2 to 2| mm. in breadth.
About 20 specimens (dead) on the shore of Lake Sirikul or Victoria, Pamir.
Another variety is smaller and more deh'cate than the above, but with the same remark-
ably thickened and rounded columella, as is well represented on pi. ii, fig. 20, " Fedsch.
Moll."; the spire, however, in the Aktash specimens is more prominent and the broadly
reflected columella even more marked.
Long. 16f , diam. 13 ; apert. long. 13, diam. 10 mm.
A deformed specimen measures long. 12J, diam. 12 mm.
About 30 specimens were taken alive in a stream at Aktash (Sarikol).
15. LIMN^A DEFILIPPII, Iss., var. SIBIKULENSIS, nov.
Issel, Moll. Persia, 1865, pi. iii, figs. 26 & 63 (Lake Gokcha, 5,500 feet).
This is perhaps the most remarkable of the Yarkand species of Limncea and the furthest
removed from the typical forms of L. auricularia and L. lagotis, even more so than typical
L. defilippii. As justly pointed out by Issel, it is intermediate between the above group and
that of L. stagnates. It differs from Issel's figure by the much more swollen, subangulate
whorls, and by the shorter, not twisted and evenly rounded columella ; the produced spire and
malleated texture are very characteristic of both.
I had already written the following description before I read that of Issel.
Shell in size intermediate between L. stagnalis and L, lagotis ; of moderately thin tex-
ture, the same as in L. stagnalis ; spire much more produced than in L. lagotis ; whorls six,
remarkably subangulate ; aperture expanded as in fig. 10, pi. ii, " Mai. Bl.," 1870 ; colu-
mella broadly reflected, almost completely covering the umbilicus, not twisted in the least,
evenly rounded at base as in fig. 9 (loc. cit.) ; very young specimens present a remarkably
close resemblance to those of L. stagnalis, the subangulation of the whorls and short,
straight columella being naturally less distinctive than in full-grown specimens ; the surface
of most specimens is more or less roughly decussately malleated ; under the lens a very fine
and close longitudinal striation can be seen.
Type of var. sirikulensis : long. 30J, diam. 21 ; apert. long. 20, diam. 14| mm. ; the
ante-penultimate whorl measured from the outer lip 6f mm. ; a young specimen measured
long. 24|, diam. 14 ; apert. lat. 14, alt. 9J.
Fourteen dead specimens found, on the shores of Lake Sirikul, in company with L. auri-
cularia, var.
16. LIMN.EA LAGOTIS, Schr.
Limncea Iag6tis, Schr., Fauna Boica, iii, 1803.
L. lagotis, var. solidissima, Kobelt, Malakozoologisclie Blatter, 1872, pi. ii, figs. 17 & 18.
L. oUiquata, v. Mart., Mai. Bl., 1864, pi. iii, figs. 9 & 10 (Lake Issik-kul).
A fine series of this remarkable variety was procured by Dr. Stoliczka in all stages
of growth ; it varies greatly in the more or less produced spire, though never, even in
its most elongated form, approaching the preceding form ; there is little, if any, trace of
the malleated sculpture, often so characteristic of the preceding : the same fine longi-
8
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
tudinal striation however exists ; all the specimens, young and old, are without exception of
the peculiar thickness which suggested its excellent name of solidissima ; the five whorls
agree with those of Kohelt's original figure, which I suspect was taken from a Lake Pankong
specimen, and do not show the suhangulation described in the preceding ; the aperture is much
more expanded than in Kobelt's typical figure, which was evidently taken from a rather
young shell, the very thick columella in most specimens agrees with that of the type, but
in some few it is abruptly twisted back, as in pi. ii, fig. 21 of " Fedsch. Moll." (L. obliquata,
v. Mart.)
These specimens are interesting as removing one of the few slight differences be-
tween L. obliquata andJD. solidissima ; my Pankong specimens clearly show the more expand-
ed aperture to be merely a question of age and condition, as is also the gradual slope of the
outer lip ; nearly all my specimens agree in this latter respect with typical obliquata, only
very few showing the angular outer lip of typical solidissima ; Kobelt in his description
pointed out the close affinity of the two forms, and also that L. obliquata must be classed
rather with L. lagotis, than L. auricularia ; the shortened columella seems to me the best
characteristic of the latter group, as shown in the form I have already described as a variety
of that species ; the difference is also excellently portrayed in von Marten's figures, pi. ii,
figs. 20 and 21, "Fedsch. Moll." The Pankong shell, though always preserving its chief cha-
racteristics, varies most remarkably, as will be seen from the accompanying measurements.
The ordinary form : — long. 22, diam. 17^ ; apert. long. 18, diam. 12| mm.
A form with more produced spire and contracted aperture, agreeing with Kobelt's figure :
— long. 22, diam. 15^ ; apert. long. 15 J, diam. 10J mm.
A unique form, with quite depressed spire : — long. 19, diam. 15| ; apert. long. 17 J, diam.
12 mm.
A form (represented by six or seven specimens), with unusually expanded and more
rounded aperture : — long. 18, diam. 17 ; apert. long. 14^, diam. 12 mm.
About a hundred specimens from the shores of the Pankong Lake : both young and old
specimens show the same peculiar thickness of shell.
LIMN.EA LAGOTIS, var. COSTTJLATA.
Limnaa lagotis, var. eostulata, v. Martens, Fedsch., Reise, Moll., pi. ii, fig. 24.
More than a hundred specimens were collected by Dr. Stoliczka at Leh, agreeing exactly
with figs. 22 and 24 (loc. cit.}. I cannot consider the forms there figured as belonging to
even different varieties ; there are numerous individuals amongst the Leh specimens of all
the forms and of every conceivable connecting link ; the variety, as I understand it, appears
to be fairly constant as regards size and colour ; the spire, too, does not appear to vary much
more than in the figures quoted ; the columella, however, graduates from even a more rounded
shape than in figure 22 B to the straight (or slightly bent back) form of figure 24 A.
Long. max. 18|, diam. 12 ; apert. long. 13f , diam. 8f mm.
LIMN.EA LAGOTIS, var. YARKANDENSIS, nov.
This is a striking and handsome form, close to the preceding, but half as large again, with
more produced spire3 of five less convex whorls, much stouter texture and straighter, more
MOLLUSCA. 9
evenly rounded columella, wliich is very broadly reflected ; these characters of the columella
appear to be its only marked difference from the European form figured by Kobelt, "Mai. BL,"
1870, pi. iii, fig. 9.
About forty specimens from Yarkand and from near Sasak Taka, on the road to Sarikol ;
fourteen specimens from North Tangitar, of even stouter texture than the preceding ; twenty
specimens from a marsh, 5 miles west of Panjah, in Badakshan ; this is a shorter, dwarf form.
Type of var. yarkandensis (from near Sasak Taka) : long. 22, diam. 15-|- ; apert. long. 16,
diam. 10^ mm.
LIMN.EA LAGOTIS, var. SUBDISJUNCTA, nov.
More than a hundred specimens from the neighbourhood of Leh ; shell smaller even than
var. costulata, of a peculiarly dark horn colour ; whorls four to five, more convex and generally
a little more produced, though varying in this respect, than fig. 22 B (loc. cit.) ; aperture un-
usually narrow, especially above ; columella sharp, scarcely reflected, almost or altogether
detached from the body whorl, and continuous with the outer lip, in consequence of this
peculiar character the variety is always more or less openly umbilicate.
Typical and ordinary form of the variety : long. 11, diam. 7 ; apert. long. 7-j, diam. 5 mm.
An extremely elongate form : long. 12, diam. 6J ; apert. long. 6|, diam. 4| mm.
A depressed form : long. 10J, diam. 7 ; apert. long. 8, diam. 5 mm.
17. LlMN^A ANDEESONIANA, Nev.
This interesting small species, which I have described in my paper on the mollusca
brought back by Dr. Anderson from Yunnan and Upper Burma, is probably the form mentioned
in the systematic list of the " Conchologia Indica " as L. marginata, Mich., from the Shan
Provinces ; at least Mr. Theobald gave me a single specimen from the Shan States agreeing
exactly with typical specimens of L. andersoniana from Nantin (Yunnan). Dr. von Mar-
tens by letter informs me that my Yarkand specimens belong to his " L. pervia, which
again is the L. davidi of Deshayes from Tibet." I cannot, however, accept this identification
as the original description throughout makes a great point of the open umbilicus, which
it compares with that of L. truncatula, also stating that it is only half covered by the
dilated columella. Out of several hundred specimens from Yarkand and Yunnan I am
unable to discover a single specimen with what could be called an open umbilicus ; they all
have it almost, and generally quite covered with the very broadly reflected columella.
More than a hundred specimens, of a rather distinct variety, from North Tangitar and
Kashghar ; with distinctly rimate aperture and spire more produced, whorls more convex than
in the typical Yunnan form, columella not so short or straight, and less thickened. This
must be the form I suppose nearest L. pervia ?
Long. 11J, diam. 7 ; apert. long. 7i, diam. 5 mm.
About a hundred specimens from Yarkand ; after a most careful examination quite undis-
tinguishable from the Yunnan type specimens : the umbilicus is completely covered.
3
10
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
18. LlMN^A TRUNCATULA, Miill.
About thirty specimens from Leh, agreeing fairly with pi. ii, fig. 26 of ' Fedsch. Reise
Moll.' Dr. Stoliczka on a former visit to the Himalayas, found a still more produced form
abundant at Spiti ; also a shorter form at Kulu, Kotegarh, &c.
19. LlMN^A LESSON JE, Iss.
Issel, Moll.. Persia, 1865, pi. iii, figs. 64—66.
I cannot separate this form, even as a variety, from Issel's Persian shell, for specimens
of which, from Karman (Persia), I am indebted to Mr. W. T. Blanford. Dr. Stoliczka
collected some fifty specimens of an almost perfectly similar form in a stream east of the
Pamir-kul ; they are like the type form imperforate, with similar short spire and rather
expanded aperture. The Pamir specimens are of rather thicker substance ; the characteristic
orange colour is also more marked.
Long. 8, diam. 5f ; apert. alt. 5f , lat. 3f mm.
20. PLANORBIS (GYRATJLTJS) ALBUS, Mull., var.
More than a hundred specimens were found on the shores of Lake Pankong ; they consist
mainly of two forms, apparently equally plentiful, one with a more narrow umbilicus than
in any European specimens I have seen, in this respect agreeing with some varieties of P.
conveximculus, Hutt., and with pi. iv., fig. 35, " Mai. BL," 1875 (P. riparius); in other respects,
however, resembling figs. 1 — 3, loc. cit., of typical P. albus : diam. 4f , alt. 1^ mm.
The other, with more open umbilicus, agreeing with figures 4 — 6 and 10 — 12, loc. cit.,
intermediate between the two : diam. 5, alt. 1J mm.
There are also two specimens with very open umbilicus, more so than in fig. 14, in other
respects more like P. Icevis : diam. 6^, alt. 1-g- mm.
Two or three deformities were also found, in which the last whorl is completely detached
and the spire curiously raised, presenting some analogy to specimens of Valvata.
Prom Leh, also, some hundred specimens were brought of a form agreeing exactly in
colour and every other respect with figs. 1 — 3. Mixed up with them equally abundantly was
another allied form, which however, I have classed separately as P. Icevis, var.
More than a hundred specimens were collected at Ydrkand ; the majority fairly represented
by figs. 4 — 6, loc. cit. Some few however, have the last whorl near the aperture considerably
deflected, as in figs. 15 and 21 ; the umbilicus varies in being a little more or less open. Nine
specimens from 5 miles west of Panjah (Badakshan) ; they agree fairly with the preceding
Yarkand form.
21. PLANORBIS (GYRAULUS) L^VIS, Aid., var. LADACENSIS nov.
Planorbis lavis, Alder, Trans. Nat. Hist. Northumb,, 1830.
glaber, Jeffr., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1830.
I confess I am unable to distinguish quite satisfactorily the differences between this
species and the preceding. This Leh form, in any case, seems fairly separable from all the
MOLLUSCA. 11
others brought back by Dr. Stoliczka ; it differs mainly in two respects, colour and shape
of the aperture, in the latter respect agreeing with pi. iv, figs. 10 — 12, " Mai. Bl. " xxii,
(P. Icevis, Aid.) — shell resembling the above figures, but of a rich chestnut brown, and with
the umbilicus a little more open ; the aperture is considerably more laterally expanded
than in the forms I have grouped under P. albus, and consequently relatively not so
high.
Diam. 6, alt. 1^ mm.
About a hundred specimens from Leh.
22. PLANORBIS (Tuoproiscus) SITBANGULATUS, Phil., var.
Planorbis subangulala, Phil., " Moll. Sicil. " 1844, pi. xxi, fig. 6 (Sicily).
Four specimens only were found at North Tangitar ; the form is a very remarkable one,
and may, I think, prove to be new ; it is very different from Persian specimens of P. suban-
gulatus, as also from European P. nmrginatus ; the angulation is less distinct than in the
former, the whole shell more compressed and flattened out, the spire showing distinctly
all five whorls ; the aperture is more contracted, and the under side less deeply sunk.
PL iii, figs. 23-24, " Malakozoologische Blatter," 1875, gives an almost exact representation
of the form ; the shape of the aperture is quite different from that of fig. 22, being higher
than the body whorl and not bent down ; of course these figures are magnified views of a
minute and quite different species ; a fair idea of the shell may, however > be obtained from
them.
Diam. 8, alt. If mm.
Persian specimens of P. subangulatus measure — diam. 7^, alt. 2 mm.
23. PLANORBIS (SEGMENTINA) NITIDUS, Mull.
Planorlis nitidus, Miiller, Hist. Vermium. p. 163.
Twelve specimens of a small form from Yarkand.
24. PLANORBIS (HIPPEUTIS) COMPLANATTJS, Lin.
Planorbis fontanus, Lightf. (England).
Ten specimens were found with the preceding at Yarkand ; they are also a small variety.
25. PLANORBIS (ARMIGER) NAUTILETJS, Lin.
(Fide Westerl., Mai. BL, 1875, p. 115 = P. crista, Lin., var.)
I detected seven specimens of this interesting minute form inside the apertures of the
Yarkand specimens of I/imncea ; the margins of the aperture are continuous ; I can detect
no signs of transverse ribs, and the form is most certainly specifically distinct from my
English specimens of L. crista, L., as represented in " Malakozoologische Blatter," pi. iv,
figs. 25 — 27 ; the Yarkand shells agree very fairly with figs. 28-30, loc. cit.
Diam. 2|- mm.
12 SECOND T ARK AND MISSION.
26. VALVATA PISCINALIS, Mull.
Nerita piscinalis, Miiller, Hist. Verm., p. 172.
About thirty specimens from the Pankong Lake, quite undistinguishable from European
specimens.
27. VALVATA STOLICZKANA, n. sp. Figs. 34—36.
This is a distinct and interesting new species ; in its size and depressed form it resembles
V. depressa, C. Pfr., Kiister, pi. xiv, figs. 20 & 21 ; it can be at once distinguished from it
by the remarkably deep and narrow umbilicus, only half as open as that of Pfeiffer's shell.
There are four whorls, which are slightly subangulate, forming a faint depression near the
suture ; under the lens it is distinctly, closely and regularly striated ; the colour is a light
glossy green, the aperture is not perfectly circular and is not quite so broad as high.
Diam 4, axis If mm.
Abundant at Yarkand.
28. PISLDIUM, n. sp.
It is a great pity that the figures in Clessin's new monograph of Pisidium, in Kiister's
edition of the " Conchylien- Cabinet," are so bad as to be almost without exception perfectly
unrecognizable ; a glance at Baudon's figures, " Monog. Pisidies Francaises," published in 1857,
will show the great inferiority of the former ; the shell described by Clessin as CorUcula (?)
minima io. "Fedsch. Moll., " pi. iii., fig. 30, is a most remarkable form, and I hope Dr. von
Martens will give us further and more correct information as to its proper classification.
The present species bears a close resemblance to European forms of P. pulchellwm ;
it is certainly not allied even to the species represented in Fedschenko's Mollusca ; the
form is well characterized by its obtuse and tumid umbones, by its extreme shortness,
by its distinct concentric sculpture, and by its light- grey (cineraceous) colour ; it some-
what resembles Baudon's pi. i, fig. E (P. obtusale), but is less extremely tumid, and
not so high, compared with its breadth ; compared with pi. iii, fig. D, loc. cit., it is not
so high, more tumid at the umbones, which are less central, and Baudon's shell is
apparently smooth ; the position of the umbones is exactly represented by pi. ii, fig. H.
(P. limosum), loc. cit., from which indeed the Yarkand shell would seem to be scarcely
separable.
Diam. 3, alt. 2^, crass. 2| mm.
Abundant at Yarkand.
29. PISIDIUM, n. sp.
This is a very small, almost circular species, flatter than the last when of the
same size and with the umbones less tumid and more central ; the sculpture is the same :
it is more tumid and less polished than the next form, with the sides less produced and more
MOLLUSCA. 13
rounded, the umbones more central ; it has more the shape of Baudon's pi. Ill, fig. D, than
the last species has.
Diam. 2y, alt. 2, crass. If mm.
About a dozen specimens from Yarkand.
30. PISIDIUM, n. sp.
This small form is quite distinct from the two preceding ; it can be at once distinguished
by its great flatness, by being more broadly truncate anteriorly, more produced posteriorly,
by its very flatly appressed umbones and by its polished glabrous surface ; it resembles Bau-
don's pi. ii., fig. E, (P. thermale, Dup.), and also somewhat " Pedsch. Moll.," pi. iii., fig. 33,
though apparently the latter does not possess the characteristic appressed umbones.
Diam. 3, alt. 2|, crass \\ mm.
Only two or three specimens from Yarkand.
31. PISIDIUM OBTTJSALE, Pfr.
Agrees fairly with Clessin's figure of P. obtusale, loc. cit., pi. ii., fig. 22.
Diam. 4j, alt. 3f , crass. 2| mm.
About twenty specimens from Pankong Lake.
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
II.-MOLLUSCA FROM KASHMIR AND THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OP MARI
(MURREE) IN THE PUNJAB.
THE change from the Indo-Malayan to the so-called European molluscous fauna at the
northern watershed of the Kashmir Valley is most abrupt and distinct; every species
found at Sonamarg belonging to the former, while, at only two days' march from thence
at Mataian, every shell belongs to the latter, as already above recorded. Major Godwin-
Austen, who has personally visited the locality, has been kind enough to inform me that it
is on crossing the pass called the " Zoji-la" into Dras, that the change becomes at once very
great, the aspect of the country entirely changing, the forest-clad hills of Kashmir disappear,
and, instead, one enters a sterile, dry country of higher elevation, altogether Tibetan in
character ; Sonamarg is within the drainage of the River Jhelum, whilst Mataian, on the
other hand, is within that of the River Indus.
1. HELICARION AUSTENIANUS, n. sp., Figs. 22 — 24.
This is a very distinct and peculiar form, well distinguished from all other Indian species ;
it is most like a dwarf H. flemingi, from which it is distinguished by its short, almost
globose form, &c.
Shell much smaller than that of H. flemingi, more globose, suture more excavated,
and the spire more raised, apex more distinct; more rudely and regularly concentrically
plicated; whorls five, more convex, the last one not nearly so much dilated; texture
thinner and more membranaceous, of an equally dark, but brighter and more glossy colour ;
aperture about as high as broad; base a shade more convex, imperforate; columella less
oblique, very short and abruptly triangularly reflected.
Diam. 15|, axis 7g ; apert. lat. 9^, alt. 9J mm.
Some dozen specimens, several of which are preserved with the animal in spirit, were
brought back from Sonamarg.
2. HELICARION FLEMINGI, Pfr.
Vitrina flemingi, Pfr., P. Z. S., 1856, p. 324 (Sind) .
Young specimen, of approximately same size as full grown H. austenianum (for com-
parison) : diam. 14i, axis 5f , alt. max. 9 ; apert. lat. 8|, alt. 8f mm.
Dr. Stoliczka found this fine species tolerably abundant at Murree and Tinali. There are
several specimens with the animal in spirit.
Diam. 40, axis 12, alt. max. 23'5 ; apert lat. 25, alt. 20 mm.
MOLLUSCA. 15
3. HELICAKION STOLICZKANUS, n. sp., Figs. 19 — 21.
Vitrina monticola of Reeve and Conchologia Indica, not Pfr.
(?) Vitrina sp., from Almora, Bens., J. A. S. B., VII, p. 21 4.
(?) Vitrina monticola of Benson in MSS., not of Pfr.
This shell is a close ally of H. cassida, and might indeed be ranked as a smaller
variety, with less exsertcd whorls and with a rather differently coloured epidermis ; the close
relationship was noted as ahove by Benson, and is well shown by Reeve, figs. 10 and 11, and
by Hanley, pi. clii, figs. 1 — 4, who represent both species side by side, no doubt purposely.
A comparison of these figures with Pfeiffer's original description, as detailed here under the
next species, at once shows that the two belong to totally different sections of the genus-
I have discovered a very similar misunderstanding with Nanina petrosa, Hutton, originally
described from Mirzapur. On Benson informing Hutton that his Mirzapur 2V. petrosa was
only the Calcutta N. mtrinoides, the latter transferred his name of N. petrosa to an undescribed
Himalayan allied smaller form, the animal of which he knew to be distinct. Benson was wrong ;
Hutton's species from the Rajmahal Hills (Bhagalpur, Mirzapur, &c.), proves quite different,
both as regards shell and animal, from the Calcutta form, and of course retains its name N.
petrosa. It is well and correctly figured in the " Conchologia Indica," pi. Ixxxviii, figs. 7 and
10, where our common Calcutta N. mtrinoides is not represented at all. I think it very likely
something similar may have happened, causing the confusion of this Helicarion and the next
species ; some one may have pointed out that Pfeiffer's flat and depressed shell was only a
variety of Benson's H. scutella from Teria Ghat, whereupon the name of monticola was trans-
ferred to the other North- West form, which had previously not been distinguished by a separate
name from H. cassida, though probably the allied form from Almorah referred to by Benson
in the original description (J. A. S. B., VII, p. 214). Indeed from this passage I conclude
Benson's manuscript name of monticola really referred to this shell, and not to the species de-
scribed as such by Pfeiffer. This would account for this form being named monticola in Cuming's
collection, and hence figured for it by Reeve and Hanley ; Pfeiffer's actual type of monticola
should be looked for in the Cumingian collection, amongst the variety of Vitrina scutella from
the North- West Himalayas. Benson probably, when describing his Vitrina scutella, did
not compare it with Pfeiffer's monticola, because he assumed the latter to be his own true
manuscript monticola, and not the flat-whoiied, depressed shell Pfeiffer really described for
it, and which Benson considered (possibly correctly) to be a variety of his Teria Ghat
ncutella.
Dr. Stoliczka found a single specimen at Tinali. I have not taken this specimen as
my type, but one of the common Naini Tal specimens, represented in most collections.
Type from Naini Tal : diarn. 22, axis 8, alt. 13 ; apert. lat. 14^, alt. 12 mm.
4. HELICARION MONTICOLA, Pfr.
Vitrina monticola, Pfr., P. Z. S., 1848 (Landour, Almorah, &c.)
Viirina scutella (pars), Bens., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859, ser. 3, vol. iii, p. 188 (Khasi Hills
and Kashmir).
Unfortunately, in his original description of H. sctitella, Benson does not say whether
he takes the Kh4si or Kashmir form for his type ; the two must, I believe, be specifically
separated. If, however, they should prove identical, the scutella of Benson will be a synonym
16
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
of monticola. According to the " Conchologia Indica," the type form of H. scutella is from the
Khasi Hills, and the variety from Kashmir ; after a careful consideration of the original
description, I think Mr. Hanley is correct in this view. Instead of 3^, H. monticola
has 4i whorls, which increase more regularly than in H. scutella ; the colour is of a
greenish-hrown, instead of bright green ; the apex less acute ; the aperture much higher in
proportion to its breadth ; the columella not oblique at all, almost straight and rounded at the
base. This species is found abundantly everywhere throughout the North- West Himalayas
in company with the preceding.
Specimen from Murree : diam. 16|, axis 5£, alt. 8^; apert. alt. 10|, alt. 10-| mm.
Pfeiffer's original measurements of H. monticola are: — diam. maj. 18, alt. 7^ mm.
This is evidently an even more depressed form than the one here recorded from Murree, and
does not at all agree with the preceding species, which possesses moderately exserted whorls
and has been figured by both Reeve and Hanley for H. monticola ; the latter author's figure
measures : — diam. 20|, alt. 13 mm. Pfeiffer's description, too, suits this shell, and not the
preceding, when he says, " Depressa, fyc., spira plana ; atifract. 4, celeriter accrescentes
planiusculi, ultimus depressus, non descendens, &c."
5. NANINA (ROTULA) CHLOROPLAX, Bens.
Helix Moroplax, Benson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1865, ser. 3, vol. xv, p. 14 (near Simla).
Found abundantly near Murree, agreeing exactly with the original description and the
figure in " Conchologia Indica," pi. xxxii, figs. 1 and 4.
A few of the specimens found were larger than the type, which was only 8 mm. in
diameter. Diam. max. 11, axis 5, alt. 6; apert. lat. 6, alt. 4 mm.
6. NANINA (ROTULA) KASHMIRENSIS, n. sp., Figs. 13 — 15.
Shell small, closely resembling the preceding, from which it can, however, be easily
distinguished by its smaller size, less depressed shape, much more closely wound whorls,
higher spire and less acute keel ; by the more convex base, which does not possess the ex-
cavated depression round the umbilicus so characteristic of its ally ; the umbilicus itself also is
smaller ; the sculpture is apparently the same, above subplicately striate, below the same but
less developed than above. I think both should rather be described as most minutely
punctuate, rather than " tenuissime decussata " as in the original description of N. chloroplax.
The aperture is quite different, being much less dilated in the present species, with scarcely
any trace of the acute angulation in the middle of the outer margin, and with the columella
less oblique and more rounded at the base. Full-grown type of N. kashmirensis, diam 7|,
axis 3f , alt. 4| ; apert. lat. 3^, alt. 3 mm. Young specimen of N. chloroplax (for compari-
son) : diam 7i, axis 3|, alt. 4£ ; apert. lat. 4, alt. 3 mm.
Abundant at Sonamarg.
7. NANINA (MICROCYSTIS ?) SONAMTJRGENSIS, n. sp., Figs. 16—18.
Shell small, depressed, thin, horny -brown, with the suture distinct ; roughly, regularly and
closely ribbed above ; sculpture of a similar kind, but almost obsolete, can be traced on the
MOLLTJSCA. 17
base ; whorls seven, closely wound ; the last scarcely, if at all, broader than the previous one,
more or less subangulate at the periphery : base convex, distinctly excavated round a deep
narrow umbilicus ; aperture very shallow, the outer margin distinctly thickened, slightly
subangulate in the middle ; columella very slightly reflected, oblique, evenly rounded, without
any angulation at the base, in this character resembling N. splendens and differing from
N. prona. I know of no Indian species like this interesting little shell ; in shape it somewhat
resembles the smooth N. woodicma. Diam. 11J, alt. 5|, axis 4| ; apert. lat. 5^ mm.
Dr. Stoliczka found a few specimens alive at Sonamarg ; he notes that the animal is
provided with a mucous pore.
8. NANINA (MACROCHLAMYS) PRONA, n. sp.
Shell small, of the same group as N. petrosa, Hutt., &c., but with closer wound whorls ;
it is a form which apparently is widely spread throughout the North- Western Himalayas, as
the Museum possesses numerous specimens from Simla, Masuri, Naini Tal and Saharanpur ;
two specimens, found by Colonel Godwin- Austen in the Daffla Hills, also apparently belong
here. A very similar small form, but I think specifically distinct, is also found in the Bombay
Presidency. Dr. Stoliczka's specimens from Murree are all young, or in bad preservation ;
I have therefore determined on not naming the species from his Murree specimens, but take
as my type the common North- West Himalayan form, the animal of which is known and
which is usually recorded in collections as N. petrosa. Colonel Godwin- Austen informs me
that Hutton himself transferred his own name petrosa from the Mirzapur shell to the
Masuri one, on the strength of Benson's statement that the former was identical with the
Calcutta N. vitrinoides, in which, as already stated, Benson was quite wrong. This
species is not figured in the " Conchologia Indica," as far as I can see. Whorls six, closely
wound, the last only slightly deflected, sometimes not at all, in which case, of course, the
aperture is quite vertical ; spire almost or quite flat ; periphery rounded ; umbilicus resembling
that of N. petrosa, more open than in all the other allied species ; horny-brown colour, smooth
and polished above and below ; margins of aperture distinctly, but slightly thickened. Type
from Naini Tal : diam. 12, axis 4J, alt. 5^ ; apert. lat. 6, alt. 4| mm.
9. NANINA (BENSONIA) MONTICOLA, Hutt., var. MURRIENSIS, nov.
Nanina monlicola, Hutt., J. A. S. B., vii, 1838, p. 215 (North-Western Himalayas).
Helix labiata, Pfr., P. Z. S., 1845, p. 65 (Loc.— ?— )
Both species are recorded and figured in the " Conchologia Indica" as distinct, and I think
very possibly the two forms there given may prove separable. Unfortunately, typical N.
monticola is typical N. labiata, as figured 1. c., pi. xxvii, fig. 5. This I am able to prove by
a fine series of typical N. monticola, presented years ago by Captain Hutton to the
Asiatic Society, and now in the Indian Museum. Theobald correctly unites the two species in
his catalogue, though I consider him mistaken in also uniting Reeve's H. convexa. The form
found by Dr. Stoliczka is near the much rarer one figured in the " Conchologia Indica,"
pi. lii, fig. 3, as H. monticola, and may prove distinct ; the Murree specimen differs indeed, even
more markedly than the one there figured, in the characters which separate it from the type
5
18 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
form, namely, open umbilicus, compressed whorls, more vertical aperture and peculiar, abruptly
raised apical whorls.
A single specimen only was found at Changligali near Murree.
10. NANINA (BENSONIA) SPLENDENS, Hutt.
Nanina splendens, Hutton, J. A. S. B., 1838, p. 216 (North-Western Himalayas) ; 'r Couchologia Indica,"
pi. li, figs. 7 and 10.
This is one of the puzzling species, apparently intermediate between Macrochlamys and
Xesta. The question of its correct generic rank can only be settled by a careful examina-
tion of its anatomy. In the excellent original description, the animal is described as of " a
dark verdigris green, living under fallen timber at 9,000 to 11,000 feet above the sea," &c.
Dr. Stoliczka found a few specimens at Tinali.
11. NANINA (BENSONIA) ANGELICA, Pfr.
Helix angelica, Pfr., P. Z. S., 1856, p. 33 (Punjab).
Dr. Stoliczka found several living specimens, all unfortunately young, at Uri (between
Tinali and Srinagar). The form is distinguished from the preceding by the almost closed
umbilicus, more closely wound whorls, &c. ; the rounded periphery and numerous varices
appear to be characteristic.
12. NANINA (BENSONIA) JACQTJEMONTI, v. Mart.
Nanina jacquemonti, v. Mart., Mai. Bl., xvi, 1869, p. 75 (Himalayas).
A single specimen of this well-marked species was found at Murree : it is a common
shell in the Punjab Salt Range. I give below the measurements of the Murree specimen, as
they differ somewhat considerably from those of the type.
Diam. 20, axis 7|- ; alt. 10J, apert. lat. lOf , alt. 8J mm.
13. HELIX (PATULA) HUMILIS, Hutt,
Helix humilis, Hutt., J. A. S. B., 1838, p. 217 (Simla).
Found tolerably abundant near Murree. Hutton records the animal " as that of a true
Helix, of a dark grey or blackish colour, abundant during the rains on moist rocks, under
dead leaves, &c., and at the roots of shrubs."
1.4. STJCCINEA PFEIFFERI, Rossm.
A few specimens from near Srinagar.
MOLLUSCA. 19
15. CLATJSILIA WAAGENI, Stol.
Clausilia waageni, Stoliczka, J. A. S. B., 1872, pi. ix, fig. 19 (Changligali).
About a dozen specimens of this species were found near Murree, under the bark of trees.
16. CLATJSILIA CYLINDRICA, Gray.
ClauMia cylindrica, Gray, Pfr., Symb. Ill, p. 93 (India).
Found in great abundance, under the bark of oak trees, near Murree.
17. BTJLLMINUS (PETROUS) STOLICZKANUS, n. sp., Figs. 25 — 27.
Shell in shape resembling B. rufistrigatus ; deeply and narrowly rimate, oblong, for a
species of Petraeus of rather thin and diaphanous texture ; obliquely, very irregularly striated,
the strise often very broad, more or less crowded together, with gaps between the " fasciculi.''
The ground colour is dark horny brown, with the strise pure white, having the appearance (owing
to the epidermis) in a fresh state of being a bright yellow ; spire oblong, conical, apex obtuse ;
whorls seven, scarcely convex ; aperture oblique and oblong, peristome white, outer margin
scarcely reflected, columella moderately broad. It can be easily distinguished from its next ally
B. ntfistrigatus, by the less convex whorls, the more produced spire, less obtuse apex, by the
considerably broader last whorl (in proportion to the others) and by the more dilated aperture ;
the sculpture also is peculiar and characteristic : it is nearer pi. xxiii, fig. 10, of the " Con-
chologia Indica" than pi. xx, fig. 4
Long. 16, diam. 7 (last whorl to base of aperture 9) ; apert. 5f , lat. 4£ mm.
Found fairly abundant living on currant-bushes at Sonamarg.
(
;
18. BTJLIMINTJS (PETROUS) MAINWARINGIANTJS, n. sp., Fig. 28.
There is no Indian species with which I can compare this species. As to shape, the nearest
I know of are some small dwarf forms of Cylindrus insularis ; the species is, however, next
allied to B. pretiosus and B. rufistrigatm.
Narrowly and superficially rimate, subcylindrically conical, of stout, smooth and
polished substance ; striated, strise less oblique than in the preceding, fewer and more regular,
not crowded together in the same way, here and there one more developed than the others,
with intermediate ones more or less obsolete ; light horny-brown, variegated with opaque white
markings, as in B. pretiosus ; these markings are fewer, of a more zigzag, broader and more
irregular nature than those of the preceding ; spire produced, apex scarcely obtuse ; whorls 7,
the three apical ones unusually short compared with the others, last whorl compressed ;
aperture very small, almost as broad as high, peristome pure white, outer margin considerably
thickened, columella very broadly reflected, straighter than in the preceding, slightly sub-
angulate, instead of rounded, at base.
Long. 10 , diam. 4J (last whorl to base of aperture, 5|) ; apert. alt. 3f , lat. 3 mm.
Fairly abundant, near Murree.
20 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
I have named this pretty little shell after my friend Colonel Mainwaring, B.S.C., who
has lately discovered very many interesting, rare and new forms round Calcutta, in Behar,
and near Darjiling.
19. BULIMINUS (PETROUS) BEDDOMEANUS, n. sp., Fig. 29.
This is a very interesting species, resembling somewhat, in shape of the whorls and
aperture, B. smithei, " Conchologia Indica," pi. xx, fig. 3, hut it is still nearer B. eremita, Bens.,
I. c., fig. 8, from which its produced spire, narrower whorls, and aperture easily distinguish
it. Narrowly rimate, suhcylindrically turreted, of solid, scarcely polished suhstance ; closely,
obliquely striate, striae more regular and crowded together than in the two preceding forms ;
of a very pale horn colour, only here and there discernible, on account of the croAvded striae,
which are of a chalk white colour ; spire much produced, apex obtuse ; whorls 10, increasing
very gradually and regularly, last whorl compressed ; aperture very small, peristome white,
outer margin broadly reflected, very slightly arcuate (much as in pi. xx, fig. 3, I.e.}, columella
dilated, obliquely rounded at base.
Long. 13f , diam. 4| (last whorl to base of aperture, 5); apert. alt. 3J, lat. 2f mm.
Hather scarce near Murree.
I have named this shell after Colonel Beddome, who has contributed so extensively
to our knowledge of the plants, reptiles and mollusks of South India.
20. BULIMINUS (PET^US) PRETIOSUS, Cantor.
Four specimens were found at Tinali, and a single one, of a slightly different form, near
Murree.
21. BULIMINUS (PETROUS) RUFISTRIGATUS, Bens.
A single specimen of the typical form from the Jhelum Valley, and two specimens from
Kashmir of the var. gracilis of the " Conchologia Indica."
22. BULIMINUS (PETROUS) DOMINA, Bens.
A few specimens were found alive near Murree.
23. BULIMINUS (PETROUS) CANDELARIS, Pfr., var.
A peculiarly shortened form found very abundantly near Tinali ; the dextral form
appears to have been found more abundant than the sinistral. Mr. Lydekker, of the
Geological Survey of India, informs me he has noticed that the two forms are not usually
found absolutely together.
MOLLUSCA. 21
24. ANADENTJS ALTIVAGUS, Theob.
Limax altivagus, Theob., J. A. S. B., 1862, p. 489.
A few specimens were found at Changligali, under a log of wood. I am by no means
sure that my friend Mr. Theobald is correct in uniting with this species the A. giganteus,
Heyn. ; the latter seems to me to agree better with a still larger slug of which the Indian
Museum possess several fine specimens in spirit, found at Katmandu in Nipal.
26. ANADENTJS MODESTUS, Theob.
Limax mod esius, Theob., J. A. S. B., 1862, p. 489 (Simla Hills).
A few specimens of this small form, as far as I can see, only differing in external aspect
by their smaller size and finer texture, were found with the preceding.
26. ANADENUS, sp.
I should not have ventured on separating this single specimen, found with the two
preceding, but for a note of Dr. Stoliczka, which says — " I also found near here four specimens
of an Arion, and specimens of two other Arion-Take slugs." It is slightly larger than the
preceding, and of a black, instead of light liver colour ; otherwise I can see no difference.
27. ANADENTJS, sp.
Described by Stoliczka in his notes as " a slug like the one I found at Changligali, but
with the foot sharply crested."
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
Fig. 1 3. Helix (Frulicicola) pJueozona, v. Mart., p. 2.
„ 4 6. „ „ plectotropis, v. Mart., p. 3.
„ 7 9. „ „ mataianensis, Nevill, p. 8.
„ 10 — 12. „ (XeropAila) stoliczkana, Nevill, p. 3.
„ 13 — 15. Nanina (Rotula) kashmirensis, Nevill, p. 16.
,. 16 — 18. „ (Microcystis) sonamurgensis, Nevill, p. 16.
„ 19 — 21. Helicarion stuliczkanus, Nevill, p. 15.
„ 22 — 24. „ austenianus, Nevill, p. 14.
„ 25 — 27. Buliminw (Petrtzus) stoliczkanus, Nevill, p. 1 9.
28. „ „ mainwaringianus, Nevill, p. 19.
29. „ „ beddomeanus, Nevill, p. 20.
„ 30 — 81. Succinea martensiana, Nevill, p. 5.
„ 32 — 33 „ pfeifferi, var. sulrintermedia, Nevill, p. 6.
„ 34 — 36. Valvata stoliczkana, Nevill, p. 12.
ERRATUM.
In names at foot of plate for " var. intermedia," read " var. subintermedia."
LLUSCA.
5.
7.
13.
16.
15.
22.
24.
25.
1
4.
7.
10.
13.
16.
13.
3. Helix phaeozona.
6. H.plectotropis.
9. H. mataianensis.
12. H. stoliczkana.
15. Nanina kashmirensis.
18. N. sonamurgensis.
21. Helicarion stoliczkanus.
35.
?2. 24<. H. austemanus.
25. 27. Bulirmnus stoliczkanus.
B. mainwanngiamis.
B. TDecLdomeanus.
Succanea martensiana.
36.
Mintern Br-osmrp.
29.
30. 31.
32. 33. Succinea pfeiffe,ri(varmtermedia,.)
34. 36. Valvata stoliczkana.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THK I.ATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, J»ii.D.
ICHTHYOLOGY.
BY
F R A N C IS DAY, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
fJubli&hcb tin ovbcr of the (Sobcrnmcnt of
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1878.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Pn.D.
ICHTHYOLOGY.
BY
FRANCIS DAY, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
JJublishcb bi> ovbeu of the (iobcvmncnt of Inbiit.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1878.
CALCUTTA !
PKINTED BT TITI SrrEHlXTENDKNT OF ClOVKnNMEHT PRINTING,
8, HASTINGS STBF.KT.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
ICHTHYOLOGY.
BY FEANCIS DAY, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
THE following descriptions refer to the entire collection of fishes obtained during the
expedition (except, so far as I know, two specimens1). With them I have compared
some types of Steindachner's excellent paper on Dr. Stoliczka's " Fishes of Tibet " (Verh. z.-b.
Ges. Wien, 1866), which specimens were given me by Dr. Stoliczka.
Mr. Hume, C.B., has since then obtained a few more skins of fishes from those regions
through the exertions of Dr. Scully. These have likewise been forwarded to me ; and one
appears to be a very aberrant form of Ptychobarbus.
Order PHYSOSTOMI.
Family— SILURIDJB
1. EXOSTOMA STOLICZKJS. Plate I, fig. 1.
Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 782.
D. 1, P. TV, V. i, A. 6, C. 15.
Length of head from 4 in the young 2 to 5f , of caudal 8, height of body 7| in the total
length. Eyes minute, situated in the middle of the length of the head ; the width of the
interorbital space equals half that of the snout, or the distance between the eye and hind
1 These two specimens are in the British Museum.
2 The remarkable difference in the comparative length of the head to that of the total length is shown in the following
figures : —
3 specimens 4 inches in length. Head 4 to 4| in the total length,
4 „ 4-2 to 4-5 „ „ 4£ to 5J
5 „ 6-0 to 57 „ „ 5 to 5£ „
3 „ 6-0 to 6-6 „ „ 5| to 5f „
2 ,» 7 „ „ 5i to 5£ „
2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
nostril. Head depressed, as broad as long, and obtusely rounded. Mouth inferior ; lips
thick, and studded with small tubercular elevations ; the upper and lower lips continuous at
the angle of the mouth ; but the transverse fold across the lower jaw is interrupted in the
middle. Nostrils close together, the anterior round and patent, the posterior tubular : a
barbel divides the two nostrils ; it is situated on a bridge of skin, below which the two
nostrils are continuous. Barbels : the nasal ones reach the hind edge of the eye ; the maxil-
lary ones have a broad basal attachment, and reach the root of the pectoral. Of the mandi-
bular barbels the anterior are situated just behind the inner end of the lower labial fold :
they are shorter than the outer pair, which latter extend to the gill-opening. Gill-opening
situated on the side of the head in front and above the base of the pectoral fin. Teeth :
several rows of pointed ones in each jaw, of which the outer is slightly the larger, rather
wide apart, and with rather obtuse summits. Fins : the dorsal arises midway between the
snout and the commencement of the adipose fin ; its greatest height is one-third more than
the length of its base ; its spine is rudimentary and enveloped in skin. Adipose dorsal very
long and low. Pectoral nearly as long as the head, having its outer half horizontal and its
inner vertical ; its spine is rudimentary, with a broad, striated, cutaneous covering. Ventral
of a similar form to the pectoral : its first and a portion of its second ray also with a striated
cutaneous covering ; the fin commences on a vertical line falling just behind the base of the
dorsal fin ; it is rather nearer the snout than the posterior end of the adipose dorsal, and
commences midway between the bases of the ventral and caudal fins ; it is half higher than
long. Caudal cut almost square. Free portion of the tail half higher than long. Skin
tuberculated from the head, along the lower surface of the body, to nearly as far as the base
of the ventrals. Colours : of a dull yellowish green, becoming lightest along the abdomen.
Fins yellowish, with dark edges or bands.
Jfab. Basgo, Snima, and Leh on the Upper Indus. The longest specimen 7 inches in
length.
I propose here to shortly remark upon the distinction between the six species of
Exostoma at present known —
A. — Teeth in jaws pointed,
1. Exostoma labiatum, — Lower labial fold uninterrupted. The interspace between the
first and adipose dorsal fins equals two-thirds the length of the latter. Anal commences much
nearer the base of the caudal than the base of the ventral. Mishmi Mountains, East Assam-
2. E. blythii. — Lower labial fold interrupted. Interspace between dorsal fins very
slight. Anal commences in last third of distance between ventral and base of caudal.
Head- waters or affluents of Ganges.
3. E, berdmorei. — Snout more pointed, Caudal forked. Tenasserim.
4. E. davidi1. — The interspace between the first and adipose dorsal fins equals the
length of the latter. Pectoral reaches the ventral, Eastern Tibet.
5. E. stolicskce. — Lower labial fold interrupted. Anal commences nearer the base of
the ventral than that of the caudal. Pectoral does not extend to the ventral. Upper waters
of Indus.
B. Outer row of teeth flattened.
6. E, andersonii, — Lower labial fold interrupted. Bhamo, Burmah.
1 ChimarrichtJiys davidi, Sauvage.
ICHTHYOLOGY. 3
Family— CYPR1NIVM
The majority of the fishes in the collection consist of carps, those from the more elevated
regions being confined to such as have the vent and hase of the anal fin bounded by a row of
tiled scales, or the ubiquitous Loaches.
2. OREINTJS SINTJATTJS.
Only one species of Oreinus exists in this collection, the O. sinuatus, Heckel, from Leh
in Laddk, and which has likewise been captured in Kashmir. Although some of the fish
were obtained in Kashmir, where the genus Oreinus has representatives, there was no example
from that locality.
Having observed upon the great variation in proportions existing in a species of Exostoma
captured on the hills, it may be worth while drawing attention to the same fact as occurring
in specimens of this genus. Thus, in examining the following ten examples of 0. richard-
sonii, Gray, in the British Museum, I found them as follows : —
4 specimens, in spirit, from 3'3 to 3'8 inches in length. Head from 4 to 4f in the total.
1 specimen, in spirit, 4 inches in length. Head 4j in the total.
-l el. A!
ji » "a » » *a »
» i) )> » "3 "
1 „ stuffed, 10 „ „ 5 „
•I » » A 5 ,, ,, o3 ,,
•!• » » •!•" » » »
3. SCHIZOTHORAX CHRYSOCHLORTTS. Plate I, fig. 2.
Racoma chrysocklorus, M'Clelland, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist., ii., p. 577., t. xv., f. 3.
Schizothorax biddulphi, Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1876, xvii., p. 400.
Schizothorax clirysoMoms, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 784.
B. iii. D. £-8 , P. 18, V. 10, A. |, C. 20, L. 1. 110 to 120.
Length of head 4f- to 5-|, of caudal 6 to 6£, height of body fr*- in the total length.
Eyes : Diameter 5j- (in a fish 7 inches long), 7 to 9 in the length of head, 2 to 2£ diameters
from the end of snout, and the same apart. Upper surface of the head nearly flat ; its
width rather exceeds its height, and equals half its length. Snout rather compressed, and
overhanging the upper jaw. Mouth directed forwards, horseshoe-shaped, the lower labial
fold interrupted in the middle. The maxilla reaches to below the front nostril. The depth
of the cleft of the mouth equals the width of its gape. A very thin horny covering to the
inside of the lower jaw. Posterior edge of opercle cut square. Barbels : the rostral ones
as long as the eye, the maxillary rather longer, sometimes twice as long, and reaching to
beneath the middle or hind edge of the orbit. Teeth pharyngeal 5, 3, 2, 2, 3, 6 pointed, and
with rather compressed summits. Fins : the dorsal, which is as high as the body, arises
midway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal, its last undivided ray
osseous, strong, finely serrated posteriorly, from a little longer than the head, in a specimen
11' 9 inches in length, to £ the length in the adult. Pectoral as long as the head excluding
the snout ; it reaches halfway to the base of the anal. Anal, when laid flat, reaches about
4 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
halfway to the base of the caudal, which latter fin is forked. Scales : the row which bears
the lateral line consists of larger scales than those above or below it ; those forming the anal
sheath are equal to half a diameter of the eye. Colours greyish along the back, becom-
ing yellowish- white on the sides and beneath ; a black mark over the eye, and a few dull spots
on the back.
Hab. Kashghar, Yangihissar, and Yarkand, up to 20 inches in length : also Afghanistan.
Dr. Scully collected four specimens in Kashghar (4,043 feet above the sea), which are
13, 16, 17, and 18 inches respectively in length.
4. SCHIZOTHOBAX PUNCTATTJS. Plate I, fig. 3.
Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 785.
B. iii., D. |, P. 20, V. 11, A. f , C. 20.
Length of head 3| to 4, caudal 5£, height of body 6 to 7 in the total length. Eyes :
diameter 6f in the length of head, 2-£ diameters from end of snout, and 2 apart. Inter-
orbital space flat. The greatest width of the head exceeds its height by one-fourth, and is £
of its length. Mouth anterior, with the upper jaw somewhat the longer ; the cleft com-
mencing opposite the middle of the eyes, whilst the maxilla reaches to below the front edge
of the orbit. Lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. A thin striated horny covering
to the lower jaw. Barbels : the maxillary ones equal the diameter of the eye ; the rostral
ones are slightly longer. Fins : dorsal rather higher than the body ; it commences midway
between the front edge of the eye and the base of the caudal fin ; its last undivided ray is
strong, coarsely serrated posteriorly, and as long as the postorbital portion of the head.
Pectoral does not quite reach the ventral, which latter arises on a vertical line below
the first articulated dorsal ray, and extends two-thirds of the distance to the anal. Anal
rather above twice as deep as its base is long ; when laid flat it does not extend to the
commencement of the caudal. Free portion of the tail one-half longer than deep at its
highest part. Scales : those along the lateral line larger than those above or below it.
The tiled row along the base of the anal fin small, and equalling one-third of the diameter
of the orbit. Colours : silvery, covered with largish black spots.
Bacoma noUlis, M'Clelland, has more fleshy lips, whilst the mouth appears more trans-
verse, as in Or emus, and the under jaw much the shorter.
Sab. Kashmir Lake.
5. SCHIZOTHORAX ESOCiNUS. Plate I, fig. 4.
SchizotJwrax esocinus, Heckel, Fische Kasch, p. 48, t. ix. ; M'Clelland, Cal. Journ. Nat. His., ii.,
p. 579 ; Gunther, Cat. vii., p. 166. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 785.
B. iii., D. |, P. 20, V. 10, A. 7, C. 20.
Length of head 4^ to 4|, of caudal 5|- ; height of body 7| in the total length. Eyes :
diameter 6^ in the length of head, 2 diameters from end of snout and also apart. Inter-
orbital space flat. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its postorbital length.
Mouth very slightly oblique, horse-shoeshaped, the upper jaw longer than the lower, the
maxilla reaching to neraly below the front edge of the eye. Lower labial fold interrupted
ICHTHYOLOGY.
in the middle. A horny covering to inside of lower jaw. Barbels: the rostral .ones more
than half longer than the eye, reaching to below its first third ; the maxillary ones are
slightly shorter. Fins : the dorsal as high as the hody ; it commences midway hetween the
nostrils and the hase of the caudal ; its last undivided ray osseous, coarsely serrated poste-
riorly, and its bony portion being as long as the head, excluding the snout. Pectoral does
not quite reach the ventral, which latter fin commences on a vertical line slightly behind
the origin of the dorsal, and extends two-thirds of the distance to the anal. Length of
base of anal -f of its height ; it reaches, when laid flat, to the base of the caudal, which
latter fin is deeply forked. Free portion of the tail as high at its base as it is long.
Colours silvery, with numerous black spots, most distinct in the upper half of the body.
Hub. Leh, on the Upper Indus, Kashmir, and Afghanistan.
6. SCEIZOTHORAX INTEKMEDIUS. Plate II, fig. 1.
Sckizotkorax intermedius , M'Clell., Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1842, ii, p. 579; Giintherj Cat. vii,
p. 165.
B. iii., D. 74-8, P. 19, V. 10, A. |, C. 20, L. 1. 105.
Length of head 4£, of caudal 5 to 6, height of body 6 in the total length. Eyes :
diameter 5J in the length of head, If diameter from the end of snout and also apart.
Upper surface of the head flat ; its greatest width equals its postorbital length, whilst its
height equals its length excluding the snout. Upper jaw rather longer than the lower, and
not overhung by the snout. Mouth horseshoe-shaped, the depth of the cleft equalling the
width of its gape. The maxilla reaches to below the hind nostril. Lower labial fold
interrupted in the middle. A thin, smooth, deciduous horny covering to the lower jaw.
Barbels four, as long as the eye in the young, longer in the adult. Teeth : pharyngeal, 5, 3,
2, 2, 3, 5, pointed and rather crooked at their summits. Fins : dorsal as high as the body
in the young, not quite so high in the adult ; it commences midway between the end of
the snout or front nostril and base of the caudal ; its last undivided ray strong, rather
coarsely serrated posteriorly, one-half to two-thirds as long as the head in the immature, four-
fifths of its length in the adult. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and reach-
ing more than half-way to the base of the ventral, which latter fin arises below the first dorsal
ray and extends more than half-way to the anal. The length of the base of the anal equals
half its height, which latter equals the length of the pectoral ; if laid flat it almost reaches
the base of the caudal, which is forked. Scales : depth of those in tiled row equals half a
diameter of the eye. Free portion of the tait about as high at its commencement as it is
ong. Colours silvery, usually without spots ; but in some specimens from Yangihissar there
are minute black spots on the upper half of the body.
Sab. Kashghar, Yangihissar, and Sarikol. M'Clelland Hkewise obtained it (through
Griffith) from Afghanistan, the Cabul Biver at Jellalabad, and Tarnuck River. He sent three
specimens to the East India Museum.
7. SCHIZOTHORAX MICROCEPHALUS. Plate III, fig. 2.
Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 787.
B. iii., D. |, P. 18, V. 11, A. J-, C. 18, L. 1. 105, L. tr. 25/.
Length of head 5 to 5J, of caudal 6, height of body 5f to 6 in the total length. Eyes :
diameter 7 in the length of head, 2J diameters from end of snout, and 2J apart. Interorbital,
B
6
SECOND TAEKAND MISSION.
space flat. The greatest width of the head equals its length behind the middle of the eyes ;
its height equals its length excluding the snout. Mouth broad, anterior, with the upper
jaw the longer, and overhung by the snout; the cleft of the mouth nearly horizontal ; it
extends to below the hind nostril, and is scarcely above half the extent of its gape ; lower
labial fold interrupted in the middle. A thin horny covering to the lower jaw. Barbels :
the rostral ones reach to below the hind edge of the eye, the maxillary ones to the hind
edge of the preopercle. Fins : dorsal anteriorly nearly as high as the body, commencing
slightly nearer the snout than the base of the caudal fin, or midway between the two ; its
last undivided ray weak, articulated, and with some very small obsolete denticulations
posteriorly about its centre (absent in some specimens). Pectoral as long as the head behind
the front nostril, and reaching rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter is shorter
than the pectoral, reaching about half-way to the base of the anal. Anal almost reaching base
of caudal when laid flat, the length of its base being only one-third of its height. Caudal with
rounded lobes. Free portion of the tail rather longer than high. Scales : in the first third
of the body those along the lateral line are larger than those above or below them, but
posteriorly they are of the same size ; the tiled row equal about half the diameter of the
eye. Colour silvery.
M'Clelland says of S. edeniana that its spine is slender, soft, and denticulated at its
base, but the reflected fold of the lower lip is uninterrupted. Sacoma gobioides, M'Clell.,
from, the Bamean River, shows the head almost as short as in this species ; but it has a strong
serrated dorsal spine, whilst that fin is on an elevated base. The anal does not appear to reach
above half-way to the base of the caudal.
Hab. The specimens are from Panjah (9,000 feet) in Wakhan, the waters going to the
Oxus. The dorsal spine approaches that of Ptychobarbus.
8. SCHIZOTHORAX IRREGULARIS. Plate IV, fig. 1.
Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 787.
? Schizothorax edeniana, M'Clell., Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist, ii, p. 579.
B. iii, D. f, P. 18, V. 9, A. f, C. 20, L. 1. 98, L. tr. 26/.
Length of head 5, of caudal 6, height of body 6 in the total length. Eyes : diameter 6^
in the length of head, 2| diameters from the end of snout, and about 2 apart. Interorbital
space nearly flat. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its length behind the
orbit. Mouth narrow ; the upper jaw slightly the longer, and only slightly overhung by the
snout. Cleft of mouth a little oblique, its width equal to its length, and the maxilla reach-
ing to beneath the front nostril. Lips very thick, lobed in the centre, and with an interrupted
labial fold. Barbels : the rostral ones reach to below the front edge of the eye ; the maxillary
ones are one-half longer than the diameter of the eye. Fins : dorsal anteriorly about two-thirds
as high as the body below it : its last undivided ray weak, very feebly serrated posteriorly,
whilst the extent of its osseous portion does not exceed one-third of the length of the
head; the fin commences midway between the front edge of the eye and the base of the
caudal fin. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and reaching half-wray to the
ventral, which latter is rather shorter and extends rather more than half-way to the base of
the anal. Anal two-fifths as long at its base as it is high ; when laid flat it almost reaches the
caudal, which latter is slightly forked. Eree portion of the tail rather longer than high at its
base. Scales : those behind the pectoral region to as far as the end of the anal, and below the
lateral line, are much smaller than those above the lateral line. The tiled row small, not above
ICHTHYOLOGY. 7
half the diameter of the eye. Colours silvery, becoming lightest and glossed with gold below
the lateral line.
ILab. The specimen described is stuffed, and 2O5 inches in length. It was obtained at
Tash-kurgan in Sarikol. If this is identical with S. edeniana, M'Clell., it is also found in
the Cabul River, in the Mydan Valley, and Sir-i-chusmah.
9. SCHIZOTHORAX NASTis. Plate IV, fig 3.
Sckizothoraur nasus, Heckel, Fiscbe Kascb., p. 33, t. vi. ; Gunther, Cat. vii., p. 166.
B. iii, D. |, P. 18, V. 10, A. f , C. 19, L. 1. 90-100.
Length of head 4|, of caudal 5|, height of body 5 in the total length. Eyes : diameter
5J in the length of head, 1| diameter from the end of snout, and also apart. Dorsal profile
more convex than that of the abdomen. Upper surface of the head nearly flat ; its greatest
width equals its postorbital length, while its height equals its length excluding the snout.
Upper jaw rather longer than the lower and overhung by the snout. Mouth: horseshoe-shaped,
its gape equalling its cleft. The maxilla reaches to below the hind nostril. Lower labial
fold interrupted. Barbels : four ; the maxillary ones two-thirds as long as the eye ; the
rostral ones slightly shorter. Fins : dorsal as high as the body below it ; it commences
midway between the middle of the eye and the base of the caudal fin ; its last undivided ray
is strong, rather coarsely serrated, and nearly as long as the head. Pectoral about as long as
the head excluding the snout, and reaching above half-way to the base of the ventral, which
latter fin arises below the last undivided dorsal ray, reaching half-way to the base of the
anal, which is above twice as high as wide at its base, and nearly reaches the caudal when
laid flat. Scales : depth of those in the tiled row scarcely one-third of the diameter of the
eye. Free portion of the tail not quite so high at its commencement as it is long. Colours :
silvery, with black spots on the upper half of the body.
This species has a more elevated dorsal profile and shorter barbels than S. intermedius.
Sab. Kashmir Lake.
10. PTYCHOBAEBTJS CONIROSTBIS. Plate III, fig. 3.
Ptychobarbus conirostris, Steindachner, Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 789, t. xvii, f. 4; Giin-
ther, Cat. vii., p. 169.
B. iii, D. |, P. 22, V. 10, A. 7-8, C. 19, L. 1. 95, L. tr. 24/.
Length of head 4| to 5, of caudal 7£, height of body 6| to 6| in the total length. Eyes :
diameter from 4£ to 5^ in the length of the head, 2 diameters from the end of snout, and
l£ apart. The greatest width of the head equals its postorbital length, but is slightly less than
its height. Mouth : horseshoe-shaped, with the upper jaw a little the longer, and rather
overhung by the snout ; the maxilla reaches to below the front edge of the eye. Lower labial
fold very broad, uninterrupted, and with a cleft in the median line posteriorly. Barbels :
a pair at the angle of the mouth, which reach the posterior edge of the preopercle ; in a small
specimen, 3'1 inches long, they only equal half a diameter of the eye in extent. Teeth :
pharyngeal ones in two rows. Fins : the dorsal commences much nearer the snout than the
base of the caudal, its entire base being equidistant from these two points ; it has no osseous
ray, and is as high as the body below it. Pectoral as long as the head behind the nostrils, and
8
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
does not reach quite so far as the ventral, which latter fin arises under the last few dorsal
rays and reaches two-thirds of the distance to the base of the anal. The anal, when laid flat,
reaches the hase of the caudal, its base is 2J in its height. Scales : the tiled row small, not
one-third of the diameter of the eye. Colours : silvery, darkest along the back and upper
half of body, where most of the scales have black margins, thus causing small reticulations
in the colour. Upper surface of the head spotted with black ; some dark spots on the dorsal
fin, and sometimes a few bight ones on the caudal.
Sab. Head-waters of Indus, Hanle in Tibet, and Chiliscomo, near Dras.
11. PTYCHOBARBTJS LATICEPS. Plate III, fig. 1.
Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876. p. 789.
B. iii, D. |, P. 18, V. 9, A. ?, C. 20, L. 1. 145.
Length of head 4£, of caudal 9|, height of body 7 in the total length. Eyes : diameter
12 in the length of head, 2 J diameters from the end of snout, and also apart. Mouth anterior,
with the lower jaw somewhat the longer ; the depth of the cleft of the mouth equals half the
width of the gape. Upper surface of the head broad, its width being nearly twice its height.
No lower labial fold under the mandible. Barbels : a maxillary pair as long as the eyes.
Fins : dorsal arises slightly nearer the base of the caudal than the end of the snout ; its
last undivided ray weak, articulated at its extremity, and not serrated. Pectoral two-fifths
as long as the head. Ventral arises below the anterior dorsal rays. Caudal forked. Scales
are scarcely imbricated, but cover the entire body ; those forming the tiled sheath along
the base of the anal fin are two-thirds of the diameter of the eye. Colours silvery
superiorly, becoming dull white beneath ; a few blackish spots along the back.
This interesting skin has unfortunately had its anal fin removed, whilst the pharyngeal
teeth have not been preserved. The specimen is 52 inches in length.
It may be considered that as this fish differs from P. conirostris in the form of its mouth
and snout, also in the position of the ventral fin, it might form a new genus ; but we have
yet much to learn of the mountain barbels ; perhaps a more extensive acquaintance will
diminish the number of genera into which they are at present subdivided.
Hab. Kashghar (4,043 feet elevation), the river from which place eventually joins the
Yarkand River.
12. PTYCHOBABBUS LONGICEPS. Plate IV, fig. 2.
Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 790.
B. iii, D. |, P. 19, V. 12, A. f , C. 20, L. 1, 112, L. tr. 31.
Length of head 3f to 4, of caudal 7 to 7i, height of body 5| to 6 in the total length
Eyes : diameter 7 to 9 in the length of head, 1^ diameter from the end of snout, and 2 apart.
Mouth anterior, cleft oblique, commencing superiorly opposite the upper margin of the eye.
Lower jaw somewhat the longer ; the maxilla reaches to below the middle of the eye. The
greatest width of the head rather exceeds its height, and equals half its length. Interorbital
space flat. No lower labial fold under the mandibles. Barbels : a maxillary pair half as
long as the eye. Fins : the dorsal commences midway between the hind edge of the
preopercle and the base of the caudal fin. Its last undivided ray is osseous, of moderate
ICHTHYOLOGY. 9
strength, and very finely serrated posteriorly ; its osseous portion equals a little above one-
fourth of the length of the head. Pectoral half as long as the head, and reaches half-way to
the ventral ; the latter fin commences under the first divided dorsal ray, and does not extend
quite half-way to the root of the anal. Anal twice as high as its base is long ; it does not
reach the caudal when laid flat ; the latter fin forked. Scales oval, nearly as wide as high
and slightly imbricate ; the tiled row half the diameter of the eye. Free portion of the tail
rather longer than high. Colours bluish on the back, lightest below, dorsal and caudal
spotted.
Hab. Yarkand, whence the stuffed specimen described was brought. It is 31 inches in
length. This species scarcely accords with the definition of Ptychobarbus, the last undivided
dorsal ray being osseous and finely serrated. The specimen, however, is large, whilst P. laticeps
forms the intermediate form between it and P. conirostris.
13. SCHIZOPYGOPSIS STOLICZKJE. Plate II, fig. 2.
Schizopygopsis stoliczka, Steind. Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 785 ; Giintber. Cat. vii, p. 170.
B. iii, D. £, P. 13, V. 11, A. i, C. 19.
Length of head 5 to 5f , of caudal 5| to 5f , height of body 7 to 8 in the total length.
Eyes : diameter 4 to 5 in the length of head, 1 to 1J diameters from end of snout, and 1^ to
2 apart. The greatest width of the head equals its length behind the middle of the eyes ;
and its height equals its length excluding the snout. Mouth inferior, overhung by the
snout ; the maxilla reaches to below the front edge of the eye. A sharp, anterior, horny
edge to the mandible. Barbels absent. Fins : the dorsal commences about midway between
the end of the snout and the root of the caudal ; its upper edge is nearly straight, oblique ;
the fin is as high as the body below it, and one-third higher than its base is long ; its last
undivided ray osseous and finely serrated posteriorly. Pectoral not quite so long as the head,
and reaching rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter, arising below the middle of
the dorsal, is slightly the shorter, and does not reach the anal. Anal, when laid flat, reaches
the base of the caudal ; it is rather above twice as high as its base is long. Caudal deeply
forked. Free portion of the tail as high as long. Lateral line at first descends gently, and
then reascending, attains the middle of the body opposite the posterior extremity of the dorsal
fin. Colours olive superiorly, becoming white on the sides and beneath ; the whole covered
with irregular blackish spots.
The ova are comparatively large. The serrated dorsal spine is strongest in specimens
from Leh.
These fishes appear to be much attacked by parasites, which occasion yellowish elevated
tubercles, not only on the head and body, but also on the dorsal fin.
One specimen, from Balakchi, had a shot (No. 2) imbedded in the isthmus, where the
parts around it had healed.
Hab. Leh, Tankse, and fry or small fish from Lukong and Chagra (15,090 feet),
all from waters directly or indirectly going to the Indus. Some fry from Sarikol, the
waters of which go to the Yarkand River ', Aktash, Upper Kara-kul and Pan j ah, tributaries
of the Oxus or Amu River. This fish has also been taken at Gnari Khorsum by Schlagintweit.
1 I am very dubious of these specimens, and hardly think they can have been obtained from waters that flow into the Yarkand
River, as the adults have not been obtained thence. The adult, however, has been taken in the Oxus ; and I find by the diary that
on the day the specimens in question were captured the camp was at Sarikol, a few miles from a valley where a stream enters the
Aksu Elver, a tributary of the Oxus.
C
10
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Largest specimen 8'5 inches in length. There is also a specimen from Balakchi, the streams
there apparently flowing towards the Yarkand River, which goes to the east.
14. DIPTTCHUS MACULATTJS. Plate II, fig. 3.
Diptychus maculatiis, Steindachner, Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 787; Giinther, Cat. vii., p.
171. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 792.
Diptychus severzowi, Kessler, Fish. Turkestan, p. 17, t. iv, f. 12.
B. iii, D. g, P. 19, V. 9, A. I C. 19, L. 1. 80-90.
Length of head 5 to 6, of caudal 5 to 6 ; height of hody 7J to 8 in the total length.
Eyes : diameter 4| in the young to 6 in the adult in the length of the head, 1J to 2 diameters
from the end of snout, and 1^ apart. The greatest width of the head equals its height, or its
length behind the front edge or middle of the eyes. Mouth transverse, inferior, having an
anterior sharp horny covering on the lower jaw. Lower labial fold interrupted in the middle.
Barbels : one at each maxilla, having thick bases, and hardly so long as the eye. Teeth
pharyngeal, 4, 3, 3, 4, curved at the outer extremity and pointed. Fins: the dorsal
commences rather nearer the snout than the base of the caudal, its upper edge is straight ;
it is as high as the body below it, its last undivided ray articulated. Pectoral not quite so
long as the head ; it reaches rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter commences
on a vertical line below the last dorsal ray ; it reaches rather above half-way to the base of
the anal. Anal when laid flat reaches the base of the caudal ; its height is nearly three
times the length of its base. Scales not imbricated, but scattered over the upper two-
thirds of the body and pectoral region, in which latter locality the skin is often rugose :
the tiled row well developed. Free portion of the tail one-half longer than high at
its base. Colours bluish, lightest inferiorly, indistinctly blotched and spotted along the
upper half of the body ; often a narrow, dull band along the lateral line, and a second
below it. The dorsal and caudal fins much spotted in some specimens.
The very young are destitute of scales ; they first appear along the lateral line. One
specimen from Basgo, I'l inch long, has no barbel on the left side. There are two specimens
from the west of Sarikol : one has an adipose lid, covering the anterior half of the left eye ;
the other has a similar lid covering the lower half of the left eye. Brown tubercles are com-
mon on some of the specimens, and do not appear to be normal. Some specimens from Leh
have the eye small.
Diptychus severzowi, from the Rivers Aksai and Ottuck appears to be the above species.
Sab. Specimens were brought from Kharbu, Basgo, Snima, Leh, Tankse, and Chagra,
from waters going directly or indirectly to the' Indus ; from Pasrobat (9,370 feet), and
Tarbashi (11,515 feet), whence the waters go to the Yarkand River; also from west of
Sarikol, which goes to the same river. Some specimens are also labelled as from Chiliscomo.
This fish has also been captured in other parts of Tibet, and likewise in Nepal.
15. LABEO SINDENSIS. Plate II, fig. 4.
CirrAina sindensis, Day, Proc. As. Soc., Beng., 1872, p. 319.
B. iii, D. 12-13, P. 18, V. 9, A. 7, C. 19, L. 1. 43, L. tr. 8-9.
Length of head 6{-, of caudal 4| ; height of body 5-L in the total length. Eyes : diameter
5| in the length of the head, 2 diameters from the end of the snout, and 2£ apart. Snout
ICHTHYOLOGY. 11
rather overhanging the mouth, without any lateral lobe. Lips continuous at the angle of the
mouth, and having a thin cartilaginous covering. Barbels : a short maxillary, hut no
rostral pair.
Hab.— Sind, Punjab, and the Deccan. The specimen figured came from Murree.
16. CIKB.HINA GOHAMA.
Cyprinus latins and gokama, Hamilton Buchanan, Fishes of Ganges, pp. 346, 393.
Barbus diplochilus, Heckel, Fiseh. Kasch., p. 53, t. x, f . 1.
Tylognathus barbatulus, Heckel, Hiigel's Reise, iv., p. 376.
Chondrostoma wattanak, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc., ii., p. t. 62, £. 4 : Bleeker, Beng., p. 25.
Gonorkynckus brevis, M'Clell and Ind. Cypr. p. 373, t. 43, f. 6.
Crassocheilus lat'ms and gokama, Bleeker, Prod. Cypr., p. 110; Giinther, Cat. vii., p. 72.
Crassocheilus restrains, Giinther, loc. cit.
Crossockeilus barbatulus. Giinther, loc. cit.
B. iii., D. £, , P. 15, V. 9, A. f , C. 19, L. 1. 38-40.
There are several specimens of this fish from the lake in Kashmir; and, curiously
enough, they show the links between Hamilton Buchanan's and Heckel's species. All have
a pair of rostral barbels and minute mandibular ones (C. barbatula). Some have 5J, some
4| rows between the lateral line and base of first dorsal ray. Others possess 3, 3J, and 4J
rows between the lateral line and base of ventral fin. The proportions, likewise, vary with
age and other causes.
The localities this fish inhabits, and its mode of frequenting stones, very much resemble
those of Discognathus lamta, Hamilton Buchanan, whilst its jaws are wide (not deep) ; and its
under surface is similarly flattened, but it has no labial sucker.
17. BARBUS TOK. Plate III, fig. 4.
Cyprinus tor, Hamilton Buchanan, Fishes of Ganges, pp. 305, 388.
Barbus (Labeobarbus) kamiltonii, Gray and Hardwicke, Ind. Zool., pi. ; Jerdon, Mad. Journ. Lit.
and Sci., 1849, p. 311.
Barbus progeneius, M'Clell and, Ind. Cyp., pp. 270, 334, pi. Ivi, f. 3; Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 208.
Labeobarbus macrolepis, Heckel, Fisch. Kashmir, p. 60, pi. x, f. 2, Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 209.
Labeobarbus tor, Bleeker, Cobit. et Cyp. Ceylon, in Nat. Verh. Holl. Maat. Haar., 1864, p. 10,
f. 2. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 290; 1870, p. 372.
Barbus Jchudree, Sykes, T. Z. S. ii, p. 57.
Barbus tor, Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 199.
Barbus (Barbodes) tor, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, pp. 270, 334.
„ mosal, Giinther, Cat. vii, p. 130.
„ macrolepis, Giinther, Cat. vii, p. 131.
„ longispinis, Giinther, Cat. vii, p. 132.
B. iii, D. f , P. 18, V. 9, A. |, C. 19, L. 1. 23-24, L. tr. 4/4.
This fish, the Mahaseer of India, is too well known to need describing.
12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Habitat. — From Sind throughout India and Ceylon, and generally ascending mountain
rivers for the purpose of breeding. Should such rivers be snow-fed, it deposits its ova in the
side streams.
Before describing the Loaches, I will give my reasons why it appears to me that the
genus Diplophysa, Kessler, may probably be a synonym of Nemacheilm.
It is said to consist of " elongated fishes, strongly compressed posteriorly," which we
perceive in Nemacheilus stoliczkts and N. yarkandensis ; but in an equally elongated species
N. tenuis, the free portion of the tail is not compressed, but is as wide as deep.
" The eyes are surrounded with a fold of skin forming a lid." This is also perceived in
specimens amongst the species I have enumerated from Yarkand ; and I have likewise noted
that some of the other fishes from the same cold region have folds of skin more or less cover-
ing the eyes.
" Lips fleshy, the upper more or less denticulated, the inferior bilobed, and more or less
papillated." I have figured the inferior surface of the head of all the Loaches ; and
although some, as N. stoliczkce and N. tenuis, have the lips as described by Kessler, the
N. yarkandensis has not, whilst the three certainly cannot be separated into distinct genera.
" Air-vessel in two parts, the anterior enclosed in a bony capsule, the posterior elongated
and free in the abdominal cavity." This is the only portion of Kessler 's definition not perceived
in these fishes in which the air-vessel is enclosed in bone ; and I cannot resist suggest-
ing a re-examination of "Western Turkestan specimens. It would be very remarkable were
the Nemacheili found in Europe, in fact throughout Asia, even in the Oxus, to have their
air-vessels enclosed in bone, whereas in the river Hi going to Lake Balkash, and the river
Urdjar falling into Lake Ala (Ala-kul), they have the same organ partially free in the
abdomen, as is seen in genus Sofia. But granting Kessler's description to be accurate, I
cannot think that such a fact alone would justify instituting a new genus for the reception of
his species.
The reason for air-vessels being more or less enclosed in bone in some fishes is obscure ;
and I some time since adverted, in the ' Proceedings of the Zoological Society,' to the circum-
stance of such not being infrequent in Indian Siluridce.
I found amongst the Indian genera of Siluroids of the fresh waters, or those which entered
fresh waters, as follows : —
^4. Air-vessel, when present, free in the abdominal cavity —
1. Rita; 2. Erethistes ; 3. Pseudeutropius ; 4. Silurus ; 5. Olyra ; 6. Macrones ; 7.
Callichrous ; 8. Wallago ; 9. Arius ; 10. Hemipimelodus ;' 11. Osteogeniosus ;
12. Batrachoceplialus ; 13. Pangasius ; 14. Plotosus. Of these, five (Nos.
9, 10, 11, 12, and 14) are marine forms, entering fresh waters for predaceous
purposes.
B. — Air vessel more or less enclosed in bone —
1. Ailia ; 2. Ailiichthys ; 3. Sisor ; 4. Bagarius ; 5. Amblyceps ; 6. Saccobranchus ;
7. Silundia; 8. Eutropiichthys ; 9. Gagata ; 10. Nangra ; 11. Pseudecheneis ;
12. Exostoma ; 13. Clarias ; 14. Qlyptosternum. All of these are fresh water
genera.
Hemipimelodus appears to be Arius destitute of teeth on the palate.
ICHTHYOLOGY. 13
These fourteen fresh water genera having the air-vessel enclosed in bone are divisible
as follows : —
1. — Waters of plains —
(a.) — Large rivers. No suckers on the chest : — Ailia, Ailiichthys, Sisor, Bagarim,
Silundia, Eutropiichthys, Gagata, Nangra.
(g.) — Large rivers : descending to the sea. An accessory air-breathing apparatus : —
Clarias.
(y.) — Smaller rivers, tanks, &c. An accessory air-breathing sac : — Saccobranchus.
2. — "Waters of the plains or hills —
No sucker on chest : — Amblyceps.
Sucker on chest: — Glyptosternum.
3.— Waters of hills-
Sucker on chest : — Pseudecheneis,
Chest adhesive : — Exostoma.
As we find genera with the air-vessel enclosed in bone decrease in number the further
we are from Hindustan Proper, it is but natural to conclude that the necessity for this bony
capsule is greater in India than in other tropical countries, and also that it is only useful for
freshwater forms.
When we see that all fishes (except the NemacJieili) from Yarkand have the air-vessel
free in the abdominal cavity, it stands to reason that heat or cold can scarcely be that which
involves the necessity of this form of organization.
It appears most probable that the air vessel being more or less enclosed in bone is for
the purpose of developing some function specially required or to an abnormal extent, and that
whatever this may be it is most necessary in a mountain torrent, but unnecessary in a
marine existence.
We find in fishes that the air-vessel has two distinct functions —
(1). — In the Acanthopterygii, where it is free in the abdominal cavity, its use is more
or less a mechanical one, and by contracting or expanding the fish is enabled to maintain
itself at a desired level.
(2). — In the Physostomi we find a very different formation, as in all there is a duct
opening from the air-vessel into the upper portion of the alimentary canal. In some of
these fishes the mechanical function appears to be alone served by it. In others, that of
hearing seems to entirely supersede that for flotation, for being more or less enclosed in bone
contraction and expansion would be impeded. These bones or auditory ossicles lead to the
internal ear, and it is evident that in some way the air vessel serves for auditory purposes
to an extent for which we, at present, are hardly in a position to account.
It is remarkable that Siluroid forms do not appear to thrive in cold climates. The
Cyprinince of this collection have all small scales, or are more or less destitute of any ;
whilst the Loaches of Yarkand and Tibet have none at all ; neither have those recorded from
the Oxus or the Jaxartes.
There is one characteristic of the hill Loaches which seems almost invariable : the
pectoral fins are stiff at their bases, as if employed for adhesive purposes. I have observed
the outer ray in some of the Loaches of the plains forming a distinct bony ray with an
enlarged and flattened outer extremity : but this is used for the purpose of assisting them to
dig into the sand, in which they will bury themselves with great rapidity on the approach of
danger.
14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION,
18. NEMACHEILTJS STOLICZK^; Plate V, fig. 2.
Cobitis sloliczka, Steindachner, Verb, z.-b., Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 793, t. xiv, f. 2.
Colitis tenuicauda, Steindachner loc. cit. p. 792, t. xvii., f. 3.
NemacJieilus stoliczkce, Gunther, Cat. vii, p. 360.
Nemacheilus tenuicauda, Giinther, loc. cit., p. 357.
B. lii, D. t, P. 13, V. 8, A. f, C. 15.
Length of head 6, of caudal 6 ; height of hody 8 in the total length. Eyes : diameter 8
in the length of head, 3 diameters from the end of snout, and 2 apart. Snout rounded,
slightly projecting over the mouth. Lips rugose ; and in some specimens from Yarkand the
edges are fimbriated : lower lip with a lohe on either side, but the lower labial fold interrupted
in the middle. The greatest width of the head equals its height, or its length excluding
the snout. In some specimens the preorbital has a free lower edge. Barbels six; the
maxillary ones reach beyond the hind edge of the eye ; the rostral ones are shorter. Fins :
the dorsal commences midway between the eye and the base of the caudal, it is one-third
higher than its base is long, and equals the greatest depth of the body ; its last ray is divided
to its base ; its upper edge is oblique, with a rounded anterior angle. Pectoral nearly as long
as the head, and reaching rather above half-way to the ventral ; the latter fin arises on a
vertical line below the anterior dorsal rays, is almost as long as the pectoral, and reaches
above half-way to the anal. Anal with a very narrow base : caudal slightly emarginate.
Free portion of the tail from twice to two-and-a-half times as long as high at its base.
Scales : absent. Air-vessel : in two portions, enclosed in bone. Colours : greyish along the
back, becoming lighter beneath, marbled all over with dark green or black spots or bands.
Dorsal, caudal, and sometimes outer pectoral rays barred.
In specimens from Sarikol the snout is rather more pointed than described above.
Hab. — Leh (11,518 feet) ; Snima ; Lukong stream (14,130 feet) ; and Chagra (15,000
feet), all being waters directly or indirectly going to the Indus. Also Yarkand (3,923
feet) and Sarikol, where the waters go to the easterly or Yarkand River ; and Aktash
(12,600 feet), which is on the Aksu or Oxus.
I have a specimen in my collection given me by Dr. Stoliczka : he procured it, along
with those sent to Steindachner, from the Tso-Morari in Rupshu (Tibet), on his first visit
to that country.
19. NEMACHEILUS YARKANDENSIS. Plate V, fig. 3.
Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, page 796.
B. iii, D. f , P. 17, V. 8, A. |- , C. 15.
Length of head 4^, of caudal 6, height of body 6f in the total length. Eyes : diameter
6 to 7 in the length of the head, 2£ diameters from the end of snout, and 2 to 3 apart.
Snout : rather elevated in the adult. Upper surface of the head nearly flat ; its greatest width
equals its height or its length excluding the snout. Mouth inferior, horseshoe-shaped ; lips
smooth, lower labial fold interrupted in the middle and destitute of lobes. Barbels six ; the
maxillary ones reach (in adults) the angle of the preopercle. Fins : the dorsal commences
ICHTHYOLOGY. 15
midway between the front edge of the eye and the base of the caudal fin ; its upper edge is
straight and oblique ; its height rather exceeds that of the body below it, and is one-fourth
more than the extent of its base. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and
reaching two-thirds of the distance to the ventral. Ventral commences below the first dorsal
ray, is shorter than the pectoral, and reaches two-thirds of the distance to the anal. Anal
twice as high as wide at its base. Caudal emarginate, its outer rays being a little produced.
Eree portion of the tail at its commencement nearly equals its length in the adult, but is
less in the young. Scales absent. Air-vessel in two portions, enclosed in bone. Colours :
greyish, having in some specimens numerous fine blackish or dark spots on the body. In
some there is a silvery lateral band.
Hab. — Yarkand, Pasrobat, Yangihissar, and Kashghar, all from waters in connection
with the Yarkand and Yangihissar or Great Easterly River.
20. NEMACHEILUS TENTJIS. Plate V, fig. 4.
Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, page 796.
B. iii, D. £, P. 13, V. 8, A. f , C. 17.
Length of head 5^ to 6^, of caudal 7-J, height of body 9 to 10 in the total length.
Eyes : diameter 5| in the length of head, 2£ diameters from the end of snout, and 1 apart-
Snout rather compressed and overhanging the mouth ; the greatest width of the head equals
its height or its length excluding the snout. In some specimens the lower edge of the
preorbital is free. Lips thickened and fimbriated in the adult ; lower labial fold interrupted in
the middle, and rather lobed on either side. Barbels six ; the outer rostral pair extend to be-
low the hind edge of the eye, the maxillary ones to the opercle in the adult. Fins : dorsal
commences midway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal fin ; its upper
edge is slightly concave, with a rounded upper angle ; it is rather more than one-half higher
than the extent of its base or than the body below it. Pectoral nearly as long as the head,
and reaches rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter commences under the third
dorsal ray ; is as long as the pectoral, and reaches the base of the anal. Anal twice as high
as wide at its base. Caudal slightly emarginate. Eree portion of the tail one-third as high
at its base as it is long, while its breadth equals its height. Scales absent. Air-vessel in
two portions, enclosed in bone. Colours : yellowish white, the surface and sides sometimes
with dark blotches and spots : dorsal and caudal fins with dull spots.
Tins fish is allied to N. ladacensis, Giinther, but is distinguished by a more elongated
body and longer barbels, &c.
Hab. Aktash (12,600 feet elevation), whence the waters pass to the Oxus ; and Yangi-
hiss&r (4,320 feet elevation), where the rivers go to the Yarkand River.
21. NEMACHEILUS LADACENSIS. Plate IV, fig. 4.
NemacJieiiiis ladacensis, Giinther, Cat. vii, p. 356.
B. iii., D. |, P. 13, V. 9, A. -|, C. 19.
Length of head 5, of caudal 5f ; height of body 5^ in the total length. Eyes : diameter
5 to 5J in the length of head, 2J diameters from end of snout, and 2 apart. Greatest width
16
SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
of head equals its height or its length excluding the snout. Lips moderately thick and
rugose ; lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. Barbels 6 ; the maxillary ones scarcely
reach to below the front edge of the eye, the longest rostral ones to below the front nostril.
Fins: dorsal commences midway between the front edge of the eye and the base of
the caudal fin: it is as high as the body below it and half higher than its base is
long? its upper anterior corner rounded. Pectoral as long as the head behind the
angle of the mouth, and reaching nearly to the ventral, which latter fin arises below the
commencement of the dorsal fin : it is shorter than the pectoral, but extends to the base of
the anal. Anal twice as high as long, and reaches above half-way to the base of the caudal
which is emarginate. Free portion of the tail twice as long as high at its base. Scales
absent. Colours : of a light fawn, with sixteen or eighteen interrupted darker and sinuous
bands passing from the back down the sides ; a silvery lateral band. Dorsal and caudal
finely spotted in lines : a darkish band on pectoral, ventral and anal.
Hab. Gnari Khorsum, Tibet. The specimen described is the largest of two obtained by
Messrs, von Schlagintweit, and deposited in the Indian Museum. The size of the British
Museum specimen, and the broken state of its caudal fin, must be accepted as the reason
why my proportion of the free portion of the tail does not agree with Dr. Giinther's (nearly
J) ; whilst I find the caudal fin " emarginate," and not " rounded."
22. NEMACHEILUS GEACILIS. Plate IV, fig. 5.
Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 798.
B. iii, D. |, P. 13, V. 8, A. f , C. 17.
Length of head 5|, of caudal 6|, height of body 6| ; in the total length. Eyes :
diameter 11 in length of head, 4 diameters from end of snout, and 2^ apart. Snout
overhanging the mouth. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its length
excluding the snout. Lips thickened ; lower labial fold interrupted in the middle and rather
lobed on either side. Barbels six ; the maxillary ones nearly twice as long as the eye ; the
external rostral ones reach the hind nostril ; the other pair are shorter. Fins : dorsal com-
mences midway between the eye and vertical border of the preopercle ; its upper edge is
nearly straight ; it is not quite so high as the body below it, and one-fourth less than the
extent of its base. Pectoral as long as the head behind the angle of the mouth ; it reaches
rather above half-way to the base of the ventral, which latter fin arises somewhat in advance
of the commencement of the dorsal ; it is of about the same length as the pectoral, and ex-
tends half-way to the anal. Anal twice as high as wide at its base : it reaches, when laid flat,
a little more than half-way to the base of the caudal, which is slightly emarginate. Free
portion of the tail half as high at its base as it is long. Scales absent. Colours brownish
along the back, becoming yellowish beneath : dorsal and caudal with dull spots.
Hab. Basgo, on the head waters of the Indus.
ICHTHYOLOGY. 17
23. NEMACHEILUS MARMORATUS. Plate V, fig. 1.
Cobitis marmorala, Hcckel, Fische Kasch., p. 76, t. xii., figs. 1 and 2 : Hiigel, Kaschm. iv.,
p. 380.
Cobitis vittata, Heckel, loc. cit. p. 80, t. xii., figs. 3 and 4 ; Hiigel, loc. cit. p. 382.
Nemacheilus marmoratus, Giinther, Cat. vii., p. 356; Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 798.
B. iii, D. t, P. 11, V. 7, A. f , C. 17.
Length of head 4f to 5, of caudal 7, height of body 7 in the total length. Eyes : dia-
meter 5 in length of head, 2 diameters from end of snout, and 1^ apart. Snout somewhat
pointed ; and in some the preorbital is slightly projecting, Lips wrinkled ; the lower lahial
fold interrupted. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its length excluding
the snout. Barbels : the maxillary ones reach to below the hind edge of the eye ; the ros-
tral ones are nearly as long, Fins : dorsal commences midway between the end of the snout
and the base of the caudal ; its upper edge is nearly straight, oblique, and with rounded angles ;
its height rather exceeds that of the body below it ; and it is nearly twice as high as its base
is long. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and extending half-way to the
ventral. Ventral one-third shorter than the pectoral, and reaching half-way to the anal-
Anal twice as high as long at its base. Caudal cut square, with rounded angles or slightly
emarginate. Free portion of the tail from one-and-a-half to twice as long as high at its base.
Scales absent. Colours marbled or irregularly blotched and spotted with brown ; fins also
more or less spotted.
Sab. Kashmir Lake.
24. NEMACHEILUS RTTPICOLA.
Schistura rupicola, M'Clelland. Journ. A. Soc. Bengal, vii., pi. Iv, fig. 3, and Ind. Cypr., p. 309,
pi. Ivii., f. 3.
The Kashmir species are almost or quite destitute of scales, and otherwise agree with
M'Clelland's fish.
25. NEMACHEILUS
Colitis microps, Steindachner. Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 794, t. xiii., f. 3.
Nemacheilus microps, Giinther, Cat. vii., p. 357.
This species is entirely destitute of scales. The head is as wide as it is long. It was
obtained by Dr. Stoliczka in Tibet on his first journey, but no specimens exist amongst the
Yarkand collection.
1 Oreias Dabryi, Sauvage, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1874, p. 3, is closely allied to this species.
E
18
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
If we examine the localities whence the fishes which form this collection were procured,
omitting the Murree and Kashmir examples, we find as follows : —
Name of species.
Head waters of
Indus.
Yarkand river, or its
branches.
Oins, or its
tributaries.
Exostoma stoliczka ... ...
1
...
.. .
Oreinus sinuatus
1
...
...
Scfiizothorax esocinus
1
...
...
...
1
...
1
, ..
1
Ptychobarbus conirostris
1
...
...
...
1
• » «
, .
...
1
...
Schlzopygopsis stoliczkce
1
...
1
Diptychus maculatus ...
1
1
...
Nemacheilus stoliczkce
1
1
1
1
...
...
...
1
...
1
1
Total
8
9
4
Thus, we have eight species from the head- waters of the Indus, two of which extend
to the great easterly, or Yarkand, River of Eastern Turkestan, and one to the Oxus of
Western Turkestan ; nine species from the Yarkand River, two common to the Indus and
three to the Oxus ; and four species from the Oxus, three of which are also found in the
Yarkand River, and one in the head waters of the Indus.
If these species are examined in accordance with the districts traversed hy this Mission
and mapped out hy Mr. Hume, we ohtain the following results : —
(1st}. — From the hilly region hetween Murree and the Zoji-la Pass, there exists one species
of Schizothorax showing an affinity to the Turkestan fauna : one Oreinus, a
Himalayan genus : and two species of Nemacheilus, a genus common to
Turkestan and Hindustan.
(2nd). — Prom Zoji-la to the head of the Pankong there are; — one Siluroid, Exostoma,
evidently a Himalayan and hilly form. Of carps, the Himalayan Oreinus and
four genera which may be considered as common to Turkestan, and mostly to
the upper hilly regions, viz., Schizothorax, Schizopygopsis, Ptycobarbus and
Diptychus : lastly, a Nemacheilus, an almost universally distributed genus.
(3rd). — Prom the plains of Yarkand, two species of Schizothorax and two of Ptyco-
barbus, evidently the most typical forms of the fishes in these elevated regions :
the genus Nemacheilus is likewise represented.
ICHTHYOLOGY. 19
(4th). — From the west of Yarkand to the Pamir Schizothomx, Schizopygopsis and
Diptychus, all forms found in Turkestan or adjacent regions, and likewise
Nemacheilus were obtained.
The foregoing species constitute the fish-collection made in the cold and inhospitable
regions traversed by the Mission ; and they are of interest for the purpose of ascertaining
what are the chief characteristics of the fish-fauna, and what relationship it bears to those of
contiguous Asiatic regions, so far as such have been ascertained.
In this inquiry it will be necessary to take a survey of the fishes of Afghanistan,
Western Turkestan, and Hindustan, before proceeding further respecting those of Tibet and
Yarkand or Eastern Turkestan.
Most of our knowledge of the fishes of Afghanistan is due to the labours of Griffith,
who remarked : — " The characteristic forms of Afghan fish are doubtless the small-scaled
Barbi and Oreini ; and these far exceed the others in number .... The fish are as distinct
from the Indian forms as the plants are .... By characteristic I do not mean that these
forms are limited to Afghanistan, because they occur perhaps to an equal extent in the
Himalayas, to the streams of which those of Afghanistan approximate more or less in the
common features of rapids and bouldery beds."
Having crossed the high range of mountains separating Afghanistan from the plains of
Western Turkestan, he found "a great change in the fish to occur, and Salmonidce1 seem to
take the precedence of the Cyprinidce. A species of trout abounds in the Bamean River and
up its small tributaries, derived from the Koh-i-Baba, to an altitude of about 11,000 feet.
A species of Barbus with small scales is likewise common in the Bamean River" 2 (Cal.
Journ. Nat., Hist., ii. p. 565).
He observes that Indian species were in the majority in the Cabul river (a tributary of
the Indus) at Peshawur ; and in accordance with the facility or the reverse of access from the
plains did he find a predominance of Indian or Afghan forms. 3
The nature of the fishes of Afghanistan appears to be much as follows : — Absence of
Acanthopterygian or spiny -rayed families, except the spineless and widely distributed Ophio-
cephalus gacJma, Ham. Buch., and the spiny eel, Mastacembelus armatus, Lacep., so common
in the East from the plains to the summits of mountains. Few Siluroids, but perhaps a
Callichorus and Amblyceps. Numerous Cyprinoids which appear to belong to the following
genera — Oreinus, Schizothorax, Bungia, from near Herat, Barilim, and a Loach
(? Nemacheilus), perhaps Discognathus and Barbus.
The fullest account we possess of the fishes of Western Turkestan is that lately given
by Kessler, from which I have extracted the following : —
ACANTHOPTERYGII. Perca fluviaUUs, Linn., obtained exclusively from the Jaxartes and
some of its tributaries. P. schrenckii, Kess., from Lake Balkash. Lucioperca sandra, Cuv.,
from the Jaxartes. Coitus spinulosus, Kess., very rare in Turkestan, two specimens from
Khojend.
None of these spiny-rayed fishes were captured at so south a latitude as Kashghar. Out
of the four species three came from the Jaxartes or its tributaries, the other from Lake Balkash.
1 This remark appears to have beeft a little too strong, as he only found one species of Salmo ; probably it was very abundant.
- The stuffed type presented to the British Museum from the Indian Museum seems to have been lost or destroyed.
3 Griffith states that the Cabul Kiver at Jellalabad presents us with two or three small-scaled Barbi (? Schizothorax) and Oreini
together with certain tropical forms, as the Mahasir (Barbus) and a Silurus very like, if not identical with, the Poftah
(? Silurus afgana). Also the same river at Lalpur possesses a fish, I believe, identical with the Nepoora of Assam (Labeo) and
a Gonorhynchus (—Discognathus) . Griffith also mentions a Loach -like Silurus from near Juhraiz (.' Amblyceps).
20 SECOND YARKAKD MISSION.
SILTJRID.S:. Siluris glanis, Linn. Generally spread throughout Western Turkestan, having
been received from the Jaxartes, Oxus, and Sarekshan or Tarafshan Rivers.
CYPRINIDTE. Cyprinus carpio, Linn., from the Jaxartes, Oxus, Sarekshan Rivers.
Barbus conocephalus, Kess., from Sarekshan. B. platyrostris, Kess., from the River Aksu
falling into Lake Balkash. B. lacertoides, Kess., from Jaxartes and its tributaries. B.
brachycephalus, Kess., from Jaxartes and Oxus. Schizothorax aksaiensis, from the River
Aksai. S . fedtschenkoi, Kess., S. affinis, Kess., and S. eurystomus, Kess., from, the Sarekshan
River. S. orientalis, Kess., from a lake on the Alatau Mountains, the waters on the Western
Turkestan side of which drain to Lake Balkash. Diptychus severzowi, Kess., Aksai and
Ottuk Rivers to 10,000 feet. D. dyboicskii, Kess., River Aksu. Gobio fluviatilis, Cuv.,
widely distributed in Western Turkestan, specimens received from near the towns of Tashkend,
Khojend, Djisak, and from the Ak Daria. Abramis brama, Linn., Jaxartes and its tribu-
taries. A. sapa, Pallas, rare, from the Jaxartes. Acanthobrama kuschakeivitschi, Kess.,
Jaxartes. Pelecus cultratm, Linn., Sea of Aral. Abramis chalcoides, Giild., rather rare,
obtained in the Ak Daria and Durman Kul. A. iblioides, Kess., creeks near Janikurjan. A.
fasciatus, Nord., Sarekshan. A. tceniatus, Kess., Jaxartes. Aspius rapax, Pallas, Jaxartes
and its tributaries. A. esocinus, Kess., Jaxartes and Oxus. Leuciscus erythrophthalmus,
Linn., Jaxartes. L. squaliusculus, Kess., from near Khojend on the Jaxartes and Janikurjan.
L. rutilus, Linn., Jaxartes and Aigus Lake.
COBITIDIN^E. Cobitis longicauda, Kess. (scaled), one specimen from the Jaxartes.
C. uranoscopus, Kess., from near Magian, Tashkend, Hhodjacluk, and Lake Iskander, the
waters of which appear to drain to the Sarekshan River. C. dorsalis, Kess., creeks near Jani-
kurjan. C. elegans, Kess., and C. tcenia, Kess., river near Tashkend, a tributary of the
Jaxartes. Diplophysa strauchii, Kess., river Ili, falling into Lake Balkash. D. labiata,
Kess., River Urdjar, falling into Lake Ala.
SALMONID^;. Salmo oxianus, Kess., river Darant, falling into the Kisil-su, one of the
upper tributaries of the Oxus.
ESOCID.E. Esox Indus, Linn., Jaxartes and its tributaries.
CHONDROPTEKYGII. Acipenser schipa, Lovetsky, Jaxartes, Casalius River. Scaphirhyn-
chus fedtschenkoi, Kess., Oxus.
The foregoing fishes of Western Turkestan ' mainly consist of—
(1st). — Those descending from the north or spreading from the east or west, such as
Perca, Lucioperca, Coitus, Gobio, Abramis, Acanthobrama, Pelecus, Alburnus,
Aspius, Squalius, Leuciscus, Acipenser, and Scaphirhynchus.
(2nd}. — Those common to Afghanistan and Ysrkand, as Schizothorax, Barbus, Loaches
( ? genus).
(3rd}.— Those found also in Yarkand, as Schizothorax and Diptychus.
(4th). — Silurus, (which will be alluded to).
Lastly, Salmo, on the slopes of the mountains where the rivers descend to the Oxus.
The existence of one of the Salmonida;, termed Salmo orientalis by M'Clelland, was
well known to Dr. Stoliczka ; and a special object of his search (as he informed me previous
to starting) would be to try and ascertain its distribution. Griffith found this fish " in the
Bamean River, a stream that falls from the northern declivities 'of the Hindoo Koosh into
the Oxus."
1 I have to thank Mr. F. Carl Craemers for kindly translating some Eusaian localities, which I should not otherwise have been
able to give.
ICHTHYOLOGY. 21
Kessler does not record any of this family from the Jaxartcs, or, in fact, from the rivers
immediately descending from the Tiau Shan or the Alatau Mountains. "VVe are, therefore, left
to surmise that in the hills whence these fishes were taken is the abrupt termination of
members of the family Salmonidee, which does not possess a solitary representative in
Hindustan, except the S. levenensis (introduced on the Nilgiris in Madras).
If we now take a short review of the Fresh Water Fishes of India we find much as
follows : —
ACANTHOPTERYGII.
Genera Ambassis, Badis, Nandus, Pristolepis, Scicena, G-obius and some allied genera,
Rhynchobdella, Hugil, Anabas, Poly acanthus, Osphromenus, Trichogaster, Etroplus
exist in India, but are absent from the fresh waters of Afghanistan, Turkestan, and
Yarkand. Whether existing only in large rivers or distributed more generally over
India, none pass the boundary of the Himalayas.
Mastacembehis and Ophiocephalus are found in India and in Afghanistan ; both ascend
for some height the Himalayas and other hill ranges.
PHYSOSTOMI.
SiLTnm^E. Genera Erethistes, Macrones, Rita, Pangasius, Pseudeutropius, Wallago,
Olyra, Chaca, Clarias, Saccobranclms, Silundia, Ailia, Ailiichthys, Eutropiichthys,
Sisor, Gagata, Nangra, Bagarius, Pseudecheneis, Glyptostermim exist in India, but
not in Af ganistan, Turkestan or Yarkand.
Callichrom and Avnblyceps, which are found in India, appear to be present in Afganistan,
and the former also in Kashmir.
Exostoma is found along the Himalayas ; Silurus in Turkestan and India.
CYPRINODONTIDJE. Cyprinodon and Haplocheilus are found in India.
CYPBINIDJE. Genera Homaloptera, Psilorhynclms, Cirrhina, Osteochelm, Scaphiodon,
Semiplotus, Catla, Amblypharyngodon, Nuria, Rasbora, Aspidoparia, Rohtee,
Danio, Perilampus, Chela, and various genera of Cobitidina exist in India.
Discognathus, Labeo, and Barilius are common to India and Afghanistan, but are evi-
dently Indian forms.
Oreinus, Schizothorax, and Barbus, are found in India, also in Afghanistan, and the
two last in Turkestan, whilst Schizothorax is common in Yarkand. Cobitis or
Nemacheihis seem to extend everywhere.
and NOTOPTERIDJE. Of the genera belonging to these families, and which
exist in the fresh waters of India, none go beyond the base of the Himalayas.
The Fishes of Yarkand ' or Eastern Turkestan consist of species of the following genera : —
Schizothorax, found also in Afghanistan and "Western Turkestan ; one species on the slopes
1 I here omit the genera Exostoma from the Himalayas, and Oreinus from the Himalayas and Afghanistan.
F
22 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
of the Himalayas, and sometimes even descending to the plains. Diptychus, Tibet, Ydrkand
and Western Turkestan. Schizopygopsis, Tibet and Yarkand. Ptychobarbus, Tibet and
Yarkand. The remainder are Loaches.
Diptychus Dybowskii, Kess., would almost seem to be a Schizoijygopsisvriih an articulat-
ed dorsal ray and a pair of maxillary barbels. Perhaps several of these hill- genera will, at
some future date, be properly amalgamated, as has been done with the low-country Barbels
(Barbus).
An examination of the genera of spiny-rayed or Acanthopterygian fishes clearly shows
that as we proceed inland in India they diminish ; at the Himalayas they cease. Two Indian
species l only have been observed to exist in Afghanistan ; and they are amongst the most
widely distributed of their respective genera. Neither of these extends in the north-east, either
to Western Turkestan or Yarkand. In Western Turkestan, it is true, three genera of this
order are represented ; but they have evidently extended southwards. Yarkand and Tibet
appear to be unsuited for this order of fishes : and thence none have been brought.
The Physostomi include all the Yarkand and Tibet fishes. Among Siluroids the Indian
genera Callichrous and ? Amblyceps have been doubtfully recorded from Afghanistan ; but
neither have spread to Western Turkestan, where, however, the Silurus glanis is found, evi-
dently a wanderer from its more northern home.
It is clear that in India there is a gradual diminution of Siluroids as we proceed inland
until we arrive at the Himalayas. On the slopes of these mountains we at first obtain a few
peculiar genera and species organized for a mountain-torrent life ; but as we rise, eventually
(as was the case in this Mission), an elevation is attained which, taken in connection with the
latitude and paucity of food, seems to be beyond the limit of the Indian Siluroids.
The Siluroids along the slopes of the Himalayas appear to be mostly confined to the
following : — A few, as Macrones and Callichrous, ascend a short distance, which may be con-
sidered accidental. Pseudecheneis is a more distinct hill-form, possessing a sucker formed of
transverse folds between its pectorals on the chest, and by the aid -of which it prevents itself
being carried away by the torrents. Glyptosternum has also an adhesive sucker, but of longitu-
dinal folds, and likewise placed on the chest. These fishes, however, appear to be more
intended for rapid rivers in the plains, but some ascend the slopes of the Himalayas. I have
taken large specimens from the rivers at the base ,of the hills in which the suckers were
scarcely visible : whether they had outgrown them, or, owing to the suckers not having been
primarily well developed, they had been unable to maintain their footing in the hill-streams,
of course, one cannot decide. Amblyceps is a Loach-like form found in the waters of the
plains and also of the hills ; it is abundant near Kangra. Exostoma, an example of which
exists in the Yarkand-Mission collection, is also a remarkable form. It has a broad and
depressed head and chest, the latter forming a species of sucker to enable it to sustain a
mountain-torrent life.
This fish (Exostoma stoliczkce) belongs to a genus which has only been recorded from
hilly regions, neither extending to the waters of the comparatively level plateaus of the high
lands, nor descending any distance towards the plains. The following six species are known : —
(1) E. stoliczkce, from the head-waters of the Indus ; (2) E. blythii, from near Darjeeling,
where the waters descend to the Ganges ; (3) E. labiatum, from the Mishmi Mountains and
Eastern Assam ; (4) E. andersonii, from near Bhamo on the confines of China; (5) E.
1 Ophiocephalus gachua and Mastacembi-lus armatus.
ICHTHYOLOGY. 23
from the most easterly portion of Tibet near the head waters of the Yang-se-kiang ; (6) E.
berdmorei, from Tenasserim.
The distribution of the foregoing six species of this genus is interesting, because it is
suggestive of whether, at some remote period, the Himalayan range, the mountains between
Tibet and China, and the spur or continuation southwards through Burma and Siam, may
not have been connected one with another.
Whilst adverting to this point, I would mention another circumstance : the only Siluroid
stated to be found in Western Turkestan is the Silurus glanis, Linn. Three other species of
the same genus have been captured on the hill-ranges of India; and their distribution
somewhat accords with that of Exostoma —
(1). — Silurus cochinchinensis, Cuv. & Val. = Silurichthys berdmorei, Blyth, and
(2). — Silunis loynaadensis, Day. These fishes, found in hills up to about 2,500 feet,
have been obtained in the Western Ghats, Akyab Hills, Tenasserim and Cochin
China. They would appear to be restricted to those mountains winch are not far
removed from the seacoast. How it is that several species of fishes are common
to Malabar and Siam, or the countries contiguous to it, whilst they are entirely
absent from the intermediate districts of India, is a question which I do not pro-
pose entering upon.
(3). — S. afghana, Gunther, from Afghanistan, is identical with S. dukai, Day, from
Darjeeling.
Cyprinidce form the entire collection of the Yarkand Mission, after its arrival beyond the
upper waters of the Indus. If we examine the members of this family found on the Hima-
layas in the same manner as we have the Siluroids, we find as follows : — Discognathus, so
easily recognizable by the sucker on the lower lip, is found some distance up the moun-
tains, but is rare above 5,000 feet. Oreinus, with its small scales, broad mouth, and like-
wise a sucker behind the lower jaw, becomes more and more common the higher we ascend.
The Expedition obtained one species at Leh, in the Upper Indus ; and it has been found
as a genus extending from Afghanistan along the Himalayan Range, and near Bhamo
by the last Yunnan Mission, or the same district as the Siluroid genera Exostoma and
Silurus. It appears to essentially prefer the sides of hills and impetuous torrents.
Some of the stronger Labeos, Barbels (Barbus), and a Barilius are found here and there
on the slopes and in the side streams of the Himalayas up to very considerable heights.
They, however, are Indian forms winch, if able to do so, appear to migrate during the
breeding-season to the mountains to deposit their ova in the side streams which are unre-
plenished by snow-water. Here the fry are often compelled to remain until the succeeding
year's rains swell the waters, washing food into their retreats to enable them to grow, or else;
to permit them to descend to the plains.
Once near the siimmit of these mountains, and beyond districts where adhesive suckers
are a necessity for moderate-sized fishes to possess to prevent their being washed away, we
come upon genera as rare in the plains of India as are the Indian forms at the summit of the
Himalayas.
Kashmir is a locality traversed by this Mission, a hilly Himalayan district, and one
to which it is necessary to refer. In Hiigel and Heckel's "Fische aus Kaschmir" we find the
following species recorded : —
Oreinus plagiostomus, Heckel ; O. sinuatus, Heck, ; Schizoiliorax cwrvifrons, Heck. ;
S. longipinnis Heck. ; S, niyer, Heck. ; S. nusus, Heck. ; S. hueyelii, Heck. ;
24 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
S. micropogon, Heck. ; S . planifrons, Heck. ; S. esocinus. Heck. ; Cirrhina goliama,
Ham. Buch. ; Barbus tor, Ham. Buch. ; Labeo varicorhinus, Heck. ; Nemacheilus
marmoratus, Heck. ; Callichrous pabda, Ham. Buch.
These fishes demonstrate relationship with three districts : —
Schizothorax with Afghanistan and East and West Turkestan ;
Oreinus with the slopes of the Himalayas in their whole extent ;
Cirrhina, Barbus, and Callichrous with the neighbouring fauna of Hindustan.
Having examined what are the ingredient parts of the fish fauna of Western Turkestan,
Afghanistan, Hindustan, Yarkand or Eastern Turkestan, Tihet, and Kashmir, it will he inter-
esting to endeavour to discover if these localities are possessed of any indigenous forms, and, if
so, how far they extend into contiguous countries.
I do not propose inquiring into whether the great desert region of Central Asia can or
cannot he included in one Tartarian subregion ; hut, as the zoology of this portion of the
globe is at present rather obscure, I think it will be more useful to limit oneself strictly to
ascertained facts.
Sir D. Forsyth's Mission has led naturalists into the fringe of an ichthyological region of
which Yarkand may be the centre ; certainly it is richer in forms of Schizothoracince than
Western Turkestan appears to be.
In the cold and hilly districts of Tibet and Yarkand we observe an absence of spiny-
rayed and Siluroid fishes ; whilst amongst Carps we see the genera Schizothorax, Ptycho-
barbus, Schizopygopsis, and Diptychm — fishes belonging to a peculiar division Schizothoracince,
(or Hill-Barbels of M'Clelland), which may be thus defined : —
Carps more or less covered with minute scales, or destitute of any. A membranous sac or
slit anterior to the anal Jin, which is laterally bounded by a row of vertically placed scales, like
eave-tiles, and which are continued along the base of the anal Jin.
The fishes composing this are mostly of an elongated form, and are divisible into : —
a. Those with transverse mouths, as Oreinus, Ptychobarbus, Schizopygopsis, Diptychus.
b. Those with compressed mouths, as Schizothorax.
The genus Oreinus is spread from the Helmund River and Jellalabad in Afghanistan,
along the whole Himalayan and contiguous ranges of hills to at least the confines of China.
So far as I know, these fishes appear to be strictly residents of rivers in hilly regions,
neither descending far into those of the plains nor found on the level plateaus on the sum-
mits of the mountains. This accounts for their absence from the Yarkand collection ; and
from the foregoing extracts it appears probable that they are not found to the north of the
Oxus. This genus appears to be on the outskirts of the rest of its group ; and its mouth
armed with a sucker, to resist its being washed away, makes it well able to sustain a moun-
tain-torrent life.
The other genera are more or less spread in the following districts. From the Helmund
River and the eastern portion of Afghanistan, the upper part of the Oxus, and the eastern
portion of Western Turkestan, the Tian Shan or Celestial Mountains, and also the Alatau
mountains more to the south, they extend along the Himalayan region, certainly as far as the
most easterly part of Assam.
These fishes (SchizothoracintB) are confined to cold regions, as a rule, or at least to local-
ities possessing snow-fed rivers, many of which rivers end in lakes and do not go to the sea.
ICHTHYOLOGY. 25
They extend from Eastern Afghanistan and Western Turkestan through Tibet, and the most
westerly portion of China, along the Himalayas to the hills in the Yunnan direction.
Loaches (Ncmacheilus) are likewise generally distributed ; and it is remarkable, as I
have already observed, that all are scaleless. The same appears the rule in Western
Turkestan.
The conclusion, I tliink, we may fairly arrive at, after examining the fishes of Yarkand
and the adjoining countries, is that we find a peculiar group of Carps (ScMzothoracince) which
has spread almost due east and west from the cold and elevated regions of Eastern Turkestan,
but of which the southern progress has been barred by the Himalayas.
If we look to the south, we see, as it were, that a wave of tropical forms of fishes has,
at a prehistoric period, expanded over that portion of the globe where the Nicobars, Anda-
mans, and the most southern portions of the continent of Asia and the islands of the Malay
Archipelago now are, that this fish fauna has its northward progress arrested by some cause
at or near where the Himalayas now exist and mark the division between the fish-fauna of
India and that of Turkestan.
'Varkand Mis, •
;
C-Acinlles. del.et lith.
-ia.
l.EXOSTOMA STOLICZiOE. 2. SCHIZOTHORAX CHRYSOCHLURUS.
4. S.ESOCINUS.
3'. S.PUNCTATUS.
YV kand. M
\ ''• '-:>??• '• '•''•
^
C.Achilles , del et Ut
Martiu & lloeni, im
1. SCH1ZOTHORAX INTERMEDIA'S. 2. SCHIZOPYGO] : : ."OI.ICZK/E
4.CLRRHINA SINDENSJS.
3.D1PTYCHUS MACULATUS.
Yirkaiid Mission.
Plate 111.
V-blles Mi.
l.PTYCOBARBUS LAT1CEPS.
2. SCHIZOTHORAX MICRO CEPHALUS.
4. BARBUS TOR.
3.PTYCOBARBUS CONIROSTRIS.
Yarkand Mission.
Fishes, Plate IV
4 a.
' «Wh deu eUith
1, SCHIZOTHORAX
5a.
SCHI20THOMX
Mintern Bros imp .
:
R "Mmtern del el hth.
1 , NEMACHEILUS MARMORATUS . 2 , N . STOLICZKC.
4,N. TENUIS.
3 , N . YARKANDENSIS .
MinteiTi Bros. imp.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OP
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OP THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
REPTILIA AND AMPHIBIA.
BY
W. T. BLANFORD, F.E.S.
•Published bij orbcr of the dobernmcnt of Enbiit.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1878.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
KEPTILIA AND AMPHIBIA.
BY
W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.
flublisheb btj oroer of the (Sobermnent of Inbia.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1878.
CALCUTTA :
PEINTBB BT THE SFPEK1NTENDBNT OP GOVEBNMENT PEINTIKO,
8, HASTINGS 8TEEET.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
REPTILIA.
BY W. T. BLANFORD.
FT1IIE collection of reptiles made by Dr. Stoliczka during his travels with the second
-L expedition to Eastern Turkestan was small, owing partly to the country traversed not
being rich in forms of animal life, but still more because of the unfavourable season at which
many of his journeys were made. The Thian Shan was visited in the depth of winter, and the
Pamir steppes and Wakhan long before the snow had melted, and, under these circumstances,
no snakes, lizards, or other forms of reptilian life could be found. The bulk of the collection
consists of specimens procured on the journey from India to Kashghar, in the Punjab hills
beyond Mari (Murree), in Kashmir and in Laddk, and those obtained on the return journey
between Yarkand and the Karakoram. Of several of the species, fine series have been
obtained.
The only reptiles previously collected in the districts traversed beyond Kashmir were (1)
those procured by the Messrs, von Schlagintweit, who, in 1857, obtained one species of lizard,
which was described by Dr. Giinther in the Reptiles of British India ; (2) by Dr. Stoliczka
himself, who, when in Laddk in 1865, collected several reptiles, of which Dr. F. Steindachner
gave an account, together with the Reptiles of the Novara Expedition ; and (3) a few
specimens obtained by the first expedition to Yarkand in 1870, which were examined and
described by Dr. Anderson in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1872. The
last was the only collection which included specimens from Turkestan, but, unfortunately, the
localities had apparently, in some cases, not been correctly marked on the labels. It is well
known that there is much confusion in the localities of the specimens collected by the
Messrs, von Schlagintweit. Nearly the whole of Dr. Stoliczka's collections are carefully
labelled, and in the very few cases in which, from the labels having been omitted or lost,
there is doubt as to the original locality of a specimen, this is noted in the subsequent pages
in the list of the specimens collected.
The following is a list of the species of Reptiles hitherto procured from Ladak and the
Upper Indus valley : —
LACERTILU :
Slellio himalayanus. Gi/mnodactylus stoliczka.
Phrynoeepkalus theobaldi.
Mocoa sloli.czktf (? =M. ladacensisj .
OPHIDIA :
Zamenis i-enlrimacula/us (Z. ladacensis, Anderson).
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The last-named is the only species not obtained by Dr. Stoliczka in his last journey. It
had, however, previously been procured by him in Spiti (Steindachner, Rept. Nov. Exp., p. 65).
All the other species named had also been obtained previously, no additions having been
made to the fauna by the present collection.
The very moderate list of species as yet procured from Eastern Turkestan comprises the
following forms : —
LACERTILIA :
Slellio stoliczkanus.
Phrynocephalus theohaldi, var. (P.forsythi).
P. axillaris.
Teratoscincus keyserlingii.
OPHIDIA :
Gymnodacfylns elongatus.
G. microds.
Eremias yarJcandensis .
E, vermiculata.
Zamenis ravergieri.
Tropidonotus hydrns.
Taphromelopum lineolatum.
Of these species, only Phrynocephalus theobaldi and Eremias yarkandensis had been
obtained before the country was visited by Dr. Stoliczka ; another species, Cyrtodactylus
yarkandensis, recorded as having been brought from Yarkand, having really, I believe, been
collected in Laddk, and wrongly labelled.
In the present account the following species are also mentioned, specimens of them
having been collected by Dr. Stoliczka in the Punjab hills or in Kashmir : —
LACERTILIA :
Stellio tuber culatus.
S. agrorensis.
Typhlops porrectus, var.
Compsosoma hodgsoni.
Plyas mitcosus.
Evmeces tcsniolatvs.
Mocoa himalayana,
OPHIDIA :
Tropidonotus platyceps.
Fipera obtusa.
Halys himalayanus.
With the possible exception of the last, none of these species appears to be found in the
dry region of Ladak, north of the dividing range between Kashmir proper and the Indus
valley.
It is thus evident that, so far as the Reptiles are considered, the countries traversed by
Dr. Stoliczka between the plains of India and Kashghar yield three entirely distinct faunas :
(1) that of the Punjab hills and Kashmir, comprising a majority of Himalayan forms,
with a few species common to the plains of India and some types belonging to palasarctic
genera ; (2) that of Western Tibet ; and (3) that of Eastern Turkestan, both the latter
belonging to the palsearctic region, but to distinct sub-divisions, only one species having
hitherto been found in both areas, and even that is represented by well-marked varieties.1
1 Since the present account was first written, I have received, through the kindness of Dr. Strauch, a copy of his descriptions of
the reptiles collected by Colonel Przevalski in Central Asia. The work was published in 1876, and is, therefore, later in date than my
preliminary account of Dr. Stoliczka's collections in the "Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal"" for 1875 (vol. xliv, p. 191).
The greater portion of Dr. Strauch 's paper is unfortunately in Russian, but the descriptions are in Latin, and excellent lithographs
of all the new species are given. One form of Eremias, Podarces (E.) pylzowi, appears to me possibly the same as E. vermiculata
from Yarkand ; but of this I am not certain, and I am unable to identify any of the other forms described, including five species of
Phrynocephalus, and five (besides E, pylzowi) of Eremias, with the species inhabiting Eastern Turkestan.
REPTILIA.
Order LACEETILIA,
1. STELLIO HIMALAYANUS.
Steindacliner : Novara Reise, Reptilien, p. 22, PI. i, fig. 8.
Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli, Pt. 2, p. 113.
1, 2, Dras valley ; 3, 4, Tashgaon, near Dras ; 5-7, Chiliscomo ; 8, Shargol ; 9, Kharbu ; 10, 11, Snemo near Leh ;
12-22, Leh ; — all in the Upper Indus valley, north of Kashmir.
•
These specimens are from the original locality and its neighbourhood. Stellio hima-
layanus has hitherto only been found in the Upper Indus valley in Ladak, where it was
originally discovered by Dr. Stoliczka.
In his diary Dr. Stoliczka remarks that the male of this lizard is smaller, and has the
whole head, breast, and shoulders tinged with yellow, and the sides of the neck umber red.
These colours are probably assumed in the breeding season ; the date when they were noticed
was August 17th.
2. STELLIO TUBERCULATUS.
Gray apud Gunther : Reptiles of British India, p. 157.
Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, Pt. 2, xli, p. 115, PL iii, fig. 3.
1, 2, Kashmir.
Though labelled Kashmir, the specimens were probably obtained on the road from Mari
(Murree) to Srinagar. The species is common about Mari.
3. STELLIO AGRORENSIS. PL I, fig. 3.
Stoliczka : Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, p. 128.
1-6, Kashmir.
The specimens agree well with the types from the Agror valley in the Punjab hills. In
his diary, Dr. Stoliczka records obtaining this species near Chatarkailas in the Jhilam valley,
north-east of Mari.
As no figure of this species has ever appeared, one is published herewith. A full
description was given by Dr. Stoliczka.
4s. STELLIO STOLICZKANUS. PL I, figs. 1 & 2.
W. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt, 2, p. 191.
S. squamis dorsalibus mediis majoribus, haud in tineas regulares ordinatis, obtuse carinatis,
lateralibm minoribus, acute carinatis, postice suboequalibus ; nonnullis mucronatis circum
4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
tympanum, et in fascicules ad latera colli et supra humeros dispositis ; caudalibus carinatis,
mucronatis, verticillatis, dorsales mar/nitudine mx excedentibus ; stramineus, capite dorsoque
posteriore nigro-punctatis, dorso anteriore nigro, stramineo transversim fasciato.
1-7, Yangihissar, 8, Karghalik, south of Yarkand, both in the plains of Eastern Tnrkestan.
Description. — General form apparently more slender than in Stellio caucasicus or
S. tuberculatus ; body and base of tail depressed ; tail 1*5 times to nearly twice the length
of the body ; the fore limb laid backward does not reach the thigh (except in very young
specimens) ; the hind limb laid forward extends to about the ear. Head depressed, its
length considerably exceeding its breadth. The largest specimen collected measures 14- 75
inches, of which the head and body from the snout to the anus measure 5'4, fore limb to end
of toes 2'6 inches, hind limb nearly 4, third toe of hind foot without the claw, measured from
between the third and fourth toes, 0'65. In a smaller specimen the head and body measure 4'6,
tail 8 inches.
The scales on the upper surface of the head are convex, those on the occiput being
submucronate, those on the supra-orbital bosses are rather smaller and flat. Supra-orbital
ridge and canthus rostralis prominent, loreal region concave, bearing small scales, some of
which, like most of the scales on the side of the head, are bluntly keeled. Nostrils directed
backwards, situated in the hinder part of a single shield below the canthns. Rostral more
than twice as broad as high. Labials not much larger than the neighbouring scales. Mental
the same breadth as the rostral and pointed below. Eyelids covered with small granular
scales, those along the edges of the lids rather larger and pointed. Some rather large
scales bluntly keeled or submucronate between the eye and the tympanum. Some spinose
scales round the tympanum : groups of spinose scales are scattered over the sides and back
of the neck, the former being the larger. There is no trace of a crest. Sides of the neck
between the larger scales covered with very small conically mucronate scales.
Scales on the back of the neck granular, passing gradually into the bluntly keeled
scales of the middle of the back ; these are considerably larger than the scales of the sides,
being about twice as broad. The scales on the lateral portions of the body are distinctly
keeled, in tolerably well-marked transverse rows, and nearly uniform in size, but few con-
spicuously larger scales being scattered amongst them in general, though a few may occasion-
ally be detected here and there, and these are patches of enlarged subspinose scales of pale
colour about the shoulders. There is no patch of enlarged scales in the middle of the sides.
Scales of the belly smooth, rhomboidal, about the same size as those in the middle of the
back, and arranged in transverse series, containing towards the middle of the belly from fifty-
eight to sixty-seven scales, tending, however, to pass into the keeled scales at the sides. I
count about 150 to 160 scales round the middle of the body. The throat scales are similar
to those of the abdomen, but much smaller.
In males there are two or three rows of thickened scales before the anus ; in females the
scales are a little larger than those adjoining, but not thickened. There is no patch of thickened
scales in the middle of the abdomen, as there is in Stellio caucasicus, and several other species
of the genus. All the limb scales are keeled, those above sharply, those below, and espe-
cially on the hind limb, faintly ; those on the back of the thigh small, with a few larger and
subspinose scales scattered amongst them ; scales below the feet keeled, very similar to those
above ; toes covered beneath with transverse plates, each with several keels. Tail scales,
KEPTILIA. 5
except near the base below, keeled, and ending in a short spine posteriorly ; those near the base
scarcely larger than the back scales, those behind very little smaller, all in verticils. There
is a double fold below the neck, several at the side of the neck, and one which passes above
the shoulder and down the side.
The general colour is pale yellowish, mixed with dusky black. The head above is
straw-coloured, with a few black scales scattered over the upper surface and irregular vertical
dusky bars on the side. Anterior portion of the back and upper part of forelimbs dusky, with
transverse rows of pale spots, sometimes forming tolerably marked bars, especially on the
shoulders and upper parts of the fore legs ; hinder part of the back and sides straw-colour,
speckled with black. Tail pale yellowish at the base, sometimes with indications of crossbands ;
hinder portion brown. Lower parts uniform pale yellow, except the chin and throat, which are
dusky, more or less mottled, or speckled with pale yellow. The young is much paler in colour,
with a pinkish tinge, and the scattered black scales on the back are few in number, and form
rather irregular transverse lines.
There are twelve to fourteen maxillary teeth on each side of the upper jaw, and three
pairs of conical teeth in front ; the outer pair the largest. In the lower jaw there are twelve
to thirteen teeth along each side, and two pairs of more elongate pointed teeth in front.
All the larger specimens are eviscerated. Dr. Stoliczka in his diary mentions that, at
Karghalik, he found this species living in holes in sand, and that, on a low bush, he saw one
specimen which, when pursued, took to the ground immediately. I have never seen any
other Stelllo wliich had similar habits, though probably, from its habitat, S. aralensis may
resemble the present species. All the other species of the genus are, as a rule, rock lizards, living
on the rocks, and taking refuge in clefts and under stones. S. nuptus in Persia is sometimes
found on old walls of hardened mud, but with the exception of S. aralensis, I have never
heard of any species inhabiting level ground and living in holes, as, from Dr. Stoliczka's note,
is, I infer, the case with the present form.
S. stoliczkanus differs much from all known species. The arrangement of the scales
on the body is quite distinct in S. nuptus 1 and S. melanura* which belong, indeed, to a
different section of the genus. S. tuberculatus,3 S. agrorensis 3 and S. day anus * are stouter
forms ; the first two are at once recognised by their more strongly keeled dorsal scales, the
much greater difference between the dorsal and lateral scales, and the smaller size of the latter,
and S. day anus differs in having strongly keeled dorsal and lateral scales, in the numerous large
scales scattered over the sides, and the larger scales on the limbs, besides other distinctions
in each case. None of the three species have the spinose scales on the sides of the neck so
developed as in S. stoliczkanus. S. himalayanus has the central dorsal scales smooth, besides
other distinctions.
S. caucasicus 6 and S. microlepis 6 are also distinguished by stouter form and broader
heads, by the presence of a large cluster of enlarged scales in the middle of each side, and of
an oval patch of thickened scales in the middle of the abdomen in both sexes. The scales in
1 DeFilippi : Giomale del I. E. 1st Lomb. vi, (1843) ;— Eastern Persia, ii, p. 317.
2 Laudakia (Plocederma) melanura, Blyth : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1854, xxiii, p. 738 ;— S. melanurus, Anderson : Proc. As.
Soc. Bengal, 1871, p. 189.
3 Vide ante.
4 Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli, Pt. 2, p. 113.
4 Eichwald : Zool. Spec, iii, p. 187 ;— Fauna Casp. Cauc., p. 80 ;— Eastern Persia, ii, p. 322, PI. xx, fig. 1.
6 Eastern Persia, ii, p. 326, PI. xix, fig. 2.
B
6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
S. microlepis are smaller throughout. On the whole, the present species approaches S. catt-
casicus more nearly than any other form with which I am acquainted.
I have no specimen of Stellio aralensis1 for comparison, and from its inhabiting the steppes
east of the Sea of Aral, it may very possibly he nearly allied to the present species. Accord-
ing to Lichtenstein's description, it has the hack scales strongly keeled and mucronate, and the
toes fringed, the colouration is very different from that of S. stoliczkanus, heing ash-grey, with
pale wavy crosshands, the tail and limbs being also banded, and there is a large black spot at
each side of the neck in the fold. The young have this spot peculiarly distinct and have
long pale spots on the back on a bluish-grey ground. There can be but little doubt of the
present being a distinct species. A form from Western Turkestan appears to have been
named L. lehmanni by Strauch,2 but I can find no description of it. In the list of Western
Turkestan reptiles, " S. himalayanus, Strauch," is also included by Severtzoff.
6. PHRYNOCEPHALUS THEOBALDI.
P. Uckellii, Giinther : Proc, Zool. Soc., 1860, pp. 167, 173, nee Gray.
P. olivieri, Theobald : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1862, xxxi, p. 518, nee Dum. et Bibr.
P. theobaldi, Blyth: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1863, xxxii, p. 90;— W. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,
1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 192.
P. caudivolvulus, Giinther : Kept. Brit. Ind., p. 161 (1864) ;— Theobald : Cat. Kept. Mus. As. Soc.,
p. 40 (1868) ;— Anderson : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 387, nee Pallas?
P. stoliczkez, Steindachner : Novara Expedition, Reptilien, p. 23, PI. i, figs. 6, 7.
P.forsythi, Anderson: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 390, fig. 7.
1-4, between Sonamurg and Kharbu (all probably from the Indus valley and not from the Kashmir side of the
Zoji-la) ; 6-7, Namika-la, north-east of Shargol ; 8-14, above Kharbu, 14,000 feet ; 15-22, Lamayuru ; 23-25,
Snemo ; 26-40, Leh (all the above from the Indus valley in Ladak) ; 41-47, Mughlih, east of Tankse 14,000
feet ; 48-53, Lukung, Pankong Lake ; 54, 55, Chagra, north of Pankong Lake ; 56-66, between Yarkand and
Karakoram (this and all the following specimens belong to the variety P. forsythi) ; 67, Sanju ; 68, Yarkand ;
69, Kizil ; 70-72, Yangihissar ; 73, 74, Kashkasu, on road from Yangihissar to Sarikol.
I feel convinced that there must be some mistake in uniting the Phrynocephalm of
Western Tibet with Lacerta caudivolmila of Pallas.3 In the first place, Pallas' description,
Jj. corporis squamis minutissimis Icevibus, cauda longiuscula Icevissima, subtus apice rubro
nigroque variegata, does not appear to agree well. The tail in the Tibet Phrynocephalus is
not nearly so long as would be inferred from the above description and from the measurements
of L. caudivolvula by Pallas, — whole length 3 inches 3 lines, tail 2 inches, so that the proportion of
the head and body to the tail is 5 to 8. In a large number of specimens from Tibet and Eastern
Turkestan I find the proportions of the head and body to the tail vary between 5 to 5*6 and
5 to 6'3, the last being exceptional. The tail, moreover, can scarcely be called very smooth ;
the scales towards the extremity, as a rule, are keeled. Then the colouration is different, and
especially that of the tail, which is said by Pallas, in his more detailed description, to be subtus
a medio ad apicem interrupte nigra et rubra. The colouration in P. theobaldi is extremely
variable, as noticed by Steindachner in his description (of P. stoliczTcce}, but I have never seen
1 Agama aralensis, Lichtenstein, Eversmann's Keise von Orenburg nach Buchara p. 144. It is by no means clear that
Lichtenstein's species was really a Stellio.
- Severtzoff : Turkistanskie Jevotnie, p. 71.
3 Zoogy. Eos. As., iii, p. 27.
KEPTILIA. 7
an approach to the mixture of red and black described by Pallas. It is true that these red
colours are probably seasonal, and that they tend to disappear in spirits, but the colouration
in the specimens before me is so well preserved, that it would be surprising if no trace of red
remained in any of them, and they were collected at various seasons, some in autumn, others
in spring and early summer.
I am unable to find Pallas' figure of Lacerta caudivolvula, but there are two figures of the
species, both accompanied by descriptions, by Eversman1 and Eichwald.2 These figures I have
compared with the Tibet Phrynocephalus, and I find both agree with Pallas' description of
P. caudivolviilus, and differ from P. theobaldi. It is true that Eversman gives the length of the
body as 1 inch 11 lines and of the tail 2 inches 1 line, but his figure shows a longer tail than this,
whilst Eichwald gives the lengths of the body and tail respectively as 1 inch 8 lines and 2 inches 5
lines, a proportion of 5 : 7 '5. Eichwald describes the tail as having black rings towards the end,
the interspaces below being red ; Eversman merely says that there are black bands on the lower
surface of the tail towards the extremity, with red interspaces. A comparison of Eversman' s
or Eichwald's figure with Steindachner's bears out the view I have expressed of the species
represented being distinct.
Dumeril and Bibron 3 appear to me to have described a different species from Pallas',
under the name of Phrynocephalus caudivolvulus. The tail is said to be but little longer than
the body, and to be black at the end, with blackish spots along the sides of the remaining
portion, and the ventral scales are said to be keeled, whereas Pallas, Eversman and Eichwald
describe them as smooth. Dumeril and Bibron's description agrees, except in having the
ventral scales keeled, with P. theobaldi. Now, the specimen described by the French her-
petologists came from Berlin, and was very probably identical with that compared with the
Tibet Phrynocephalus by Professor Peters.4 .
But what especially guides me in rejecting Pallas' name for the Tibet Phrynocephalus
is that name itself, and the circumstance from which it was derived. Pallas says "percepto
inimico caudam coloratam versus dorsum in spiram promptissime revolvit, quod in nulla alia,
specie mdi." Now, there are two groups of Phrynocephali, to one of which belong P. olivieri5
and P. persicus 6 ; both of these I have seen alive in large numbers, and I never yet saw one
coil its tail, whilst to the other belongs P. maculatus 7 and a species to be described imme-
diately, both of which have been observed, the latter by Stoliczka, the former by myself, to have
a habit of coiling their tails. These last are much smoother, as a rule, than the Phrynocephali
of the former group, and their tail is much longer, whilst in P. maculatus the under surface
of the tail, when alive, is frequently red in part. I think it is to this group that the true
Lacerta caudivolvula must belong, whilst P. theobaldi certainly belongs to the former group.
In Mr. Theobald's very good account of the habits of the present species 8 which he obtained
on the Tso-Morari in Eupshu, he makes no mention of having seen it coil its tail, nor does
Stoliczka notice any such habit, although ,he especially describes it in the case of the other
Turkestan species, and gives a sketch in his diary of the appearance presented.
1 Lacerta! Imperil Rossici, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, iii, p. 362, PI. xxxii, fig. 2.
2 Fauna Caspia Caucasia, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc., vii, p. 107, PI. xii, figs. 6, 7, PI. xiii, figs. 9—14.
> Erp. Gen., iv, p. 522.
4 Gunther: Kept. Brit. Ind., p. 161.
6 Dum. et Bibr. : Erp. Ge"n. iv, p. 517 ;— Eastern Persia, ii, p. 327.
6 DeFilippi: Archiv. Zool. Genova, ii, p. 387 ;— Eastern Persia, ii, p- 329.
' Anderson : Proc, Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 388 ;— Eastern Persia, ii, p. 331.
8 Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1862, xxxi, p. 518.
8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
I have not overlooked the fact mentioned by Dr. Giinther in the "Reptiles of British.
India," ' and to which reference has already heen made, that specimens from Tibet had been
compared by Professor Peters of Berlin with typical examples of L. caudivolvula, and found
specifically identical. I confess that it appears at the first glance as if the opinion of so high
an authority on the Keptilia as Professor Peters must be more correct than mine, but I think
there must be some mistake, as I have already indicated when noticing the description of
P. caudivolvulus by Dumeril and Bibron. The original types of Pallas can scarcely be in
Berlin, and it has frequently happened that other species have been sent from Russia under
Pallas' names. Under any circumstances I cannot but think, for the reasons given above, that
Pallas must have described a different lizard.
Steindachner in his description of P. stoliczJcce, which is certainly the same lizard as
P. theobaldi, several of the specimens examined by Steindachner being from the typical
locality of the last-named species, points out that P. stoliczkce differs from P. caudivolvulus
in its shorter tail and in having smooth scales on the upper surface of the limbs. The latter
character, however, is not constant. Keels may generally be detected in P. theobaldi on the
scales of the tarsus, and not unfrequently on the thigh and forearm, and in the Turkestan
variety, P. forsythi, they are the rule. The length of the tail is, however, a characteristic
distinction, though, I believe, it is not the only one.
It is only after long and repeated comparison that I have come to the conclusion, that
P. forsythi of Anderson cannot be separated from P. theobaldi? At the first glance,
they appear distinguished by colour and by the Turkestan form having some scattered, whitish,
enlarged scales on the back, and keels on the scales covering the upper surface of the limbs.
Individuals, however, vary greatly in the scales of the back ; in some these are convex and
granular, in others flat, smooth, and even subimbricate ; in some larger in the middle of the
back, in others nearly the same size throughout. The scales on the top of the head are
scarcely alike in any two individuals ; some have the scales large on the occiput and very
small on the supra-orbital region, in others all are of about equal size ; in some the enlarged
superciliary scales almost reach the nasals, in others three or four small scales intervene.
The keels on the limb scales and the enlarged scales on the sides of the back are no more
constant than the other characters. I find specimens from Western Tibet with a few
scattered enlarged scales, and with distinct keels on the limb-scales, and I find specimens from
Eastern Turkestan in which the enlarged scales are wanting and the keels can scarcely
be detected.
Even in colouration, I do not think the difference, although it is usually marked, is
constant. P. forsythi has almost always a row of rather distant dark spots, arranged in pairs
down each side of the back. These spots consist of rather pointed scales. P. theobaldi
varies exceedingly in colour. Some specimens, perhaps the most, are rather irregularly
spotted, others have large ocelli on the back ; in others again there are no markings whatever.
But there is very often a tendency to a double row of spots down the back, and in some
cases a very near approach to the colouration of P. forsythi, and in the latter the spots
1 p. 161.
3 I may here remark that I believe Dr. Anderson was misled by his collectors into supposing that the specimens of P. theobaldi
described by him, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 387, under the name of P. caudivolvulus, were from 'Yarkand. Like the gecko named by
him Cyrtodaciylus yarkanAensis, I think it almost certain that the Phrynocephali in question must have been collected in the
Upper Indus valley, in Ladak. Every specimen from Yarkand and Eastern Turkestan in Dr. Stoliczka's large collection has the
colouration of P. fcrsythi, whilst the specimens described by Dr. Anderson, which I have examined, are uudistinguishable from
some of those procured by Dr. Stoliczka in Ladak.
KEPTILIA. 9
are often faint and small, or some of them are wanting, whilst in other specimens
additional spots are found on the sides. It is evident that the colouration varies, in the case
of P. thcobaldi, to a great extent, and therefore it would be impossible to found a specific
distinction upon it without stronger differences.
There is one difference which, if constant, would he of great importance. P. theobaldi,
as Theobald has shown, is viviparous (or, more correctly ovo- viviparous), and I find foeti in
the females, whereas I find only eggs in the oviducts of a female P. forsytlii. But this
may depend on the time of year, the pregnant females of the former species having been
captured at a later period of the season.
Dr. Anderson omits to point out the characters which led him to suppose that P.
forsythi was a distinct species. I may have overlooked some difference, but I have examined
both forms carefully, and I do not think the two can be distinguished by any constant
character.
The following is a description of P. theobaldi from the specimens before me :
General form as in P. olivieri ; tail a little longer than the head and body, rather thick
at the base, tapering beyond, but much thicker throughout in some specimens than in others.
In some cases the tip is laterally compressed, in others round. Limbs rather short, the
hind limb reaches beyond the shoulder, and often to the head ; the fore limb does not reach
the thigh. Scales of back small, flat, or convex, often granular. The scales in the middle
of the back usually larger than those of the sides. A few rather larger scales are some-
times scattered over the sides, but they are not much larger than the others. The black
scales forming spots on the back are sometimes more pointed. Scales on the head larger
than those on the back ; usually the largest are on the occiput. Upper labials with projecting
rounded, or pointed margin along the edge of the lip, lower labials straight edged. Scales
on upper surface of limbs generally faintly, sometimes more strongly keeled, often almost
or quite smooth. Scales of lower parts smooth. Tail scales smooth, except towards the
end, where they are usually keeled, more strongly below than above.
Usual colour above olive-grey, varying in tint, and more or less spotted with black ;
sometimes the ground colour is pale, almost cream-coloured, and the spots form ocelli.
Sometimes, besides the black marks, there are whitish spots of various sizes. The variety
P. forsythi has usually four or five pairs of black spots on the back, and is bluish-grey in colour.
The tail has dusky spots along each side ; these are never, except towards the tip, joined
across the lower surface as in P. olivieri, but they frequently meet above. Tip of the tail
not unfrequently black, and in many specimens (especially males, though it is not confined
to them) the central portion of the abdomen is black ; this colour sometimes extending to the
whole, or nearly the whole, lower surface of the body and head.
6. PHRYNOCEPHALUS AXILLARIS. Plate I, fig. 4.
W. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 192.
P. major, Icevis, cauda elongata, pede anteriore in adulto mx femur attingente, squamis
omnibus l&mlms, caudce apicem versus eocceptis ; supra griseus, macula rubra utrinque post
a&illam notatus, membris cauddque fasciis fuscis transversis signatis, hac ad medium fiisco-
10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
annulatd, nunquam ad apiccm nigrd, subtus albidus. Long, tola poll. 5 — 6, cauda f totlus
longitudinis stibcequante.
1,2, south of Yarkand; 3-9, Yarkand; 10-16, Akrobat near Yarkand; 17-20, Kizil ; 21-33, Yangihissar— all
in Eastern Turkestan.
Description. — General form depressed ; head not so short as in P. theobaldi, P. olivieri,
&c., and tail longer. In adults the fore limh falls short of the thigh, or barely reaches it ; the
hind limb extends to the eye ; the tail is one-third to one-half longer than the body with the
head. The base of the tail is depressed and slightly dilated, thence the tail tapers gradually ;
it can be coiled upwards near the end. Toes rather long ; the fourth toe on the hind foot
exceeds the third by more than the length of the claw, and has both sides fringed ; the outer
edge of the third toe is also fringed ; the fifth toe of the hind foot without the claw falls short
of the point of union of the third and fourth toes. Claws yellowish, strong ; the claw of the
fifth toe on the hind foot longer than the rest. Nine to ten triangular teeth on each side in both
jaws ; six pointed anterior teeth in the upper jaw, four in the lower ; the outer pair in each
jaw elongate. The largest specimen measures 6' 25 inches, of which the tail from the anus is
3'75, head 0'75, fore limb to the end of the toes 1'4, hind limb 2'2.
Scales of the head above convex, tubercular, not varying much in size, as a rule ; each
nostril in a larger scale, sometimes divided horizontally. Scales of the superciliary ridge
larger ; each eyelid with a fringe of about nine rather larger scales, the lower row pointed.
Upper labials twenty-seven to thirty-one, with convex margins ; rostral scarcely larger. Mental
or lower rostral generally much larger than the lower labials, which are, as a rule, rather fewer
in number than the upper labials. Scales near the lower labials rather larger than the remain-
ing scales of the throat. Scales of the body about the same size above and below ; all on the
back and belly are smooth, rhomboidal, and arranged in transverse rows, those on the back
subimbricate ; on the sides they are smaller and more granular, especially behind the
shoulder, where the red patch consists of small granular scales. I count from 95 to 103
scales round the middle of the body in adults, rather fewer in young specimens. Scales
on the limbs usually rather bluntly keeled above, smooth below ; those beneath the feet
sharply keeled, cross-plates beneath the toes with several keels. The pointed scales forming
a fringe on the outer side of the fourth toe on the hind foot are longer than those on the
inside of the same toe, or on the outside of the third toe. On none of the other toes is there
any distinct free margin. Tail scales all keeled, except at the extreme base ; they are about
the same size as the back scales, and are arranged in rings ; the keels form longitudinal
lines below the tail, but not above ; at each side of the tail close to the base is a large patch
of spinose scales.
Colour above pale slaty-grey, nearly uniform or speckled with whitish, or, in young
individuals especially, with three or four dark crossbands on the body. In some cases the
back is tinged in parts with pale copper red. Dusky crossbands on the limbs and tail. In the
middle of the tail, about 1*5 inch from the end, two or three dusky bands pass round the under
surface ; these are sometimes nearly black, at other times so faint as to be barely perceptible,
but they are not entirely absent in any of the specimens collected ; end of the tail never
black. Lower parts white throughout, except the bands round the tail. Behind the axil, so
as to be partly concealed by the fore limb when laid back along the body, there is a red patch
at each side ; this in the living animal is said by Dr. Stoliczka to be bordered by blue. The
red colour has faded greatly in spirit, but can still be detected.
REPTILIA. 11
Tliis species of Phrynocephahis is very closely allied to the Persian P. maculatus,1 and
probably to the true P. caudivolvulus, Pallas nee Giinther. It appears to be a much, larger
form than the latter. Erom the former it is distinguished by its limbs, when adult, being
shorter, the fore limb, as a rule, not reaching the thigh, whereas it always reaches or even
exceeds it in P. maculatus. The fifth toe of the hind foot in P. maculatus is longer; the
fringe on the outer edge of the fourth toe less developed, and there is scarcely any fringe on
the inside of the toe. But the most important distinctions are in colouration. P. maculatus,
of which I have collected many living examples, never has a red spot behind the shoulder,
and it always has a black tip to the tail, below at all events. The colouration of the tail in
Phrynooephali is, as a rule, very constant.
P. axillaris is said by Dr. Stoliczka to be very active, to run at a great pace, and to
have the habit of coiling its tail upwards at the end. It, doubtless, inhabits open plains, like
its Persian ally.
From the above, it would almost appear as if I had proposed a new species on characters
of no more importance than those which I have just before shown to be insufficient in the
case of P. forsytlit. But in the present case the characters appear constant, probably
because the two forms P. axillaris and P. maculatus inhabit distant and isolated areas,
whilst in the case of P. forsythi and P. theobaldi there is great variation, and no constant
distinction can be detected even in colouration ; moreover, so far as my experience of the
genus goes, I should say that the red patch behind the axil in P. axillaris and the black
tail tip in P. maculatus are more important than the back markings which distinguish
P. forsythi. When P. maculatus exhibits bright colours, as it very often does, they are
confined to the lower surface of the tail and hinder parts of the thighs.
Family— GECKOTIDjE.
7. TERATOSCINCUS KEYSEEXINGI.
Strauch : Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pet., 1863, vi, p. 480;— Mel. Biol., vi, p. 554 ;— Zool. Record, 1864,
p. 111.
Kuli-yailang, Yarkandi (Scully).
1, YangiMssar, Eastern Turkestan.
This is a new locality for this very remarkable gecko. Teratoscincus keyserlingi was
originally discovered by Count Keyserling in the Persian province of Khorassan, at a spot
called Sar-i-chah, and it has since apparently been found in Western Turkestan, as it is
included by Severtzoff in his list of the Reptiles2 found in that province. It thus appears
to have a considerable distribution in Central Asia. The original description was copied in
the " Zoological Record."
The single specimen obtained by Dr. Stoliczka is not in a very good state of preservation,
but still the characters are easily distinguishable. The following is a description :
1 Anderson: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 389;— Eastern Persia, ii, p. 331.
3 Turk. Jev., p. 71.
12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Habit stout, head and body depressed, limbs strong, toes rather short, tail shorter than
the body. The hind limb reaches to the shoulder, the fore limb not quite to the end of the
snout. Head covered with small granules above and below. Pupil vertical. Nostrils between
the rostral, first labial and three enlarged plates behind ; upper labials eleven, the hinder small,
lower labials ten. Rostral nearly twice the breadth of two labials; mental also large,
square behind. Some enlarged scales along the edges of the lower labials. Scales of the
body all round large, smooth, imbricate, and rounded behind, those of the abdomen scarcely
larger than those of the back ; I count about thirty- two round the body, but they are a little
irregular ; scales on the limbs similar to those of the body, except behind the upper arm and thigh,
where, as well as on the side of the trunk behind the shoulder, they are small and granular.
Feet and toes covered with imbricate scales above, and with minute spinose tubercles below ;
all the toes provided with claws and fringed at the sides. Tail covered with smooth imbri-
cate scales, those below, and near the base above, similar to those of the body ; the posterior
two-thirds of the tail covered above with large imbricate scutes, seventeen in number, the whole
breadth of the tail. Region around the anus, before and behind, granular ; two large pores,
one on each side, behind, none in front. Length 5'1 inches, tail 2'1, forelimb T2, hind
limb 1-6.
Colour grey above, with a few small blackish spots on the back, most strongly marked
between the shoulders. According to Strauch, the pupil is circular, and young specimens
are transversely banded, but Dr. Scully, who has seen a living specimen, assures me that the
pupil is vertical, and this is borne out by the specimens I have examined. Comparing this
specimen with Teratolepis fasciata,1 the type of which, originally described by Blyth, is in
the Indian Museum, I find that the differences pointed out by me in the " Zoology of
Persia 8 " from the descriptions, hold good, and the two forms must be placed in distinct genera.
T. fasciata has the basal portion of the toes dilated, and furnished with a double row of
enlarged plates, but the toes are not fringed at the sides, and there is no external ear.
Another specimen of Teratoscincus has since been brought from Yarkand by Dr. Scully,
who has ascertained that it is not very common, and that (according to the information given
by the people) it inhabits waste ground, and is found about stones. The colouration of the
back, when alive, is greenish, lower parts whitish, limbs pinkish fleshy.
8. GYMNODACTYLTJS STOLICZKJE.
Steindachner : Reptilien, Novara Expedition, p. 15, PI. ii, fig. 2.
tyrlodactylus yarkandensis, Anderson: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 381, fig. 3 (figura mala).
1-5, Chiliscomo ; 6-13, Kargil ; 14, 15, Kharbu ; 16, Lamayuru ; 17, Snemo ; 18-46, Leh : — all in the Indus
valley, Ladak.
I have compared the specimens obtained by Dr. Stoliczka with the type of Dr. Ander-
son's Cyrtodactylus yarkandensis. They agree perfectly. Gymnodactylus stoliczkce was
1 Giinther : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 504 ;— Romonota fasciata, Blyth : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, xxii, p. 468.
~ Eastern Persia, ii, p. 355.
REPTILIA. 13
originally described by Steinclachner from a specimen obtained by Dr. Stoliczka himself
near Dras in 1865 ; and the latter mentions in his diary having found some of the specimens
now obtained, those from Chiliscomo, under stones in exactly the same place in which he
procured the type on his former visit. The specimens described by Dr. Anderson as Cyrtodacty-
lus yarJcandensis were brought, with others, by a collector, who accompanied Dr. Henderson
on the mission which was sent to Yarkand in 1870 ; this mission traversed precisely the same
route through Kashmir and Leh as the second in 1873-74, and I do not think there can be
any reasonable doubt that the real locality whence Cyrtodactylus yarJcandensis was obtained
must have been Ladak, and not Yarkand, because this species appears to be replaced in
Yarkand by the next, and because Dr. Anderson was, I think, similarly misinformed by his
collector as to the true locality of the PTirynoceplialus which he assigned to P. caudivolvulus.
It is fortunate that Dr. Anderson's name does not stand, since it has, I think, been given
under an erroneous idea of the locality.
The woodcut in the " Proceedings of the Zoological Society " representing this species is
very poor. Steindachner's figure is much better. Dr. Anderson's specimens had lost their
tails and their epidermis, and he consequently described the upper surface as smoothly granular
with enlarged scales, none of which are tubercular. As this does not agree with the fresher
specimens before me, and as the tail is very characteristic, I give a fresh description. Stein-
dachner's is in German.
Description. — Eorm moderately stout, head and body depressed, tail usually much
swollen and depressed at the base and tapering regularly. The fore foot laid forward does not
quite reach the end of the snout, laid back it extends more than half-way to the thigh, the
hind leg laid forwards reaches to the axil, or a little beyond it. Surface of the head covered
with subequal granules, three shields behind the nostril very little larger than the other scales
of the snout. Rostral large, and with a groove running down the upper part of its surface.
About ten upper labials on each side, the hinder ones very small ; about six lower labials. Mental
large, triangular, with two (sometimes three) pairs of enlarged chin-shields behind the labials
Pupil vertical. Ear-opening round and small, but larger than the dorsal tubercles. Back gran-
ular, with scattered, enlarged, convex tubercles (these are wanting in the specimens from
Kharbu). Upper surface of limbs granular; occasionally there are a few enlarged tubercles
on the thigh and tarsus. Scales on the lower surface flat and hexagonal. No femoral or
prseanal pores. Claws very small. Tail when perfect ringed, with three enlarged blunt
tubercles at each side of each ring, the uppermost the smallest ; upper surface of the tail
granular in the middle, lower surface covered with small smooth scales, no enlarged plates.
When reproduced, the form of the tail is the same, and it is much swollen at the base, but it
is uniformly granular and not ringed.
Colour grey, with numerous darker crossbands, slightly wavy and irregular on the back,
limbs and tail. An adult measures 4 inches in length, tail 2'2.
The tail is very rarely perfect. Steindachner, however, appears to have been mistaken in
supposing that of the specimen figured by him to have been reproduced.
This species seems hitherto to have been found only in the Indus valley in Ladak,
where it appears to be abundant.
G. lawderanus * is closely allied, but the tail seems different.
1 Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli, Pt. 2, p. 105.
14 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
9. GYMNODACTYLTJS ELONGATUS. PI. II, fig. 2.
W. Blan.j Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 193.
G. elongatus, corpore gracili, cauda attenuata, membris exilibus, dorso tuberculis majori-
bus latis confertis ornato, inter tuberculas squamis rottmdis parvulis induto, caudd subfm
scutis majoribus instructd, verticillatd, serle ultima verticilli cujusque ex squamis majoribit*
carinatis superne et ad latera omnino compositd, ports prce-analibus ad 5 ; griseus, transverse
fusco-fasciatus. Long. poll. 5, caiidcs 2^8.
1-5, Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan.
Description. — General form more elongate than is usual amongst geckoes, head depressed,
sloping gradually down to the snout, hody rather slender, tail very thin, regularly attenuate,
very little, if at all, swollen at the base, exceeding the head and body in length. Limbs
slender, elongate, the fore limb laid forward extends to the end of the snout, laid back
it reaches more than three-quarters of the distance to the thigh ; the hind limb brought
forward comes some distance in front of the shoulder. Toes elongate, rounded, all with
very small claws. Pupil vertical. Length of a perfect specimen 5 inches, head O65, tail 2'8,
fore limb to end of toes 1, hind limb 1'3.
Surface of the head granular, granules nearly uniform, and about equal in size to the
scales of the abdomen ; nostrils between the rostral, first labial and two small shields behind,
which are slightly swollen. Upper labials about twelve,- the hinder very small, and passing
into granules ; lower labials nine or ten. Rostral rather higher than the other labials and twice
as broad, • with the upper portion of the anterior surface grooved. Mental the same -breadth
as the rostral, and pointed behind ; two or three pairs of enlarged chin-shields. Back granular,
with numerous broad triangular keeled tubercles, each nearly as large as the small ear-orifice ;
they are not arranged in regular rows, but about twelve may be counted across the back ; the
granular scales between the tubercles much smaller than the head granules. There are tuber-
cles on the forearm, thigh and tarsus. I count about twenty-five larger scales across the
abdomen. Tail verticillate, covered with trapezoidal or subtrapezoidal keeled scales, the posterior
row of each ring larger, but without any granules or small scales between, so that there arc
no distinct tubercles. Lower surface of the tail, except near the base, with a row of large
plates about as broad as long, two to each verticil. Prasanal pores about six in a V-shaped
line.
Colour in spirits pale grey, with darker transverse bands on the body, limbs, and tail.
This species belongs to the same group as G. caspius,1 G. scaber,2 G. kotschyi,3 G .
kachhensis,* G. brevipes,6 &c., but is much more slender in form than any of them, and has no
tubercles, with smaller scales intervening, on the tail, all the scales of the last row in each
verticil being enlarged and submucronate.
Only one of the specimens obtained is in good condition.
1 Eichwald : Fauna Gasp. Cauo., p. 114, PL xv, figs. 1, 2.
2 Kupp. Atlas : Kept., p. 15, PL iv, fig. 2.
3 Steindachner : Sitzungsber. K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien., kii, Pt. 1, p. 329, PI. i, fig. 1.
4 Stoliczka: Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, p. 80.
6 W. Blanf., Eastern Persia, ii, p. 344, PI. xxii, fig. 2.
EEPTILIA. 15
10. GYMNODACTYLTJS MICROTIS. PL II, fig. 1.
Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Ft. 2, p. 193.
G. parum robustm, capite brevi, depresso, meatu auditorio minima ; cauda attenuatd,
Idvi, haud verticillatcB ; membris breviusculis ; dorso granulato, tuberculis subcarinatis
ornato ; arenarius, fusco minute punctatus, subtus albescens. Long, tota 3' 2 poll.,
candce 1'8.
1-20, Yarkand; 21-27, Yangihissar; 28-66, Kashghar, 67-75, no label, probably Kashghar.
Description. — General form moderately slender ; head short, blunt, slightly depressed,
convex towards the snout, ear-opening very small, tail stout at the base and regularly attenuate,
smooth, not ringed ; limbs rather short, the fore limb laid forward reaches between the eye
and the snout, laid back it extends more than half-way to the thigh, the hind limb laid
forward does not reach the shoulder. Toes rather short, rounded, all with minute claws ; pupil
vertical. Length of a perfect specimen 3'2 inches ; tail 1'8.
Head granular above, granules of the occiput, region between the eyes, and sides of the
head behind the eyes equal in size, those of the snout and loreal regions rather larger.
Nostril in an angle between the rostral, first labial, and the points of two posterior shields, the
inner of which is usually the larger.
There are generally nine or ten upper labials on each side, the first five being the largest,
and in most cases there are four large lower labials followed by smaller scales, but these charac.
ters are not constant ; sometimes there are six lower labials. Mental ending behind in an obtuse
angle, two or three pairs of enlarged chin-shields ; all the scales near the lower labials larger
than the flat granules of the throat. Back granular, with bluntly keeled enlarged tubercles ;
about eight to ten of these may be counted across the back ; they are not very regularly dis-
posed, and all are larger than the minute ear-opening. Abdomen covered with flat hexagonal
scales, which diminish in size laterally, but come farther up the sides than in most geckoes and
pass into the dorsal granules. Eive prseanal pores in males in a transverse row in front of the
anus. Limbs granular above. Tail granular throughout, granules convex above, rather larger
and flat below.
Colour sandy above, whitish below, a pale line from the nose to the eye above the rather
darker loreal region, and sometimes a pale line down each side of the back. Under the lens
the upper parts are seen to be minutely puncticulated with brown, more closely in some parts
than others, and there are also in places fine spots on the abdominal scales.
This species is probably allied to Lacerta pipiens * of Pallas, a species apparently over-
looked by most herpetologists, and which, like the present species, is described as possessing a
minute ear and a smooth tail ; it, however, has no tubercles on the back, to judge by Pallas'
description, and it is very differently coloured. On one of Dr. Stoliczka's labels the present
species is said to be found under stones and about old walls, and it is evidently common.
In his list of the Western Turkestan reptiles, Severtzoff includes G. caspius, Eich.
G. scaber, Eupp., and G. eversmanni, Strauch. I have not been able to find the description
of the last.
1 Pallas : Zool. Kos. As., iii, p. 27 ; — Ascolabotes pipiens, Licht., Eversman's Reise, p. 145.
16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Family— LACHRTID^.
11. EREMIAS YARKANDENSIS. PI. II, fig. 3.
\V. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Ft. 2, p. 194.
E. ceeruleo-ocellata, Andorson : Proc. Zool. Soe., 1872, p. 373, nee Dum. et Bibr.
? E. mulliocellata,' Giinther : Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1872, Ser. 4, vol. x, p. 419.
E. gracilis, supra grisea vel olivacea, nigro-maculata, ocellis albidis nigro-marginatis
utrinque ad dorsum in seriem longitudinalem dispositis ; stibtus albida ; scuds nasalibus hand
twnidis, prcefrontali unico, a rostrali siipranasalibus atque a verticals postfrontalibus lonye
disjuncto ; infra-orbitali ad labrum pertinente ; dentibus palatalibus nullis ; scutis ventrali-
bus in series longitudinales (potius obliquas) 14-16, et in transversas ad 30 dispositis; poris
femoralibus utrinque 9-14; squamis infradigitalibus mx carinatis. Long. 6 poll., ccmdce 3'7.
1-4, Sanju ; 5-23, Yarkand and Yangihissar ; 24-28, Kashghar ; 29, near Fyzabad, east of Kashghar ; 30-33,
Kashkasu, between Yangihissar and Sarikol ; 34-44, Sarikol ; 45-46, west of Sarikol.
Description. — General form rather slender, tail when perfect about one and a half times
the length of the head and body, limbs rather short ; the fore limb reaches to between the eye
and snout, the hind foot extends to the axil. The nasal scales are not swollen, the lower
eyelid is opaque and granular. Scales below the toes very faintly keeled. No palatal teeth.
Usual length 5 to 6 inches. A fine specimen, in which only the tip of the tail appears renewed,
measures 6'2 inches, of which the tail is 3'8, head 0'6, fore limb 0'8, hind limb T25.
Scales of the back rounded, arranged in transverse rows, becoming natter and rather
larger on the sides. Ventral scales in transverse and oblique rows ; usually 14 to 16 in each
transverse row in the middle of the abdomen (very rarely 18) and in 28 to 35 (generally 30
or 31) transverse rows. Tail scales not keeled, as a rule, on the anterior portion, though
occasionally they are bluntly keeled above ; on the posterior portion they are more or less
distinctly keeled throughout. Prseanal scales all small. From 9 to 14 femoral pores beneath
each thigh. The enlarged scales below the tarsus extend about two-thirds of the distance
across. Scales beneath the feet granular, not keeled. Collar free, the scales towards the
middle enlarged, nearly as large as the abdominal plates, but varying in number ; and often
passing into small scales at the sides ; usually there are ten to twelve enlarged scales.
Head shields. — Nostrils between three shields, an upper, lower, and posterior nasal, which
are not swollen, but merely slightly convex, as are all the other head shields. Prarfrontal single ;
the supranasals meet in a broad suture, and so do the postfrontals. Two large supraorbital
shields, with granules outside and in front of them, but none inside. Praeoccipitals each
about the same size as a postfrontal ; central occipital smaller, but variable in size. Postocci-
pitals large, each three or four times the size of a prasoccipital, no azygos shield behind them.
Upper labials six, in front of the large supraorbital shield which descends to the lip, its lower
margin along the lip being nearly equal to that of the preceding shield. Temples covered
with small granular scales. Edge of ear not denticulate.
Colour. — Olive-grey above, spotted with black, and with a more or less well marked line
of whitish black-edged ocelli along each side of the back. The dark spots on the back often
form longitudinal lines.
This name will have priority if, as is probable, the species are the same,
EEPTILIA. 17
This species was referred by Dr. Anderson to Eremias cceruleo-ocellata of Dumeril and
Bibron,1 but it appears to me to differ in several characters. The nasal shields are not
swollen, the dorsal scales are close together and scarcely any granules can be detected
amongst them, whereas in E. cceruleo-ocellata they are said not to be very close, and each
is surrounded by some granules. That species, moreover, has the tail scales keeled ; as a
rule, they are smooth in the Turkestan form, and the limbs are proportionally longer in the
former, the hind legs nearly reaching the ear.
I have already " expressed doubts as to whether E. cceruleo-ocellata is the same as
E. velox,3 as the former has no palatal teeth, and the latter appears to possess them ; but if they
resemble each other at all closely, as is probable from the circumstance of most authors
uniting them, I think the species now described differs much in habit, being a more slender
form, and it is also distinguished by having the scales beneath the feet granular and not
distinctly keeled.
The closest ally appears to be a species described by Dr. Giinther from the Gobi Desert
under the name of E. multiocellata. It is possible that this may be the same, but it is de-
scribed as having an azygos shield between the postfrontals, a large central scale in the collar,
and eighteen longitudinal rows of scutes across the abdomen. None of these differences is of
much importance, but taking them together, they present a considerable distinction and
render it possible tna^ other differences exist. I should not think Dr. Giinther would have
overlooked the peculiar character of the nasal shields not being swollen, in which the present
species differs from all other Eremias with which I am acquainted.4
. EUEMIAS YARKANDENSIS V0,r. SATURATA. PL II, fig. 4.
W. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2., p. 194.
E. yarkandensis magis infuscata, scuto infraorbitali horizontaliter diviso, parte
superiors a labro discretd.
1-13, Valleys of the Kuenluen range, south of Yarkand.
This variety differs from the typical form in being much darker in colour and fre-
quently in having much less distinct ocelli along the sides of the back. In one or two
specimens the back is uniformly slaty-grey. Another difference is generally found, and it
would, if constant, justify the giving a specific name to the variety. This is that the infra-
orbital shield is divided below the eye, and does not reach the lip, the lower divided portion
forming the seventh supralabial. But in one specimen this infraorbital descends to the
lip, as in the normal form.
The specimens were not labelled, and they were amongst the last collected ; but Dr,
Stoliczka notices this form in his diary as replacing the ordinary Eremias of the Yarkand
plain at the commencement of the valleys leading to the Kuenluen.
1 Erp. Gen. v, p. 295.
• Eastern Persia, ii, p. 374.
3 Pallas : Eeise, i, p. 718.
4 Since the above was written, Dr. Giinther has very kindly compared specimens of E. yarkandensis with the type of E. multi.
ocellata, and informs me that they are probably the same, the only distinction of any importance, so far as can be detected, being
that the fore and hind claws appear mv^ch larger in E. multiocellata. The type of this species is so much shrunk, that it is difficult
to ascertain whether it had swollen nasals, but apparently it had not. I leave the account of the species as originally written, but
I think there is every probability that E. multiocellata and yarkandensis are identical.
E
18 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
12. EEEMIAS VERMICTJLATA. PL II, fig. 5.
Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 194.
? Podarces (Eremias) pylzowi, Strauch, Przewalski's Reptiles, p. 28, PL vi, fig. 1.
E. supra grisea, nigro-vermiculata, subtus albida, elongata, gracilis ; dorso granuloso,
scutis nasalibus tumidis, prcefrontali unico a rostrali supranasalibus atque a verticals
postfrontalibus longe disjuncto ; supraorbitalibus convexis, omnino squamis minimis rotimdis
circumdatis ; infraorbitali late ad labrum pertinente, dentibus palatalibus nullis ; scutis
ventralibus in series 16-20 longitudinales (potius obliquas), atque 36-41 transversas disposi-
tis ; ports femoralibus utrinque 19-23 ; squamis infradigitalibus vix carinatis. Long. 7'4
poll., caudfe 5'1.
1, 2, Yarkand ; 3, Kizil, Eastern Turkestan.
Description. — General form very slender, the tail more than twice as long as the head
and body. Limbs moderate, the fore limb reaches nearly to the end of the snout, the hind
limb in front of the shoulder, nasal plates swollen. Scales beneath the toes but little keeled.
No palatal teeth. Length of the largest specimen 7'4 inches, of which the tail measures
5'1, head 0'55, the fore limb is 0'85 long, hind limb 1'5.
Scales of the back round, granular, minute in the middle, becoming larger on the sides,
all arranged in transverse rows. Ventral scales in transverse and oblique rows, 18 to 20
across the abdomen and 41 along it in the two Yarkand specimens, but only 16 across and 36
along in the Kizil individual. Tail scales all keeled, except below near the base. None of
the prse-anal scales are much enlarged. Femoral pores from 19 to 23 beneath each thigh.
The enlarged scales below the tarsus extend about half-way across. Scales beneath the soles
of the feet granular and very small. Plates beneath the toes on the fore feet keeled, but not
prominently, those on the hind feet are smooth, except towards the end of the toes, collar
free, scales about the same size as those of the abdomen, rather irregular in the specimens
examined, and passing gradually into the small granules of the throat.
Head shields. — The single prsefrontal is large, and is separated from the rostral by the
supranasals and from the vertical by the postfrontals ; suture between the supranasals about
equal to that between the postfrontals, and, in each case, in the specimens examined, about
half the length of the prsefrontal. Nasals normal. The supraorbitals are somewhat more
convex than the other shields and are completely surrounded by granules, those separating
them from the vertical and prseoccipitals being rather larger than those towards the super-
ciliary ridge.
Praeoccipitals each about a quarter the size of a postoccipital. A small central occipital,
no azygos shield behind it, five or six supralabials in front of the large infraorbital, which
descends to the lip, the lower edge being equal to that of the preceding shield or longer.
Lower eyelid granular. Temples covered with small granular scales. Edge of ear not
toothed.
Colour. — Grey above, finely vermiculated with black lines, which tend to form longi-
tudinal bands along the middle of the back. Upper surface of head and limbs the same ;
lower parts white.
This is easily distinguished from the former species by being much more elongate, with
a much longer tail and hind limbs, by its having more numerous ventral scales, and swollen
REPTILIA. 19
nasal shields, by the presence of granules on the inner side of the supraorbital shields and by
colouration.
From Western Turkestan Severtzoff l quotes, besides E. variabilis and E. cceruleo-ocellata,
(?E.velox), two species which he calls E. intermedius, Strauch, and E. erythrurus. Neither of
these species, so far as I know, has been described ; E. erythrurus, Severtzoff himself suggests,
may be the young of E. velox. Two species of Scapteira and Lacerta stirpium are also
included in the list of reptiles obtained in Western Turkestan.
E. vermictilata may be the same as E. pylzowi collected by Przevalski in the deserts of
Alashan, 27 degrees of longitude east of Yarkand. The principal characters of the two
species are similar, and so is the colouration, but, judging from the figure, the toes of the fore
foot are considerably shorter in E. pylzowi.
Family—
13. ETJMECES T^NIOLATUS.
Eurylepis taniolatus, Blyth : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, xxiii (1854), p. 740.
Plestiodon seutatus, Theobald : Cat. Kept. Mus. As. Soc., p. 25.
Eumeces seutatus, Jerdon : Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, p. 73.
Mabouia tasniolata, Anderson : Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1871, p. 184.
Eumeces tceniolatus, Stoliczka : Proc. As. Soe. Bengal, 1872, pp. 75, 88.
1, Chakoti on the road from Mari to Srinagar, in Kashmir.
This is a very much larger specimen than the types, and so much stouter, that at first
I was much inclined to consider it distinct. But the proportions are the same, and the only
structural distinction I can find is, that there are twenty-three rows of scales round the body
instead of twenty-one. This amount of variation is commonly found in scinques.
The length of the specimen is 13 inches ; tail, probably renewed when young, 6 ; circum-
ference round the middle of the body, 3 ; head, 0'95 long ; fore limb, T35 ; hind limb, 1'75, both
to the end of the claws. The colour noted by Dr. Stoliczka on the living specimen is brown
above, with a dark central stripe, upper parts of sides darker and with small white spots in longi-
tudinal rows ; the upper portion of the limbs also spotted, lower portion of sides greenish,
this colour extending across the ears to the lower labials ; feet below pale fleshy, the whole
of the lower surface deep waxy yellow. In spirits the middle of the back is very little darker
than the lateral portions.
14 MOCOA HIMALAYANA.
Eumeces himalayanus, Giinther : Kept. Brit. Ind., p. 86.
Euprepes himalayanus, Steindachner : Novara Expedition, Reptilien, p. 45.
Eumeces sikkimensis, partim, Jerdon : Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, p. 73 ;— Anderson : Proc. Zool.
Soc., 1871, p. 158;— Blyth?
Mocoa himalayana, Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli, p. 127.
1-10, Mari, Punjab ; 11, 12, between Mari and Srinagar ; 13-25, Sonamurg ; 26-32, Mataian.
1 Turk. Jev., p. 71.
20 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Although I feel far from satisfied that the western form is really separable from the eastern
(M. sikkimensis), most of the differences pointed out by Dr. Stoliczka appear sufficiently
marked to justify the two being kept apart. The general aspect and colour of the two forms
are different, and the number of scales round the body appears larger in M. himalayana, though
this is variable. In specimens from Mari, there are almost constantly twenty-eight rows round
the body, whilst in the Sonamurg examples the prevailing number is only twenty-six.
There is certainly one specimen in the Indian Museum, labelled E. sikkimensis from
Darjiling and presented by Dr. Jerdon, which has thirty rows of scales round the body, but the
colouration is so different from that of all other Sikkim specimens, that I cannot but suspect
there is some mistake in the locality, for Dr. Stoliczka had large collections from Sikkim, and
found no marked variation, whilst the colouration of the specimen from Dr. Jerdon is precisely
that of the North- Western form, and it has a large strongly denticulated ear-opening.
The distinctions noticed by Dr. Stoliczka between the head shields of Mocoa himalayana
and M. sikkimensis are not borne out by the large series before me, nor is there, so far as I
can see, any constant difference in the limbs, but the ear-opening, as a rule, is decidedly larger
and more denticulated in M. himalayana. There are more scales round the body, and there
is a marked difference in colouration, Sikkim specimens being much browner and wanting the
greenish white line along the lower portion of the side, which is conspicuous in M. himalay-
ana. Still it is highly probable, as indeed Dr. Stoliczka suggested, that intermediate forms
may connect the two.
This species appears to be common in Kashmir. The specimens labelled from Mataian
were probably collected on the road from Sonamurg, for every other Mocoa from the Indus
valley in Ladak belongs to the next species. Mataian itself is on the north side of the moun-
tains which separate the Kashmir valley from Ladak.
15. MOCOA STOLICZKAI ( ?=M. ladacensis).
Euprspet stoliczkai, Steindachner : Novara Expedition, Reptilien, p. 45.
E. kargilensis, Steindachner : ib., p. 4-6.
Eumeces ladacensis, Anderson : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 375 ;—forsan Giintlier : Kept. Brit. Ind., p. 88.
1-3, Mataian ; 4-8, Kargil ; 9, Namika-la ; 10-16, Kha rbu ; 17-19, Larnayuru — all in the Indus valley, Ladak ;
20-24, no label.
It is most probable that there is really only one species of Mocoa in the Upper Indus
valley, and that the different names above enumerated belong to it. If this be the case, and
if the specimen described by Dr. Giinther be really identical, the species must bear the name
of Mocoa ladacensis. But I am unable to identify the specimens brought by Dr. Stoliczka
with Giinther's species, because in not one of the individuals collected does the fore foot reach the
snout,1 and because, although the three rows of scales beneath the tail are rather broader than
those above, and the middle row is slightly more developed than the other, there is scarcely
such a difference as I should suppose to be implied by the character of " subcaudals broad."
It must be borne in mind, too, that the locality of Dr. Giinther's type rests upon the
authority of Messrs, von Schlagintweit, whose want of accuracy with reference to the localities
assigned to their reptilian collections is notorious.
1 This was noticed also by Dr. Anderson 1. c.
EEPTILIA. 21
It is true that in Steindachner's description of Euprepes stoliczkai, there is said to be a
row of broader shields beneath the tail. But then the only difference stated to exist between
E. stoliczkai and E. kargilensis is that in the former there are five, in the latter four supra-
labials in front of the infraorbital. That this character is of no specific value is proved by
the circumstance that both forms occur together in the present collection, and that there are
some specimens which have four shields on one side of the head and five on the other. Now,
some of the specimens before me are typical E. kargilensis from the same locality as the ori-
ginal specimens procured by Dr. Stoliczka himself in 1865. The only other distinction
between the descriptions of Euprepes stoliczkai and E. kargilensis is that in the former the
middle denticulations on the anterior edge of the ear are larger than the others, in the latter
the uppermost is largest. This is certainly of no importance.
In different individuals the number of scales round the body varies from thirty-two to
thirty-eight, not depending apparently on age. In one very young specimen from Mataian
there are only twenty- eight rows, but this individual is so immature, that its characters are ill
marked, and it perhaps belongs to the last species. The usual number is thirty-four or thirty-
six.
The colouration appears very constant ; the back is brownish-olive, rather paler towards the
sides, and spotted, the spots consisting of a whitish dot with a larger blackish mark behind or
at the side of it. These spots sometimes, but not often, tend to form longitudinal lines. Sides
with a broad band of dark olive brown broken by small pale spots and extending from the
eye to the root of the tail and sometimes continued as a narrower broken line down the tail.
A few dark marks forming irregular longitudinal lines on the upper surface of the tail ; lower
parts bluish-white.
Order OPHIDIA.
Family— TYPHL OPIDM
16. TYPHXOPS POKBECTUS, var.
Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1871, xl, Pt. 2, p. 426, PI. xxv,figs. 1-4.
1, Ambor in the Jhilam valley, north-east of Man.
The only specimen of a Typhlops in the collection is evidently that mentioned in Dr.
Stoliczka's diary of the 18th July, and considered by him a new species. It differs in some
respects from the description of Typhlops porrectus, but still agrees so nearly with that form,
that I do not like to distinguish it on the strength of a single specimen.
The solitary example obtained is so tightly coiled towards the tail, that all the caudal por-
tion is difficult to examine. The following is a brief description.
Scales smooth, shining, in eighteen longitudinal rows. I count (with great difficulty owing
to the condition of the specimen) 393 scales along the body and eight along the tail. The body
is much compressed posteriorly, but this is probably due to pressure when coiled. The diame-
ter is nearly the same throughout, the circumference about one-twentieth of the length.
Head short and flat, rostral occupying about one-third of the upper surface, and having its
lateral margins parallel above ; below it is scarcely narrower. Eronto-nasal united to the nasal
above the nostril, separate below, the nasals extending a little behind the end of the rostral,
22 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
but not quite touching. Nostrils rather in front. Prseocular and ocular about equal, neither
of them as large as the nasal, anterior margin of prseocular very convex, that of ocular straight
and vertical, except on the top of the head, where it is curved back. Praefrontal, postfrontal,
supraocular, and interparietal scarcely exceeding the back scales in size ; the parietals are con-
siderably broader. Upper labials four, the first very small, in contact with the rostral and
fronto-nasal ; the second below the fronto-nasal and nasal, and just reaching the prseocular ;
the third between the prgeocular and ocular, but not rising much on the side of the head ;
the fourth, which is considerably the largest, beneath the ocular and extending some distance
back beyond it. Eyes quite invisible.
This differs from the description of T. porrectus in being rather less slender, in having
fewer longitudinal rows of scales, and only eight instead of eleven to twelve rows round
the tail, and, to judge by Dr. Stolizcka's figure, in the smaller size of the f rentals, inter-
parietals, and supraoculars.
Family—
17. COMPSOSOMA HODGSONI.
Giinther: Kept. Brit. Ind., p. 246 j— Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, xxxix, Ft. 2, p. 189.
1, Kashmir.
This specimen, which is young, being only 24'5 inches long, has the scales absolutely
smooth throughout, and a second praeocular, formed of a detached portion of the supra-
labial series, between the third and fourth labials. A similar specimen has been described
by Stoliczka, loc. cit., from the North- Western Himalayas. Ventrals 227, subcaudals in 79
pairs.
18. PTYAS MUCOSUS.
1, 2, Kashmir.
These specimens do not differ from the ordinary Indian form. Kashmir must, I should
think, be at the extremity of this snake's range to the north-west.
19. ZAMENIS RAVERGIEBI.
Coluber ravergieri, Menetries : Cat. Rais., p. 69 (1832).
Zamenis caudalineatus, Gtinther: Cat. Col. Snakes, Brit. Mus., p. 104 (1858); — Jan. Icon. Ophid.
livr. 23, PL iii.
Zamenis ravergieri, Strauch : Schlangen des Russ. Reichs, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Pet., xxi, No. 4, p. 127
(1873) ;— W. Blanford: Eastern Persia, ii, p. 417 (1875).
Z. fedtschenkoi, Strauch: Schlangen des Russ. Reichs., p. 135, PI. iv (1873).
1, Yarkand ; 2, 3, Yangihissar.
The spots on the head and back are larger than in Persian specimens, and somewhat
resemble those of Z. diadema, whilst the dark band along the upper part of the tail has a
EEPTILIA. 23
tendency to be broken into spots, and the bands along the sides of the tail are faint or
wanting. Otherwise there appears to be no constant difference.
The colouration is that of the form to which Dr. Strauch has given the name of
Z, fedtschenJcoi, and which is mainly distinguished from the typical Z. raver gieri by the
tail being spotted instead of striped. Dr. Strauch adds that, as a rule, in Z. fedtschenkoi
the number of longitudinal rows of scales is twenty-three, twenty-one being the exception,
whilst the reverse is found in Z. ravergieri. He also calls attention to a slight difference
in the form of the head, which is rather broader and less depressed in the first-named form.
Z. fedtschenkoi is said to be common in Russian Turkestan.
In the three specimens from Eastern Turkestan, the rows of scales round the body are
twenty-one in number, and the head is of the same form as in typical Z. ravergieri. I have
already ' shown that the two forms pass into each other in Persia, and the specimens from
Eastern Turkestan tend to the same conclusion.
In both the specimens from Yangihissar, there are three postoculars on each side, but only
two, as usual, in the Yarkand example. In the latter there are 222 ventrals and ninety-one
pairs of subcaudals.
' »
20. TROPIDONOTUS HTDBUS.
1, Kashghar ; 2-15, Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan.
This snake is apparently as common in Eastern Turkestan as it is, according to Strauch,2
farther to the westward. The specimen from Kashghar was procured on the 2nd February, and
is noted on the label as having been found frozen in a field ; the Yangihissar specimens were
collected in April.
The majority of the snakes of this species obtained in Eastern Turkestan appear to have
five postoculars. They are olivaceous above, with the back spots rather indistinct as a rule,
and a great portion of the ventral shields is black.
21. TROPIDONOTUS PLATYCEPS.
1, Mari ; 2, 3, Kashm ir.
I can see no difference between these specimens and those from other parts of the
Himalayas. This species, which had previously been obtained by Dr. Jerdon in Kashmir,3
appears to be one of the Himalayan forms, like Compsosoma Jiodgsoni, which range farther
to the north-west than do most of the species characteristic of the Himalayan region.
Family— PSAMMOPHID^!.
22. TAPHROMETOPTJM LINEOLATTJM.
Coluber (Tapkrometopon) lineolatum, Brandt : Bull. Ac. Sci. St. Pet., iii, p. 243 (1837) ;— Peters : Proc.
Zool. Soc., 1861, p. 47.
1 Eastern Persia, ii, p. 418. | 2 gchlang. Euss. Reichs., p. 173.
3 Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, xxxk, Ft. 2, p. 192.
24 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
PsammopMs dories, Jan. : De Fil., Viag. in Persia, p. 356.
Taphrometopon lineolatum, Strauch : Schlang. Russ. Reichs, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Pet., xxi, No. 4,
p. 185, PI. v ;— W. Blanf. : Eastern Pers., ii, p. 422.
1, Beshterek, south of Karglialik, Eastern Turkestan.
This characteristic Central Asiatic snake has been fully described and figured by Strauch.
The only specimen obtained is of moderate size, being 33| inches long, of which the tail
measures 8. Ventrals 195, subcaudals about a hundred, the last three or four injured. The
markings on the back are rather less distinct than in Strauch's figure, those on the belly are more
developed, there being a subtriangular blackish mark in the middle on the anterior shields ;
this passes gradually into a trapezoidal dusky patch, with black lateral margins in the centre,
and a row of black spots along the side, and this again gradually into two oblique lines on
each side of the ventrals, becoming fainter posteriorly, but quite visible as far as the com-
mencement of the tail. Similar colouration is described by Strauch as occurring in a
specimen from Krasnovodsk, and another of unknown locality, loc. cit., .p. 192.
Family—
23. VlPERA OBTUSA.
Dwigubsky, teste Strauch; — W. Blanf. : Eastern Persia, ii, p. 428.
Y. euphratica, Martin : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1838, p. 82; — Strauch: Schlangen Russ. Reichs, Mem. Acad.
Sci. St. Pet., xxi, No. 4, p. 221, PI. vi.
Echidna mauritanica, Dum. and Bibr. : Erp. Gen., vii, p. 1431.
1, Kashmir.
In structure this specimen agrees fully with one which I obtained in Persia, but the
colouration is very different, being almost uniform dark olive, with a little mottling of pale
straw colour on the labials, chin, and ventral shields.
The discovery of this species in Kashmir adds considerably to its known range. It is
found in Northern Africa, Asia Minor, and other parts of Western Asia, the Trans-Caucasian
provinces of Russia, and Persia.
Family— CEOTALID^E.
24. HALTS HIMALAYANTJS.
Giinther : Rept. Brit. Ind., p. 393, PI. xxiv, fig. A; — Steindachner : Novara Reise, Reptilien, p. 87.
1, Mari, Punjab; 2, Kashmir P or Indus valley near Dras.
In both specimens there are twenty-one rows of scales round the body, not twenty -three.
Steindachner has already pointed out that the number is variable. In two specimens in
the Indian Museum, one from north-east of Simla, the other labelled from Ladak, the same
number of rows of scales occurs conf. Anderson : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 196. Judging
from these specimens, it would appear that twenty-one is the number most frequently met
with to the westward. Dr. Gunther's original specimens, with twenty -three rows of scales,
were from Garhwal.
AMPHIBIA. 25
AMPHIBIA.
The Amphibia are very poorly represented in Dr. Stoliczka's collections. Only four
species are represented, and only one was procured from Eastern Turkestan ; all are well
known forms of Batrachia. No examples of Urodela were met with.
Order BATRACHIA.
Family— RANIDJS.
1. RANA CYANOPHLYCTIS.
Schneider apud Gunther : Kept. Brit. Ind., p. 406; — Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, xxxix,
Pt. 2, p. 146; Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, pp. 85, 102,130;— W. Blanf . : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,
xxxix, Pt. 2, p. 374 ; Eastern Persia, ii, p. 433.
1 — 3, between Mari and Kashmir.
This species had previously been recorded by Dr. Stoliczka from Mari. It is common
throughout the peninsula of India, and is the only abundant frog in the dry western
parts of the country, Kachh (Cutch), Sind, &c., extending to the west into Baluchistan.
2. DlPLOPELMA CARNATICUM.
Engystoma carnaticum, Jerdon: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1853, xxii, p. 534.
Diplopelma carnaticum, Jerdon: Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, p. 85; — Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,
1870, xxxix, p. 154; Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, p. 110.
? D. ornatum, Dum. Bib., apud Giinther : Kept. Brit. India, p. 417; see also Proc. Zool. Soc., 1875,
p. 568.
1, Tinali, on the road from Mari to Kashmir.
The single specimen obtained agrees very well with specimens in the Indian Museum
from the peninsula of India and Burma. No representative of the genus had, so far as I am
aware, been previously met with so far to the north-west.
It is not without some hesitation that I retain the name D. carnaticum for this species,
as Dr. Giinther has recently repeated his opinion that both Engystoma carnaticum (in part
at least) and E. rubrum of Jerdon, or rather specimens identified as such by Jerdon, are
identical with E. ornatum of Dumeril and Bibron, but Dr. Jerdon has pointed out that
E. carnaticum does not agree with Dumeril and Bibron's description, whilst the form
inhabiting Malabar, whence the type of E. ornatum was obtained, is probably distinct from
that found in Central and Northern India. I must say that I feel much doubt as to whether
E. carnaticum is the species described by Dumeril and Bibron, the colouration described
by those authors differing greatly from that of the present form, so far as I am acquainted /
with it.
26 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
3. Euro VIRIDIS.
Laur. apud Steindachner : Novara Expedition, Amphibien, p. 40 ; — Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,
xxxix, 1870, p. 155 ; Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, pp. 113, 131.
1-3, Kashmir; 4-11, Yirkand; 12-15, Yangihissar ; 16-23, Kishghar ; 24, Zung, Wakhan.
The Kashmir specimens appear to differ a little from those of Turkestan. They have
a shorter fourth toe on the hind foot, and the parotoid glands are somewhat more elongate.
The differences, however, are not great, and specimens from Persia and from various parts
of the Himalayas appear to he intermediate to some extent.
4. BUFO CALAMITA?
1, Kashmir.
A single very young toad from Kashmir prohably belongs to this species. I find an
older specimen, also from Kashmir, and presented hy Dr. Jerdon, in the Indian Museum, and
the two agree well in colouration, hut I cannot find the characteristic gland on the leg in the
young specimen. Its absence may, however, he due to immaturity.
SECOND Y ARK AND MISSION
REPTILIA.
PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Stellio stoliczkanus, adult.
,, 2- „ » young.
„ 3. Stellio agrorenns, and head of the same from above.
„ 4. Phrynocephalus axillaris.
R Mintern.del efc lith.
Mintern Bros imp.
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
REPTILIA.
PLATE II.
Fig. 1. Gymnodactylus microtis.
„ 2. G. elongatw.
„ 3. Eremias yarkandensis, with sketches of head from above and from the side.
„ 4. E. yarkandensis, var. saturata, sketch of head from side.
„ 5. E. vermiculata, and sketches of head from above and from the side.
px.
<M
V
- . I
.
'
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OP
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OP THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
GEOLOGY.
BY
W. T. BLANFOED, F.E.S.
bj) orbcv of the d>obevnment of Inbut.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1878.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
GEOLOGY.
BY
W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.
fag orkr of the ilobcrntnmt of Inbia.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING.
1878.
CALCUTTA :
l-KINTBE BT THE SrPFHINTENDEUT OP OOVERHMK5T PRISTINO,
8, HASTINGS STKKET.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
GEOLO G Y.
BY W. T. BLANFORD.
INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL SKETCH OF THE GEOLOGY OP WESTERN TIBET.
IT is, of course, very difficult to do justice to a rough travelling diary, such as Dr. Stoliczka's.
In such a diary first impressions are very often recorded, and subsequent observations do
not always show how far the first notes require modification. To the writer this is a simple
matter — his notes are memoranda serving to recall details to his mind ; but to another, who
does not possess the clue, it is very often difficult to ascertain how far the notes in the diary
agree with the final conclusions of the diarist.
Of the greater portion of Dr. Stoliczka's journey the geological results have already been
published by himself in the Records of the Geological Survey of India 1 and the Quarterly
Journal of the Geological Society. 3 A comparison of these papers with the original notes
shows that everything of interest in the latter, with the exception of an occasional section, has
been extracted and condensed. These papers will, therefore, be here republished in sequence,
with the addition only of such sections as can be extracted from the diary. The papers
already mentioned contain the record of the geological observations from Leh, in Ladak,
to Kashghar, and during two excursions from Kashghar to the northward. The notes
from the Panjab, at Mari, through Kashmir, to Leh, refer to ground which had been
previously examined either by Dr. Stoliczka himself, or by other geologists; but as
very little geological information has yet been published concerning Kashmir, the notes are
here repeated. Of the journey from Kashghar to the Pamir nothing has hitherto appeared
in print.
A brief summary of Dr. Stoliczka's previous geological observations in the North- Western
Himalayas will aid the reader in understanding the notes made in his last journey. His
earlier travels enabled him to classify the rocks seen in the mountain ranges of Spiti, Kulu,
Lahaul, Rupshu, Zaskar or Zanskar, Ladak, and the neighbouring districts south of the Indus
1 Vol. VII, 1874, pp. 12, 49, 51, 81 ; and Vol. VIII, 1875, p. 13.
• Vol. XXX, 1874, pp. 568, 571, 574.
2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
valley, and to show that several formations, some of which had not previously been detected, are
represented in this portion of the Himalayas. In his last journey he has ascertained the
extension of some of the same rocks to the northward ; and as the regions lying east and west
of his route are almost unknown, and those to the northward but imperfectly explored, almost
the whole geological interest of his journey, with the exception of his observations on a part
of the Thian Shan range north of Kashghar, depends upon the connection of the formations
found by him in the Kashmir territories north of the Indus, and in the ranges known on our
maps as the Mastagh (Karakoram), Kuenluen, and Bolor, with those previously explored in
the country south of the Indus between Simla, Spiti, and Kashmir.
Dr. Stoliczka spent the summers of 1864 and 1865 in the North- Western Himalayas and
Western Tibet, exploring the geology of the ranges. On his first journey, when he was accom-
panied by Mr. Mallet, he went north-east from Simla, crossing the Sutlej at the Wangtu
bridge, and traversing Bissahir : he crossed the Bhabeh pass, and examined the Spiti valley,
already known to be rich in fossil remains from the researches and collections of Gerard,
Strachey, and others. Prom Spiti he marched nearly due north to the Indus, near Sangdo, by
the Parang pass and the Tso-morari. l After two days' march up the Indus, he returned to
the Spiti valley by a more eastern route, traversing Hanle, and crossing the Tagling pass.
After spending some days in the examination of the important formations of Spiti, he
marched back to Simla, through Lahaul and Kulu, at some distance to the west of Iris journey
northwards.
The journey in 1865 occupied six months, from the beginning of May to the end of
October. The area examined lay for the most part to the north-west of his former route, and
extended to Leh, Kargil (north of Dras), and Srinagar. Starting from Simla, as before,
he marched north by west, through Suket and Mandi, to Kulu, and thence, across the Rotang
pass, to Kyelang in Lahaul. Thence he turned east by north, and crossed the Baralatse pass
to the Tsarap valley, and proceeded across several other passes to Korzog, in Rupshii, on the
Tso-morari. Here he turned north-west, and travelled by the Taglang pass to the Indus, and to
Leh. Prom Leh he went almost south-west, across the mountains, to Padam ; thence north-west
again to Suroo and Kargil, from which place he visited the Indus valley to the northward.
This was his furthest point to the north-west in any of his journeys. Prom the Indus, north of
Kargil, he marched south-west by Dras into the Kashmir valley, and, after a few days spent at
Srinagar, he returned by the direct route, via Islamabad, Kishtwar, Budrawar, Chamba, and
Kangra, to Simla. He suffered greatly from exposure to cold during part of this journey,
especially in the mountains of Zaskar, south of Leh ; and although he gradually recovered
from the effects of his Himalayan travels, it is probable that permanent injury to his consti-
tution— not very strong originally — was produced by them.
The results of his explorations, and especially of his first journey, were very great. It
has been already mentioned that the occurrence of fossils in the Spiti valley, and in some other
parts of the trans-Himalayan region, had long been known ; and considerable collections had
been made by Gerard, Strachey, the brothers Schlagintweit, and others, — one having been
obtained by Messrs. Theobald and Mallet, of the Geological Survey. The fossils collected
had, moreover, been to a great extent described. Dr. Gerard's collection was, partly and
imperfectly, illustrated by the Rev. R. Everest in the Asiatic Researches, Vol. XVIII,
p. 107, plates I & II, and fully described by Mr. H. P. Blanford in 1863. 3 A large collection
'Tso^lake.
3 Journal of the Asiatic Society, Bengal, Vol. XXXII, p. 124.
GEOLOGY. 3
formed by Colonel Strachey, chiefly at Niti, was described by Messrs. Salter and Blanford
in 1865 ; l whilst the Schlagintweits' collections were entrusted to Professor Oppel, and
descriptions and figures of them published by him.2 Other less important notes had appeared,
and several imperfect descriptions of the geology ; but no thorough sections had been made,
and, beyond the general fact that fossils of silurian, carboniferous, triassic, liassic, and
Jurassic forms were represented in the various collections, very little, indeed, had been done
towards elucidating the geological structure of the country.
This work was admirably carried out by Dr. Stoliczka. In the course of a single season's
work, in a most difficult country, amongst some of the highest mountains in the world, he
clearly established the sequence of formations ; and, from his extensive palseontological know-
ledge, was able to do this with an accuracy, which has stood the test of subsequent research.
He, moreover, added to the list of known formations the representatives of rhsetic and
cretaceous rocks not previously detected, and showed that some of the other groups might be
sub-divided.
The presence of this remarkable series of marine fossiliferous beds in the North- Western
Himalayan region — a series in which all the principal European palseozoic and mesozoic groups,
except the cambrian, devonian, permian, and neocomian, are represented — is none the less
surprising, that scarcely any of the formations, except a few oolitic and cretaceous strata, are
found in the peninsula of India, beyond the Indus river basin. In the hills of the Panjab
some of the formations have been detected, but they were until recently very imperfectly
known.
The following is the sequence of formations, with the fossils found in them by Dr.
Stoliczka : —
I. SUB-RECENT OR River and lacustrine deposits. — Karewah deposits of Godwin- Austen, &c. ;
NEAVER TERTIARY. Mammalian bones.
II. TERTIARY ... EOCENE ... (Nummulitic) Indus or Shingo beds. — Nummulites ramondi ; N. expo-
nens.
III. MESOZOIC ... CBETACEOUS (9) Chikkim shales.
(8) Chikkirn limestone. — Rudistes (fragments), Nodosaria, 2 sp., Dentalina
(annulata?), Botalia, sp., Textilaria, 2 sp., Haplophragmium, sp.,
Cristellaria, sp.
UPPEB JUBASSIC (7) Gieumal sandstone. — Ostrea, sp., near 0. gregaria ; another species near
O. sowerbii; Gyphcea, sp., Avieula echinata, Mytilus mytiloideus,
Lima, sp., Amusium demissum, Pecten bifrons, Anatina spitiensis,
Stol., A. sp., nov., Op it, sp.
MIDDLE JtTEASSlc(6) Spiti shales. — Salenia ? sp., Terebratula sp., BTiynconella varians, Ostrea,
sp., Pecten lens, Amusium (conf. Pecten stolidus), Aucella blanfordi-
ana, Stol., A. leguminosa, Stol., Lima, sp., near L. rigida, Inoeeramus
hookeri, Macrodon egertonianum, Stol., Nucula, sp., Nucula cunei-
formis, Cyprina trigonalis, Trigonia costata, Astarte unilateral^, A.
major, A. spitiensis, Stol., A. hiemalis, Stol., Homomya tibetica,
Pleurotomaria, 2 sp., Ammonites acucinctus, A. strigilis, A. macro-
cephalus, 3 A. octagonus, A, liypliasis, A. parkinsoni, A. theodorii, A.
sabineanus, A. spitiensis, A. curvicosta, A. braikenridgii, A. nivalis,
Stol., A. liparus,A. triplicates, A. biplex,A. alatus, Anisoceras gerar-
dianum, Belemnites canaliculatus, £. clavatus.
(5) Clayey slates.— Belemnites, sp., Posidonomya ornata.
' Palaeontology of Niti, printed for private circulation, Calcutta.
' Pala?ontologische Mittheilungen, 1863, p. 267 ; 1865, p. 289.
3 According to Dr. Waagen, Palseontologia Indica, Ser. IX, 3, p. 237, foot-note, this and several other species are not identical
with the European fossil forms to which they were referred by Dr. Stoliczka.
4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
III. MESOZOIC MIDDLE LIASSIC (4) Upper Tagling limestone.— Terelratula sinemuriensis, Modiola, sp.
(resembling Mytllussubreniformis), Neritopsis (conf. N. elegantissima),
Chemnitzia undulata, Troclius latilabrus, Troclius epulus, T. attenu-
atus, Eucyclus (Amberleya), sp., Acteonina (conf. A. cincta), Nerinea
(conf. N. goodhalii), Belemnites, sp., Ammonites (conf. macrocephalus).
LOWEB LIASSIC (3) Lower Tagling limestone. — Terebratula gregaria, T. pyriformis, T.
punctata, T. (Waldheimia) sckafhteutli, Rhynconella obtusifrons, R.
pedata, R. Jissicostata, R. austriaca, R. iiariabilis, R. ringens,
Ostrea (conf. O. acuminata), 0. (conf. O. anomala), Amusium, sp.
Pecten (conf. P. palosus), P. moniliger, P. sabal, P. bifrons, P. val-
oniensis, Lima densicostata, Avicula inmquivalvis, A. punctata, Gfer-
villia, sp. (near G. olifex), Area (Macrodon), sp. (apparently A. lycetti),
Dentalium, sp. (near D. giganteum), Nerita, sp. nov., Natica (conf.
N.pelops), Chemnitzia (conf. C. coarctata), C., sp. (near C. phidias),
Nerinea, sp. (near N. goodhalii), Ammonites (conf. A. germanii),
A., sp. (conf. A. macrocephalus), Belemnites budhaicus, Stol., B.
bisulcutus, Stol., B. tibeticus, Stol.
KH.ETIC (2) Para limestone. — Dicerocardium himalayente, Stol., Mcgalodon tri-
queter.
TBIASSIC (1) Lilang series. — Encrinus cassianus, Spirifer, sp. n., S. (Spiriferina),
(conf. S. fragilis), S. (Spiriferina) stracheyi, S. (Spiriferina) lilan-
gensis, Stol., S. spitiensis, Stol., Rhynconella mutabilis, Stol., R.
theobaldiana, Stol., R. salteriana, Stol., R, retrocita var. augusta,
Stol., Athyris strohmeyeri, A. deslongchampsi, Waldheimia stop-
panii, Halobia lommeli, Monotis salinaria, ' Lima (conf. L. ramsa-
ueri),L., sp. nov., Myoconcha lombardica, Discohelix, sp., Pleurotoma-
ria (conf. P. buchi), P. sterilis, Stol., Orthoceras, sp., O. salinarium,
O. latiseptum, O. dubium, Nautilus spitiensis, Stol., Clydonites old-
kamianus,Siol., C. hauerinus, Stol., Ammonites floridus, A.jollyanus,
A. Tchanikqfi, A. gaytani, A. difissus, A. ausseanus, A. gerardi,
A. medleyanus, Stol., A. studeri, A. thuillieri, A. malletianus, Stol.,
A. batteni, Stol.
IV. PALAEOZOIC ... CABBONIFEBOUS ... Kuling series. — Spirifer moosalchailensis, S. Jceilhavii, S. tibeticus,
Stol., S. altivagus, Stol., Productus purdoni, P. semireticulatus, P.
longispinus, Avicula, sp., Cardiomorpha, sp., Aviculopecten, sp., Or-
thoceras, sp.
SILUBIAN P ... Muth series. — Syringopora, s^.,Cyathophyllum, 2 sp., Crinoid stems, Orthu
sp. (near O. thakil, var. striato-costata and var. convexa), O. (near
O. compta), O. (near 0. tibetica), O. (conf. O. resupinata), Stropho-
mena, sp., Tentaculites, sp.
SILTJBIAN ... Bhabeh series.— Orthis, sp. ? Chatetesyak.
V. ... METAMOEPHIC ... Central gneiss.
But, although the general sequence of the beds was established, the observations made
were insufficient to enable a map to be prepared showing the distribution of the different
strata. Further examination was necessary for this purpose ; and Dr. Stoliczka always hoped
to return to the Himalayas and complete the work he had so well begun. The severe and
long-continued labour necessary for the preparation of his great work on the cretaceous fossils
of Southern India engrossed the whole of his time ; and, as has already been mentioned, his
health was seriously affected by the exposure he underwent in his second Himalayan journey,
so that, for a year or two at least, he was unfitted for work involving severe exertion. Thus
the sketch he made — for such it was — has never been filled up ; no geological map of the
Western Himalayas has ever been published, and the idea which can be formed of the distri-
bution of the known strata is, at the best, fragmentary.
It is as well, before proceeding further, to point out, in such a manner as to render it
easily recognised on the map, the area to which Dr. Stoliczka's observations were chiefly con-
,Mem., Geol. Surv. Ind., V, pp. 345, 352.
GEOLOGY. 5
fined. This area has somewhat the form of an oblong, with the longer axis north-west and
south-east. Its north-eastern boundary is formed by the Indus, whilst the south-western bound-
ary is far less regular, and, bulging out near the southern corner, includes a considerable tract
of country about Spiti, Kulu, and Lahaul. The south-eastern limit of the area examined is
formed by a line drawn north-north-east from Simla to the Indus, the north-western extrem-
ity being near Kargil and Dras. The south-western boundary is formed first by the range
which separates the Kashmir valley from that of the Indus, and the continuation of the same
in the Zaskar range as far as the Baralatse or Baralacha pass, whence the boundary turns
southward and embraces the country between the Baralatse range and the snowy ridges north
of the Sutlej valley, near Simla.1
The general formation of the mountains near Simla is too irregular for any definite range
of great length to be distinguished. The ridges throughout the North- Western Himalayas
and Western Tibet have a general north-west and south-east direction, shown by the main
course of both the mountains and river valleys ; and this direction is, of course, due in a great
measure to the strike of the various rocks, and the outcrop of softer or harder strata. Com-
mencing at the south,2 the range north of the Sutlej, opposite Simla, usually considered the true
Himalaya, and well known to all visitors to Simla as the snowy range, is chiefly composed of the
rock called by Dr. Stoliczka " central gneiss." 3 The mineralogical character by which this rock is
distinguished is the presence of albite in large quantities, with quartz, orthoclase, and biotite,
and a still more marked peculiarity in the constant occurrence of veins of albite granite,
which traverse the mass in every direction.
To the south of the central gneiss various metamorphic rocks are found : to the north or
north-east of it commences the sedimentary area of Tibet. It is palpable that this central
gneiss is not only pre-silurian in age, but that it must, in all probability, have been metamor-
phosed before the deposition of the silurian strata. Hence its importance : for whilst other
metamorphic formations of the Himalayas and Tibet are, probably, represented by fossilif erous
sedimentary deposits in other parts of the range, the central gneiss appears to belong to an
older period altogether.
To the north-west this gneissic formation extends but a short distance. The natural
continuation of the range formed by it would be the Pir Panjal, south-west of Kashmir ; but
this consists of newer formations. Dr. Stoliczka was inclined to consider the Zaskar ridge as
the probable continuation of the central axis, as he considered it, and to look upon the gneiss
of which that range consists as the representative of the central gneiss. It, however, wants
the albite granite.
The highest peaks of the snowy Himalayan range consist of silurian rocks dipping
northward, and followed in ascending order by carboniferous, triassic, and Jurassic strata.
1 For convenience sake, it maybe as well to point out that the principal ranges of the North-Western Himalaya and Western Tibet,
all running nearly north-west and south-east, are, commencing on the north, the Kuenluen range on the edge of the Yarkand plain ;
the Mastagh range traversed by the Karakoram pass, and forming the main ridge, separating the Indus watershed from that of the
Yarkand plain ; the Ladak range running along the northern (or north-eastern) bank of the Indus, and separating its valley from
that of the Shayok ; the Zaskar range, which forms the south-western limit of the Indus drainage, extending along the north-eastern
boundary of Kashmir, and the continuation of which to the south-west is sometimes known as the Baralatse range, and the Hima-
laya proper, the north-western continuation of which is the Pir Panjal.
2 The account which follows is derived in great part from Mr. H. B. Medlicott's sketch of the Geology of the Panjab and its
dependencies in the Panjab Gazetteer.
3 Some important additional information concerning this rock has recently been furnished by Colonel C. A. McMahon, who has
determined by microscopical examination that this gneiss possesses the characters of an igneous rock, in parts at all events, and that
it must probably have been in a more or less plastic or fluid state. — Records, Geol. Surv. Ind., X, p. 222.
b
6 SECOXD YAEKAND MISSION.
The cretaceous rocks have only heen found at a few localities in Spiti and Eupshu ; but the
Jurassic and liassic strata upon which they rest occupy a large area, constantly spoken of by
Dr. Stoliczka as the Jurassic elh'pse, and having an elliptical form, with the long axis in the normal
north-west, south-east direction. These beds were traced from Spiti and Southern Eupshu
to Zdskar, where they end out against the great granite and syenitic mass of Little Tibet.
To the south-west the same Jurassic rocks are known to exist in Northern Kumaon. Except
close to the Karakoram pass, where liassic beds occur, and a little farther east by south in
the Lokzhung range, capped by cretaceous rocks,1 none of these middle and upper mesozoic rocks
have hitherto been found in Western Tibet beyond the limit of this basin ; nor have they
hitherto been found in Kashmir proper, although some of them recur in the hills near Mari
(Murree).
The silurian, carboniferous, and triassic (including the rhretic2) formation have afar
wider range, and it is probable that their altered representatives form no inconsiderable pro-
portion of the metamorpliic rocks, which occupy so large an area in the Indus valley and its
neighbourhood .
The silurian rocks on the south of the Jurassic area have been traced at intervals from
the Bhabeh pass, through Northern Lahaul and Zaskar, to the neighbourhood of Dras, and
they are probably, in Dr. Stoliczka's opinion, represented by some of the lower beds seen in the
Indus valley below Leh, and in the Marka valley to the south. North-west of the Jurassic area
they have not been detected, and they may be represented by some of the metamorphic rocks.
The carboniferous series is distinctly developed both to the south-west and north-east of
the Jurassic area in the Spiti country, and it becomes even more prominent to the north-west.
It occupies large areas in the Indus valley south-west and west of Leh, and reappears in the
Kashmir valley. The triassic rocks appear everywhere to overlie the carboniferous, and to
have nearly an equal extension.
Northern and Eastern Eupshu, to the north-east of the Spiti area, consists mainly of
gneiss and other metamorphic rocks. The same crystalline formations form the whole of the
range north of the Indus, from the sharp bend made by the river to the southward, north of
Hanle, to Leh.
In the Indus valley itself, apart from all the secondary series of the Spiti basin, sand-
stones, shales, and clays are found, which have been proved to be of eocene age by the discovery
in them of nummulites and other fossils. Where these were first observed by Dr. Stoliczka in
Northern Eupshu, they were unfossiliferous, and their old and altered appearance made Mm
suspect that they might be palseozoic. But near Leh they are much newer in appearance, and
contain fossils which prove their age. Similar beds are seen west of Leh, as far as Kargil.
Lastly, eruptive rocks, containing serpentine, diallage, and epidote, occupy a considerable
area around Hanle, east of Eupshu, and extend for many miles to the north-west, towards the
Indus. Syenite is largely developed near Leh, and extends westward, towards Dras, occupying
a considerable area about Kargil. Serpentine is associated with it.
If we look upon the snowy range north of Simla and the Zaskar range as identical, and
as forming the axis of the Himalayas, we may consider the palseozoic and mesozoic rocks of
the Indus and Spiti valleys as lying between two great metamorphic ranges — that just men-
tioned and the Lad&k range north of the Indus. To the north of Kashmir, however, the
1 See note, p. 47.
2 This formation was kept distinct by Dr. Stoliczka in his first paper, but subsequently he was disposed to unite it with the
triassic group.
GEOLOGY. 7
carboniferous and triassic beds completely lap round and replace the older mctamorphics. In
his last journey Dr. Stoliczka has shown that another great sedimentary region in the
Karakoram area lies between the crystalline Ladak ridge and the gneissic rocks forming the
Kuenluen. But in this region no oolitic or cretaceous beds have hitherto been found, the
highest fossiliferous rocks observed being liassic.* North of the Kuenluen, however, the pre-
sence of a cretaceous formation was detected.
As occasional reference must be made in the ensuing pages to the names given by Mr
Medlicott to particular formations on the southern slopes of the Himalayas, a list of these
groups, with their supposed trans-Himalayan equivalents, is appended. It must be remem-
bered that the identifications are little more than surmises,2 and were only suggested as
probable by Dr. Stoliczka, no fossils having been found in the cis-Hirnalayan rocks below
the nummulitics.
A?e. da-Himalayan. Trans-Himalayan.
PLIOCENE . . ") t Mammaliferous.
f bvwaiiK ......
and iNahan ' ^ Deposits of Tibet
MIOCENE (.(? Karewah, in part).
f Kasauli (purple and grey sandstones) \
\ Dagskai (red clays, purple and grey/
EOCENE (Nummulitic) Sirmur < sandstones). > Indus or Shingo beds.
J Sabathu (brown and grey clays and V
, x. limestones). J
TEXAS . . . Krol (limestone) Lalang series.
CARBONIFEROUS . Infra-Krol (sandstone and carbonaceous shales) Kuling series.
fBlini (limestone and conglomerate) . . . Muth.
' X Infra-Blini (slates and sandstone) . . . Bhabeh.
On the other hand, there is some slight possibility of the Krol limestone being nummu-
litic, and Mr. Medlicott at one time, and before the trans-Himalayan rocks had been classified
by Dr. Stoliczka, was rather inclined to this view,3 but he never considered the evidence in its
favour of much importance.
In the following pages the order preserved is that of the journey : first, the notes taken
from the diary of the route from the Pan jab to Leh, then the (previously printed) geolo-
gical descriptions of the journey from Leh to Shah-i-dula, and from Shah-i-dula to Kashghar ;
next, the excursions from Kashghar to the Chadyr-kul and to Altyn Artysh ; and finally, the
notes from the diary of the journey to the Pamir, and of the return march from Yarkand to
the Karakoram pass. The sections illustrative of the geology of the country are from
sketches in Dr. Stoliczka's note-book ; they are introduced, as they serve greatly to explain the
relations of the rocks, but it should be remembered that the original drawings are frequently
rough, and they may not, in some instances, have been quite correctly interpreted. Should
subsequent research show the sections to require modification, the circumstances under which
they were prepared: should be remembered.
Dr. Stoliczka himself spoke of Ms geological results as meagre. This is, probably, the
first impression of most travellers : either they have traversed enormous areas composed of
1 Some obscure unfossiliferous sandstones near Kium, in Changchenmo, and at Aktagh, north of the Karakoram pass, were
referred with doubt to the tertiary epoch.
2 Mr. Lydekker's surveys, made since the above was written, have indicated that some modification is probably necessary in the
above list of correlated strata. It appears now more probable that the Krol limestone is carboniferous. — Records, Geol. Survey of
India, XI, p. 63
3 Memoirs, Geological Survey, Vol. Ill, p. 170.
8
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
one or two rock groups, and the geology appears to them monotonous in the extreme, or they
have heen compelled to leave behind sections only half examined, in which the various
formations succeed each other too rapidly for their sequence to he determined in a hurried
journey. But in all cases, as Avith all discoveries in science, the observations require record
and comparison for their value to appear. However useless they may seem at the time, no
one can tell when the information may prove of the last importance.
For details as to the route, the map and diary should he consulted. All the explanatory
notes in brackets and foot-notes in the subsequent pages are by myself, with the exception of
the foot-notes marked (S) on page 18 and 20.
NOTE. — Since the above was in type, Dr. Waagen has kindly sent to me a paper, which he has just published in the Denkschrift
Kais. Acad. Wiss. Wien. (Math. Naturwiss. Classe) for 1878, entitled " Ueber die Geographische Vertheilung der fossilen Organismen
in Indien." In this paper he points out that, although the classification of the Spiti shales is still imperfect, and further subdivision
may be necessary, it is clear that the great mass of these strata must be classed as Upper Jurassic (Kimmeridge and Tithonian),
several of the Cephalopoda having been at first wrongly identified with European forms, and being of later age than was supposed.
Dr. Waagen also notices that further to the westward in the Alpine Panjab, near Mari (Murree), the Gieumal sandstone or its
equivalent contains the Trigonits (T. ventricosa, tyc.) characteristic of the Umia (Portlandian) group in Cutch.
According to Dr. Waagen, also, only the upper Tagling limestone, the representative of the ' Hierlatz beds ' of the Alps, should
be classed as Lias, the lower Tagling limestone, the equivalent of the Alpine ' Kossen beds,' being of Rhsetic age. The Para lime-
stone should be classed as upper triassic, and the Lilang series in part as middle triassic (Musehelkalk). Most of these relations
had been pointed out by Dr. Stoliczka himself.
GEOLOGY.
9
PART I.
NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY FROM MARI (MTJRREE) IN THE PUNJAB TO LEH IN LADAK.
[THE following notes, it should be remembered, commence in the Panjab, at Mari
(Murree), the sanatarium lying a short distance north of Eawal Pindi. A " rough section
showing the relation of the rocks near Mari," by Dr. Waagen, was published in the Records
of the Geological Survey of India.1 He showed that Mari is built on red slates and
sandstones, newer than the nummulitics, but unfossilif erous, and that these beds are succeeded
(the formations are too much crushed and contorted for anything like order in descent
to be made out) by nummulitic limestone, Jurassic and triassic beds ; the Jurassic beds being
identified with the " Spiti shales." Dr. Waagen gave a section round Chamba Peak, from
Kairagali to Changligali. Dr. Stoliczka describes that seen on the road round the other side
of the mountain.
An account of the geology of the neighbourhood of Mari hill station in the Panjab has
also been given by Mr. A. B. Wynne,2 of the Geological Survey of India, accompanied by a
map and section. In this paper many additional details of the geology are given, and the
same section is described which is here extracted from Dr. Stoliczka's note-book. Dr.
Stoliczka's notes were made before Mr. Wynne's paper was published, although the latter
had been written long before. Within the last two years the systematic geological survey
of Kashmir has at length been commenced, and a large amount of information as to the
distribution and relations of the different beds has been added by Mr. Lydekker.3 In
a few cases, as at the Zoji-la, slight changes have been shown to be necessary in the views
formed by Dr. Stoliczka on his hurried journeys, but as a general rule his opinions have
proved correct.]
July 3rd to 6th. — The Mari hill consists of sandstone and shales, the former full of
fucoids, but I could not find a trace of other fossils.4 The geological section from Mari
Kairagali,
Mart beds. Nummulitic Red Limestones, Reddish Limestones. Shales. Limestones. Limestone
limestones, shales. shales. and
sJiale,
Limestones. Shales.
Nummulitic.
Section from Mari to Kairagali, distance S miles.
to Kairagali is rather simple, but thence along the road to Changligali it is rather compli-
cated, and on the whole similar to that made by Waagen on the corresponding road passing
1 Vol. V, 1872, p. 15.
2 Records, Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 64.
3 Rec. G. S. I., IX, p. 155 ; XI, p. 30.
4 The Murree Beds of Mr. Wynne, see Quarterly Journal, Geological Society, 1874, p. 71, &c., and Rec. G. S. I., Vol. VII, p. 66.
10
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
s a
round the other side of Chamba Peak.1 The section from Changligali to Dangagali
little more simple.
On the saddle at Kaldana the Mari beds dip towards the nummulitic shales, but at
Sunnybank they are turned up sharply against the latter. There must have been a tremen-
dous slip along this boundary. After some shales and crumbling sandstones, the southern
side of the Kaldana hill consists chiefly of limestone, and then follow reddish shales and
sandstones, very like those of the Mari group in general character. The shales are seen on
the next saddle, succeeded chiefly by limestone and grey shale and carbonaceous sandstone,
often very impure. These beds, the calcareous especially, are often full of nummulites, with
an occasional pelecypod or gastropod.
Sairagali.
Nummulitic g.
limestonej sp*
and shale.
j S> '• *$• S> *P> &• '•
Trial. I Trias,
p.g. I. Nummulitic. -Trias, if. if. l. Nummulitic. Shale.
fault.
Oyster bed.
Oolitic limestone.
g. Gieumal sandstone (upper Jurassic), typical, and occasionally very silicious.
sp. Spiti shales (Jurassic), typical, but without concretions.
,t. Trias.
Section from Kairagali to Changligali, distance a little above 2 miles.
The section on the western side of the Chamba Peak is even more contorted than that
made by Waagen on the other (eastern) side. The general dip of the rock is towards the
north-west, and the consequence is, that the rocks are dreadfully twisted in every stream :
on the whole, the section is much more contorted than in the sketch.
The triassic limestone in contact with the Spiti shales is semi-oolitic, just like the Krol
limestone in some places. Its thickness is generally from 10 to 30 feet, and then follows
more compact grey limestone, sometimes full of small oysters. About half a mile from
Kairagali, I got a good Rhychonella in it. Changligali lies on shales, but the next
Changligali.
Dangaf>ali.
Shales. Limestone.
Shales.
Limestones
and
shales.
Trias.
sp. g. t. sp. g.
Ammonites. Trigonia
and Aslarti.
Nummulitic.
Section from Ckangligali to Dangagali, distance about 6^ miles.
hill is limestone, mostly vertical, and dreadfully old-looking. If I had not occasionally got
a nummulite out of the intermediate calcareous shales, I should certainly have taken the
limestone for triassic. But, as a rule, the nummulitic limestone is highly bituminous, while
the compact triassic limestone is apparently never bituminous, and the semi-oolitic (triassic)
limestone is occasionally slightly bituminous, but generally not. Nummulitic beds continue
about half-way to Dangagali. There is a great thickness of triassic limestone, and then
1 Eec. G. S. I., Vol. V, 1872, p. 16.
GEOLOGY. 11
at the last corner, before the road turns towards Dangagali, there is a repeated alternation
of Gieumal, Spiti, and triassic beds. In the sandy beds of the Spiti shales I found a fragment
of an Ammonite ; and in the Gieumal sandstone, which occupies the whole corner, I got
an Astarte, which is apparently the same as that I got at Lunari in the lower Umia beds,1
and a Trigonia, but this is difficult to make out. The saddle on which Dangagali lies is
again nummulitic shales.
[The most interesting point in the preceding sections is the identification of the Gieumal
sandstone (upper Jurassic). Dr. Waagen had previously recognised the Spiti shales, and had
suggested that the sandstone represented the upper Jurassic beds of Spiti2 — a suggestion
which Dr. Stoliczka confirmed. The red Mari beds are called Nahan (newer tertiary) by
Dr. Stoliczka in his notes ; but Mr. H. B. Medlicott, who is by far the best authority
on the subject, considers that this is due to a mistake in the identification of the Nahan
beds themselves near Simla, as proved by some notes in Dr. Stoliczka's diary, and that
the rocks with which Dr. Stoliczka really identified the Mari beds belong to Mr. Medlicott's
Dagshai division (older tertiary). Under these circumstances, I have ventured in the notes
to substitute Mr. Wynne's name "Mari beds " for "Nahan," leaving the question of identifi-
cation undecided.]
July 15th, Mari to Kohdla. — Mari sandstone and shale are seen all the way dipping in
various directions : near the Jhelum the dip is about north or north by east. The older rocks
are seen on the left bank of the river, at the base of the Dangagali hill. The boundary
between nummulitic and Mari beds runs along the stream coming from Kaldana : on the
right bank are Mari sandstones and shales, dipping at about 40° or 50° towards north-east or
east.
16th, Chatarkelas. — All the way I saw nothing but the same Mari sandstone and shale,
mostly dipping to north-east or north-east by east.
17th to 23rd, Chatarkelas to Uri. — The Mari beds prevailed throughout the whole
distance, and no others were seen on the left bank of the Jhelum, along which river the road lay
for a great part of the distance. On the opposite bank dark shales, either Spiti or Sabathu,
were noticed between Raru and Tinali, and limestones opposite Uri. From Tinali to Hatian
the general dip of the Mari beds is south-east : near Uri they are much contorted.
24th, TJrambu. — Uri is on a high river plateau. After crossing a stream, very red
shales are seen, and blocks of limestone, looking exactly like Krol limestone, which it
probably is. I am not sure whether the shales are nummulitic : more probably they belong
to the Krol series. Further on are chloritic and quartzose schists, which continue to
Urumbu. The Urumbu bungalow is built at the foot of some very fine cliffs of a meta-
morphic quartz and schist.3
25th, Baramula. — The same metamorphic quartzose rock, with bacillary structure,
continues a long way until the road opens into a portion of the old lake : this portion is
separated by a ridge from 200 to 300 feet (high ?) of lake clay and gravel deposit. The same -
form the low hills to the south for several miles. The lake must formerly have been much
larger and wider than it now is, its water extending far up the Sind valley.
July 26th to August 6th. — Baramula to Srinagar and thence to Gandarbal. — [No
description is given in the diary of the rocks about Srinagar, although reference is made to
' Of Cutch.
2 Records, Geological Survey of India, V, p. 15.
3 Lydekker, Kec. G. S. L, IX, p. 158, describes this section more fully. The limestone (Kiol) appears to be identical with Krol,
as Dr. Stoliczka suggested. See also Kec., G. S. I., XI, p. 62.
12 • SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
them subsequently.] Passing the village Malshabagh (near Gandarbal), I saw a sub-
recent conglomerate, which was deposited fully 50 feet above the present level of the lake,
and in places it was overlain by terraces of clay (level), which seemed to reach about 30
to 50 feet higher.
7th, Kangan. — The rocks on both sides of the road are the same as about Srinagar—
the green plutonic rock, often with zeolite cavities, and sometimes not to be distinguished
from greenstone. In other places it is distinctly stratified, and it is probably a meta-
morphic silurian or devonian rock.
8th to 12th, Kangan to Sonamarg. — [No mention of any geology on the road.] The
triassic limestones come almost down to the valley about three miles before reaching
Sonamarg. At Sonamarg they are in some parts rather slaty and thin- bedded: I got no
fossils in them. They dip north and south on the right and left bank of the valley re-
spectively.
13th, Baltal. — About four miles east of Sonamarg, schists below the limestones occupy
the greater heights, particularly on the north, and they extend in a north-easterly direction
along these heights. At Baltal all the rocks are these schists, which are probably carboni-
ferous. They often contain carbonaceous bands full of crystals of iron pyrites.
14th, Mataian. — [Crossing the Zoji-la,1 11,800 feet.] The schistose beds, which are in
places almost mica schist, are followed, a couple of miles north of the Zoji-la, by more
carbonaceous beds, which are probably true carboniferous, and then, about a mile south of
Mataian, they are overlain on the right and left bank by the usual thin-bedded triassic
limestones. These are sometimes quite white and dolomitic, alternating with black and
earthy beds. I saw several Rhynconellce and sections of large bivalves, like Megalodon
and Dicerocardium, and small oysters ; but nothing sufficiently determinable. [Further exa-
mination of the beds near the Zoji-la has shown that there is inversion, and that the rocks
at the crest of the pass are of later age than the triassic limestones seen on each side. —
Lydekker, Rec. G. S. I., XI, p. 45.]
15th, Mataian. — I looked over the limestones near the village, but found no determi-
nable fossils.
16th, Drds. — About three miles after we left Mataian the green rocks cut off the
limestone on the left bank, and for a few miles the boundary between the two rocks runs
in the valley. After about the seventh or eighth mile, the base of the valley is all of
green rock, which is generally quite massive, like greenstone ; only occasionally it is thinly
bedded with bacillary structure. To all appearance they are the same rocks as about
Srinagar. About two or three miles before reaching Dras, the green rocks cross over
entirely on to the right bank, and extend in a north-easterly direction, the trias limestones
keeping to the heights. At their contact with the green rocks the limestones are more
slaty. North by west of Dras the green rocks decompose very readily, and weather out
reddish, as greenstones often do. About the camping ground numbers of syenite rocks
are strewn about. The whole plain about Dras is filled with a deposit of shingle to about
a hundred feet above the level of the river.
17th, Tashgaon. — For some distance from Dras the rugged, barren hillsides consist
of greenstone. This rock gradually passes into a greenish syenite, with large quantities of
schorl ; but on both sides of the valley there is still the green rock in situ : higher up on
the left bank is syenite.
1 La, a pass Tibetan,
GEOLOGY. 13
18th, Chiliscomo. — The green rock becomes rather schistose about half-way between the
last camp and this, and nearly opposite Kharbu the syenite comes down to the river, and cuts
off the green rock : the former about here is light coloured and of the ordinary type.
19th, Kargil. — Syenite rocks seen the whole way.
20th, Shargol. — The tertiaries on the Kargil plain are much covered by diluvial conglom-
erate. The Pashkyumkur is built on serpentine rock ; and from this spot to near Shargol all
the rocks are serpentine, sometimes rather slaty and splintery, in other places much purer
and solid, so that it could be worked for ordinary cups, &c. All along the river the diluvial
conglomerate forms an almost continuous strip, particularly along the left bank of the
stream.
Wherever the valley widens a little, as at Lotsun, the conglomerate is found on both
sides, the horizontal banks rising up to 500 or 600 feet above the stream. About a mile
from Shargol, grey and greenish and reddish shales come in from the hills to south-west
and west, and are greatly developed north of Shargol. These shales appear to belong to the
Sabathu group, although they look rather metamorphic in some places, but in others they
are more recent looking and micaceous. All about Shargol lumps of serpentine are sticking
out of them, and the whole are covered along the left bank of the stream with a conglomerate
rising to 600 and more feet above the river. Beyond this, south and south-east of Shargol,
the higher hills all consist of triassic limestone, alternating near the base with rather highly
metamorphic and sometimes strongly carbonaceous shales, which it is very difficult to dis-
tinguish from the tertiary beds. I found no trace of fossils in the tertiaries, but the deter-
mination of the triassic limestone is tolerably certain. It is the same as above Dras, and
has often the peculiar pseudo-foraminiferous or semi-oolitic structure.
21st, Kharbw. — A good long march of 18 miles : we went by the Namika-la, and then
turned almost south up the stream for about four miles to Kharbu. The diluvial con-
glomerate extends all the way along the river, mostly developed on the left bank, until we
turned up the stream almost north and then north-east and east towards the Namika-la.
A couple of miles from Shargol the monastery is built upon triassic limestone, and there
are lumps and patches of it very often sticking out of the so-called tertiary shales. The
great figure of Buddha a little further on is also cut in a single block of triassic limestone.
When we left the conglomerates at the Wakha river, we turned almost north. There
was nothing but very soft and crumbling grey and greenish (tertiary) shales as far as
the Namika pass, and for some distance on the other side, extending more to north
about two miles east of the pass ; and the high hills to the north consisted of serpentine,
while south of the Namika-la was a high solitary rock of trias limestone. The diluvial
conglomerates were again seen in the little stream from the Namika-la, and are very highly
developed in the Kharbu stream. Approaching this, we had up to Kharbu, along the
right bank, all trias limestone, underlain by highly carbonaceous and metamorphic-looking
shales and slates, which are always distinctly silky and micaceous on the planes of bed-
ding, and often very much contorted.
22nd, Kharbu. — I went out in a north-easterly direction across the stream, and found
the ground composed of various kinds of shales for several miles. Eirst, the shales were
rather carbonaceous ; then they became more slaty, gray, greenish, and red, but all rather highly
metamorphic. It is clear they cannot be tertiary ; for they all lay under the trias. The top
of the high hills appears to consist partly of serpentine. Among the higher slates there are
often beds of the same green rock that I saw south of Dras.
d
14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
23rd, Lamayuru, crossing the Fotu-la. — Leaving Kharbu, the triassic limestones pass
over to the right bank of the stream after the second or third mile, where the stream makes
a bend ; but further on the carboniferous shales occupy the whole of the right and the base
of the left bank, the limestones keeping to the greater heights. The diluvial conglomerate
is locally of great extent ; and in ascending the Fotu-la, it reaches to within about 200 feet
of the top of the pass, that is, up to about 13,200. On the Fotu-la the southern hills are
trias limestone. The pass itself is formed of carboniferous shales ; and these shales extend
clown to Lamayuru. Unfortunately I could not find any fossils in them.
24th, Snurla on the Indus. — For more than a mile after leaving Lamayuru there are
extensive shaly deposits, some of them well stratified ; they reach to about 300 feet high on
the slopes. The shales are at first in places very carbonaceous, and when decomposed they
are covered with a white efflorescence of soda and alum. About two miles or a little more
further on, these carbonaceous shales overlie nearly vertically bedded green and red shales ;
the latter alternate with beds of strong green sandstone, very similar to the " green-rock,"
and the whole group evidently represents the Bhabeh series, just as the former does the Muth
series. In one place only I saw, in the Bhabeh slates, a bit of an impression, something like
a portion of a Trilobite ; and in another place I got a few traces of worms. These Bhabeh
slates, shales, and sandstones are variously contorted, but for the most part approach the
vertical position, dipping highly towards south or south-west. Towards the Indus the
Bhabeh series is cut off by serpentines, which reach clown to the valley. Only in one place,
I think, there is a portion of syenite left, the ground about a mile from the Indus being
strewn with boulders of syenite. The opposite bank of the Indus is occupied by greenish
and reddish slates and sandstones — evidently the treacherous tertiary rocks, like in North
Rupshu and Zaskar. The bridge across the Indus to Khalchi is built over serpentine, and
there are a good many patches of serpentine also on the right bank, and near these the
sandstones and shales appear to be almost metamorphic. There is also, about half-way
between Khalchi and Snurla, a lump or two of a grey or bluish limestone, full of bivalves. It
looks triassic ; still I do not know how it could be that. Fragments of it were locally full of
large pelecypods and indistinct gastropod traces, and in some round rolled fragments I
thought I saw nummulites, but I cannot be sure of it. Similar lumps of the same limestone
I saw in the serpentine region before reaching the Indus, and it is just possible that some of
the slates and sandstones here are really tertiary. I rather think this very probable. At
Snurla the tertiary slates and shales, greenish and reddish beds alternating with each other,
occupy both banks of the Indus, mostly dipping at high angles towards the south. Conglom-
erates are locally to be found reaching to a couple of hundred feet or less along the whole
road.
25th, Saspul. — All the way we passed through the tertiary red and greenish shales and
sandstones, mostly along the strike of the rocks, which dip at a high angle of between 60°
and 80° to south-west or south by west. The crystalline rocks appear to occupy the hills
above Himis. Diluvial conglomerate is extensively developed along the river, and particularly
about Saspul.
25th and 26th, Saspul to Leh. — The same rocks for the greatest part of the distance ; the
gneiss and hornblendic gneiss do not touch the river till just before Pittuk, beyond the village
of Phayang. The diluvial deposits are very extensive, and are very thick just east of
Snemo.
GEOLOGY. 15
PART II.
THE HILL RANGES BETWEEN THE INDUS VALLEY IN LADAK AND SHAH-I-DULA ON THE
FRONTIER OP YARKAND TERRITORY.
[This section is copied, with a few verbal alterations, from the Records of the Geological Survey of India, V°I. VII, p. 12.]
THE following brief notes on the general geological structure of the hill ranges alluded
to are based upon observations made on a tour from Leh, via Changchenmo, the high plains
of Lingzi-thung, Karatagh, Aktagh to Shah-i-dula, and upon corresponding observations
made by Dr. H. W. Bellew, accompanying His Excellency Mr. Forsyth's camp along the
Karakoram route to this place.
Before proceeding with my account, I will only notice that our journey from Leh (or
Ladak) was undertaken during the second half of September and in October, and that we
found the greater portion of the country north of the Changchenmo valley covered with
snow — the greatest obstacle a geologist can meet on his survey. While on our journey the
thermometer very rarely rose during the day above the freezing point, and hammer operations
were not easily carried out. At night the thermometer sank, as a rule, to zero, or even to 8°
below zero, in our tents, and to 26° below zero in the open air. Adding to this the natural
difficulties of the ground we had to pass through, it was occasionally not an easy matter to
keep the health up to the required standard of working power.
Near Leh, and for a few miles east and west of it, the Indus flows on the boundary
between crystalline rocks on the north and eocene rocks on the south. The latter consist
chiefly of grey and reddish sandstones and shales, and more or less coarse conglomerates,
containing an occasional N-ummulite and casts of Pelecypoda. These tertiary rocks extend
from eastward south of the Pankong lake, following the Indus either along one or both
banks of the river, as far west as Kargil, where they terminate with a kind of brackish and
fresh-water deposit, containing Melanice.
Nearly the entire ridge north of the Indus, separating this river from the Shayok, and
continuing in a south-easterly direction to the mouth of the Hanle river (and crossing here
the Indus, extending to my knowledge as far as Demchok), consists of syenitic gneiss, an
extremely variable rock as regards its mineralogical composition. The typical rock is a
moderately fine-grained syenite, crossed by veins which are somewhat richer in hornblende,
while other portions contain a large quantity of schorl. Both about Leh and further
eastward extensive beds of dark, almost black, fine-grained syenite occur in the other rock.
The felspar often almost entirely disappears from this fine-grained variety, and quartz remains
very sparingly disseminated, so that gradually the rock passes into a hornblendic schist ; and
when schorl replaces hornblende, the same rock changes into layers which are almost entirely
composed of needles of schorl. Again, the syenite loses in places all its hornblende, the
crystals of felspar increase in size, biotite (or sometimes chlorite) becomes more or less abund-
ant, and with the addition of quartz we have before us a typical gneiss (or protogine gneiss),
without being able to draw a boundary between it and typical syenite. However, the gneissic
portions, many of which appear to be regularly bedded, are decidedly subordinate to the
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
syenitic ones. As already mentioned, the rock often has a porphyritic structure, and the
felspar becomes pink, instead of white, — as, for instance, on the top of the Khardung pass and
on the southern slope of the Chang-la, where large fragments are often met without the
slightest trace of hornblende. To the north of the last-mentioned pass the syenitic gneiss
gradually passes into thick beds of syenite-schist, and this again into chloritic schist, by the
hornblende becoming replaced by chlorite, while the other mineral constituents are gradually
almost entirely suppressed. The syenitic and chloritic beds alternate with quartzose schists
of great thickness. The schistose series of rocks continues from north of the Chang-la to
the western end of the Pankong lake, and northwards to the Lankar-la, generally called
the Marsemik pass. On the western route Dr. Bellew met similar rocks north of the
Khardung pass at the village Khardung, and traced them northwards across the Shayok
up the Nubra valley to near the foot of the Sasser pass.
Intimately connected with the metamorphic schistose series just noticed is a greenish
chloritic, partly thin-bedded, partly more massive rock, which very closely resembles a similar
rock found about Srinagar. Only in this case certain layers, or portions of it, become often
distinctly or even coarsely crystalline, sometimes containing bronzite sparingly disseminated,
and thus passing into diallage. This chloritic rock forms the greater part of the left side of the
Changchenmo valley, and also occurs south of the Sasser pass. I think we have to look upon
this whole series of schistose and chloritic rocks as the representatives of the Silurian formation.
After crossing the Changchenmo valley to Gogra, we met with a different set of rocks.
They are dark, often quite black, shales, alternating with sandstones. Many beds of the
latter have a comparatively recent aspect, and are rather micaceous, without the least
metamorphic structure, while the shales accompanying them very often exhibit a silky, sub-
metamorphic appearance on the planes of fracture. I observed occasionally traces offucoids
and other plants in these shales, but no animal fossils. On the Changchenmo route these
shaly rocks form the ridge of the Chang-lung pass, as well as the whole of the western
portion of the Lingzi-thung ; and they are met again after crossing these high plains and
entering the Karakash valley, as far as Shinglung (or Dunglung). On the Karakoram route
Dr. Bellew brought specimens of similar rocks from the Mastagh (Karakoram) range itself.
There can be but little doubt, — judging from similar rocks which I saw in Spiti, and from
their geological relation to certain limestones, of which I shall presently speak, — that we
have in the shaly series the carboniferous formation represented.
In many localities along the right bank of the Changchenmo river, then at the hot
springs north of Gogra, and on the southern side of the Chang-lung pass, we find the carboni-
Shaly fandstonft.
a b e Dark shaly sandstone,
Tr—Triassic limestone with crinoids,
a= Conglomerates, reddish, rather recent looking.
b=Quartosc sandstone, pale coloured. ^-carboniferous.
c= Reddish silicious sandstone, coarse and conglomeratic.
Shaly sandstones.
Section of rocks at the hot springs of Gogra.
ferous beds overlain by triassic limestone, which often has the characteristic semi-oolitic
structure of the Krol limestone, south of Simla. At Gogra and several other places dolomi.
GEOLOGY. 17
tic beds occur ; and, in these, sections of Dicerocardium Himalayense are not uncommon.
In other places beds are met with full of Crinoid stems. North of the Lingzi-thung plain —
to the west of which the hills are mostly composed of the same triassic limestone — a red
brecciated, calcareous conglomerate is seen at the foot of the Compass-la, but this conglom-
erate gradually passes into the ordinary grey limestone, which forms the ridge, and un-
doubtedly belongs to the same group of triassic rocks. The last place where I saw the
triassic limestone was just before reaching the camping ground Shinglung : here it is an
almost white or light grey compact rock, containing very perfect sections of Megalodon
triqueter, the most characteristic triassic fossil. On Mr. Porsyth's route Dr. Bellew
met with similar triassic limestones on the northern declivities of the Sasser pass, and also
on the Karakoram pass, overlying the carboniferous shales and sandstones previously
noticed. On the Karakoram the triassic limestone contains spherical corals, very similar
to those which were a few years ago described by Professor Ritter von -Reuss from the
Hallstadt beds in the Alps, and which are here known to travellers as Karakoram stones.1
Returning to our Lingzi-thung route, we leave, as already mentioned, the last traces
of triassic limestone at Shinglung, in the Upper Karakash valley. Here the limestone rests
upon some shales, and then follow immediately the same chloritic rock which we noticed
on the Lankar-la, alternating with quartzose schists, both of which must be regarded as
of upper paleozoic age.
At Kizil-jilga regular sub-metamorphic slates appear, alternating with red conglom-
erate and red sandstones ; and further on dark slate is the only rock to be seen the whole
way down the Karakash, until the river assumes a north-easterly course, some fourteen
miles east of the Karatagh pass. From here my route lay in a north-westerly direction
towards Aktagh, and the same slaty rock was met with along the whole of this route up
to the last-mentioned place. Dr. Bellew also traced these slates from the northern side of
the Karakoram to Aktdgh. They further continue northwards across the Siiget-hi, a few miles
north of the pass, as well as in single patches down the Suget river to its junction with the
Karakash. The irregular range of hills to the south of the portion of the Karakdsh river,
which flows almost east and west from Shah-i-dula, on its southern side entirely consists of
these slates, while on the northern side it is composed of a fine-grained syenite, which also forms
the whole of the Kuenluen range along the right bank of the Karakash river, and also is the
sole rock composing the hills about the camping ground at Shah-i-dula. The slates of which
I spoke are, on account of the close cleavage, mostly fine, crumbling, not metamorphic, and
must, I think, be referred to the silurian group. They correspond to the metamorphic
schists on the southern side of the Karakoram ranges.
Thus we have the whole system of mountain ranges between the Indus and the borders
of Turkistan bounded on the north and south by syenitic rocks, including between them the
silurian, carboniferous, and triassic formations.2 This fact is rather remarkable, for, south
of the Indus, we have nearly all the principal sedimentary formations represented, from the
silurian up to the eocene, and most of the beds abound in fossils.
The only exception to which I can allude on the Changchenmo route is near Kium, in
the Changchenmo valley. Here there are on the left bank of the river some remarkably
1 We are still somewhat in the dark as to the true nature of these curious fossils. Dr. Waagen considered them allied to some
sponges (Astylospongia) described by Professor Ferd. Ebmer from Tennessee and from the Silurian pebbles in the drift of Silesia, and
certainly the resemblance externally and on cut sections is very great, hut hitherto no spicules have been detected in the Karakoram
stones. The specimens have now been sent to Europe for identification.
2 On his subsequent journey from Yarkand, Dr. Stoliczka found that the highest portions of the Karakoram pass consist of
liassic rocks (Tagling). See concluding portion of Geology, p. 45.
e
18 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
recent-looking sandstones and conglomerates, dipping at an angle of about 45° to north by
east, and at the foot of these beds rise the hot springs1 of Kium. I think it probable that
this conglomerate has eastward a connection with the eocene deposits, which occur at the
western end of the Pankong lake2 and in the Indus valley south of it.
In the previous notes I have scarcely alluded to the dip of the rocks at the different
localities. The reason is, that there is, indeed, very great difficulty in directly observing both
the dip and the strike. At the western end of the Pankong lake the dip of the metamorphic
schists is mostly south- westerly, but further on nearly all the rocks dip at a moderate
angle to north-east, north by east, or to north. On the Lingzi-thung, just after crossing
the Chang-lung, the shales are mostly highly inclined, but further on the limestones lie
unconformably on them and dip to north-east. Wherever the hills consist merely of shales
and slates, their sides are generally so thickly covered with debris and detritus, that it
becomes almost an exception to observe a rock in situ.
The debris is brought down in large quantities by the melting snow into the valleys,
and high banks of it are everywhere observable along the water-courses. At a somewhat
remote — say diluvial — period this state of things has operated on a far greater scale. Not
only were the lakes, like the Pankong, much more extensive, but valleys, like the Chang-
chenmo, or the Tankse valley, sometimes became temporarily blocked up by glaciers, or
great landslips, and the shingle and clay deposits were often accumulated in them to a
thickness of two or more hundred feet. Near Aktagh similar deposits of stratified clay exist
of about 160 feet in thickness, and extend over an area of more than 100 square miles.3
There can be but little doubt that when these large sheets of water were in existence, the
climate of these now cold and arid regions was both milder and moister, and naturally more
favourable to animal and vegetable life than it is now. A proof of this is given, for instance,
by the occurrence of subfossil Succinete, Helices, and Pupce in the clay deposits of the
Pankong lake, while scarcely any land1 mollusk could exist at the present time in the same
place.
Note regarding the occurrence of jade in the Karakdsh, valley on the southern borders of
Turkistan.
[From Becords of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 51 ; and Quart. Jonr. Geol. Soo., 1873, XXX, p. 568.]
The portion of the Kuenluen range which extends from Shah-i-dula eastward towards
Khotan appears to consist entirely of gneiss, syenitic gneiss, and metamorphic rocks, these
being quartzose, micaceous, or hornblendic schists. On the southern declivity of this range,
which runs along the right bank of the Karakash river, are situated the old jade mines, or
rather quarries, formerly worked by the Chinese. They are about 7 miles distant from
the Kirghiz encampment Balakchi, which itself is about 12 miles south-east of Shah-i-
dula. I had the pleasure of visiting the mines in company with Dr. Bellew and Captain
Biddulph, with a Yarkandi official as ourguide.
1 The temperature of these hot springs varies from 60° to 125°. They form no deposit of gypsum, like the springs north of
Gogra, but there is a good deal of soda deposit round them. (S).
- I can find no mention of any eocene deposits at the western end of the Pankong lake in the diary. Some deposits are noticed
which contain fresh-water shales, but are evidently much more recent. Some recent-looking yellow conglomerate or coarse sandstone
is mentioned in the Rimdi valley, north of the Pankong lake. There may be some mistake in the wording of the text here, due to
its having been printed in Dr. Stoliczka's absence.
3 For a description of the alluvial deposits of Ladak and tlie Upper Indus basin, see Drew, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1878, XXIX,
p. 441.
GEOLOGY. 19
We found the principal jade locality to be about 1^ miles distant from the river, and at
a height of about 500 feet above the level of the same. Just in this portion of the ran°-e
a few short spurs abut from the higher hills, all of which are, however, as usual, thickly
covered with debris and sand — the result of disintegration of the original rock. The whole
has the appearance of being produced by an extensive slip of the mountain-side. Viewing the
mines from a little distance, the place seems to resemble a number of pigeon-holes worked
in the side of the mountain, except that they are rather irregularly distributed. On closer
inspection we saw a number of pits and holes dug out in the slopes, extending over a height
of nearly a couple of hundred feet, and over a length of about a quarter of a mile. Each
of these excavations has a heap of fragments of jade and rock at its entrance. Most of
them are only from 10 to 20 feet high and broad, and their depth rarely exceeds 20 or 30
feet; only a few show some approach to low galleries of moderate length, and one or
two are said to have a length of 80 or 100 feet. Looking on this mining operation as a
whole, it is no doubt a very inferior specimen of the miners' skill ; nor could the workmen
have been provided with any superior instruments. I estimated the number of holes at
about a hundred and twenty ; but several had been opened only experimentally — an operation
which had often to be resorted to on account of the superficial sand concealing the under-
lying rock. Several pits, also, which were probably exhausted at a moderate depth, had
been again filled in ; their great number, however, clearly indicates that the people had been
working singly, or in small parties.
The rock, of which the low spurs at the base of the range are composed, is partly a thin-
bedded, rather sandy, syenitic gneiss, partly mica and hornblendic schist. The felspar
gradually disappears entirely in the schistose beds, which on weathered planes often have the
appearance of a laminated sandstone. They include the principal jade-yielding rocks, being
traversed by veins of a pure white, crystalline mineral, varying in thickness from a few feet
to about forty, and perhaps even more. The strike of the veins is from north by west to
south by east, or sometimes almost due east and west ; and their dip is either very high to-
wards north, or they run vertically. I have at present no sufficient means to ascertain the
true nature of this vein rock, as it may rather be called, being an aggregate of single crystals.1
The mineral has the appearance of albite, but the lustre is more silky, or perhaps rather
glassy, and it is not in any way altered before the blowpipe, either by itself or with borax
or soda. The texture is somewhat coarsely crystalline, rhombohedric faces being on a fresh
fracture clearly traceable. It sometimes contains iron pyrites in very small particles, and a
few flakes of biotite are also occasionally observed. Tin's white rock is again traversed by
veins of nephrite, commonly called jade ; which, however, also occurs in nests. There appear
to be two varieties of it, if the one, of which I shall presently speak, really deserves the
name of jade. It is a white tough mineral, having an indistinct cleavage in two different
directions, while in the other directions the fracture is finely granular or splintery, as in
true nephrite. Portions of this mineral, which is apparently the same as that usually called
white jade, have sometimes a fibrous structure. This white jade rarely occupies the whole
thickness of a vein ; it usually only occurs along the sides in immediate contact with the
white vein rock, with which it sometimes appears to be very closely connected. The middle
part of some of the veins, and the greater portion of others, consist entirely of the common
1 The only specimen in the collection made by Dr. Stoliczka at this place which agrees with his description proves to be
dolomite.
20
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
green jade, which is characterised hy a thorough absence of cleavage, great toughness, and
rather dull vitreous lustre. The hardness is always below 7, generally only equal to that of
common felspar, or very little higher, though the polished surface of the stone appears to
attain a greater hardness after long exposure to the air. The colour is very variable, from pale to
somewhat darker green, approaching that of pure serpentine. The pale-green Arariety is by
far the most common, and is in general use for cups, mouth-pieces for pipes, rings and other
articles used as charms and ornaments. I saw veins of the pale green jade amounting in
thickness to fully 10 feet ; but it is by no means easy to obtain large pieces of it, the
mineral being generally fractured in all directions. Like the crystalline vein-mineral, neither
the white nor the green variety of jade is affected by the blowpipe heat, with or without
addition of borax or soda. Green jade of a brighter colour and higher translucency is com-
paratively rare, and, on that account, no doubt much more valuable. It is usually only
found in thin veins of one or a few inches ; and even then it is generally full of flaws.
Since the expulsion of the Chinese from Yarkand in 1864, the jade quarries in the
Karakash valley have become entirely deserted. They must have yielded a considerable por-
tion of the jade of commerce ; no doubt the workmen made a good selection on the spot,
taking away only the best coloured and largest pieces ; for even now a great number of fair
fragments, measuring 12 to 15 inches in diameter, form part of the rubbish thrown away
as useless.
The Balakchi locality is, however, not the only one which yielded jade to the Chinese.
There is no reason to doubt the existence of jade along the whole of the Kuenluen range, as
far as the mica and hornblendic schists extend. The great obstacle in tracing out the
veins, and following them when once discovered, is the large amount of superficial debris
and shifting sand which conceal the original rock in situ. However, fragments of jade may
be seen among the boulders of almost every stream which comes down from the range. We
also observed large fragments of jade near the top of the Sanju pass, which, on its southern
side at least, mostly consists of thin-bedded gneiss and hornblendic schist.
Another rich locality for jade appears to exist somewhere south of Khotan, from whence
the largest and best coloured pieces are said to come ; most of them are stated to be obtained
as boulders in a river bed, though this seems rather doubtful. Very likely the Chinese
worked several quarries south of Khotan, similar to those in the Karakash valley, and most of
the jade from this last locality was no doubt brought into Khotan, this being the nearest
manufacturing town. A great number of the better polished ornaments, such as rings, &c.,
sold in the bazar of Yarkand, have the credit of coming from Khotan ; possibly they are
made there by Clu'nese workmen, but the art of carving seems to have entirely died away,
and indeed it is not to be expected that such strict Mahomedans as the Yarkandees mostly
are would eagerly cultivate it. If the Turkistan people will not take the opportunity of
profiting by the export of jade, or if no new locality of that mineral is discovered within
Chinese territory, the celestial people will feel greatly the want of the article, and good carved
specimens of jade will become great rarities. The Chinese seem to have been acquainted
with the jade of the Kuenluen mountains for the last two thousand years, for Khotan jade
is stated l to be mentioned " by Chinese authors in the time of the dynasty under Wuti
(B. C. 148—86)."
1 Yule's Marco Polo, Vol. I, p. 177. (S.)
GEOLOGY. 21
PART III.
FROM SnAH-i-DULA TO YARKAND AND KASHGHAR.
[ From Records of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 49 ; and Qnart. Jonr. Geol. Soo., 1874, Vol. XXX, p. 571. ]
IN a former communication I had already occasion to notice, that the rocks composing
the Kuenluen range near Shah-i-dula chiefly consist of syenitic gneiss, often interbedded, and
alternating with various metamorphic and quartzose schists. Similar rocks continue the
whole way down the Karakash river for about 24 miles. After this the road follows,
in a somewhat north-westerly direction, a small stream leading to the Sanju (or Grim) pass.
Here the rocks are chiefly true mica schist, in places full of garnets. Near the summit, and
on the pass itself, chloritic and quartzose schists prevail, in which veins of pale-green jade
occur, numerous blocks containing this mineral having been observed near the top of the pass.
All the strata are very highly inclined, often vertical, the slopes of the hills, and in fact of
the entire range, being on that account rather precipitous, and the crests of the ridges them-
selves very narrow.
Sanja pan.
la
I. Metamorphic rocks. la. Submetamorphic schists. 9. Slates. 3. Sandstones and conglomerates.
Section from the Sanju Pass to Kiwdz.
To the north of the Sanju pass we again meet with metamorphic, mostly chloritic schists,
until we approach the camping place Tarn, where distinctly bedded sedimentary rocks cap
the hills of both sides of the valley. They are dark, almost black, silky slates, resting
unconformably on the schists, and are overlain by a grey, partly quartzitic sandstone, passing
into conglomerate. The last rock contains particles of the black slates, and is, therefore,
clearly of younger age. Some of the conglomeratic beds have a remarkably recent aspect,
but others are almost metamorphic. In none of the groups, the slates or sandstones or
conglomerates, have any fossils been observed ; but they appear to belong to some palaeozoic
formation. They all dip at from 40° to 50° towards north-east, extending for about 1^
miles down the Sanju valley. Here they are suddenly cut off by metamorphic schists,
but the exact place of contact on the slopes of the hills is entirely concealed by debris. The
schists are only in one or two places interrupted by massive beds of a beautiful porphyritic
gneiss, containing splendid crystals of orthoclase and biotite ; they continue for about 18
miles to the camp Kiwaz. On the road, which often passes through very narrow portions
of the valley, we frequently met with old river deposits, consisting of beds of gravel and very
fine clay, which is easily carried off by only a moderate breeze, and fills the atmosphere with
clouds of dust. These old river deposits reach in many places up to about 150 feet
22
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
above the present level of the river, which has to be waded across at least once in
every mile.
At the camp, Kiwaz, the hills on both sides of the valley are low, composed of a com-
paratively recent-looking conglomerate, which in a few places alternates with beds of reddish,
sandy clay, the thickness of the latter varying from 2 to 5 feet only. These rocks strik-
ingly resemble those of the supra-mimmulitic group, so extensively represented in the neigh-
bourhood of Mari. They decompose very readily, covering the slopes of the mountains with
loose boulders and sand, under which very little of the original rock can be seen. Near the
camp the beds dip at about 40° to north-east, but aboitt one mile and a half further on a low
gap runs parallel to the strike, and on the other side of it the beds rise again, dipping with
a similar angle to south-west, thus forming a synclinal at the gap. Below the conglomerate
there crops out a grey, often semi-crystalline limestone,1 containing in some of its thick
layers large numbers of Crinoicl stems, a Spirifer, very like S. striatus, and two species of
Fenestellce. Following the river to north by east, this carboniferous limestone again rests on
chloritic schist, which, after a mile or two, is overlain by red sandstone, either in horizontal
or very slightly inclined strata. Both these last-named rocks are very friable, easily
crumbling between the fingers, particularly the latter, from which the calcareous cement has
been almost entirely dissolved out. At Sanju the red sandstones underlie coarse grey cal-
careous sandstones and chloritic marls, some beds of which are nearly exclusively composed
of Gryphcea vesiculosa,2 many specimens of this most characteristic middle cretaceous fossil
being of enormous size. The Gryphcea beds and the red sandstones are conformable to each
other; and although I have nowhere seen them interstratified near their contact, there is
strong evidence of their being both of cretaceous age. Both decompose equally easily, and
the Gryphcea beds have indeed in many places been entirely denuded. They have supplied
the greater portion of the gravel and beds of shifting sand, which stretch in a north-easterly
direction towards the unknown desert land.
Sanju.
i. Chloritic schist. J. Carboniferous limestone. 3. Red sandstone. 4, Sandstones and marls with Gryphaa -uuieuliua. S- Conglomerate with reddish clay.
(? ternary).
Section from Kiwaz to Sanju, distance about 2 miles.
On the road from Sanju to Yarkand, which first passes almost due west, and after some
distance to north-west, we crossed extensive tracts of these gravel beds, and of low hills
almost entirely composed of clay and sand, though we only skirted the true desert country-
Locally, as, for instance, near Oi-toghrak and Bora, pale reddish sandstones crop out from
under the more recent deposits, but they appear to be newer than the cretaceous red sand-
stones, underlying the Gryphcea beds : the former most probably belong to some upper
1 This carboniferous limestone had been previously noticed by Dr. Henderson, who gave a sketch of the section : " Lahore to
Yarkand," p. 107.
- G. vesicularis in the original ; but as this is an upper cretaceous species, and the specimens resemble G. vesiculosa, I think
the latter is the name which Dr. Stoliczka intended to use.
GEOLOGY. 23
tertiary group.1 Among the sandy and clayey deposits I was not a little surprised to find
true Loess, as typical as it can anywhere he seen in the valleys of the Rhine or of the Danube-
I might even speak of "Berg" and "Thai-Loss," but I shall not enter into details on this
occasion, for I may have a much better opportunity of studying this remarkable deposit.
At present I will only notice that commonly we meet with extensive deposits of Loess only in
the valleys. Its thickness varies in places from 10 to 80 and more feet — a fine yellowish
VMstratified clay, occasionally with calcareous concretions and plant fragments. In Europe
the origin of this extensive deposit was, and is up to the present date, a disputed question.
Naturally, if a geologist is not so fortunate as to travel beyond the " Rhein- " or " Donau - thai,"
and is accustomed to be surrounded with the verdant beauty of these valleys, he might
propose half a dozen theories ; and, as he advances in his experience, disprove the probability of
one after the other, until his troubled mind is wearied of prosecuting the object further.
Here in the desert countries, where clouds of fertile dust replace those of beneficial vapour,
where the atmosphere is hardly ever clear and free from sand, nay occasionally saturated with
it, — the explanation that the Loess is a subaerial deposit is almost involuntarily pressed upon
one's mind. I do not think that by this I am advancing a new idea ; for, unless I am very
much mistaken, it was my friend Baron Richthofen who came to a similar conclusion
during his recent sojoiirn in Southern China.
Yarkand lies about 5 miles from the river, far away from the hills, in the midst of a
well cultivated land, intersected by numerous canals of irrigation ; a land full of interest
for the agriculturist, but where the geological mind soon involuntarily falls into repose. And
what shall I say of our road from Yarkand to Kashghar ? Little of geological interest, I am
afraid.
Leaving Yarkand, we passed for the first few miles through cultivated land, which, how-
ever, soon gave way to the usual aspect of the desert, or something very little better. A
few miles south-west of Kokrabat a low ridge runs from south-east to north-west. If we
are allowed to judge from the numerous boulders of red sandstone and Gryphcea marl,
some of considerable size and scarcely river-worn, we might consider the ridge as being
composed of cretaceous rocks. But one hardly feels consoled with the idea that in wading
through the sand he is only crossing a former cretaceous basin, and that the whole of this
country has remained free from the encroachment of any of the csenozoic seas. It is very
dangerous to jump to conclusions regarding the nature of ground untouched by the geological
hammer. The answer to any doubt must for the present remain a desideratum.
On the fourth day of our march, approaching Yangihissar, we also crossed a few very
low ridges ; but these consisted entirely of gravel and marly clay beds, most of them dipping
with a very high angle to south by east, the strike being nearly due east and west. South of
Yangihissar the ridge bent towards south-west, and there was also a distant low ridge trace-
able in a north-easterly direction, the whole having the appearance of representing the shore
of some large inland water-sheet. From Yangihissar to Kashghar we traversed only low land,
usually more or less thickly covered with a saline efflorescence, but still to a considerable
extent cultivated.
1 From a note in the diary of May 31st, made on the return journey from Yarkand, it appears that Dr. Stoliczka ultimately
considered these rocks the equivalents of some examined north of Kashghar, which he termed Artysh beds.
24
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
PART IV.
GEOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE ON A VISIT TO THE CHADYR-KUL, THIAN SHAN RANGE.
[From Records of the Geological Surrey of India, Vol. VII, p. 18 ; and Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1874, Vol. XXX, p. 174.]
AFTER, a stay of nearly a month in our embassy quarters at Yangishahr, near Kashghar,
the diplomacy of our envoy secured us the Amir's permission for a trip to the Chadyr-kul, a
lake situated close on the Russian frontier, about 112 miles north by west of Kashghar,
among the southern branches of the Thian Shan range. Under the leadership of Colonel
Gordon, we — Captain Trotter and myself — left Yangishahr about noon on the last day of
1873, receiving the greeting of the new year in one of the villages of the Artysh valley,
some 35 miles north-west from our last quarters. On the 1st of January 1874 we marched
up the Toyanda river for about 20 miles to a small encampment of the Kirghiz, called Chung-
terek ; and following the Toyanda, and passing the forts Mirza-terek and Chakmak, we camped
on the fifth day at Turgat-bela, about 11 miles south of the Turgat pass, beyond which,
5 miles further on, lies the Chadyr-kul. On the sixth we visited the lake, and on the day
following retraced our steps, by the same route we came, towards Kashghar, which we reached
on the llth January.
Having had a day's shooting at Turgat-bela, and one day's halt with the King's
obliging officers at the Chakmak fort, we were actually only nine days on the march, during
which we accomplished a distance of about 224 miles. It will be readily understood that,
while thus marching, there was not much time to search for favourable sections in out-of-the-
way places, but merely to note what was at hand on the road. I can therefore only intro-
duce my geological observations as passing remarks.
Leaving the extensive loess deposits of the valley of the Kashghar Daria, the plain rises
very gradually towards a low ridge, of which I shall speak as the Artysh range. It is remark-
ably uniform in its elevation, averaging about 400 feet, somewhat increasing in height towards
the west and diminishing towards the east, which direction is its general strike. This range
separates the Kashghar plain from the valley of the Artysh river, which cuts through the
ridge about 8 miles nearly due north of the city. Viewed from this, the entire ridge
appears very regularly furrowed and weather- worn on its slope, indicating the softness of the
material of which it is composed. One would, however, hardly have fancied that it merely
consists of bedded clay and sand, mostly yellowish white, occasionally reddish, and some-
times with interstratified layers of greater consistency, hardened by a calcareous or silicious
cement. On the left bank, in the passage of the river through the ridge, the beds appear in
dome shape, gently dipping towards the Kashghar plain on one side, and with a considerably
higher angle into the Artysh valley on the other. On the right bank at the gap all the
exposed beds dip southward, those on the reverse of the anticlinal having been washed away
by the Artysh river up to the longitudinal axis, and thus exposing almost vertical faces.
These remarkably homogeneous clayey and sandy beds may appropriately be called Artysh
, beds ; and although I could nowhere find a trace of a fossil in them, it seems to me very
\ probable that they are of marine origin and of neogene age.
GEOLOGY.
25
The southern slopes of the ridge are on their basal half entirely covered with gravel,
which in places even extends to the top, assuming here a thickness of from 10 to 15 feet.
Locally the gravel beds are separated from the main range by a shallow depression, forming
a low ridge which runs along the base of the higher one, and from which it is, even in the
distance, clearly discernible by its dark tint. The pebbles in the gravel are mostly of small
size and well river- worn ; they are derived to a very large extent from grey or greenish
sandstones and shales, black or white limestone, more rarely of trap, basalt, and of gneiss.
With the exception of the last-named rock, all the others had been met with in situ in the
Upper Toyanda valley. The pieces of gneiss belong to a group of metamorphic rock which is
usually called Protogine. It is mainly composed of quartz and white or reddish orthoclase,
with a comparatively small proportion of a green chloritic substance. The white felspar
variety generally contains as an accessory mineral schorl, in short, rather thick, crystals.
I shall subsequently allude to the probable source from which the protogine pebbles might
have been derived.
From Artysh we marched, as already stated, northwards, up the Toyanda river, and for
the next 22 miles one was surprised to find nothing but the same Artysh and gravel deposits,
the former constantly dipping at a high angle to north by west, and the latter resting on
them in slightly inclined or horizontal strata ; while among the recent river deposits in
the bed of the valley itself the order of things appeared reversed. The gravels, having
first yielded to denudation, here underly the clays derived from the Artysh beds, thus
preparing an arable ground for the agriculturist, whenever a favourable opportunity offers
itself. A few miles south of Chung-terek, the laminated Artysh beds entirely disappear
under the gravel, which from its greater consistency assumes here the form of a rather tough,
coarse conglomerate. In the bend of the river the latter has a thickness of fully 200 feet,
and is eroded by lateral rivulets into remarkably regular Gothic pillars and turrets. It is
rare to meet with a more perfect imitation of human art by nature. The general surface of
the gravel deposits is comparatively low, from 400 to 500 feet above the level of the river ;
it is much denuded and intersected by minor streams and old water-courses.
Koktan range.
Artysh 'valley.
Chung'terek.
Chakmat range.
Chakmdtt.
GuljabaM.
fekti range.
Russia" \ Boundary,
fargat-bela. \ furag-ju.
Chadyr-kul.
Grave!, occasionally hardened into conglomerate.
Limestone gravel.
Yellowish and reddish sandy and clay beds (Artysh beds).
Basalt.
Tertiary sandstones and conglomerates, red or white, with bands of
doleritic and greenstone rocks interstratified.
5. Bedded limestone conglomerates.
8
White dolomit'ic limestone.
Dark semi-metamorphic schists and slates.
Dark limestone.
Blackish triassic limestone.
Triassic ? greenish shales below the limestone.
Paljeozoic shales, slates and sandstones.
A band of white and reddish crystalline limestone.
Section from Kdshghar to the Chadyr Lake.
At a couple of miles north of Chung-terek the Koktan range begins with rather abrupt
limestone cliffs, rising to about 3,000 feet above the level of the Toyanda. Nearly in the mid-
9
26
SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
die of it are situated the forts Mirza-terek and Chakmak, some ten miles distant from each
other. The southern portion of this range consists at its base of undulating layers of
greenish or purplish shales, overlain by dark-coloured, mostly black, limestone in thick and
thin strata, the latter being generally earthy. The limestone occupies all the higher elevations,
and, as is generally the case, greatly adds to the ruggedness of the mountains. About 5
miles north of Chung-terek, I found in a thick bed of limestone an abundance of Megalodon
triqueter, a large Pinna, a Spiriferina of the type of S. stracheyi, blocks full of Lifho-
dendron corals, and numerous sections of various small Gastropoda, Thinner layers of the
same limestone were full of fragments of Crinoid stems, and of a branching Ceriopora, the
rock itself bearing a strong resemblance to the typical St. Cassian beds. In this place the
shales, underlying the limestone, were partly interstratified with it, in layers of from 5 to
10 feet; and from this fact it seems to me probable that they also are of triassic age,
representing a lower series of the same formation.
Proceeding in a north-westerly direction, the Megalodon limestones are last seen near
Mirza-terek. From this place the greenish shales continue for a few miles further on, much
disturbed and contorted ; and at last disappear under a variety of dark-coloured shales,
slates, and sandstones, with occasional interstratified layers of black, earthy limestone. The
strike of the beds is from east by north to west by south, and the dip either very high to
north or vertical. At Chakmak the river has cut a very narrow passage through these almost
vertical strata, which rise precipitously to about 3,000 feet, and to the south of the fort
appear to be overlain by a lighter-coloured rock. It is very difficult to say what the age of
these slaty beds may be, as they seem entirely unfossiliferous, and we can at present only
regard them as representing, in all probability, one of the paleozoic formations.
About 5 miles north-west of Chakmak a sensible decrease in the height of the range
takes place, and with it a change in the geological formation. The paleozoic beds, although
still crossing the valley in almost vertical strata, become very much contorted ; while, uncon-
formably on them, rest reddish and white sandstones and conglomerates, regularly bedded,
and dipping to north-west with a steady slope of about 40 degrees. The rocks, though
evidently belonging to a comparatively recent (casnozoic) epoch, appear to be much altered
by heat, some layers having been changed into a coarse grit, in which the cement has almost
entirely disappeared. I have not, however, observed any kind of organic remains in them.
A little distance further on, they several times alternate with successive, conformably bedded,
doleritic trap. The rock is either hard and compact, being an intimate, rather fine-grained
\ mixture of felspar and augite in small thin crystals, or it decomposes into masses of various
'< greenish and purplish hues, like some of the basic greenstones.
After leaving the junction of the Suyok and Toyanda (or Chakmdk) rivers, and turning
northwards into the valley of the latter, the panorama is really magnificent. Shades of white,
red, purple, and black compete with each other in distinctness and brilliancy, until the whole
series of formations appears in the distance capped by a dark-bedded rock.
Although, judging from the greater frequency of basaltic boulders, we already knew
that this rock must be found further north, we hardly realised the pleasant sight which
awaited us on the march of the 4th January, after having left our camp at Gulja, or Bokum-
bashi. The doleritic beds increased step by step in thickness, and after a few miles we
passed through what appeared to be the centre of an extensive volcanic eruption. Along the
banks of the river columnar and massive basalt was noticed several times, with occasional
small heaps of slags and scorise, among a few outcrops of very much altered and disturbed
GEOLOGY. 27
strata of red or white sandstone, thus adding to the remarkable contrast of the scene. In
front of us, and to the right, stretched in a semicircle a regular old Somma ; the almost
perpendicular walls rising to about 1,500 feet above the river, and clearly exposing the stratifi-
cation of the basaltic flows, which were successively dipping to north-east, east, and south-
east. On our left, as well as in an almost due western direction, portions of a similar Somma
were visible above the sedimentary rocks, all dipping in the opposite way from those ahead
of us. The cone itself has in reality entirely disappeared by subsidence, and the cavity was
filled with the rubbish of the neighbouring rocks.
Passing further north we crossed a comparatively low country, studded with small rounded
hills and intercepted by short ridges, with easy slopes ; the average height was between 12,000
and 13,000 feet. This undulating high plateau proved to be one of the head-quarters of the
Kulja (Ovis karelini), chiefly on account of the very rich grass vegetation which exists here.
For this the character of the soil fully accounts. The entire ground was shown to consist of
limestone gravel and pebbles of rather easily decomposing rocks, mixed with the ashes and detri-
tus, evidently derived from the proximity of the volcanic eruption. Only rarely was an isolated
basaltic dyke seen, or the tertiary sandstone cropping out from under the more recent deposits.
Viewing the country from an elevated position near our camp at Turgat-bela, the
conglomerate and gravel beds, well clad with grass vegetation, were seen to stretch far away
eastwards, and in a north-easterly direction across the Turgat pass ; while on the south they
were bounded by a continuation of the somewhat higher basaltic hills. Towards the west
I traced them for about 7 miles, across a low pass at which a tributary of the Toyanda
rises in two branches ; while on the other side two similar streams flow west by south to join
the Suyok river. To the north the proximity of a rather precipitously rising range shut the
rest of the world out of view. For this ridge the name Terak-tagh of Humboldt's map may
be retained; its average height ranges between about 16,000 and 17,000 feet. In its
western extension it runs almost due east and west, composed at base of a tough limestone
conglomerate of younger tertiary origin, followed by white dolomitic limestones, and then by
a succession of slaty and dark limestone rocks, the former occasionally showing distinct
signs of metamorphism, and changing into schist. All the beds are nearly vertical or very
highly inclined, dipping to north by west, the older apparently resting on the younger.
North of Turgat-bela the range makes a sudden bend in an almost northerly direction,
and continues to the Chadyr-kul, where it forms the southern boundary of the lake plateau.
By this time the white dolomitic, and afterwards the slaty beds, have entirely disappeared,
and with them the height has also diminished. A comparatively low and narrow branch of
the range which we visited consists here entirely of dark limestone, which in single frag-
ments is not distinguishable from the trias limestone of the Koktan mountains, but here
it does not contain any fossils. The ridge itself, after a short stretch in a north-east by north
direction, gradually disappears under the much newer conglomeratic beds.
Across the Chadyr-kul plain the true Thian Shan range was visible, a regular forest of
peaks seemingly of moderate and tolerably uniform elevation. The rocks all exhibited dark
tints, but most of them, as well as the hills to the west of the Chadyr-kul, near the sources
of the Arpa, were clad in snow. The lake itself was frozen, and the surrounding plain covered
with a white sheet of saline efflorescence.
Brief sketch of the geological history of the hill ranges traversed.— In order that the
preceding remarks may be more easily understood, I add a few words regarding the changes
28 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
which appear to have taken place at the close of the caenozoic epoch within the southern
offshoots of the Thian Shan which we visited.
Short as our sojourn in the mountains was, it proved to be very interesting and equally
instructive. Humholdt's account of the volcanicity of the Thian Shan, chiefly taken from
Chinese sources, receives great support ; but we must not speculate further beyond confid-
ing in the expectation that both meso- and csenozoic rocks will be found amply represented
in it.
As far as our present researches on the physical aspect of the country extend, we may
speak of three geologically different ranges : the Terek range, which is the northernmost, the
Koktan in the middle, followed by the Artysh range, below which begins the Kashghar plain.
All three decrease in the same order in their absolute height, the last very much more so than
the middle one. The first consists of old sedimentary rocks, the second of similar rocks in
its southern parts, while younger tertiary and basaltic rocks occupy the northern portions ;
the third is entirely composed of young tertiary deposits. The general direction of all
the ranges is from west to east, or nearly so : this direction evidently dating from the
time when the whole of the Thian Shan chain was elevated. The undulating high plateau
between the Terek and the Koktan is, near Turgat-bela, about 8 miles wide, the
distance between the two ranges diminishing westward, while in the opposite direction it
must soon more than double. Judging from the arrangement of the pebbles, which, as
already noticed, are half derived from limestone, the direction of the old drainage must have
been from west to east, and must have formed the head- waters of the Aksai river, which on
the maps is recorded as rising a short distance east of the Chadyr-kul. Similarly, the gravel
valley between the Koktan and Artysh ranges indicates a west to east drainage, and its width
appears to have approximately averaged 20 miles. About 3 miles north of Chung-terek
a secondary old valley exists, also extending from west to east, and is diametrically cut
across by the Toyanda river. In this valley, which was formerly tributary to the one lying
more southward, the gravel beds accumulated to a thickness of fully 100 feet. As the
Artysh range did not offer a sufficiently high barrier, masses of the gravel passed locally
over it or through its gaps into the Kashghar plain, which itself at that time formed a third
large broad valley.
Thus, at the close of the volcanic eruptions in the hills north of Chakmak, we find
three river systems all flowing eastward, and made more or less independent of each other
by mountain ranges, about which it would, however, not be fair to theorise (in the present
state of our knowledge) on the causes of their assumed relative position. It must have been
at that time that the pebbles of protogine were brought down from some portion of the hills
lying to the west ; and it would be interesting to ascertain whether or not this rock is any-
where in that direction to be met with in situ.1 When the turbulent times of Vulcan's reign
became exhausted and tranquillity was restored, the whole country south of the axis of the
1 In Severtzof 's journey to the western portion of the Thian Shan (Jour. Roy. Geogl. Soc., 1870, pp. 352, &c.) metamorphic rocks
are stated to be largely developed in the ranges further to the north-west. A large tract of geologically unexplored mountains
intervenes, however, between the southern limits of Severtzof 's examination and the Chadyr-kul. Baron Osten-Sacken's journey
vid the Chadyr-kul, from Vernoye to the neighbourhood of Kashghar (Jour. Roy. Geogl. Soc., 1870, p. 250), contains scarcely any
infprmation as to the geology of the countries traversed. He does not even notice the volcanic rocks south of the Chadyr-kul.
See remarks at the end of Part V, p. 33.
It is perhaps as well to point out here, what will probably have occurred to many geologists who have read thus far. The
geological school to which Dr. Stoliczka belonged has not, I believe, accepted the views prevalent amongst most English geologists as
to the extent of subaerial denudation. It is far from improbable that some of the geological phenomena attributed by Dr. Stoliczka
to subsidence might by other observers be considered as a simple effect of disintegration and removal by rain-water.
GEOLOGY. 29
Thian Shan must have greatly subsided, and the wider the valleys, the more effectively
was the extent of subsidence felt. To support this idea by an observation, I may notice
that north of Chung-terek, at the base of the Koktan range, the Artysh beds have entirely
disappeared in the depth, and the gravel beds overlying them dip partially under the
Trias limestone, — a state of things which cannot be explained by denudation, but only by
subsidence and consequent overturning of the older beds above the younger ones. A similar
state of things is to be observed on the Terek range, where the young tertiary limestone
conglomerate is in some places of contact overlain by the much older dolomite. Now, if the
broad valley of the Kashghar plain sank first, and gradually lowest, as it in all probability
did, we find a more ready explanation of the large quantities of loose gravel pouring into
it and accumulating at the base of the Artysh range.
The sinking in of the volcanic centre north-west of Chakmak first appears to have
drained off the former head of the Aksai river, making it the head of the Toyanda instead ;
and to the north of the Terek ridge it was most probably the cause of the origin of the
Chadyr-kul. The subsidence of the country followed in the south, making it possible for the
united Suyok and Toyanda rivers to force their passage right across the Koktan range,
strengthen the Artysh river, cut with facility through the Artysh range, and join the Kashghar
Daria. While thus indicating the course of the comparatively recent geological history of
the ground, it must be, however, kept in mind that this change in the system of drainage
had no essential effect upon the direction of the hill ranges. This, dating from much older
times, was mainly an east- westerly one, following the strike of the rocks which compose the
whole mountain system.
30 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
PART V.
ALTYN-ARTYSH..
[From the Records of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VIII, p. 13.]
UNDER the personal guidance of the Envoy, we — Dr. Bellew, Captain Chapman, Captain
Trotter, and myself — left Yangishahr on the 14th of Eehruary, reaching Altyn-Artysh at a
late hour the same day. A halt of two days was desirable to enable us to make all necessary
arrangements for our further movements. However, before I proceed, I shall endeavour to
give the reader an idea of the geographical position and limits of the country, of which I shall
speak in the subsequent lines.
The data are derived from a general survey by Captain Trotter, and from information
given by the Hakim Mahomed Khoja.
Altyn-Artysh, which is the chief place of the province, lies approximately about 23
miles north by east of Yangishahr. It is situated in the western part of the Yilak1 on
the Bogoz, here called Artysh river, and north of a low ridge which separates the Artysh
valley from the plains. The southern boundary runs along this ridge for about 10 miles
west of Altyn-Artysh, and from there almost due north to the crest of the Koktan range ;
then along this range eastwards of the Belauti pass, and from thence in a south-western
direction to the village of Kushtignak, some 15 miles north of Faizabad. From here the
southern boundary runs close to the right bank of the Kashghar river, until almost
opposite to where the Artysh river runs into the plains.
During the first four days we all marched in company up the valley of the Bogoz river
to the fort Tongitar, about 23 miles to the north by west ; then to a Kirghiz camp, Bashsogon,
in a north-easterly direction ; Tughamati almost eastern, and Ayok-sogon in a south-eastern
direction ; the directions being from the last camps respectively.
At Ayok-sogon Captain Trotter and I separated from the rest of the party, and marched
northwards along the Ushturfan road to Jaitapa, and from thence across the Jigda Jilga
in a north-east by east (?) direction to the camp at Uibulak, crossing the Uibulak pass, passing
a second jilga, and turning then for almost 9 miles more northwards to the Belauti
pass, beyond which lies the valley of the Kakshal or Aksai river. On our return we passed
Ayok-sogon, Karawal, about a mile from our former camp of the same name, and visited
Kulti-ailak and Faizabad, returning to Yangishahr on the 3rd of March.
It was not a very favourable time for travelling in these regions, not so much on account
of the cold, as in consequence of the heavy falls of snow which appear to occur over the
whole of the Thian Shan during the second half of February and first half of March. During
the last few days of February we were almost constantly wading in fresh-fallen snow, though
on the saline plains it melted very rapidly. The snow naturally interfered seriously with our
observations.
1 Yilak, or Ailak, is the summer, Kishlak the winter, residence. Amongst the pastoral wandering tribes of Central Asia, it is
the practice to drive all the animals to higher elevations for pasture in summer, and to bring them to lower ground when the
upland pastures are covered with snow. The terms mentioned are used by the Turk tribes.
GEOLOGY. 31
From a geological point of view the trip proved in many respects to be of considerable
interest, particularly as supplementing some former observations made more to the west.
Although there is not much variety in the rock formations, we may distinguish three successive
series.
1. The most southern part of the province, along the foot of the hills, is formed of
alluvial gravels and sand, in whose unfathomable depths are swallowed both the Artysh and
Sogon rivers before they can reach the Kashghar Daria.
tibi M,r,am. Kngitdr.
i. Gravel. 23. Gravels and conglomerates in Artysh beds.
3. Artysh beds. 3. Shales and limestone. J
4. Carboniferous, crinoidal, dolomitic limestone.
Section from the Kashghar plain to Tongitar, about 25 miles.
2. The second series includes the low hills which extend diametrically from north to south
over about 30 miles, while the prevalent strike is from north-east by east to south-west bv
west. All these lower hills are occupied by Artysh beds, of which I spoke in a former com-
munication.2 They are separated into two groups. The lower beds consist of greenish or
reddish clays or sandstones, and the upper of coarse conglomerates, which on a hill south
of Tongitar have a thickness of about 1,000 feet. At their contact both groups
generally alternate in several layers. An anticlinal runs almost through the middle of their
superficial extent. At the fort Ayok-sogon it is caused by a low ridge of old dolomitic lime-
stones on which the Artysh clays and sandstones found a firm support. To the south of it
the beds dip at angles of about 40° and 50° towards the Kashghar plain, in remarkably regular
and successive layers. North of the ridge, which has no doubt a considerable subterranean
extent in an east to west direction, all the beds dip towards north by west at a similar angle.
Approaching the higher range, more recent diluvial gravels cover most of the slopes. The
geological puzzle of finding strata of young beds as a rule dipping towards a higher range
composed of comparatively much older rocks seems to me to be due, at least in this special
case, to the phenomenon that the atmospheric waters which, descending on the crest, flow
down the slopes of the high ridge, gradually soften them, and if a subterranean outlet
facilitate it, the softened beds are worn away. While this process is going on, the more
distant beds simply subside in order to fill the vacant spaces. In some cases a sinking or
rising of the main range, or even an overturn of high and precipitous cliffs, seem to go hand
in hand with the action of erosion, but it is not always the case. I hope to illustrate this
idea by a few diagrams, partly derived from actual observations, on some future occasion.
3. A third series of entirely different rocks forms the main range of hills, which are a
continuation of the Koktan range, and in which, more to the westward, are situated the
Terek and Chakmak forts. The average height of the range above the plain of Kashghar is here
between 1,200 and 1,300 feet, single peaks rising to about 1,500 feet. The whole of the southern
portion consists, as far as I could see, of carboniferous rocks, in which, however, there is a
great variety of structure. The lowest beds are very often a peculiar breccia-limestone passing
1 In his field books Dr. Stoliczka speaks of these as probably triassic, but he may have changed his opinion subsequently,
for in his published uotes he classes them with the dolomitic limestone, and refers all to the carboniferous period.
- Ante, p. 24.
32
SECOND YAUKAND MISSION.
into regular limestone conglomerate. Above this are beds of solid grey dolomitic limestone,
partly massive, partly stratified ; the former possessing the character of reef limestone, and
portions of it are indeed full of reef -building corals, crinoid stems, and a large Spirifer, the
sections of which, when seen on the surface, have a striking resemblance to those of Hegalodon.
North of Tongitar and about Bash-sogon I met in several places great numbers of fossils,
but they were so firmly cemented in a calcareous matrix that only a few could be extracted.
Among these I could recognise a small Bellerophon, Productus sentireticulatus, and an
Atliyris. A new Terebratula was also very common. Here, about Bash-sogon and Tugha-
mati, greenish shales occurred often interstratified with the limestones, beds of which were
highly carbonaceous ; the shales appeared to be unfossiliferous.
The limestone hills, which, as already stated, are a continuation of the Koktan range,
extend in a north-easterly direction the whole way to south of the Belauti pass, where they
are overlaid by a particularly well-bedded dark limestone very similar to that containing
Megalodon north of Chung- terek. On this limestone rest greenish and purplish sandstones
and shales which occupy the pass and the adjoining hills to the north-west of it ; minera-
logically these last rocks are quite identical with what we understand under the name of
" Bunter sandstein," and it is by no means improbable that the Belauti beds are also of
triassic age, as they succeed in regular layers those of the carboniferous formation.
A peculiar feature in this part of the hills consists in the occurrence of extensive plains
to wliich the name jilga is generally applied. It means originally, I think, merely a water-
course, and, on a large scale, these plains may be looked upon as water-courses of former
water-sheets. They occur at the base of the high range, and in some respects resemble the
duns of the southern slopes of the Himalayas. North of Tongitar one of these large
plains occurs within the limestone rocks, being surrounded by them on all sides. It must
be about 30 miles long from east to west, and about 16 from north to south. Several
isolated limestone hills and ridges occur in it, and it is drained off by the Bogoz and Sogon
rivers, the former rising in the south-west, the latter in the south-east corner. The average
elevation is about 5,000 feet. The greater portion is covered with a low scrubby vegetation,
and, near the rivers, with high grass. The principal camping grounds are Bash-sogon and
Tughamati. The whole plain, which affords good pasturage ground, is occupied by about
120 tents of Kirghiz during the summer.
The next jilga is the Jigda Jilga. It differs considerably both in its physical situation
and in its general character from the former. It stretches from west by south to east by
north for about 35 miles, while the diameter of the eastern half is about 20 and that
of the western about 12 miles. Save for a few low hillocks it is almost a level plain
throughout. On the north-western, northern, and north-eastern side it is bounded by the
Koktan range, from which several water-courses lead into it, one about the middle from the
north, and one from north-east of considerable size, this containing a large quantity of
crystalline pebbles ; the rock from wliich they are derived must be in situ near the axis of the
ridge. A third big stream comes from the east, leading from the Uibulak pass. None of
these streams had any water in them. On the south, east, and south-east the plain is bounded
by the much lower hills composed of Artysh beds ; their slopes covered with gravel.
An elevated gap or saddle situated in the south-west corner appears to connect this jilga
with that of Tughamati. There is no drainage from this jilga ; all the water is absorbed by
the enormous thickness of sand and mud which fills the entire basin.
GEOLOGY. 33
The southern part of the jilga, particularly south-east of Jaitupa, is lowest, and here a
large quantity of pure salt, in small cubical crystals, is collected. The fact that there is such
a large quantity of saline matter together with salt swamps in the southern part, seems to
prove that this jilga at least, and probably most of the others, had been washed out by the sea»
and that, while others had gradually, though only partially, drained off the saline matter, this
one retained it, because it has at present no outlet. It is in fact a dried-up saline lake, which
at some remote time was cut off from the sea, of which it was a fiord.
A third jilga is south of the Belauti pass and north-east of the Uibulak pass. It is
about 8 miles in breadth and the same in length. There are two large water-courses
leading to it from the range. On the southern side it is enclosed by Artysh and gravel beds
but whether an outlet exists is not known. A southerly outlet very likely exists.
[Some little information as to the geology of the Thian Shan may be gained from
Russian travellers, although, so far as I am aware, no general description of the range has been
hitherto attempted by them ; nor, indeed, have the mountains been sufficiently explored to
enable its geology to be thoroughly understood.
With the exception of publications in the Russian language, the only original papers
in which the geology of the Thian Shan is treated, so far as I know, are those by Semenoff
and Severtzoff,1 Osten-Sacken's interesting journey across the mountains, from Vernoye to the
neighbourhood of Kashghar,3 affording very little geological information. A very good general
resume" of the section across the Thian Shan is given by Professor Suess 3 in a work which
has recently appeared on the " Origin of the Alps," in which the geology of various mountain
chains is discussed. The following translation will probably serve to give a better idea of the
constitution of these mountain ranges than any which I could compile from the same
materials.
After describing Dr. Stoliczka's discoveries, Professor Suess says, referring to the Russian
explorers, —
" From these works it appears that these mountains are solely composed of old rocks, stratified and un-
stratified. To granite, syenite, and diorite succeed old slates, and then palaeozoic limestones, amongst which
the existence of mountain limestone is proved by fossils. The newest formation is Permian (Rothiegende) in
the form of red sandstone and conglomerate, locally containing salt and gypsum. A band of red porphyry
runs along the northern foot of the most northerly of these chains, the Trans-Ili-Alatau. *
" No mesozoic or tertiary beds are known to occur ; consequently the succession of strata is nearly the same
as in the Kuenluen, and as, according to Richthofen, in a great portion of the Chinese empire. The moun-
tains are composed of great folds, the strike of which occasionally corresponds with that of the separate chains.
" The main chain of the Thian Shan consists, according to Semenoff, of two parallel axes of granite and
syenite, the southern of which forms the principal ridge of the mountains,5 the northern the ridge of a
1 Semenoff; Erforschungsreise im Innern Asians im Jahre 1857, Pet. Mit., 1858, p 350: Narrative of an exploring expedition
from Fort Vernoye to the western shore of Issik-kul Lake, Eastern Turkestan. — Jour. Roy. Geogl. Soc., 1869, p. 311.
Severtzoff: A journey to the western part of the celestial range (Thian Shan), Jour. Eoy. Geogl. Soc., 1870, p. 843 (translated
from the Russian). — Erforsehung des Thiaa Schan Gebirgssystems, &c., Erganzungshefte No. 42, 43, Pet. Mit., 1875.
2 Jour. Roy. Geogl. Soc., 1870. p. 250.
3 Entshehung der Alpen, 1875, pp. 135, 142.
4 The names adopted for these various mountain chains by Russian and German geographers are cumbrous, and might be
simplified with advantage. The Trans-Ili-Alatau is the range just south of Port Vernoye, and is the more northern of two parallel
chains north of Lake Issik (Issik-kul).
5 The main range is considered to be that lying south of Lake Issik. The highest and best marked portion of this main
range lies further to the eastward than the meridian of the lake.
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
parallel secondary chain. Between the two the palaeozoic rocks rise to a considerable elevation, forming1
synclinal and longitudinal valleys. We shall follow the section to the north-east, from the foot of the principal
ridge, according to SevertzofFs latest accounts, and begin at the Naryn River, the valley of which is bounded
on the south by an outer range of the Thian Shan, the Chakir-tau. This consists of granite and mica schist,
the opposite slope of the valley being entirely composed of contorted clay -slate, which locally, overlaid by dark
violet porphyry conglomerate, extends to the north-west to the top of the Sari-tau, in which, at the pass of
Barskoum, syenite is exposed.
" Proceeding from this pass towards Lake Issik diorite and serpentine are first seen ; then mountain
limestone, which forms a synclinal. This synclinal coincides with the longitudinal valley separating the Sari-tau
from the next range to the north, the Terskei- Alatau, and this latter corresponds to the Sari-tau ridge
precisely, so that, on the north side of the intervening valley, first mountain limestone with the slope reversed,
then diorite, and finally syenite, are met with. Below, on the shores of Issik-kul, sandstone is found, which
may be compared with the carboniferous strata of the Kara-tau. * At the eastern end of Issik-kul the little
range of Kisil-kija2 consists of red argillaceous sandstone; this range lies nearly in the direction of the
greatest (longitudinal) diameter of the lake itself, and in the line of strike of the Rothliegende at the western
end of the lake, in the gorge of the Boam stream and on the northern slopes of the Khighiz Alatau.3
Proceeding over the Santash pass into the region of the Trans-lli-Alatau, this is found to consist of granite
intersected by two or more bands of limestone standing at high angles or bent into trough-shaped curves ; one
of these bands forming the ridge between the rivers Chilik and Chanishk.
" Finally, the granite northern slopes of the Trans-Hi- Alatau, as already stated, are terminated, towards the
north, by a long but rather low chain of hills which consist of porphyry."]
1 North of Chemkend and Tashkend. | 3 Tasrna mountains on some maps.
3 Now called on many maps Alexandrovski range.
GEOLOGY. 35
PAET VI.
FROM YANGIHISSAR, KASHGHAR, TO PANJAH, IN WAKHAN, BY THE LITTLE PAMIR, AND
RETURN JOURNEY BY THE GREAT PAMIR.
[Tins section, like that describing the country between Mari and Leh, is simply compiled
from Dr. Stoliczka's diary. It commences from Yangihissar, two marches, or about 40 miles,
from Kashghar, on the road to Yarkand. Thence the route followed led in a south-west direction
through the district of Sarikol (Sirikol) to the frontier of Wakhan, at or near Aktash, a
distance of about 150 miles in a direct line, and thence in a west-south-west direction for 120
miles more across the Pamir steppe to Panjah or Kila Panjah in Wakhan. The road from the
Yarkand frontier to Panjah traverses a district known as the Little Pamir, and follows the more
southern of the two streams which unite near Panjah to form the head of the Amu or Oxus; the
return route to Aktash was by the northern stream (that followed by Wood) and the Victoria
lake. From Aktash the party with which Dr. Stoliczka was associated returned by the same
route as before to Yangihissar. The geological notes made on this portion of the return east-
ward journey have been incorporated with those made in the same localities on the westward
route. The former largely supplement the latter, which were made when the ground was
much concealed by snow.]
March 21st, Yangihissar to Ighiz Yar. — Started for Sarikol under Gordon, with Bid-
dulph and Trotter. March of about 18 miles almost due south. A mile from Yangihissar
we crossed several low ridges, extending for about a couple of miles, of what appeared
to be upper Artysh beds, consisting of sand, clay, and conglomeratic beds. The dip was at
first north by east, then the beds were horizontal, and further on they dipped to south by
west. Crossed the Yangihissar stream, and traversed, first, a saline plain, and then one of
gravel. The ascent throughout was very gradual, but must have amounted altogether to
more than 1,000 feet.
March 22nd, Aktala. — A march of about 18 miles, chiefly in a south-western direction.
The low hills west of Ighiz Yar are composed of lower Artysh beds, hardened greenish sand-
stones much contorted.1 Leaving Ighiz Yar, we crossed the plain for about 3 miles, and
then entered the narrow valley of the Piin or Ring river.
The rocks at the entrance are lower Artysh sandstones, much contorted and disturbed.
They continue for fully a mile, and are then succeeded by greenish sandstones and shales
of a much older appearance. These rocks are again at first very much disturbed, but further
on they dip regularly at a low angle to west by south, or even to west. The general dip,
however, appears to be north-east. Nearer to the camp Aktala, the sandstones and slates
alternate with highly carbonaceous shales and slates, and some highly ferruginous or hsema-
1 On the return route from the Pamir and Wakhan on this march from Aktala to Ighiz Yar the following remark occurs : " The
same slates and thin-bedded sandstones continue all the way. Towards the plain they alternate with coarser and conglomeratic
beds ; but they all appear to belong to the same old series." I infer from this that Dr. Stoliezka was finally inclined to believe that
the rocks near Ighiz Yar, which he at first assigned to the Artysh beds (tertiary), were really older.
36
SECOND YAEKAND MISSION.
titic beds. These older beds very much resemble those we saw about Chakmak,1 which also
may turn out to be the same we saw north of Tarn.2 The sides of the hills are more or less
thickly covered with loess dust, which much obscured the bedding of the rocks. I found
no fossils.
Among the river boulders I noticed boulders of the red sandstone we saw south of Sanju,
and a greenish syenitic rock.
Sasak Taka.
Mlala.
1. Clay, loo feet above the plain.
3. Gravel and loess.
3. Slates and sandstones, occasionally conglomeratic.
4. Earthy limestone.
5. Sandstone and conglomerate.
6. Greenstone.
Section from Sdsak Taka lo Ighiz Jar.
March 2Brd, Sdsak Taka, 13| miles. — The dark slates, shales, and sandstone continued for
a couple of miles, then followed greenish chloritic and f elspathic rocks, very much like those
south of Sanju, but more massive, being in fact a form of greenstone. These cap the whole
series, and in one or two places come down to the bed of the river. Next follow earthy
limestones, whitish or dark in colour, without any fossils, and then shales, carbonaceous
slates, &c., with occasional conglomeratic beds and coarse sandstones. The whole of this
series appears to be the same we saw on the road from Tarn to Sanju. Some of the strata
very highly carbonaceous, but not a trace of a fossil anywhere,
March 24th, Kaskasu. — Fourteen miles up the river Kaskasu. Nothing but the same
carbonaceous slates and shales which are probably palaeozoic, or occasional beds of grey more or
less coarse sandstone, or even conglomerate. Not a trace of a fossil anywhere. The beds are
mostly much disturbed and contorted, but where traces of regularity occur, they are seen
dipping to south-west at an angle of about 50°. About half-way the old rocks were overlain
by an old alluvial deposit, mostly consisting of boulders of the red sandstone, somewhat
sparingly intermixed with boulders of gneiss. I have, however, not seen anywhere in situ the
red sandstone ; the greater portion seems to have come from a valley leading into the Kas-
kasu from the west about 4 miles east of our camp at Kaskasu. In several of the
streams coming from the north, pebbles of white clolomitic limestone are seen containing a
fossil like Bellerophon. These are probably from the white limestone, which is seen further
on from the pass, and which is probably carboniferous. There were also blocks of a black
earthy limestone, full of crinoid stems ; this last is probably Silurian and interbedded with
the black slates. A very similar limestone was seen on the road, but it contained no crinoids.
March 25th, Chehil Gombdz. — A short march of 11 miles across the Kaskasu pass. The
bed of the Kaskasu river was strewn with boulders of gneiss, which must have come from
the head of the stream. East of the pass the rocks are the same as before ; palaeozoic slates,
sandstones, and conglomerates striking north and south, nearly vertical, much contorted, but
sometimes dipping to the westward. On the pass the beds apparently dip north-east, but the
strike is very indistinct, the surface being covered with fine clay, partly derived from the
1 North-north-west of Kashghar, p. 26.
5 Near the Sanju pass, south . of Yarkand, p. 21.'
GEOLOGY. 37
decomposition of the slates, but principally, in all probability, a subaerial deposit, like the
loess. In some places this clay covering is thin, and on a sharp incline parts of it are often
carried away, so that some of the slopes have a rather rugged appearance. Looking north
from the pass, I saw what was evidently limestone on one of the hills ; it was probably the
same as the carboniferous limestone seen south-west of Sanju, but there was no possibility
of getting near the hill. In a north by east direction I saw red thin-bedded sandstones
capping one or two hills, the beds apparently dipping to north-east. This red rock was very
probably identical with the cretaceous red sandstone north-west of Sanju, thus remarkably
indicating that this portion of the hills is a continuation of the Kuenluen.
From the pass to Chehil Gombaz the rocks are palaeozoic carbonaceous slates, very vari-
able in strike and dip. Near the pass the strike is indistinct : in the valley north of Chehil
Gombaz, it is nearly east and west, the beds being vertical and much contorted.
March 26th, Pasrobdt (across the Torat pass}. — The whole way nothing but the same
carbonaceous slates and shales, and partly sandstone, were seen. They were dipping at a very
high angle to north by east or north-east by east. In some places they were interbedded
with crystalline limestone, and with white quartzite, in strata of about 40 to 50 feet in
thickness. At the junction of the two streams, the Pasrobat and the Tongitar, and much
higher up, I noticed old diluvial gravel, in some places up to the thickness of 300 feet
the boulders mostly consisting of crystalline gneissic rock : some of the boulders are of
huge dimensions, and all are well-rounded. These boulder deposits must have been formed
by enormous rivers and large quantities of snow. The gneiss is either fine-grained, with
biotite mica, sometimes almost schistose, or it is porphyritic with rosy quartz, white felspar
and a greenish mica. There is little schorl to be observed in any of the pieces.
March 27th, Tdrbdshi, about eight miles in a western direction. — The carbonaceous slates
and sandstone continued for about a mile from camp, seeming, however, more micaceous.
Then they gradually changed into dark carbonaceous mica schists with garnets ; this again
gradually into light-coloured mica schist, with more white quartz and less garnets, and this
after about two and a half miles from camp into gneiss. All the strata were dipping at about
50° to north-east and north-east by east. In many places gravels conceal the rocks to a
height of 150 feet above the river. On the greater heights dark-coloured schistose rocks are
seen ; they are mostly hornblendic.
March 28th, Balghun. — A march of about 20 miles across the Chichiklik plain and
the Kokmainak pass. All the rocks around are gneiss, which gets gradually schistose, but it
is cleaved in all directions and breaks up easily ; the irregular cleavage entirely obliterates the
bedding.
March 29th and 30th, Balghun to Chushman, and thence to Tashkurgdn (SariJcol) . — Two
marches of rather more than 20 miles altogether. The rocks are all metamorphic schists, rarely
micaceous, but chiefly chloritic, quartzose, and hornblendic. North-west of the camp the dip
is west by north ; previously it was east by south. On the western side of the valley are thick,
gravel deposits, the boulders mostly of gneiss and syenite.
April 2nd, Kanshubar, 16 miles. — The whole way nothing but gneiss, in different varia-
tions, was to be observed. At first where we entered the Tongitar (valley), the fine-grained
pale-whitish gneiss was interstratified with dark gneiss and syenitic gneiss, full of schorl ;
further on, syenitic gneiss prevailed, then bands of beautiful reddish gneiss occurred in it,
with reddish-brown quartz, reddish glassy felspar in large crystals, and bits of schorl.
Further on, the gneiss became more ordinary, both coarse and fine grained.
k
38
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
April 3rdt KogachaJc, near Aktdsh. — [Frontier of Sarikol belonging to Kashghar, and
Wakhan under the rule of Kabul.] Followed up the valley for about a mile, when the gneiss
was apparently underlain by black palaeozoic slates, strike almost from east to west, and the dip
very little towards the gneiss — or, rather, the beds were vertical. I could not find a trace of
fossils. The slate is brittle, and very much cleaved in different directions : it would not do for
roofing purposes, unless large quarries were opened. The slates continued for more than a
mile, then they gradually became calcareous, and a series of thin-bedded whitish limestones
followed — first, again, almost vertical, but, a little further on, distinctly dipping at an angle of
about 50° towards the slates, though evidently younger. The limestone was dolomitic and
highly bituminous, but unfossiliferous. After about a mile it changed to grey limestone, and
became slaty. Then followed a band of greenstone for about half a mile, overlain by
brownish-black shales, apparently carboniferous ; and these shales were overlain by greenish
dolomitic crinoidal limestones, lithologically the same as those which I found to be carbonifer-
ous in the Artysh district. I dare say this limestone is also carboniferous. However, the
upper beds of this limestone series are paler, and apparently less dolomitic ; and in them I found
a cordiform pelecypod, like Megalodon, very common. Possibly the whole of the limestones,
but certainly those on the western side of the range, are triassic. They rest here on purple
and greenish shales and slates, which are afterwards traversed by greenstone. (See also diary
of May 6th.)
April 4th, Onkul. — A march of about 24 miles. Crossed a spur over an old gravel
deposit, and traversed a valley, the rocks on both sides of which were whitish triassic lime-
stone, resting on reddish shaly rock, which, again, overlaid black slates, evidently palaeozoic .
Before we reached camp the slates rested on gneiss.
April 5th, Oi-kul or Kul-i-Pdmir Khurd (Little Pamir Lake). — Marched about 24 miles
along the valley of Pamir Khurd, or Little Pamir. The rocks composing the hills to the left
of the valley are all gneiss to an elevation of 2,000 or 2,500 feet above the valley; those to the
right are higher and more sharply ridged, but their composition could not be ascertained.
April 6th, Langar. — Marched about 24 miles. After 6 miles, in a west by south
direction, the hills to the north became black slates, resting on gneiss. These same slates
were seen dipping at an angle of about 60° to north-east by north at the entrance into the
valley, which was here very narrow. They were overlain higher up by reddish slates and con-
glomerates, and the whole of the series has bands of quartzite, often intercalated : one of these
quartzite bands seems to have passed right across the stratification of the slaty rocks at the
entrance of the narrow part of the valley from the Pamir, which here terminates. The
gneiss on the Pamir appears to have had only a very slight dip to north. The black slaty
rock continued all the way to camp.
April 7th, Daraz-diicdn, 15 miles. — Black slates, dipping north by east, were seen on
both sides of the valley, and on the right the purplish or reddish slates and conglomerates rested
on them. The conglomerates consisted of angular boulders of white quartzite in a reddish or
purplish matrix. I saw fragments of similar conglomerate in the Sanju river.
April 8th, Sarhada. — March of 11 miles. For the first 2 miles black slates were seen along
the road, which was above the level of the river ; further on, the slates rested on the same fine-
grained gneiss which we had seen at Pamir Khurd, until within half a mile of Sarhada, where
the slate again came down into the valley.
Throughout the valley, from the spot where it was entered from Pamir Khurd, old banks
of bedded clay and gravel are seen up to 1,200 and 1,500 feet above the present level of the
GEOLOGY. 39
river. They are generally seen at the turns of the river, and can be traced all the way down,
but are nowhere more extensive. Before the river cut its present deep bed, its course was
probably often interrupted, and small lakes formed, or, at least, its course was retarded, so as to
form these deposits.
April 9th, 10th, and llth, Sarhada to Patir, halting at Patuchand Yiir. —Three marches
of 4J, 15, and 12 miles. Black slates alone were seen till 9 miles beyond Patuch, thence
gneiss (fine-grained) and metamorphic rocks for the remainder of the way. The gneiss is
sandy, and disintegrates easily.
April 12th and 13th, Patir to Panjah, or Kila Panj, halting at Zang ; 20 miles from the
former, only 3 from the latter.
[No special description of the geology is given. The beds seen were probably all metamor-
phic, the same as before. A hot spring opposite Patir is said to rise in black metamorphic slates.]
All the hills at Panjah consist of a metamorphic quartzose schist, which composes the
hills on the left bank of the valley. The rocks dip to south or south by east into the valley :
a few miles west they are overlain by dark hornblendic schist.
[After a halt of 12 days in Panjah, the party marched back to Kashghar territory by the
Great Pamir, re-entering their former line of march at Kanshubar, east of Aktash.J
April 26th and 27th, Panjah to Langerkish, 6 miles only. — Visited the hot spring near
Zang : the water is 120°. The rocks are quartz, hornblendic, and mica schist, with garnets,
dipping to the south-east.
April 27th, Yumldiana, 16 miles. — Old clay deposits reach to about 2,000 feet above the
present level of the river. The metamorphic schists are very variable, but highly micaceous
throughout (containing biotite) ; they still dip to the south-east, and include beds of white
marble. On the left bank of the river they seem to dip under the gneiss, which is not dis-
tinctly stratified.
April 28th, Yolmazdr, 12 miles. — Rocks same as before — all fine-grained gneiss, with
biotite, — very much resembling the Himalayan central gneiss, with biotite mica, traversed mostly
by thin veins of albite granite, with muscovite. It really seems that this is the continuation of
the central gneiss, in which the Spiti and Zaskar secondary rocks may form a bay, extending
from south-east towards north-west. About Dras the secondary rocks go over a saddle into
Kashmir, but the gneiss continues northward. Hornblendic beds often occur in the gneiss ; they
consist of dark, rather homogeneous rocks, which include hornblende and staurolite crystals.
April 29th to May 1st, Yolmazdr to Lake Victoria (Wood's Lake) — Three marches, alto-
gether about 37 miles.
[Rocks throughout described as gneiss ; that on the first march described as containing a
little green mica or chlorite ; on the second but little rock was seen in place, the valley being
largely occupied by beds of pebbles and boulders, which form terraces along the sides, whilst the
hills were covered with snow. The gneiss seen was " remarkably altered, craggy, conglomeratic,
split in all directions, and as if it had been burnt," but no trace of an eruptive rock was seen.]
The shingle boulders were mostly rounded ; some of very large size only slightly so, and
mixed with sand. The whole mass must have been accumulated more by the agency of snow
and ice than running water.
[The hills around the lake are described as entirely of gneiss, and rather sharply pointed.]
The lake is about two miles in width, and surrounded by terraces of rounded worn boulders, mixed
with sand. These terraces rise to at least 100 feet above the lake, and show that the lake was
formerly much more extensive than it now is. [The details will be found in the diary.]
40 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
May 2nd, Shashtupa, 18 miles. — For the first 6 or 7 miles the rocks are apparently
gneiss ; further, black slates and shales overlie the metamorphic rocks, and the hills on both
sides become more rounded. Immediately above the gneiss the slates look rather metamorphic,
but, further on, they are of the usual type, and reddish beds overlie them near the camp.
The clip is low to north by east.
[The whole march nearly was over what Dr. Stoliczka terms "shingle beds," and the
watershed was formed by a mixture of boulders and sand. See diary.1]
May 3rd, Isligh, 18 miles. — About three miles north of camp the upper reddish slates of
the silicious group are overlaid by darkish grey limestone, dipping to north by east. I found
no fossils in it. This limestone (a) is about 1,000 feet thick, and extends for about a quarter
of a mile. Then follows a very indistinctly stratified white or light grey limestone (/3)9
which must be at least 2,000 feet thick, and extends for about one mile. I saw Crinoid stems
in it, but nothing else. After this follows, again, a darker grey limestone, evidently belong-
ing to a different series, being unconformable on the former. This series of limestones forms
the highest ridge, some of the rugged mountains rising to fully 20,000 feet; and the
thickness of the rocks must be from 3,000 to 4,000 feet. The general strike is west by
north to east by south, and the dip to north by east, or almost north, with angles ranging
from 80° to 90°. The thickness of this limestone series must be about 3,000 feet. The
whole of these limestones appear to be of palaeozoic age — probably for the most part carboni-
ferous.
After this follows a great series of dark shales, with beds of limestone. The shales them-
selves (S) are highly carbonaceous, and the limestones are earthy, mostly thin-bedded, but
greatly contorted, rising in more or less vertical ridges.
May 4th, Aktdsh, 36 miles. — After four miles over the plain, the road led for two miles
through a narrow gorge between limestone (e), on which, further on, rest brownish, rather
silicious sandstone, and grey, then black, crumbling shales. The road crosses a low pass, and
then follows through these shales, in almost a due eastern direction, to the junction with the
Isligh. The whole road passes through these shales, with a little sandstone, but more of the
earthy limestone. The series extended north, as far as I could see, the shale hills being
rounded, and the limestone ridges sharp. Greenstone appears to pierce through it in the
distance, and the elevations of the hills appears to decrease. South of the road runs the
high limestone range in a west by north to east by south direction towards Aktash. The shales
(8) and limestones (e) appear to be triassic. Near Isligh I saw a lot of Rhynchonellce in one
of the earthy limestone beds, but could not extract any thing very recognisable.
May 5th, halted at Aktdsh. — Going about a mile north of camp, and then tunring in a
western direction up a gorge, I found myself north of the great limestone hill, and here, resting
on the limestone, were the dark crumbling shales, exactly like the Spiti shales in mineralogical
character. The shales (8) contained a few beds of the brown sandstone, but both appeared
entirely unfossiliferous. In the interbedded limestone (e) I found, however, a great number
of Rhynchonellce, which decidedly appear to be triassic, if not younger. In the more com-
pact limestone I could only see crinoids, no other distinguishable fossil ; not a trace of a
Cephalopod. In a block of more earthy grey limestone loose in the stream bed I got several
Rhynchonellce ; but I am not sure whether that limestone is (e) ; it seems more probably (y)
1 It is not quite clear from the diary what Dr. Stoliczka's views were on the subject of these accumulation. He repeatedly
says they must have been brought down by snow, or snow and ice. He never mentions glaciers or moraines, and never notices the
presence or absence of striation on the rocks.
GEOLOGY.
Afterwards I went south of the camp, where on our road westward l I got a section like
that of a Megalodon. The limestone is mostly dolomitic, white or light grey, and less
bituminous than (e). I got crinoid stems in it, and a small Pecten ; I could not say whether
lower trias or carboniferous.
May 6th, Kanshubar (same camp as on April 2nd). — Two and a half miles from Aktdsh,
at a spot where the stream from the Nezatash pass is joined by another flowing from
the south-east, there is a mass of greenstone in the shales, and east of that mass the shales
are very much altered, evidently indicating that the outburst of the greenstone must have
taken place after the deposition of the triassic shales. Looking north, the shales continue
for about a couple of miles, composing the hills, which rise to about 3,000 feet above the valley.
To the north-west is a great mass of greenstone again, while a sharp ridge of limestone runs
through the shales, coming from the west, and disappearing and broken up towards the east.
Further on, the shales are seen to be overlain by reddish sandstones and shales, towards the top
much alternating with greenish-grey beds ; and this series is again capped by a light-brownish
rock of inconsiderable thickness. These last rocks and the limestones dip north by east, but
the crumbling shales are very much contorted, mostly by the greenstone.
The section from Aktash to the north is something like this : —
Jktash.
i. Gravel.
a. Reddish and greenish sandstones, &c.
3. Shales (2) Triassic.
3a. Limestone (t). Triassic.
4. Carboniferous limestones
5. Greenstone.
(0 and y).
Sketch section of the rocks north of Aktash.
Proceeding towards the Nezatash pass, I found in the limestone (5) dark beds full of
HaloUa Lomelli ?, and I also noticed the Rhynchonella limestone, which is very earthy and
brown, in situ in the shales. In the limestone (*) Rhynchonella are very rare, or, at least, very
difficult to observe. The limestone (s) is, however, always very much less bituminous than
(y), and usually darker, and weathers out in flakes, which peel off the surface, while (y) is
usually massive. Limestone (*) forms the Nezatash pass in a ridge crossing the pass, but
the passage itself is in shales, which are also seen in a kind of basin east of the pass, the
basin being quite encircled by very high cliffs of limestone (s~). Crossing into the stream,
which comes from the south, and combines with that flowing eastward from the pass, I
observed a number of pelecypod sections in the limestone, which appear to belong to Megalo-
don. They were rather large, but otherwise not distinguishable.
Further on, the shales were several times crossed by greenstone, and then followed the
bedded grey rock. The carboniferous limestone ridge runs from Aktash almost due eastward,
and about 5 miles before reaching Kanshubar it turns gradually to south-east, still retaining
its great height.
[From Kanshubar the return route to Yarkand via Ighiz Yar was over ground previously
traversed, and the geological notes have already been incorporated with those of the journey
westward.]
1 See notes for April 3rd, p. 38.
I
42 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
PART VII.
FROM YARKAND TO BURTSI, SOUTH or THE KARAKORAM PASS, via KUGIAR, THE UPPER VALLEY
OF THE YARKAND RIVER, AKTAGH, AND THE KARAKORAM PASS.
[THIS route lies in general considerably to the west of that traversed by Dr. Stoliczka in
the preceding autumn. For two marches from Yarkand to Karghalik the road is the same as
before ; thence it leads a little west of south across the Kuenluen to the upper valley of the
Yarkand river ; it turns eastward up the valley of that stream as far as Aktagh, where it
meets the former route, but it then turns southward across the Karakoram pass. The
following notes commence from Karghalik and are copied, like those in the preceding section,
from the diary.]
May 31st, Karghalik to BeshtereTc, 20 miles. — The first 10 miles over gravelly desert ;
thence the road lies up the Kugiar stream, a broad desert valley, nearly a couple of
miles wide. Gravel beds, as much as 150 feet thick in places, extend up to the village : they
are evidently alluvial, and not Artysh beds, though the reddish sandstones at Bora * belong
to the latter. Loass rests on the gravel, and in places has been re-deposited by the river and
stratified. There is a good deal of this stratified loess in the valley itself, but it is chiefly
sand.
June 1st, Kugiar, 17 miles. — For 14 miles the road lay across desert, over some-
what elevated terrace land of sand and gravel. About 4 miles north of Kugiar, Artysh
beds, clayey sandstone, and fine conglomerate are seen below horizontal beds of diluvial
gravel. Further on, they again entirely disappear under the diluvial terraces, which rise
about 200 feet above the elevated ground. The amount of sand, clay, and gravel brought
from the hills is something enormous. The Artysh beds evidently form the axis of the low
ridge, which runs from east to west, about 4 or 5 miles north of Kugiar ; but they are covered
with diluvial gravel.
June 2nd, Ak Masjid, about 27 miles. — The first half of the road is entirely over gravel
beds, then a grey dolomite begins to crop out. The beds undulate, but the general dip is
north : not a trace of a fossil could be detected. Further on, close to camp, a reddish, some-
what silicious sandstone, and thin-bedded streaked limestone of the same colour, with a high
northerly dip, underlies the grey dolomite, and rests upon other grey and whitish dolomitic
limestone, less distinctly stratified. As a rule, dust covers all the slopes of the hills so thickly
that, except on a precipitous cliff, not a trace of solid rock can be seen. In the valley, loess
attains a thickness of fully 30 feet ; it is partly stratified, but the accumulation appears
mostly due to moisture.
June 3rd, ChikliJc, 13 miles. — Up to the foot of the pass the grey limestone rock continues,
gradually becoming in places thinner bedded, streaked, and metamorphic. Near the foot
of the pass it changes to a stratified chloritic rock, while the grey limestone occupies the
1 These were noticed in Part III, and were observed on the road between Sanju and Yarkand ; ante, p. 22.
GEOLOGY. 43
greater height. The green rock alternates with thick beds of a white quartzose and calca-
reous schist, and heyond the pass the green rock becomes more solid, loses its stratification,
and becomes a regular greenstone, exactly like that I met with east of Sastekke, on the
Sarikol road. Black slate I only saw in one or two places, and then in mere fragments or
blocks ; but it is evident that the whole series of rocks is the same as that south-west of Sanju-
June 4th and 5th, Chiklik to camp, about 2 miles west of Mazarkhoja. — Two short
marches, together about 16 miles. Nearly all the way nothing was seen but greenstone, similar
to that near Sasak Taka : towards the end of the second march this unstratified greenstone
is overlain by chloritic schists and other bedded metamorphic rocks, resembling those to the
north of the Sanju pass.
June 6th and 7th, Mazarkhoja to Grinjlkalik. — Two marches, together 18 or 19 miles. A
mixture of metamorphic rocks was met with, like those north of the Sanju pass, dipping at a
rather high angle to north-west, west, and south-west. The whole series seems much disturbed.
The prevalent rock isaquartziticand highly hornblendic schist, traversed in all directions by rami-
fying veins of white quartz, with some schorl, and by other darker veins, containing hornblende. '
June 8th, Jiraksheldi, 10 miles. — The same metamorphic rocks continue for about a mile
beyond yesterday's camp, and rest here on light-coloured, rather fine-grained gneiss, which is
indistinctly stratified, and dips to the north-west. It is traversed by dark hornblendic veins.
This greyish white gneiss continues for a couple of miles, and rests on an unstratified mass of
fine gneiss porphyry,1 similar to that I saw west of Sarikol. This fedlspathic gneiss seems to
form the axis of the whole metamorphic mass ; for, further to south by east from this camp,
within about a mile, it is again overlain by the same somewhat fine-grained greyish- white
gneiss, dipping to the south. This gneiss is, again, overlain at the camp by almost vertical and
much-contorted beds of black shale, grey sandstone, and conglomerate, the same as I saw
north of Tarn. The coarse conglomerate has a comparatively recent aspect, but the whole
series of rocks must be upper paleozoic, although one cannot help doubting the fact.
June 9th, Kulunaldi, 12 miles. — [This march led across the main ridge of the Kuenluen
by the Yangi pass (16,000 feet), and down again into the upper valley of the Yarkand river.
The corresponding pass to the eastward crossed on the journey to Yarkand is that of Suget.]
From yesterday's camp, the sandstones, conglomerates, and interbedded shales continued
up the pass, where the conglomerates were of great thickness, evidently occupying the top
of the series, and dipping with a slight angle to west. On the other or western (southern) side of
the pass, the conglomerates and sandstones all continue for about 2^ miles highly inclined, and
dipping towards east by north|; they rest at about the third mile from the pass on black slates,
which soon pass into dark grey and greenish metamorphic schist, sometimes with small garnets.
Jcrakihedi. Yangi. Ydrkand ri-vir.
6 52 1
i, Conglomerate; 2, Sandstone; 3, Shales; 4, Black slates; 5, Metamorphic rocks, dark-coloured, with quartzite; 6, Fine-grained gneiss,; 1, Unstratified
granitoid) porphyritic gneiss.
Section across the Yangi Pass, north, of YMcand River.
The metamorphic series is often traversed by veins of a solid greenstone-like rock, and
towards the Yarkand valley there is a considerable thickness of a white quartzitic schist,
1 Evidently, from the description, a granitoid rock.
44
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
more or less massive : under it lies a brownish sub-metamorphic schist, which is also found on
the other side of the Yarkand river at the camp.
June 10th, Kirghiz Jangal, 16 miles. — The suh-metamorphic schists near Kulunaldi are
overlain by a reddish, very coarse conglomerate, and from beneath this, further along the road,
a series of grey and pink metamorphic schists crops out, occasionally with graphitic layers
interstratified. The last continue up to camp. The beds dip first to west 30° north, and
afterwards almost west. The coarse, reddish conglomerates are the same which I saw in
going from the Pamir-kul to the camp Langar, in Wakhan.
June llth, Kashmir Jilga, about 24\ miles. — The rocks are all grey silky, or brownish mica
schist. For the first 14 miles it is difficult to see any stratification, the schists having
distinct bacillary cleavage ; but further on, the schists dip to the north-east on the right
bank, and for the last 6 or 7 miles the valley runs along an anticlinal, the beds dipping
on the right bank to north by east, and on the left bank to south by west, at an angle of
about 50°. The schists decompose easily, and cover the slopes with fine debris. Almost
all along the bank of the river there are extensive deposits of detritus, some of them con-
taining beds of clay and sand, left by the river. At the openings of the lateral ravines there
are extensive fans of debris, some of them more than 100 feet thick.
June 12th, Kufelang, 11 miles. — Rocks the same all \ the way ; greenish metamorphic
schists, often alternating with graphitic layers. The schists decompose and break up very
readily, and the hill-sides, in some cases up to the top, are covered with debris, loose or
cemented together. The dip is very variable, usually at a high angle to south-west or south.
June 13th, Aktdgh, about 20 miles. — [Here the road joins that followed on the journey
northward, but it immediately diverges again.]
1, Argillaceous beds (? tertiary) ; 2, Shaly snb-metamorphic beds (trias); 3, Grey limestones (trias); 4, Red limestones, with Ammonites
tatteni, &c. (trias); 5, ? Trias ; 6, Dark triassio limestone; 7, Limestone (? carboniferous) ; 8, Grey limestones (? carboniferous) ; 9, Red
calcareous sandstone; 10, Sub-metamorpbio schists.
Section near Aktdgh.
The schists, greenish and metamorphic in general, but blackish and sub-metamorphic in
parts, continue for about a couple of miles along the river ; they are mostly almost vertical.
Then some of the beds incline to the south, and are more regularly bedded ; but there does not
seem to be any distinct break between these latter and the vertical beds. After the second
mile the greenish silky schists are overlain unconformably by reddish earthy and calcareous
sandstones of about 150 feet in thickness, dipping regularly to south by east at an angle of
about 30°. These reddish beds pass into distinctly bedded grey limestone and whitish marl
of some 500 feet at least, the dip being to the south, but the angle gradually decreasing
until the beds, after some 8 miles, become almost horizontal. Further on, they again dip to
the southward, and the top beds have a reddish colour. There are greenstones in these
rocks, like those which I saw about Aktash on the Pamir ; and the limestones must be carboni-
ferous or triassic, but I could not find a trace of a fossil. The higher beds are often brownish
and sandy ; some beds almost a calcareous sandstone, alternating with conglomeratic beds.
Near Aktagh the series is overlain by much more recent looking earthy and conglom-
eratic beds, readily yielding to decomposition. The hill Aktdgh at camp consists of these
(? tertiary) beds, dipping at about 45° or 50° to the south.
GEOLOGY. 45
I
r>tirm nmrm_
There must be greenstones somewhere in this southern direction among the dark
crumbling rock.
The light-coloured bedded limestone strikes over to Karatagh lake, and the hills to the
west, east, and south-east appear to consist of it. I noticed, when I marched last year, that
their steepness indicates in part limestone cliffs, and some of them at least were of a light
colour.
This is also the pale limestone seen north of our camp, some miles north of Khush
Maidan, and no doubt these limestones extend to the south of Aktash. [That is to say, that
this pale limestone, which is probably of carboniferous age, appears to stretch across from the
high ground between the Mastagh and Kuenluen ranges to the eastern edge of the Pamir.]
June 14th, Woabjilga, 12 miles. — The hills all covered with detritus.
A little way south of Aktagh the grey limestones, which appear to be carboniferous, are
overlain by dark crumbling dolomitic limestone and sub-metamorphic shales, in several places
in contact with greenstone, which is again either typical, like that near Aktash, or it is dark,
and very homogeneous in texture, and at first strikingly resembles basalt. Further on, the
grey dolomitic limestones again crop out from under the detritus of the valley ; and near the
camp the sub-metamorphic schists are overlain by more compact grey dolomitic limestone,
which rises high upon a hill a little south by east of our camp. These grey dolomitic lime-
stones regularly bend over at the top, and in the centre are exposed what may be called
Hallstadt or St. Cassian beds — a red, somewhat earthy, marble, with Arcestes ? johannis
austrice, Ammonites batteni, Aulacoceras, and Crinoids. I shall speak of this red marble
as the A. batteni bed.
The A. batteni bed is seen exposed far towards the west, overlain by the grey limestone,
and is mostly highly inclined towards the north. I must see more of the whole triassic
series to-morrow.
June 15th, Karakoram-brdngsa, 14 miles. — Starting from Woabjilga, the grey triassic lime-
stones were met with, afterwards the red limestones succeeded them, and continued to
camp, often interrupted by patches of greenstone, which is greatly developed at the camp
north of the pass.
June 16th, Daulatbeg Uldi (crossing the Karakoram pass), about 22 miles. — Leaving
camp, the greenstones are underlain by black crumbling shale, in mineralogical character
like the Spiti shales, but very likely triassic, like that near Aktash. Then follows an
alternation of grey or whitish limestones and shales and the triassic red limestone; and
on these rest blackish and grey marly shales, which are overlain by almost horizontal strata
of brown limestone, very much like the lower Taglang limestone, and which contains fragments
of Belemnites. These liassic rocks form the Karakoram range proper, and extend far east-
ward. The hills to the west are much higher, and do not allow a distant view.
After crossing the pass, the road skirts the base of the centre ridge in a south-east direc-
tion ; and here the liassic limestones come down several times, and about four miles from the
pass grey marly shale, or almost marly limestone, crops out from under the brown limestone :
both are evidently liassic. On the right bank of 'the stream more massive limestones occur,
dipping to north-east, but very indistinctly. I should think that these are triassic limestones.
They very readily crumble to pieces, being highly dolomitic ; and these often contain reddish
beds interstratified.
June 17th, Burtsi, 24 miles. — First we crossed the Dipsang plain, with solitary low hills,
probably still belonging to the Taglang series. Then we ascended towards the watershed.
46
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The low worn down hills to the west were thickly strewed with round pieces of whitish or
reddish compact limestone, intermingled with boulders, large and small, of fine-grained syenitic
gneiss. This rock must be in situ somewhere near the head of the watershed. Further on
were many greenstone boulders coming down from the west, and this rock must also be found
in that direction. At last we descended into a narrow gorge, the sides of which for fully a mile
consisted of a limestone conglomerate, the boulders of white, grey, or black limestone being
well rounded and worn and cemented together by a stiff bright red clay. Upon this followed
dolomitic limestone, rather indifferently bedded, massive and white, and this was overlain
by bluish shales and well-bedded limestone, extending from about 6 miles north of Burtsi
to the camp. These limestones appear to be triassie : they are compact, with layers full of
small gasteropods, amongst which I recognised a Nerinea. The so-called Karakoram
stones, i.e., corals, occur in dark shales below the limestones, which are capped by a
yellowish-brown limestone, well bedded, but of unascertained age. The whole series dips
south-west, at a moderate angle. [The last paragraph closes the diary, and is here repeated, as
it is entirely geological.]
GEOLOGY. 47
Concluding Summary,
As this collection of Dr. Stoliczka's geological notes on the countries traversed during his
journey was introduced by a brief account of his previous geological work in the Himalayas
and Western Tibet, it may most fitly be concluded by a general sketch of the additional
information which he has obtained in the countries north of those explored in earlier years.
His explorations in his last journey extended over portions of Northern Ladak, of the
Mastagh or Karakoram, Kuenluen, Pamir, and Karatagh ranges, the last being a part of
the Thian Shan. He also examined the plains of Yarkand and Kashghar, and the upper
valleys of the streams which form the source of the Oxus or Amu. The notes on Kashmir,
and on the Indus valley west of Leh, although interesting and affording some addition to our
previous knowledge of the geology, do not touch on fresh ground, or add more than details to
what was known before. Each of the other areas demands a few notes separately.
The Ladak range, north of the Indus, proved, so far as it was examined, to consist entirely
of metamorphic rocks, principally syenitic gneiss. The same formations extend to the north-
ward to the western end of the Pankong lake, and, so far as is known, throughout the greater
portion of the Changchenmo, Shayok, and Nubra valleys, passing in places into a greenish
chloritic rock, more or less schistose. These metamorphic rocks are believed by Dr. Stoliczka
to be of silurian age. In the northern portion of the valleys named beds of dark shales
and sandstones are met with, probably belonging to the carboniferous series : they are un-
fossilif erous, but agree with rocks of that age in Spiti and elsewhere, and they are succeeded, in
ascending order, by fossiliferous triassic limestones, red and grey in colour, with dark shales ;
whilst the crest of the Karakoram pass, and some of the smaller hills immediately south of it,
are composed of liassic rocks, containing fragmentary Belemnites. At one spot alone near
Kium, in the Changchenmo valley, sandstones and conglomerates of comparatively recent
aspect were observed, which are perhaps tertiary, and may belong to the same eocene forma-
tion as the rocks in the Indus valley near Leh.1
The valley of the Upper Yarkand river between the Mastagh (Karakoram) and Kuenluen
ranges consists of metamorphic and sub-metamorphic schists and slates, reddish calcareous
sandstone, and grey limestones, all unfossiliferous. The schists and slates are considered
by Dr. Stoliczka as probably silurian ; the other rocks, carboniferous. Some triassic lime-
stones are found on the northern slopes of the Karakoram pass ; and at Aktagh some recent-
looking argillaceous beds were noticed, perhaps tertiary.
Two sections across the Kuenluen were examined — one, on the Karakash river, the Suget
and Sanju passes ; the other, further west by the Yangi Diwan. On the former route the
greater portion of the range consists of syenitic gneiss, associated with various forms of
schists, with some of which pale-green jade is associated. On the more western route the
same metamorphic rocks are found, but the syenitic gneiss is less developed, and there is a
great quantity of greenstone.
1 Drew (Jummoo and Kashmir, p. 343) has noticed the occurrence of hippuritic limestone (cretaceous) resting unconformably
on older encrinital limestone (? palaeozoic) in the Lokzhung range, north of the Lingzi-thung plain and east by south of the
Karakoram pass. In the same work there is an excellent account of the extraordinary high plateaus of northern Ladak, west
of which appear to be of lacustrine origin.
48
SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
North of the metamorphic axis of the Kuenluen range, the hills sloping down to the
plain of Yarkand consist principally of various forms of schistose rock, slates, and limestone.
In the latter, north of Sanju, carboniferous fossils were found in some places, but the rocks
are, as a rule, destitute of organic remains. On the western route the only limestone seen
was dolomitic and unfossiliferous. Towards the edge of the plain, formations of later date
crop out ; and near Sanju red sandstones, capped by grey calcareous sandstones and chloritic
marls, are found, the latter containing cretaceous fossils ; and upon these, again, rest gravels
and clays of still later date. The cretaceous rocks were not observed further west.
The ranges lying west of the Yarkand plain, and intervening between it and the Pamir
watershed, appear to be composed chiefly of the same rocks as the Kuenluen, south of
Yarkand. Only one section was examined, and this was traversed twice. Near the plain
the prevailing beds are carbonaceous slates, sandstones, and conglomerates, probably palseozoic,
with which greenstone is associated. A few limestones were seen, and traces of the red
cretaceous sandstones of Sanju : the latter, however, was not examined in situ. No fossili-
ferous beds were observed, but the slates, sandstones, and conglomerates are probably palaeozoic,
like the corresponding rocks in the Kuenluen. Further from the plain, in the district of
Sarikol, the slates and their associated beds become metamorphosed, and pass into schist and
gneiss, upon which, close to the frontier of Wakhan, near Aktash, rest black slates, and lime-
stones of apparently carboniferous age ; and above these, again, other limestones" with triassic
fossils, and sandstones.
The Pamir itself between the Yarkand frontier at Aktash and Panjah, the principal village
of Wakhan, was twice crossed, the return route lying a little north of the other, and each
following one of the two streams, which unite to form the head of the southern or main
source of the Oxus. The geology throughout is of the very simplest description. The carboni-
ferous and triassic limestones were only found for a very short distance west of the Yarkand
frontier ; and thence to Panjah the whole country consisted of black slates, occasionally capped
by reddish slates and conglomerates, and resting upon gneiss, which forms the great mass of
the plateau. The slates are, doubtless, palaeozoic ; but no evidence of their precise age was
obtained. The gneiss is fine-grained ; it contains biotite, and is, in places, traversed by veins
of albite granite, and it altogether so much resembles the " central gneiss " of the Himalayas
north of Simla, that it may be a continuation of the same rock. Immense accumulations of
boulders and sand were observed on the Pamir, in all the river valleys and around the lakes.
The two journeys made to the mountains north of Kashghar, which are a continuation
of the Thian Shan range, and unite it to the Pamir or Bolor, scarcely extended beyond
the southern skirts of the range, the greater portion of which lies within the Russian terri-
tory. The first of these journeys extended nearly 100 miles in a direction north by west,
from Kashghar to a lake called the Chadyr-kul ; the second, to a distance of about 120 miles
north-east to the Belauti pass. After passing the gravel slopes on the edge of the Kashghar plain,
and some ridges of sand and clays, which appear to be of tertiary date, and which Dr. Stoliczka
calls the Artysh beds, the first range met with to the .westward consists of dark triassic
limestones, resting on greenish shales, and the next range of old shales, slates, and sandstones,
with crystalline limestone. More to the eastward all the fossiliferous rocks are of carboniferous
age : they consist of grey dolomitic limestone, resting on a limestone breccia, passing into con-
glomerate, and locally interstratified with greenish shales. This series, probably, represents the
old slates and their associates seen further to the west. On this eastern route the carboniferous
limestones extend to the Belauti pass, where they are capped by darker limestones, on which
GEOLOGY. 49
rest greenish and purplish sandstones and shales, — all which rocks are possihly triassic. North
of the old palaeozoic formations to the westward volcanic outbursts of very recent date are
found, and the remains of old craters are conspicuous ; and beyond these, again, are limestones
and slates of undetermined age, the latter occasionally showing signs of metamorphism.
Some of the limestones resemble the triassic rocks in character, but no fossils were detected in
them. The presence of metamorphic rocks in the ranges north of Kashghar is proved by the
occurrence of gneiss pebbles in the gravels derived from the hills.
It is probable that coal occurs in .places in the carboniferous formation, as specimens
brought from the mountains were examined and roughly analysed by Dr. Stoliczka when
in Kashghar.1 Rocks of the carboniferous period are largely developed in Western Turkestan,
and coal has been found in several places.
The plains of Yarkand and Kashghar consist of recent deposits of clay and sand, with
occasional ridges of gravel and marly clay. They, doubtless, resemble closely the other great
plains of Central Asia, all of which, having no exit, are basins of deposit, and are being
gradually raised by the alluvium brought from the surrounding hills by rivers and streams,
which dry up and lose themselves on the plains. Towards the edge of all such plains there
are immense gravel accumulations,2 which greatly conceal all the rocks. Below these gravels,
all round the edge of the Kashghar plain, there is found a series of clays, sandstones, and con-
glomerates, often much disturbed, but evidently not of old date, called by Dr. Stoliczka
Artysh beds, from the Artysh valley north of Kashghar, where they are extensively exposed.
No fossils were found in them, but their discoverer was inclined to consider them marine.
They present a marked resemblance, both in composition and in their position at the base of
higher ranges, to the Sub-Himalayan rocks of Northern India, and the molasse of the Alps.
All of these deposits, and the rocks on the slopes of the hills for some distance from the
great plain, are much concealed by an extremely fine unstratified accumulation, precisely similar
in character to the loess of the Rhine and Danube, and which is evidently composed of
tine dust, deposited by the atmosphere. The air in Eastern Turkestan, as in parts of China,
is constantly, during the day, thick from the fine sand raised by the wind ; so much so, that
objects at a comparatively short distance are rendered invisible.
It is evident that there is great similarity in the geology of all the mountains surround-
ing the Yarkand basin. So far as they were examined, the prevalent formations were
palaeozoic, resting upon gneiss and other metamorphic rocks ; and carboniferous limestones
were constantly found largely developed. The only lower mesozoic rocks recognised were of
triassic age, but traces of cretaceous beds were found to the south and west, whilst in the
mountains north of Kashghar evidence of comparatively recent volcanic eruptions was met
with. No representatives of the Jurassic formations of the Himalayas and Western Tibet have
hitherto been recognised in this part of Central Asia north of the Karakoram.
1 Diary for 1st to 13th February. See also Severtzoff : Journal, Eoyal Geological Society, 1870, Vol. XL, pp. 410, &c. I am
also indebted to Mr. Hume for a copy of a report by a Russian Engineer officer named Eamanoifsky, in which the occurrence of
i-oal in Western Turkestan is described.
• I have described similar deposits in Persia : Quarterly Journal, Geological Society, 1873, Vol. XXIX, p. 493.
N
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED ri'ON T1IH COLLECTIONS AND NoiKS
OF TIIK LATK.
F I '] H 1 ) I N A N I > S T ( ) I /I ( ' / K A , I Mi.D.
SYRINGOSPH^IRID^E.
BY
PROFESSOR, P. MARTIN DUNCAN, M.B. LOND., F.R.S.,
TICK-PRESIDEN'T OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCfKTY, CORItKSl'ONHKNT <>V THE ACADK.MV OP > ', ICNfE OF PHILADELPHIA.
ipublishcb bp ovfocu of the ©oOcrnmcnt of
CALCUTTA :
OFFICE OF THE SUPKIUNTUNnHNT OF GOVMRXMENT PRINTING
1879.
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION;
BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES
OF THE LATE
FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PH.D.
BY
PROFESSOR, P. MARTIN DUNCAN, M.B. LOND., F.R.S.,
VICE-PRESIDENT OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, COKBESPONDENT OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCE OF PHILADELPHIA.
JhtbJishcb by orbcr of the €»obctnincnt of Enbiu.
CALCUTTA:
OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING
1879.
CALCUTTA :
PRINTED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING,
8, HASTINGS STREET.
KARAKORAM STONES,
OB
SYEINGOSPHJ1RIDJ1
PROFESSOR P. MARTIN DUNCAN, M.B. LOND., F.R.S., &c.
CONTENTS.
PAGE
I. — The history of the discovery of the new order of Rhizopoda, the Syringosphrerida, and the literature of the
subject 1
II.— The general morphology of the Fossils, their histology, and their position in the classificatory scale. List of the
genera and species ,.... 3
III. — A description of the genera Syringosphceria and Stoliczkaria 10
IV.— A description of the species Syringottphteria verrucosa, SyringospJi&ria monticularia, Syringospharia tuberculata,
Syringospharia plana, and Syringosphceria porosa 11
V. — A description of Stoliczkaria granulata, 16
VI. — Description of the plates 18
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
OF
THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
KARAKORAM STONES,
OR
SYRINGOSPH^ERID^E.
BY P. MARTIN DUNCAN, M.B. LOND., F.R.S.
I. — THE HISTORY OF THE DISCOVERY OP THE SYRINQOSPH&RIDA; AND THE LITERATURE OP THE
SUBJECT.
A number of spheroidal and of spherical stones, ornamented naturally on the surface,
and which give no indications of ever having been attached to other bodies, could not but
attract the attention of those geologists who years since travelled in Kashmir. Measuring
in some instances two or three inches in diameter and in others not half an inch, and resem-
bling stone balls in shape, these fossils, from the Karakoram range, became known to the
curious as " Karakoram stones." But that they were not simple mineral productions was
evident from the first to the educated collector ; nevertheless, the nature of their external
anatomy was singularly mistaken by those palaeontologists into whose hands they first came.
Dr. Verchere, when writing on the geology of Kashmir in the Journal of the Asiatic Society
of Bengal in 1867, had the benefit of the palseontological skill of M. de Verneuil, and two
plates of figures accompanied the descriptions of these remarkable forms.1
The description given of one species was that the bodies are " perfectly globular, covered
with small rounded warts, sharply defined. The whole shell, between the warts, is pierced
with minute pores. No traces of plates ; no mouth nor stalk scar visible." The locality
whence the specimens were derived was the rocky plains at the foot of the Masha Brum,
Karakoram chain. The generic position was stated to be that of Sphceronites.
Another species had the name Sphceronites ryallii, Verch., given to it ; and the diag-
nosis is as follows : — " Globular, large warts well set apart and not very sharply defined.
The whole shell is covered with pores. No mouth. A stalk stem very conspicuous." A third
specimen, also classed as a Sphceronites, is thus noticed : — " Depressed, no warts or spines : no
plates or traces of plates, no stalk scar. The whole surface pierced by minute pores." These
two specimens were derived from the same locality as the first.
1 Journal, Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1867, Ft. 2, No. 3, Appendix p. 208, Plate VIII, Figs. 5 and 6, and Plate IX, Fig. 1.
2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
The illustrations of this essay of Dr. Verchere do not assist the comprehension of the
subject, and they were evidently drawn with a crinoidally disposed pencil. The so-called
stalk stem is evidently an adventitious and accidentally adherent body.
The only other notice of the Karakoram stones previously to that of Stoliczka was
attached to a specimen of one which was presented to the Geological Society by Major,
now Colonel Godwin-Austen, and collected by him. This specimen closely resembles a
Parkeria, and this did not escape the accomplished palaeontologist, who, at the time of the
reception of the fossil, had charge of the Museum of the Society. Professor Rupert Jones,
F.R.S., wrote on the label of the specimen " Parkeria."
The next and the most important notice of the Karakoram stones was the last effort of
Stoliczka, whose lamented death occurred soon after he concluded his short description of their
geological position.
The following extract from Stoliczka's last diary places the subject at the point whence
the present attempt to explain the morphological characters and the classificatory position
of the Karakoram stones may be said to commence : — 1
Extract from Stoliczka' 's last diary.
" June 15th, Karakoram-lrdngsa, 14 miles. — Starting from Woabjilga, the grey triassic limestones were
met with, afterwards the red limestones succeeded them, and continued to camp, often interrupted by patches of
greenstone, which is greatly developed at the camp north of the pass.
" 16th, Daulatbeg Uldi (crossing the Karakoram pass), about 22 miles. — Leaving camp, the green stones
are underlain by black crumbling shale, in mineralogical character like the Spiti shales, but are very likely
triassic, like that near Aktash. Then follows an alternation of grey or whitish limestones and shales, and the
triassic red limestones ; and on these rest blackish and grey marly shales, which are overlain by almost hori-
zontal strata of brown limestone, very much like the lower Taglang limestone, and which contains fragments
of Belemnites. These liassic rocks form the Karakoram range proper, and extend far eastward. The hills to
the west are much higher, and do not allow a distant view.
After crossing the pass, the road skirts the base of the centre ridge in a south-east direction ; and here the
liassic limestones come down several times, and about four miles from the pass grey marly shale, or almost marly
limestone, crops out from under the brown limestones ; both are evidently liassic. On the right bank of the
stream more massive limestones occur, dipping to north-east, but very indistinctly. I should think that these
are triassic limestones. They very readily crumble to pieces, being dolomitic ; and these often contain reddish
beds interstratified.
" 17tA, Burlsi, 24 miles. — First we crossed the Dipsang plain, with solitary low hills, probably still belong-
ing to the Taglang series. Then we ascended towards the watershed. The low worn-down hills to the west
were thickly strewed with round pieces of whitish or reddish compact limestone, intermingled with boulders,
large and small, of fine-grained syenitic gneiss. This rock must be in situ somewhere near the head of the
watershed. Further on were many greenstone boulders coming down from the west, and this rock must also be
found in that direction. At last we descended into a narrow gorge, the sides of which for fully a mile con-
sisted of a limestone conglomerate, the boulders of white, grey, or black limestone being well rounded and
worn and cemented together by a stiff bright red clay. Upon this followed dolomitie limestone, rather
indifferently bedded, massive and white, and this was overlain by bluish shales and well bedded limestone, extend-
ing from about six miles north of Burtsi to the camp. These limestones appear to be triassic ; they are com-
pact, with layers full of small gasteropods, among which I recognised a Nerinaa,. The so-called Karakoram
stones, i.e., corals, occur in dark shales below the limestones, which are capped by a yellowish-brown limestone,
well bedded, but of unascertained age. The whole series dips south-west at a moderate angle. [The last
paragraph closes the diary.]"
1 See the portion of the present work relating to Geology, by W. T. Blanford, page 45.
KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPHiERID,E. 3
The late distinguished Palaeontologist to the Geological Survey of India had traced these
remarkable spheroids to their time and place in the succession of rocks, and he expressed an
opinion regarding their zoological position. They were found in shales beneath limestones
which were certainly lower than the Lias, and which were probably triassic in age. The term
"coral" was singularly justified, for some of the superficial markings on the stones resemble,
in their radiate appearance and regularity, the casts of the calices of minute Madreporaria of
the genera Astroccenia and Styloccenia. But it is only necessary to remark that Stoliczka's
great knowledge of the Anthozoa would have led him to the expression of a different opinion
had his specimens been prepared for microscopic examination.
The so-called Karakoram stones collected during the second Yarkand Expedition by my
lamented friend were placed in my hands by Mr. W. T. Blanford in 1878.
The specimens are numerous and in very perfect condition ; the weathering to which
some have been subjected rendering the outside details all the more visible. Their surfaces
are free from other fossils, and a broken serpula tube is the only one to be recognised.
Fossilization has occurred by the introduction of calcite, and this is usually somewhat
dark in colour, but is transparent in thin sections. The original structure of the body now
consist of carbonate of lime of a different and lighter colour to the infiltrated calcite, and it
appears that on the outside of the fossils the original structure has usually disappeared and
the intermediate or infiltrated mineral has lasted.
Carefully made radial and tangential sections of the fossils, assisted by biting out with
dilute acids, and the use of low and high powers of the microscope, assisted by the polarising
apparatus, rendered their remarkable construction evident, and also that it was necessary to
include all the Karakoram stones in a new order of Rhizopoda called the Syringosphceridte.
A notice of this new order was published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History
for October 1878, Ser. 5, Vol. II, page 297.
II. — THE GENERAL MORPHOLOGY OF THE POSSILS, THEIR HISTOLOGY, AND THEIR, POSITION
IN THE CLASSIFICATORY SCALE.
The Karakoram stones are either nearly perfectly spherical, or more or less spheroidal
or ellipsoidal in shape. They may be of small size, and some are more than three inches in
their greatest diameter ;• but they are always symmetrical, and there is no trace of a stalk or
of any former attachment by the surface to other bodies. Some forms are nearly smooth,
others are minutely granular, each granule having a definite construction, and the most
numerous types have tubercules, wart-like growths, and large eminences crowded, more or
less, with papillae and little warts upon them. There is one group of forms with a very
verrucose surface, and, on the other hand, another type is covered with a finely granulate
surface : nevertheless this external structure does not interfere with the general curvature of
the mass, the tops of the highest and lowest eminences never exceeding their symmetrical
position.
The more rugose and mammilated surfaces of the fossils have small circular or deformed
shallow pits scattered here and there ; they are very numerous in some of the types with
rounded surface tubercles, and are but scantily distributed in others, and whilst they crowd
the surface of one form with a granular surface, they do not exist on another. These pits
become elongate on the equatorial part of some of the spheroidal fossils, and are found on the
4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
sides and on the edge of the hases of some of the papillae, tubercles and warts of other types.
Their resemblance to minute oscula of sponges is superficially evident ; but it is to be shown
that one great group of the fossils under consideration does not possess them, that they differ
in their number in different parts of the same fossil and in different individuals of the same
species. I have called them " pores," and their absence in one of the groups of the fossils
has led me to divide these Karakoram Syringosph(erid<je into two genera — one with pores on
the outer surface is termed Syringosphceria, and that without pores I have dedicated to
Stoliczka's memory, terming it Stoliczkaria.
The method of examination of the fossils is necessarily a simple one. Their surfaces are
usually well preserved and not over-weathered, and the insides, in the majority of instances,
yield good sections, both radial and tangential. Careful washing adds to the details of the
surface, and biting with hydrochloric acid and water is necessary to distinguish tube structure
from the intertubular calcite of fossilization which sometimes simulates it.
The sections, on account of the brilliant opacity and white or white-brown colour of the
tubes, can be well studied by reflected light, and indeed it is advisable to do this preparatory
to the examination by transmitted rays. The dilute acid is very useful in some confused
sections, for it dissolves the infiltrated calcite which exists between the tubes, and leaves their
granular wall to a certain extent untouched. The paths of tubes can then be seen by
reflected light very well. If the acid is allowed to act too strongly, all structure disappears.
The tubes, both radial and interradial, are easy to see in the majority of instances, but
in one- particular case polarized light and the selenite plate determined the visibility of the
structures, which were hidden amongst a confused mass of calcite. The calcite which was
introduced during fossilization fills the tubes as well as their interspaces, and it has taken on
definite or indefinite cleavage planes. These must be studied under polarized light, for the dark
lines they produce to ordinary transmitted light, and which simulate coenenchymal structure
can then be decided to be only divisions between crystals or parts of different polarizing
influence on the ray.
Low powers of the microscope suffice for most of the examination, but a good ^-inch
object glass is required to distinguish the granules and granule-spiculate elements of the
tubes.
No other form of fossilization but that by calcite has been noticed, and silica does not
enter into the composition of the bodies.
On examining the surface of a rugged or tuberculate specimen of either of these genera
with a hand lens, a reticulate appearance is seen between the projections. In very good speci-
mens, on the ordinary level of the surface, after biting with dilute acid, or sometimes without
this proceeding, this reticulation resolves itself into a gyrose tubulation ; the tubes coming to
the surface, running along it in close proximity, dipping down again suddenly and re-appear-
ing, and sometimes bifurcating. Between the tubes is a more or less linear interspace filled
with dark calcite. Weathering sometimes has destroyed the tubulation and left the thin
interspace to look like a mesh, or the interspace has been left void, the tubules remaining.
Besides this reticulation, there are in some types numerous, and in others but a few
minute openings from y^-1^ to ^^ mcn in diameter, and they have a margin or tube layer.
They are sometimes separate, and at others they are clearly the outside opening of one of the
superficial tubes just mentioned. Usually the caliber of the tubes is filled with brownish
coloured calcite, or with granular carbonate of lime, but in some instances the presence of a
very delicate tube wall, unattached by its outside to any structure, is evident.
KAEAKOEAM STONES, OE SYEINGOSPHJEEID^. 5
On the projections, whether mammilated, wart-like, papillate, tuberculate or granular,
there are markings to he seen which are of two kinds. On the top or centrally are circular
markings, few or many, which on careful examination turn out to be the openings of tubes.
They are often very minute, and their caliber is smaller than that of the tubes seen in the
interspaces just alluded to. On the sides, and converging to the margins of the top of the
eminences, are numerous close, straight lines, usually continuous, but sometimes wavy, broken
and bifurcate. They are, according to the condition of the fossil, either the preserved calcite
of converging tube interspaces, or they may be the walls of the tubes themselves, or both.
These tubes may be traced on the surface to be continuous with some of those of the spaces
between the projections, to appear from within the fossil and to run up outside the eminences.
In many instances they open, finally, at the surface around those smaller ones which appear
in the centre of the top.
In some forms, especially where the eminences are broad and low, these converging tubes
open all over the projection.
It is evident that the projections, whether they are simple or compound, are made up of
the outsides of tubes, tube openings, and of calcite which fills up the interspaces between
them ; there being much bifurcation and side inosculation of the tubes also. The projections,
mammilation or granulate tube openings and convergings belong to a radial tube series,
and the tubulation between these eminences to an interradial series. No coenenchyma or
skeleton exists.
The pores are spaces in the superficial interradial tubulations, but in rare instances they
are found elsewhere. They are surrounded and limited at their margin by tubes bounded
within by others, and their shallow floor has the outward openings of deeply-seated tubes on
it. The distinction between the interradial tube reticulation and the radial tube series is best
seen in the genus StoliczJcaria, on account of the definite intervals, without pores, which
exist between the granules containing the end of the radial series. It is well seen in the
pore bearing Syringosphcerice, which have distinct eminences, and it is the least apparent in
some spheroidal kinds, where there is as much space occupied by pores as by eminences.
The relative positions of the radial and interradial series of tubes, and the close and con-
verging character of the one and the reticulate appearance of the other, must be kept in mind
as this description proceeds, for they have the same definite relation within the fossil. In
some species, moreover, the radial tubes are readily distinguished, because they are smaller
than those of the interradial series.
This persistence of the radial series of tubes, and the environing interradial and reticulate
tubulation, can be well seen in tangential sections of those types in which the structure is
close ; for instance, in Stoliczkaria granulata, especially if the thin slice is taken rather close
to the surface of the body. Then a number of star-shaped masses are seen, separated from
one another by a denser structure. The centre of the star contains small tubes cut across,
and giving off small branches to the outside and separating structures, which consist of sec-
tions of larger tubes made in different directions, such as oblique, transverse, and longitudinal.
The small tubes of the centre of the star are well separated from each other, except where
they bifurcate, but the surrounding tube reticulation is close, the tubes being nearly in con-
tact. Clear calcite fills the spaces between the small tube ends of the star, and there is less
of it amongst the large tubes around. The opacity of the calcareous structure of the walls is
evident, and they are usually brilliantly white or bro\m under reflected light. Here and there
the lumen of a tube may be seen filled with calcite. (Plate III, Fig. 5.)
6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
In other types the limitation and surrounding of the radial series of tubes by the larger
and more extensive series of reticulating ones is readily seen in tangential sections close to
the surface, but it becomes rather confused at some distance within, on account of the obli-
quity of the radial series in relation to the surface. For they start as it were from a central
point in the fossil, and radiate in all directions, increasing in width and in their number of tubes.
The distinction between the two series is readily made, however, for the interradial is usually
the largest in extent and its tubes are eminently bifurcate and form close reticulations, bend-
ing often suddenly and showing geniculate outlines. Tangential sections further in, even
although they are less distinct, show that the breadth of the radial and interradial series
diminishes centrally.
In one group of the fossils, forming the genus Stoliczkaria, no trace of the surface-
pores exists and no vestige of any of them can be distinguished in sections. But in the
other group forming the genus Syringosphceria, the pores can usually be distinguished in
some parts of the fossil, besides the surface, especially in tangential sections, as circum-
scribed structureless spaces filled with clear or opaque calcite. It does not appear that the
tubes which pass out of the pores, at the surface, are restricted to one particular series, and
they may belong to the radial group, or more frequently to the reticulate or interradial set.
Radial sections of the fossils show structures which correspond to those seen in tangential
sections, and the morphology of the forms is divisible into two categories. In one, the
structures consist of numerous conical congeries of bifurcating radial tubes, the apex being
central and the base at the surface of the body ; and of a reticulate tubulation separating
the cones, joining their external tubes and arising from them. The cones and the inter-
medial reticulation increase in size towards and at the surface of the body, on which are
widely or closely-placed tubes passing radially, tangentially, and obliquely. Hence the
surface of the body presents the ends of the radial tubes and those of the reticulation, and it
is mainly composed of the tubes which are placed tangentially over the circumference.
In those types of the Syringosphceridce, where there are eminences with radial tubes
surrounded by much space occupied with tube-reticulation, the radial sections illustrate the
structure of the whole admirably. One of these sections may be considered in three parts
in order to explain the morphology. Near the centre fossilization confuses the structure,
but it appears that a simple tubular structure arises from around a foreign body, such as a
many-chambered Foraminifer, or that one tube branches suddenly in every direction. The
tubes radiate in separate groups, each tube bifurcating frequently as it recedes outwards,
and there are frequent lateral tubes connecting them together. Hence the mass of tubes
increases in the number of its tubes, and forms in section a more or less triangular outline,
the apex being towards the centre of the body. At the same time the tubes of the outside
of the triangle or longitudinal section of the cone give off others which form in part the
reticulation of the interradial part. This is small at first, but increases in section in the
middle of the body.
In the middle of the body, in sections, the radial series is seen to be broader and the
interradial to form large meshes. Close to the surface of the body, in sections, the radial
series of tubes is seen to bifurcate to the last, and to open directly on an eminence so far
as its central tubes are concerned, and many of the outer tubes pass obliquely on the flanks
and open at the top. The interradial series also opens by its radial tubes at the surface and
by its oblique tubes, but those parallel with the circumference pass over it. (Plate III, Figs.
1, 4, 6).
KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPHyERID^l. 7
The relative size of the radial and interradial series is apparently of specific impor-
tance.
In the radial sections the pores are seen to be spaces surrounded by interradial tubes,
some of which open on the floor.
But in the radial sections of those types which have a great number of radial series and
a very scanty surrounding reticulate tubulation, the appearances under the microscope are
not so striking as in the other instances. In these the radial cone is very long, and bifurca-
tion occurs comparatively scantily, so that it is narrow, and the sides of the series often
appear to be parallel. The tubes of the radial series, moreover, are smaller than the sur-
rounding series ; they are not so close together side by side, and their course is almost invari-
ably straight. The interradial surrounding tubes are closer and larger than the others, and
they bend so as to present oval or geniculate knots, the continuity of the tube being often
lost to sight, a cross line denoting the upward or downward bend. They bend laterally also,
and touch here and there and bifurcate. The size of this series is usually larger than the
other, so that in these radial sections a radiating series of light lines is separated by broader
dark ones.
This close structure is best seen in the group without pores, but it exists in the other,
in some species. (Plate III, Fig. 6).
In one type of the SyringosphceridcB the pores are very developed, especially equatori-
ally.1 In radial sections their presence is evident in the body or from the surface. They
extend in long rectangles one outside the other, and evidently bound radial series, but they
are situated just within the interradial. On either side of them are elongate tubes, off-
shoots of the environing series, and separating one space from another ; that is to say, from
within outwards is a bridge of cross and reticulate tabes parallel with the circumference, like
a tabula of a hydrocoral. Several of these bridges exist, and the last one is incomplete,
often quite at the surface where a pore is about to be occluded.
In tangential sections, the circular outline of the pores may be seen surrounded with
tubes.
In other specimens, this absence of tube-structure along definite lines, that is to say,
the presence of pores, is not so visible, but they can be detected as vacant pits or circular
spaces filled up with extraneous material.
No special tubes enter the pores.
The tubes forming both series are continuous, bifurcating, and inosculating ; and, as has
been already noticed, some are in the main straight and others are curved and form the
edges or sides of greater or less meshes or vacant spaces.
The tubes are much larger in some types than in others, and they range from J^QQ inch
to 3-50 inch in diameter ; they usually retain the same caliber for some distance or altogether,
but frequently in some types they swell out, become varicose, flat, and again return to their
original cylindrical condition. (Plate III, Figs. 6, 8.) The union of tubes is by small
offshoots usually, but the bifurcation, often at an acute angle, gives origin to two tubes of
equal size to the parent, or nearly so.
The tubes have a wall and a lumen, and the thickness of the wall varies ; moreover,
some of the constituents of it pass irregularly into the caliber, as well as occasionally sur-
round the tubes like a furry investment.
1 Syringospharia porosa, Duncan. Plate III, Fig. 3.
8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
There are no diaphragms in the tubes. In some types a part of the tube-wall is
so homogeneous as to render the possibility of the former existence of a membrane well
worthy of consideration ; but in the majority of instances, the construction of the wall is
evidently of close and semi-spiculate granules and of shapeless granules, and was
probably not quite impervious. The tubes are filled with calcite. They are often perfectly
transparent, and at other times impervious to light. Under high powers the structural
element of the tube is shown to be mainly spiculo- granular and molecular; the grains
usually being yowo, 15000 inch, or less in breadth. But in some instances there are elongate
pieces with spiny processes on them, all being however excessively small. The structure of
the tube-wall was organic in its origin, and not the result of simple adhesion of foreign
or arenaceous particles.
The question whether there is an intertubular coenenchyma of fibres,or a reticulate skeleton,
which supports the tubes, separates them, and allows the symmetry and ornamentation
of the surface to be kept up, is by no means readily answered. The examination of the
forms of Syringosphceridce, with the radial series of tubes separated by much tube reticula-
tion, leaves this question not satisfactorily solved. The fossilization is by calcite, and the
cleavage planes, commencing cleavage planes, irregular crystals, and cracks show dark lines
by transmitted light, which in many instances resemble sponge structure, and even in one
instance a hexactinellid spicule was suggested to the eye. Polarized light, with or without the
selenite plate, resolves these markings into the limiting lines of different crystals, and, although
one or two evidently extraneous organic bodies have been seen amongst the tubes, no continu-
ous or partial interskeleton can be determined to exist now. In the centre of the masses,
the confusion of tube radiations, cleavage planes, and the presence of some foreign body, which
formed in some instances the nucleus, or rather the starting point of the Syringosphceridce,
renders it impossible to decide dogmatically whether there is a ccenenchyma or not. On the
other hand, in those forms where the tubes are close, even in the interradial series, the
absence of coenenchyma is evident enough. Under correction, and relying on the specimens
examined, I do not think that there ever was a structure in them external to the tubes and
which supported and separated them after the manner of a coenenchyma.
The position of these spherical and spheroidal masses of radiating and interradiating
tubes in the classificatory scale must be low. The minute size of the tubes, their bifurcat-
ing so frequently, and inosculating, and giving off others from small offshoots, and the struc-
ture of the wall, do not render the Syringosphceridce polyzoan in their nature. The analogy
with the tubular or more or less globular masses of Fascicularia found in the English Crag
is of the slightest in degree. It is tempting to theorize, so as to place a Gastrozooid in each
pore, supplying it by the radial tabulation, and to decide that the tubes of the interradial series
opening at the surface were those of Daclylozooids, the whole being a hydroid. But the
absence of pores in some forms, the evidence that there are places where growth is not pro-
ceeding in others, and the deficiency of surrounding open tube mouths in most, prevents
this idea from having any value. There are moreover no tabulae in the tubes.
That these great and small spherical and spheroidal masses are corals is, of course, out
of the question, and the evidence of their sponge nature is small.
Had there been a ccenenchyma between the tubes, the bodies would have resembled
foraminifera, with gigantic canal systems, but its absence and the peculiar nature of the tube,
wall remove these forms from that polymorphic group. The absence of labyrinthic spaces,
KAEAKOEAM STONES, OR SYEINGOSPHJ1EID.E. 9
and the fact that the tubes are not formed by arenaceous particles, separate the Syringosph(e-
ridce from the arenaceous foraminifera of the Parkeria group.
It is evident that the calcareous granules and spicules were not collected by these tube-
makers mechanically, and their occasional presence in the tubes themselves, and their extend-
ing beyond them, but still clinging to the furry outside in other instances, show that the tube
structure is organic in origin and that it resembles that of some Rhizopoda. The symmetry
of the bodies could only have been maintained by a common sarcode, enveloping the whole ;
food could only have been obtained by pseudopodia from the tubes, and these soft external
substances would not be unfavourable to the shape of the mass, and to its never being found
worn by resting or attrition.
That these fossils are rhizopodous is almost a necessary belief, but it is evident that
they cannot be brought within the order Radiolaria any more than they can within any
group of the foraminifera. It remains, therefore, to establish a new order, the Syringosphce-
ridee, amongst the class Rhizopoda, and to include these triassic or lower liassic fossils
within it.
10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
Class: E-HIZOPODA.
Order: SYRINGOSPL
Genus: SYRINGOSPEUERIA.
Species SYRINGOSPH^ERIA VERRUCOSA.
„ S. MONTICULARIA.
„ S. TUBERCULATA.
„ S. POROSA.
„ S. PLANA.
Variety S. MONTICULARIA var. ASPERA.
Genus : STOLICZKARIA.
Species STOLICZKARIA GRANULATA.
III. — A DESCRIPTION OF THE GENERA SYRINGOSPHMRIA AND STOLICZKARIA OF THE ORDER
SYRINGOSPH&RID&.
Order : SYRINGOSPH^ERID^G.
Body free, spherical or spheroidal in shape, consisting of . numbers of limited, more or
less conical, radiating congeries of minute, continuous, long, bifurcating and inosculating
tubes ; also of an interradial close or open tube reticulation arising from and surround in u,-
the radial congeries. Tubes opening at the surface on eminences and in pores, and ramify-
ing over it. Tubes minute, consisting of a wall of granular and granulospiculate carbonate
of lime. Crenenchyma absent.
The presence of pores on the surface of some forms of the order, and their absence in
others, and the very close nature of the interradial reticulation in the poreless kinds, necessi-
tates its division into two genera.
Genus: SYRINGOSPHJERIA.
Body large, symmetrical, nearly spherical or oblately spheroidal, covered with large com-
pound wart-like prominences with intermediate verrucosities, or with compound monticules
having rounded summits, with solitary eminences between them, or with close broadly round-
ed tubercles, or with minute granulations. Rounded, or oblique, or linear depressions occur
on the surface usually between the eminences, but sometimes upon them ; they are shallow
and are bounded by tubes, some of which open on their floor. The surface has tubes opening
on it from the internal radial series, and also from the interradial tube reticulation ; also
KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPIDERID^E. 11
masses of tubes running over .it, converging on the eminences, and more or less reticulate
elsewhere.
Radial congeries of tubes numerous and defined, and the interradial tubulation is open
or close and varicose.
Genus: STOLICZKARIA.
Body very large, symmetrical, oblately spheroidal, covered with a great number of
minute distinct granulations, which are circular at the base, short and rather flat where free,
and which are separated by an amount of surface about equal to their breadth. No pores
exist. Tube openings occur on the granulations, and tubes, with or without openings, con-
verge to their base and cover the intermediate surface. The tubes opening on to the granu-
lations are terminations of the very numerous radial series, and are small ; and the others,
which are larger, belong to the closely -packed varicose and much contorted interradial series.
The body within consists of a vast number of small, not very conical, but rather straight,
radial series, whose rather distant tubes give off minute offshoots to the surrounding large
tubes of the close interradial series. No coenenchyma can be discovered.
I have named the most remarkable of all these fossils, those which belong to the poreless
division of the order, after the distinguished Palaeontologist, whose loss, whilst in the perform-
ance of his duty and whilst studying these very forms, is greatly and justly regretted.
IV. — A DESCRIPTION OP THE SPECIES OP THE GENTJS SYRINGOSPH&RIA.
There is nothing more unsatisfactory than the endeavour to separate and define rhizopodal
forms into species, and the attempt would not have been made in this instance were there not
five well-characterised types of the first, and one of the second genus.
As the presence and absence of pores have been held to be of generic value in classify-
ing the order, so the paucity or abundance of them can enter into the specific diagnosis ;
moreover, the surface ornamentation, although of doubtful value, becomes more important
to the specialist when it is accompanied, or not, by an open or close condition of the interradial
tube series.
There is one group of the genus Syringosphceria in which the pores are in excess, and occupy
as much of the surface as the eminences do. This forms a specific distinction and is all the
more important, because the presence of former pores can be detected within the body,
and the interradial tube reticulation is rather close. These, then, are the specific characters
of Syringosphceria porosa. Plate II, Figs. 3 and 4.
The kinds with compound verrucose elevations have a moderate number of pores and
a very open tube reticulation in the interradial series ; they form, with the group possessing
compound and simple monticules, a tolerably well-defined set, divisible into two species by
the surface growths. They are Syringosphceria verrucosa and Syringosphceria monticularia;
Plate I, Figs. 1 to 12 ; Plate III, Figs. 1 to 4, 8 and 9. The species Syringosphceria mon-
ticularia is, however, subject to variation, and the monticules may be very flat, the whole
surface being nearly level, or the eminences may be sharply defined. The forms classified
under the last head constitute the variety aspara ; Plate II, Figs. 6 and 7. A form, with
granular and minute processes with pores leads to the next genus. It is Syringosphceria
plana. All these are well defined and readily recognised species.
12 SECOND YAKKAND MISSION.
There is but one species of the genus Stoliczkaria, the granulate, poreless surface of
which distinguishes it from all other forms of the order.
STRINGOSPH^RIA VERRTJCOSA, Duncan. Plate I, Figs. 1 to 3.
The body is spheroidal in shape, and the surface has numerous large compound wart-like
or rounde'd or conical mammiliform eminences on it, and also solitary mammiliform projec-
tions, as well as small, distant, sharp granules. Numerous minute, shallow, circular pores exist,
especially on the bases of the verrucose and mammiliform projections, and there are some
on the surface between them. The largest of these eminences are on the equatorial region.
The surface between the great and small verrucosities and mammiliform eminences
supports the majority of the small granulations, and is covered with closely-packed tubes
and many tube openings. The tubes run short courses, bend and dip down, and are from
!o~o to ^^o inch in diameter. They are separated by linear, low projections of dark coloured
calcite, and very frequently the tube has disappeared and left these limiting products of
fossilization only. The openings of the tubes at the surface are surrounded by circular rims
of the dark calcite.
The top of every mammiliform, conical or verruciform eminence is smooth, and many
tubes open on the summit and resemble circular patches of a slightly different colour to the
brownish calcite which environs them. On the sides of the eminences, and reaching around
and more or less on to the summit (Plate I, Fig. 3), are converging, wavy, linear projections of
calcite, separated by long broad spaces. The spaces are the remains of tubes, and amongst
them are wavy tube openings, limited by calcite rims. The pores have tubes around them
and opening on their shallow floor, and they appear to be parts where the upward growth of
some radial systems has not been as rapid as the interradial. The height of the body is 1^
inch, and the breadth is If inch. The diameter of the base of a large compound verrucose
prominence is ^ inch. In the fossilization of this form the tube-wall is light brown and the
calcite, which has been infiltrated, is darker brown and smooth.
SYRINGOSPH^ERIA MONTICULARIA, Duncan. Plate I, Figs. 4 to 12 ; Plate III, Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4,
8 and 9.
The body is oblately spheroidal in shape, and the surface has wide-apart, low, rounded,
compound mammillae on it, consisting of one large rounded eminence surrounded by many
smaller ; also solitary, short, flatly rounded mammillae, and very small blunt granules of two or
three sizes may exist. The pores are very numerous and are small, being found everywhere
on the surface, and opening directly or obliquely.
The intermammillate surface is marked mainly with the openings of tubes, and by a
few sides of tubes passing for a short distance on the surface and converging on the eminences.
Most of the tubes are -3^ mcn in diameter. The mammillae are crowded with tube openings
which are circular, and often the lighter colour of the substance within the tube is seen
surrounded by infiltrated calcite. In some specimens the tubes are excessively bent and
geniculate, and they dip down or end suddenly. They surround the pores and open into
them. The tubes are crowded, close, and the linear dark calcite often alone remains,
ndicating the lateral limits of former tabulation.
KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPHJERID.E. 13
Radial sections show the radial series of tubes to bifurcate or inosculate frequently, and
to increase in size in varicosities. These tubes mainly go to the surface and open there
directly ; and some of them give off branches on all sides to form the interradial tube
reticulation. As much of this reticulation consists of radiating tubes, the last series of them
opens at the surface. The tubes of the outer meshes are also represented at the surface by flat
or bent tubes. The interradial series thus formed separates, very distinctly, the wide conical
radial congeries from each other. Almost every mammilla has its radial congeries of tubes.
The diameter of the smallest lateral tubes given off is xwo inch, but the average size of the
tubes is 3^0 inch in diameter. Near the surface there are occasionally great differences in the
size of the tubes, many of which become flat, and the same spreading out is seen further in,
where the granular element of the tube-wall has been formed in excess.
The typical specimen is -^ inch high and 1 inch broad. The diameter of the pores is
(jV inch to ^5 inch. (Plate I, Pigs. 4, 5, 6).
A young specimen has the compound mammillae hardly formed, but the single ones and
the pores are abundant. It is more spheroidal than the type (Plate I, Pigs. 7, 8, 9). The
magnified radial sections (Plate III, Pigs. 1, 8, 9) were taken from this form.
A variety of the species has a larger body than the type (Plate I, Pigs. 10, 11, 12), but
the mammillae are low and insignificant. The magnified oblique section, showing the diver-
gence of the very open tube series (Plate III, Pig. 4), is from this form, as is also the top of a
monticule showing tubes and tube openings (Plate III, Pig. 3).
SYBINGOSPHJERIA MONTICTJLABIA, variety ASPEBA, Duncan. Plate II, Pigs. 6, 7.
This transitional variety has very few compound mammillae, but a great number of
single ones and pores. It is a large form, and is oblately spheroidal, about 1 inch in height
and 2 inches in breadth. It was collected by Colonel Godwin- Austen, and is introduced here
in exemplification of the series.
The radial section shows that the radial congeries are very widely separated by reticulate
tubulation ; that the tubes are large, usually 3^ inch, that they have a very delicate wall, are
often varicose, and that they pass in great multitudes to the surface close together. Partner
in, the intertubular space equals the diameter or the tubes, and gives rise to much confusion,
and it is difficult to know, except by reflected light, which is tube and what is calcite
infiltration.
In some parts the tube reticulation is close, and the tubes crowded together, and in this
there is an approximation to the next species.
SYBINGOSPH./EBIA TTJBERCTJLATA, Duncan. Plate II, Pigs. 1, 2.
The body is spherical and symmetrical in shape, and is covered with numerous low,
rounded, broad elevations, separated by indistinct interspaces. There are minute pores
scattered over the whole surface. The eminences about ^ inch across at their base, are not
^ of that measurement in height ; they are sometimes irregularly shaped. In some parts
the interspaces are as broad as the bases of the eminences, but usually the slope of one
eminence merges into that of another, the interspaces being confined to the concavity. The
interspaces are covered with a very crowded and close arrangement of the tubes ; many
D
14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
tubes pass out radially on them, and the orifices are only seen ; others come up to the surface
and hend down again suddenly, leaving a geniculate swelling visible ; and others enlarge
and diminish in their caliber. Some of these pass along the surface for a very short distance,
and all very close together laterally, and others pass up the flanks of the eminences converging
close to the summit and opening on them with their orifices, or more frequently on the
centre of the tubercular elevations.
The pores are numerous, small, shallow, and universal; they are limited by lateral
tubes, and some open on their floor. The fossilization is by calcite, and in many places
the interspace between the surface tubes infiltrated with calcite has been preserved, the tubes
having weathered away. The tubes are so close together that the infiltrated calcite is difficult
to distinguish from tube ; but its breadth is usually much the smaller.
In radial sections the radial series of tubes are numerous and large, but the interradial
systems are not very distinct from them, there being no wide tube reticulation.
The tubes of the radial series are rather close, large, bifurcate, varicose, geniculate often,
suddenly diminishing in size where joining others ; they join much with each other, side by
side, are usually distinctly radial in their direction, which, however, is locally irregular, and
they have thin walls and a large caliber.
The interradial tubes, very radial in their course, however, are often seen passing for short
distances, parallel with the circumference, in all parts of the body. They are more varied in
their courses than the radial series, and are usually close together and crowded, the distance
between them being small. They unite with the radial systems by offshoots of tubes,
and it is evident that at the surface of the body most of the interradial tubes open directly
outwards.
There is no very definite relation between the outward opening of the tubes within and
the eminences and interspaces ; moreover, the pores are situated without order.
The majority of the tubes are nearly 3^ inch in diameter, some being 5^ inch, but
very small tubes are rare.
The fossilization of the interior of the body has led to radiating portions being infiltrated
with a denser semi-granular calcite which hides much structure, and especially centrally.
In some places the tubes are filled with opaque matter, and the intertubular spaces are
readily distinguished, whilst in others the intertubular spaces are large, and the tube has
either disappeared or remains in very transparent calcite. Under this condition, it is difficult
to distinguish tube from continuous infiltrated calcite in section. Relics of the pores, as clear
spaces, are to be seen in radial sections, The height of the body is 2n, inches, and the whole
resembles a Parkeria.
SYBINGOSPH^RIA PLA.NA, Duncan.
The body is oblately spheroidal, almost smooth, on the surface, with many minute
granules on it, and numerous small shallow scattered pores. The granules are flat, with
rounded, or elongate, or irregular bases, and are about the same size as the pores. Many tubes
open on them, forming circles on their periphery, and also into the pores, and there is con-
siderable variation in their caliber. No tube reticulation exists on the surface, but the
massing of the tubes is closer in some places than in others.
In radial sections of the body a very marked tube arrangement is to.be seen. A very
considerable number of long, narrow, radial series pass on all sides to the surface, bounded
KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPH^ERIDJl. 15
and environed by broader interradial series, with slightly larger, closer, and very bent tubes.
The tubes of the radial series are wider apart than the others, although their course is usually
radial and straight ; they often bend much here and there, are irregular, and are often genicu-
late at the sides. They unite by means of very small offshoots, and bifurcate, but rarely
increase in number sufficiently to present the aspect of a cone in the mass. They rather
form linear radial lines.
The larger and closer interradial series bend, unite, bifurcate, and are singularly gyrose,
varicose, and irregular in their course in many places. They are often so close together that
they resemble knots of tubes, and then the section having cut across many, exhibits the
more or less circular incision in the tube-wall and the lumen.
The tubes are usually ^w inch in diameter, those of the interradial series being the
largest. Throughout the number of tubes in the interradial series is very great.
In some spots calcite has filled up a vacant spacp which was evidently once a surface
pore, and in one or two places the tubes end at one of these places. New tubes were formed
distally to the space by the arching over of side ones, and the branches taking a radial
direction. In some parts the radial tubes are smaller than in others, and then there is
manifest difference between them and those of the adjoining interradial series, which branch
give off offshoots from one side, and twist in a close and remarkable manner.
The interspaces between the radial tubes are the largest, and those of the interradials are
very minute.
Towards the centre of the section a confused mass of convoluted tubes exists, and the
radial and interradial series appear to start from it. The tubes are thin at the wall, and the
structural element, granular, molecular and thinly set, is minute in the extreme.
At the surface of the body every granule with its circlet of pores is the outlet of a
radial series, and the space between the granules, pores included, represents the interradial
structure within.
The greatest breadth of the spheroidal body is one and a half inch.
SYRINGOSPH^EIA POROSA, Duncan. Plate II, Figs 3, 4.
The body is very oblately spheroidal in shape and symmetrical. The surface is covered
with minute low, rounded granules. The granules vary much in size, the pores are exceedingly
numerous and unequally distributed, and the space between many of them is in ridges,
giving a boldly reticulate appearance, especially equatorially. No large amount of tube
reticulation is visible on the surface ; on the contrary, it appears, except at the pores, to be
made up of tubes opening directly with circular or oblique outlines, and of wide intertubular
interspaces filled with dark calcite. Where there is much space between the pores, the
irregularity of this calcite indicates the former existence of peripheral tubes which have
weathered out ; but where the granules show any structure, it is that of tubes on their sides,
converging upwards and opening at the top, and of tubes opening on the centre of the top.
The pores are clearly spaces where tube- growth has not progressed equally with that of the
surrounding parts. The sides of the pores present tubes passing radially, and tubes open on
their floor.
Tangential sections, under low powers, exhibit localised and more or less circular groups
of tubes which correspond to granules. In some the tubulation is reticulate, and in others, so
radial that only the cut ends of tubes are seen. There are spots where the reticulation is
16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION.
very diffused, the tubes being very irregular in size, shape, and position in the section. In
some places the tubes are very close, bifurcate, as in the other instances, and are more or less
around the circular groups. There is not much difference in the size of the tubes, which
vary from -3^ to j^o inch. There are spots without any tube structure, and these are
circumscribed and are the relics of old pores, passed by during the radial growth of the
body.
In radial sections there is in many places such an exact relation in shape between the
tube-structure, whether reticulate or radial, and the interspaces, that it is very difficult to
distinguish interspaces filled with clear calcite from very transparent tubes. So many
circular spaces exist, 3^0 inch in diameter, in these parts of the section, that they may be
taken for tube sections, surrounded by a whitish and rather opaque calcite. But they are
really interspaces, the true tubes having the translucent walls. The radial series is not, on
the whole, very distinguishable from the interradial, but the pores exist as vacant elongate
spaces bounded by tubes all around, and bridged over tangentially by tube reticulation.
They are not lined by any special structure.
The minute structure of the tubes is a finely granular substance (carbonate of lime),
lightish red to transmitted light, and there are dark granules like minute dendrites. There
is no trace of a coenenchyma, and the fossilization simulates many structures, which are,
however, readily resolved by even low powers of the microscope.
The height of the body is IYS inch, and the breadth 2 inches.
V. — THE SPECIES OF STOLICZKARIA.
One species of this genus is amongst the collection, and its forms are readily known by
their great size, minutely, but not sharply, granular appearance, and the absence of pores.
STOLICZKARIA GRANTJLATA, Duncan. Plate II, Eig. 5 ; Plate III, Figs. 5, 6, 7.
The body is large, spheroidal, and symmetrical ; it is covered with a vast number of
minute eminences and interspaces. The eminences are separated by about their own breadth,
or they may be closer, touching at their bases ; they are usually circular in outline, low,
flat or rounded at the free extremity, and are about as tall as their base is broad. There are
usually five, and the corresponding interspaces, in y^ inch. In some places the bases are con-
tinuous so as to form long narrow gyrose ridges, and in others they are absent, the circular
base existing only. Here and there are some larger ones, and minute granules are inter-
spersed.
Rather large tubes are on the outside and flanks of the eminences, and they open around
and close within the circular top edge. They pass on to the spaces between the eminences,
and are closely crowded, very bent, and form a dense reticulation, some opening there
outwards.
The inner or central part of the upper surface of the eminences has a few, rather wide-
apart tubes opening there ; they are radial and small, and are readily distinguished from the
interradial series around. Where an eminence is rudimentary, the central radial tubes
may be seen separated by a little interspace from the dense reticulation of larger and closer
interradial tubes.
KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPELERHLE. 17
Sections of the body tangentially show a vast number of small circular radial systems,
surrounded by encircling interradial tube-structures (Plate III, Fig. 5). The tubes are for the
most part seen cut across, and the radial are very small, few in number, and are wide ' apart.
The surrounding mass of tubes consists of those of large caliber, often with minute off-
shoots to the radial series, and usually very varied in shape and size on account of their gyrose,
varicose, rapidly bending course, of their inosculating and bifurcating, and of the necessary
obliquity of their section. They are close and crowded. Both series have the tube-wall
developed and thin, and the radial tubes are usually v £T inch in diameter, the others measuring
usually not much less than -3— inch. The section gives the appearance of a multitude of
stars by transmitted light, the centre of each being most distinct and occupied by the radial
tubes. These combined series do not increase much in their size from within outwards, and
they are -^ inch across. The interradial tubes of one system communicate with those of the
neighbours, and with the surrounding radial series sometimes. The sections of some of the
interradial tubes present a flask-shaped outline, and this arises from the radial tubes or the
interradial now and then giving off very delicate tubes of connection.
The sections made radially present a totally different appearance to those just described.
A little way below the surface a series of nearly equal parallel systems of tubes is seen ;
one set of tubes is closely crowded, and they are close, large, swell out here and there, bend,
bifurcate, and give off minute offshoots. The other consists of a few wide-apart, narrow,
not over-straight, tubes which give off tubes of their own size or a little smaller to each other
and to the larger tubes of the set at their side. The larger set is the interradial system, seen,
longitudinally or radially, and the smaller by its side is a radial system. Next comes another
interradial system, about as broad as the radial one thus included, or perhaps a little broader ;
(Plate III, Eig. 6).
When the radial section is examined, close below and at the surface, the large tubes of
the interradial systems are seen in lines, with the smaller radial ones parallel with them.
The height of the body is 2T37 inches, and the breadth nearly 3 inches.
VI. -DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE I.
Fig. 1. The body of Syringospharia verrucosa, Duncan. Natural size.
„ 2. A portion of the surface of the same specimen magnified to show the superficial projections,
pores, and tubulation.
„ 3. The top of a large eminence, with pores on its sides ; the tubes are seen crowding the
surface, and many round markings at the apex denote the openings of internal tubes.
The specimen is the same as the last, and is more highly magnified.
„ 4. The body of Syringospharia monticularia, Duncan. Natural size.
„ 5. The same specimen magnified in part to show the monticules, pores and openings of
tubes, with many ramifying and superficial tubes on the surface.
„ 6. A monticule more highly magnified to show canal openings, canals and spaces between
them, also some small monticules.
„ 7. The body of a smaller and less mature specimen of Syringospharia monticularia.
„ 8. A portion magnified, the radiating canals and the canal openings being shown on the
monticules.
„ 9. A portion more highly magnified, showing a large monticule and smaller ones, with
superficial tubulation and the exit of internal tubes. Pores are also shown.
10. A part of the body of a large specimen of a mature Syringosphferia monticularia.
11. A portion considerably magnified, showing a minute monticule and two pores. The
tubulation is between the dark lines, and the dots on the monticule and elsewhere are
the openings of internal radiating tubes.
1 2. A portion less highly magnified, showing numerous minute pores and larger monticules.
2.
Plate 1.
3.
5.
8.
10.
9.
AS Foori del.P.KDunoan
Idintern Bros .
SYRINGOSPH^RID^, .
PLATE II.
Fig. 1. The body of Syringosphtsria tuberculata, Duncan. Natural size.
2. A portion magnified, showing the tabulation on the surface of the body and monticules,
and a few pores.
3. The body of Syringospkceria porosa, Duncan, shown in outline, with a portion indicating
the numerous pores. Natural size.
„ 4. A portion magnified, showing numerous round pores with canal openings and the inter-
mediate surface with indistinct tubulation.
„ 5. The body of Stoliczkaria granulata, Duncan, shown in outline. The upper portion of
details is of the size of nature, and indicates the numerous irregularly disposed granula-
tions. The lower portion is in part magnified to show the numerous granulations, the
tube openings on their top and their radiating tubulation on their sides and in the
intervening space.
6. The body of Syringosphceria monticularia, Duncan, variety aspera. Natural size.
„ 7. A portion magnified, showing the openings of tubes on the monticules and the other
tubulation, the black lines being interspaces between stout, crooked tubes.
Plate II.
AS Foord del PMDunc»n ir
SYRINGOSPIMLRID^E .
Mintem Bros imp
PLATE III.
Fig. 1. A section taken from Syringospfueria monticularia, Duncan, the specimen being figured
on Plate I in figure 7. The section is radial, and the top represents a small monticule
at the surface ; the lower part is towards the centre of the body. Many tubes are
seen reaching to the surface and opening, some on the faintly rounded monticule, and
others in the depressed part. The tubes in the centre of the section are essentially part
of a radial congeries. At the sides there is tube reticulation and some of the endings
of these tubes are seen at the surface. Swellings of the tubes are seen in some places.
Magnified, half-inch object glass.
,, . 2. The surface of a specimen of Syringosphteria monticularia magnified, showing on the
right a small pore with one large tube opening and two smaller. The dark, straight,
bent, and branching dark lines elsewhere are the calcite intertubular infiltration, and the
white or shaded spaces between them are tubes, some running, as on the left, a short
course and opening on the surface, others bounding the pore, and some only showing
geniculate portions of their track.
„ 3. The top and sides of a small monticule of the same specimen, less highly magnified.
There are tube openings of the radial series in the centre, and portions of tubes, partly
of the radial and partly of the interradial series, covering the sides of the monticule,
and opening externally around the top.
„ 4. An oblique section near the centre of a specimen of Syringospkceria monticularia magnified.
In the centre is what may be called a parent tube which gives off others that in turn
bifurcate and radiate. Those on the sides of the section are becoming interradial
reticulations, and are here and there irregularly swollen. Many small tubes cut across
are seen disconnected. The central tubes are two radial sets, and the bifurcating is
very characteristic.
„ 5. A tangential section of one of the granules of Stoliczkaria granulata magnified. The
small radial tubes open in the midst directly, and the large interradial tubes, most
irregular in their outline of section, are, some of them, provided with neck-like pro-
longations. These are connected with the small radial series.
„ 6. A longitudinal section of the same specimen and through a granule. In the centre are
a few inosculating and bifurcating small tubes, and three of them open at the surface
on the top of a granule, being equivalent to the central openings in figure 5. On either
side are large interradial tubes, two uniting with the radial series by small short neck-
like tubes. Magnified under quarter-inch object glass.
„ 7. The surface of a rugged part of the same Stoliczkaria slightly magnified. The granules
show tube openings on them and some large tube reticulation, the dark lines being
intertubular weathering.
„ 8. A longitudinal or radial section of Syringosphtzria monticularia magnified. The depression
is a pore, and the relation of some tubes to it is shown. Other tubes are opening out
at the surface close by.
,, 9. A radial section of the same specimen showing an interradial tube reticulation opening
at the surface and running over it, forming there a tubular series. Elsewhere the
irregular size of the tubes is shown and their general reticulation.
Plate ID.
2.
\
3.
-*$*
***d»<f»»^i3
A.S.Foord id PMDunoan air.
"Mintern Bros , imp
B-/3
f
—
3GIS/6
US'
Is
v.2
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
*.?5?§?*
<•<- ,. °T .?«*»»* •*&*•
H-,
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11